Terra Incognita : An Annotated Bibliography of the Great Smoky Mountains, 1544-1934 [1 ed.] 9781621900146, 9781572334786

Citation preview

Terra Incognita

For we need this thing wilderness far more than it needs us. Civilizations (like glaciers) come and go, but the mountain and its forest continue the course of creation’s destiny. And in this we mere humans can take part—by fitting our civilization to the mountain. —Letter from Benton MacKaye to Margaret Broome, November 15, 1933

Terra Incognita An Annotated Bibliography of the Great Smoky Mountains, 1544–1934 Anne Bridges, Russell Clement, and Ken Wise

The University of Tennessee Press / Knoxville

Frontispiece: Benton MacKaye on the Appalachian Trail near Newfound Gap, September 24, 1933. Photo by Albert “Dutch” Roth and courtesy of Albert “Dutch” Roth Digital Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries. Letter excerpt: Smoky Mountains Hiking Club Handbook, 1934.

u

Copyright © 2014 by The University of Tennessee Press / Knoxville. All Rights Reserved. Manufactured in the United States of America. First Edition. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Bridges, Anne. Terra incognita: an annotated bibliography of the Great Smoky Mountains, 1544–1934 / Anne Bridges, Russell Clement, and Ken Wise. pages cm Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 978-1-62190-014-6 1. Great Smoky Mountains (N.C. and Tenn.)—Bibliography. I. Title. Z1251.A7B75 2014 [F443.G7] 976.8'89—dc23 2013010718

Contents

Acknowledgments vii Introduction xi Note on Place Names xviii Abbreviations xix Great Smoky Mountains Chronology xxi Reading List for the Great Smoky Mountains: Sources Published after 1934 xxvii Scope Note xxvii Sources xxvii Chapter 1: Early Great Smoky Mountains Bibliographies 1 Introduction 1 Sources 1 Chapter 2: The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains 5 Introduction 5 Cherokee Land and Legal Status to 1934: Essay on Sources 8 Sources 10 Chapter 3: Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains 35 Introduction 35 Sources 41 Chapter 4: History of the Great Smoky Mountains 57 Introduction 57 Sources 60 Chapter 5: The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park 77 Introduction 77 Sources 82 The Legislative Creation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park 103 Chapter 6: Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains 123 Introduction 123 Sources 128 Chapter 7: Life in the Great Smoky Mountains 151 Introduction 151 Sources 158

Chapter 8: Horace Kephart 205 Introduction 205 Sources 213 Chapter 9: Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains 223 Introduction 223 Sources 227 Chapter 10: Music of the Great Smoky Mountains 263 Introduction 263 Sources 267 Chapter 11: Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains Introduction 277 Sources 282 Chapter 12: Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains 307 Introduction 307 Sources 309 Chapter 13: Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains 333 Introduction 333 Sources 339 Editors and Contributors Index 389

387

277

Acknowledgments

Like many large academic research projects, this one started as a simple idea—create a bibliography of published material on the Great Smoky Mountains. The idea took root when Paula Kaufman, then dean of the University of Tennessee Libraries, urged, “Go for it,” and backed her cheerful imperative with irrepressible optimism and unflagging support. The simple idea quickly evolved into a complex enterprise involving no fewer than a dozen colleagues scouring indexes and databases worldwide, searching for the obscure and the well-known, the rare and the obvious, the classic and the ephemeral book, article, government document, pamphlet, thesis, or map containing anything of significance about the Great Smoky Mountains. This formidable cast included Cheryn Picquet, Teresa Berry, Chris Durman, Sandra Leach, Flora Shrode, George Frizzell, Kay Johnson, Michael Toomey, Margaret Kaus, and Linda Behrend, all professional librarians skilled in the practice of leaving no stone unturned in ferreting out the elusive citation for which there may be only the vaguest reference. Each leaves a personal mark in this book, identifiable by the initials following each annotation. To each, the editors owe a debt of gratitude. We are especially indebted to Cheryn Picquet, who not only completed all of the research on the legislative material but also contributed the essay for this section, and to Chris Durman for the fine essay “Music in the Great Smoky Mountains.” During the initial stages of the bibliography, the editors were ably assisted by two individuals who skillfully shepherded the growing body of work. Lisa Travis and Tiffani Connor were not only a joy to work with, but were also reliable sounding boards when we were still working out the framework of the project. Later in the project, researcher Steve Davis assumed a similar role, bringing the perspective of a historian into the discussion of the

bibliography’s thematic focus. An example of Steve’s fine work is the essay “Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains.” The editors are likewise indebted to four very special students who carried the burden of managing, organizing, verifying, and rechecking every citation, annotation, and essay that entered into the master file of the bibliography. Sarah Culp Searles, Susan Wood, Jennifer McInturff, and Sarah Tanner will always remain among our most favorite people in the whole world. This bibliography is considerably enriched by the contribution of John Finger, Professor Emeritus of History at the University of Tennessee and an authority on the history of the Cherokee. John expertly untangled the complicated documentation surrounding Cherokee legal issues in the essay “Cherokee Land and Legal Status to 1934.” In so doing, he has given the Cherokee section a scholarly imprimatur that is hard to match. We would certainly be remiss not to acknowledge the contribution of the University of Tennessee Libraries’ Interlibrary Services and Special Collections in the successful completion of the project. They were relentless in their pursuit of that most elusive article or document we desperately needed, and yet patient and understanding when continually served up incomplete and incorrect citations. Appreciation goes to Linda Breeden, who kindly volunteered to assist us with verification when we were a bit short-handed. Very special thanks go to our colleagues in the Research Services Department of the John C. Hodges Library who were, no doubt, wearied by countless heated discussions about bibliographic detail and document formatting. Our colleagues, at times, may have doubted that the bibliography would ever be completed. Nevertheless, they were generously unfailing in their support of our efforts.

During the early years of the project Paula Kaufman departed for the University of Illinois, but we were fortunate in the appointment of longtime associate dean of the Libraries, Aubrey Mitchell, as interim dean. Aubrey was most gracious in lending moral support when the size of the project had become overwhelming and the decision was made to reduce the scope of the bibliography to publications prior to 1935. And, in the final year of the project, we have been most appreciative of the warm receptiveness and genuine encouragement shown toward our project by Steve Smith, the current dean of the University of Tennessee Libraries. Four individuals outside the University of Tennessee family were especially important to the success of this project: Annette Hardigan, Park Services librarian at the Great Smoky Mountains National Park; George Frizzell, head of Special Collections at the Hunter Library, Western Carolina University; Kenton Temple, head of the Anna Porter Library, Gatlinburg; and George Ellison, a well-regarded writer on all things about the Smokies. All were ever gracious in sharing from their deep repositories of knowledge about the literature of the Smokies. George Ellison’s inestimable knowledge of the Smokies is on display in his superb essay on Horace Kephart. One of the joys in producing this bibliography was the opportunity to conduct research in libraries at other institutions. In every instance, librarians at these institutions were gracious hosts and unfailingly helpful. Fixed in our minds are a dozen or so pleasant memories of a librarian emerging from the archives and placing in our hands an unexpected gem, often something rare and obscure. This bibliography would not have been possible without them. A special thank-you to the following institutions. Bancroft Library at the University of California, Berkeley David M. Rubenstein Rare Book and Manuscript Library at Duke University, Durham, North Carolina Great Smoky Mountains National Park Library, Gatlinburg, Tennessee

viii

Library of Congress McClung Collection of the Knox County Public Library, Knoxville, Tennessee National Archives and Records Administration North Carolina Collection at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Pack Memorial Library, Asheville, North Carolina Special Collections at Berea College, Berea, Kentucky Special Collections of the Hunter Library at Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, North Carolina State Library of North Carolina, Raleigh, North Carolina Tennessee State Library and Archives, Nashville, Tennessee The completion of this bibliography was made possible by generous support from Lindsay Young and the Aslan Foundation. We are pleased to have the name Lindsay Young associated with our book. Constructive criticism and insightful suggestions were forthcoming from Michael Montgomery, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of English and Linguistics at the University of South Carolina, and Durwood Dunn, professor of history at Tennessee Wesleyan College. Both generously consented to read through sections of the bibliography, note where we were going awry, and offer suggested remedies. At Northwestern University, Lindsay King and Henry Harriman proofread draft after draft, catching numerous errors, burnishing rough passages, and offering valuable stylistic advice. In the final analysis, the burden of the bibliography resides equally among coeditors Anne Bridges, Russell Clement, and Ken Wise. We have painstakingly reviewed, verified, and edited each entry and checked every fact. We are optimistic that errors are few in number and minor in scope. We expect that new citations may emerge over time and welcome any additions to the growing body of material about the Great Smoky Mountains.

Acknowledgments

Chimneys from the Little Pigeon River, undated. Photograph by Jim Thompson and courtesy of the Thompson Brothers Digital Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries.

Introduction

The Southern highlands themselves are a mysterious realm. When I prepared, eight years ago, for my first sojourn in the Great Smoky Mountains, which form the master chain of the Appalachian system, I could find in no library a guide to that region. The most diligent research failed to discover so much as a magazine article, written within this generation, that described the land and its people. Nay, there was not even a novel or a story that showed intimate local knowledge. Had I been going to Teneriffe or Timbuctu, the libraries would have furnished information a-plenty; but about this housetop of eastern America they were strangely silent; it was terra incognita. —Horace Kephart, Our Southern Highlanders, p. 13 When Horace Kephart admitted his failed attempt to discover any useable information about the Great Smoky Mountains prior to his first stay there in 1904, he was perhaps indulging in literary hyperbole. As this bibliography well demonstrates, there was in Kephart’s time a wealth of widely-published material about the Smokies region. As director of the Mercantile Library in St. Louis and an accomplished librarian, Kephart would certainly have known how to research information on the Smokies. There is, however, a kernel of truth to Kephart’s contention; much of the material on the Smokies was scattered among old travel accounts, newspaper and periodical articles, and government reports, most of which were not indexed, difficult to identify, and even more difficult to procure. This bibliography identifies the published material that eluded Kephart and many subsequent researchers who have found the Smokies to be a “terra incognita.”

The Smoky Mountains have witnessed an unsettling human history, being a particularly poignant crucible for the nation’s experiment in unbridled expansionism. After an often brutal and nearly complete expulsion of native Cherokee by the United States government in the early nineteenth century, the descendants of those white settlers who gained at the Cherokee expense in turn were vanquished from their homes by the slow, but inexorable, advent of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Inevitably, as Henry David Thoreau noted, “Wherever men have lived there is a story to be told, and it depends chiefly on the story-teller or historian whether that is interesting or not.” Our intent is that the sources in this bibliography will help storytellers, historians, and researchers make their stories about the Smokies more comprehensive as well as interesting. The Great Smoky Mountains have supported humans for hundreds of years. By the time of European contact, the Cherokee presided not only in the Smokies, but over an enormous tract of land that extended into present-day Kentucky, Georgia, and Alabama. The Smoky Mountains were a traditional Cherokee heartland. Kituah, an ancient capital, was located near what is now Bryson City, North Carolina. By the late eighteenth century, European settlers had encroached on the Cherokee domain and coerced them into ruinous treaties. With the Treaty of the Holston in 1791, the Cherokee ceded the first piece of the Smokies to the United States government, and by the Treaty of Tellico of 1798 they had surrendered almost all of their mountain land. By 1838 the infamous Cherokee removal, in which an estimated four thousand individuals perished in the Trail of Tears expulsion to Oklahoma, had begun. A tiny remnant of the Smoky Mountain Cherokee that escaped expulsion during removal and remained

living along the Oconaluftee and Tuckasegee Rivers in North Carolina applied for permanent residence, basing their petition on their legal status as United States citizens. They persevered, although the United States did not acknowledge their right to reside permanently in the East until the 1840s. In 1868 the Cherokee were officially recognized by the federal government as the Eastern Band of Cherokee. But it was not until 1889 that their status as a corporate body in North Carolina was solidified. Even then, the Cherokee were not guaranteed the right to vote until 1930. Today the Eastern Band is concentrated on the Qualla Boundary, a fifty-six-thousand-acre tract bordering the Smokies in Swain County, land purchased in the nineteenth century by Cherokee chief William Holland Thomas. The Qualla Boundary includes the town of Cherokee, North Carolina, which features a tourist attraction and casino, as well as the traditionalist community of Big Cove. For several years prior to removal, white opportunists of English, Scots-Irish, and other Northern European descent encroached on the outer fringes of the Smoky Mountains, settling first in broad, easilyaccessible river valleys that were most suitable for agriculture. The Oconaluftee River valley in North Carolina was settled by the mid-1790s, and Cades Cove in Tennessee by 1818. A decade later, white families had formed communities in Cataloochee, Deep Creek, Forney Creek, and Hazel Creek in North Carolina, as well as the Sugarlands and Greenbrier in Tennessee. Despite the close, clannish structure of these mountain communities, the Civil War divided the loyalties of the Smoky Mountains people. Union support was strongest on the Tennessee side among nonslaveholders. For most of the remainder of the nineteenth century, agriculture dominated the economy. Mountain farms were mostly small, family-run, hardscrabble enterprises. The mountain people were fiercely independent and ruggedly self-reliant. They built small communities with churches, schools, and stores. Connecting these communities were roads and trails that crisscrossed the mountains, evidence that the Smokies were not as isolated as was once commonly believed. At the beginning of the twentieth century, large commercial lumbering interests descended on the Smoky Mountains, bringing devastation in the form of their

xii

heavily mechanized clear-cutting logging operations. However, the lumber companies also introduced improved roads, rail lines, and a cash economy, changes that profoundly altered traditional Smoky Mountain life. Soon after the arrival of the logging industry, and born largely as a reaction to it, a movement to establish a national park in the Great Smoky Mountains began gaining traction. In 1926 Congress authorized the establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Most of the land was acquired by 1933, and the Park officially opened the next year. On 2 September 1940 President Franklin D. Roosevelt dedicated the Park to the American people. In the course of establishing the Park, more than five thousand residents in North Carolina and Tennessee were removed from their homes. Terra Incognita: An Annotated Bibliography of the Great Smoky Mountains, 1544–1934 is a compilation of annotated citations identifying the written social, cultural, visual, natural, and scientific history of the Great Smoky Mountain region of Western North Carolina and East Tennessee. No comparable comprehensive bibliographic work on the early period of the Great Smoky Mountains exists beyond a few short bibliographies issued in the 1930s (see the “Early Great Smoky Mountains Bibliographies” chapter for a listing) and an online bibliography compiled in the 1990s (currently available through the Hathi Trust Digital Library: http://www.hathitrust.org), which contained a limited number of pre-1935 imprints. While several scholarly and general-interest books on the Smokies include bibliographic sections, no work treats the region systematically and comprehensively in its full historic and social context.

Scope and Methodology The scope of Terra Incognita is limited to books, periodical and journal articles, selected newspaper reports, government publications, dissertations and theses, and maps published before 1935, a period that reflects the human history of the Smokies before the advent of the Park. Being indisputably the crown jewel of the Southern Appalachians and harboring the potential for being the most significant tourist attraction in the mid-South, the Great Smoky Mountains as a national park was a decadeslong dream of boosters located primarily in urban areas

Introduction

of East Tennessee and Western North Carolina. With the Park, the region changed dramatically. Mountaineers who lived on land subsumed into the new Park were bought out and forced to move. Moreover, the lifestyle of the residents surrounding the Park changed from the relative isolation of subsistence farming to an increasingly tourism-based economy. Other changes wrought by the arrival of the National Park Service, the Civilian Conservation Corps, the Works Progress Administration, and the Tennessee Valley Authority’s Fontana Dam profoundly altered the lives of the Smoky Mountain people as well as the mountain topography. The so-called de Soto map of 1544 is the earliest document that purports to describe anything of the Great Smoky Mountain region. In total, 1,299 items published between 1544 and 1934 were identified for inclusion in Terra Incognita. With the coming of the Park in 1934, the volume of print material on the Great Smoky Mountains published each year has expanded at an enormous rate, making it virtually impossible to include the more modern material in an annotated bibliography. To keep Terra Incognita current and dynamic, an online bibliography, Database of the Smokies, is being compiled to index material published after 1934 (dots.lib.utk.edu). As well as the newer citations, the online bibliography will include any pre-1935 citations discovered after the publication of Terra Incognita. In addition, researchers are directed to the Great Smoky Mountains Regional Project Website (www.lib.utk.edu/smokies) for information on collections and resources that complement this bibliography. The editors of Terra Incognita established the scope and methodology to be used in compiling the bibliography and determined the selection criteria for identifying entries. Contributors engaged to assist with the project were provided with the selection criteria, assigned specific subject areas, and requested to identify entries for the bibliography and write brief annotations for those entries. Authorship of individual annotations is identified by the contributor’s initials at the end of each annotation in the bibliography. To compile this bibliography the editors used a combination of traditional paper and modern electronic sources. Old indices, current and contemporary bibliographies that covered the pre-1935 time period, library catalogues, full-text resources, Google Books (http://books.

Introduction

google.com), the Hathi Trust (http://www.hathitrust. org), and other Internet sites were scoured. Since the beginning of the project in 1997, a wealth of source material has been digitized. These new digitized resources in combination with the enhanced indexing that accompanies these resources have made it easier to uncover hundreds of new sources. The editors made extensive use of American Periodicals, a proprietary database, which allowed for greater discoverability of periodical literature. The advent of full-text digitized newspapers, also in proprietary databases, expanded access to nineteenth-century newspaper coverage. In addition to the resources available in the University of Tennessee Libraries, the editors conducted research at the Library of Congress, the National Archives, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Duke University, Berea College, Western Carolina University, University of California–Berkeley, the McClung Collection of the Knox County Public Library System, and the Pack Library (Asheville). Most entries in Terra Incognita contain significant Great Smoky Mountains content, as indicated by the citation titles or the accompanying annotation. Interpretation of the selection criteria for each subject area rests primarily with the individual contributors. Publications that appeared before 1935 with content that specifically relates to the Smokies are obviously included. Publications from the same time period with occasional yet important Smoky Mountain references, as determined and evaluated by contributors and coeditors, are generally included as well. Selected publications of manuscripts and other important primary sources created before 1934 but published afterward, including a handful of recent publications, are included. Newspaper articles, with a few significant exceptions, are included only for the pre-1900 period. Selecting material to include was, at times, difficult and frustrating. Material with minor Smoky Mountain references was carefully weighed for inclusion, but generally excluded. General Appalachian, Southern Appalachian, East Tennessee, and Western North Carolina sources—even those that cursorily mention the Great Smoky Mountain region—are excluded, unless they were determined to have informed subsequent writers or significantly aid understanding of the region. Due to the nature of the material, the criteria for inclusion of items vary from section to section.

xiii

When a marginal entry is included, reasoning behind the decision is conveyed in the annotation (as are caveats to researchers). Entries in this bibliography represent the editors’ most prudent and informed judgments, although these judgments may vary with evolving subject, historic, and geographic understanding. As Great Smoky Mountain scholarship advances, the editors anticipate that publications from the early historical period that are not identified here will be brought to their attention. Personal names of authors identified by initials in the original source were supplied when the names were known and could be verified. In the annotations, misspellings of place names were corrected and standardized when they do not appear in direct quotations. Misspelled names that appear in the titles of works were not corrected. In the annotations, a concentrated effort was made to characterize the illustrations and photographs present in original sources. To supplement this published resource, researchers are encouraged to send citations for pertinent materials lacking in the bibliography to the University of Tennessee Libraries ([email protected]). All new citations will be added to the online bibliography.

Geographic Parameters Mountaineers everywhere tend to develop a keen sense of personal geography; unfortunately, few leave written records. In setting geographic boundaries, the Great Smoky Mountains National Park is, of course, the strongest entity recognized by locals and outsiders alike. Life in tiny Great Smoky Mountain agricultural communities, while rich in oral traditions, was documented primarily by “outsiders” on visits for specific purposes—adventure, travel, fishing and hunting, settlement school activities, national park movement, and so forth. While convincing, given the authority of print, the bibliography of books and articles compiled here should not be construed as a complete local or personal indigenous picture. The Smoky Mountains form an imposing barrier between Tennessee and North Carolina, difficult to scale from either side. The main divide of the Smokies marks the boundary between the two states. While their majestic heights render them a distinctly separate mountain range, the Smokies are geologically considered part of

xiv

the great Unaka chain. The Unakas, in turn, are a branch of the Blue Ridge Mountains of Virginia and North Carolina. The Blue Ridge Mountains are the southern manifestation of the mountain system called the Appalachians, which extends nearly two thousand miles north to south from the Gaspé Peninsula in Québec into Alabama. Descriptions vary widely of the area encompassed by the “Great Smoky Mountains region.” Some incorporate vast sections of the Blue Ridge, countered by arguments for a more narrowly focused area. Those who visit the region, particularly on foot, appreciate the difficulty of pinning it down topographically, vividly expressed by a local lad who is lost in Maria Louise Pool’s novel, In Buncombe County (Chicago: Herbert S. Stone, 1896). Here she interrupted herself, to say that perhaps we had entirely mistaken the range of mountains among which our friends dwelt. She asked Alick how many ranges of mountains there were in North Carolina. The question plunged the boy into the most pitiable confusion. He gave it as his opinion that there were millions of um; but he would n’t care ef thur war, ef he only did n’t lose ‘all his [wagon wheel] spokes.’ He avowed that if it had n’t ben for thum spokes, a kinder breshin’ an’ thumpin’ on thur ground, he should er ben clearer in his mind, somehow, an’ should n’t er got lost (pp. 35–36). The confused North Carolina lad was preceded into the mountains by Arnold Guyot, the famed Swiss geologist from Princeton University who not only attempted to know “how many ranges of mountains there were in North Carolina,” but to measure the elevation of the major peaks of these mountains. Relying on the readings of a barometer, Guyot recorded remarkably accurate measurements of the major peaks on the main Smoky divide, completing his work during the summers of 1859 and 1860. In his elegant definition of the Great Smoky Mountain range, Guyot postulates, To the South-west of the gorges through which the Big Pigeon [River] escapes from the moun-

Introduction

tains, the chain rises rapidly in high pointed peaks and sharp ridges, up to a remarkable conical peak called Luftee Knob 6,220 feet. This is the beginning of the Smoky Mt. chain proper, which by general elevation both of its peaks and its crest, by its perfect continuity, its great roughness and difficulty of approach, may be called the master chain of the Appalachian System. (“Arnold Guyot’s Notes on the Geography of the Mountain District of Western North Carolina,” ed. Myron H. Avery and Kenneth S. Boardman, North Carolina Historical Review 15, no. 3 [July 1938]: 251–318; quote from 263) But Guyot’s definition itself illustrates the difficulties inherent in understanding the geographical parameters of the Great Smoky Mountains. The “remarkable conical peak called Luftee Knob” is not, as Guyot claims, “the beginning of the Smoky Mt. chain proper.” Guyot’s error confounded mapmakers in one manner or another for the next fifty years. For the purposes of Terra Incognita, the Great Smoky Mountains region is defined as the Great Smoky Mountains National Park and adjacent mountain communities and wilderness areas. While the cities of Knoxville and Asheville fall outside the primary region, significant Smoky Mountain–related activities, initiatives, and influences that occurred within those population centers are included. Historic, cultural, and economic activities in smaller cities and towns surrounding the Park boundaries are included when they demonstrate significant Smoky Mountain content, context, or impact. On the Tennessee side, the Smokies project from high elevations above the foothills and coves of the Tennessee Valley. On the North Carolina side, sharp-crested ridges branch out from the main Smoky divide and the mountain front is less defined. Rivers and streams, originating in Western North Carolina, flow westward to join the Tennessee River. The valleys of the Pigeon and Little Tennessee Rivers define the boundaries of the Smoky Mountain range on the east and west, respectively, and separate the Smokies from other ranges of the Southern Appalachian Highlands. Two others, the Little Pigeon River and the Little River, drain the northern slopes of

Introduction

the Great Smoky Mountains. Extensive mountain ranges and ridges to the east and south form part of the Blue Ridge. On the southeast side of the Chillowee Mountains, the region includes the Tennessee communities of Sevierville, Pigeon Forge, Gatlinburg, Pittman Center, Cosby, Wears Valley, Townsend, and Walland. South of the state-line divide, the region includes the North Carolina communities of Fontana Village, Bryson City, Cherokee, Sylva, and Waynesville. This narrow geographic definition thus excludes literature centered in nearby North Carolina mountain ranges, such as the Snowbird, Nantahala, Balsam, and Cowee Mountains. The map on the flyleaves identifies the key places, geographic features, and boundaries of the region. Informed, yet ultimately subjective decisions were required to determine the extent of the region’s historic, cultural, and economic boundaries, which vary considerably from subject to subject. For more explanation on defining the region, please consult the Bibliographic Definition section below as well as the introductory subject essays.

Bibliographic Definition An overarching framework for this bibliography is a working definition of the Great Smoky Mountains region. Beyond the geographic parameters, defining the region culturally, historically, and even linguistically is more problematic. A subset of the amorphous Southern Appalachians or Alleghanies, the Smokies share a marked cultural inexactitude with such regions as the Piedmont, the Coastal Plain, the Ozarks, and the Intermountain West. Outsiders—especially the federal government, writers, and tourists—are arguably the most potent shapers of the region’s cultural boundaries, which are in constant flux. With the advent of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, the boundaries of the Smokies have, in the minds of many, become synonymous with the boundaries of the Park. The extensive literature on regionalism in the United States is covered in other sources and is not summarized here. For cogent discussions of regionalism in Appalachian studies, the 1991 issue (vol. 3) of the Journal of Appalachian Studies Association, subtitled “Southern

xv

Appalachia and the South: A Region within a Region,” is recommended. The interested reader is also directed to Howard W. Odum and Harry Estill Moore’s American Regionalism: Cultural-Historical Approach to National Integration (New York: Henry Holt, 1938), of particular interest as a major text published four years after the cutoff date of this bibliography. Professor Michael Ann Williams writes convincingly in her introduction to Great Smoky Mountains Folklife (Jackson: University of Mississippi Press, 1995) that the Smokies can be defined not only geographically but also culturally and historically. While the Great Smoky Mountains can be defined in physical terms as a specific chain of mountains, defining the region as a cultural entity is more difficult. The Great Smoky Mountains National Park encompasses most of the range of mountains defined as the Smokies. But clearly the region includes land immediately surrounding the park as well. To some extent, what constitutes the Smoky Mountains region has been defined by outsiders, and today the name is often used by commercial interests catering to tourists. Seen in these terms, the region is expanding, as businesses wish to associate themselves with a popular tourist destination (pp. xvi–xvii). Professor Michael B. Montgomery, author of the comprehensive Dictionary of Smoky Mountain English (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2004), contends that for linguistic research the Smoky Mountain region encompasses a broader geographic area. In one of the Dictionary’s introductory essays, he notes, The Smokies present many challenges to regional lexicography, one of the foremost being that they lack a convenient or natural boundary—geographical or otherwise—as is available to regional dictionaries of English based on islands (e.g., Dictionary of Newfoundland English), states (e.g., Dictionary of Alaskan English), or other circumscribed areas. The Smokies have a core territory in the national park, which takes

xvi

in parts of six counties (Blount, Cocke, and Sevier in Tennessee; Haywood, Jackson, and Swain in North Carolina), but they lack a circumference that the lexicographer may use in a consistent or definitive way. For this reason, the dictionary assigns priority to the six counties and has canvassed source material from that area exhaustively, but it takes a broader portion of the Tennessee–North Carolina mountains as its compass because the latter shares a settlement history and a traditional culture with the core territory. This enlarged view permits the dictionary to detail the currency and meaning of many items that would otherwise not be possible to include (p. xiii). Terra Incognita attempts to establish a bibliographic definition by categorizing historical literature on the Great Smoky Mountain region into thirteen broad subject categories with several subcategories included within most of the larger areas. Subject essays introduce each section’s entries and describe, as a body, how they configure and, at times, confound and skew conventional concepts of the region. As evidenced by the type and scope of the publications referenced here, the regional boundaries of the Great Smoky Mountains are dynamic and metamorphose according to the subject and sources represented.

Organization The prefatory material for the bibliography includes a Great Smoky Mountain timeline and a list of suggested readings on the time period covered by the bibliography. The main body of the bibliography, organized by subjects, comes next, concluding with an index. Researchers are advised to consult the table of contents and index for information on specific authors and places. Each major section begins with an introductory essay that defines and introduces the subject and provides a concise analysis and critique of the nature of the entries that follow. Major sources for the topic are highlighted, using either a thematic or historic approach. Taken as a whole, the essays provide an overview of the Smokies region, historically, culturally, and geographically, as presented in the pre-Park literature.

Introduction

Annotations summarize a resource as briefly and as incisively as possible by using a descriptive/critical note combined, when appropriate, with content information. They aim to convey the essential nature of the item, the subject matter discussion, the general orientation, and the conclusion of the study. The descriptive/critical note may be a few words of assessment by the contributor, or a brief explanatory excerpt from the publication’s preface or introduction, or a particularly apt passage from a published review or another critical source. In most cases, annotations combine several of these elements. Critical remarks may be both positive and negative, based upon the contributor’s opinion or critical reviews. As this bibliography aims to be comprehensive, decisions about inclusion of material were not based solely on the

Introduction

perceived relative merit of a title. Popular treatments, however poorly conceived, executed, outdated, or inaccurate, are included if they contain substantial information about the Great Smoky Mountains. Our personal opinions and sensibilities have in no case been conscious criteria for inclusion or exclusion. Obviously, a sentence or even a paragraph can hardly represent or adequately describe even a short article, to say nothing of a major book. Our apologies to authors, dead and living, whose writings the annotations may have misrepresented, misconstrued, or even distorted in this process of radical condensation. Above all, it is our fervent hope that this work gives the marvelous Great Smoky Mountains region its bibliographic due.

xvii

Note on Place Names

As is common with any geographic area that has seen many different groups of people claim ownership, places in the Smokies have often been known by more than one name. In the Terra Incognita annotations, the place names have been standardized to the currently accepted name. When the older name is a variant that is completely different from the current name, that information is included in the annotation. When the variant is a differentiation in spelling only, the variant version frequently is not indicated. No changes have been made to the place names in the titles of works or in the quotes from authors. The authority for place names in the Smokies is Allen R. Coggins, Place Names of the Smokies (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 1999).

Abbreviations

Terra Incognita uses a small number of abbreviations in the annotations. They are:

GSM = Great Smoky Mountains GSMNP = Great Smoky Mountains National Park In addition, state names are abbreviated according to rules established by The Chicago Manual of Style. Therefore, Tennessee appears as “Tenn.” and North Carolina as “N.C.” Other state names are also abbreviated.

Key to Annotation Contributors The initials for the contributor responsible for each annotation appear at the end of the annotation. See the Contributors section at the end of Terra Incognita for more information about the contributors.

AB = Anne Bridges CD = Chris Durman CP = Cheryn Picquet FS = Flora Shrode GF = George Frizzell KJ = Kay Johnson KW = Ken Wise LB = Linda Behrend MK = Margaret Kaus MT = Michael Toomey RC = Russell Clement SL = Sandra Leach TB = Teresa Berry

Numbering Numbers in brackets refer to relevant entries.

Dome Falls on Roaring Fork, undated. Photograph by Jim Thompson, and courtesy of the Thompson Brothers Digital Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries.

Great Smoky Mountains Chronology

Pre-1500s

The Smokies and surrounding areas are home to the native people who would become the Cherokee Nation.

1540

Hernando de Soto’s expedition enters or passes close to the Great Smoky Mountain region [376, 144].

1566–67

Juan Pardo’s expedition enters or passes close to the Great Smoky Mountain region.

1673

James Needham and Gabriel Arthur explore the Great Smoky Mountain region. Their excursion is documented in a letter by Abraham Wood [110].

1789

The term “Smoaky” mountain is used in a government document ceding Western lands owned by North Carolina to the federal government, the first official government reference to the name “Smoky Mountain” [1098].

1790s

John Jacob Mingus and Felix Walker, the first settlers in land now part of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, establish homesteads in the area around the Oconoluftee River, North Carolina.

1791

William Bartram, a Quaker naturalist from Pennsylvania, publishes Travel through North & South Carolina, Georgia, East & West Florida, the Cherokee Country, arguably one of the most influential natural history books of the time. Bartram travels near the Smokies, basing his book on his visits to Cherokee villages along

Cowee (now Wests Mill, North Carolina, between Franklin and Bryson City) [113]. 1791

Under the terms of the Treaty of the Holston, the Cherokee give up all claims to lands east of the Clinch River and north of a line drawn through Kingston, Tennessee following the ridge which divides the watershed of the Little River from that of the Little Tennessee River to the boundary of North Carolina then southeast to the South Carolina Indian Boundary. This land concession generally includes all of the Great Smoky Mountains east of Mount Collins.

1797

Colonel Benjamin Hawkins surveys the Great Smoky Mountain region and establishes the Hawkins Line, separating the Cherokee from white settlers in accordance with the Treaty of the Holston.

1797

Peter Snider makes his initial settlement in Tuckaleechee Cove, Tennessee.

1798

Under the terms of the First Treaty of Tellico, the Cherokee relinquish all claims to lands in the Great Smoky Mountains north of the Little Tennessee River. Essentially, this treaty adjusts the boundary line specified in the Treaty of Holston southward to include the entire area between the Little River and the Little Tennessee River.

1802

To create the boundary line specified by the First Treaty of Tellico, United States

War Department agent Return Jonathan Meigs and surveyor Thomas Freeman run a survey line referred to as the MeigsFreeman line. The line travels from the peak of Mount Collins (located between Clingmans Dome and Newfound Gap) to a point on the North Carolina–South Carolina border near the southwestern corner of Transylvania County, North Carolina. 1804

1808

A map titled “North Carolina,” published in Arrowsmith and Lewis’s A New and Elegant General Atlas Comprising All the New Discoveries, to the Present Time, is the earliest appearance of the name “Smoky M.” on a map [399]. The name designates a vague range extending north from the state-line divide. Jonathan Price and John Strother publish a map that includes the designation “Pinnacle of Smoky Mt,” the first use of the name “Smoky” for a specific place in the mountains [400].

1814

Henry Colwell claims one hundred acres on Cataloochee Creek, North Carolina.

1818

John and Lucretia Oliver become the first settlers in Cades Cove, Tennessee.

1819

The Cherokee syllabary, commonly credited to Sequoyah (George Gist), is introduced.

1819

Through the Calhoun Treaty, the Cherokee people release the last of the lands they hold in the Smokies, opening Cades Cove to legal settlement.

1832

Set in Montvale Springs, Tennessee, Woodville; or, The Anchoret Reclaimed. A Descriptive Tale by Charles W. Todd, is the first novel with a Smokies setting [748].

1838–39

The United States government forced the removal of approximately fifteen thou-

xxii

sand Cherokee to present-day Oklahoma, an event commonly referred to as the Trail of Tears. Several groups of Cherokee hide in the mountains of North Carolina to avoid deportation. 1839

James and Levi Caldwell, William Noland, and Evan Hannah are the first permanent settlers in Cataloochee, North Carolina.

1849

Charles Lanman publishes Letters from the Alleghany Mountains, one of the earliest documented accounts of travel into the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains [140–142].

1856

Geographer Arnold Henry Guyot makes the first of several exploratory trips into the Smokies, naming features and taking barometric measurements of altitudes of various peaks. The notes from this work are not published until 1938 [112].

1859

Botanist Samuel Botsford Buckley’s article in The American Journal of Science and Arts is the first published account of the measurements of peak elevations along the state-line divide in the Great Smoky Mountains [120].

1861

Arnold Henry Guyot publishes his geographic surveys on the Appalachian Mountain system in The American Journal of Science and Arts [134].

1861–65

During the Civil War, communities in the Smokies are torn between the Union and the Confederacy. Union and Confederate raiders pillage farmsteads and small mountain towns.

1866

The North Carolina State Legislature acknowledges residency for the Eastern Band of Cherokee.

1867

Noted poet Sidney Lanier writes TigerLilies, an antiwar novel set partially in Montvale Springs, Tennessee [704].

Great Smoky Mountains Chronology

1868

1869

1875

The United States government recognizes the eastern Cherokee as a separate tribe, under the name of Eastern Band of Cherokee. Tennessee state geologist James Stafford publishes his standard work, Geology of Tennessee, in which he describes the Smokies as “the greatest bed of mountains in Tennessee, having the highest peaks, and occupying with its high ridges, a large area” [1091]. North Carolina state geologist W. C. Kerr publishes his classic work, Report of the Geological Survey of North Carolina, in which he describes the Smokies region as “broadly contrasted with the Blue Ridge in its greater regularity both in direction and elevation, its greater elevation, and especially in the excessive depth of its gaps” [1086].

Early 1880s First recorded suggestion for a national park in the Southern Appalachian Mountains is credited to the Reverend Canario Drayton Smith of Franklin, North Carolina. 1880s

1884

1885

First large-scale logging operations in the Smokies begin in the Big Creek area of North Carolina. Logging companies would eventually remove two-thirds of the original forest cover in the Smokies. Publication of C. C. Royce’s Map of the Former Territorial Limits of the Cherokee “Nation of ” Indians, depicting the boundaries of Cherokee lands as defined by previous treaties [432]. Dr. Henry O. Marcy of Boston, in a paper on climatic treatment of diseases, advocates the establishment of a health resort and possible state-owned park in Western North Carolina. The paper, delivered to the American Academy of Medicine in New York City, is published

Great Smoky Mountains Chronology

in The Journal of the American Medical Association [543]. 1885

Prominent local-color novelist Mary Noailles Murfree publishes The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains, considered to be her first Smokies novel although it was written before she visited the region. The original edition appears under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock [727].

1887

James D. Mooney is sent by the United States Bureau of American Ethnology to study the Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountain region. This and subsequent seasons of fieldwork form the basis of many publications on the Cherokee.

1899

The Appalachian National Park Association, led by George S. Powell, president, and Dr. Chase P. Ambler, secretary, presents to the United States Congress a petition requesting a national park in the Smokies region [221].

1899

William Goodell Frost, president of Berea College, calls the Southern mountaineers “our contemporary ancestors” in an article in The Atlantic Monthly. The concept is adopted by others to describe mountain people [471].

1900

James D. Mooney publishes his classic work, “Myths of the Cherokee,” a 548-page segment of the Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology [63].

1900

Little River Lumber Company in Townsend, Tennessee, is founded. The first mill is constructed the next year.

1901

Little River Railroad is chartered. In 1902 the first segment is built from Townsend to Walland, where it connects to the Knoxville and Augusta Railroad.

1902

Publication of a comprehensive report, titled Message from the President of the United States Transmitting a Report of

xxiii

the Secretary of Agriculture in Relation to the Forests, Rivers, and Mountains of the Southern Appalachian Region, outlining the state of the Southern Appalachian forests and the advisability of creating a national forest in this region. Compiled by James Wilson, secretary of agriculture, transmitted to Congress by President Theodore Roosevelt [215]. 1903

Logging activities begin on the West Prong of the Little River.

1904

Horace S. Kephart arrives in Dillsboro, North Carolina, after leaving his family and his career as a library director in St. Louis. He becomes one of the most prolific and well-read writers on the Smokies.

1907

The William M. Ritter Company begins cutting timber on Hazel Creek, North Carolina.

1908

Champion Fibre Company establishes a mill in Canton, North Carolina, creating a local demand for timber byproducts and thereby stimulating timber production.

1908

The Little River Railroad is expanded through a gorge of the East Prong of the Little River into Elkmont, Tennessee.

1910

Edward O. Guerrant, missionary with the Society of Soul Winners, recounts his experiences in bringing religion to the Southern Appalachian Mountains, including the Smokies region, in The Galax Gatherers: The Gospel among the Highlanders [583].

1910

xxiv

The Appalachian Club is founded at Elkmont on land purchased from the Little River Lumber Company. The Wonderland Club, also in Elkmont, soon follows. Elkmont becomes a summer resort, primarily for the well-to-do from Knoxville.

1911

The United States Congress approves the Weeks Law, under which national forests are established in the eastern United States [332].

1912

Pi Beta Phi Fraternity for Women opens the Settlement School in Gatlinburg, Tennessee.

1913

Horace Kephart publishes Our Southern Highlanders, arguably the most influential book published about the Great Smoky Mountains in the pre-Park years. Due to the popularity of the original edition, the book is enlarged and reprinted several times [641].

1913 In The Carolina Mountains, Margaret Morley promotes the mountains of Western Carolina: “The Great Smokies yet remain, as a whole, the most inaccessible part of the mountain region. No road crosses them, few paths penetrate into their fastnesses. To go to any of the high peaks is an arduous climb requiring a guide” [883]. 1916

President Woodrow Wilson creates the National Park Service.

1921

Benton MacKaye, forester and conservationist, proposes the Appalachian Trail in an article in the Journal of the American Institute of Architects, titled “An Appalachian Trail: A Project in Regional Planning” [944].

1924

The Great Smoky Mountains Hiking Club is organized in Knoxville. Inaugural members include Harvey Broome, Carlos Campbell, Brockway Crouch, Albert “Dutch” Roth, and Jim Thompson. The first official club hike is led by Dutch Roth to Mount Le Conte on 6 December 1924; eight hikers participated.

1924

The Southern Appalachian National Park Commission, under the auspices of the United States Department of the Interior,

Great Smoky Mountains Chronology

meets in Washington, D.C., to determine its choice of a new national park, following inspection of wilderness areas throughout Southern Appalachia. “The Great Smoky Mountains easily stand first,” reports the Committee, “because of the height of the mountains, depth of valleys, ruggedness of the area, and the unexampled variety of trees, shrubs and plants” [217]. 1925

Chestnut blight arrives in the Smokies, devastating the trees which had dominated the forests. By 1938, most of the chestnuts have died.

1926

President Calvin Coolidge signs a bill committing the United States government to administering land for a national park in the Great Smokies as soon as Tennessee and North Carolina donate a minimum of 150,000 acres [344].

1926

The United States Department of the Interior issues the first map showing the proposed boundaries of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park [454].

1927

Robert Lindsay Mason, Knoxville artist, publishes The Lure of the Great Smokies, in which he describes mountaineer lifestyles—including exciting accounts of moonshine raids by revenue agents [478].

1927

1928

1929

The silent film Stark Love premieres in New York City. It was filmed on location in Western North Carolina and depicts the lives of mountaineers as filled with violence and misogynism [804]. John D. Rockefeller Jr. pledges $5 million for the Great Smoky Mountains National Park through the Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial Foundation, established by his father in honor of his mother. Mellinger Henry, a teacher from New Jersey, publishes the first of several articles on ballads that he and his wife col-

Great Smoky Mountains Chronology

lected in Southern Appalachia, including locations in the Smokies, in the Journal of American Folk-lore [816]. 1929

A lively account by William G. Hassler of an expedition to collect salamanders and snakes for the American Museum of Natural History is published in the Knoxville News-Sentinel and the journal Natural History [985].

1930

Stanley Adair Cain, botanist and professor at the University of Tennessee, publishes the first of several studies on the vegetation of the Smokies [1036].

1930

Aaron J. Sharp, botanist and professor at the University of Tennessee, publishes the first of many articles on the mosses of the Smokies [1070].

1930

The Southern Highland Craft Guild is chartered to support the craft revival in the Southern Appalachians.

1930

The first deeds to land that will form the Great Smoky Mountains National Park are presented to the federal government by the states of North Carolina and Tennessee. The combined land mass for this initial transfer is 152,176 acres.

1931

Following contentious negotiations, Champion Fibre Company agrees to sell 92,000 acres of land, including parcels in Swain County and Sevier County, to the states of North Carolina and Tennessee for $3 million to add to the Park lands.

1931

First topographic map of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park is printed by the United States Geological Survey [458].

1931

Horace Kephart is killed in an automobile accident near Bryson City, North Carolina.

1931

J. Ross Eakin, first superintendent of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park,

xxv

ing the Purchase of Land for Emergency Conservation Work,” allocates $2,325,000 for the purchase of land to create the Great Smoky Mountains National Park [368].

arrives with other rangers to begin the work of the new national park. 1932

1932

1933

1933

1933

xxvi

Utilizing the research of James D. Mooney, anthropologist Frans M. Olbrechts publishes the “The Swimmer Manuscript: Cherokee Sacred Formulas and Medicinal Prescriptions,” which outlines the medical and religious practices of the Cherokee [66]. Ballad collector Cecil Sharp publishes English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians, a major book documenting the work of Sharp, Olive Dame Campbell, and Maud Karpeles to collect and preserve the traditional music of the Southern Appalachians. Some of the entries were collected in the Smokies region, primarily in Sevier County, Tennessee [830]. President Franklin D. Roosevelt signs the Tennessee Valley Authority Act. In 1942 construction begins on Fontana Dam, a Tennessee Valley Authority project, on the border of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in North Carolina. President Franklin D. Roosevelt creates the Civilian Conservation Corps. This group builds the basic infrastructure of the Park, including trails, bridges, and the Park headquarters building. President Franklin D. Roosevelt, through Executive Order No. 6542, “Authoriz-

1934

On 15 June, Congress authorizes establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park as the twenty-first national park in the United States. The National Park Service faces the enormous task of managing more than four hundred thousand acres of land, much of it in poor condition from the abuses of logging [369].

1935

The Wilderness Society, one of the nation’s first organizations geared toward environmental conservation, is established.

1936

President Franklin D. Roosevelt visits the newly-created Great Smoky Mountains National Park, traveling from Knoxville to Asheville and visiting both Gatlinburg and the Cherokee Reservation. This is the first visit of a sitting United States President to the Park.

1939

Little River Lumber Company finishes cutting timber in the Tremont area. These are the last trees logged in the Great Smoky Mountains.

1940

President Franklin D. Roosevelt gives a speech at Newfound Gap on 2 September, dedicating The National Park, according the plaque at the site, “for the permanent enjoyment of the people.”

Great Smoky Mountains Chronology

Reading List for the Great Smoky Mountains: Sources Published after 1934

Scope Note This list includes major publications on the Great Smoky Mountains issued after 1934, the end date for Terra Incognita. These titles are recommended as sources for informative background and historical and critical interpretations of the Great Smoky Mountains region in the years before 1935.

Sources Banks, William H., and Steve Kemp. Plants of the Cherokee: Medicinal, Edible, and Useful Plants of the Eastern Cherokee Indians. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2004. Broome, Harvey. Out Under the Sky of the Great Smokies. Knoxville: Greenbrier Press, 1975. Brown, Margaret Lynn. The Wild East: A Biography of the Great Smoky Mountains. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2000. Bush, Florence Cope. Dorie: Woman of the Mountains. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1992.

Callahan, North. Smoky Mountain Country. New York: Duell, Sloan, & Pierce, 1952.

Campbell, Carlos C. Birth of a National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains: An Unprecedented Crusade Which Created, as a Gift of the People, the Nation’s Most Popular Park. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1960. Rev. ed., 1969. Coggins, Allen R. Place Names of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 1999.

Crow, Vernon H. Storm in the Mountains: Thomas’ Confederate Legion of Cherokee Indians and Mountaineers.

Cherokee: Press of the Museum of the Cherokee Indian, 1982.

Cumming, William P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1998.

Davis, Hattie Caldwell. Cataloochee Valley: Vanished Settlements of the Great Smoky Mountains. Alexander, N.C.: WorldComm, 1997. Dodd, C. Kenneth. The Amphibians of Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2004.

Dunn, Durwood. Cades Cove: The Life and Death of a Southern Appalachian Community, 1818 1937. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988. Dykeman, Wilma, Jim Stokely, Steve Kemp, and Kent Cave. Mountain Home: A Pictorial History of Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2008. Evans, A. Murray. Ferns & Fern Allies of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2005.

Finger, John R. The Eastern Band of Cherokees, 1819– 1900. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984.

Finger, John R. Cherokee Americans: The Eastern Band of Cherokees in the Twentieth Century. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1991.

Fisher, Noel C. The Civil War in the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2005. Frome, Michael. Strangers in High Places: The Story of the Great Smoky Mountains. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1966.

Godbold, E. Stanly, and Mattie U. Russell. Confederate Colonel and Cherokee Chief: The Life of William Holland Thomas. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1990. Groce, W. Todd. Mountain Rebels: East Tennessee Confederates and the Civil War, 1860–1870. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1999.

Hall, Joseph S. Smoky Mountain Folks and Their Lore. Published in cooperation with Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association. Asheville: The Cataloochee Press, 1960.

Hutson, Robert W., William F. Hutson, Aaron J. Sharp, and Carlos C. Campbell. Campbell, Hutson, and Sharp’s Great Smoky Mountains Wildflowers. 5th ed. Northbrook, Ill.: Windy Pines Pub., 1995. Inscoe, John C., and Gordon B. McKinney. The Heart of Confederate Appalachia: Western North Carolina in the Civil War. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2000.

Jolley, Harley E., Steve Kemp, and Kent Cave. The CCC in the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 2001. Kemp, Steve, and Ken Voorhis. Trees and Familiar Shrubs of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 1993.

Martin, C. Brenden. Tourism in the Mountain South: A Double-Edged Sword. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2007.

Maynard, Charles. Churches of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2004.

McCoy, George W. A Brief History of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Movement in North Carolina. Asheville: Inland Press, 1940.

Montgomery, Michael B., and Joseph S. Hall. Dictionary of Smoky Mountain English. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2004. Moore, Harry L. A Roadside Guide to the Geology of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988.

Oliver, Duane. Hazel Creek from Then til Now. Hazelwood, N.C.: Duane Oliver, 1989. Olson, Ted. Blue Ridge Folklife. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1998. xxviii

Peattie, Roderick. The Great Smokies and the Blue Ridge: The Story of the Southern Appalachians. New York: Vanguard Press, 1943.

Perdue, Theda, and Michael D. Green. The Cherokee Removal: A Brief History with Documents. 2nd ed. Boston: Bedford Books of St. Martin’s Press, 2005.

Perdue, Theda, and Michael D. Green. The Cherokee Nation and the Trail of Tears. New York: Viking, 2007. Pierce, Daniel S. The Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2000.

Pierce, Daniel S. Logging in the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2003.

Pivorun, Edward Broni, Steve Kemp, and Kent Cave. Mammals of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2009. Powers, Elizabeth D., and Mark E. Hannah. Cataloochee: Lost Settlement of the Smokies: The History, Social Customs, and Natural History. Charleston, S.C.: Powers-Hannah Publishers, 1982.

Schmidt, Ronald G., and William S. Hooks. Whistle Over the Mountain: Timber, Track & Trails in the Tennessee Smokies: An Historical and Field Guide to the Little River Lumber Company and the Little River Railroad in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in Tennessee. Yellow Springs, Ohio: Graphicom Press, 1994.

Shields, Arthur Randolph. The Cades Cove Story. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 1977.

Starnes, Richard D. Creating the Land of the Sky: Tourism and Society in Western North Carolina. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2005. Taylor, Stephen Wallace. The New South’s New Frontier: A Social History of Economic Development in Southwestern North Carolina. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2001.

Thornborough, Laura. The Great Smoky Mountains. New York: Thomas Crowell Company, 1937. Reprint, Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1962.

Tilley, Stephen G., and James E. Huheey. Reptiles & Amphibians of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 2001. Reading List

Trout, Ed, and Margaret Lynn Brown. Historic Buildings of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 1995.

Trout, Ed, and Tony Myers. Heirlooms & Artifacts of the Smokies: Treasures from the National Park’s Historical Collection. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2010.

Weals, Vic. Last Train to Elkmont: A Look Back at Life on Little River in the Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: Olden Press, 1991.

Williams, Michael Ann. Great Smoky Mountains Folklife. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1995.

Wise, Kenneth. Hiking Trails of the Great Smoky Mountains: A Comprehensive Guide. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1996.

Wise, Kenneth, and Ronald Petersen. A Natural History of Mount Le Conte. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1998.

White, Peter, and Tom Condon. Wildflowers of the Smokies. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2003.

Reading List

xxix

Dorsey’s cabin on Middle Fork of the Little River, August 18, 1886. Photograph by William Cox Cochran, and courtesy of the William Cox Cochran Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries.

Chapter 1 Early Great Smoky Mountains Bibliographies

Introduction An important first step in compiling this bibliography was to rigorously research Southern Appalachian bibliographies, published before and after 1934, for Smokies content. The few bibliographies listed below treat early general sources, history, geology, forestry, folklore, fiction, government reports, and maps. Most bibliographies are selective in scope and are not annotated. When they appear, annotations are often brief, and some entries are incomplete or inaccurate. Some are broader in content than the Smokies, covering the entire Southern Appalachian region, while a few focus directly on the Smokies region. The most comprehensive bibliography, Mason and Avery’s “A Bibliography for the Great Smokies” [9] lists approximately two hundred citations. Sources gleaned from these bibliographies were identified and a physical copy was examined before inclusion in the present work.

Sources [1] Babcock, Mabel A. “The Southern Highlander: A Selected Bibliography.” Bulletin of the Russell Sage Foundation, no. 115 (October 1932): 2–4.

Supplements Olive Dame Campbell’s “The Southern Highlands: A Selected Bibliography” [3] and the bibliography in John C. Campbell’s The Southern Highlander and His Homeland [465]. Categorizes books and periodical articles into broad subjects: Bibliographies, General, Biography, Education, and Health. [AB] [2] Bird, W. E. “Literature of Western North Carolina.” Cullowhee State Normal School Bulletin 2, no. 4 (January 1926): 16–28.

Narrative bibliography surveying the available literature on Western N.C. In his “General Observation of Literary Conditions” section, Bird observes that the region has “never produced even a great piece of literary work” (p. 16). However, there are books that are “vitally important” (p. 18). In that category are several books on the Smokies, including Horace Kephart’s Our Southern Highlanders [641], Margaret Morley’s The Carolina Mountains [883], and John C. Campbell’s The Southern Highlander and His Homeland [465]. [AB] [3] Campbell, Olive Dame. “The Southern Highlands: A Selected Bibliography.” Bulletin of the Russell Sage Foundation, no. 39 (February 1920): 2–4.

Lists books and articles on the Southern Appalachian region. Organized by broad subjects: History, Topography and Resources, and General References. Supplemented by Mabel A. Babcock, “The Southern Highlander: A Selected Bibliography” [1]. [AB] [4] Cockrill, Elizabeth. “Bibliography of Tennessee Geology, Soils, Drainage, Forestry, Etc. with Subject Index.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 1, Extract B. Nashville: Folk-Keelin Printing Co., 1911. 117 p.

Bibliography prepared initially for use within the Geological Survey and later published for general use. Organized by author; subject index, p. 81–111. [AB] [5] Fink, Paul M. “The Literature of the Great Smokies.” Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 2, no. 3 (July 1933): 39–43.

Robert Lindsay Mason and Myron Avery completed the first substantive bibliography of the GSM region in

1931 [9]. In this article, Fink discusses the importance of this bibliography, together with extended annotations and reviews of some of the more significant titles cited by Mason and Avery. [KW] [6] Hussey, Minnie Middleton. “North American Folklore: A Bibliography.” North Carolina Library Bulletin 7, no. 12 (September 1930): 288–93.

Briefly annotated bibliography of about 100 books, periodical articles, and newspaper articles dating from the late eighteenth century (but primarily from the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries) on N.C. folklore, including about a dozen references to publications dealing with the GSM region. The bibliography is based on material found in the library of the North Carolina College for Women, where the compiler worked. A preliminary note explains, “This bibliography does not include references to negro folklore except as they appear incidentally in other material. It was felt that persons interested in the subject would prefer this arrangement” (p. 288). [RC] [7] Laney, Francis Baker, and Katherine Hill Wood. “Bibliography of North Carolina Geology, Mineralogy and Geography with a List of Maps.” North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Bulletin, no. 18. Raleigh: E. M. Uzzell and Co., 1909. 428 p.

Comprehensive list of books, articles, government reports, and maps. Brief annotations are helpful in determining location and scope of research. Subject and geographical index, p. 363–428. [AB] [8] Library of Congress. Division of Bibliography. List of References on the Mountain Whites. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, 1922. 12 p.

Bibliography of books, periodical articles, and fiction on Southern Appalachian people. [AB] [9] Mason, Robert Lindsay, and Myron H. Avery. “A Bibliography for the Great Smokies.” Appalachia 18, no. 3 (June 1931): 271–77. Supplement: “Supplement to a Bibliography for the Great Smokies.” Appalachia 21, no. 2 (December 1936): 209–10.

2

Early attempt to list books, articles, and dissertations on the GSM. Some citations are incomplete. Citations to titles which are very broad in scope or could not be verified or located were excluded in Terra Incognita. [AB] [10] McCoy, George William. A Bibliography for the Great Smoky Mountains. Asheville: G. W. McCoy, 1932. 31 p.

McCoy was the historian of the Carolina Mountain Club. For the period, this is an extensive bibliography on every aspect of the GSM. Unfortunately, it is laced with incomplete and inaccurate citations. [AB] [11] Pilling, James Constantine. “Bibliography of the Iroquoian Languages.” Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin, no. 6. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1888. 208 p. il.

Includes 949 titles (795 printed books and articles; 154 manuscripts) that date from 1545 to 1888. Languages most represented are Mohawk and Cherokee. “Anonymous works printed in Cherokee characters, on the title pages of which no English appears, are entered under the word Cherokee” (preface, iii). Entries are frequently annotated with bibliographic descriptions, content notes, and excerpts. The “Chronologic Index” (p. 191–208) provides date, language, short title, and author’s surname and first initial for each citation. Page 39 is a facsimile of the title-page of The Constitution and Laws of the Cherokee Nation (St. Louis: R. & T. A. Ennis, 1875). Pilling (1846–1895) was an American ethnologist who compiled nine important bibliographies pertaining to aboriginal languages. [RC] [12] Stockbridge, Helen Elvira. “A Bibliography of the Southern Appalachians and White Mountain Regions.” Proceedings of the Society of American Foresters 6, no. 2 (October 15, 1911): 173–254.

Non-annotated bibliography contains references in nine subject areas: national forest movement, topography and resources in general, botany, forests and forestry, water resources, climatology, geology, mines and mineral resources, and soils. The author notes that “in compiling the references to the natural resources of these regions, only such books and articles as deal exclusively with the

Early Great Smoky Mountains Bibliographies

parts of the country in which the White and Southern Appalachians lie have been included” (p. 173). References pertaining to the White Mountains and the Southern Appalachians are combined in each section. [SL/AB] [13] Thornton, Mary Lindsay. “The North Carolina Mountains: A Selected Bibliography.” Mountain Life and Work 3, no. 4 (January 1928): 32–33.

Short bibliography that cites many classic works on the GSM, as well as works on other N.C. mountains. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [AB] [14] Weeks, Stephen Beauregard. “A Bibliography of the Historical Literature of North Carolina.” Biblio-

Early Great Smoky Mountains Bibliographies

graphical Contributions, Harvard University Library, no. 48. Cambridge, Mass.: Library of Harvard University, 1895. 79 p.

Lists and annotates 1,491 titles by 625 authors on N.C., gathered from collections of the state in Raleigh, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Trinity College, Wake Forest College, Johns Hopkins University, Maryland Historical Society, and the Peabody Institute of Baltimore. Work was begun in 1887. Includes an appendix of additions and corrections (p. 61–74) and an index (p. 75–79). References early GSM books, articles, and maps. Weeks’s personal collection was donated to the Carolina Collection at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. [RC]

3

Frans Olbrechts (right), anthropologist, and unidentified Cherokee family, 1926. Courtesy of the National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution.

Chapter 2 The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The content of the Cherokee section posed unique challenges. The Cherokee were significant in the Great Smoky Mountains from prehistory through the bibliography’s cutoff date of 1934, but they lived and hunted in a much larger area of Southern Appalachia. Identifying the published material linked to the Smokies proved difficult. The following criteria were developed to determine which of the many items about the Cherokee would be included in this bibliography. All items that seemed likely to reference the Smokies region and that were published before the 1838 forced removal of the majority of the Cherokee to Oklahoma were selected for inclusion. Early explorers had limited knowledge of mountain geography and used arcane geographical terms, often making it difficult to determine their exact routes. The second group of materials selected for inclusion was material published after the removal that was linked specifically to the area of the Smokies now inhabited by the Eastern Band of the Cherokee, commonly known as the Qualla Boundary. Readers should note that many items on the Cherokee were excluded from this bibliography based on the criteria outlined above. Cherokee legal and treaty literature is covered in a separate essay following this introduction. The period of time before European contact with the Cherokee and other native peoples is discernible only through the archaeological record. Limited archaeological fieldwork had been conducted in the Smokies before 1934. An example is William Holmes’s reports to the Smithsonian Institute Bureau of Ethnology on archaeological fieldwork in Sevierville [41, 42]. Among the finds in the Sevierville McMahon Mound were shell “gorgets,” a type of neck ornament, illustrated with serpents and faces of people. Both reports are accompanied by illustrations of these intricately decorated objects.

Information on the prehistory of the region has been covered in several modern works, including Burton L. Purrington’s “Ancient Mountaineers: An Overview of Prehistoric Archaeology of North Carolina’s Western Mountain Region,” a chapter in The Prehistory of North Carolina: An Archaeological Symposium (Raleigh: Department of Cultural Resources, 1983); Bennie C. Keel’s Cherokee Archaeology: A Study of the Appalachian Summit (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1976); and H. Trawick Ward and R. P. Stephen Davis Jr.’s Time before History: The Archaeology of North Carolina (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1999). Quentin R. Bass II provides an extensive survey of archaeology sites in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in his master’s thesis, “Prehistoric Settlement and Subsistence Patterns in the Great Smoky Mountains” (University of Tennessee, 1977). Early written material on the Cherokee is sparse. Explorers, military officers, and traders, who were untrained observers with varying degrees of education and cultural sensitivity, composed most accounts. One of the earliest documents is Alexander Longe’s “A Small Postscript of the Ways and Maners of the Indians Called Charikees” [48], which contains fascinating details about Cherokee life in the early eighteenth century. Longe was a trader who lived for several years with the Cherokee. The most notable and widely read early work is James Adair’s The History of the American Indians, published in 1775 and frequently reprinted [15]. Adair was particularly familiar with the Cherokee and devoted considerable attention to them in his book, noting the significance of the Southern Appalachian Mountains in Cherokee life. Two other contemporary reports provide insights on the early Cherokee, the account of Lieutenant Timberlake’s mission to improve relations with the Cherokee in 1761

[105], and General Rutherford’s forays into Cherokee country in 1776 [87]. In the early nineteenth century, Featherstonhaugh’s A Canoe Voyage up the Minnay Sotor [33] and a letter from “a gentleman of Virginia” published in The Analectic Magazine [84] round out the significant accounts documenting the early interactions between the Cherokee and European settlers. Readers may also want to consult the section on “Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains” since early explorers frequently made comments on the Cherokee that they encountered. For the history of the Cherokee after the arrival of European settlers, researchers should consult some of the newer books on the Appalachian frontier, including John Oliphant’s Peace and War on the Anglo-Cherokee Frontier, 1756–63 (Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 2001); Wilma A. Dunaway’s The First American Frontier: Transition to Capitalism in Southern Appalachia, 1700–1860 (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1996); and Cynthia Cumfer’s Separate Peoples, One Land: The Minds of the Cherokees, Blacks and Whites on the Tennessee Frontier (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2007). Several excellent historical works from this period cover the 1838 removal. Theda Perdue is one of the most prominent current Cherokee historians. Written with Michael D. Green, her works on the removal period—The Cherokee Nation and the Trail of Tears (New York: Viking, 2007) and The Cherokee Removal: A Brief History with Documents (Boston: St. Martin’s Press, 2005)—are standards for the time period. John Finger’s The Eastern Band of Cherokees, 1819–1900 (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984), is a comprehensive work covering the removal period and the resurgence of the Eastern Band in the later nineteenth century. Those who are interested in the legal issues surrounding the removal should consult Tim Garrison’s The Legal Ideology of Removal: The Southern Judiciary and the Sovereignty of Native American Nations (Athens: University of Georgia Press, 2002). The bulk of the post-removal literature on the Cherokee in the Smokies (later known as the Eastern Band) is comprised of anthropological studies, supplemented by a few travel accounts and government documents. Starting in the summer of 1887, James Mooney, a self-taught ethnologist, made several trips to the Qualla Boundary

6

to study the Cherokee for the Smithsonian Institute’s Bureau of Ethnography (the name was changed to the Bureau of American Ethnography in 1897). Mooney was an indefatigable researcher and a keen observer of Cherokee life. He documents his observations in a series of articles in professional publications, including The Journal of American Folklore, American Anthropologist, and publications of the Bureau of Ethnology. “The Cherokees are undoubtedly the most important tribe in the United States, as well as one of the most interesting,” wrote Mooney in his 1888 seminal article, “Myths of the Cherokees.” He continues, “Remaining in their native mountains, away from railroads, and progressive white civilization, they retain many customs and traditions which have been lost by those who removed to the West” [50]. Despite Mooney’s assertion that the Cherokee had retained much of their traditional lifestyle, by the 1880s the customs and language of the Cherokee were rapidly eroding. Much of what we know today about their myths, traditions, and sacred rituals is due to the work of James Mooney and the Cherokee who were willing to offer him access to their world. The two most significant publications by Mooney appear in the reports of the Bureau of Ethnology, “Myths of the Cherokee” and “The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees” [56, 63]. Taken together, these reports outline Cherokee religion; theories on disease; medical practice, including ceremonies and use of herbal medicine; sanitary rituals; dances; language; myths; and history. They have been reprinted several times, most recently as James Mooney’s History, Myths, and Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees (Asheville: Historical Images, 1992), edited by Smokies scholar George Ellison. “Myths” and “Sacred Formulas” were augmented by the articles that Mooney published in anthropological journals. Perhaps most fascinating is an 1890 article in The American Anthropologist on the Cherokee ball game, a sport that resembles a more violent version of modernday lacrosse [55]. Mooney witnessed a contest and provides the reader with a detailed narrative of the rituals, dancing, and singing that accompanied the actual game, where anything “short of murder” was allowed. Mooney also wrote on Cherokee names, plant lore, medical practice, language, and water rituals. Much of the information that Mooney presented on the Cherokee was recorded in day books kept by “doctors,”

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

the local medical and religious leaders. These texts were held in the highest secrecy. Mooney was able to convince Swimmer Ayunini, a prominent doctor, that translating and publishing his book of formulas would preserve them forever. Mooney worked diligently throughout his life to translate and organize the formulas in the Swimmer text and used the information it contained as the basis for several articles. However, Mooney died with the Swimmer manuscript unfinished. Belgian linguist and anthropologist Frans Olbrechts completed the translation and organization of the text, publishing it under both his and Mooney’s names in 1932 [66]. In addition to the completion of the Swimmer text, Olbrechts published articles in the 1920s and 1930s on Cherokee medicine, childbirth, methods of divination, and language, based on his own fieldwork, the data recorded by Mooney, and the Swimmer material. Other anthropologists studied the Cherokee in the early years of the twentieth century, building on the extensive fieldwork of James Mooney. Stewart Culin, curator of ethnology at the Institute of Arts and Sciences, Brooklyn Museum, drew on Mooney’s research on the Cherokee ball game for his exhaustive study titled “Games of the North American Indians” [27]. William Harlan Gilbert conducted fieldwork for his dissertation (later reprinted in a Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin), augmenting his observations with Mooney’s research [37]. Artistic, linguistic, geographic, and folklore studies complete the anthropological literature on the Qualla Boundary Cherokee. Famed University of Pennsylvania anthropologist Frank G. Speck, who specialized in the Eastern Woodland Native Americans, wrote articles on Cherokee basketry and folktales [92]. William E. Myer, a former Carthage, Tennessee businessman and expert on Native American trails, wrote a comprehensive overview on the trails of the Southeast, including those in the Smokies, which was published in a report for the Bureau of American Ethnology in 1928 [67]. The remainder of the publications on Qualla Boundary Cherokee is a mixture of scholarly articles, popular accounts, and government publications. Of the travel literature, perhaps most interesting are an 1875 article by Rebecca Harding Davis on her visit to “Qualla” [28] and a 1917 article by Fred Olds on the Cherokee Indian

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

School, based on the author’s trip to the “reservation” [74]. The contrast between the two articles, written some forty years apart, is striking. Davis found the Cherokee to be backward, while Olds was positively elated by improvements the Cherokee had undergone as exemplified by the government school. Two government documents selected for this bibliography offer unique perspectives and information on the Eastern Band of the Cherokee. In 1890, in a document titled “Indians Taxed and Not Taxed in the United States,” a special report of the Eleventh U.S. Census, special agents and Native American experts Thomas Donaldson and Henry R. Carrington compiled a fascinating portrait of life in the Qualla Boundary with details on agriculture, education, towns, community leaders, and morality [29]. In a 1930 congressional hearing on the conditions of Indians, witnesses for the Cherokee, including the school superintendent and the chief, outlined the “state of the community” and presented to the committee its greatest needs: a hospital, improved schools, and agricultural support [106]. Researchers of the Eastern Band of the Cherokee have a wealth of modern historical, sociological, and anthropological works from which to draw information. The period after removal to the late twentieth century is covered by Finger’s earlier-mentioned work on the nineteenth-century Cherokee and his work on the modern Cherokee, Cherokee Americans: The Eastern Band of Cherokee in the Twentieth Century (Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1991). Cherokee women have received particular notice from several writers. Perdue’s Cherokee Women: Gender and Culture Change, 1700–1835 (Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1998), covers the period prior to removal. Virginia Moore Carney profiles individual women in Eastern Band Cherokee Women: Cultural Persistence in the Letters and Speeches (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2005). Sarah H. Hill’s book, Weaving New Worlds: Southeastern Cherokee Women and Their Basketry (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina, 1997), provides a fascinating look at the women artists of the Eastern Band. Anne Bridges

7

Acknowledgment George Frizzell, head of Special Collections of Hunter Library at Western Carolina University, did the preliminary work identifying items for inclusion in the “Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter. His extensive knowledge about the written material on the Eastern Band of the Cherokee was essential to the final product.

Cherokee Land and Legal Status to 1934 Essay on Sources

Most of the Cherokee’s early legal status relates directly to their lands and the desire of white people to acquire them. Both land and legal status (from the white perspective, at least) are dealt with in the various treaties between the United States and what became the Cherokee Nation. The definitive versions of these treaties are found in the U.S. Statutes at Large. Charles J. Kappler, ed., Indian Affairs: Laws and Treaties (5 vols., Washington, D.C.: 1904–1941; available online from Oklahoma State University at http://digital.library.okstate.edu/ kappler/), is a very convenient chronological compendium of all Indian treaties. The most exhaustive exegesis of Cherokee treaties is Charles Royce, “The Cherokee Nation of Indians,” Annual Report of the U.S. Bureau of American Ethnology 5 (Washington, D.C.: 1887), reprinted as The Cherokee Nation of Indians (Chicago: Aldine Pub. Co., 1975). Royce provides a wealth of details, compiled and analyzed shortly after the treaty system ended. His map of Cherokee land cessions in those treaties is the most detailed and comprehensive ever made [432]. Other primary documents relating to the Cherokee during the Revolutionary and Early National periods, including those living in or near the Great Smoky Mountains, are found in American State Papers (38 vols., Washington, D.C.: 1832–1861; available online from the Library of Congress’s American Memory at http:// memory.loc.gov/ammem/amlaw/lwsp.html). The Indian Affairs volumes of this series (ASPIA) contain accounts of prominent soldiers, land speculators, and government officials and their dealings with Indians, offering a variety of information and insights, some biased. Also useful are American State Papers, Public Lands (ASPPL), containing, among other things, a listing of the private re-

8

serves held by prominent Cherokee individuals. Equally important are the massive number of informative documents systematically compiled throughout the period by the United States Senate and House of Representatives; they are in the multivolume Congressional Serial Set, easily consulted through a detailed index. Essential for the Carolina Cherokee is the multivolume Colonial and State Records of North Carolina (Raleigh: State of North Carolina, 1886–1907; available online from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill at http://docsouth. unc.edu/csr/); also important is the Virginia Calendar of State Papers (Richmond: State of Virginia, 1888; available online from Internet Archive at http://www.archive. org/details/calendarvirgini08palmgoog). Other primary sources include William L. Anderson and James A. Lewis, eds., Guide to Cherokee Documents in Foreign Archives (Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1983), and Gary E. Moulton, ed., The Papers of Chief John Ross, 2 vols. (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1985). The first volume of the latter deals with the Cherokee before removal; the second mostly deals with the tribal majority living in present-day Oklahoma after 1839, but includes some important documents relating to those remaining in the Southeast. For insight into early Cherokee laws, mores, and lands, see Samuel Cole Williams, ed., James Adair’s History of the American Indians [15] (also annotated by Williams, Lieut. Henry Timberlake’s Memoirs, 1756– 1765 [105]). The former is an edited reprint of a 1775 account of several southeastern tribes, including the Cherokee, written by one of the most literate and perceptive early traders. Timberlake’s memoir is an edited reprint of an insightful account by a British officer who lived among the Tennessee Cherokee and drew a wonderful map of tribal villages along the Little Tennessee River and its tributaries; the map has been reprinted several times. Today most of those village sites are under the waters of the Tennessee Valley Authority’s Tellico Lake. Today’s Eastern Band of the Cherokee comprises the vast majority of those who remained in or near the Great Smoky Mountains after removal. Sources pertaining to all aspects of the Eastern Band in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries are in the chronological records of the United States War Department and, later, the Bureau of Indian Affairs within the United States Department of the Interior. In particular, these are in

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

Record Group 75, Records of the Bureau of Indian Affairs, and are at the National Archives in Washington, D.C., or its regional records centers in East Point, Georgia, and College Park, Maryland. Records that are available on microfilm in Washington, D.C., and the regional branches include Microcopy 21, “Letters Sent by the Office of Indian Affairs, 1824–1881”; Microcopy 234, “Letters Received by the Office of Indian Affairs, 1824–1881”; Microcopy 348, “Report Books of the Office of Indian Affairs, 1838–1885”; Microcopy 574, “Special Files of the Office of Indian Affairs, 1807–1904”; and Microcopy 1059, “Selected Letters Received by the Office of Indian Affairs Relating to the Cherokees of North Carolina, 1851–1906.” Detailed assessment of the land issues leading to creation of the Cherokee reservation, adjoining and including what would become the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, are in two reports of 1874: Francis A. Dony’s “Report . . . to Commissioner of General Land Office,” Microcopy 234, Roll 107, frames 568–86; and Dony’s “Narrative” to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Roll 107, frames 591–656 (copies are also in Microcopy 1059). Other extensive documentation relating to these same issues is titled “Letters from the Secretary of the Interior, in response to resolution of the House of February 25, 1882, relative to the lands and funds of the eastern band of North Carolina Cherokees” (47th Cong., 1st Sess., H. Doc. 196). Also in Record Group 75 are Letters Sent and Received after 1881, including those pertaining to the Land Division. Some important primary accounts of the Quallaarea Cherokee (the predecessors of the Eastern Band) reflect the influence of their “White Chief,” William Holland Thomas. See Thomas’s Argument in Support of the Claims of the Cherokee Indians . . . (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1839); Explanations of the Rights and Claims of the Cherokee Indians (Washington, D.C., 1851; facsimile reprint, Asheville: Stephens Press, 1947); A Letter to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs upon Claims of the Indians Remaining in the States East (Washington, D.C.: Buell & Blanchard, 1853); and his Explanation of the Fund Held in Trust by the United States for the North Carolina Cherokees (Washington, D.C.: Lemeul Towers, 1858). Official North Carolina state sources include Journals of the Senate and House of Commons of the General Assembly of the State of North Carolina; Report

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

of the North Carolina Judiciary Committee on the Cherokee (Raleigh: Holden & Wilson, 1859; available online from Internet Archive at http://www.archive.org/details/ reportofjudiciar00nort); pertinent volumes of Public Laws of the State of North Carolina; and North Carolina Reports (e.g., Eu-Che-lah v. Welsh, 10 NCR, 155–74). Eyewitness accounts of the Qualla Cherokee include Charles Lanman, Letters from the Alleghany Mountains [142]. Lanman, who visited the Indians under the watchful guidance of William Thomas, was very sympathetic to them. By far the most important contemporary study of nineteenth-century Cherokee in Western North Carolina is James Mooney’s classic “Myths of the Cherokee” [63]. See also his “The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokee” [56]. Mooney’s two accounts are readily available in reprint editions. A much fuller listing of primary and secondary sources relating to the Eastern Band is available in the notes and bibliographies of three secondary accounts. Two are by John R. Finger: The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians, 1819–1900 (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984), and Cherokee Americans: The Eastern Band of Cherokees in the Twentieth Century (Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1991). Both provide an overview of the Band and its changing legal status and land issues. The third, by E. Stanley Godbold Jr. and Mattie U. Russell, is the fullest account of the man who was crucial to those same issues for the Band: Confederate Colonel and Cherokee Chief: The Life of William Holland Thomas (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1990). See also Ben Oshel Bridgers, “An Historical Analysis of the Legal Status of the North Carolina Cherokees,” North Carolina Law Review 58 (August 1980): 1075–131; Ben Oshel Bridgers, “A Legal Digest of the North Carolina Cherokees,” Journal of Cherokee Studies 4 (Winter 1979): 21–43; George E. Frizzell, “The Legal Status of the Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians” (MA thesis, Western Carolina University, 1981); Frizzell, “The Politics of Cherokee Citizenship, 1898–1930,” North Carolina Historical Review 61 (April 1984): 205–30. The Cherokee’s traditional legal system is the subject of Rennard Strickland, Fire and the Spirits: Cherokee Law from Clan to Court (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1975). Dr. John R. Finger

9

Sources [15] Adair, James. The History of the American Indians. London: Edward and Charles Dilly, in the Poultry, 1775. 464 p. map.

German ed.: Geschichte der amerikanischen Indianer. Bresslau: Verlegts Johann Ernest Meyer, 1782. 419 p. Reprints: Samuel Cole Williams, ed. Johnson City, Tenn.: Watauga Press, 1930; (reprint of 1930 edition) Nashville: National Society of Colonial Dames, 1953; 2nd edition (of 1930 reprint) New York: Promontory Press, 1986; (reprint of 1775 edition) Kathryn E. Holland Braund, ed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2004.

Lengthy historical narrative on the origins, customs, and the war and domestic life of the American Indian of the Southeastern U.S., particularly those of the Creek, Choctaw, Chickasaw, and Cherokee. Adair, a trader and diplomatic interlocutor between the various tribes and the British colonies in S.C., characterizes the “Cheerake Nation” as having two divisions, the Ayrate and Ottare, signifying the “low” and “mountainous.” Adair does not mention any recognizable locations within the Great Smokies, but it can be inferred from his descriptions of the Cherokee mountains that he likely visited there. “The Alps of Italy are much inferior to several of the Cheerake mountains, both in height and rockiness; the last are also of a prodigious extent, and frequently impassable by an enemy. The Allegeny, or ‘great blue ridge,’ commonly called the Apalahche-mountains, are here above a hundred miles broad” (p. 228). Elsewhere he claims that “several of the mountains are some miles from bottom to top, according to the ascent of the paths; and there are other mountains I have seen from these, when out with the Indians in clear weather, that the eye can but faintly discern, which therefore must be at a surprising distance” (p. 228). Contains an undated map showing the Atlantic seaboard and Southern states with locations of the various Indian tribes. [KW] [16] “America’s Oldest and Roughest Ball Game.” The Literary Digest 99, no. 10 (December 8, 1928): 56, 58–59.

Description of the Indian game “ball play” as favored by Cherokee of the GSM region. Includes a brief

10

introduction to the rules of the game and the elaborate rituals that precede each contest. [KW] [17] “Among the East Cherokee Indians of North Carolina.” Explorations and Field-Work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1913. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 63, no. 8 (1914): 61–63. il.

Describes James Mooney’s 1913 fieldwork season in Raven Town or Big Cove, N.C., and his research in general regarding the Cherokee since 1887. In Big Cove, “shut in by the highest peaks east of the Mississippi, some 500 Indians dwell in fairly comfortable two-room log cabins perched high up on the slopes of the mountains, always near a convenient spring” (p. 62). The Cherokee who remained in N.C. became keepers of traditional formulas which Mooney collected extensively over the years. Mooney’s collection of formulas is the “largest body of aboriginal American literature extant” (p. 64), while the companion Cherokee ethno-botanic collection, considered the largest from any one native people, comprises 700 species. Illustrated by a photograph of a Cherokee potter. [AB] [18] Battle, Kemp P. “Rutherford’s Expedition against the Cherokees.” North Carolina University Magazine 7, new series, no. 3 (February 1888): 89–95.

Includes the official report, dated 7 November 1779, by Captain William Moore concerning a raid into Cherokee territory in Western N.C. The report is accompanied by a letter dated 23 January 1888 by James W. Wilson that purports to corroborate the events in Moore’s report with stories told to Wilson by W. H. Thomas, Chief of the Cherokee. The report and letter are introduced by prefatory comments by the editor of the magazine. Much of the report details the militia’s pursuit and killing of Cherokee near the Tuckasegee and in the town of Qualla on the Oconalufty River. [KW] [19] Becker, Bob. “Secrets of the Great Smokies.” Popular Mechanics Magazine 50, no. 1 (July 1928): 26–31. il.

Non-technical account of traditional Smoky Mountain Cherokee skill of using ten-foot blowguns in hunting of small game. Outlines briefly the salient features of a fine blowgun, the method of firing the blowgun with

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

power and accuracy, and the technique for constructing the unusual 24-inch blowgun darts feathered with thistledown. Includes several observations about Cherokee way of life in the rugged fastness of the Smokies together with forward-looking remarks about the anticipated attraction of the then-proposed national park. [KW]

and the employment of Cherokee as hunting guides. Two engraved illustrations of winter sports appear to be unrelated to the article. [AB]

[20] Boudinot, Elias. An Address to the Whites. Delivered in the First Presbyterian Church on the 26th of May, 1926. Philadelphia: William F. Geddes, 1826. 16 p.

Reprint of an Atlanta Journal newspaper article by William B. Bull retelling the action of a Cherokee ball game involving a team from Cherokee, N.C. Bull’s article focuses primarily on the actions of the players and the overall violence of the game. [KW]

A Cherokee, Boudinot became the prominent editor of the Cherokee Phoenix newspaper, founded in 1828. Speech given at several churches in Mass. and Philadelphia to raise money for a printing press and typeface in the Cherokee syllabary and a national academy. Argues that Indians are well on their way to becoming “civilized,” using the advances of the Cherokee as his example. These advances include the creation of a written language, the translation of the New Testament into Cherokee, and the organization of a government. He describes the current Cherokee Nation with details about the topography (“most part being hilly and mountainous,” p. 6), the economic situation, including information about numbers of farm animals and implements, and the progress of education and religion. If the support of the U.S. government and the American people continues, then the “Indian must rise like the Phoenix, after having wallowed for ages in ignorant barbarity” (p. 15). If support is withdrawn, then the Cherokee will face extinction. The Perdue reprint has an introduction, references, and notes. [AB]

[23] Capps, Claudius Meade. Indian Legends and Poems. Dalton, Ga.: A. J. Showalter Co., 1932. 61 p. il.

[21] Brown, William Perry. “Red Hunters of the Unakas.” Forest and Stream 78, no. 2 (13 January 1912): 45. il.

Illustrated with a photograph of Mount Le Conte. [KW]

Reprint: Cherokee Editor: The Writings of Elias Boudinot. Edited by Theda Perdue. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1983. p. 67–83.

Article of anecdotes about the Cherokee of Western N.C. focusing on hunting and trapping. The Cherokee trapped “otter, mink, muskrats, and even beavers long deemed to be extinct in all these Appalachian regions.” Brown relates the story of the Cherokee who was startled by a watch spring thinking it a snake. The remainder of the article is about the value of hides as items for trade

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

[22] Bull, William B. “No Punches Barred in a Cherokee Ball Game.” The Literary Digest 114, no. 22 (November 26, 1932): 26–28.

Collection of legends attributed to the Cherokee plus an assortment of non-Cherokee, East Tenn.-related poetry. Includes the “Indian Legend of the Smoky Mountains,” both in narrative and verse, purportedly a retelling of an authentic Cherokee story. As the legend goes, an arrow shot in the direction of a missing person will return if the person is still alive. Kan-a-ti, searching for his missing father, climbs to the highest mountain (author assumes Mount Le Conte) and shoots arrows in all directions, including the sky. This angers the Great Spirit who sends thunder and smoke to earth as retribution. At the request of Kan-a-ti, the Great Spirit rescinds the thunder but leaves the smoke as a reminder to the Cherokee not to shoot arrows into the sky. The poem concludes: Then the Spirit stayed the thunder, Spoke unto Kan-a-ti the warrior, That smoke should ever after, Rise to warn his mighty people. (p. 26)

[24] “Cherokee Keep Primitive Practices of Tribal Magic.” Washington Post, 21 April 1932: 9.

Report of a study of infancy and early childhood among Cherokee in the GSM by the Smithsonian Institution, initiated by anthropologist James Mooney and concluded by Dr. Frans M. Olbrecht. Touches briefly on “primitive medicine, superstition, and magic.” Claims

11

that in infancy witches are endowed with supernatural powers by following proper procedures immediately after birth (“no mother’s milk is given them for 24 hours. They are fed with the liquid portion of corn hominy which must be given them only during the night”) and that “twins offer favorable material.” Reports that shortly after a child is born, he or she is carried about sitting astride of the mother’s back, and that children four or five years old assist with household chores. Little boys learn how to make bows and arrows and “in a few weeks become remarkable marksmen.” [RC] [25] “The Cherokee Training School, At Cherokee, North Carolina.” Friends’ Review; a Religious, Literary and Miscellaneous Journal 39, no. 20 (December 19, 1885): 318.

Article reprinted from the Waynesville News on the dedication of a new building at the training school. The school was started in 1881 when “the Society of Friends in North Carolina and Indiana, finding the East Band of Cherokees were needing aid in the education of their children. . . offered their services to the Band and to the Government for that purpose. . . .” In 1882 Congress passed a bill providing for an industrial school in N.C. The Society of Friends received approval to provide the school. After some difficulties with land purchases, a new building has now been built and is being dedicated. Present at the ceremony were Cherokee Chief Ceate Owl, teachers at the school, representatives from the government, and members of the local council. [AB] [26] “Col. William Holland Thomas.” North Carolina University Magazine 16, new series, no. 5 (May 1899): 291–95.

Short biographical article about a famous nineteenth-century Haywood County native who was born in a log house on Raccoon Creek about two miles east of Mount Prospect, later called Waynesville. Thomas was connected to the Calverts, the founders of Maryland, on his mother’s side and to President Zachary Taylor on his father’s side. A businessman who operated stores in Qualla Town and other locations, Thomas learned the Cherokee language, was befriended by Chief Yonaguska, and became a favorite among the Cherokee, who later elected him chief. He represented Cherokee interests to

12

the federal government in the 1830s and 1840s, and was later a state senator and delegate to the Secession Convention of 1861. The 400 men he recruited to form two Cherokee companies, along with six companies of white soldiers, comprised the famous Confederate Thomas Legion. In 1887, Thomas assisted Smithsonian Institution ethnologist James Mooney when he went to Western N.C. to gather information on the Cherokee. [AB/RC] [27] Culin, Stewart. “Games of the North American Indians.” Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, no. 24 (1902–3). Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1907. 846 p. il.

Detailed report on Native American games of chance and dexterity. The games are classified by type. The gaming implements were collected from museums throughout the country and are illustrated by a series of small line drawings. In addition, each entry quotes from one or more authoritative sources from the anthropological or historical literature. The Cherokee entries are as follows: Dice games: information on a basket game with white and black beans (p. 105); Hoop and Pole Games: information on two games as described by Henry Timberlake and James Mooney (p. 475); Racket Games: descriptions by John Bartram and James Mooney of the Cherokee ball game (p. 562–88). Mooney entry is from his article “Cherokee Ball Play” in American Anthropologist [55]. The ball game section is illustrated with four Mooney photographs taken in 1888 and 1893 depicting ball players, teams, dances, and preparatory rituals. [AB] [28] Davis, Rebecca Harding. “Qualla.” Lippincott’s Magazine 16, no. 37 (November 1875): 576–86.

Travel narrative recounting the author’s visit to Qualla, a Cherokee village situated in a remote watershed of the GSM in N.C. The account includes observations on travel among the mountain whites, including a catalogue of the “various scraps of information” gleaned from the European settlers about what to expect upon the journey into Cherokee territory. Though much of the report consists of a popular retelling of the roles that Chief Yonaguska and William Holland Thomas play in acquiring Qualla Town for the Cherokee, there are several sympathetic comments on the shiftlessness of mountain whites, the physical ruggedness of mountain travel,

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

and the extreme poverty and backwardness Cherokee life. A paragraph-length summary of Davis’s article appears in Academy 8, new series, no. 188 (December 11, 1875): 602. [KW] [29] Donaldson, Thomas. “The Eastern Band of Cherokees” and Carrington, Henry R. “The Eastern Band of Cherokees of North Carolina.” Census of the United States 11 (1890). Washington, D.C.: U.S. Census Printing Office, 1892. p. 500–502; 502–8. il., maps, table.

Part of the N.C. section of a special census volume on American Indians. Researchers may find this report as a standalone item under the authors’ names or as a part of the larger census volumes. Fascinating snapshot of the current state of the Cherokee in N.C. including those who live in the Qualla Boundary, presently bordering the GSMNP. According to Donaldson, most Cherokee are farmers who grow grains and vegetables much like the “white people” in the region. His report also includes a table of statistics about the three-day schools and two photographs, one of chief Nimrod J. Smith, and one of the Eastern Band of Cherokee Councilmen of 1891. Carrington’s report is more detailed with information on the geography, farms, houses, the training school at Cherokee, towns, community leaders, religious activities, and the history of the Cherokee. In the section on morals, Carrington writes, “The absence of the Cherokee from the criminal courts, the uniform observance of the marriage rite, the character and development of the schools, and the industry of the people are signs of real progress” (p. 505). The twenty-three photographs in this section are of farms, houses, people, and the schools of the Eastern Band. Included are two maps: “Map Showing the Chief Location and Lands of the Eastern Band of the Cherokees, in Cherokee, Jackson, Graham, and Swain Counties” and “Map of the Qualla Indian Reserve (Boundary)” surveyed by M.S. Temple in 1875–76. The latter map is very detailed with numbered lots indicated. [AB] [30] Downing, A. “The Cherokee Indians and Their Neighbors.” The American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal 27, no. 6 (November 1895): 308–16.

Speech read before the Topeka Philosophical Society. Downing is sympathetic to the plight of the Chero-

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

kee and to Native Americans in general. He poses the question: “What shall be done with the red men?” He proceeds to tell the story of the Cherokee from recorded history to the present, focusing on the western Cherokee after removal and lamenting the “dishonesty and thievery” (p. 312) of the Indian Bureau. [AB] [31] Dunning, E. O. “Rambles for Relics. Chilhowee.” American Historical Record 1, no. 6 (June 1872): 263–68.

Informative non-technical account of discoveries of Indian relics along the Little Tennessee River from Happy Valley near Chilhowee Mountain to N.C. The report mentions findings of scattered remnants of dwellings belonging to the Cherokee who inhabited the valley of the Little Tennessee as late as 1790. The largest part of the report discusses findings of mounds and burial sites with descriptions of the content found in these sites. Incorporated into the report is an interesting speculative essay on whether these burial sites are of Cherokee origin or of an earlier people. [KW] [32] Eastman, Elaine Goodale. Indian Legends Retold. Boston: Little, Brown, and Co., 1919. 161 p. il.

Eastman retells Cherokee tales collected from the Eastern Band as well as legends from several other native peoples. The Cherokee tales (p. 25–50) primarily feature animals as the main characters. Topics include the advent of fire, the creation of strawberries, the rationale for certain animal body features (like the bare possum tail), and natural phenomena (like thunder). The only direct mention of the GSM is in “The Enchanted Lake,” which begins, “In the depths of the Great Smoky Mountains there lies a hidden lake which no human eye has ever seen” (p. 48). The six illustrations are drawings by George Varian. One illustrates the Cherokee tale, “The Stars and the Pine” (after p. 44). [AB] [33] Featherstonhaugh, George William. A Canoe Voyage up the Minnay Sotor; With an Account of the Lead and Copper Deposits in Wisconsin; of the Gold Region in the Cherokee Country; and Sketches of the Popular Manners; &c. &c. &c. B. G. W. Featherstonhaugh. London: R. Bentley, 1847. 2 vol., v. 1: 416 p.; v. 2: 351 p. il.

13

Reprint: St. Paul: Minnesota Historical Society, 1970.

Chronicle of two separate expeditions: 1) a geological investigation in 1835 of the area from Lake Michigan west to the Coteau des Prairies at the headwaters of the Minnesota River, and 2) a tour in 1837 of the mineral lands of Wisc., Mo., Ga., and Western N.C. Featherstonhaugh’s travels in Cherokee country gave him an opportunity to view a “civilized” Indian tribe and to observe one of the last acts in the great Cherokee removal, a meeting at Red Clay, in what is now southeastern Tenn., in which a federal agent declared martial law and outlined the government’s position on removal of the Cherokee. Of particular interest is Featherstonhaugh’s account of querying Indians at the meeting about the origin of the name “Appalachia.” Featherstonhaugh’s travels carried him up the Little Tennessee River, across the mountain regions of Western N.C., and then down the French Broad River to Painted Rock, Tenn. His narrative includes appreciation of the beauty and productivity of the land, descriptions of life among the Cherokee, as well as caustic remarks about the morals and manners of white frontier settlers. [KW] [34] Foster, George Everett. Literature of the Cherokees; Also, Bibliography and the Story of Their Genesis. Ithaca, N.Y.: Office of the Democrat; Muskogee, I.T.: Phoenix Publishing House, 1889. 117 p.

Wide-ranging overview of the Cherokee Nation that covers history, customs, folklore, rituals, songs, alphabet, publishing, government, and outside influences in thirtyone short sections. Bibliography (“the first attempt yet made toward a Cherokee Bibliography”) identifies approximately 300 printed and manuscript sources. The Genesis section relates Cherokee creation stories. Contents (separately paginated): “Literature of the Cherokees,” p. 1–69; “Bibliography,” p. 1–28; “The Cherokees: The Genesis,” p. 1–12; “Se-quo-yah, the American Cadmus,” [p. 1–7]. [RC] [35] Gabelentz, Hans Conon von der. “Kurze Grammatik der tscherokesischen Sprache.” Zeitschrift für Wissenschaft der Sprache 3, no. 3 (1852): 257–300.

Reprint: “Two Early Grammars of Cherokee.” Anthropological Linguistics 5, no. 3 (March 1963): 3–29. Translated, with an introduction by John R. Krueger, Indiana University.

14

Gabelentz (1807–74), an accomplished and prolific German linguist and Staatsminister from Altenberg province, compiled his Cherokee grammar from published materials, including Bible translations and copies of Cherokee newspapers. In the original, Cherokee words are cited in italic type. Claims, “Cherokee is, as is well-known, the only language of the New World which has its own script. The syllabary, consisting of 85 signs, which was invented by a native, named Sequoyah or George Guess, has been printed a number of times . . .” (p. 258; translation by John R. Krueger). [RC] [36] Gatschet, Albert S. “Water-Monsters of American Aborigines.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 12, no. 47 (October–December 1899): 255–60.

Reports on aquatic monsters in American Indian lore, with reference to James Mooney’s descriptions of “some miraculous animals that people the upper streams of the Tennessee River” among Eastern Cherokee: Among these figures the Dakwa, a huge fish, formerly seen in Little Tennessee River, above the junction of Tellico, at the mouth of Toccoa Creek. Another of these fantastic beings was a great leech or tlanúsi, formerly in Valley River, just above the junction of Hiawassee Creek, at Murphy, North Carolina; this village was called on that account Tlanuíyi, or “leechplace.” A third of these creatures was Ukténa, a huge snake or water-serpent, once holding forth at different places along streams and to be kept distinct from the ‘great horned ukténa.’ (p. 258–59) [RC] [37] Gilbert, William Harlan. “Eastern Cherokee Social Organization.” Ph.D. diss., University of Chicago, 1934. 286 p. charts. Reprint: “The Eastern Cherokees.” Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin, no. 133 Anthropological Papers, no. 23 (Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1943), p. 169–413, il., maps, charts.

Gilbert’s dissertation was based on field work conducted in 1932 in Big Cove, N.C. Purpose of study was “to obtain a fairly complete description of the existing society of the Cherokees” (p. ii). Data collected include

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

information on people, households, land holdings, genealogy, clans, places of residence, kinship terms, and behaviors. Gilbert lived at the home of the chief informant during his field work. His goals were to outline the current Cherokee society and to document historical changes. The format of the dissertation follows these two goals with parts I and II focusing on “present society,” and parts III and IV concentrating on the “former society.” The description of the present society includes extensive detail on kinship and household composition with thirteen charts on kinship relationships and lists of kinship words and their meanings. General features of Cherokee life are taken primarily from the writings of James Mooney and Frans Olbrechts. Part II of the “present society” section focuses on the role of kinship relationships and social, religious, and other ritual events in the life of the Cherokee. The sections on the “former society” focus on the evidence of change as recorded by previous observers of the Cherokee, including Mooney and explorers such as William Bartram, as compared with Gilbert’s contemporary observations. Chart on p. 273–75 outlines cultural changes as evidenced by the different meanings of omens. Dissertation concludes with a bibliography, p. 283–86. The two reprints of this dissertation have a revised text and ten photographs, primarily of Cherokee, and, in the case of the 1943 monograph, an added index and several maps. The Cherokee or GSM researcher would be best served by using the reprint rather than the original dissertation because of these additional features. [AB] [38] Harrington, M. R. “The Last of the Iroquois Potters.” Fifth Report of the Director of the Science Division, New York State Museum, Museum Bulletin 133. University of the State of New York Education Department Bulletin 453. Albany: University of the State of New York, August 15, 1909. p. 222–27. il.

Author traveled to the Cherokee “settlements” in Western N.C. to observe Cherokee potters in the hope of learning more about their craft, which used to be common among the Iroquois. James Mooney identified Iwi Katalsta as the last practicing Cherokee potter. Harrington provides extensive information on the physical characteristics of the pots and the procedures for making them. He concludes that the Iroquois also made

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

similar pots. First photograph shows Iwi Katalsta’s home; others document steps taken by the potter to make pottery. [AB] [39] Hawkins, Caroline A. Cherokee Legends and Myths (Appendix to ‘Junaluska’). Roanoke, Va.: Hammond’s Printing, 1916. 43 p.

Collection of nineteen Cherokee myths, primarily animal and creation stories. Credits Robert Frank Jarrett’s book Occoneechee [45] as well as Jarrett’s Cherokee informer, John Axe, as important sources. Stories are told in a simple manner suitable for children. [RC] [40] Heye, George G. “Certain Mounds in Haywood County, North Carolina” in Holmes Anniversary Volume: Anthropological Essays Presented to William Henry Holmes in Honor of His Seventieth Birthday December 1, 1916. Washington, D.C.: J. W. Bryan Press, 1916. p. 180–86. il., map.

Reprints: Contributions from the Museum of the American Indian Heye Foundation 5, no. 3 (1919): 35–43; Holmes Anniversary Volume: Anthropological Essays Presented to William Henry Holmes in Honor of his Seventieth Birthday December 1, 1916. With new introduction by Stephen Williams. New York: AMS Press, Inc. for Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University, 1977.

Report on explorations of two mounds near the Pigeon River in Haywood County. Both mounds contained skeletal remains, potsherds, ashes, and layers of soil. Stones were also found in the second mound. Author speculates that the second mound was not a burial mound but may have been used by the Cherokee as a ball field. Information also presented on a third mound excavated nearby. Map showing location of mounds. Five illustrations show the mounds and a pot found at the third mound. [AB] [41] Holmes, William H. “Art in Shell of the Ancient Americans.” Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, no. 2 (1880–81). Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1882. p. 179–305. il.

Extensive report on current knowledge about Native American artifacts made from shell and recovered by archaeological fieldwork. Several specimens discussed

15

in the section on “Engraved Gorgets” (p. 267–305) were found in the McMahon Mound in Sevierville. (A gorget is a type of neck ornament.) Holmes speculates that they were used as insignia, amulets, or symbols, usually religious in nature. Gorgets from the McMahon site are illustrated with serpents, human faces, or human figures. Holmes mentions that the McMahon serpent gorgets are well-preserved and some of the best specimens available (Plates 64 and 65). The McMahon mound also contained a number of shell masks, “found on the breast or about the heads of skeletons” (p. 294). Examples of McMahon shell masks can be seen on Plate 69. Holmes describes shell gorgets that depict human figures as being “new and unique,” and “the most important objects of aboriginal art” (p. 297) found in the U.S. Several were found in the McMahon mound, most in fragments and suffering from decay. One gorget fragment (Plates 74 and 75) which Holmes regards as “the highest example of aboriginal art ever found north of Mexico” (p. 301) was inscribed with a highly detailed engraving of two humans with eagle wings and talons locked in combat. Holmes finds these McMahon artifacts authentic since the mound was first excavated in 1881 by Dr. E. Palmer who is “one of our most experienced collectors” (p. 303). Illustrated with seventy-seven plates of shell art. Plate 75 is reproduced in George Grant MacCurdy’s, “Shell Gorgets from Missouri,” American Anthropologist 15, new series, no. 3 (July–September 1913): 410. Holmes presented an abridged version of this report focusing on the shell gorgets at a meeting of the Anthropological Society of Washington. It is reproduced with selected illustrations in “Sixty-Seventh Regular Meeting, March 20th, 1883,” Transactions of the Anthropological Society of Washington, 2 (February 7, 1882–May 15, 1883): 92–123. [AB] [42] Holmes, William H. “Illustrated Catalogue of a Portion of the Collections Made by the Bureau of Ethnology during the Field Season of 1881.” Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, no. 3 (1881–82). Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1884. p. 427–510. il.

Portion specific to the Smokies region, “Collections from Sevier County, Tennessee,” is covered on p. 442–56. Articles and objects, including those made of stone, clay, metal, shell, and animal substances, unearthed in two lo-

16

cations, The McMahon Mound and “the fields of Sevierville,” are described. The McMahan Mound is “on the West fork of the Little Pigeon River, at Sevierville, on a rich bottom, 125 yards from the river” (p. 442). Collected items include bones, arrowheads, pottery, fragments, pipes, brass pins, and a wealth of shell ornaments, some intricately decorated. No particular location is given for the “fields at Sevierville.” Stone tools, knives, containers, and clay potsherds were collected at this site. Accompanied by sixteen drawn illustrations of the collected items. [AB] [43] “Horned Rattle Snake.” Scientific American 8, no. 4 (October 9, 1852): 32.

Very short article reporting that William H. Thomas of “Qualla Town” wrote to the Asheville Citizen newspaper about a Cherokee named Salola who captured a rattlesnake with ten rattles and two forked horns on its head. “Nothing of the kind has been seen heretofore by any of the oldest white inhabitants.” [AB] [44] Hunter, C. L. Sketches of Western North Carolina, Historical and Biographical, Illustrating Principally the Revolutionary Period of Mecklenburg, Rowan, Lincoln and Adjoining Counties, Accompanied with Miscellaneous Information, Much of it Never Before Published. Raleigh: The Raleigh News Steam Job Print, 1877. 357 p.

Compendium of short biographical essays on prominent North Carolinians interspersed with local historical sketches of the period during and subsequent to the American Revolution. The compendium contains miscellaneous references to the GSM Cherokee, including an account of the curious incident in which Chief Yonaguska attempted to reform the Cherokee of their use of alcohol. [KW] [45] Jarrett, Robert Frank. Occoneechee. New York: Shakespeare Press, 1916. 284 p. il.

Jarrett was born in Asheville in 1864 and lived in Franklin and Dillsboro, N.C. The book begins with a brief history of the Cherokee Nation (p. 9–19), “gleaned from the works of Ethnology by James Mooney and from word of mouth, as related to the author during the past thirty years” (p. 9). Part II, “Occoneechee” (p. 23–125),

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

is an epic poem that recounts the legend of Occoneechee, daughter of Chief Junaluska. It relates Cherokee history, removal, and Occoneechee’s longing for her lover Whippoorwill. They are eventually reunited at a waterfall. The poem frequently mentions GSM locales. Concludes, And at night the legend tells us, You can hear a man and bride Hold converse of trail and travel, High upon the mountainside; And the soul of Occoneechee, Lingers near the rippling rill, High upon the Smoky Mountains, With her lover Whippoorwill. Part III, “Myths of the Cherokee” (p. 129–96), summarizes thirty-eight myths, based on stories told by Ayunini (“Swimmer”) and Itagunahi (John Axe), and also credits John D. Wofford. Part IV is a “Glossary of Cherokee Words” (p. 199–284). Photographic plates show scenery in and around the Smokies, as well as Cherokee farms and activities such as a ball game. [RC] [46] King, Elisha Sterling. The Wild Rose of Cherokee; or, Nancy Ward, ‘The Pocahontas of the West.’ A Story of the Early Exploration, Occupancy and Settlement of the State of Tennessee. A Romance, Founded on and Interwoven with History. Nashville: University Press, 1895. 119 p. 2nd ed.: The Wild Rose of Cherokee. Etowah, Tenn.: Myrtle K. Tatum, 1938. 130 p. il.

According to the prologue, King retells the legend and related stories of Nan’yehi or Nancy Ward (ca. 1738–1823), purportedly told to him by an old Cherokee woman who was Nancy Ward’s granddaughter. Born at Chota in the Overhill region of the Cherokee Nation, Nan’yehi was an honored Ghighua, or Beloved Woman, who showed courage and leadership in battle and in tribal affairs. She spoke on behalf of her people with U.S. government representatives and counseled the tribe against land cession. King became interested in the life and legend of Nancy Ward while a student at Newman College: It was one of the summers of the eighties of the nineteenth century [1880s]. I was a student in

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

college. Old Carson and Newman had closed her doors for vacation. My professors advised me to go to the mountains for health and recreation. I turned my face toward the Great Smokies. I passed over Clingman’s Dome. Standing on this famous point, I rejoiced in the beauties of vision, of mountain, valley, earth and sky. Then I went down into the unique and charming valleys of the Hiwasee. Here among the remnant of the Cherokee’s, who yet live in the land of their fathers, can be seen aboriginal America in its most primitive form… (Prologue, v). [RC] [47] “A Lively Corpse. A Negro Convict Takes the Place of a Dead Man and Escapes during the Funeral.” The National Police Gazette 41, no. 265 (October 21, 1882): 6.

A “negro” prisoner died in the jail at “Quallatown, a little Indian town in North Carolina.” His cellmate, “a desperate fellow,” pulled the corpse out of the coffin and placed him in his bed. He then crawled into the casket, taking with him a hatchet left by a carpenter. “A burial party of four men carried out the coffin at nine o’clock at night with the intention of pitching it into a hole dug in the woods. When they reached the graveside, however, the corpse burst the cerements of the grave, knocked the pine casket into flinders, paralyzed the mourners first and knocked them down afterwards.” At press time, the prisoner remained at large. [AB] [48] Longe, Alexander. “A Small Postscript on the Ways and Maners of the Indians Called Charikees.” Introduction by editor David H. Corkran. Southern Indian Studies 21 (October 1969): 3–49.

According to Corkran’s introduction, by the time Long wrote his 1725 account of the “Ways and Maners of the Indians Called Charikees,” he had been trading with the Cherokee for more than fifteen years. For at least ten of those years, he lived in exile with the Cherokee after his involvement in the destruction of a Yuchi town angered S.C. authorities. The Yuchi were another native group in competition with the Cherokee. Long was pardoned in 1724. This account was written for the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, a

17

British missionary association. The copy reproduced here is from an unpublished transcription held by the Library of Congress. It includes the original version and a “modernized” version with corrected spelling. It is not possible at this point to know whether Long traded in the vicinity of the Smokies. But, since his account was written so early and is so fascinating in its details about Cherokee life, it warrants inclusion in this bibliography. According to Long and as related through his conversation with a Cherokee “priest” that focused on religion, folkways, and world view, religious traditions are handed down from one generation to the next. In the section “The Feasts of the First Fruits,” Long relates the fasting and dancing rituals honoring the harvest. When the 4 days of fasting is ended, the women that night they are all hands preparing the feast, dressing victuals of all sorts of the first fruits, baked, boiled and roasted, the head warriors going all night from house to house and telling the women to take especial care that they do not eat or suffer their children to touch thereof before it is blessed by the priest in the morning. (p. 24) In addition to the harvest festival, Long includes sections on mourning and burial practices, beliefs about the creation of the world, marriage practices, the procedure for naming children, fasting to bring rain, fire laws in the temple, beliefs about natural phenomena, such as lunar and solar eclipses and thunder and lightning, practices related to “enchantments,” and the meaning of a rainbow. For example, on marriage, Long writes that Cherokee marry and separate freely. “Sometimes they live together till they have 5 or 6 children and then part as unconcernedly as if they had never known one another, the man taking the male children and the woman the female and so marry with contrary parties” (p. 30). Women “rule the roost,” sometimes beating the husband even to the point of death. [AB] [49] Maxwell, Henry V. Chilhowee: A Legend of the Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: S. B. Newman, 1897. Illustrated from original drawings by Clara T. Gresham. 28 p. il.

18

2nd ed.: Knoxville: The Author, 1910.

“This is a story of the Cherokees, and of a god – the god of the Poet, and of the Smokies . . .” (preface). Ode in verse that recounts the Cherokee legend of Chilhowee. In this version, a white child is carried off by an eagle. After much wandering and aid from the Cherokee, including Nantahala, he is transformed into a fawn. The deer grows and is slain by hunters. Chilhowee, a benign “Spirit-Prophet” in human form, “his stately garb a flowing ermine cloak,” roams the Smokies and appears to mortals “each Autumn fair.” Mentions GSM features, such as Clingmans Dome, Tuckaleechee Cove, Little River, and Thunderhead. [RC] James Mooney was born in Richmond, Indiana. As a young man he developed an intense interest in Native American cultures. In 1885, he met Major John Wesley Powell, the founder of the Bureau of American Ethnology, who gave him a lifelong ethnologist position. Mooney focused his attention on the Cherokee and the Kiowa, extending his studies to the Cheyenne and, in a lesser degree, to the trans-Mississippi region and the Great Plateau. He was a founding member of the American Anthropological Association. [50] Mooney, James. “Myths of the Cherokees.” Journal of American Folklore 1, no. 2 (July–September 1888): 97–108.

“Myths of the Cherokees” begins with a short history of the Cherokee that describes their geographic distribution (“their settlements chiefly upon the head-waters of the Savannah and the Tennessee,” p. 97), contacts with white population, the treaty of New Echota in 1835, removal, and settlement “on adjacent tracts in Western North Carolina. They are now known as the ‘Eastern Band of Cherokees,’ and number in all about two thousand, of whom twelve hundred are settled on a reservation in Swain and Jackson counties” (p. 97). Retells two Cherokee stories collected for the Bureau of American Ethnology in the summer of 1887: “Kanati and Selu: The Origin of Corn and Game” (p. 98–106) and “How the Deer Obtained His Horns” (p. 106–8). Mooney’s article frequently appears in reprint editions of his “Myths of the Cherokee” [63]. [RC]

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

[51] Mooney, James. “Evolution in Cherokee Personal Names.” American Anthropologist 2, no. 1 (January 1889): 61–62. Reprint: Journal of Cherokee Studies 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982): 40–41.

Short article that laments the Anglicization of Cherokee personal names: Indian names are distorted into something approaching a civilized form, or are discarded for English names which are generally wide of the mark, while many of the Indians take scriptural or other familiar names, but so alter them that they are hardly recognizable. To the names thus modified Indian terminals are frequently added, so as to make what seems to be an aboriginal name, which can even be translated. The result is a mixture which would be the despair of a genealogist. We find all these various classes of names among the east Cherokees, very few of whom speak any English, but who are familiar with Bible terms and civilized methods of naming. (p. 61) Gives examples of English corruptions of Cherokee names, such as “Joe Welsh” for “Tsowelski,” and “Jarret Smith” for “Tsalati.” [RC] [52] Mooney, James. “Cherokee and Iroquois Parallels.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 2, no. 4 (January– March 1889): 67.

Short article in “Notes and Queries” section that points out motif parallels between the Cherokee explanation of the origin of corn, found in the “Kanati and Selu” myth, and the northern Iroquois and Huron story of Tawiskarong. Mentions other similarities between the Indian cultures, such as the use of special ceremonial tobacco and names of violets. For example, the Iroquois, Onondagas, and the Cherokee all cultivate a form of tobacco, called “old tobacco” by the Cherokee, which is reserved for ceremonial use. [AB/RC] [53] Mooney, James. “Cherokee Plant Lore.” The American Anthropologist 2, no. 3 (July 1889): 223–24.

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

Reprint: Journal of Cherokee Studies 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982): 37.

Short article that relates several Cherokee myths that feature plants. For example, the Cherokee believed that diseases were invented by animals to keep people from overpopulating the world. The plants, friendly to humans, agreed to provide remedies for various diseases. All plants have medicinal properties although some may be unknown. [AB] [54] Mooney, James. “Cherokee Theory and Practice of Medicine.” The Journal of American Folk-Lore 3, no. 8 (January–March 1890): 44–50. Reprint: Journal of Cherokee Studies 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982): 25–29.

It is a myth, says Mooney, that medicine men are superior to “white physicians” in their understanding of the “healing art.” The medicine man is “about on a level with that of the ordinary farmer’s wife” (p. 44) in knowledge of herbal remedies, according to Mooney. Research for this article was conducted over the course of three field seasons with the Cherokee. Mooney relates Cherokee myths on the origin of disease, including the myth of how Little Deer afflicts hunters with rheumatism. The Cherokee believe most diseases are caused by vengeful animals, witches, or violations of ceremonial regulations. Some specific remedies are given. Mooney concludes by writing that although the Cherokee do not understand modern disease theory, he admires their “systematic consistency of theory and practice, and respect for the deep religious spirit which animates it all. Every doctor is a priest, and every application is a religious act accompanied by prayer” (p. 49). [GF/AB] [55] Mooney, James. “The Cherokee Ball Play.” The American Anthropologist 3, no. 2 (April 1890): 105–32. il. Reprint: Journal of Cherokee Studies 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982): 10–24.

Detailed article about the myths, rules, taboos, rituals, and equipment of Cherokee ball games, which most closely resemble the modern game of lacrosse. Ball games were common among native people, which Mooney illustrates with some comparisons. Game specifics are based

19

on a contest witnessed by Mooney in September 1889 on the Western N.C. “reservation.” Cherokee games, usually scheduled for fall after corn harvest, are accompanied by weeks of practice and preparation, including food, sexual, and behavioral restrictions. The night before a game is consumed with fasting, dancing, and singing (music notation provided for two songs by John Philip Sousa). The morning before the game, the players participate in several ceremonies including painful scarification. Of the game itself, Mooney writes, “It is a very exciting game as well as a very rough one, and in its general features is a combination of baseball, football, and the old-fashioned shinny. Almost everything short of murder is allowable in the game, and both players sometimes go into the contest with the deliberate purpose of crippling or otherwise disabling the best players on the opposing side” (p. 131). Illustrated by one photograph of the Wolftown team, two drawings by George Catlin of a Choctaw ball dance and player, and drawings of game sticks from several native peoples, including the Cherokee. [AB] [56] Mooney, James. “The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees.” Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, no. 7 (1885–86). Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1891. p. 301–97. il.

Reprint: James Mooney’s History, Myths, and Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees: containing the full texts of Myths of the Cherokee (1900) and The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees (1891) as published by the Bureau of American Ethnology. With a new biographical introduction, James Mooney and the Eastern Cherokees, by George Ellison. Asheville: Historical Images, 1992.

The sacred formulas here given are selected from a collection of about six hundred, obtained on the Cherokee reservation in North Carolina in 1887 and 1888, and covering every subject pertaining to the daily life, and thought of the Indian, including medicine, love, hunting, fishing, war, self-protection, destruction of enemies, witchcraft, the crops, the council, the ball play, etc., and, in fact, embodying almost the whole of the ancient religion of the Cherokees. (p. 307) Formulas were derived from several original manuscripts, including the Swimmer Manuscript, written in the Cherokee syllabary, containing formulas originally

20

handed down orally from generation to generation over hundreds of years. Mooney provides an introduction to the Cherokee religion, theories on disease and medicine, including the role of animals, ghosts and witches, a list of selected plants used with the formulas, medical practices, role of taboos, sanitary regulations, dances, “shamans” or medical practitioners’ ceremonies for gathering plants and preparing medicine, and color symbolism as a background for the formulas themselves. The formulas are presented in a transliterated text with an English translation, plus Mooney’s notes on the uses and context of the formulas. Includes four illustrations: a photograph of Swimmer, and three facsimiles of pages from the Swimmer, Gahuni, and Gatigwanasti manuscripts. [AB] [57] Mooney, James. “Die Kosmogonie der Cherokee.” Am Ur-Quell 2, no. 5 (1891): 85–87.

Short article in German on Cherokee mythology, translated from excerpts of Mooney’s writings. Am UrQuell, a monthly journal dedicated to international folklore research, was published in Hamburg by Friedrich S. Krauss from 1890 to 1896. [RC] [58] Mooney, James. “Improved Cherokee Alphabets.” American Anthropologist 5, no. 1 (January 1892): 63–64. Reprint: Journal of Cherokee Studies 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982): 38.

Relates attempts by Father Morice and William Eubanks to remedy perceived defects in Sequoyah’s Cherokee syllabic alphabet, prepared around 1823, and thus render written Cherokee easier to decipher. Concludes, however, that: Notwithstanding the evident advantages of either system over the old one, it is unlikely that any change will be adopted by the tribe. When Sequoya’s alphabet was invented, seventy years ago, the Gulf States, the Ohio valley, and the Great West were all Indian country, and the Indian languages had a commercial and even a political importance. Now, all this is changed. There are to-day in the Cherokee Nation nearly two thousand white citizens, while those with one-half or more of white blood constitute

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

by far the majority of the tribe. Many of the leading men of the nation are unable to speak the language, while the legislative and court proceedings, the national records, and the national education are all in English, and the full-blood, who cannot speak English, is fast becoming a rarity. The Cherokees are rapidly becoming white men, and when the last fullbloods discard their old alphabet – which they love because it is Indian – they will adopt that of the ruling majority. (p. 63–64) [RC] [59] Mooney, James. “Cherokee Talismans.” Chicago Sunday Inter Ocean, 24 April 1892, p. 27.

In this newspaper article, Mooney relates several stories about Cherokee talismans—crystals with magical powers—drawing on his experiences and those of others. “The greatest of all Cherokee talismans is the Ulasutti (literally ‘transparent’) stone” (p. 27). Mooney concludes that Ulasutti is a rutile (titanium oxide) quartz, “so exceedingly rare that the conjurer who can obtain one outranks all the rivals” (p. 27). The Ulasutti is apparently capable of great evil, because Mooney could not convince the owner of one stone to show it to him for fear of repercussions. [AB] [60] Mooney, James. “Indian Doctors.” Am Ur-Quell 4, no. 2 (1893): 37–39.

Synopsis in English of Native American medicine, which is based on exorcizing evil spirits. “According to the Cherokees, most diseases were invented by the animals in revenge for being persecuted and slain by mankind for their flesh and skins or in pure cruelty” (p. 37). Explains how Cherokee doctors diagnose a patient’s sickness by inquiring about dreams. Also mentions Kiowa and Sioux medical lore and provides anecdotal evidence of cures. [RC] [61] Mooney, James. “The Cherokee Calendar System [Letter].” The American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal 16, no. 4 (July 1894): 244.

Letter to the journal’s editor in response to a question about the Cherokee calendar. Mooney explains, “Excepting in the retention of five seasons, the Cherokees have entirely lost their old system of measuring time and

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

have now only the regular white-man’s ways of counting days, weeks and months” (p. 244). The Cherokee have their own names for the days and months, called moons, which Mooney provides in the text of the letter. The “extra” season is the result of dividing Autumn into Early and Late Autumn. [AB] [62] Mooney, James. “Cherokee River Cult.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 13, no. 48 (January–March 1900): 1–10. Reprint: Journal of Cherokee Studies 7, no. 1 (Spring 1982): 30–36.

Relates Cherokee water rituals in homage to the Long Man – “a giant [river] with his head in the foothills of the mountains and his foot far down in the lowland, pressing always, resistless and without stop, to a certain goal, and speaking ever in murmurs which only the priest may interpret” (p. 1). Describes ceremonial birth and death purifications in running streams, ritual prayers and omens, and conjuring formulas using beads. According to Mooney, water ceremonies were essential to Cherokee life: “Purification in the running stream is a part of every tribal function, for which reason the town-house, in the old days, was always erected close to the river bank” (p. 2). Provides details on various water rituals including ceremony for a four-day infant, traditional family bathing in the river at the new moon (includes text of prayer), bereavement ceremony (includes text of prayer), and ceremonies to avert impending difficulties. Many water rituals are accompanied by the use of beads. The text of formulas for a purification rite prior to eating new corn and for warding off evil as foreseen in dreams are also provided. In one exorcism, “After each recitation the client stoops and laves his face in the water. When the beads show that the evil is finally banisht, he wades far out into the stream and plunges under seven times. At the seventh plunge, while still under water, he tears the shirt from his body and lets it float down the stream, carrying with it all the evil of the dream, to go where the Beaver wills” (p. 10). The paper was “read before the Columbus meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, August, 1899” (p. 1). [RC/AB/GF] [63] Mooney, James. “Myths of the Cherokee.” Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, no. 19

21

(1897–98), pt. 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1900. 576 p. il., maps.

Another ed.: Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1902.

Reprints: St. Clair Shores, Mich.: Scholarly Press, 1970; Nashville: C. Elder-Bookseller, 1972; Chicago: Aldine Pub. Co., 1975; Nashville: Charles and Randy Elder-Booksellers, 1982; Asheville: Historical Images, 1992; New York: Dover Publications, 1995. c. German ed.: Mythen der Cherokee. Berlin: C. Zerling, 1992.

Mooney’s in-depth magnus opus on Cherokee culture, history, language, myths, and sacred rituals is a classic of literature about the Cherokee. Generations of anthropologists, general readers, and Cherokee have referenced and relied upon his scholarship. James Mooney began field studies among the Cherokee in Western N.C., East Tenn., and North Ga. in the summer of 1887. He learned Cherokee, lived among the people, earned the trust of respected informants, and was meticulous and comprehensive in his research. According to the introduction, The myths given in this paper are part of a large body of material collected among the Cherokee, chiefly in successive field seasons from 1887 to 1890, inclusive, and comprising more or less extensive notes, together with original Cherokee manuscripts, relating to the history, archeology, geographic nomenclature, personal names, botany, medicine, arts, home life, religion, songs, ceremonies, and language of the tribe. (p. 11) Unlike many early folklore books, “Myths of the Cherokee” begins with a lengthy introduction and history of the people. The work includes, “Historical Sketch of the Cherokee” (p. 14–181), “The Myths” (p. 239–427), “Notes and Parallels” (p. 428–505), “Glossary of Cherokee Words” (p. 506–48), and “Index” (p. 549–76). Presented in an academic style that largely omits descriptive details, Mooney summarizes 126 myths, categorized as Cosmogonic, Quadruped, Bird, Snake, Fish, Insect, Wonder Stories, Historical Traditions, and Miscellaneous.

22

Plates show Cherokee mountain areas, prominent Cherokee such as Sequoyah and John Ax, the Cherokee alphabet, and petroglyphs. Plate XIX is entitled, “On Oconaluftee River” (p. 405). Colored maps represent “The Cherokee and Their Neighbors” (p. 14) and “The Cherokee Country” (foldout, p. 23). Mooney’s seminal work has frequently been reprinted in book form and excerpted in journal publications. The 1992 Historical Images reprint includes an informative biographical introduction by George Ellison. [RC] [64] Mooney, James. “The Cherokees.” American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal 25, no. 1 (January/ February 1903): 65–67.

Brief article on the origins and early history of the Cherokee and their interactions with explorers. The Cherokee are believed to be of “Iroquois stock” (p. 65) and migrated to the Southeast from the north and northeast. According to Haywood and Bartram, the Cherokee claim to have displaced “a strange white race” (p. 65) who were the mound-builders in the region. While sixteenthcentury Spanish explorers briefly encountered the Cherokee, steady interactions with English settlers did not occur until the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. [AB] [65] Mooney, James. “Cherokee.” In “Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico.” ed. by Frederick Webb Hodge. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin, no. 30, pt. 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1907. p. 245–49. il. Reprint: New York: Greenwood, 1969. p. 245–49.

Summary of Cherokee history and culture, including comments on possible origins, language, recorded history, clans, population, and evolution of the Eastern Band. Extensive list of Cherokee settlement place names and bibliography on derivation of the name Cherokee. Illustrated with two photographs, one of a Cherokee ball player and one of a Cherokee girl. [GF/AB] [66] Mooney, James, and Frans M. Olbrechts. “The Swimmer Manuscript: Cherokee Sacred Formulas and Medicinal Prescriptions.” Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin, no. 99. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1932. 319 p. il.

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

The most important written source for information on Cherokee medicine, medical professionals, and formulas for sacred rituals. Swimmer was a Cherokee “medicine man” who kept his formulas in a small daybook in the Sequoyah syllabary, a common practice among Cherokee medicine men. Mooney began translating the daybook in 1888 and used some of the material in other publications. He did not complete work on the daybook, the original manuscript of which has been lost. Olbrechts revised, completed, and edited Mooney’s work in the 1930s. Since Olbrechts did not have the original text, he used Mooney’s notes and gathered additional information from native Cherokee speakers to correct translations and transliterations that appear in the published text. As well as translating the text, Mooney reorganized the formulas by subject, an arrangement kept by Olbrechts. In addition to the formulas themselves, which are presented in an extensive appendix, the document contains a wealth of information on the Cherokee view of disease, childbirth, death, the role of the “medicine man” in the community, medical paraphernalia, and rituals surrounding the applications of formulas. Some textual material appears elsewhere in Olbrechts’s articles on Cherokee medicine and childbirth. The Cherokee believed that disease was caused by powerful agents such as witches, ghosts, or spirits who have entered the body to cause harm. Therefore, cures are strongly religious in nature. The “medicine man” is the “most commanding figure in Cherokee life; a figure not only dominating the community in cases of disease and death but exercising its influence in almost all aspects of everyday life” (p. 83). Formulas fall into three categories: 1) prayers to an entity more powerful than the person saying the prayer, 2) conjurations which are often threatening or insulting to appeal to an entity equal to the person saying the conjuration, and 3) incantations designed to harm another person. Illustrations include a photograph of James Mooney (accompanied by a memorial to Mooney by Olbrechts), facsimile pages of the reconstituted and manuscript texts, photographs of “Swimmer” and “W,” who provided Olbrechts with additional information, and photographs of botanical herbs, surgical instruments, and “medicine men” and women. Short bibliography at front of text with subject index at end. [AB]

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

[67] Myer, William Edward. “Indian Trails of the Southeast.” Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, no. 42 (1924–25). Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1928. p. 727–857. map.

Reprint: Indian Trails of the Southeast. Nashville: Blue & Gray Press, 1971. 132 p. maps.

Comprehensive treatment of historic Indian trails throughout the central southeastern part of the U.S. Of particular interest to the GSM region is the Great Indian Warpath, whose main artery crossed the Little River near the present site of Maryville, Tenn., and its primary branch, the Tuckaleechee and Southern Trail, which led off through Tuckaleechee Cove and through the passes in the Smokies to the lower Cherokee settlements in Western N.C. Joining the Tuckaleechee and Southern Trail was Rutherford’s War Trace, an important track crossing the Blue Ridge that provided access into the Smoky Mountains from which a contingent of Griffith Rutherford’s troops massacred Cherokee on the Oconalufty and the Tuckasegee in 1776. Route details and descriptions of the trails are accompanied by four maps, including a large fold-out, “Archaeological Map of the State of Tennessee Including the Principal Aboriginal and Pioneer Trails,” that, in addition to the trails, depicts the locations of ancient campsites, villages, mounds, and cairns. The report includes an extensive index. [KW/RC] [68] Olbrechts, Frans M. “Some Cherokee Methods of Divination.” Proceedings of the Twenty-Third International Congress of Americanists. Held in New York, September 17–22, 1928. New York: The Congress; Lancaster, Pa.: Science Press Print. Co., 1930. p. 547–52.

The Belgian linguist and anthropologist Frans M. Olbrechts (1899–1959) studied the Iroquois, Seneca, Cayuga, Oneida, Cherokee, and other Native Americans under the auspices of the American Council of Learned Societies’ Committee on Native American Languages. In addition to completing and publishing the Swimmer Manuscript [66], Olbrechts is credited with founding the stylistic study of African art, particularly in the then Belgian Congo. “Some Cherokee Methods of Divination” is based on data from a 1926–27 fieldtrip and limited to methods

23

currently used to obtain information on hidden objects, lost individuals, or future events. According to Olbrechts, the Cherokee believed that certain rituals involving the movement of string or thread over objects can indicate the direction in which an animal has wandered or whether a missing person is living or dead. Beads were used to determine life span of individuals or the attraction of a woman to a man. Brief reference also to divinatory methods that are either impossible or which have been discontinued. [AB] [69] Olbrechts, Frans M. “Prophylaxis in Cherokee Medicine.” Janus revue internationale de l’histoire des sciences, de la médecine, de la pharmacie et de la technique 33 (1929): 18–22.

Article details methods used by the Cherokee to prevent disease. Asserts that most “primitive communities” (p. 18) do not have the foresight to engage in hygienic activities that would assure better health. Describes Cherokee rituals designed to promote health, such as the guarding of an ill person by “medicine men” who use various rites to prevent witches from taking advantage of the weakened state of the patient and inflicting more damage. The response to contagious disease traditionally was a medicine-dance, but that practice has died out. Charms made from skunks or buzzards are used to ward off diseases. [AB] [70] Olbrechts, Frans M. “Some Notes on Cherokee Treatment of Disease.” Janus revue internationale de l’histoire des sciences, de la médecine, de la pharmacie et de la technique 33 (1929): 271–80. il.

Details Cherokee medical procedures and instruments, both currently in use and used within the memory of Cherokee medicine men or documented by James Mooney. Instruments fall into three categories: 1) those used in divination ceremonies, 2) those used in surgery, and 3) those used in treating disease such as blowing tubes. Many illnesses and injuries are treated by blowing a substance on the affected area. For example, treatment of a broken collar, an injury common to Cherokee ball players, involves blowing a decoction (extraction by boiling) of poplar bark on the shoulder and chest. Illustrated by one composite illustration of eight surgical instruments. [AB]

24

[71] Olbrechts, Frans M. “Cherokee Belief and Practice with Regard to Childbirth.” Anthropos 26, no. 1-2 (January–April 1931): 17–33. il.

Overview of Cherokee childbirth and child-rearing practices and beliefs based in part on the Swimmer Manuscript [66], recorded and edited by James Mooney and Olbrechts. Extensive detail on the role of water ceremonies for pregnant women, taboos for both the expectant mother and father, and procedures for delivery and post-partum. For example, pregnant women are not to prepare food because such food could harm others, the expectant parents must bathe together each morning, and the father must not prepare a grave during the time his wife is pregnant to prevent stillbirth. Four women, one of whom is a midwife, and sometimes a male practitioner, assist in the birth process. The father must bury the placenta to ensure future children. Olbrechts states, “The Cherokee are very fond of their children…” (p. 29). Cherokee children, treated as adults from a very young age, “as a rule are quite bright, and some really astounded me by their keen intellect” (p. 31). The process of raising a child (or sometimes twins) to become a witch is also detailed. Two photographs of midwives or medicine women accompany the article. [AB] [72] Olbrechts, Frans M. “Two Cherokee Texts.” International Journal of American Linguistics 6, no. 3-4 (1931): 179–84.

“The following Cherokee texts (Central, or Middle Dialect) were taken during a field trip (1926–27) to the Eastern Cherokee, at Big Cove (Swayney), N.C. They are both of the same informant, W. W. Long, for many years a member of the Cherokee Council and one of the best orators of the tribe” (p. 179). Text in syllabary, phonetic, and English word-for-word translation as well as an English free translation. Discussion of the Cherokee language and writing in syllabary. One text, “How the Chipmunk Got Its Back Striped,” is written in Sequoyah syllabary with phonetic and English translation beneath the Cherokee text. The other text, “Allotment Speech,” not written in syllabary, concerns allotment of Cherokee communal lands as individual holdings. In this case, the speaker favors allotment. [GF] [73] Olbrechts, Frans M., Jack Frederick Kilpatrick, and Anna Gritts Kilpatrick. “Eastern Cherokee Folktales:

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

Reconstructed from the Field Notes of Frans M. Olbrechts.” Anthropological Papers no. 80. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin, no. 196. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1966. p. 379–447.

were problems related to federal control of Cherokee affairs or the rapid erosion of Cherokee culture, they were not noted by Olds. [AB]

Collection of Cherokee folktales reconstructed from Olbrechts’ “stenographic notes made at Big Cove on the Eastern Cherokee Reservation during a series of seven sessions with informants Will West Long and his half brother, Morgan Calhoun, on January 24 and February 1–3, 7–9, 1927 … Olbrechts’ notes are in English, with an occasional Flemish phrase or paragraph or a Cherokee word” (p. 385). Apparently, most of the stories were obtained from Morgan Calhoun, who died at the age of 64 a few months after his association with Olbrechts. Calhoun also collaborated on Olbrechts’ The Swimmer Manuscript [66]. Summarizes a variety of myths and stories, categorized by subject: Cosmogonic Myths (12), Animal Myths (2), Avian Myths (4), Adventures of the Trickster Rabbit (10), Stories of Fleakiller (4), Wonder Stories (5), Stories of Animal, Bird, and Insect Mates (6), Tales of Hunting and Fishing (8), Legends of the Anigh(i)sgi War (6), Local Legends (6), Miscellaneous Legends (6), Miscellaneous Stories (8), Ethnographic Notes (2). Illustrated by line drawings of arrows, arrowheads, and hands. Literature Cited, p. 446–47. [RC]

[75] Onas. “Quallatown Indians.” Friends’ Weekly Intelligencer 6, no. 1 (March 31, 1849): 2–3.

[74] Olds, Fred A. “The Cherokee Indian School.” The Red Man 9, no. 3 (November 1916): 85–90; no. 4 (December 1916): 125–30; no. 6 (March–April 1917): 212–16.

Thorough presentation and analysis of the historical accounts and political issues leading up to and during removal of the Cherokee from their ancestral homes to the territory west of the Mississippi, written by the first Western N.C. Cherokee to receive a Master’s degree from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. For purposes of this bibliography, Owl’s thesis is valuable not only for the information it includes on the history of Cherokee in the Smokies, but for the “insider’s perspective” on the Eastern Band in 1929. He lays out the early history of the Cherokee, who controlled lands in Tenn., N.C., and Ga., and provides graphic details on the removal period in the 1830s. The story of the Cherokee in the Smokies primarily begins on page 100 with the chapter entitled “North Carolina Cherokees: A Landless People in the Great Smoky Mountains.” The Cherokee who escaped expulsion by hiding in the mountains “amounted to more than 1,000, most of whom were the purest-blooded and most conservative Cherokees of the

Three-part article originally published in the Raleigh Times. Upbeat narrative of author’s trip to the Cherokee “Indian Reservation.” As well as information on the school the reader would expect from the title, Olds relates details about the physical environment, recent improvements such as a new road from Cherokee to Bryson City, federal administration of the native lands, sports, the role of the “medicine man,” language, and native customs. Life is generally improving for the Cherokee, according to Olds. The school with its rebuilt physical plant and model agriculture training program exemplifies these improvements. Olds includes information on notable people involved with the Cherokee including fire warden James Blythe, anthropologist James Mooney, and several representatives of the federal government. If there

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

Overview of the present state of the Cherokee, including details about the fate of those who chose not to emigrate in 1838. Long laudatory description of “Quallatown” and of the “progress” made by the Cherokee in becoming model citizens. Author includes a breakdown of a census conducted by the U. S. Secretary of War in 1844. Nearly one-quarter of Cherokee can read and write; 310 individuals belong to the Temperance Society; 259 people are engaged in agriculture; there are no idiots or insane people, which the author attributes to the prohibition of marrying within clans. Account has been extracted from government publications including the Memorial of the Cherokee Indians Residing in North Carolina [103]. Encourages the Seneca to adopt a similar plan for improvement. Publication is a Society of Friends or “Quaker” newspaper. [GF/AB] [76] Owl, Henry M. “The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians Before and After the Removal.” M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, 1929. 179 p.

25

North Carolina Mountains, and they were the forerunners of the 3,146 in the Eastern Band of the Cherokees today” (p. 100). In this chapter Owl relates the story of Tsali and his family who, for a time, escaped capture after killing a federal soldier, and of the efforts of Indian agent William Holland Thomas, who negotiated lands and benefits for the N.C. Cherokee. Chapters V, VI, and VII are biographies of Thomas, his Cherokee father Yonaguska, a “peace” chief who lived near Bryson City and later on the Oconaluftee, and Chief Junaluska. Chapter VIII, entitled “The Reservation,” lays out the process followed for final recognition of the Eastern Band and their lands in 1897. As Owl describes it, “The main part of the reservation contained about 50,000 acres on the shores of Ocona Lufty River and Soco creek, known as the Qualla boundary, or Qualla reservation, being named after Thomas’ principal trading store” (p. 126). Pages 133–34 contain a description of the “reservation” as it appeared when Owl wrote the thesis in 1929. He writes, “The surrounding country of the reservation is the most beautiful in the eastern part of the United States” (p. 134). Chapter IX summarizes population statistics for the Cherokee while Chapter X on homes and industry provides a description of the economic base for the Eastern Band, noting that the Cherokee can sell their crafts to the increased number of tourists who will arrive with the formation of the GSMNP. The final chapters are on education, with details about the Indian School, and government. The thesis concludes with bibliographies of primary and secondary sources. [AB/KW] [77] Painter, C. C. The Eastern Cherokees: A Report. Philadelphia: Indian Rights Association, 1888. 16 p.

Report on the Cherokee written on behalf of the Indian Rights Association, an organization founded to provide native peoples with equal rights and protection under the law, education, citizenship, and individual titles to native lands. Painter, an agent for the Association, quotes extensively from Bureau of Indian Affairs agents, and provides insights from a visit he made to the Qualla Boundary supporting the view that the Cherokee are making great strides in education and readiness for citizenship. The schools, run by the Quakers, were the object of particular scrutiny for Painter, who proclaimed, “The work that has been done here is wonderful in the

26

results already achieved, more wonderful in the promise it gives for the future” (p. 7). The schools were at the center of a recent political fight with certain political leaders convinced that the Quaker superintendent was encouraging the Cherokee to vote against them. The long-term solution, according to Painter, is for the Cherokee to have control over their own schools and not to be at the whim of Bureau of Indian Affairs agents and politicians. [AB] [78] Pickering, John. A Grammar of the Cherokee Language. Boston: Mission Press, 1830. 48 p.

Reprint: “Two Early Grammars of Cherokee.” Anthropological Linguistics 5, no. 3 (March 1963): 29–56. Translated, with an introduction by John R. Krueger, Indiana University.

Pickering (1777–1846) was a pioneer American linguist. Only the first four signatures of his Cherokee grammar were printed, paid for by the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. His section on the Cherokee alphabet is followed by a section on parts of speech, which includes subsections on articles, nouns, pronouns, and adjectives. [RC] [79] Posey, Rev. Mr. “Cherokee Indians.” From the Rev. Mr. Posey to the Corresponding Secretary, dated Haywood County, North Carolina, March 13, 1818. The Latter Day Luminary 1, no.3 (May 2, 1818): 154–55.

First of a series of letters about Rev. Posey’s mission to the Cherokee. Posey comments on the weather, travel conditions, and his activities. He reports that he was able to start four schools. Teachers are difficult to find, especially those who have some knowledge of the Cherokee language. “The progress of the Indians surpasses my most sanguine hopes—I visited one school on the day after its commencement, and found a number able to show any letter in the alphabet and name it” (p. 155). [AB] [80] Posey, Rev. Mr. “Cherokee Indians.” From the Rev. Mr. Posey to the Corresponding Secretary, dated Haywood County, North Carolina, 1 June 1818. The Latter Day Luminary 1, no. 4 (August 1, 1818): 185–88.

Diary entries from 1 December 1817 to 31 May 1818 detailing Posey’s travels in the mountain region as

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

he conducts both religious and educational activities with the Cherokee. He is generally in Western N.C., North Ga., and S.C. A typical entry: “Saturday [December] 6—Reached home and continued in the neighbourhood of Richland, Fine’s Creek, and Jonathan’s Creek. . . . I administered the Lord’s supper, baptized one, and in these bounds preached eight sermons” (p. 185). [AB] [81] Posey. “Cherokee Indians.” From the Rev. Mr. Posey to the Corresponding Secretary, dated Asheville, North Carolina, May 9, 1819. The Latter Day Luminary 1, no. 9 (August 1, 1819): 452.

Letter detailing a meeting with Cherokee chief, Mr. Charles Hicks, on plans to build Cherokee boarding schools. The Cherokee “look to the religious societies for teachers, preachers, and farmers, as they have unanimously found out that christians are their only friends, whose examples they wish their rising generation to follow, and whose instructions they hope will prove a lasting blessing to their nation.” The Cherokee have given up land to be sold. The proceeds from the land sale will be placed with the President to be used to build the schools. [AB] [82] Posey. “Cherokee Indians.” From the Rev. Mr. Posey to the Corresponding Secretary, dated Haywood County, North Carolina, November 18, 1819. The Latter Day Luminary 2, no. 11 (February 1, 1820): 28.

Letter providing additional information about the plans for Cherokee schools. Posey attended the Cherokee council and preached two sermons that were interpreted by Charles Hicks, a prominent Cherokee chief. The council voted to allow Posey to establish a missionary seminary in the Valley Towns, under the auspices of the Baptist Board of Foreign Missions for the United States. Funding must be obtained from the President of the U.S. for the endeavor to go forward. [AB] [83] “Proposed Removal of the Apaches.” Friends’ Review; a Religious, Literary, and Miscellaneous Journal 43, no. 2 (August 8, 1889): 23; “A Home for Geronimo.” The Washington Post, 20 September 1889, p. 5; Harrison, Benjamin. President of the United States. “Message from the President of the United States Transmitting a Letter of the Sec-

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

retary of War and Reports Touching the Apache Indians at Governor’s Island.” 51st Cong., 1st sess. S. Doc. no. 35. January 20, 1890. 12 p.; “Apaches All Right in Alabama.” Chicago Daily Tribune, 7 January 1892, p. 9; “Talk of Moving the Apaches.” The Atlanta Constitution, 2 January 1894, p. 1.

Series of short articles and a Senate document on the federal government’s proposed relocation of about 400 Apaches, some of whom are members of Geronimo’s band, to Cherokee lands in N.C. In the Friend’s Review article, the Apaches, in a conference with representatives of the U.S. Army and the Indian Rights Association, expressed a preference for high, cooler lands where they could farm or raise cattle. One proposed relocation site was the Cherokee lands on “Smoky Mountains.” “It is understood that the Cherokees are willing to sell enough land to accommodate the Apaches. . . .” The Senate document includes a letter from Major-General George Crook reporting that he, in the company of Senator Zebulon Vance, visited the Cherokee in N.C. to ascertain if land could be acquired there to accommodate the Apaches. He reported that, although heavy rains hampered his investigations, “in climate and general characteristics it [land in N.C.] is more like the reservation from which the Chiricahuas [Apaches] were taken than any other tract available in the eastern part of the country” (p. 2). Despite Crook’s report, the Apaches were transferred to Fort Sill, Okla. and later back to the southwest to join the Mescalero Apaches in N.Mex., twenty-seven years after their captivity. For more on this story, see Walter L. Williams, “The Merger of Apaches with Eastern Cherokees: Qualla in 1893.” Journal of Cherokee Studies 2, no. 2 (1977): 240–45. [AB] [84] “Reflections on the Institutions of the Cherokee Indians from Observations made during a recent Visit to that tribe: In a Letter from a gentleman of Virginia, to Robert Walsh, June.—June 1st, 1817.” The Analectic Magazine 12 (July 1818): 36–56.

A long essay outlining the characteristics of the Cherokee, written under the premise that “there is so little variety among the Indian tribes of North America, in any of the essential qualities which distinguish nations” (p. 36). The author demonstrates an excellent command of classical literature and history, a repository

27

of knowledge he freely avails in his observations of the various dimensions by which the manners, customs, and institutions of the Cherokee differ from those of western civilization. The essay makes no direct mention of the Smoky Mountains, although the author points out that the highland regions of the Cherokee country are a “succession of ridges rising in height as they recede from the river [the Little Tennessee], and finally attaining a great elevation, [which] forms the sublimest and most beautiful landscape on our continent” (p. 40) and which “has been well described by a distinguished philosopher and traveler as an ‘Anacreontic Swisserland’” (p. 40). [KW] [85] “The Remnant of Indians in North Carolina.” Boston Recorder, 28 July 1848, p. 120. Reprint: Christian Register 27, no. 32 (August 5, 1848): 128.

Primarily quoted from a letter to the newspaper, National Intelligencer. The author writes in glowing terms about the Cherokee who remained behind in “Qualla Town,” N.C. after the removal. The Western Cherokee have decreased in number while the Eastern Cherokee have grown in number. The Qualla Cherokee have made advances in “their state of civilization” by learning to read, adopting modern farming methods, giving equal status to women, and becoming Christians. The author provides details of a church service. “The deportment of all present was as circumspect and solemn as I have ever witnessed in any New England religious assembly.” [AB] [86] Robertson, H. G. “The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians; From 1835 to 1893.” North Carolina University Magazine 18, new series, no. 4 (April 1901): 173–80.

Popular, undocumented history of the Eastern Band through removal to incorporation as The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians in 1893. The Qualla Boundary is described as “especially well situated. The finest of bottom lands lie along the swift clear streams of Ocona Lufta and Soco. The Mountain sides are covered with the most magnificent timber. Here the Indians with very little labor can live happy and contented lives” (p. 176). [AB] [87] Rockwell, Elijah Frink. “Parallel and Combined Expeditions Against the Cherokee Indians in

28

South and in North Carolina in 1776.” The Historical Magazine 2, new series, no. 4 (October 1867): 212–20.

Excerpts from General Griffith Rutherford’s journal of July 1776. Rutherford commanded a N.C. militia of 2,400 men whose purpose was to subdue the Overhill Cherokee. The invading army crossed the Blue Ridge at the Swannanoa Gap, passed down the French Broad River, then up the Valley of Hominy Creek and crossed the Pigeon River to the Tuckasegee River. From thence they crossed Cowee Mountain to the Tennessee River Valley. In the course of the campaign, Rutherford’s troops killed hundreds of Cherokee, destroyed thirty-six Cherokee villages, burned cornfields, and compelled the Cherokee to cede lands. Rockwell, a professor at Davidson College, adds an introduction to Rutherford’s journal entries. [RC] [88] Shenck, David. “The Cherokees in North Carolina.” At Home and Abroad 2, no. 5 (February 1882): 321–31.

Somewhat rambling and ethnocentric account of the history and present-day culture of the Cherokee in N.C. Shenck alternates between admiration and disdain for the Cherokee and their way of life, hoping his article “will enlighten our law-makers, and direct their attention to such legislation as may be necessary to promote the civilization and secure the protection of this helpless race” (p. 321). Contains a succinct description of the legal battles fought by the Cherokee to gain their lands in N.C., and anecdotal information on the dislike of the Cherokee for the “negro race” (p. 324), as well as details about agricultural practices, marriage customs, language, and religious practices. Concludes by presenting stories about individual Cherokee he has known and traditions surrounding the use of burial mounds. [AB] [89] Smith, A. J. “The Cherokees.” Army and Navy Chronicle 7, no. 22 (November 29, 1838): 342–43.

Two letters, one from Smith and one from Major General Scott, detailing a Cherokee attack made on federal troops in the area of “Oconeelukty.” The Cherokee, who had initially avoided being captured for removal, were being rounded up by the troops. Two soldiers were killed. Scott wrote, “ That this act of hostility was wholly

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

unprovoked by any unkindness, is evident from the fact that the two men killed had dismounted and lent their horses to the murderers to ride, who pretended to be lame or fatigued” (p. 342). [AB] [90] Smith, W. R. L. The Story of the Cherokees. Cleveland, Tenn.: The Church of God Publishing House, 1928. 229 p. il.

Popular history of the Cherokee, undocumented with a list of “authorities,” which includes James Mooney’s “Myths of the Cherokee” [63] and James Adair’s The History of the American Indians [15]. Smith presents information on customs, religion, folklore, and historical events from origins of the Cherokee to the 1920s. The writing demonstrates the flowery style of the period and the civilized “noble savage” point of view. Smith concludes of the Cherokee: Admiration has waited on their quenchless love of freedom and native land. Valor and moral nobility is their birthright. Intellectual force and responsiveness to larger ideals stand out among their notable qualities. Fidelity to pledge, hospitality and domestic love are jewels in their crown. What other people ever made swifter transition from barbarism to the culture and refinement of civilization? (p. 222) Illustrated with eight photographs and drawings of males influential in Cherokee history, and important buildings. [AB] [91] Smyth, Clifford. “With the Indians in North Carolina Mountains.” Atlanta Constitution, 18 January 1903: D3. il.

“So, up the Great Smoky mountain I climbed to see the noble red man,” begins this sympathetic account of a visit to the Cherokee by Smyth and his bloodhound. Touches on Cherokee history, living conditions, and politics, and praises the Cherokee for evading capture and eviction by Federal troops. Mentions Cherokee notables such as John Axe (“one hundred and ten years old”) and H. W. Spray, the federal superintendent. Visits a government school: “It was recess time and a horde of young savages came forward to entertain me. The entertainment

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

consisted in throwing stones at the dog and regarding me as a sort of vaudeville performer whose principal function was to provide mirth. I was disappointed in these savages. They are as undignified as the paleface. The dog was also disappointed.” Mocks instruction at the school, which “teaches how good the white man has been” to the Cherokee from special editions of American history books—“the course is very instructive as showing the ingenuity of the official historian in the art of expurgation.” Three photographs of an assembly of uniformed Cherokee boys on their way to dinner, John Axe, and settlement buildings. [RC] [92] Speck, Frank G. “Decorative Art and Basketry of the Cherokee.” Bulletin of the Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee 2, no. 2 (July 27, 1920): 53-86. il.

Reprint: Duggan, Betty J. and Brett H. Riggs. Studies in Cherokee Basketry, Occasional Paper No. 9. Frank H. McClung Museum, University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Publications Center, 1991. p. 7–20.

Based on fieldwork undertaken in 1913 and an examination of items in the Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee; American Museum of Natural History, New York; and the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, New York. Anthropologist Frank Speck (1881–1950), a graduate student working under Franz Boas at Columbia University, studied Eastern Woodland Indians. Speck found both cane and oak baskets, although the latter was more prevalent. He details the materials, techniques, and designs used to create the baskets. Pottery decorations were obtained from potsherds and tended to be similar to the basket patterns. Author speculates on the origin and evolution of basket making based on studies of other Native American people. Twenty-five illustrations are photographs of baskets and reproductions of both basketry and pottery designs. [AB] [93] Speck, Frank G. “Some Eastern Cherokee Texts.” International Journal of American Linguistics 4, no. 1 (January 1926): 111–13. The following specimen texts in Cherokee will provide some phonetically recorded material, little as it is, in this important Iroquoian

29

language which has not been treated to serious attention since the time of Hale and Gatschet. The tales were recorded from the dictation of Sampson Owl, in 1922, at the eastern Cherokee agency, North Carolina, while the writer was engaged in tracing remains of the Catawba language for the Bureau of American Ethnology. (p. 111) Translates short versions of four Cherokee tales: “The Rabbit and Turtle Race,” “How the Moths Ruined Opossum’s Pretty Tail,” “A Lover Abducts an Old Man by Mistake,” and “Fasting to See the Dwarfs.” Speck’s major work was Cherokee Dance and Drama [94]. [RC] [94] Speck, Frank G., and Leonard Broom. Cherokee Dance and Drama. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951. 106 p.

Based on field work collected throughout collaborator Will West Long’s life, this study includes much discussion of Cherokee dance rituals and the music that accompanies these dances. In addition to the material submitted by Will West Long, observations collected beginning in 1913 by ethnologist Frank Speck are included. [CD] [95] Story, Isabelle F. “Our Eastern Cherokee Indians.” Home Geographic Monthly 2, no. 6 (December 1932): 7–12. il.

Popular account of life on the Qualla Boundary, pointing out the many similarities between the Cherokee and their “white” neighbors. Article contains details about the annual Cherokee fair and ball games which will appeal to tourists who visit the GSMNP, agricultural practices, housing, and schools. A brief history of the Cherokee in the Southeast provides an overview of the 1838 removal and the invention of the Cherokee alphabet by Sequoyah. Eight images, six from the Bureau of American Ethnology, and two from George Masa, Asheville photographer, illustrate ball games, housing, and people. [AB] [96] Strange, Robert. Eoneguski; or The Cherokee Chief: A Tale of Past Wars. By an American. Washington, D.C.: Franck Taylor, 1839. 2 vol., v. 1: 218 p.; v. 2: 196 p.

30

Reprint: Foreword by Richard Walser. Charlotte: McNally, 1960.

Fictional account of Eoneguski, a Cherokee chief before the removal. Characters include Robert Aymor and his wife Dolly, who live in the Western N.C. mountains. Aymor, who becomes a general, relates his involvement in the Indian Wars and acquaintance with Chief Eoneguski. Includes references to Hayward County, N.C. and small white settlements along the Pigeon River. At the end, Eoneguski purchases land for a reservation on the banks of the Oconaluftee River. Strange (1796–1854) was a N.C. state senator and judge. For background and criticism of the novel, see “Senator Strange’s Indian Novel,” North Carolina Historical Review 26, no. 1 (January 1949): 1–27. [RC] [97] Stringfield, William W. “North Carolina Cherokee Indians.” The North Carolina Booklet; Great Events in North Carolina History 3, no. 2 (1903): 5–24.

Anecdotal history of N.C. Cherokee written by an officer of the Confederate Army who commanded several hundred soldiers of Eastern Band Cherokee during the Civil War. The account recapitulates stories of de Soto’s early encounters with the Indians, followed by short biographical sketches of chiefs Junaluska, Yonguska, and William Holland Thomas. The narrative also includes accounts of the removal and Old Charley (Tsali), and of the defeat of a contingent of the Union Army by a regiment of Cherokee at Waynesville. in what was later recognized as the last battle in the Civil War east of the Mississippi. Stringfield alludes frequently to the customs of the Cherokee and their affinity for the mountain wilderness of the Great Smokies. [KW] [98] “Summary: The Cherokee Indians in the States.” New York Evangelist 22, no. 38 (September 18, 1851): 151.

Short article on the N.C. Cherokee who “are represented as in the enjoyment, generally, of a high condition of prosperity, having well-cultivated farms and schoolhouses, and other blessings of civilized life.” At Quallatown, Mitchell and Smoot (no more identification given) met with the Cherokee Kalosteh, or Little Dog, who is 120 years old. “We learn that a number of the Cherokees have attained to five score years.” [AB]

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

[99] Thomas, Cyrus. “The Cherokees in Pre-Columbian Times.” Fact and Theory Papers, no. 4. New York: N.D.C. Hodges, 1890. 97 p. il.

Reprint: New York: AMS Press, 1980.

Study based on historical evidence and explorations of the mounds in East Tenn. and Western N.C. by the Bureau of American Ethnology. Professor Thomas, who was head of mound explorations for the Bureau, erroneously concluded that the mounds were built by the Cherokee. Historical records as far back as the Spanish explorers in the sixteenth century indicate no other native people except the Cherokee in the areas of the mounds, according to Thomas. Combined with the evidence from the mounds, Thomas concludes that “It is therefore a fair presumption that such mounds…are to be attributed to the Cherokees” (p. 19). Furthermore, according to the author, the Cherokee were likely in the region before 1540 and maybe as early as the thirteenth century, and that they came from the region of the Ohio River (based on comparison with mounds in that area). Ten small engravings show the mounds and items discovered in the mounds. [AB] [100] Thomas, Cyrus. “Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains.” Bureau of Ethnology Bulletin, no. 12. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1891. 246 p. il.

A listing by state and then by county of archaeological sites. The N.C. Smokies entries include sites on Jonathans Creek, in Bryson City, and in Waynesville (p. 155, 157–58). On the Tennessee side of the Smokies, sites are identified in Sevier County, primarily on the banks of the Little Pigeon River (p. 213). [AB] [101] Thomas, Cyrus. “Report on the Mound Explorations of the Bureau of Ethnology.” Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, (1890–91). Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1894. p. 1–742. il., maps, plates.

An accompanying paper, Thomas’ “Report on the Mound Explorations of the Bureau of Ethnology,” chronicles the Bureau’s field operations investigating mound builders and prehistoric mounds in the eastern half of the United States, including some in areas that became (or border on) parts of what is now GSMNP. The Bureau’s investigation of these mounds was undertaken

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

to determine whether or not they were the vestiges of a civilization more highly cultured than the North American Indian tribes. Contains information on findings in Haywood County, N.C. (p. 346–47), including artifacts found in the “Big Mound” near Waynesville and in another mound near Richland Creek. Figures 225–27 illustrate bogus articles found in Haywood County mounds and figure 228 shows a cross section of “Big Mound, Haywood County, NC.” East Tenn. mounds in Monroe and Blount counties on the Little Tennessee River are included (p. 377–90). One of the illustrations is a copy of a 1762 map “Location of the Overhill Cherokee Towns, made by Henry Timberlake” (pl. xxvi). [LB/AB] [102] Thomas, William Holland. “Cherokees in North Carolina.” Niles’s Register 5, no. 14 (December 1, 1838): 216.

Reprint: The Friend; a Religious and Literary Journal 12, no. 11 (December 15, 1838): 82.

Text of a letter from Thomas, legal agent for the Cherokee, to Representative James Graham, N.C. congressman from 1833–43. The letter was headed Haywood County (N.C.), Oct. 15, 1838. Thomas is commenting on a speech Graham made in which he called the Cherokee “Temperate, orderly, industrious, and peaceable.” He gives a brief history of the N.C. Cherokee and their desire to stay in N.C. In 1830, Chief Drowning Bear assembled the Cherokee and told them that intemperance was the cause of the “extermination of the Indian tribes situated in the neighborhood of the whites.” Since that time the Cherokee have remained temperate and have greatly improved their quality of living. They wish to continue to live under the “kind guardianship exercised over them by the state of North Carolina.” The reprint has a brief introductory paragraph expressing the “hope that at least one little remnant of the Cherokee nation will escape the ruthless exterminating principle . . . .” [AB] [103] Thomas, William Holland. Memorial of the Cherokee Indians Residing in North Carolina, Praying the Payment of their Claims, Agreeably to the 8th and 12th Articles of the Treaty of 1835. S. doc. 408. 29th Cong., 1st sess. June 16, 1846. 26 p.

Thomas was the agent for the Cherokee who remained in N.C. after the removal. He worked persistently

31

to gain rights for the people who would become the Eastern Band of the Cherokee. According to Holland, the 1835 treaty allowed the Cherokee who wished to remain in the states where they currently reside, N.C., Tenn., or Ala., to do so and to receive an allowance of $53.33. The Cherokee who reside in Ga. were given compensation but not the Cherokee in other states. Thomas pleads for the federal government to honor the treaty. The memorial includes statements by various individuals involved verifying the accuracy of Thomas’s statements. Thomas provides in his statement information about the Qualla Cherokee, who are residing on land Thomas “purchased for them [consisting of] fifty-five thousand acres of land adjacent to the great Iron or Smoky mountain” (p. 13). He describes the high mountains, grassy balds, plentiful water, and salubrious climate. The Cherokee have become farmers much like other pioneers. As proof of their progress, he notes that “their females are no longer treated as slaves, but as equals” (p. 14). They are temperate, Christian, and law-abiding. Document includes a list of Cherokee families who wish to remain in N.C., affidavits from local government officials verifying that the Cherokee are “sober, temperate and industrious people” (p. 20), and information on the number of Cherokee who remain in the East and their occupations. Partially reprinted in George D. Harmon, “The North Carolina Cherokees and the New Echota Treaty of 1835.” The North Carolina Historical Review 6, no. 3 (July 1929): 237–53. [AB] [104] Thomas, William Holland. “Remarks of Mr. Thomas, of Jackson.” The Weekly Raleigh Register, 8 December 1858. n.p. Reprint: Asheville News, 23 December 1858, p. 1.

Transcript of an address delivered by William Holland Thomas to the Senate of North Carolina on 1 December 1858 regarding the bill to amend the act of 1783 guaranteeing to the N.C. Cherokee the lands claimed by them as a permanent residence within the chartered limits of the State, securing to them the fight of self-government, as well as setting forth several other less prominent provisions. The bill also includes a petition to secure for the wife of the deceased Chief Junaluska a residence among the Qualla Town Cherokee and authority to invest the proceeds of the sale of the lands owned by her husband in lands at Qualla Town. The address by Thomas includes a

32

brief sketch of the political situation concerning the N.C. Cherokee and the Cherokee’s pivotal role in the War of 1812. [KW] [105] Timberlake, Henry. The Memoirs of Lieut. Henry Timberlake. London: Printed for the author, 1765. 160 p. il., map.

French ed.: Voyages du Lieutenant Henri Timberlake. Paris: de l’imprimerie de Hautbout l’ainé, 1797. 187 p. il. Reprint: Lieut. Henry Timberlake’s Memoirs 1756–1765, Samuel Cole Williams, ed. Johnson City, Tenn.: Watauga Press, 1927. 197 p.

In the fall of 1761, Lieutenant Henry Timberlake, a soldier in the service of the Virginia militia during the French and Indian Wars, volunteered to go into Cherokee country and shore up the strained relations between the Indians and Anglo-Americans. Timberlake’s mission took him to the Overhill Settlements of the Cherokee along what is now the Little Tennessee River adjacent to the Great Smokies. The memoirs are a detailed chronicle of Timberlake’s adventures among the Overhill Cherokee with comments on his observations of the country, government, and culture of the Indians, as well as his assessment of the progress and effects of the war. In one instance Timberlake crosses the mountains to Elajoy, a former Cherokee village along the Little River on the northern side of the Smokies. Immediately prior to his trip to Elajoy, Timberlake is given a map of the Cherokee country taken from the pocket of a Frenchman killed by the Indian who will accompany the lieutenant across the mountain. The Frenchman’s map is published with Timberlake’s memoirs. In reference to the river that runs through the Overhill towns, Timberlake’s memoirs contain what is probably the earliest example of the word Tennessee as it is currently spelled. Frequently reprinted. [KW] [106] U.S. Senate Committee on Indian Affairs. Survey of Conditions of the Indians in the United States, part 16. 71st Cong., 2nd sess. (Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1931) Cherokee section, Qualla Indian Reservation, March 26, 1930: 7473–7533. tables.

Transcript of hearings held to ascertain conditions on various native lands including those of the Cherokee

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

in N.C. Senators Lynn Joseph Frazier (R-N.Dak.) and John William Elmer Thomas (D-Okla.) represented the U.S. government. Witnesses for the Cherokee: Lewis W. Page, Superintendent; Roy Adams, school principal; John A. Tahquette, Chief of the Cherokee; J. A. Sannock, member of business council; Henry M. Owl, Cherokee historian: Lulu A. Davis, field nurse; Will Sannook, Cherokee resident; and Lulu Gloyne, Cherokee resident. The hearings contain fascinating details about the Cherokee community including school attendance, curriculum, teacher qualifications, timber rights and harvesting, agricultural production, contested enrollment by those with little Cherokee blood, land fencing and allocation, and health care, especially the presence of tuberculosis and trachoma. When asked to articulate the greatest needs, the participants requested a hospital to replace the small school facility, agricultural support by way of horses and cattle, central heat and new water system for the school, and additions to the school to allow expansion into a high school (currently the school has nine grades then students must leave to go to high school elsewhere). Includes a report by Superintendent Page, following up on questions asking by the Senators. Tables show school expenditures. [AB]

The Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains

[107] Wade, J. J. “A Game of Indian Ball.” The Carolina Magazine 39, new series, no. 3 (1921): 14–16. il.

Lively, detailed account of a game of Cherokee ball by an enthusiastic observer: “We had never witnessed such fighting before. But these husky reds were in there to win and they fought like college football heroes. The roughness of the game was what impressed us most” (p. 16). Illustrated with three photographs of players, games, and items offered for wagering. [AB] [108] Young, Virginia Durant. “A Sketch of the Cherokee People on the Indian Reservation of the North Carolina.” Woman’s Progress in Literature, Science, Art, Education and Politics 2, no. 4 (January 1894): 169–74.

Travelogue of trip to Cherokee lands of N.C. Includes a very favorable description of the Cherokee school on the “Oconee-Loughky” (p. 171). The students are industrious, stoical, and well-behaved. Girls are trained in the domestic arts and are hired into the homes of Asheville as domestic workers upon graduation. She also comments on the “Indian Brass Band” (p. 172) with their bandstand built into a tree. The school, as well as the students, is neat and orderly. [AB]

33

Map created by Lieutenant Henry Timberlake, Little River area, 1765.

Chapter 3 Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The first humans to visit the Great Smoky Mountains were probably mound-building American Indians following buffalo trails in search of passages through the seemingly interminable maze of mountains that form the southern terminus of the Appalachian chain. Except for a few artifacts discarded along trails and in provisional camps, these early visitors left little record testifying to their presence in the Smokies. The Cherokee arrived later, either driving out the mound-builders or finding the mountain recesses already abandoned by their predecessors. Like the tribes before them, the Cherokee left no written accounts and little other record of their presence in the Smokies beyond a few well-traveled trails, an occasional hunting camp, and a handful of villages along the larger streams at the lower elevations. Written accounts of the expeditions by Spanish explorers Hernando de Soto (1540) and Juan Pardo (1567) indicate that both parties visited the Cherokee chiefdom of Chiaha, whose principal town was called Olamico. Modern research has determined Olamico to be on Zimmerman Island, now under Douglas Lake, in the French Broad River near present-day Dandridge, Tennessee. If this is correct, then the de Soto and Pardo expeditions would have traveled the Indian trail along the French Broad and would certainly have seen the peaks of the Great Smoky Mountains looming immediately to the south. Except for the de Soto and Pardo forays to Chiaha, there is little direct evidence that Spanish colonists ventured into the mountains, although a letter by Abraham Wood describing a journey by English traders James Needham and Gabriel Arthur into Cherokee country notes that the mountain Cherokee had been conducting trade with the Spanish in Florida in the seventeenth century, well before the incursion of settlers into the Smokies [110].

Early Spanish maps, notably the Gutiérrez map of 1562 [377], which represents a compilation of knowledge collected by explorers over the course of several expeditions into the American continent, clearly indicate that the Spanish were aware of a significant mountain range in the Southeast which they referred to as “Apalchen.” The name is attributed to an Indian tribe recorded in Alvar Nuñez Cabeça de Vaca’s narrative of the Panfilo de Narvaez expedition through the central part of the Florida peninsula in the spring of 1528. After landing on the west coast of Florida, a scouting party from the Narvaez expedition found traces of gold, pieces of clothing, and other items possibly of European origin along the shore. “Having by signs asked the Indians whence these things came, they motioned to us that very far from there, was a province called Apalachen, where was much gold, and so the same abundance in Apalachen of everything we at all cared for” (from the “Narrative of Alvar Nuñez Cabeça de Vaca,” in Spanish Explorers in the Southern United States 1528–1543 [New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1907], pp. 21–22). Upon publication of the Cabeça de Vaca account, the name “Apalachen” was often mentioned by Spanish, French, and English chroniclers, and mapmakers began applying it readily to all unknown and unexplored regions north of Florida. On these early maps, the name occurs variously as Apalcen, Apalchen, Apalatci, Apalatcy, Palchen, Apalchem, and Apalache, and designates the regions north of the mountains, which are usually shown stretching inland from east to west. Jacques Le Moyne de Morgues, an artist traveling with the French Huguenot expedition of Rene de Laudonnière to Florida in 1564, was perhaps the first to assign any name to the mountain ranges now known collectively as the Appalachians. The de Laudonnière

expedition founded Fort Caroline near the mouth of the St. John’s River on the east coast of Florida. From here the Huguenots made several attempts to establish alliances with Indian tribes that would give the French access to the mountains, which they had been told contained vast riches of precious metals. Le Moyne never actually visited the mountains to the north, but he did paint a scene of Indians collecting gold in the streams running from the “Apalacty Mountains.” In the account accompanying his engraving of the scene, Le Moyne states, A long way from the place where our fort was built there are high mountains, called the Apalacti in the Indian language, where, as may be seen from the map, three large streams rise and wash down silt in which a lot of gold, silver, and copper is mixed. For this reason those who live in that area make channels in the river beds, so that the silt, which is borne along by the water, may sink into them because of its weight. Carefully removing it from there they take it to a certain place, and some time afterwards they again remove from the channels the silt which has fallen and collect it together. They put it in canoes and transport it down a great river, which we named River of May and which flows into the sea. The Spaniards know how to exploit the wealth which comes from this source. (The Work of Jacques Le Moyne De Morgues, 2 vols. [London: British Museum Publications, 1977], vol. 2, p. 152, plate 133) The earliest settlers of Tidewater Virginia got an inkling from the Indians of the “mountaynes Apalatsi,” but only much later did they begin exploring these highlands. John Lederer, a German scholar and student of medicine, was the first to venture into sight of the Great Smoky Mountains and leave a written record of his discoveries. In 1670 Lederer made three excursions into the western reaches of Virginia and North Carolina. On the third trip he reached the spine of the Blue Ridge and looked over into the Shenandoah Valley. However, the sight of higher mountains ranging in the far distance discouraged his party and they returned, not even descending into the valley beyond.

36

Lederer published, in Latin, a book describing his travels, together with a map that is largely fanciful in its depiction of Western North Carolina and East Tennessee. Lederer’s book was translated into English in 1672 by Sir William Talbot, then secretary of the Province of Maryland. Lederer gives an account of “the great ridge of Mountains that runs thorow the midst of this Continent, Northeast and Southwest, called by the Spaniards Apalatiaei, from the Nation Apalakin” [110, p. 138]. On first seeing the Appalachians, Lederer commented that “their distance from me was so great, that I could hardly discern whether they were Mountains or clouds, until my Indian fellow travelers prostrated themselves in Adoration, howled out after a barbarous manner, Okée pœze i.e. God is nigh” [110, p. 147]. Lederer’s translator was so encouraged by the supposition that the mountains did not extend as far south as they actually do that in his preface to the translation he ventured to say that “it is clear that the long looked-for discovery of the Indian Sea (Pacific Ocean) does nearly approach; and Carolina . . . presumes that the accomplishment of this glorious Design is reserved for her. In order to which; the Apalatǽan Mountains (though like the prodigious Wall that divides China and Tartary, they deny Virginia passage into the West Continent) stoop to your Lordships Dominions, and lay open a Prospect into unlimited Empire” [110, p. 135]. Fired by this overly optimistic vision of conquest and profit, English traders began to traffic with the Cherokee, becoming the first Europeans to venture into that part of the Southern Appalachians now known as the Great Smoky Mountains. But in the course of so doing, they quickly learned that the Blue Ridge was a difficult rampart to cross and beyond it lay still higher and more rugged ranges that would never “stoop” to anybody. In a series of legislative acts, the Virginia Assembly in 1642, 1652, 1653, and 1658 encouraged explorations westward by granting rights in mines or lands to those who made discoveries in places where no Englishman had ever been. In the last-named of these acts, the license was “to discover the Mountains and Westward parts of the Country.” It is fairly inferable that the Assembly was contemplating the mountain and westward parts of Virginia within the present bounds of the Commonwealth. Nevertheless, once settlements and trading posts were

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

advanced to the fall line of the Virginia rivers, the impetus was in place for further initiatives into the mysterious regions beyond the mountain ranges. Abraham Wood, one of the boldest explorers of the day, had since 1646 maintained a fort and trading post at the Falls of the Appomattox. The fort, given the name Fort Henry (site of the present Petersburg, Va.), marked the northern terminus of the ancient Catawba-Occaneechi Trail. In 1673 Wood retained James Needham, a young Englishman of means, to lead a small expedition in an effort to penetrate the mysterious region that lay west of the Southern Alleghanies. Accompanying Needham were eight Indians and one illiterate youth, who was probably an indentured servant named Gabriel Arthur. The party left from Wood’s post about mid-April 1673 and journeyed into the domain of the Overhill Cherokee. Their adventures, the first recorded excursion of a European into the region now known as the Great Smoky Mountains, were recounted in a letter from Wood to his friend John Roberts, treasurer of the Lords Proprietors of Carolina in London. According to Wood’s account [110], Needham and Arthur aborted their journey and returned immediately to Fort Henry. They set out again on 17 May “with ye like number of Indians and four horses” (p. 211). By the time the party had entered the mountains, three of the horses had been lost, “not so much by ye badness of the way as by hard travel, not having time to feed” (p. 212). Wood also mentions that while in the mountains “they see a fogg or smoke like a cloud from whence raine falls for several days” (p. 212)—an incidental allusion, perhaps, to the future name, Great Smoky Mountains. Historian Samuel Cole Williams has speculated that the route Needham and Arthur traveled was probably along buffalo and Indian trails leading southward along the well-established Occaneechi path, crossing into Tennessee and following the French Broad downstream to a town of the Tomahitan-Cherokees, probably somewhere near the mouth of the Little Tennessee River [160, p. 26, n. 8]. Needham and Arthur apparently discovered that the Cherokee of the Little Tennessee River valley had been visited previously by other Europeans, possibly the Spanish. The Indians informed the two men that “eight days jorny down this river lives a white people which have

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

long beardes and whiskers and wears clothing, and on some of ye other rivers lives a hairey people. Not many yeares since ye Tomahittans sent twenty men laden with beavor to ye white people; they killed tenn of them and put ye other tenn in irons” [110, p. 213]. They also noticed that the Indians possessed “a bout sixty gunnes, not such locks as oures bee, the steeles are long and channelld where ye flints strike” (p. 214). The Cherokee also had “a mongst them many brass potts and kettles from three gallons to thirty. They have two mullato women; all ye white and black people they take they put to death since theire twenty men were barbarously handled” (p. 214). Although the letter by Abraham Wood is likely the earliest extant written account of travelers into the Great Smoky Mountain region, there can be little doubt that previous to the Wood expedition traders and explorers were returning from Cherokee country with detailed knowledge of the mountains. By 1606 Dutch cartographer Jodocus Hondius could depict a more precise placement of the Apalchen range as well as the location of several Indian towns, including the island chiefdom of Chiaha visited by de Soto a hundred years earlier. By the mid-eighteenth century, travelers had brought back sufficient information for mapmaker Herman Moll to isolate the “Charakey Mt.” as a separate range of the “Appalatian” chain and to identify ten “Charakey” villages on the east side of the mountain and thirty on the west [389]. The “Charakey Mt.” of the Moll map closely approximates the location of the Great Smoky Mountains, suggesting perhaps that European explorers were visiting the perimeter of the mountains regularly by the beginning of the eighteenth century. In an article written in The Mississippi Valley Historical Review in 1916, historian Verner Crane set forth a cogent argument that the first Europeans to penetrate into the Smoky Mountain fastness were actually French coureurs du bois (woodland runners) from Canada following the Ohio and Tennessee Rivers to the upper reaches of the Hiawassee and Little Tennessee Rivers [167]. The source waters of the Tennessee River, particularly the Hiawassee, are interlaced with those of the Savannah. A short portage connecting the two streams was all that was necessary to complete a river way between the Atlantic at the mouth of the Savannah with the Mississippi at the mouth of the Ohio. The Cherokee visited by Needham

37

and Arthur pointed out the course of the French traders’ trail when explaining to their guests that “eight days jorny down this river lives a white people.” Jean Couture, a Frenchman who had traveled with La Salle, is the earliest of the coureurs du bois known to have passed through the Smokies while attempting to establish commerce between the French trappers in the Mississippi valley and the English traders in Charleston. Couture and his fellow coureurs du bois were regarded by the French as renegade traders. Forbidden to bring their beaver skins down the Mississippi to New Orleans and cut off from the Montreal market by their misdemeanors, they looked to carry their peltry to the English traders in Charleston. In The Annals of Tennessee, to the End of the Eighteenth Century (Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1860), J. G. M. Ramsey states that “as early as 1690, Doherty, a trader from Virginia, had visited the Cherokees” (p. 178), directly suggesting that the Charleston traders had been following the French coureurs du bois back over the mountains into the Tennessee Valley and were becoming established in the Cherokee settlements. The first of the more literate travelers to visit the Great Smoky Mountains was perhaps William Bartram whose Travels, published in 1791, continues to attract American readers fascinated with his accounts of the southeastern wilderness. As a young man, “Billy,” as his family called him, developed a talent for drawing and an interest in botany, but his father confided in a friend that “[I] am afraid he can’t settle to any business else” (Edmund Berkeley and Dorothy Smith Berkeley, eds., The Correspondence of John Bartram 1734–1777 [Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 1992], p. 387). The young Bartram tried clerking in business establishments and working in a printing shop, but he could not abide being indoors for extended periods and so quit. After a trip with his father to Georgia and Florida, the young man decided to try his fortune as an indigo planter on the St. Johns River. This experiment ended predictably in great failure, prompting his father to write to his friend that “this frolick of his hath . . . drove me to great straits” (The Correspondence of John Bartram 1734–1777, p. 668). Bartram took work as a draftsman for the surveyor William deBrahm, helping map the Florida coast, but this adventure came to an end when the surveyor’s vessel was wrecked in a storm.

38

The great adventure that transformed the hapless “Billy” into the heroic William Bartram began when he was offered an opportunity to attend an Indian congress to be convened in Augusta, Georgia. The most important matter discussed at the congress concerned an agreement among the Cherokee chiefs to give up a huge tract of land in exchange for the cancellation of debts they owed to traders. Bartram accompanied the surveying party that marked the boundaries of the new cession and recorded his observations in journals. His stay among the Cherokee was interrupted by an outbreak of Indian hostilities, but Bartram later returned to his travels, eventually venturing into the Little Tennessee River valley. In 1776 Bartram approached within sight of the Smokies, crossing Wayah Bald in the Nantahalas. From this vantage point he would have had a splendid view of the great sweep of Smoky Mountains that form the north side of the Little Tennessee River watershed, of which Bartram recorded in his field notes, “I beheld with rapture and astonishment, a sublimely awful scene of power and magnificence, a world of mountains pile upon mountains.” Bartram later collected his notes and published them as Travels, a compilation of facts and scientific observations [113]. As evidenced by the passage describing his view of the Smokies, Bartram’s objectivity was perceived as overly fraught with warm imagination, and was consequently received coolly by the scientific community. Travels was, however, widely accepted by the literary set, exerting ample influence on English poets such as Samuel Taylor Coleridge and William Wordsworth. In the years prior to 1904 when Horace Kephart was preparing for his initial sojourn into the Great Smoky Mountains, he was especially attracted to the prospect that these mountains were the last unexplored region in the eastern part of the United States and virtually unknown to the outside world. Kephart, a highly accomplished librarian and director of the St. Louis Mercantile Library, would later remark on his inquiries into the Smokies that he could find in no library a guide to that region. The most diligent research failed to discover so much as a magazine article, written within this generation, that described the land and its people. Nay, there was not even a novel or

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

a story that showed intimate local knowledge. Had I been going to Teneriffe or Timbuctu, the libraries would have furnished information a-plenty; but about this housetop of eastern America they were strangely silent; it was terra incognita [641, 1913 ed., p. 13]. For self-serving purposes Kephart was perhaps intentionally disingenuous in suggesting that there was not a thing written about the Great Smoky Mountains. However, the kernel of truth in his assertion is the suggestion that reliable information on an area geographically as large as the Smokies was indeed scant. The absence of written accounts of early settlement in the Smokies was largely a function of the fact that native mountaineers did not keep written records and that access to the mountains by outsiders was severely limited. To some extent native mountaineers were highly suspicious of “furriners” and did not readily welcome outsiders into their midst, but for the most part it was the forbidding ruggedness of the wilderness terrain that preserved this “terra incognita.” As late as 1910 the founders of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg recorded the difficulty of travel from Sevierville to the site of the proposed school. The trip entailed a daylong excursion over rough wagon tracks with occasional fords through swollen streams with water up to the floorboards of the wagon. Even well into the twentieth century, traveling conditions were not much improved. Karl Brown, a filmmaker venturing into the Smokies in the mid-1920s, was astonished at the ruggedness of it all. “On and onto we went, heading straight up or straight down, sometimes on the tire-tracks that served as roads and once or twice bumping and rocking along stream beds which were the only roads possible in those pinched-in guts of cliffs” (Kevin Brownlow. “Hollywood in the Hills: The Making of Stark Love,” Appalachian Journal 18, no. 2 [Winter 1991]: 192). Transmountain access was even worse. Arnold Guyot, the famed Swiss geologist, once pointed out that for over fifty miles the Great Smoky Mountains form a high and almost impervious barrier between Tennessee and North Carolina. “Only one tolerable road, or rather mule path, in this whole distance is found to cross from the great valley of Tennessee into the interior basin of

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

North Carolina” [134]. This road, charitably referred to as the Oconaluftee Turnpike, was later described in an 1888 newspaper account as being “tolerably good” on the North Carolina side but “intolerably bad” on the Tennessee side [109]. Within twenty years the turnpike had fallen into such disuse and deteriorated to the point that Horace Kephart dismissed it as “a difficult mule path.” In spite of these difficulties, a few outsiders did penetrate into the interior of the Smoky Mountain fastness. The earliest accounts of these visits come from intrepid explorers venturing into the mountains for scientific purposes. The largest corpus of such material was unintentionally precipitated by a joint expedition in 1859 by Samuel Botsford Buckley and Thomas Lanier Clingman to determine the elevation of a high peak then known provisionally as Smoky Dome. Buckley, an itinerant and rather disreputable botanist from New York, had completed an earlier excursion into the mountains and was now determined to acquire the fame of being the first to measure what was considered by the locals to be the highest point in the Smokies and perhaps the highest in eastern North America. Clingman, an egotistical and opportunistic United States senator from North Carolina, had already scaled the highest peak in the Black Mountains but had felt slighted in seeing the peak named for Elisha Mitchell, the popular scientist and president of the University of North Carolina, whom Clingman felt had not actually ascended the mountain that now bears the scientist’s name. The expedition to Smoky Dome resulted in a quarrel between Buckley and Clingman as to whom should claim credit for having made the discovery of the highest peak in the Smokies. The dispute was played out for several months in prominent North Carolina newspapers, resulting in a particularly rich repository of historical accounts and descriptive material on one of the more unexplored recesses of the mountains. Several years earlier, Buckley had completed a botanical tour of the Smokies and submitted his notes of the tour to The Cultivator [117], a popular scientific journal at the time. Buckley’s notes, together with a travel narrative included by Charles Lanman in his Letters from the Alleghany Mountains [142], and a journalistic narrative submitted anonymously to the Southern Literary Messenger [154], constitute the very earliest published accounts of

39

the deep interior of the mountain region. These accounts may have been partially responsible for fostering a wider awareness of Smoky Mountain place names, particularly those around the Alum Cave environs—names that heretofore were current only in oral tradition. Just prior to the Civil War, Arnold Guyot completed ten years of work exploring the entire Appalachian chain, including the formidable task of measuring elevations of the highest peaks along the extremely rugged main divide on the eastern end of the Smokies. Guyot published a long essay on his study of the Appalachian Mountain system in The American Journal of Science and Arts [134], in which he outlines the geography of the range and lists in sequence the elevations of prominent peaks. Curiously, the notes from Guyot’s Smoky Mountain expedition were never published in his lifetime. In 1863 Guyot deposited a manuscript copy of his notes in the Library of the Coast and Geodetic Survey in Washington, D.C., where they remained until rediscovered in 1929. The manuscript was later published as “Notes on the Mountain District of Western North Carolina” in The North Carolina Historical Review [112]. In addition to the scientific value of his work, Guyot’s manuscript provides a succinct description of the terrain along the spine of the Smokies together with names of the peaks and gaps on the divide. Guyot admitted that wherever possible he adopted place names current among people living in the region. Where these were absent he used names of his own choosing, some that have become generally accepted and others falling into disuse. Perhaps of greater value is a map created by Ernest Sandoz from Guyot’s notes of his measurements and observations. The Guyot-Sandoz map quickly gained credence among professional cartographers, subsequently being used as the basis of a map of North Carolina prepared in 1882 by state geologist W. C. Kerr [427]. The Kerr map was later reproduced in Ziegler and Grosscup’s widely read Heart of the Alleghanies [163], thus affording the American reading public its first acquaintance with the high peaks of the Smoky Mountains. Because of his reputation as a scholarly gentleman and his achievements as a scientist, Guyot’s scientific notes and map exerted an enduring influence on the nomenclature of Smoky Mountain landmarks. During the remainder of the nineteenth century and into the earliest years of the twentieth, the occasional 40

writer or enlightened traveler, some as prominent as John Muir [149] and Frederick Law Olmsted [152], would venture to the periphery of the mountains or into the lower elevations and leave a written account of their travels. The few exceptions who penetrated into the higher reaches were travelers to the western end of the Smokies, the region roughly bounded by Cades Cove, Gregory Bald, and Thunderhead. The Western Smokies were not only more readily accessible, but Cades Cove itself was a wellpopulated and fairly prosperous mountain community and better situated than most to provide accommodations for travelers. But even then, what little travel information that did seep out of the mountains was not necessarily accurate. In 1875, while preparing for a trip to Qualla, a Cherokee village hidden deep in the Smoky Mountain recesses, travel writer Rebecca Harding Davis could muster only useless scraps of contradicting information about the places she intended to visit. Davis was told, the Indians were half starving; somebody had gobbled up their appropriation from Congress years ago; they never had an appropriation; Colonial Thomas was a white man who had governed them autocratically for twenty years. The nation was Christian, and in a condition of peace and prosperity, with him at its head: the nation was heathen, living in polygamy and unbridled revolt, and Colonial Thomas was a maniac chained to the floor. The road to Qualla was a safe and good one; the road was utterly impracticable even for the mountain-mules. But nobody had ever seen Qualla itself, and nobody had ever wanted to see it. On that one point all were agreed [28, p. 578]. Predictably, the late-nineteenth-century travel writers focused their comments on the remarkable beauty and inexplicable mystery of these mountains, the remoteness and utter isolation of Smoky Mountain communities from the outside world, and the peculiar customs and cultural anachronisms that this isolation fostered. As Horace Kephart would later discover, travel conditions, like most everything else in the Great Smoky Mountains, had changed little since the time of the earliest settlers. Entries in this chapter are restricted to printed accounts by European traders and scientific explorers into Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

the Great Smoky Mountains region prior to the twentieth century. These are among the earliest written accounts of the Smokies and, to that extent, are complementary to entries in the chapter on “Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Similarly, some entries in the chapters “Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains” and “Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains” contain references to early travel, particularly where the distinctions between early exploration and that of nineteenth-century tourist travel and literary excursion are blurred. Ken Wise

Sources [109] Alexander, Eben. “The Big Smoky Mountains.” New York Evening Post, 11 August 1888: 10. Reprint: Asheville Times, 28 July 1929: B1, B4.

Proffers practical advice and recommended itinerary for the late nineteenth-century traveler into the wilderness of the GSM. The itinerary, compiled from six visits to the Smokies by the author, begins in Waynesville and proceeds through Jonathans Creek (Maggie Valley) to Soco Gap, and then to Yellow Hill on the Oconaluftee. From this juncture the sojourner climbs the old Indian road to Road Gap (Indian Gap) and then westward along the state-line divide to Clingmans Dome, Silers Bald, Thunderhead, and Gregory Bald before descending to the Little Tennessee River near Deals Gap. The trip exits the Smokies through Happy Valley and out over the Chilhowee Mountains to Montvale Springs. The article describes the old Indian trace from Oconaluftee into Tenn. as “on the North Carolina side is tolerably good; that on the Tennessee side is intolerably bad.” The trail along the divide from Road Gap to Clingmans Dome “is only a faint trail now; it was blazed before the war by Gen. Clingman and Prof. Guyot.” The account offers descriptions of the major peaks and balds between Road Gap and Big Bald (Gregory Bald) and the particulars of the Spence cabin near Thunderhead and the Birchfield cabin on Gregory Bald. Also recommends accommodation at the homes of local mountaineers Wesley Enloe, Vance Newman, Davis Potter, John Howard, and Pleas Henry. [KW] [110] Alvord, Clarence Walworth, and Lee Bidgood. The First Explorations of the Trans-Allegheny Region Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

by the Virginians: 1650–1674. Cleveland: Arthur H. Clark, 1912. 275 p. il., maps.

Reprint: Baltimore: Clearfield Co. by Genealogical Pub. Co., 1996.

Contains a long essay, “The Discovery of the Ohio Waters” (p. 15–97), together with an aggregate of original source material pertaining to mid-seventeenth-century accounts of English exploration across the Alleghanies and into the Ohio River Valley. Includes historical reflections on the discoveries of John Lederer (p. 123–71), the expedition of Thomas Batts and Robert Fallam (p. 182– 205), and the journeys of James Needham and Gabriel Arthur (p. 208–26). Of particular interest is an account of the Needham-Arthur journey of 1673, preserved in a letter written by Abraham Wood to his friend John Richards of London, in which the two explorers are said to complete what appears to be the earliest recorded excursion by Europeans into the GSM region (p. 210–26). Wood’s account notes that the mountain Cherokee had been conducting trade with the Spanish of Florida well before the incursions of the earliest European settlers into the Great Smokies. [KW] [111] Aston, Edward J. “The Mountains of North Carolina: Highest Peaks of the Smoky Mountains On and Near the Line Between North Carolina and Tennessee.” Spirit of the Times: A Chronicle of the Turf, Agriculture, Field Sports, Literature, and the Stage 28, no. 45 (December 18, 1858): 535.

Reprint of a memorandum submitted by Edward J. Aston to the editor of the New York Herald listing the altitudes of mountains measured by Samuel Botsford Buckley during Buckley’s recent expedition into the mountain regions of East Tenn. and Western N.C. Details in the memorandum were provided by Buckley in early November 1858, and include elevations for Mount Guyot, Mount Collins, Mount Le Conte, and Buckley’s Peak (later Clingmans Dome), all high peaks in the Smokies which were named by Buckley. [KW] [112] Avery, Myron H., and Kenneth S. Boardman. “Arnold Guyot’s Notes on the Geography of the Mountain District of Western North Carolina.” The North Carolina Historical Review 15, no. 1 (July 1938): 251–318. map. 41

Arnold Guyot’s major treatise on the geography of the Southern Appalachians, “Notes on the Mountain District of Western North Carolina,” was, curiously enough, never published in his lifetime. In 1863, Guyot deposited his manuscript notes in the Library of the Coast and Geodetic Survey in Washington D.C., where they remained until rediscovered by Prof. Leonard C. Jones of Union College in 1929. In the July 1938 issue of The North Carolina Historical Review, Avery and Boardman published Guyot’s notes together with a short introductory article and the accompanying “A Gazetteer of Arnold Guyot’s Notes on the Geography of the Mountain District of Western North Carolina,” prepared by Broadman and Jean Stephenson. Guyot’s notes outline observations of the geography of the Southern Appalachians during visits to the mountain region during the summers of 1856, ‘58, ‘59, and ‘60. The notes are introduced with a general sketch of the topography of the Southern Appalachians followed by detail topographies of the Iron, Smoky, Unaka, and Blue Ridge Mountains, and the river valleys of the Watauga, Nolichucky, French Broad, Big Pigeon, Little Tennessee, and Hiawassee watersheds. Appended are short treatises on the climate and military importance of the mountain region. Guyot was the first scientific explorer to visit the higher elevations of the GSM and much of the early information about the area is derived from his observations. Of particular interest is Guyot’s observation that both the present Mount Guyot and Old Black stand wholly Tenn. and the fact that he demonstrates no knowledge of any peaks on the state line between Mount Guyot and the Pigeon River. This, combined with his assertion that the “remarkable conical peak called Luftee Knob, 6,220 feet . . . is the beginning of the Smoky Mt. chain proper,” leads one to conclude that Guyot mistakenly assumed the state line to follow Mount Sterling Ridge to Balsam Mountain and then to Tricorner Knob. Whenever possible, Guyot used place names current among the people living in the region; where these were absent he used names of his own choosing, some of which have become generally accepted and others of which have fallen into disuse. The gazetteer appended to the article gives an alphabetical list of all names included in Guyot’s notes, together with page references to the original manuscript and comparative data from the U.S. Geological Survey. Deposited with the manuscript in the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 42

was “Preliminary Sketch of a Map of the Mountains of Western Nth Carolina from the Observations of Prof. A. Guyot.” The map, dated 1861, was hand-drawn by Ernest Sandoz, a nephew of Guyot, and represents a major cartographic advance in understanding the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains. The map is the first to identify and cite elevations of most peaks on the main Smoky divide and some of the more prominent on the outlier ridges. Though Sandoz corrects Guyot’s error of understanding the state-line divide to follow Balsam Mountain, but recapitulates the mistake of placing Mount Guyot and Mount Henry (Old Black) wholly in Tennessee. Several of the names Guyot used to identify the peaks were eventually accepted into Smoky Mountain nomenclature, but most were not. A reproduction of the map is inserted in the article between pages 256 and 257. [KW] [113] Bartram, William. Travels Through North & South Carolina, Georgia, East & West Florida, The Cherokee Country, The Extensive Territories of the Muscogulges, or Creek Confederacy, and the Country of the Chactaws; Containing an Account of the Soil and Natural Productions of Those Regions, Together with Observations on the Manners of the Indians. Philadelphia: James & Johnson, 1791. 552 p. il., map. Reprint: London, J. Johnson, 1792; Charlottesville, Va.: University Press of Virginia, 1980.

Naturalist’s edition: The Travels of William Bartram. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1958. 723 p. Reprint of Naturalist’s edition: Athens, Ga.: University of Georgia Press, 1998.

German edition: William Bartram’s Reisen durch Nordund Süd-Karolina, Georgien, Ost-und West Florida, das Gebiet der Tscheroesksen, Krihks und Tschaktahs. Berlin: In der Vossischen Buchhandlung, 1793. 501 p. il., map. French edition: Voyage dans les parties sud de l’Amérique septentrionale. Paris: Chez Carteret et Brosson, 1798–1799. 2 v., v. 1: 457 p.; v. 2: 436 p. il., map.

Compiled from field notes of scientific sojourns through the South between 1773 and 1777, William Bartram’s Travels is one of the most influential treatises on natural history published in the late eighteenth cenEarly Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

tury. Though containing a great number of interesting facts and scientific observations, Bartram’s work was received coolly by the scientific community which felt that his objectivity was overly fraught with warm imagination and rapturous effusions. Travels, however, was widely accepted by the literary set, exerting ample influence on English poets such as Coleridge and Wordsworth. In a letter to Ralph Waldo Emerson, dated 8 July 1851, Thomas Carlyle spoke highly of Bartram’s Travels and suggested that “all American libraries ought to provide themselves with this kind of book; and keep them as a kind of biblical article” (The Collected Letters of Thomas and Jane Welsh Carlyle. v. 26. Durham, N.C., Duke University Press, 1998. Letter p. 103–6, quote p. 105; online version: The Carlyle Letters Online. Duke University Press. http:// carlyleletters.dukejournals.org). Travels has been reprinted numerous times, both in the U.S. and in Europe. Bartram probably did not travel inside the bounds of what is now the GSM, but it is clear that he ventured to within a few miles of the mountains and most likely viewed the mountain range’s vast southern slope. Bartram records having stayed a few days in Cowee, situated near the mouth of Cowee Creek at the site of the present Wests Mill, N.C. He speaks of leaving Cowee, going west, probably along Burnington Creek, and destined for a high crossing on one of the eastern spurs of Wayah Bald, “which I at length accomplished, and rested on the most elevated peak” (p. 360) of the Nantahala Mountains. From this vantage point Bartram notes, “I beheld with rapture and astonishment, a sublimely awful scene of power and magnificence, a world of mountains piled upon mountains” (p. 360). At 5,000 feet, Wayah Bald would certainly have given Bartram a clear view down into the Little Tennessee River valley and that great sweep of mountains rising from the river’s northern bank. [KW] [114] “Black Mountain Dethroned.” Asheville News, 7 October 1858, p. 3.

Editorial commentary on the suggestion that the highest point in the GSM be named for N.C. Senator Thomas Lanier Clingman. Alludes to an earlier controversy involving Clingman and the measuring of the elevation of the Black Mountain in N.C. Includes full-text reprint of an editorial published “some two weeks earlier” in the Asheville Spectator announcing the discovery of the Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

highest point in the Smokies by Clingman, Professor Buckley of N.Y., and Professor Le Conte of S.C. The issue of the Asheville Spectator with the original editorial is not known to exist. [KW] [115] Buckingham, James Silk. The Slave States of America. London: Fisher, Son & Co., 1842. 2 vol., v. 1: 487 p.; v. 2: 588 p. il. Reprint: A Journey through the Slave States of North America. Charleston, S.C.: History Press, 2006.

Account of a journey from N.Y. to the southern states in January 1839. The English author sailed to Charleston, S.C. and traveled by stagecoach, train, and ferries to Ga., Fla., Ala., New Orleans, Miss., and back to Charleston. Volume 2 recounts his journey west through S.C. and Ga. into N.C., Tenn., and Va., including chapters on the Cherokee (p. 97–110), and of the journey up the French Broad River to the Painted Rocks, “The Chimnies,” and through the GSM to Blountville and Knoxville. The GSM section vividly describes flora, bears (his son and a guide are chased by a bear), cabins, livestock, caves, roads, and rivers. “From the summit of this mountain, as well as from several points to the ascent, the prospect was as grand, as extensive, and as beautiful as anything we had yet seen. From the top of the ridge several distinct ridges of other mountains were seen rising in succession one beyond the other, like the waves of the sea, presenting not less than a hundred separate and distinct eminences and peaks, within view at the same moment of time” (p. 231). Of mountain life, Buckingham notes: “At the foot of the mountain, we met with the first log-hut in Tennessee, and it gave us, here, on the very threshold of the State, a favourable impression of its inhabitants. It was the neatest and cleanest we had seen in the country; though small, it had clean glass-windows without a single broken pane, neat white dimity curtains on the inside, clean though humble furniture, and industrious inmates; the children were all clean and well clad, and the women were busily occupied” (p. 233). [RC] [116] “B. S. Buckley.” Asheville News, 2 December 1858, p. 3.

Editorial commentary and personal attack on Samuel B. Buckley and his claim to have discovered the highest point in the GSM. The entendre of the editorial’s 43

title is probably intentional. Consists largely of a reprint of an earlier article appearing in the Raleigh North Carolina Standard [125]. [KW]

Comments on the geology of Painted Rock and on the variety and magnificence of the tree species found along the eastern end of the Smokies. [KW]

[117] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “Notes of a Traveler— No. I.” The Cultivator 2, no. 5 (May 1845): 141; “Notes of a Botanical Tour—No. II.” The Cultivator 2, no. 7 (July 1845): 212; “Notes of a Botanical Tour—No. III.” The Cultivator 2, no. 9 (September 1845): 274–75; “Notes of a Botanical Tour—No. IV.” The Cultivator 2, no. 11 (November 1845): 339.

[118] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “Communication from S. B. Buckley.” The Weekly Raleigh Register, 10 November 1858: 2.

Multi-part series by Samuel Botsford Buckley, an itinerant botanist from N.Y., that chronicles his scientific excursions into the GSM in 1842. The first installment (May 1845) serves as a preamble to the series and offers only a few generalizations about the state of Tenn. that Buckley picked up while traveling to the Smokies from Ala. The second installment (July 1845) consists of notes on Buckley’s botanical expedition near Dandridge, Tenn. in the foothills of the Smokies. Mentions a visit of several days in Dandridge with German botanist Ferdinand Rugel. Comments on species found in the Dandridge vicinity as well as the large number of Indian artifacts and graves discovered with burial mounds plowed up in farm fields. The third installment (September 1845) chronicles an excursion by Buckley and Rugel, “in company with Dr.’s Hill and Hammer,” up the Little Pigeon River to “Stephen Hoskin’s Log cabin, 18 miles from Sevierville,” and then six miles up the old Indian Gap road before climbing two miles to “a small cove where Epsom salts were made the preceding summer” (p. 274). Mentions a “small hut that had been used by the workmen while experimenting on the manufacture of Epsom salts” (p. 274). Also describes an attempt by the party to ascend “a long, narrow, rocky ridge … so narrow that at a point some 15 or 20 rods farther, there was a large hole through it” (p. 274–75). Throughout, Buckley comments on plant species found on the mountain. His report represents one of the earliest written accounts of the mining operation at Alum Cave. The fourth installment (November 1845) details the discovery of several plant species along the French Broad River near Painted Rock and Warm Springs in N.C.

44

Report submitted to the Weekly Register on 27 October 1858, in which Buckley outlines his role in measuring the highest point in the GSM. In the report, Buckley attacks Thomas Clingman’s claims to have discovered the peak and sets forth his own case for discovery. Mentions the role played by Professor Le Conte of S.C. in recording the peak’s measurements. [KW] [119] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “The Mountains of North Carolina.” Greensborough (N.C.) Patriot, 11 March 1859: 1–2.

Long report in which Buckley makes a definitive case for why he should be recognized as the legitimate discoverer of the highest point in the GSM. Report includes the text of an earlier report dated 6 December 1858 that describes Buckley’s measuring and naming of other peaks in the Smoky Mountain region. Buckley buttresses his arguments with letters of evidence from Thomas J. Lenoir, W. H. Doherty, Asa Gray, Wilbur Fisk, and John Le Conte. [KW] [120] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “Miscellaneous Scientific Intelligence: 1. Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 27, 2nd series, no. 80 (March 1859): 286–94. tables.

Reprint: “The Mountain Regions of North Carolina and Tennessee.” DeBow’s Review, Agricultural, Commercial, Industrial Progress and Resources 1, new series, no. 6 (January–June 1859): 702–6. tables. Prefaced by a short introduction by the journal’s editor.

Scientific report of 1858 expedition by Buckley and the first published account of any measurements of elevations of peaks along the state-line divide in the GSM. Contains a brief recapitulation of the then-current scientific debate concerning whether the Black Mountains in N.C. or the Great Smokies harbor the highest point east of the Mississippi. Incorporates charts of points in

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

the Black Mountains measured by Elisha Mitchell in 1838 and 1844, points measured in the Black Mountains by Arnold Guyot in 1856, and points measured in the Smokies by Buckley in 1858. Of particular interest are the names given by Buckley to the higher peaks in the Smokies, especially Mounts Guyot and Le Conte, and the highest peak, Mount Buckley (now Clingmans Dome). Report is accompanied by several pages of general observations on geology, geography, plant life, and wildlife in the GSM. [KW] [121] Carpenter, F. O. “Great Smoky Mountains and Thunderhead Peak.” Appalachia 6, no. 10 (December 1890): 138–46.

Late nineteenth-century travel account of a wagon excursion from Maryville to Tuckaleechee Cove and a subsequent hike to the summit of Thunderhead Mountain on the crest of the GSM divide. Briefly describes travel conditions along mountain roads, the tiny settlement at Tuckaleechee, and the cabin of well-known mountaineer Black Bill Walker. Also mentions the herders’ cabin in Spence Field and the hundreds of cattle, horses, sheep, and hogs roaming at will over the open expanse of the high mountain bald. [KW] [122] Colton, Henry E. Mountain Scenery. The Scenery of the Mountains of Western North Carolina and Northwestern South Carolina. Raleigh: W. L. Pomeroy, 1859. 120 p. il., map. Reprint: Philadelphia: Hayes & Zell, 1859.

Thoroughly detailed early travel guide to Western N.C. promoting the mountain region as a refuge from city life. Guide suggests where the traveler might find lodging, assesses the quality of specific places of accommodation, and offers opinions and observations on the amenities and natural attractions in the area. Colton quotes extensively from earlier publications and frequently refers to individuals the traveler may contact when in the area. For example, if a traveler were to visit “Quallah Town” in the Smokies, “there he will meet with the former Indian Agent, W. H. Thomas, Esq., who will take pleasure in showing the visitor not only the Indians, but anything else of interest in his country” (p. 87). Guide is organized by chapters corresponding to specific travel itineraries. [KW]

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

[123] Colton, Henry E. “Picturesque America: On the French Broad River, North Carolina.” Appletons’ Journal 4, no. 87 (November 26, 1870): 644. il.

First of four short articles by Colton issued in the “Picturesque America” series and offering a somewhat romantic description of the French Broad River in N.C. The first article outlines the geography of the river in relation to the Smoky, Blue Ridge, and Alleghany Mountains, and describes the unique geological formations at Painted Rock. Subsequent articles in the series are “A Farm on the French Broad” (December 17, 1870, p. 737– 38); “Mountain Island” (January 7, 1871, p. 15–18); and “Reems’s Creek and the Old Mill” (February 14, 1871, p. 135–37). The three latter articles do not mention the Smokies. Harry Fenn illustrates each with engravings. [KW] [124] “Communication from John D. Hyman.” The Weekly Raleigh Register 1 December 1858: 1.

Account submitted on 17 November 1858 that lists the mountains southwest of Asheville and in the GSM that were visited, measured, and named by Samuel Buckley. This report is the first published instance of Buckley’s naming of Mounts Guyot, Collins, and Le Conte. Of particular interest is the designation of the highest peak in the GSM as Mount Buckley. [KW] [125] “Communications from Samuel L. Love, Bayles M. Edney, and John Le Conte.” Raleigh North Carolina Standard, 24 November 1858: 3.

Report to the North Carolina House of Commons on 20 November 1858, in response to an article in The Weekly Raleigh Register [118] in which Samuel Buckley sets forth his claim to having first discovered the highest point in the Great Smoky Mountains and in which he contradicts similar claims by Thomas Clingman. The Standard article purports to refute an earlier Buckley report by submitting letters of evidence to the contrary collected from Samuel Love, Bayles Edney, and John Le Conte. Edney, who first introduced Buckley to Clingman, was involved with the planning of the expedition to the Smokies. Love accompanied Buckley and Clingman and supposedly observed the actual measuring of the mountain. Le Conte, a professor at the University of South Carolina, observed the stationary barometer in

45

nearby Waynesville and calculated the actual measurements at the end of the expedition. [KW]

and a fishing excursion on what was likely the mouth of Twentymile Creek. [KW]

[126] Dana, James D. “Biographical Memoir of Arnold Guyot.” Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, Showing the Operations, Expenditures, and Conditions of the Institution for the Year Ending June 30, 1887. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1889: 693–722.

[128] Ferris, George T., ed. Our Native Land; Or, Glances at American Scenery and Places with Sketches of Life and Character. New York: D. Appleton and Co., 1882. 615 p. il., map.

Long detailed biographical essay on Arnold Guyot, the Swiss geologist from Princeton University who measured the high peaks along the main Smoky divide just prior to the Civil War. Prior to his sojourn to the Smokies, Guyot was charged by Professor Henry of the Smithsonian Institution with the selection and ordering of improved instruments that would be required. “Among his changes he rejected the old barometers in favor the cistern barometer of Fortin as improved by Ernst and further improved in accordance with his own suggestions as regards safety of transportation, making what is now the Smithsonian barometer” (p. 715). “In a letter of October 3, 1859, he [Guyot] writes, speaking of his work of that season in the Smoky Mountains, ‘the culminating range of North Carolina’: ‘My trip to the Smoky Mountains was a long and laborious one. Much rain, great distances, imperviable forests, delayed me two months. I camped out twenty nights, spending a night on every one of the highest summits, so as to have observations at the most favorable hours. The ridge of the Smoky Mountains I ran over from beginning to end, viz, to the great gap through which the Little Tennessee comes out of the mountains’” (p. 716–17). [KW] [127] Davis, E. Mac. “Rambles in the Great Smokies.” Tennessee University Student 2, no. 1 (September 1889): 1–2.

Account of three students’ adventure to “Bald Point” (Gregory Bald) in August of 1889. The boys’ trip takes them into Tuckaleechee Cove and then into Cades Cove likely by way of Rich Mountain Gap. Horses were ridden to the herder’s cabin near the bald where the students were welcomed by a group of herders staying there. The students learned that Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree) had visited the cabin two summers earlier. Article comments on the azaleas on the bald

46

Reprint: NY: D. Appleton and Co., 1891.

Compendium of essays that “bring together intelligent and animated descriptions of the more picturesque and sublime phases of scenery in our great country, interspersed with episodes of travel and adventure” (p. iii). The book introduces the general geography of the mountain area of Western N.C., in particular Linville Gorge and the French Broad River. The only essay dealing specifically with landmarks within the GSM includes a detailed description of Alum Cave and the Duckhawk Peaks on the Tenn. side of the mountains, emphasizing both the remoteness of the area and the ruggedness of the travel as it would have appeared to a nineteenth-century traveler. [KW] [129] Fitius. “A Week in the Western Part of Haywood.” Asheville North Carolina Citizen, 7 August 1879: 2.

Account of a traveling party’s trip into Cataloochee by way of Cove Creek Mountain, including excursions to Little Cataloochee, Mount Sterling, and along Mount Sterling Ridge. The writer offers details of the views from the various vantage points along the trip as well as several anecdotes peculiar to Cataloochee. Of particular interest is the writer’s initial supposition that Cataloochee, “pent up by natural barriers, and miles away from any central business point, would seem, in its out of the way condition, to be a better place for the uncouth and less ambitious of mankind to reside.” On the contrary, he found the locals to “manifest a thrift and intelligence above the average mountaineer.” [KW] [130] G. D. B. “In the Smokies.” Wilmington Clinton Republican (Ohio), 9 August 1900: 1.

Descriptive account of an excursion in 1896 to the summit of Gregory Bald, beginning in Maryville and proceeding through the Dry Valley section of Tuckaleechee Cove and then into Cades Cove by way of the

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

old Rich Mountain Road. Mentions multiple river crossings and the logging splash dams on Little River and points out the “huge pile of stones” marking the site of a well-known Indian grave landmark on the mountain ridge separating Dry Valley from Cades Cove. Offers details of the Jules Gregg cabin in Cades Cove and the Moore cabin near Gregory Bald where the expedition party camped. Account is spiced with anecdotes about the history and local customs of the Cades Cove area, as well as descriptions of the outstanding scenery of the cove and views from the bald. [kw]

the high peaks of the Southern Appalachian chain. Includes woodcut illustrations. [KW] [133] Guyot, Arnold. “Guyot’s Measurement of the Mountains of Western N. C.” Asheville News, 18 July 1860, p. 1.

Brief report entered under “Geographical Notices” announcing Arnold Guyot’s recent explorations into the southern portion of the Alleghanies and a partial summary of his observations. Much of the report is copied directly from a letter Guyot submitted to the editor of the Asheville News [133]. Outlines Guyot’s observations of the physical geography of the Southern Appalachian chain, particularly the cluster of mountains between the Blue Ridge and Great Smoky ranges. [KW]

Report to the editor of the Asheville News in which Guyot chronicles his excursion to the summit of Clingmans Dome in 1859 and his methodology of measuring the peak’s elevation. Outlines background for Guyot’s visit to Clingmans Dome and identifies individuals who assisted the geologist in his effort to measure the mountain. Foremost is a list of names and locations of notable landmarks and significant peaks measured by Guyot. Of particular interest are the then-current names affixed to the high peaks and gaps of the Smoky divide, many of which have since fallen into disuse. Report concludes with a general discussion of the topography of the Blue Ridge, the Iron-Smoky-Unaka chains of the Southern Appalachian system, and the physiography of the mountains in between. This report is significant because of Guyot’s attempts for the sake of scientific orderliness to allay confusion caused by the Mitchell-Clingman and the Buckley-Clingman controversies over the naming of mountain peaks. [KW]

[132] “The Great South: Among the Mountains of Western North Carolina.” Scribner’s Monthly 7, no. 5 (March 1874): 513–44. il.

[134] Guyot, Arnold. “On the Appalachian Mountain System.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 31, 2nd series, no. 92 (March 1861): 157–87. map.

[131] Gilman, Daniel Colt. “Prof. Guyot’s Measurements of the Alleghany System.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 31, 2nd series, no. 90 (November 1860): 391–92.

Lengthy and highly descriptive memoir of a traveler’s encounters in the sparsely populated mountain regions of mid-nineteenth-century East Tenn. and Western N.C. Travel begins near the confluence of the Nolichucky and French Broad Rivers in Tenn., proceeds south to the vicinity of Cosby, Tenn., and over the crest of the GSM at Mount Sterling, thence along various old roads in Haywood, Jackson, Swain, Macon, and Buncombe counties in Western N.C., including those through Cataloochee, Jonathans Creek, Bryson City, and finally along the Little Tennessee River. Personal observations are frequently augmented with summaries from contemporary scientific scholarship about the geography, geology, and agriculture of specific mountains and valleys visited on the tour. In its treatment of the GSM region, the account relies heavily on Arnold Guyot’s recently published report on

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

Condensed reprint: “The Appalachian Mountain System.” The Friend; a Religious and Literary Journal 34, no. 36 (May 11, 1861): 281–82; no. 37 (May 18, 1861): 294–95; no. 38 (May 25, 1861): 297–96; no. 39 (June 1, 1861): 305-6; no. 40 (June 8, 1861): 313–14; no. 41 (June 15, 1861): 321–22; no. 42 (June 22, 1861): 329–30.

Lengthy scientific report in which Guyot, a professor of geology at Princeton College, outlines the physiography and topography of the Appalachian mountain system that extends 1,300 miles from the promontory of Gaspé on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Québec to Ala. Guyot opens the report with a general discussion of the difficulties in obtaining accurate measurements in high mountain elevations, followed by a technical discourse on the apparatus and the then-current methodologies

47

for taking such measurements. In the body of the report, he systematically defines the Appalachian chain, delineating its major divisions and appendages as understood from his own explorations into the area. Appended to the report is a seven-page schedule of the prominent landmarks in each of the major sections of the Appalachian system. Each landmark is noted with its elevation and either the method by which Guyot measured the elevation or the outside source from which he obtained the information. Of particular interest are Smoky Mountain place names Guyot recorded that are now in disuse. [KW] [135] “First Trip to the Great Smokies.” Tennessee University Student 1, no. 5 (April 1889): 104–5.

Account of a University of Tennessee student’s trip with his fellows into the Smokies during the summer of 1887. The students approached the mountains through Tuckaleechee Cove, venturing to the head of Laurel Creek. From here they hiked to Spence Field, likely along the old Anderson Road which “for a mile and a half the trail lies in the bed of a creek” (p. 104). The account has brief descriptions of “Spence’s Cabin,” fishing on Eagle Creek, and the large herds of cattle grazing on the bald. [KW] [136] Hawks, Francis L. “Mountains of North Carolina.” Journal of the American Geographical and Statistical Society 1, no. 1 (January 1859): 19–21.

Report compiled from letters received from Samuel Botsford Buckley concerning his explorations in the GSM. Lists a few of the higher peaks visited by Buckley and briefly identifies for whom each of the peaks was named. Also includes a list of some of the more notable tree species found in the Smokies. The report is prefaced with introductory remarks by Francis L. Hawks, President of the American Geographical and Statistical Society, and supplemented by the “Highest Mountains of Western North Carolina,” being “in tabular form, a description, which we have obtained from another source, of the several mountains measured barometrically by Professor Buckley in 1858” (p. 21). [KW] [137] Imlay, Gilbert, and John Filson. A Topographical Description of the Western Territory of North America: Containing a Succinct Account of Its Soil, Climate,

48

Natural History, Population, Agriculture, Manners, and Customs. With an Ample Description of the Several Divisions into which that Country is Partitioned; To Which Are Added, the Description, Settlement, and Present State of Kentucky, and an Essay Towards the Topography and Natural History of that Important Country by John Filson. 2nd edition. London: Printed for J. Debrett, 1793. 453 p. il., maps.

U.S. edition: New York: S. Campbell, 1793. 2 v. 3rd edition: London: J. Debrett, 1797. 628 p.

Reprint (3rd edition): New York: A. M. Kelley, 1969.

Surmising that the uninhabited wilderness of the territory west of the Southern Appalachians would be of increasing value to the expanding American empire, Imlay requested of a friend a complete description of the western country. Imlay’s friend responded with a series of letters that were compiled in A Topographical Description. The letters treat briefly, in two places, the topography of the rivers draining the high mountains separating N.C. and Tenn. More importantly, the book contains A Map of the Western Part of the Territories Belonging to the United States of America, published in 1793, that delineates the major watersheds and mountain ranges of the Alleghany chain. The map betrays the scarcity of knowledge then extant of GSM geography. Appended to the collection of letters is a “Report of the Secretary of State, to the President of the United States, of the Quantity and Situation of the Lands Not Claimed By the Indians, Nor Granted To, Nor Claimed by Any Citizens, Within the Territory Ceded to United States,” in which the boundary between N.C. and Tenn. is defined. This report contains one of the earliest official references to the name “Smoky Mountain”[1098]. The first edition, published in 1792, is much shorter and does not contain the map or the report. Imlay is erroneously identified as George in the second edition. [KW] [138] Jones, Leonard Chaster. “Arnold Henry Guyot.” Faculty Papers of Union College 1, no. 1. Union College Bulletin 23, no. 2 (January 1930): 31–65.

Short biography of Arnold Guyot, geologist, geographer, educator, and noted mid-nineteenth-century scientific explorer of the GSM whose extensive meteorological observations led to the founding of the U.S. Weather Bu-

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

reau. Mentions in passing Guyot’s GSM excursions, and includes excellent details on the scientific articles and the various iterations of maps that resulted from his measurements of Smoky Mountain peaks. [KW/RC] [139] King, Edward. Great South: A Record of the Journeys in Louisiana, Texas, the Indian Territories, Missouri, Arkansas, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, Florida, South Carolina, North Carolina, Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia, and Maryland. Hartford: American Publishing Co., 1875. Chapters 54–57: 446–514.

Richly detailed account of a trip across the GSM from Tenn. to N.C. and on to the Blue Ridge, ending at Mount Mitchell. The author’s diverse traveling companions are identified only as the Colonel, the Judge, the artist, and the writer. The narrative is interwoven with descriptions of mountain scenery and mountain families and enlivened by anecdotes complete with dialogue. King’s richly detailed observations of the region begin near the confluence of the Nolichucky and French Broad Rivers in Tenn. and proceed south to the vicinity of Cosby and over the crest of the GSM at Mount Sterling. The account further traces King’s travels along various old roads in Haywood, Jackson, Swain, Macon, and Buncombe counties in Western N.C., including several through Cataloochee, Jonathans Creek, Bryson City, and along the Little Tennessee River in the Smokies region. According to the writer, the town of Waynesville is “composed of one long street of wooden houses, wandering from mountain base to mountain base; it has a trio of country stores; a cozy and delightful little hotel, nestling under the shade of a huge tree; an old wooden church perched on a hill” (p. 524). King’s observations are frequently augmented by summaries from current scientific reports about the geography, geology, and agriculture of the mountains and valleys visited. In his account of the GSM, King relies heavily on Arnold Guyot’s recently published report on the high peaks of the Southern Appalachian chain. Underlying the narrative is the subtle theme that the mountain region is an area waiting to be exploited by industrial development: “Western Carolina is not only exceedingly fertile, but abounds in the richer minerals, and needs but the magic wand of the capitalist waved over it to become one of the richest sections of this Union” (p. 525). Accompanying the article are twenty-

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

nine engravings, several by J. Wells Champrey, and presumably based on drawings by “the artist.” A slightly edited version of this article was republished in 1874 in Scribner’s Monthly [132]. [AB/KW/ MT] [140] Lanman, Charles. “Letters from the Alleghany Mountains.” Washington, D.C. National Intelligencer (tri-weekly edition) 49, no. 7076 (May 4, 1848); 49, no. 7078 (May 9, 1848); 49, no. 7081 (May 16, 1848); 49, no. 7082 (May 18, 1848); 49, no. 7084 (May 23, 1848); 49, no. 7085 (May 25, 1848); 49, no. 7087 (May 30, 1848); 49, no. 7091 (June 8, 1848); 49, no. 7095 (June 17, 1848); 49, no. 7101 (July 1, 1848); 49, no. 7105 (July 8, 1848); 49, no. 7124 (August 22, 1848); 49, no. 7131 (September 7, 1848); 49, no. 7137 (September 21, 1848); 49, no. 7138 (September 23, 1848); 49, no. 7139 (September 26, 1848); 49, no. 7141 (September 30, 1848).

Review: “Art. II—Summer Travel in the South.” The Southern Quarterly Review 2, no. 3 (September 1850): 24–65.

Series of seventeen letters submitted to the National Intelligencer by Charles Lanman that chronicles his extended excursion through the Southern Alleghany and Blue Ridge Mountains and thus representing one of the earliest documented accounts of travel into the GSM region. Lanman’s letters are largely anecdotal, blending stories of native Cherokee and white settlers with accounts of local lore, peculiar customs, and manner of life of the inhabitants of this majestic mountain wilderness. Of the seventeen letters, only three make direct references to places within the GSM proper. Of particular interest are Lanman’s notes of an excursion to Alum Cave in which he gives a fine description of the cave and nearby Duckhawk Peaks. Other letters contain observations of Qualla Town, a Cherokee settlement on the banks of the Oconaluftee in N.C., descriptions of the rituals and playing of the traditional Indian ballgame and sketches of the topography of the mountain section of the French Broad River. Lanman wrote four other letters that were, for whatever reason, not included in the National Intelligencer series. One of these was written from Qualla Town and includes stories about notable Cherokee heroes Yonaguska, Euchella, and Charlie (Tsali). All twenty-one

49

letters were collected and published in 1849 under the title Letters from the Alleghany Mountains [142]. In addition, the letters plus a miscellaneous note were included as part of Lanman’s two-volume Adventures in the Wilds of the United States and British American Provinces, Philadelphia, 1856. [KW] [141] Lanman, Charles. “Letters from the Alleghany Mountains.” The Friend; a Religious and Literary Journal 21, no. 43 (July 15, 1848): 342–43.

Reprint of a single installment from a series of seventeen letters written and submitted by Charles Lanman to the National Intelligencer. In this particular letter, published one week after it appeared in the 8 July 1848 issue of the National Intelligencer [140], Lanman forwards his observation of Cherokee life in Qualla Town, N.C. in the Great Smoky Mountains. Included is the text of a prayer and a sermon transcribed from a Cherokee Baptist Church service in Qualla Town. This letter was reissued in 1849 as one of a series of twenty one letters under the title Letters from the Alleghany Mountains [142]. [KW] [142] Lanman, Charles. Letters from the Alleghany Mountains. New York: George Putnam, 1849. 198 p. Reprint: Salem, Mass.: Higginson Book Co., 1998.

Compilation of twenty-one letters by Lanman (1819– 95) of observations on an extended excursion through the Southern Alleghany and Blue Ridge Mountains thus representing one of the earliest documented accounts of travel into the GSM region. Lanman’s letters are largely anecdotal stories of native Cherokee and white settlers with accounts of local lore, peculiar customs, and manner of life of the inhabitants of this majestic mountain wilderness. Letter XI (p. 84–92), entitled “The Smoky Mountain,” was written in “Qualla Town, North Carolina, May, 1848.” Of particular interest are Lanman’s notes of an excursion to Alum Cave in which he gives fine descriptions of Alum Cave and nearby Duckhawk Peaks. Letters XII–XVI include observations of Qualla Town, a Cherokee settlement, the ritual and playing of the traditional Cherokee ballgame, information on Hickory Nut Gap, topography of the mountain section of the French Broad River, as well as stories about notable Cherokee heroes, including Yonaguska, Euchella, and Charlie (Tsali). Seventeen of the letters were published previously

50

in the National Intelligencer [140]. All twenty-one letters plus a miscellaneous note were included as part of Lanman’s two-volume Adventures in the Wilds of the United States and British American Provinces, Philadelphia, 1856. [KW/RC] [143] Lanman, Charles. “Novelties of Southern Scenery, III.” Appletons’ Journal 2, no. 31 (October 30, 1869): 327–29. il.

Third of three short articles by Lanman published as the series, “Novelties of Southern Scenery.” Offers a detailed description of the topography in and around Alum Cave Bluff on the southern slope of Mount Le Conte in the GSM. The narrative is accompanied by a pen sketch showing Anakeesta Ridge as seen from beneath the overhang of Alum Cave Bluff. The article is an edited and expanded reprint of a letter Lanman first published in the National Intelligencer [140] and later reissued in Letters from the Alleghany Mountains [142]. The first two articles in the series were published in the 16 and 23 October 1869 issues of Appletons’ Journal; neither mentions the GSM. [KW] [144] Lewis, Theodore H. “The De Soto Expedition through Florida.” The American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal 23, no. 2 (March/April 1901): 107–11.

The second of three installments of an abridged translation of the narrative of the 1539–42 de Soto expedition through Fla., giving its ethnology, topography, and itinerary. The text of the narrative, a daily chronology of the expedition’s progress, does not specifically identify the Smoky Mountains, but two footnotes accompanying the itinerary indicate that the de Soto party encamped at the old Cherokee town of Qualla and crossed a stream at the junction of the Little Tennessee and Oconaluftee Rivers. [KW] [145] Mitchell, Elisha. “Diary of a Geological Tour by Dr. Elisha Mitchell in 1827 and 1828 with Introduction and Notes by Dr. Kemp P. Battle, LLD.” James Sprunt Historical Monographs, no. 6. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina, 1905. 73 p.

A collection of letters written by Dr. Elisha Mitchell, professor and president of the University of North CaroEarly Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

lina, with a brief biography of Mitchell. In a letter written to his wife on 20 July 1828, Mitchell mentions information received from Montfort Stokes concerning the running of a survey line into the Great Smokies. In a note accompanying the letter, the editor indicates that the survey was commissioned by an act of the N.C. legislature in 1796 and resulted in a map by the surveyor John Strother, which contains one of the first uses of the name “Smoky” depicted on a map [400]. Strother was a noted N.C. surveyor and cartographer. A later act of legislature in 1819 authorized action to continue the location of the Smoky line. [KW] [146] Mitchell, Elisha. “Notice of the Height of Mountains in North Carolina.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 35, no. 2 (January 1839): 377–80.

Compares results of cumulative measurement of peaks in Western N.C., particularly the Roan, Black, and Grandfather Mountains. Gives no measurements of the then-unexplored peaks in the Smokies, but mentions that “in the southeastern part of Haywood County, near the South Carolina line, there is a tremendous pile, and between the counties of Haywood and Macon and the State of Tennessee, the Unikee Mountain swells to a great elevation.” Mitchell speculates that “these appear to the eye to be lower than the Black” (p. 379). [KW] [147] Mooney, W. D. “A Tramp through the Mountains.” Forest and Stream 40, no. 5 (February 2, 1893) 90–91.

Account of a hiking expedition from Mount Nebo to Miller Cove, then to Tuckaleechee Cove and up to Spence Field. From Spence the party follows the main divide of the Smokies to Clingmans Dome and then down along Noland Creek. One of Mooney’s observations is that Smoky mountaineers are rather like the people of the same rank of life in Middle Tenn. valleys and not like the stereotypical backward sort portrayed by dialect writers and popular novelists. Much of the account is composed of anecdotes about the hardship of hiking the wild terrain, eating and sleeping accommodations, and various acquaintances made along the way, interspersed with descriptive comments on the balds and high peaks along the divide. [KW]

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

[148] “Mr. Buckley and ‘Unaka’ Peak.” Asheville News, 2 June 1859, p. 2.

Brief news article on “Buckley Peak” and the highest peak in the GSM. Of particular interest is the archaic use of “Unaka” in reference to the Smokies. [KW]. [149] Muir, John. A Thousand-Mile Walk to the Gulf. Ed. by William Frederic Badè. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1916. 219 p. il., map. Reprint: Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1998.

Edited reproduction of John Muir’s journal of his 1,000-mile botanical excursion from Indianapolis to Cedar Keys, Fla. and by water to Cuba. Muir started his journey on 1 September 1867, and by 14 September reached Philadelphia, Tenn., “a very filthy village in a beautiful setting” (p. 33), where he spent two days identifying plants. He proceeded to Madisonville, Tenn. from whence he was guided to the Tenn./N.C. state line at “the highest ridge in the country, where you can see both ways” (p. 34). Muir’s vantage point was most likely a high overlook in the Unaka Mountains just south of the GSM affording a view of the southern sweep of the Smokies. Muir’s description of the East Tenn. mountain region buttresses his contention that, “this is the most primitive country I have seen, primitive in everything” (p. 37). [KW] [150] “Neue Forschungen und Messungen im Gebirgssystem der Alleghanies,” Mittheilungenaus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt über Wichtige Neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie von Dr. A. Petermann. no. 7 (1860): 263–73. table.

A compilation of German-language articles about the status of research on the topography of the Appalachian Mountain system, which laments that knowledge of the topography of North America is “sadly deficient.” Following this is a synopsis of Arnold Guyot’s work in measuring the high peaks of the Appalachian chain, focusing on the issue of whether the highest peak east of the Mississippi is Mount Mitchell or in the Great Smoky Mountains. Included in the discussion of Guyot’s explorations is the full text of “Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee” [120] by Samuel Botsford Buckley, a botanist who measured some of the peaks in the Smokies prior to Guyot’s arrival there. Of particular interest 51

is an excerpt of a letter from Guyot to Petermann’s journal. Guyot lists the names and elevations of the six highest peaks in the Smokies using the traditional names of the peaks, except in the case of “Mount Guyot,” a name which Buckley had assigned to the second highest peak. In the letter Guyot mentions that the measurement he had given “die in einem sehr wenig bekannten und zum Theil unbewohnten Land ausgeführt wurden. Zwanzig Nächte musste ich in den Wäldern inmitten von Pumas and Bären kampiren, denn mann kann diese bedeutenden, von Urwäldern bedeckten Höhen nur auf mehrtägigen Exkursionen erreichen” (p. 267) [translation: were performed in mountains of which very little is known and parts of which are totally uninhabited. For twenty nights I had to camp in the wilderness in the company of wildcats and bears, and then only after an excursion of several days was able to reach the high forested peaks]. Included with the article as Table 12 is “Physikalische Karte des Alleghany-Systems,” a map drawn by Ernest Sandoz from Arnold Guyot’s field notes. [KW] [151] “Observations on Horseback: Mountain Scenery—Silver Mines—Silver Mine Hunters.” The American Monthly Knickerbocker 64, no. 6 (December 1864): 502–5.

Travel account of an outsider’s visit to the GSM incorporated into the old story of the lost Delozier silver mine. The author retells what little is known about Delozier, his discovery of a vein of silver ore in the Smokies, and of subsequent efforts by several parties, including Delozier’s family, to rediscover the mine. The article is focused more on the scenery of the mountains and the character of the mountaineers than on the particulars of the possible whereabouts of the mine. [KW] [152] Olmsted, Frederick Law. A Journey in the Back Country. New York: Mason Brothers, 1860. 492 p. Reprints: New York: Schocken Books, 1970; Williamstown, Mass.: Corner House, 1972.

At the suggestion of the editor of the New York Times, Frederick Law Olmsted, prominent landscape architect, undertook a personal study of the ordinary conditions and habits of the people of the South in 1854, viewed against the backdrop of slavery. Journals of his

52

travels through the South were later published separately in A Journey in the Seaboard Slave States (1856), A Journey in Texas (1857), and A Journey in the Back Country (1860). Considered together, the written accounts of these journeys are perhaps the most philosophically complete account of conditions in the slave states prior to the Civil War. The latter publication includes a lengthy excursion into the mountain regions of Western N.C. and East Tenn. where, as a matter of inquiry, Olmsted sought regular nightly accommodation in the homes of native mountaineers. From this proximity, he observed living conditions, home life, economic and agricultural practices, and moral and political tendencies of the Southern highlanders. In his descriptions of the geography of the mountain area, Olmsted inserts an excerpt from Samuel Botsford Buckley’s report of his scientific explorations in the GSM published in March, 1859 [120]. [KW] [153] “Our Mountains.” Scientific American 1, no. 16 (October 15, 1859): 251.

Reprint: National Era 13, no. 668 (October 20, 1859): 168.

A very brief announcement of the then-recent discovery that the highest peak east of the Rockies is “Smoky Mountain, belonging to the Black Mountain group, and situated in Jackson County, North Carolina, near the Tennessee line.” Of particular interest is the mention of “Prof. John Le Conte, of South Carolina College” as a member of the party making the discovery. Other contemporary announcements and publications of the discovery, particularly those of Buckley and Guyot, are less specific, referring simply to “Prof. Le Conte.” This lack of specificity would lead eventually to the erroneous assumption that John’s brother, Joseph Le Conte, also a professor at South Carolina College and a renowned geologist, was a member of the party making the measurements and was thus the individual recognized by having nearby Mount Le Conte named in his honor. [KW] [154] R. of Tennessee. “A Week in the Great Smoky Mountains.” Southern Literary Messenger 31, no. 2 (August 1, 1860): 117–31.

Extensive account of a trip in 1860 from Sevierville up the Little Pigeon River to Alum Cave Bluff, then

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

along an ancient Cherokee trail that passed through Indian Gap and followed the Oconaluftee River into Quallatown. Mentions early place names, some now defunct, used in the GSM, particularly Bull’s Head, Mount Safford, and Quonacatoosa. Except for the scientific report issued by Buckley in 1859 [120], this account is perhaps the earliest published reference to the name Mount Le Conte. [KW] [155] Scott, W. B. “Arnold Henry Guyot.” Popular Science Monthly 25, no. 2 (June 1884): 261–65.

Biographical vignette of Arnold Guyot (1807–84), a mid-nineteenth-century geologist, geographer, and scientific explorer of the high peaks of the GSM. Focuses on Professor Guyot’s research and scholarly achievements, offering a brief reference to his pioneering work measuring peaks in the Tenn. and N.C. mountains, including the Smokies. [KW] [156] “Smith’s Geography.” Asheville Highland Messenger, June 19, 1840: 2.

Editorial commentary on a proposal to honor scientific explorer Elisha Mitchell of the University of North Carolina by affixing his name to Black Mountain. Editorial echoes an unfounded suspicion that there is at least one point in the GSM higher than those in the Black Mountains. This editorial represents one of the earliest, if not the first, published opinion that the highest point east of the Mississippi is likely to be in the Smokies. [KW] [157] “Smoky Mountain and the Spectator, Again.” Asheville News, 14 October 1858: 3.

Editorial commentary on the dispute between Thomas Clingman and Samuel Buckley concerning who should receive recognition for discovering and measuring the highest point in the GSM. Without denigrating Buckley’s contribution to the expedition, the editors of the Asheville News state their case for Clingman being chiefly responsible for the discovery. [KW] [158] Warner, Charles Dudley. On Horseback: A Tour in Virginia, North Carolina, and Tennessee, with Notes of Travel in Mexico and California. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1888. 331 p.

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

Reprint: Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1889, 1892, 1894, 1899; New York: Cosimo Classics, 2005.

Late nineteenth-century account of a horseback journey beginning in Abingdon, Va. and proceeding southwest along the state-line divide separating N.C. and Tenn. The tour makes an excursion into Asheville and vicinity before turning east to Warm Springs, N.C. and crossing the state line again at Paint Rock along the French Broad River. Warner’s trip did not penetrate into the GSM proper, but his narrative offers a visual description of the Smoky range as seen from Mount Mitchell and later suggests routes for a future tour into the Smokies via the Cherokee village of Quallatown. Travel conditions through the mountains as presented in the narrative are representative of those found throughout the GSM in the late nineteenth century. Warner (1829–1900) was a famous editor and author who produced the “American Men of Letters” series and collaborated with Mark Twain on The Gilded Age, A Tale of Today (Hartford: American Publishing, 1873). [KW/RC] [159] “Which Is the Highest Mountain?” Newbern Daily Progress (N.C.), 16 October 1858: 2.

Reprinted excerpt from an editorial published in the Asheville Spectator (7 October 1858) that comments on the controversy concerning whether Thomas Clingman or Samuel Buckley rightfully deserves recognition for discovering and measuring the highest point in the GSM. The Spectator contends that “Clingman was of little or no assistance, having gone along on his own hook, as ‘an independent outsider’” and that the “main credit” should go to Buckley. The Daily Progress article also contains a rebuttal from the Asheville News [157] in which that paper’s editor expresses “a willingness to transfer Mr. Clingman’s name to the Smoky Mountain.” The issue of the Asheville Spectator with the editorial excerpt is not known to exist. [KW] [160] Williams, Samuel Cole. Early Travels in the Tennessee Country, 1540–1800: With Introductions, Annotations and Index. Johnson City, Tenn.: Watauga Press, 1928. 540 p.

Reprints: Johnson City, Tenn.: Watauga Press, 1970; Nashville: Blue and Gray Press, 1972.

53

A source book of contemporaneous accounts of early travelers within the limits of what is now the state of Tenn. It must be considered that the Tenn. region was then the southwestern frontier and its history includes the eastern part of the Mississippi Valley. This is especially true during the long period in which French and English rivals battled for control of the Mississippi. With the exception of an excerpt from the journal of Methodist Bishop Francis Asbury, none of the travel accounts included in this collection record any direct familiarity with the GSM; nonetheless, these documents provide valuable historical and political contexts for the events that precipitated the eventual European settlement in the mountains. [KW]

A first-person account of a party of sixteen traveling into Cataloochee on a fishing expedition. Article includes details of the travel over Cove Creek Mountain and into the Cataloochee valley along “zigzag roads that trailed around dizzy heights, winding, winding in almost perfect circles and loops.” Much of the article is of the pleasant sights and sounds experienced along Cataloochee Creek on a midsummer’s evening and the following morning. Parts of this article were later incorporated into Zeigler and Grosscup’s Heart of the Alleghanies [163]. [KW]

[161] Zeigler, Wilbur G. “On Foot Across the Mountains.” Asheville North Carolina Citizen, 22 May 1879: 2.

[163] Zeigler, Wilbur G., and Ben Grosscup. The Heart of the Alleghanies or Western North Carolina Comprising Its Topography, History, Resources, People, Narrative, Incidents, and Pictures of Travel Adventures in Hunting and Fishing and Legends of Its Wilderness. Raleigh: A. Williams, 1883. 373 p. il., map.

[162] Zeigler, Wilbur G. “Trout Fishing in Cataluchee.” Asheville North Carolina Citizen, 19 June 1879: 6.

A lengthy treatise on the mountain region of Western N.C. comprised of observations, anecdotes, and tidbits of history compiled by the authors. During the late nineteenth century, the mountains of Western N.C., particularly the GSM region, were largely unknown to much of the outside world. Heart of the Alleghanies offers a fair introduction to the mountains and, as the book’s comprehensive title suggests, preserves something of the local history and the peculiar customs of the Smoky mountaineers. Zeigler and Grosscup consider the GSM as one of the crown jewels of the Alleghanies and consequently devote considerable descriptive narrative and several of the book’s historical vignettes to the Smokies. A foldout map of Western N.C. is attached to the inside back cover of the book. This map [427], completed in 1882 by W. C. Kerr, N.C. State Geologist, is based partially on the notable map by Ernest Sandoz produced from Arnold Guyot’s measurements of the peaks in the Smokies in 1860 [416]. [KW]

A first-person account of an excursion up the Oconaluftee River from its mouth at the Tuckasegee to its source near the state-line divide. Contains fine descriptions of the changes in the immediate terrain along the river as the party advances to higher elevation. Along the lower bottoms, the party passes empty farm houses “with dingy, weather beaten sides, moss grown roofs, crumbling chimneys, gaping sashless windows and doorless entrances.” Higher up are fine farms of rich black soil, where “farm houses were large, looked old fashioned in their simple style of architecture, ancient with their gray, unpainted exteriors, but homelike and cheerful, surrounded by their large, blossoming apple orchards.” The account also describes an encounter with a Cherokee hunter and a family on foot, “a destitute, ragged, forlorn, and withal the healthiest looking family I ever had the misfortune to meet.” [KW]

54

Reprint: Whitefish, Mont.: Kessinger Publishing, 2009.

Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains

Reunion of Cherokee Confederates, 69th Regiment (Thomas’s Legion), Cherokee, NC, 1901. Courtesy of the North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources, Division of Archives and Records.

Chapter 4 History of the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The entries in this chapter of Terra Incognita are works written prior to 1935 that take a historical or retrospective view of events. They are mostly amateur in nature, the work of local people who were eager to document the past of their region. The number is fewer than one might expect, because most histories of the time period focus on the great political events and the “great men” who were involved in those events. Since most political events took place outside the mountain region, the Smokies receive scant mention in many of the early histories of North Carolina and Tennessee. As is common with historical writings from this time period, most of the histories in this chapter provide little or no documentation of their sources. Many reproduce long passages from other texts with little original work. Others seem to rely on local legend and personal knowledge. While of limited value to the twenty-firstcentury reader as historical texts, they do represent the view of the past that was important to contemporaries. In some cases, they may reproduce original sources that have been lost over time or lead historians to firsthand accounts that enhance their research. Into this category fall John Preston Arthur’s Western North Carolina: A History from 1730 to 1913 [165] and Goodspeed’s History of Tennessee from the Earliest Time to the Present [177]. Other histories only touch lightly on the mountain region. The earliest history of Tennessee, published in 1823, John Haywood’s The Civil and Political History of the State of Tennessee [176], is valuable because of its early date but contains very little information on the Smokies. A similar publication on North Carolina, Historical Sketches of North Carolina from 1584 to 1851 by John H. Wheeler, focuses on the more populated sections of North Caro-

lina, leaving the mountain region only sparsely covered [184]. There are other state histories from this time period, but their coverage of the Smokies is too meager to merit inclusion in this bibliography. History as a profession rather than an amateur pursuit was still in its nascence for most of the early twentieth century. Scholarly historical books, with careful source documentation and reliance on primary source material, are an outgrowth of the professionalization of the discipline that began in this time period. It would be well into the 1960s before reliable studies of regional and social history became the standard. The lone professional historian represented in this chapter of Terra Incognita is Dr. Philip M. Hamer, professor of history at the University of Tennessee from 1920 to 1934. Hamer left Tennessee to work at the National Archives, at the time a new federal agency. Hamer’s edited work, Tennessee, a History, 1673–1932, is one of the earliest comprehensive works on the state [175]. However, since it is primarily a political history, and the power base of the state was well outside the mountain region, the book provides only limited information about the Smokies. Hamer provides bibliographical essays for each chapter, an early move toward documentation of source material. The Smokies were primarily a backwater region during the Civil War, home to deserters and the bounty hunters who pursued them, as fictionalized in the book and movie Cold Mountain by Charles Frazier (New York: Atlantic Monthly Press, 1997). Few reports of these activities were recorded since most occurred outside the law. As well as deserters, prison escapees found refuge in the Smokies, using the secluded mountain passes and the sympathetic local people as a conduit to Union forces.

Captain Michael Egan, W. H. Shelton, and General J. Madison Drake all escaped from Confederate prisons and made their way to freedom through the Smokies, events documented by first-person accounts [187, 188, 199, 200]. Although the fighting was limited in the Smokies, some skirmishes occurred on the mountain slopes and in the valleys. The War of the Rebellion, the official compilation of reports and documents on the war from both Union and Confederate officers, contains several accounts of fighting in and around Sevierville, Gatlinburg, and Cades Cove and across the state line in Quallatown. Union officers—Colonel Israel Garrard, Colonel William J. Palmer, and Brigadier-General Samuel D. Sturgis—report on fighting on the Tennessee side of the Smokies in late December 1863 and early January 1864 as the Union forces worked to drive the Confederates out of East Tennessee [191, 197, 198, 201]. One of the more significant events was the capture of Confederate General R. B. Vance, brother of the North Carolina governor Zebulon Vance, along with forty men, a hundred horses, and a fully equipped ambulance at Schultz’ Mill on Cosby Creek. Confederate Colonel John B. Palmer writes of the same event, accusing Colonel J. L. Henry of disobeying orders and failing to support Vance. He recommended that Henry be court-martialed [196]. Several of the Union soldiers comment on the loyalty of the mountain people. The Welch family in Western North Carolina welcomed Captain Michael Egan and then led Egan and his party of soldiers over the mountains to Cades Cove, where they were met with men armed with hickory sticks. After Egan and his men identified themselves as Union soldiers, the Cades Cove men disarmed and extended hospitality to the soldiers. Egan calls them the “truest types of Union men” [188]. General J. Madison Drake not only escaped from a prison camp through the Smokies but recruited “loyal” Western North Carolinians to accompany him and join the Union Army [200]. As part of his report on a skirmish in Gatlinburg, Colonel William J. Palmer comments that he returned the horses conscripted from Gatlinburg to their “loyal” owners [197]. Maryville lawyer Will A. McTeer relates that a handmade United States flag hung in Tuckaleechee Cove and that honoring the flag saved the lives of several Confederate soldiers [195]. The United

58

States flag figures prominently in a story told by William Douglas Hamilton about George Powell, a Chestnut Flats moonshiner. Powell draped a flag over the polling place during the second vote for secession, warning voters that he would kill any man who attempted to tear it down [192]. Civil War accounts in the Smokies frequently mention Thomas’s Legion, a Confederate unit led by William Holland Thomas, the white agent of the Cherokee. The Legion, a combination of Western North Carolina whites and Cherokee, was charged with defending the mountain region against Union forces. In late 1863 Union Colonel William J. Palmer reports on an engagement with the Legion in Gatlinburg where it appeared that Thomas was planning on spending the winter. The Legion, a force of some 200 men, including 150 Cherokee, was forced to retreat from the town, but the steep mountain terrain allowed them to escape capture [197]. Early in 1864 Union Brigadier-General Sturgis reports that the Legion was attacked again near Quallatown, with only fifty out of 250 soldiers escaping. The remainder were either killed, wounded, or captured, causing Sturgis to report that the Legion had been destroyed [201]. Colonel Thomas, writing to the governor of South Carolina in early 1864, provided a different account. According to Thomas, the Legion lost only five soldiers in the recent attack. He writes not only to present his account of the skirmish but to plead for food and cloth for the white and Indian families of Western North Carolina who are starving. He predicted that, if the local people could not be fed, they would not remain loyal to the South and the mountain passes could not be defended [202]. For more on Thomas’s Legion, readers should consult Vernon H. Crow, Storm in the Mountains: Thomas’ Confederate Legion of Cherokee Indians and Mountaineers (Cherokee: Press of the Museum of the Cherokee Indian, 1982). The Civil War in the Smokies and the surrounding mountain areas is covered by several recent works. Noel C. Fisher’s War at Every Door: Partisan Politics and Guerilla Violence in East Tennessee (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1997) and W. Todd Groce’s Mountain Rebels: East Tennessee Confederates and the Civil War, 1860–1870 (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1999), are recommended for their coverage of the war in East Tennessee. On the North Carolina side of

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

the mountains, researchers should consult John C. Inscoe and Gordon B. McKinney’s The Heart of Confederate Appalachia: Western North Carolina in the Civil War (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2000). The White Caps movement in Sevier County is an unusual incident in the history of the Smokies. While most vigilante movements in the late nineteenth century have a racial impetus, the White Caps seem to have been motivated by the perceptions of vice by members of the community, primarily women. The details are somewhat murky and have been made murkier over time by the various editions of the book that claim to tell the history of the movement [204]. The White Caps’ tactics initially involved relatively benign written requests asking targeted women to leave town. When that approach was not effective, some of the women were then whipped. Activities escalated, culminating in the murder of Laura and William Whaley, a couple generally considered to be moral citizens. The community turned against the White Caps, who then ceased their activities. An odd feature of the ensuing trial was the subject of an article in the American Law Review [205]. The most curious group of writings in this chapter concerns the paternity of Abraham Lincoln. Several writers, chief among them James Harrison Cathey and James Caswell Coggins, were convinced that Lincoln was actually conceived or born in North Carolina, the illegitimate child of Nancy Hanks and Abraham Enloe of Ocona Lufta (Swain County, now in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park) [207, 208]. The impetus for these claims is not obvious, but there may have been some confusion between the Nancy Hanks who worked for Enloe’s family and a woman of the same name who became the mother of Lincoln. The story was given credence by the supposed resemblance of Lincoln to the descendants of Abraham Enloe. William Barton, in The Paternity of Abraham Lincoln, presented contradictory evidence, including marriage records for Thomas Lincoln, the father of Abraham Lincoln, and Nancy Hanks, but the rumor persists in some local circles [206]. The genesis and the persistence of the belief that Lincoln was a man with Smoky Mountain ties may reflect a desire on the part of Western Carolinians to link their communities to arguably one of the mostrespected American presidents, a man whose “romantic” past was much discussed in the press of the day.

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

For the most part, those interested in the history of the Smokies region would be better served by reading some of the excellent newer histories rather than relying on the undocumented early histories in this chapter of Terra Incognita. Durwood Dunn’s Cades Cove: The Life and Death of a Southern Appalachian Community, 1818– 1937 (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988), provides valuable information about that community and corrects myths about life in the Smokies resulting from the selective preservation of homes by the National Park Service in Cades Cove. The Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2000) by Daniel S. Pierce, and The Wild East: A Biography of the Great Smoky Mountains (Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2000) by Margaret Lynn Brown, together give scholars a comprehensive picture of the area before the advent of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, highlighting the natural history of the region, the political aspects surrounding the founding of the Park, and the accompanying displacement of hundreds of Smoky Mountain families. The economic development of the North Carolina edge of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, including the building of Fontana Dam, is ably covered by Stephen Wallace Taylor in The New South’s New Frontier: A Social History of Economic Development in Southwestern North Carolina (Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2001). For those who prefer more popular historical works, we suggest a series of books published by the Great Smoky Mountains Association (formerly Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association). Some of the newer titles include Churches of the Smokies (2004) by Charles Maynard, The Civil War in the Smokies (2005) by Noel C. Fisher, Logging in the Smokies (2003) by Daniel S. Pierce, and The CCC [Civilian Conservation Corps] in the Smokies (2001) by Harley E. Jolley. In addition, Smoky Mountain natives have written many popular histories that offer unique and personal views of life in the Smokies. Those published before 1935 are listed in this bibliography. Readers should consult the “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains” essay for information about personal narratives written after 1934. Anne Bridges

59

Sources General, Civil War, White Caps, Abraham Lincoln General

[164] Allen, William Cicero. Centennial of Haywood County and its County Seat, Waynesville, N.C. Waynesville, N.C.: Courier Ptg. Co., 1908. 184 p. il.

Typical early twentieth-century town history. Includes biographical sketches of major local male figures. Illustrations accompany most of the biographical sketches. Other photographs include poorly reproduced scenery shots and a portrait of a local Native American family. Concludes with the poem, “Old Haywood, I Love Thee!” by Mary Josephine Love. No bibliography or footnotes. [AB] [165] Arthur, John Preston. Western North Carolina: A History from 1730 to 1913. Asheville: Edward Buncombe Chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution, 1914. Raleigh: Edwards & Broughton Print. Co., 1914. 710 p. il.

Reprints: Spartanburg, S.C.: Reprint Co., 1973; Johnson City, Tenn.: Overmountain Press, 1996; Bowie, Md.: Heritage Books, 1999.

Classic early history of Western N.C. Arthur relies heavily on other sources from which he quotes extensively. Sources include the writings of Colonel Allen T. Davidson, the speeches and writings of Thomas Clingman, various books on the paternity of Abraham Lincoln, and the Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology [63]. Information on the Smokies is intermixed with material about the greater region. The book’s strength lies in its commentaries on the principal players in the early history of the region together with details of the social, legal, and blood relationships between individuals and parties. Includes several entries on early adventurers into the Smokies, particularly William Davenport, Return Jonathan Meigs, Arnold Guyot, Thomas Clingman, John Strother, and Francis Asbury, with descriptions of the topography, notable landmarks, fauna and flora of the mountains into which these men ventured. Other sketches treat land ownership, human development, legal entanglements, social controversies, and notable charac-

60

ters among the Smoky Mountain people flavored with local folklore and anecdotes. Indirectly, this book offers a fine compendium on the manners and customs of the pioneers during the exploration and settlement of the mountain region of Western N.C. Of particular interest to the Smokies scholar is the detailed section on the formation of the state boundary line between Tenn. and N.C. (p. 18–59), short histories of Jackson County (p. 192–24) and Swain County/Bryson City (p. 208–10), and a detailed discussion on the possibility that Abraham Lincoln’s father was Abraham Enscoe [Enloe] of “Ocona Lufty” (p. 308–26). Chapters on flora and fauna, railroads, physical “peculiarities,” and mines also contain GSM material. The chapter on the Cherokee is an overview of their history in the region along with details on myths taken from the Bureau of Ethnology Report [63]. Book concludes with county population figures for 1850, 1890, 1900, and 1910, poetry, information on the local chapters of the Daughters of the American Revolution and United Daughters of the Confederacy, and a personal name index. [AB/KW] [166] Breazeale. J. W. M. Life As It Is; or, Matters and Things in General: Containing, Amongst Other Things, Historical Sketches of the Exploration and First Settlement of the State of Tennessee. Knoxville: J. Williams, 1842. 256 p. Reprint: Nashville: C. Elder, 1969; Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2009.

Early record of frontier life in Tenn., including accounts of interactions between Cherokee and white settlers. The mountain region is described in Chapter 8, entitled “The Mountainous Region of Tennessee—Rivers, Water-falls, etc.” (p. 115–26). On the subject of the mountains, Breazeale says, “The whole mountain region of Tennessee abounds with the wonders of nature. There are thousands of mineral springs, cascades and cataracts and subterranean caverns without number; and both ranges of mountains [Cumberlands and Blue Ridge, as he calls the region that encompasses the Smokies] abound with iron-ore and pit-coal” (p. 119). [AB] [167] Crane, Verner W. “The Tennessee River as the Road to Carolina: The Beginnings of Exploration and Trade,” The Mississippi Valley Historical Review 3, no. 1 (June 1916): 3–18.

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

Scholarly research article that sets forth the thesis that the earliest explorations into the mountain regions of Tennessee were French coureurs de bois following the Tennessee River into the mountains and then crossing into South Carolina along the Savannah River. Following the French explorers back into the mountains, English traders from Charleston as early as 1690 established posts in the Cherokee settlements where the headwaters of the Little Tennessee interlace with the sources of the Savannah. [KW] [168] Davidson, Allen T. “Reminiscences of Western North Carolina: An Address Delivered at The Lyceum Friday Night, Nov. 7, 1890.” The Lyceum 1, no. 8 (January 1891): 4–13. Continued in “Reminiscences of Western North Carolina No. II.” The Lyceum 1, no. 11 (April 1891): 21–24; and “Reminiscences of Western North Carolina.” The Lyceum 1, no. 12 (May 1891): 3–8.

Printed address of Colonel Davidson’s personal recollections that span sixty years in Haywood and Buncombe counties, N.C. Davidson was born on Jonathans Creek, Haywood County, in 1819. Mentions childhood neighbors, family members, ginseng, his first schoolmaster, mountain life, trade in dry goods such as salt and molasses, clannishness, religion, leading families and prominent male citizens, Fines Creek, treaties with the Cherokee, and local politics. Includes laudatory profiles of local men and personal stories of his boyhood and adulthood. Expresses deep affection throughout for people and places of Western N.C. [RC/AB] [169] Davidson, Theodore F. Reminiscences and Traditions of Western North Carolina. Paper read before the Pen and Plate Club of Asheville, N.C. at its November 1928 meeting, reprinted from The Asheville Citizen (16 and 23 December 1928). Asheville: Service Printing Company, 1929. 25 p.

Printed address of General Davidson that relates his family history and traditions in Western N.C. in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. General Theodore F. Davidson, a native of Haywood County, was the son of Allen T. Davidson. Several episodes feature the Cherokee, who are known for their “honesty, simplicity and hospitality” (p. 11). Mentions the American Revo-

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

lutionary War, relations with the Cherokee, Eoneguski, the War of 1812, Indian removal in the 1830s, and the American Civil War. Concludes with a list of officers and members of the Buncombe Riflemen. Newspaper version features a picture of General Davidson. [RC/AB] [170] Duggan, W. L. “Sketches of Sevier and Robertson Counties.” American Historical Magazine 5, no. 4 (October 1900): 310–25.

These two short county overviews were written for the 1880 Tenn. Centennial Exposition, held in Nashville. When the article was published, the Tennessee Historical Society held the originals. The Sevier County sketch, by W. L. Duggan, comprises the first four pages of the article. He briefly covers history, population, establishment of county seat, soil, climate, rivers, mines, and medicinal springs. [AB] [171] Fink, Paul Mathes. “Early Explorers in the Great Smokies.” East Tennessee Historical Society’s Publications 5 (January 1933): 55–68. Reprints: Tennessee Old and New: Sesquicentennial Edition, 1796–1946, vol. 2. Kingsport, Tenn.: Kingsport Press, Inc., 1946. p. 304–16; East Tennessee Historical Society’s Publications 51 (1979): 40–53.

Text of an address to the East Tennessee Historical Society, Knoxville, 6 May 1932. Fink was an amateur historian and a promoter of the GSMNP. Details the sparse early accounts of the GSM, a place that remained a mystery to most Americans into the twentieth century. Fink writes, As late as 1920, if one had asked the average citizen of Knoxville, from whose hilltops the skyline of the Smokies can be seen silhouetted against the southern horizon, where Mount Le Conte, and Guyot, Clingman’s Dome, and Thunderhead were located, the answer would more than likely have been, ‘I’ve never heard of them,’ and even his idea of the location of the Smoky Range itself would have been extremely hazy (p. 40). He goes on to trace the history of the Smokies from the original inhabitants, the Cherokee, to explorers like de

61

Soto and scientists like William Bartram and Arnold Guyot. An interesting summary of current knowledge of the history of the Smokies region. [KW/AB] [172] Fink, Paul Mathes. “Smoky Mountains History as Told in Place-Names.” East Tennessee Historical Society’s Publications 6 (1934): 3–11.

Published account of an address delivered before the East Tennessee Historical Society, 6 October 1933, by Paul Fink, a Tenn. member of the nomenclature committee appointed by the U.S. Geological Survey to canvass all place names within Park boundaries. Briefly addresses various nomenclature issues faced by the committee, then proceeds into an entertaining discourse on the stories and traditions behind some of the more interesting place names found in the Smokies. [KW] [173] Greve, Jeanette S. “Traditions of Gatlinburg.” East Tennessee Historical Society’s Publications 3 (1931): 62–77.

Summary of the early settlement of White Oak Flats, later known as Gatlinburg. Includes the names and origins of the first families, churches and schools, and a description of family lifestyles. Radford Gatlin, for whom the town is named, is discussed briefly, and there is an account of activities in Gatlinburg during the Civil War. [MT] [174] Greve, Jeanette S. The Story of Gatlinburg (White Oak Flats). Strasburg, Va.: Shenandoah Pub. House, 1931. 136 p. Reprint: Gatlinburg, Tenn.: Marion P. Mangrum, Brazos Printing, 1964.

New and expanded ed.: Nashville: Premium Press of America, 2003.

Expanded version of the author’s earlier essay, “Traditions of Gatlinburg” [173]. The present work includes additional information on Old Harp singing, including the words of several traditional ballads. The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School also receives more attention, as does the status of “Gatlinburg Today.” Greve notes the growing number of tourists, summer homes, and gift and craft shops, all of which she attributes to the newly-established national park. She describes several popular automobile excursions, horse trails, and mountain hikes, and pro62

vides the names of some best-known local guides available for hire. [MT] [175] Hamer, Philip M., ed. Tennessee, A History, 1673– 1932. New York: American Historical Society, Inc., 1933. 4 vol., 1937 p. il.

Standard multi-volume history of Tenn. authored by Philip Hamer, prominent University of Tennessee historian, and others. While the majority of chapters do not deal with the mountain region, several earlier chapters cover relations with the Cherokee who lived at the edge of the GSM region along the Little Tennessee River. Chapter 10 mentions the creation of Blount and Sevier counties. The removal of the Cherokee and subsequent granting of their land is the focus of Chapter 18. Volumes 1 and 2 are illustrated with photographs of the region, including three of the Smokies (Mount Le Conte, after p. 16; GSM stream, after p. 48; Chimneys, after p. 64). Volumes 3 and 4 are biographical, “prepared in the offices of the publishers,” according to Hamer’s introduction. Entries appear to be random with a biographical index at the conclusion of Volume 4. Biographical volumes are illustrated with photographs of some of the individuals featured. Bibliographical notes and an index to both Volumes 1 and 2 are provided at the end of Volume 2. [AB] [176] Haywood, John. The Civil and Political History of the State of Tennessee from its Earliest Settlement Up to the Year 1796, Including the Boundaries of the State. Knoxville: Heiskell and Brown, 1823. 504 p.

2nd ed.: Nashville: Methodist Episcopal Church, South, 1891. 518 p.

Reprint: 2nd ed.: Knoxville: Tenase Co., 1969; Johnson City, Tenn.: Overmountain Press, 1999. Review: The Western Quarterly Review 1, no. 2 (June 1827): 226–235.

Early undocumented history of the state of Tenn. Information on the Smokies region is scattered throughout. First chapter outlines the creation of the state boundary with N.C., including the Smokies. Extensive details on early relations with the Cherokee, including battles and treaties for the entire state. Second edition is an exact reprint of 1823 edition, with the addition of a biographical sketch of Judge John Haywood by Col. A. S. Colyar. [AB] History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[177] History of Tennessee from the Earliest Time to the Present, Including Its Early Explorations and Prehistoric Races, Also Its Aboriginal and Pioneer Annals. Nashville: Goodspeed Pub. Co, 1887. 796 p. il.

Reprints: Nashville: C. and R. Elder Booksellers, 1973; Easley, S.C.: Southern Historical Press, 1978.

Classic nineteenth-century history of Tenn. Since most of the early political history of the state occurred outside the Smokies region, only Chapter 1 on geology (p. 16–17, 40), Chapter 3 on native peoples including the Cherokee, and Chapter 6 which includes brief information on the formation of the state boundary with N.C. (p. 182–83), contain material of direct interest to the Smokies scholar. Biographies of Governors John Sevier (p. 708–12) and William Blount (p. 716–18, including portrait) also touch on the Smokies region. General information on the history of the state may, however, provide valuable contextual information. Illustrated with twenty-nine engravings and two maps, entitled “Western Purchase, October 19, 1818” and “Aboriginal Map of Tennessee,” respectively. [AB] [178] Holt, Albert C. The Economic and Social Beginnings of Tennessee. Ph.D. diss., George Peabody College, 1923. 170 p.

Published version: Nashville: n.p., 1923. 170 p. il., maps.

General historical and economic overview of Tenn. The topography section includes a short description of the “Smoky Mountain Chain” and its early settlement (p. 4). [RC] [179] Mason, Robert Lindsay. “Old Smoky.” Nature Magazine 17, no. 5 (May 1931): 321–24, 348. il.

Superficial overview touching on common GSM themes, including early explorers and pioneer settlers in the region, Cherokee removal, and geology of the mountains. Contrary to accepted historical consensus, the author suggests that Spanish explorers de Soto and Juan Pardo visited the area and encountered the Cherokee. Offers a short sketch of the mountains’ salient geographic features, making frequent reference to GSM place names. [KW] [180] Oldham, Bethenia McLemore. Tennessee and Tennesseans. Clarksville, Tenn.: W. P. Titus, 1903. 198 p. History of the Great Smoky Mountains

General history and guide to the state and prominent male citizens. Mentions the “Unaka or Great Smoky Mountains” on p. 37 and includes a biographical entry for the novelist Mary N. Murfree on p. 190. [RC] [181] Stillwell, Edgar Herman. Notes on the History of Western North Carolina, Part I. A Handbook and Syllabus with Assignments and Questions for Class Use, Designed Also for Extension or Correspondence-Study Courses. Cullowhee, N.C.: Cullowhee State Normal School, 1927. 144 p.

Stillwell was employed by Cullowhee’s Department of History. Textbook, divided by subjects. Chapter 1 defines the Western N.C. region as the “part of the state between the Blue Ridge on the east and the TN line on the west.” Each chapter has an introductory essay, related topics for additional study, questions on the assignment, and bibliography. Subjects include topography, the Cherokee, pioneer settlement and life, transportation, religion, and county history. [AB] [182] Stillwell, Edgar Herman. “The Conquest of the Carolina Frontier.” M.A. thesis, George Peabody College for Teachers, 1934. 195 p.

Overview of the settlement of Western N.C. from the colonial era to the late nineteenth century based on both primary and secondary sources. Although substantial portions of the thesis cover areas outside of the Smokies region, several sections are of interest to the Smokies scholar. The settlement of Haywood County by the Love family is covered on p. 28–37; the removal of the Cherokee is detailed on p. 65–77; settlement along the Tuckasegee is briefly outlined on p. 98–101; information on the formation of Swain and Graham counties is provided on p. 168–73. Stillwell calls the Smokies region “the last frontier of eastern America” (p. 169). Bibliography, p. 193–95. [AB] [183] Western North Carolina Historical and Biographical. Charlotte: A.D. Smith and Co., 1890. 465 p. il., maps.

Typical laudatory late nineteenth-century publication, primarily on the area in Western N.C. outside the Smokies region. Focus is on natural resources and the potential for exploitation of those resources. Information on the Smokies is included in the section on general 63

topography (p. 57–65) by John D. Cameron, and in brief descriptions of Haywood County (p. 70–71) and Swain County (p. 73–74). As part of the section on Haywood County, the mountains are described as “The mountain lands, except on the highest summits, known as ‘balds,’ which are thickly coated with nutritious grasses, are densely covered with forests, on the highest with the balsam fir; elsewhere with the majestic trees characteristic of the whole region” (p. 71). Notes: The Okona-Luftee is remarkable for its clearness, and for the beauty of its enclosing valley. It is derived from two principal affluents, one of which flows through the Indian reservation, and its adjacent lands are uncleared. The other stream is thickly margined with well cultivated farms. (p. 73) The remainder of the book profiles other areas of the Western part of the state, including short biographies of prominent individuals and a description of the N.C. rail system. Illustrated with a map of the state, a map with the route of Western N.C. Railroad, and portrait engravings which accompany the biographies. [MT/AB] [184] Wheeler, John Hill. Historical Sketches of North Carolina from 1584 to 1851, Compiled from Original Records, Official Documents, and Traditional Statements, with Biographical Sketches of her Distinguished Statesmen, Jurists, Lawyers, Soldiers, Divines, Etc. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo, 1851. 2 vol., v. 1: 138 p.; v. 2: 480 p. Reprints: New York: Frederick H. Hitchcock, 1925. Includes a foreword by Magnolia McKay Shuford; Baltimore: Regional Pub. Co., 1964; Baltimore: Regional Pub. Co., 1974; Baltimore: Genealogical Pub. Co. for Clearfield Co., 1993.

Volume 1 is a general history of N.C. from 1584 to 1851. Little mention is made of the mountain area. Volume 2 contains a brief physical and statistical description of each county. In 1851, the only GSM county in N.C. was Haywood, described as “situated in the extreme south-west portion of North Carolina, and is bounded on the north by Madison County, east by Buncombe and Henderson, south by Macon, and west by the Tennes-

64

see Line” (v. 2, p. 204). The Haywood summary includes information on the Cherokee in “Qualla Town,” including a letter from William H. Thomas, State Senator from Haywood County and “business chief ” for the Cherokee, to James Graham, Representative to the U.S. House of Representatives from the region. Thomas outlines the political history of the Cherokee and the vow of temperance taken by the Cherokee in 1830 to avoid problems with “white” neighbors. “The time previously spent in scenes of dissipation is now spent in useful employment. Each family is now capable of reading the Scriptures in their own language, manufacturing their own clothing, and understands farming and the mechanical arts. . .” (v. 2, p. 206). Ends with a list of Members of the General Assembly from Haywood County, 1809–50. [AB] [185] Wiley, Clavin Henderson. The North-Carolina Reader: Containing a History and Description of North-Carolina, Selections in Prose and Verse, Many of Them by Eminent Citizens of the State, Historical and Chronological Tables, and a Variety of Miscellaneous Information and Statistics. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo, and Co., 1851. 359 p. tables. Reprint: Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo, 1980.

According to the author, the book is designed for use by families and schools. In the “Notice” at the front, Wiley writes that the object of the book “is to sow in the young minds of North-Carolina the seeds of a true, healthy, and vigorous North-Carolina spirit. . . .” The reader is divided into lessons on the geographical regions, history, population, resources, education, and industries of the state. Information, primarily general in nature, on the mountain region is in Lesson 29. He writes that the western mountain region has many agricultural possibilities “and now, would you believe it? this desirable region is not yet peopled” (p. 82). Land is selling for fifty cents an acre. For a few hundred dollars, a man can buy a large plantation. Transportation is improving with new turnpikes and a proposed railroad link to Tenn. The reading section of the book includes a letter by Thomas L. Clingman about sheep-herding possibilities for the region. Clingman focused specifically on Yancey County, commenting that Haywood County is similar but has steeper mountains and broader valleys. The statistical section includes population by county drawn from the

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

1850 U.S. Census. The book concludes with the words and music to “The Old North State” and an index. [AB]

Civil War

[186] Clark, Walter, ed. Histories of the Several Regiments and Battalions from North Carolina in the Great War 1861–’65. Raleigh: E. M. Uzzell, 1901. 5 vol., v. 1: 783 p.; v. 2: 807 p.; v. 3: 761 p.; v. 4: 772 p.; v. 5: 859 p. map. Reprint: Wendell, N.C.: Broadfoot’s Bookmark, 1996.

Lengthy compilation of individual historical vignettes retelling the military action undertaken by various regiments and battalions from N.C., written by members of the respective commands. This collection purports “to tell the plain, unvarnished story of the men at the front,” to demonstrate that “they have not died in vain for the cause of Southern Independence,” so that the deeds or honor and courage of these soldiers will not be forgotten “as long as valor shall move the hearts or men, as long as the patient endurance or hardship, and fatigue, and danger in the discharge of duty shall touch us, as long as the sacrifice of life for the good of one’s country shall seem noble and grand, so long shall the memory of the deeds recorded in the plain, sober narratives in these volumes, written by men whose gallantry is surpassed only by their modesty” (p. vi). Throughout the Histories, references are made to skirmishes and troop movements in and around the GSM. Of particular interest are the maneuvers of Col. William H. Thomas and his regiment of Cherokee in defense of the mountain passes between N.C. and Tenn. Clark’s Histories is poorly indexed; however, a companion volume, Clark’s Regiments: an Extended Index to the Histories of the Several Regiments and Battalions from North Carolina in the Great War 1861–65, compiled by Charles C. Davis (Gretna, Va.: Pelican Publishing, 2001), affords a useable key to researching the original work. [KW] [187] Drake, J. Madison. Fast and Loose in Dixie. The Author’s Publishing Company, New York: 1880. 310 p.

First person account of General Drake’s military adventures during the Civil War including his capture and eventual escape from a Confederate prisoner-of-war camp. Much of General Drake’s tour of duty took place in

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

East Tennessee around the foothills of the Great Smokies. The general’s account rarely mentions the Smokies except for an exceptionally fine description of the travel conditions over the main divide of the mountain (p. 229– 30). [KW] [188] Egan, Michael. The Flying, Gray-Haired Yank; or, The Adventures of a Volunteer. Philadelphia: Hubbard Brothers, 1888. 414 p. il.

Engaging Civil War memoir of a captain in Company B, 15th Regiment, West Virginia Infantry Volunteers, Union Army. Egan relates his experiences as a courier and as an escaped prisoner of war. Of interest to the Smokies researcher is his trip from the confluence of the Tuckasegee and Little Tennessee Rivers over the mountains to Cades Cove (the author mistakenly calls it Cage Cove) and on to Knoxville in November and December of 1864 on pages 333–47. He describes the crossing of the river: “Had we not been so well used to this business we might have hesitated to enter such a broad and rapid current; but stripping to the buff, we waded into the rushing stream. The water was intensely cold and very deep at points, but we made the passage safely, with garments badly soaked” (p. 333–34). Egan and his compatriots spend the night with the Welch family. Mr. Welch and his son guide the party over the mountains the next day. Of the Smokies, he writes, “ In our ascent of the mountain we met with several tiny streams, rapid, sparkling and limpid; their banks bordered thickly with balsam fir, the water clear and cold, and as pleasant to the taste as it was pure in appearance” (p. 339). They spend the night on the summit of a mountain which one of the party calculates to be 6476 feet. The next day they cross the state line and descend into Cades Cove. There they encounter a grave marked with the sign “Let this be a warning to all horse-thieves and guerillas” designed to discourage Confederate marauders who entered the Cove frequently during the war. Egan relates that a Mr. Gregory and a Mr. Shields had been shot, and in the case of Gregory, killed by a “rebel” party. The group that attacked Gregory included his son, who knew that they were planning to kill his father. Egan and his fellow soldiers are greeted by several men armed with hickory sticks. After hearing that the men are Union soldiers, the men disarm and ask them to eat and spend the night at their homes. Of the

65

Cove residents, Egan writes, “Our hearts beat joyfully when we find it inhabited by the truest types of Union men” (p. 341). The next morning the group departs for Knoxville by way of Tuckaleechee Cove. Book includes sixteen engravings including one of Cades Cove resident George Rowan, referred to as “Old 79,” brandishing his hunting gun in defense of the Cove. [AB] [189] Ellis, Daniel. Thrilling Adventures of Daniel Ellis. New York: Harper & Bros., 1867. 430 p. il., map.

Reprints: Freeport, N.Y.: Books for Libraries Press, 1971; Johnson City, Tenn.: Don & Mignon, 1974; Johnson City, Tenn.: Overmountain Press, 1989; Bowie, Md.: Heritage Books, 2000.

Detailed account by Daniel Ellis, a native of Carter County, Tenn., of his military exploits and activities as a guide and commanding officer of a detachment of Union forces during the Civil War. The larger setting for Ellis’s war activities are East Tenn. and Western N.C., particularly his movements through the mountain regions, including skirmishes with Confederate forces in Wears Valley, and with William Holland Thomas’s Cherokee charges in Haywood County. [KW] [190] Foster, Major-General John G. “January 31–February 7, 1864.—Expedition from Maryville, Tenn., to Quallatown, N.C. Report of Maj. John G. Foster, U.S. Army.” The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 32, Part One: Reports. Chapter 44, “Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and North Georgia, from January 1–April 30, 1864. Expedition to Flat Creek, Tenn.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1891. p. 159.

Short report written from Knoxville, dated 7 February 1864 and sent to Maj. Gen. U. S. Grant. Reads in full: I have the honor to report that an expedition against Colonel Thomas and his band of Indians and whites at Quallatown has returned completely successful. They surprised the town, killed and wounded 215, took 50 prisoners, and dispersed the remainder of the gang in the

66

mountains. Our loss, 2 killed and 6 wounded. [AB] [191] Garrard, Colonel Israel. “Report of Col. Israel Garrard, Seventh Ohio Cavalry, Commanding Second Cavalry Division, Army of the Ohio.” The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 32, Part One: Reports. Chapter 44, “Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and North Georgia, from January 1–April 30, 1864. Operations about Dandridge, Tenn. No. 7.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1891. p. 147–48.

Report dated 4 February 1864, Ellejoy Creek, E. Tenn., headquarters of the Second Division, Cavalry Corps. Garrard reports on action that occurred near Sevierville on 27 January. Another report of this skirmish is provided by Colonel Sturgis [201]. As part of the fighting, Garrard “moved 2 miles toward Sevierville” because of reports that the enemy was “threatening Cannon’s and Sevierville” (p. 148). He remained there until the next morning when he moved “to Trotter’s Bridge, on the West Fork of the Pigeon” (p. 148). The next morning he moved “through Wear’s Cove, into Tuckaleechee Cove, and camped until the next day. At this point, in obedience to the general’s order, I detached the Fourteenth Illinois Cavalry, under Major Davidson, on an expedition over the mountains into North Carolina, against the Indians and rebels in camps near the Forks of the Tuckaseegee and Little Tennessee Rivers. From there I moved into Miller’s Cove, and finally to this point, just outside of the Chilhowee range of mountains” (p. 148). [AB] [192] Hamilton, William Douglas. Recollections of a Cavalryman of the Civil War after Fifty Years, 1861–1865. Columbus, Ohio: F. J. Heer Printing Co., 1915. 309p. il.

Memoir by officer from Ninth Ohio Cavalry. Of interest to the Smokies researcher is Chapter 26 entitled “Subsequent trip to the South—‘Among Loyal Mountaineers,’” (pp. 226–55) which details a trip taken by Hamilton to Knoxville and the Smokies region on business after the War. He writes, “This locality is filled with weird legends of by-gone days. Here, in full view

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

of the ‘Gregory Bald’ and ‘Fodder Stack’ mountains, is where ‘Charles Edgar Craddock,’ that well known female writer, created the legend of ‘The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains’” (p. 248). As evidence of “weird legends,” he relates the story of the killing of a Union soldier by N.C. troops. Union soldiers buried their slain comrade as best they could but an animal dug into the grave and ate part of his body. “Ever since it has been regarded as a part of the religion of those loyal mountaineers, in passing that lonely spot to lay another stone upon ‘Shaw’s Grave’” (p. 248). In his second story about the Smoky mountaineers, Hamilton relates the experiences of Chestnut Flats moonshiner George Powell who became an acquaintance after the War. Powell was a strong Union supporter, hanging a handmade flag over the door of the polling place during the second vote on seccession. With gun in hand, Powell told the crowd waiting to vote, “’Boys, that is the old Stars and Stripes. My sisters and I made it yesterday and I have nailed it above that door today. It is the only flag we know, and I’ll simply say that if any man should attempt to tear it down, I’ll kill him” (p. 249). When the War came, Powell and many of his neighbors joined the Union Army as sharp shooters. After the War, Powell and his fellow soldiers came back and began to manufacture whiskey. They were very angry when the government, which they had fought to support during the War, came and destroyed their stills. The moonshiners became more secretive but several were arrested and sent to prison. Some found the prison to be a better environment than the mountain farms. Hamilton reprints the pamphlet, “Among Loyal Mountaineers” by William A. McTeer [195] on p. 241–5. As prelude Hamilton has added a few lines of verse. The final stanza reads: Here the wigwam once sheltered the proud Cherokee; Now cabins are standing where Saxons are found; Here the rifle and axe taught their sons to be free, And foes should take care how they tramp on their ground. (p. 240) Illustrated with photographs of people who figure prominently in the book, in some cases both their current photograph and one taken during the War. [AB]

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[193] Kirk, Charles H., ed. History of the Fifteenth Pennsylvania Volunteer Cavalry Which Was Recruited and Known as the Anderson Cavalry in the Rebellion of 1861–1865. Philadelphia: n.p., 1906. 784 p. il., map. Reprint: Salem, Mass.: Higginson, 1998.

Contains four first-person accounts and four official letters/reports of military action in the Sevierville/ Gatlinburg area during the Civil War. First account, “First East Tennessee Campaign—December 3, 1863, to February 11, 1864” (p. 331–39) by Lieutenant Colonel Charles B. Lamborn, details a march from Strawberry Plains to Gatlinburg where the Confederate army, including several Indians, was attacked and scattered into the mountains. Lamborn comments that “people everywhere evinced the greatest delight to meet our cavalry, and attested the sincerity of their loyalty by feeding our men and horses and guiding the command through the difficult and unknown mountain paths” (p. 333–34). The second article, “Scouting in East Tennessee” (p. 340–44) by Lieutenant A. B. Coleman, relates his experiences scouting around the Sevierville area. The third account, “The Pursuit and Capture of General Vance” (p. 351–53) by Sergeant E. W. Anderson, chronicles the capture of General Vance after he led a raid from Asheville to Sevierville, capturing horses, a wagon train, prisoners, and several citizens who had avoided Confederate service. Vance and his men were surprised as they camped near Crosby’s [Cosby] Creek. The fourth account, “Wounded and Left to Die in Rebel Hands,” by William M. Palmer, is a retelling of injuries he sustained in the Gatlinburg skirmish mentioned in the first account. The appendix includes official correspondence/reports relating to the cavalry, a muster roll, and a chronology. Four letters/reports refer to the Smokies region: a 11 December 1863 letter (p. 66–71) to Major General Burnside reports on the skirmish in Gatlinburg; two 13 December 1863 letters (p. 662–63) to Brigadier-General Spears relate troop movements; and a 15 January 1864 letter (p. 679–80) to Lieutenant Shaw details the capture of General Vance. Includes map of cavalry military action. Illustrated with photographs of the cavalry in the war and portraits of the soldiers. [AB] [194] McCook, Colonel E. M. [Message to BrigadierGeneral W. L. Elliott, Chief of Cavalry.] The War

67

of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 32, Part Two: Correspondence. “Correspondence, Orders, and Returns Relating to Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and North Georgia, from January 1, 1864, to February 29, 1864.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1891. p. 450.

Short message dated 23 February, Motley’s Ford which reads in full: In reply to your dispatch, Longstreet has no courier line through any of the points mentioned. My troops have been at all of them within the last three or four days. An expedition I sent to Murphy captured 5 commissioned officers and 35 men, infantry. No large force of the enemy in that vicinity. Another sent through Montvale Springs to Wier’s Cove captured 28 and burned five wagons. Fifteen of Thomas’ Indians came in yesterday. [AB] [195] McTeer, Will A. Among Loyal Mountaineers: Honoring the Stars and Stripes in East Tennessee Saved the Lived of Confederates. Knoxville: S. B. Newman & Co., n.d. 4 p. Reprint: Hamilton, William Douglas, Recollections of a Cavalryman of the Civil War after Fifty Years. p. 241–45 [192].

Pamphlet by Maryville lawyer which begins, “At the outbreak of the civil war the people of East Tennessee adhered almost solidly with the Union” (p. 1). The Confederates tried to force the mountaineers to support the Confederacy and to give up their guns, including their beloved hunting rifles. This angered mountain people who began meeting in secret, in Smokies locales like Walland. On one occasion, a beautiful handmade flag was raised in support of the Union. When the writer was a delegate at a religious convention after the War, he met a delegate named White whose brother served in the Confederate Army in East Tennessee. According to White, during a raid into Tuckaleechee Cove, his brother refused to let his men shoot at the flag but made them honor it as the flag of their fathers. His gesture kept the Tuckaleechee residents from attacking the Confederates.

68

They were treated kindly. However, they never did find the rifles carefully hidden by the locals. [AB] [196] Palmer, Colonel John B. “Report of Col. John B. Palmer, Fifty-eighth North Carolina Infantry, Commanding Western District of North Carolina.” The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 32, Part One: Reports. Chapter 44, “Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and North Georgia. January 1–April 30, 1864. Skirmish at Schultz’ Mill, Cosby Creek, Tenn. No. 5.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1890. p. 76.

Report dated 19 January 1864, Asheville, informing Colonel G. W. Brent , Army of Tennessee, that Brigadier-General R. B. Vance has been captured at Schultz’ Mill on Cosby Creek. Vance had travelled across “Smoky Mountain” to Gatlinburg where he left Col. Thomas and Lieutenant Colonel J. L. Henry and proceeded to Sevierville where he captured a train of seventeen wagons. During a stop at Schultz’ Mill, he was surprised by the enemy’s cavalry. Along with General Vance, forty men, 100 horses and one ambulance were captured. Henry had been directed to meet Vance at Schutlz’ Mill but failed to do so. Palmer maintains that, if Henry had obeyed orders, the defeat of Vance’s troops could have been avoided. He writes, “I shall feel it incumbent upon me to place Lieutenant-Colonel Henry under arrest for disobedience of orders, to await the decision of the general commanding as to whether or not he shall be tried by the general court-marital now in session at this place.” See Colonel William J. Palmer’s report for another version of this skirmish [198]. [AB] [197] Palmer, Colonel William J. “Reports of Col. William J. Palmer, Fifteenth Pennsylvania Cavalry.” The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 31, Part One: Reports. Chapter 43, “Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, North Alabama, and North Georgia. October 20–December 31, 1863. The Knoxville, Tennessee, Campaign. No. 55.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1890. p. 438–39.

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

On 11 December 1863 from Trotter’s Bridge, Col. Palmer (Anderson Cavalry, Union Army) reports on a skirmish in Gatlinburg the previous day. Anderson and his 150 troops, after travelling over “a circuitous and nearly impossible trail from Wear’s Cove” (p. 438), met up with Col. C. B. Leghorn and his fifty men. Upon arrival they engaged the enemy, a force under the direction of Col. (William Holland) Thomas with 200 men, 150 of which were Cherokee. We drove them from their position, which was a strong one, in about an hour, but, unfortunately, the steep wooded ridge on which they had their camp jutted on to the mountain to the east and it was impracticable to prevent the rebels on retreating from taking up this mountain where we could not reach them, and where they continued firing from behind the thick cover for several hours. They finally retreated scattering over the ridges to the Great Smoky Mountain. (p. 439) The Union forces captured the “rebel” camp, burned the buildings, and returned the horses to their “loyal owners.” It appeared that Thomas and his troops had planned to stay in Gatlinburg for the winter. [AB] [198] Palmer, Colonel William J. “Report of Col. William J. Palmer, Fifteenth Pennsylvania Cavalry.” The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 32, Part One: Reports. Chapter 44, “Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and North Georgia. January 1–April 30, 1864. Skirmish at Schultz’ Mill, Cosby Creek, Tenn. No. 4.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1890. p. 74–75.

Report on a skirmish in Cosby between the combined Anderson Calvary and the Tenth Ohio Cavalry led by Col. Palmer and a Confederate cavalry force under the direction of Brigadier-General Vance. Palmer reports on 15 January 1864 from a position near Sevierville that “we found the enemy on Cosby Creek, 23 miles from Sevierville, and within about 5 miles of the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 75). Vance’s men were taken by surprise.

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

They “fled in the utmost disorder, throwing away their guns, belts, blankets, saddlebags, etc., and most of them quitting their horses” (p. 75). Fifty-two prisoners are captured, including Vance who is the brother of the N.C. governor, as well as horses, arms, food, and a well-stocked ambulance. The remainder of the invading force is Col. (William Holland) Thomas’s troops, still in Gatlinburg, “where he probably will remain until he hears of the defeat of Vance” (p. 75). Thomas’s men are primarily Cherokee, which Palmer expects he can capture if he receives fresh troops immediately. See Colonel John B. Palmer’s report for another version of this skirmish [196]. [AB] [199] Shelton, W. H. “A Hard Road to Travel Out of Dixie.” Century Illustrated Magazine 40, no. 6 (October 1890): 931–49. il. Reprint: Famous Adventures and Prison Escapes of the Civil War. Edited by G. W. Cable. London: T.F. Unwin, 1894: 243–297.

Lengthy reminiscence about Union soldier Shelton’s adventures as a captive and escapee behind enemy lines during the Civil War. His travels took him from the coast of the Carolinas to the mountains of Western N.C. and later into East Tenn. Although the locations are difficult for the modern reader to follow at times, he mentions that he was taken to “Quallatown, a Cherokee station at the foot of the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 940). Cherokee were used as guards for part of the trip. Nine engravings, none of the Smokies. [AB] [200] The Story of American Heroism: Thrilling Narratives of Personal Adventures during the Great Civil War as Told by the Medal Winners and Roll of Honor Men. Springfield, Ohio: J. W. Jones, 1897. il.

Series of stories as related by Union soldiers. Most of the action occurs outside the Smokies region with the exception of chapter forty-nine which relates the experiences of General J. Madison Drake, 9th N.J. Volunteers. In 1864, Drake escapes from a S.C. prison camp and makes his way through the Smokies. In a brief but interesting entry on p. 441–42, Drake recruits “loyal” North Carolinians to accompany him on his way to the Union Army. “Their wives would pray for them they said, and if we could only provide them arms and ammunition, then they would be able to protect their homes and put an end

69

forever to the atrocities on the mountains.” Upon reaching the Smokies, he wrote: A description of the our journey across the Blue Ridge chain and the Great Smoky Mountains, on which we fought a battle with Hart’s guerillas during a terrible snowstorm, would fill a volume. Without covering for my head and feet, with the remnants of a threadbare red flannel shirt, which I had worn for six months and an old tattered blouse, and pants which reached up to the knees, my condition was wretched in the extreme. At times I felt I must perish, so cutting was the blast of winter and so sharp the air at those altitudes. On those dreary and inhospitable wastes our party suffered for days more than tongue can tell or pen describe. Occasionally Major E. A. Davis, 3rd North Carolina mounted infantry, whom we fell in with, succeeded in shooting a bear or wild hog, which would be divided in an equitable manner, but as a general thing most of us were in a famishing condition. (p. 442) Illustrated with more than 300 engravings including one on p. 441 of “Union Men of North Carolina” which clearly depicts a mountain view. [AB] [201] Sturgis, Brigadier-General Samuel D. “Reports of Brig. Gen. Samuel D. Sturgis, U. S. Army, Commanding Cavalry, Army of the Ohio.” The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 32, Part One: Reports. Chapter 44, “Operations in Kentucky, Southwest Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and North Georgia, from January 1– April 30, 1864. Operations around Dandridge, Tenn. No.2.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1891. p. 131–38. il.

A series of seven reports dated 26 January to 4 February 1864, Sevierville, and sent to Brig. General E. E. Potter, Chief of Staff, Knoxville, relating military events around Sevierville, Wears Cove, and the Little Pigeon River. The first report indicates that Col. Wolford (Union Army) was attacked by Armstong’s division (Confederate

70

Army) “some 6 miles from here, at a place called Fowler’s” (p. 132) and was driven back. “The enemy is evidently very strong, and exultant over their last few days’ operations” (p. 132). In the second report, Sturgis tells Potter that Col. Wolford “fell back to within 2 miles of Sevierville and there remained” (p. 132). The enemy was attacked at daybreak but it was too foggy to accomplish much. He concludes with “How affairs will turn out it is hard to say, but we hope to whip them” (p. 132). Added to this message is a map outlining the location of the troops with the French Broad, the Little Pigeon and Sevierville serving as geographical markers. Number three reports on a victory for the Union forces. Sturgis writes, “Our troops are very much worn down with continuous fighting and little to eat, but they are a band of as patient and brave soldiers as I have ever seen thus far” (p. 134). In the next very brief message, Sturgis reports that he and his forces are planning to “pursue them until we drive them [the Confederate troops] out of the country, or are driven out ourselves” (p. 134). The fifth report concerns fighting around Dandridge where Union troops were forced to withdraw. Sturgis writes, “Our loss in the engagement is pretty severe; about 8 officers that I know of, and a great many men I fear” (p. 135). He is forced to leave the area and head to Knoxville lamenting that “It is hard to leave these loyal people to the mercies of the enemy, but it can’t be helped” (p. 135). The next message is one line which reads: “We will camp to-night in Wear’s Cove and to-morrow night probably in Tucklaleechee Cove” (p. 135). The final entry is a long summary of the recent engagements covered in the earlier reports plus an additional report as follows: “While in Tuckaleechee Cove I received information that the force of Indians and whites commanded by the rebel Thomas (formerly U.S. Indian agent of the Cherokee Nation) was near the forks of the Little Tennessee and Tuckaseegee Rivers in North Carolina, who had become a terror to the Union people of East Tennessee and the border of the North Carolina from the atrocities they were daily perpetrating” (p. 137). Sturgis ordered troops to attack Thomas’s Legion. He has just received information that they were surprised near Quallatown. Of the 250 men with Thomas, 22 Indians and 32 whites are captured, about 50 are able to escape, with the remainder killed or wounded. Sturgis concludes that “this nest of Indians may be considered as entirely

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

destroyed . . .” (p. 137). Garrard entry covers some of the same activities [191]. [AB] [202] Thomas, William Holland. [“Letter to the Governor and Council of South Carolina.”] The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official Records of the Union and Confederate Armies. Series One, v. 53, Part One: Reports, Correspondence, Etc. Chapter 44, “Operations in South Carolina, Southern Georgia, Middle and East Florida, and Western North Carolina. Supplement, January 1, 1861–June 30, 1865.” Washington, D.C.: G. P. O., 1898. p. 313–14.

Letter dated 28 February 1864 at Quallatown. Overview of the history of Thomas’s Legion, the force of both whites and Indians from Western N.C. organized by Thomas at the request of President Davis to defend the mountain region. Thomas writes, “Last fall when East Tennessee was unfortunately surrendered to the enemy I, with the Indians, was ordered to fall back on the Smoky Mountain to check the progress of the enemy” (p. 313). On 2 February, the Union forces “advanced up the Tennessee and Tuckasegee to the mouth of Deep Creek, when the Indians, under my command, arrested their progress. The enemy lost about twelve killed and wounded, the Indians five. I am informed that the Northern papers boast of killing 200” (p. 314). He appeals for food and cloth for both the white and Indian families who are guarding the passes up the French Broad and Tennessee Rivers at the mouth of the Tuckasegee River, writing “It is feared that it cannot be shipped in time to prevent starvation among the Indians, which would at once cause us to lose that portion of my force, [in] which event I would very probably have to fall back across the Blue Ridge, a line which would be difficult to defend” (p. 314). The Western section of N.C. has reduced means of subsistence because there are no slaves to provide labor, nearly all the men between eighteen and forty-five volunteered for the army, and the last year was a bad crop year. Without support, the people will face starvation and become disloyal to the South. [AB] [203] “With Gun and Caisson: Scraps from the Notebook of an Artilleryman. XV.” New York Times, 7 June 1891: 10.

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

Vivid account of the journey of an unidentified Civil War Union artilleryman in the First and Second Regiment of the Maryland Calvary through the Smoky Mountains. Journal entries of his war experiences were serialized in sixteen weekly installments from 22 February to 14 June 1891. The narrative starts in Harper’s Ferry, VA in May 1862 and concludes in March 1865, when he is demobilized in Loudon, VA. In this long episode, the soldier and several companions are captured in the Valley of the Tuckasegee and spend a night in the Waynesville jail on the march south to S.C. More prisoners join their group: “At the end of the week our party was augmented by the arrival of four Federal officers who had been captured on the snowy crest of the Great Smoky Mountains.” At one stop he recounts, “The jailer had four or five well-grown daughters, who seemed to take a lively interest in our arrival; for the door had hardly closed on us before they began to appear on the outside of the peep hole with their autograph albums.” The sisters knit stockings, supply wood for a fire, planks and bee gums for seats, and “a well-thumbed volume of Bulwer” to help the captives pass the time. Relates details of a local family feud between the Watsons and the Hoopers. The prisoners are eventually handed over to authorities in “Qualatown,” where a sympathetic jailer and his daughter facilitate their nighttime escape. [RC]

White Caps

[204] Crozier, E.W. (Ethelred W.). The White-Caps: A History of the Organization in Sevier County. Knoxville: Bean, Waters & Gaut, 1899. 217 p. il. Reprints: Mangrum, Marion R. Interment of the White Caps. [Maryville]: Brazos Printing Co., 1963, 1973. 217 p.; Gatlinburg: The Buckhorn Press, 1989. 136 p.

Revised editions: Walker, Cas. The White Caps of Sevier County: A Story of Women and Kluxers in the Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: Sevier Publishing and Distributing Co., 1937. 156 p.; Walker, Cas. The White Caps of Sevier County: A Story of a Feud between the White Caps and the Blue Bills in Sevier County in the Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: Cas Walker, 1974. 130 p.

A local history of the origins and reign of the White Caps, a late nineteenth-century vigilante movement for

71

the enforcement of “good morals” that had its beginnings in the shadow of the GSM and later spread through the entirety of Sevier County. Chapters of the book were written “by active participants in the scenes herein portrayed, and others by persons who were in a position to obtain, in detail, accurate and reliable information” (p. 5). Much of the book is a narrative retelling of specific events of intimidation and murder by the White Caps containing “harrowing scenes of savage cruelty, affording us a glimpse into the depths of human depravity” (p. 5). Other chapters afford biographical sketches of the principal players in the White Caps’ history; of the Blue Bills, enemies and counterparts of the White Caps; and of the judicial authorities who eventually brought this reign of terror to an end. The book is illustrated with several photographs and pen-and-ink drawings of the principal participants. In 1937, Cas Walker, a Sevier County native (later controversial mayor of Knoxville), published The White Caps of Sevier County: A Story of Women and Kluxers in the Great Smoky Mountains, a revised version of the Crozier book, which Walker claimed was written by Sevier County Sheriff Tom Davis. Walker stated that “in collecting facts for this edition the author talked with many white-haired old men living in Knox and Sevier Counties, and who were members of either the Whitecaps or the Blue Bill organizations” (preface). The Cas Walker revision made substantial changes to a few of the chapters as well as omitting a few chapters and adding others. In 1963, Marion R. Mangrum re-issued the original Crozier book under the title Interment of the White Caps, explaining in the introduction that “the purpose of this unexpurged 1899 edition is an effort to bury the White Cap Ghost” (introduction). Mangrum felt that by reissuing the Crozier book, there was “less possibility of misuse and extreme exaggeration of isolated bits in history of this White Cap period” (introduction). Walker responded in 1974 with a revision to his 1937 version. This book was published with a slightly different title – The White Caps of Sevier County: A Story of a Feud Between the White Caps and the Blue Bills in Sevier County in the Great Smoky Mountains. In the preface to the 1974 edition, Walker sets forth the premise that the origins of the White Cap reign emerged out of repeated frustration at the inability of the local judicial system to bring under control certain lewd women on Copeland Creek. [KW]

72

[205] Parker, Junius. “A Man Twice Condemned.” The American Law Review 32 (May/June 1898): 420–24.

Legal treatise concerning the circumstances surrounding the murder of William and Laura Whaley by Pleas Wynne and Catlett Tipton, adherents to the secretive White Caps vigilante party in Sevier County in the 1890s. The events of the killings are carefully reconstructed, underlining the fact that William Whaley and his wife were murdered at the same time. The trial results in a legal conundrum. Wynne is convicted of the murder of both husband and wife, while Tipton is found guilty of the murder only of the husband. Unless one conviction is overturned by the Supreme Court, Wynne will be scheduled to be hanged twice. The article concludes with some interesting observations on the culture of the judicial procedure in Sevier County. [KW]

Abraham Lincoln

[206] Barton, William Eleazar. The Paternity of Abraham Lincoln. Was He the Son of Thomas Lincoln?: An Essay on the Chastity of Nancy Hanks. New York: George H. Doran Co., 1920. 414 p.

Outlines the evidence behind rumors related to the paternity of Abraham Lincoln. Not including Thomas Lincoln, there were seven proposed fathers, including Abraham Enloe, Hardin County, Ky.; George Brownfield, Hardin County, Ky.; Abraham Inlow, Bourbon County, Ky.; Andrew, alleged foster son of Chief Justice John Marshall; Abraham Enloe, Swain County; John C. Calhoun, former Vice President from S.C.; and Martin D. Hardin, Ky. lawyer and politician. Information, primarily from James H. Cathey’s book Truth Is Stranger than Fiction: True Genesis of a Wonderful Man [207] and an anonymous 1893 Charlotte Observer article [211] on the claim that Lincoln was the son of Abraham Enloe, Swain County, is presented in Chapter XI, pages 74–104. Barton concludes that all these rumors are false and that Abraham Lincoln is the legitimate son of Thomas Lincoln. Includes several appendices of documents that prove his conclusion, including marriage records for Thomas Lincoln and Nancy Hanks, numerous letters, affidavits of witnesses to the marriage of Thomas Lincoln and Nancy Hanks, deeds to land owned by Thomas Lincoln, and other family records. [AB]

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[207] Cathey, James Harrison. Truth Is Stranger than Fiction: Or, the True Genesis of a Wonderful Man. Atlanta: Franklin Printing and Pub Co., 1899. 185 p. il.

2nd ed.: The Genesis of Lincoln. Atlanta: Franklin Printing and Pub. Co., 1899. 307 p.

3rd ed.: The Genesis of Lincoln: Truth Is Stranger than Fiction. Atlanta: Franklin Printing and Pub. Co., 1899. 307 p.

4th ed.: Canton, N.C.: B. H. Cathey, 1939. 206 p.

Reprint: Wiggins, Miss.: Crown Rights Book Co., 1999. 307 p.

Presents evidence that Abraham Lincoln was the illegitimate son of Nancy Hanks and Abram Enloe of “Ocona Lufta” in Western N.C. Author relates testimony by local residents that Abraham Lincoln was conceived in Western N.C. but, either during her pregnancy or soon after the birth of her son, Hanks was sent to live in Ky. where she met and married Thomas Lincoln. Illustrated with photographs of Abraham Lincoln’s alleged Enloe relatives. Third edition, entitled The Genesis of Lincoln: Truth Is Stranger than Fiction, includes an addendum with 121 pages of additional evidence and five new photographs. The second edition, also published in 1899, was not examined for this annotation. [AB] [208] Coggins, James Caswell. Abraham Lincoln: A North Carolinian: A True and Thrilling Story Never Before Published; Told by a Third Cousin of President Lincoln. . .A Buncombe County, North Carolina, Tradition. Asheville: Advocate Pub. Co., 1925. 100 p. il. 2nd ed.: Abraham Lincoln: A North Carolinian with Proof. Gastonia, N.C.: Carolina Ptg. Co., 1927. 194 p. il.

According to Coggins, Abraham Lincoln was conceived in “Ocona Lufta” and born in Rutherford County, N.C. Based on local legend, Lincoln’s father was Abraham Enloe who had homes in both Rutherford County and “Ocona Lufta.” Standard biographical sources list Lincoln’s birthdate as 12 February 1809. Coggins maintains Abraham Lincoln was actually born two to three years before the marriage of his mother Nancy Hanks to Thomas Lincoln in 1806. Illustrated with line drawings depicting events related in the book and with two photo-

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

graphs, one of the author and one of a community meeting on “Lincoln Hill,” the alleged birthplace of Abraham Lincoln. Annotation based on examination of the revised 2nd ed. [AB] [209] Coleman, William. The Evidence that Abraham Lincoln Was Not Born in Lawful Wedlock, or, the Sad Story of Nancy Hanks. Dallas: n.p., 1899. 18 p.

Pamphlet summarizing the theory that Abraham Lincoln was the son of Abraham Enloe of either Ky. or N.C. James H. Cathey’s book, Truth Is Stranger than Fiction: True Genesis of a Wonderful Man [207], is quoted in support of the theory that Abraham Lincoln was the son of Enloe, of “Ocona Lufta,” N.C. [AB] [210] “Lincoln’s Ancestry, and Lincoln.” The Charlotte Observer, 10 September 1893: 2.

Editorial commentary on the letter in the same issue of the newspaper expressing the hope that the theory of Lincoln’s birth outlined in the letter can be proven. Editor states, “Southern people are learning to do him justice and after awhile they will share all of the North’s admiration of him . . .” (p. 2). [AB] [211] North Carolina. “Abram Lincoln’s Ancestry. Almost Born in North Carolina. The Story of Nancy Hanks, Mother of the Great President—History Is History—Let North Carolina Have That Which Belongs to Her.” The Charlotte Observer, 10 September 1893: 2.

Author is listed as “North Carolina” and letter is addressed to the newspaper’s editor. Response to an editorial in the New York World, on the occasion of the unveiling of an Edinburgh monument to Abraham Lincoln, which states that Lincoln was “never sure of his own paternity” (p. 2). Asserts that Lincoln was born in Ky. but “begotten” in Jackson County, N.C. As the story was related, Nancy Hanks worked for Abram Enloe in Jackson County. She became pregnant by Enloe and was sent to live with Enloe’s daughter in Ky., where she met and married Lincoln after the birth of her son whom she named “Abram.” [AB] [212] Student of History. “Abram Lincoln’s Parents. Another Chapter of the Story. Local Tradition of

73

the Great Emancipator’s North Carolina Ancestry and a Visit to the Enloe Homestead—Tracing a Family Resemblance Among the Enloes to Lincoln.” The Charlotte Observer, 17 September 1893: 2.

Relates local legends about the paternity of Abraham Lincoln and the resemblance of the Enloes to Lincoln. Author traveled to the home of Wesley Enloe to compare him physically with Lincoln. He found that Enloe, his daughter Julia, and pictures of other Enloes resemble Abraham Lincoln. [AB] [213] Tarbell, Ida M. “The Parents of Lincoln,” in Hill, Frederick Trevor, Ida M. Tarbell, and Richard Lloyd Jones. Abraham Lincoln: The Battle of the Gi-

74

ants by Frederick Trevor Hill, The Parents of Lincoln by Ida M. Tarbell, An Appeal to Patriotism by Richard Lloyd Jones; A Souvenir for the Lincoln Dinner of the Republican Club of the City of New York February 12, 1907. New York: Lincoln Farm Association, 1907. p. 17–24. il., map.

Book includes three essays on Lincoln. In her essay (p. 17–24), Tarbell presents the viewpoint that theories about Abraham Lincoln’s parentage, particularly those that propose he might be the illegitimate son of Abraham Enloe of Western N.C., are based on hearsay and were disseminated for political gain. Furthermore, genealogical evidence assembled by a descendant of the Hanks family proves that Nancy Hanks, mother of Abraham Lincoln, was not illegitimate. [AB]

History of the Great Smoky Mountains

President Franklin D. Roosevelt dedicating the Great Smoky Mountains National Park at Newfound Gap, September 2, 1940. Photograph by Jim Thompson, and courtesy of the Thompson Brothers Digital Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries.

Chapter 5 The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Introduction Within two decades of the end of the American Civil War, alarms were being sounded by a variety of interest groups across the country over the wanton destruction of the wealth and beauty of the American forests by mechanized lumbering operations. The reckless abandon of the logging practices resulted in runoff, erosion, silting of streams, and damage to water quality, not to mention the decimation of fish and wildlife and unsightly scars marring the landscape. Extensive tracts of forest through New England and the Midwest had already been consumed by the logging concerns, and lumbermen now cast an eye toward the Southern Appalachians, particularly the Great Smoky Mountains, as their next field of conquest. One of the more influential voices sounding the alarms was that of Charles S. Sargent, director of the Arnold Arboretum and professor of arboriculture at Harvard College, who forewarned in an 1892 editorial essay for Garden and Forest that the recent destruction of the forests in the Doe River Valley in Tennessee would soon happen to the forests of every other valley of the Southern Appalachians unless remedial actions were taken. Sargent predicted “the destruction of all the large trees in now only a matter of comparatively a few years, and unless some measure can be adopted for the preservation of a block of this forest the inhabitants of America born fifty years from now will go to their graves without the opportunity of seeing the character of the trees their country produced when all conditions favored forest-growth” [293, p. 325]. Sargent went so far as to list several reasons that Roan Mountain on the Tennessee–North Carolina line would make the best forest reservation, but then acknowledged that “a cheaper reservation, and one that would be more desirable, so far as relative to the actual

condition of the forest, could be found in the Big Smoky Mountains.” Scantily documented tradition contends that the first public mention of the possibility of establishing a national reservation or park in the mountain regions of Western North Carolina was raised by the Reverend Canario Drayton Smith from Franklin, North Carolina, a retired Methodist minister and former assistant state geologist, while speaking at a civic function in 1880. Major W. W. Stringfield, addressing a convention of the Appalachian Forest Preserve on 25 October 1902, mentioned that he believed that the park movement had originated with himself as the result of a letter to the Asheville Citizen in the early 1880s urging the importance of such an enterprise. Stringfield, a prominent citizen of Waynesville, North Carolina, confined his proposal to Haywood County, which he “considered the center of the universe” [220, p. 44]. Whether Smith or Stringfield envisioned a park of the recreational sort intended to attract tourism and economic growth or a forest preserve of the sort that Charles Sargent would later recommend is not clear. It can be inferred, however, that whatever purpose they envisioned must necessarily be an undertaking of the federal government. Sargent later emphasized this point in an editorial: “Congress cannot do better than appoint a commission of experts to investigate the matter of a forest-reservation in the southern Alleghanies, and, if such a reservation is found practicable, to devise a means for securing and maintaining it.” Several years prior to Sargent’s call to arms, The Journal of the American Medical Association published an article by Henry O. Marcy, “The Climatic Treatment of Disease; Western Carolina as a Health Resort,” which included the first mention of anything resembling a national park in the Great Smoky Mountains. Marcy, a physician from

Boston, argued that “the pure air, water and climate hold out a hopeful helpfulness to invalids from every land. The wise legislator, seeking far-reaching results, would do well to consider the advisability of securing, under state control, a large reservation of the higher ranges as a park. Its cost, at present, would be merely nominal” [543, p. 707]. Marcy’s idea of a park for the benefit of invalids never gained traction. However, his advocacy for federal control, for the desirability of locating the park in the higher ranges, and for acting on the opportunity that the mountain land could be acquired inexpensively would all become major points in future arguments for the park movement. In 1893 the North Carolina legislature became interested in the idea of a national park and passed a resolution in favor of securing such a park in the mountain regions. This action was followed by a petition presented to the United States Congress by Representative John S. Henderson of North Carolina. The petition was referred to the Committee on Public Lands, where it was permanently tabled. Chase P. Ambler, a physician who had moved from Ohio to Asheville in 1899, began the first organized agitation to foment a movement for the establishment of a national park in the Southern Appalachians. Inspired by the beauty of the mountains, Ambler wished to do something to preserve their forests from destruction. While on a fishing trip in June 1899 he shared ideas with a friend from Ohio, Judge William Day. The judge responded by offering a critique of Ambler’s ideas. Ambler incorporated Day’s suggestions with his own ideas and created a ten-point plan to promote the idea of a park in the vicinity of Asheville. He soon thereafter engaged local support, particularly from the Asheville Board of Trade [220, p. 41]. Within two months of Ambler’s fishing trip, the influential journal Scientific American published an editorial recommending that the “vast stretches of virgin forest along the line of the Great Smoky Mountains on the border between Tennessee and North Carolina” be set aside as a game and forest preserve. The editor cited the highlyregarded botanist Asa Gray of Harvard University, and then pointed out the uniqueness of the mountain flora and the fact that “land in this region is still purchasable ‘for a song.’” Furthermore, the editor predicted, if a park is not established in the Smokies, “it can only be a ques-

78

tion of a few decades when these mountain slopes will be denuded and when the people of the vast valleys that depend on these watersheds for their water supply will suffer from the blindness of a generation that could not foresee the otherwise inevitable” [283, p. 98]. By October 1899 Chase Ambler and the Asheville Board of Trade had issued a call to various governors, senators, representatives, and interested persons in North Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama soliciting support for a meeting “for the purpose of organizing an association for the promotion of a Southern National Park and Forest Reserve.” The “Forest Reserve” was added to dispel any notions that the call was solely for a local Asheville park. The requested meeting was convened on 22 November 1899, in Asheville. An organization was formed with its members deciding after much debate to call it the Appalachian National Park Association. Through its bylaws, the new association stated that “its objective shall be the establishment of a national park somewhere in the Southern Appalachian Mountains.” In its December 1899 issue of The Forester, the American Forestry Association commended the action taken by the Asheville Board of Trade “to form an association and take practical steps for consuming the plan for a great forest preserve in the wild mountain regions of that state” [268, p. 283]. The Forester article is largely a reprinting of two documents: a petition addressed to Congress calling for the government to protect the wilderness by establishing a park and reserve, and an illustrated pamphlet distributed earlier by the Park and Forestry Committee of the Asheville Board of Trade. The Forester article is the first of what soon became a proliferation of articles calling for the federal government to establish a park in the Great Smoky Mountains. The twentieth century opened with Senator Jeter Pritchard of North Carolina introducing to the Senate on 4 January, 1900, an extended petition from the Appalachian National Park Association bringing to the attention of Congress the desirability of establishing a national park in the Southern Appalachians [221]. The petition outlined in point-by-point order the following reasons:

1. Rare natural beauty of the Southern Appalachian region.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park



2. Superb forest of the Southern Appalachian system. 3. Necessity of preserving the head waters of many rivers rising in these mountains. 4. Healthfulness of the region. 5. Climate is salubrious. 6. Location is central. 7. Eastern states are entitled to a national park. 8. Park would pay as a forest reserve. 9. Title to the land can be easily acquired.

Each point is bolstered by accompanying detail of facts and figures outlining the reasons for the federal government to become engaged in a park movement. These points and the supporting facts and figures quickly became the information fodder that would be recycled repeatedly in dozens of articles in popular magazines supporting the park movement. While the Association’s bylaws specified a park “somewhere in the Southern Appalachian Mountains,” the petition to Congress was more precise. In addressing “the rare and natural beauty of the Southern Appalachian region,” the petition specifies, “In western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee (or, more definitely, in the heart of the Great Smoky Mountains, the Balsam Mountain, and the Black and Craggy Mountains). . . .” This point was not lost to the wave of secondary supporters who quickly began to identify the park movement with the high divide along the North Carolina–Tennessee state line. On 17 April 1900, officers of the Park Association were invited to appear before the Senate Agriculture Committee to argue the merits of the federal government creating a national park in the South. Four days later, Senator Pritchard introduced a bill asking for an appropriation of five thousand dollars to fund a preliminary investigation into the feasibility of the Park Association’s proposal. Pritchard’s bill was passed on 26 April and became law on 1 July. Pritchard’s bill authorized Secretary of Agriculture James Wilson to “investigate the forest condition in the Southern Appalachian Mountain Region of western North Carolina and adjacent states” [322]. Over the next six months Secretary Wilson, with assistance from the United States Geological Survey, completed the investigation outlined in the Pritchard bill. In a preliminary

report to Congress on 3 July 1901, Wilson outlined the scope of his investigation, including “an inquiry as to the suitability of this region for a national park, as proposed by the Appalachian National Park Association, and an examination of the validity of the reason advanced by its advocates for the creation of such a park” (S Doc 93, 56th Cong., 2nd Sess.). Ironically, Wilson concluded that “the idea of a national park is conservation, not use; that of a forest reserve, conservation by use. I have therefore to recommend a forest reserve instead of a park.” On 10 January 1901, Senator Pritchard responded to the Wilson report by introducing a bill on the Senate floor authorizing $5 million for establishing the Southern Appalachian Forest Reserve. With the introduction of the Pritchard bill, the movement for a national park in the Southern Appalachian came to an end for the time being. Near the time Wilson began his investigations, a feature article “The Proposed Appalachian Park” by Joseph A. Holmes, the state geologist of North Carolina, appeared in the July 1900 issue of The Forester [267]. Holmes’s essay was the first appeal to a national audience on the necessity of founding a national park in the Smokies. It was a standard-format piece that would be recycled repeatedly over the next couple of years in dozens of popular and general-interest magazines including Century, Country Life, Alkahest, North American Review, The World’s Work, Sandow’s Magazine, The American Month Review of Reviews, Field and Stream, Forest Leaves, Woodland and Roadside, and Outing as well as trade publications such as American Lumberman, The Lumber Review, The Forester, and The Southern Lumberman. Each of these journals tailored to their respective readerships the message that the American citizenry and the federal government must take action to preserve something of the forests, waterways, natural beauty, game, plant life, and timber industry by setting aside the most unique highlands in the Southern Appalachians, namely the Great Smoky Mountains. What remained unclear was whether the call was in support of a national park as envisioned by the Appalachian National Park Association, or for a national forest reserve recommended by Secretary James Wilson. In spite of a special message of support from President McKinley to Congress and favorable reports from

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

79

both the House and Senate, Pritchard’s proposal immediately attracted opposition on several fronts. Some western representatives and conservation groups who supported in principle the idea of a national forest were fearful of losing funding to their eastern counterparts. Fiscal conservatives were adamantly opposed to spending for anything that resembled a park. Their sentiments were well summarized by House Speaker Joe Cannon’s dictum: “Not one cent for scenery.” Political conservatives noted that the federal government did not have the constitutional authority to purchase private land for purposes of setting it aside as a reserve. Others wanted not only to block legislation, but to dismantle the Forest Service entirely and open the national forests for private development. Some even argued that individual states should assume the responsibility for looking after their forests. To circumvent the states’ rights issues, the Appalachian National Park Association in 1901 persuaded five southern states to pass legislation granting their consent to the purchase of land by the federal government. However, by 1903, they began realizing the futility of the park movement and joined the campaign for the national forest reserve. To reflect the new emphasis, the Association changed its name to the Appalachian National Forest Reserve Association. In 1905 the American Forestry Association joined the fray, deciding to push vigorously for the establishment of a national forest reserve in the Southern Appalachians as well as for a similar reserve in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. The Appalachian National Forest Reserve Association decided to withdraw from the field in favor of the older and nationally more influential organization and accordingly dissolved itself on 2 December 1905 [290, p. 103]. However, the failure of the Pritchard bill to become operative led the American Forestry Association and other advocates of forest reserves to shift their argument from nature preservation to the more utilitarian concerns of flood and forest fire protection. This shift in emphasis was exemplified by Congressman John W. Weeks of Massachusetts making a motion on the House floor (HR 11798) to authorize the federal purchase of lands for “the protection from fire of the forested watersheds of navigable streams” and the “acquirement lands located on the headwaters of navigable streams” [332]. After years of debate, Congress finally 80

passed the so-called Weeks Law of March 1, 1911, no doubt as a belated precautionary reaction to a 1910 summer of fires in the Bitterroot Mountains of Idaho and Montana that destroyed a forest tract the size of the state of Connecticut. Less than a month after ratification of the Weeks Law, chief of the Forest Service, Henry Graves, issued a memorandum, “Purchase of Land under the Weeks Law in the Southern Appalachian and White Mountains,” outlining the procedures to be followed in implementing the law and identifying thirteen land areas as potential candidates for purchase. Graves’s proposal included the “Smoky Mountain Area, North Carolina and Tennessee.” His memorandum was substantially revised in January 1913, with the number of land areas under consideration increased to twenty. The memorandum was revised again in June 1924 and issued as United States Department of Agriculture Circular 313. By this time the total land units under consideration for purchase was twentytwo, with some units having multiple divisions. In each of the revisions, the Smoky Mountain area remained a candidate for purchase, although the boundaries of the area under consideration varied substantially with each revision. Of the thirteen original areas identified for purchase by the Forest Service, nine were eventually acquired by the federal government for forest reserves. The Great Smoky Mountains area was not acquired and thus failed to attain the status of a national forest. However, even before the machinations of the Weeks Law had completely reached their conclusions, a rising force in the form of the newly created National Park Service had entered the fray. The National Park Service was the brainchild of Stephen Mather, a wealthy industrialist and conservationist who confronted the secretary of the interior, Franklin Lane, about the deplorable state of the country’s national parks. Mather’s contact with Lane set into motion a series of actions that ultimately resulted in the formation in 1916 of the National Park Service and the appointment of Mather as its first director. Mather subsequently elicited the support of the influential journalist and wilderness activist Robert Sterling Yard, who would soon become a well-known figure in the movement to establish a park in the Smokies through journal essays and in his role as the executive director of the National Parks Association.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

In 1921 Benton MacKaye, a conservationist and planner, submitted to the Journal of the American Institute of Architects a proposal for establishing a recreational camp in the form of a long trail that would trace the high divide of the Appalachian Mountain chain from Canada to northern Georgia [944]. MacKaye based his proposal on the premise that people need to escape from the “high powered tension of the economic scramble” that characterized American life in the early twentieth century. His idea coincided with the increase in affluence and leisure for most Americans, as well as with the emerging popularity of automobile tourism. MacKaye’s proposal, which later became manifest in the Appalachian Trail, also coincided with the formation in 1923 of the Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association and in 1924 of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club. The former consisted of individuals interested in revisiting the possibility of establishing a national park in the Smokies. The Association’s agenda relied heavily on the arguments set forth by Chase Ambler and Senator Jeter Pritchard a generation earlier. The Smoky Mountains Hiking Club was organized mainly to encourage recreational exploration of the mountains. The Club’s membership produced several individuals who contributed to a growing body of advocacy for a recreational park. Jim Thompson, a professional photographer from Knoxville, captured images of the mountains that were used as illustrative material for articles appearing in an inordinate number of journals and magazines, thus giving a visible face to the mountains that earlier writers had praised for their unsurpassed beauty. Carlos Campbell, a founding member of the Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association, was among the first to emphasize the economic and tourism benefits of having a national park within driving distance of the major centers of population in the United States. More widely known was Harvey Broome, the Harvardeducated lawyer from Knoxville who joined Robert Sterling Yard, Benton MacKaye, and Aldo Leopold in forming the Wilderness Society, a professional advocacy group dedicated to protecting America’s wilderness areas. Broome, a talented writer and keen environmentalist, was among the first to introduce, in a forceful way, the idea of the national park as a nature sanctuary. The formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park was a highly politicized and contentious en-

terprise whose business was executed in committee meetings, legal proceedings, and personal correspondence, thus remaining largely out of the public eye. The birth of the Park has been treated in several excellent historical studies, particularly Daniel Pierce’s The Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2000) and Margaret Lynn Brown’s The Wild East: A Biography of the Great Smoky Mountains (Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2000). An interesting journalistic account from an observer at creation is Carlos Campbell’s Birth of a National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains: An Unprecedented Crusade Which Created, as a Gift to the People, the Nation’s Most Popular Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1960). Individual themes relating to the advent of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park are expounded in “Cataloochee and the Establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Peter Shelburne Givens, M. A. thesis, Western Carolina University, 1978), “The Campaign for a National Park in Western North Carolina” (Jesse R. Lankford, M. A. thesis, Western Carolina University, 1973), and “A Timely Idea at an Ideal Time: Knoxville’s Role in Establishing the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (John Thomas Whaley, M. A. thesis, University of Tennessee, 1984). Not all of the public commentary on the proposed park was supportive. As soon as it became apparent that the new movement had legs, the Western Carolina Lumber and Timber Association countered with a point-bypoint refutation of the reasoning behind the park movement, beginning with the assumption that “the people who are so enthusiastically backing the plan for the establishment of a National Park in the Smoky Mountains are not well informed as to the facts” [226]. The more polite and nuanced opposition to the park movement acquiesced to the economic arguments of pro-park proponents, but qualified them by contending that the region could not thrive on tourism alone. Fostering industrial development, particularly the lumbering industry, was necessary. In an open letter to the Southern Lumberman, Reuben Robertson, president of the Champion Fibre Company, attempted to blunt the public allure for the national park by pointing out that 75 percent of the area included in the proposed Smoky Mountain National Park had been cut over by lumber operators and was no longer virgin timber, thus no longer representing the museum

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

81

quality required for a park. Furthermore, Robertson asserted, the National Park Service was not up to the task. We are absolutely convinced from many years of familiarity with timber growth that this cutover area will be restored to the desired state of forest beauty far more rapidly under methods of scientific forest management than by the process of simply letting nature take its course unaided. For this reason, we firmly believe that the cut-over areas should be under the management of the Forest Service of the federal government, rather than under the management of a federal department unfamiliar with scientific forestry [292]. In 1924 the United States Department of the Interior established the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission with authority to visit and evaluate potential sites for a national park in the southern highlands. During a convening of the committee in Asheville, members were introduced to the Great Smoky Mountains by means of a display of spectacular photographs by Knoxville photographer Jim Thompson. Suspicious that Thompson’s photographs might be fakes, the commission insisted on traveling to the mountains and verifying the natural beauty they had seen in the display. A chronicle of the formation of the committee and a history of the visitation and selection process was later issued in the Final Report of the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission to the Secretary of the Interior, June 30, 1931 [217]. The report documents the committee’s conclusion: “The Great Smoky Mountains easily stand first because of the height of the mountains, depth of the valley, ruggedness of the area, and the unexampled variety of trees, shrubs, and plants.” By 1926, opposition to the proposed park had essentially become moot. On 22 May the U. S. Senate approved “An Act to provide for the establishment of the Shenandoah National Park in the State of Virginia and the Great Smoky Mountain National Park in the States of North Carolina and Tennessee, and for other purposes” that identifies the location and size of the proposed park and stipulates that it “shall be known as the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” [344]. The Act further stipulates that the lands for the park would not be 82

purchased with “public moneys,” but “only by public or private donations.” In accordance with the spirit of the 1926 Act, the Tennessee and North Carolina legislatures in 1929 passed acts making provisions for the conveyance of land for the proposed park and transference of jurisdiction of these lands to the federal government. Over the next few years the political and bureaucratic wheels ground inexorably on their appointed missions. On 15 June 1934 the Great Smoky Mountains National Park was officially established. The first years of the new Park’s existence were consumed with litigation and the removal of previous owners from the mountains, an ordeal that is documented in Margaret Lynn Brown’s The Wild East, and Stephen Wallace Taylor’s The New South’s New Frontier: A Social History of Economic Development in Southwestern North Carolina (Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2001). On 2 September 1940, while presiding from a stone dais in Newfound Gap, President Franklin Delano Roosevelt formally dedicated the mountains between North Carolina and Tennessee as the Great Smoky Mountains National Park and “to the service of the millions of American people.” Ken Wise

Sources U. S. Government Reports, Commentary and Articles, Individual Laws, Selected Hearings, Compilation Laws U. S. Government Reports

[214] Graves, Henry S. “Purchase of Land under the Weeks Law in the Southern Appalachian and White Mountains,” United States Department of Agriculture. Forest Service. Washington D.C.: Forest Service, March 27, 1911. 9 p. Revised version: January 18, 1913. 13 p.

Revised version: Forest Service Circular 313, June 1924. 15 p.

An outline of the specific provisions to be considered by the Forest Service in the purchase of land for a forest reserve as specified by the so-called Weeks Law of March 1, 1911 [332]. Factors to be considered include geographical location, quality of land use, and cost of ac-

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

quisition. The provisions also specify the procedures to be followed by the government in executing the purchases. Thirteen land areas are identified in the document as suitable candidates for purchase, including the “Smoky Mountain Area, North Carolina and Tennessee.” The proposed Smoky Mountain Area extends as far north as Denny Mountain and includes Gatlinburg and Cove Mountain in Sevier County and Tuckaleechee Cove in Blount County. The text of the Weeks Law is appended to the document. In 1913, the provisions for purchase in the 1911 document were substantially revised and expanded to include seven additional land areas as candidates for purchase. The “Smoky Mountain Area” was expanded to include Wears Cove and the Chilhowee Mountains in Sevier County and the area east of the Chilhowee Mountains in Blount County. The text of the Weeks Law is included with the addition of an amendment of August 10, 1912. In 1924 the provisions as outlined in the 1913 document were substantially revised with the addition of four possible land areas for purchase and the elimination of one for a total of twenty-three candidates. The “Smoky Mountain Unit” as outlined in the 1913 document was reduced by eliminating the mountain land north of the road from Jones Cove to Richardson Cove and the land in Wears Cove. The text of the Weeks Law is included with the addition of two amendments, an Act of June 30, 1914 and an Act of March 4, 1913. [KW] [215] Message from the President of the United States Transmitting a Report of the Secretary of Agriculture in Relation to the Forests, Rivers, and Mountains of the Southern Appalachian Region. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1902. 57th Cong., 1st sess. S. Doc. 84. 210 p. il., maps. Comprehensive report compiled by James Wilson, Secretary of Agriculture, transmitted to Congress by President Theodore Roosevelt, on the state of the Southern Appalachian forests and the advisability of creating a national forest in this region. Both Roosevelt in the introduction and Wilson in the conclusion of the report recommend the creation of a national forest to alleviate flood damage caused by poor forestry and agricultural practices. Roosevelt states, “for economic reasons the preservation of these forests is imperative,” since many of the eastern waterways originate in the Southern Appalachians. Report is lavishly illustrated with seventy-eight plates, in-

cluding three maps (two large foldouts) and ninety-two photographs of forests and damage due to flood and erosion, one of which is a colorized view of rhododendrons on the Black Mountains, and three of which are foldout panoramas. Nine photographs are identified as being in the Smokies region. Several appendices supplement the main report. An index concludes the volume. Appendix A: a) Ayres, H. B., and William W. Ashe. “Forests and Forest Conditions in the Southern Appalachians,” p. 45–59. Subdivided descriptions of the forest area. The GSM is described on p. 53–54 as having “the finest and largest bodies of spruce in the South Appalachians” (p. 54). Damage from logging and the accompanying forest fires have injured both the north and south slopes. b) Price, Overton W. “Lumbering in the Southern Appalachians Now and Under Government Ownership and Supervision,” p. 61–68. Presents the “evils”of current methods of forestry and the advantages of forest management by the government. c) Ayres, H. B., and William W. Ashe. “Description of the Southern Appalachian Forests by River Basins,” p. 69–91. The Smokies region is covered by Big Pigeon River Basin (p. 78–79), Northwestern Slope of Smoky Mountains (p. 79–80) and Little Tennessee River Basin (p. 80–82) with information on topography and the condition of forest areas. d) Ayres, H. B., and William W. Ashe. “Trees of the Southern Appalachians,” p. 93–106. List of all the trees that grow in the region with information on their distribution and uses. e) Ashe, William W. “List of Shrubs and Some Plants Which Only Under the Most Favorable Conditions Assume Arborescent Form,” p. 107–09. A list with both common and scientific names. Appendix B: Keith, Arthur. “Topography and Geology of the Southern Appalachians,” p. 111–21. Overview of topography, geology, climate, and the function of forest cover in the protection of soils and waterways. Appendix C: Pressey, H. A., and E. W. Myers. “Hydrography of the Southern Appalachians,” p. 123–42. Details on climate and water in region including information on floods and resulting damage, stream flow, and value of streams for water power. Appendix D: Henry, Alfred J. “Climate of the Southern Appalachians,” p. 143–53. Area weather is categorized by heavy rainfall and temperature variations based on altitude. There is little weather data for the more mountainous areas of the region.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

83

Appendix E: “The Present Status of the Movement for the Proposed Forest Reserve in the Southern Appalachians,” p. 155–92. Includes memorials and resolutions supporting the proposed national forest from organizations such as the Appalachian Mountain Club and the Appalachian National Park Association, additional reports, legislative resolutions from various states in the region, and extracts from the press. [AB] [216] U.S. Department of the Interior. Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1926–34. 1926: 16; 1927: 131; 1928: 166; 1929: 54; 1930: 35–36, 83; 1931: 36–38, 107; 1932: 23, 25, 106–8; 1933: 165–66, 193–95, 197; 1934: 174, 204, 207, 213–14.

Each report contains a brief progress update on the GSMNP. For example, in the 1931 report, Secretary Ray Lyman Wilbur writes: Governors of North Carolina and Tennessee presented the department with deeds to another area of 170,000 acres of land in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. The total area deeded to the Federal Government is now approximately 300,000 acres. The park lacks but 130,000 acres of the minimum area specified by Congress for full development. (p. 37) The 1934 report includes three tables with comparisons of all the national parks: Table 1, “Holdings acquired for national park and monument purposes (p. 204); Table 4, “Statement of appropriations made for, and revenues received from, the various national parks and national monuments, and expenditures made there from during the recent fiscal years” [1930–35 for GSMNP] (p. 207–10); Table 8, “Forest-fire statistics, calendar year 1933” (p. 213–14). [AB] [217] U.S. Department of the Interior. Final Report of the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission to the Secretary of the Interior, June 30, 1931. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1931. 38 p. il., map.

Outlines promotional activities of the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission from 1924–31, which led to the recommendation that a national park

84

be formed in the GSM of N.C. and Tenn. and the Blue Ridge Mountains of Va. Chronicles the formation of the Committee and the history of the visitation and selection process. Reviews land acquisition, finances, and policy issues that culminated in the decision to establish the Great Smoky Mountains, Shenandoah, and Mammoth Cave National Parks. After considering several sites, the Committee felt that “the Great Smoky Mountains easily stand first because of the height of the mountains, depth of the valleys, ruggedness of the area, and the unexampled variety of trees, shrubs, and plants” (p. 7) Reproduces text of appropriate legislation and outlines funding arrangements for land purchases. Includes a foldout map of the U.S. with the proposed GSMNP highlighted in red. [AB/KW] [218] U.S. National Park Service. Annual Report of the Director of the National Park Service to the Secretary of the Interior for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1923–26, 1929–31. 1923: 14; 1924: 4–5; 1925: 2–3; 1926: 2; 1929: 7; 1930: 10–11, 52, 67; 1931: 57–58, 111–12, 114–16, 141–43, 150; 1932: 46–47, 72, 84–86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 98 [1927, 1928, 1933 and 1934 not printed]. il.

Brief entries in each report trace the development of the GSMNP from conception to reality. Starting with the 1930 report, the Smokies are included in statistical tables that list parks and appropriations and, in later issues, campers/visitors, forest fires, automobile traffic, and big game animals. The 1931 transfer to the GSM of J. Ross Eakin, first Smokies Superintendent, is noted, as well as negotiations to procure park land from individuals and lumber companies. The 1932 report focuses on road construction and park planning and mentions moving park headquarters from Maryville to Gatlinburg. No Smokies illustrations. [AB] [219] Wilson, James. Report of the Secretary of Agriculture on the Southern Appalachian and White Mountain Watersheds. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1908. 60th Cong., 1st sess. Sen. Doc. no. 91. 39 p. maps, tables.

Transmitted from James Wilson, Secretary of Agriculture, to the President of the Senate on 11 December 1907, “in compliance with the provision in the act making appropriations for the United States Department of Agriculture for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1908” (p.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

3). Secretary Wilson’s report is in response to the agricultural appropriation bill approved March 4, 1907: . . . to report to Congress the area and natural conditions of said watersheds, the price at which the same can be purchased by the Government, and the advisability of the Government purchasing and setting apart the same as national forest reserves for the purpose of conserving and regulating the water supply and flow of said streams in the interest of agriculture, water power, and navigation. (p. 7) Summarizes natural resources and commercial opportunities of the two regions. Cites scientific studies about devastation of timber resources through logging and negative impact on soils and watersheds. Strongly recommends the establishment, through purchase with federal funds, of five million acres in the Southern Mountains and 600,000 in the White Mountains. Specifically mentions GSM on pages 8, 20, 22, and 31. Sharply critical of loss of virgin forests, destructive timber practices (“Lumbering is attended with almost as much waste as ever” p. 25), and attendant water pollution, fire hazards, and soil erosion. Of the Smokies the report states: The Great Smoky Mountains lying to the west and southwest of the Blue Ridge are generally rough and valueless for any purpose except the growing of timber. Throughout the higher mountains cultivation is impracticable because the soils rapidly erode when cleared and farmed. The sand and gravel washed down from the mountain fields are carried down in large quantities to the lower courses of the streams in the piedmont region and deposited on valuable agricultural lands, rendering them valueless. Single floods will occasionally leave deposits several inches in thickness. (p. 22) Two maps show general areas of proposed land acquisitions. Recommends immediate appropriation of $1.5 million for land purchases in the White Mountains and $3.5 million to begin purchases in the Southern Appalachians. [RC]

Association and Commission Reports

[220] Appalachian National Park Association. Appalachian Forest Reserve: Proceedings of the Convention Held Oct. 25, 1902 at Asheville, N.C. Asheville: Asheville Printing Co., 1902. 48 p. Following the suggestion of the Asheville Board of Trade, the Knoxville Chamber of Commerce and the Newport Board of Trade, the Directors of the Appalachian National Park Association, and of the Asheville Board of Trade arranged for a convention to be held in the Auditorium, Asheville, N.C. at 3 p.m. in the interest of the proposed Appalachian National Forest Preserve. (p. 2) Includes printed versions of the convention’s deliberations, addresses, discussions, and resolutions in support of forest preservation by government management in the GSM region. Primary speakers were President Hayes, Col. B. R. Strong of Knoxville (Convention Chairman), E. T. Whatley of Ga. (Convention Secretary), J. W. Caldwell, Dr. C. P. Ambler (Association Secretary and Treasurer), and Professor J. A. Holmes. Comments on the area’s scenic beauty, geography, natural features, forests, economy, lumber and farm operations, and the need for government protection. Ambler recounts the park movement’s history and summarizes federal legislative initiatives and support (p. 8–17), stating that “the proposed Appalachian National Forest Reserve is the outcome of an organization which was started in Asheville on November 22nd, 1899, under the name of the Appalachian National Park Association” (p. 8). Ambler mentions support in magazines and newspapers, including articles in Century, The World’s Work, Country Life, The New England Magazine, The Outlook: An Illustrated Weekly of Current Life, American Review of Reviews, The Alkahest, The Outing Magazine, Forest and Stream, and the Manufacturers’ Record (p. 10). Pending legislation, particularly the “Burton Bill,” passed by the U.S. Senate on 18 April 1902, is reviewed. In the “Financial Report” (p. 17–18), J. A. Nichols reports “that $2638.45 has been collected since the organization of the association, all of which had practically been spent in printing, buying literature, etc.: that none of the officers of the association had received a salary for their work” (p. 17).

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

85

J. W. Caldwell’s address (pp. 18–28) eloquently recapitulates the need for forest conservation and calls upon the public to pressure Congress to pass necessary legislation. The area under consideration includes Western N.C. and East Tenn. (p. 24). Caldwell attacks both the lumber companies—“We have reached the point in America where vandalism in our forests must be checked” (p. 25)—and farming—“In the mountains the belief still prevails that the chief end of man and of the earth is to raise corn without ceasing” (p. 26). Professor Holmes’s address (p. 28–37) laments the devastation of natural resources by the lumber industry, including soil erosion and flooding. Economic advantages to conservation, particularly dams, are cited. Speakers in the General Discussion (p. 37–40) included S. V. Pickens of Hendersonville, F. H. Busbee of Raleigh, Judge O. P. Temple of Knoxville, and General John T. Wilder. At the Evening Session, “the stereopticon address on ‘The Proposed Appalachian National Forest Reserve’ by Professor J. A. Holmes attracted from 1200 to 1500 people” (p. 40). Resolutions appear on p. 40–43, followed by another General Discussion (p. 43–44) and Notes (p. 44–48) that list additional details about the convention and name delegates by city. Knoxville sent the largest delegation (45). Municipal Boards of Trade who support the association’s goals are also listed. [RC] [221] Memorial to the Congress of the United States from the Appalachian National Park Association. Adopted 19 December 1899. n.p.: Appalachian National Park Association, 1900. 6 p. il, map. Reprint: U.S. Senate. Committee on Forest Reservations and the Protection of Game. 56th Congress, 1st sess. Sen. Doc. No. 58, January 4, 1900. 5 p.; Southern Pictures and Pencillings: Official Organ of The Appalachian National Park Association 2, no. 3 (January 15, 1900): 1–7. il., map, table.

Nine-part petition signed by George S. Powell, ANPA President, and Dr. C. P. Ambler, Secretary, to the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives. Pleads with Congress to establish a national park “in the heart of the Great Smoky Mountains, the Balsam Mountains and the Black and Craggy Mountains” (p. 1). Outlines a litany of reasons for a national park in the Southern Appalachians, including the area’s “rare natural beauty,” “superb forests,” “necessity of preserving the headwaters of many rivers,”

86

“healthfulness,” “climate is fine,” “location is central,” “eastern states are entitled to a national park,” “the park would pay as a forest reserve,” and “the title to the land can be easily acquired.” The petitioners refrain from selecting an exact location for the Park but suggest that it “should contain the highest mountains and the finest scenery in the whole Appalachian system, and this is found in the heart of the Great Smoky and Black Mountains; and that the Park should also embrace the largest area of virgin forest and the finest example of mixed forest in America” (p. 4–5). Includes a map of the proposed park passed by the Association on Dec. 19, 1899, and one unattributed illustration. Signed by George S. Powell, Dr. C. P. Ambler, and the members of the Committee on Petitions and Memorials on the same date. The final page is a map of the Memorial Committee’s proposed park boundaries. In the Southern Pictures and Pencillings reprint, a table of meteorological records for 1888–92 (no location given, probably Asheville), a short article on the region as a health resort, and a list of reasons for establishing a national park conclude the national park material in the issue. [AB/RC] [222] A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains. Asheville: North Carolina Park Commission, 1925. 19 p. il., map.

Lavishly illustrated booklet consisting of an essay by Horace Kephart, “The Smoky Mountain National Park,” accompanied by two poems, “The Forest” and “To the Thrust.” Kephart’s essay presents the Commission’s case for why national parks are needed and specifically why a park is essential in the Great Smoky Mountains. Kephart buttresses his argument with a thorough explanation of the role of the Commission, supported with illustrations of the uniqueness and attractiveness of the mountains as well as an outline of the benefits and commercial advantages to making the area into a national park. Contains fifteen photographs by Jim Thompson. [KW] [223] Report of the North Carolina Park Commission. Submitted to Governor O. Max Gardner, January 24, 1931. Raleigh: North Carolina Park Commission, 1931. 12 p.

Report on the history and work of the Commission from its inception in 1924 until the date of the report. Identifies members of the Commission and members of

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

the associated Southern Appalachian Parks Committee, who were authorized to identify land for a new park east of the Mississippi. Much of the report concerns the Commission’s financial operation in acquiring land for the proposed park, including a funds report by a certified public accountant retained by the Commission. Appendix reprints the N.C. Public Laws of 1929, Resolution no. 25, “Joint Resolution Directing the North Carolina Park Commission to Make Certain Investigations and Report to the Next General Assembly” [354]. [KW] [224] Report of the North Carolina Park Commission. Submitted to Governor O. Max Gardner, January 2, 1933. Raleigh: North Carolina Park Commission, 1933. 11 p.

Follow-up to the previous report [223]. In the current report the Commission outlines changes in the contemplated boundaries of the park and costs associated with these changes. Of particular interest are comments on details of specific un-acquired major tracts, in particular, the Byrd tract, the Suncrest Lumber Company tract, and the Ravensford Lumber Company tract, as well as a listing of adverse claims. Included is a financial report by a certified public accountant retained by the Commission. [KW] [225] “Shenandoah National Park Named by Committee.” National Parks Bulletin no. 42 (December 25, 1924): 1–5. maps.

The report of the Southern Appalachian National Park Committee, subtitled “A Second Southern Appalachian National Park Also Recommended in the Great Smoky Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee,” covers Appalachian geography, GSM topography, and mountain scenery (p. 4–5). Mentions elevations of higher peaks and ridges, flora, and grandeur (“It is evident that the Great Smokies are destined before long to add to our National Gallery of Scenic Masterpieces its greatest eastern picture,” p. 5). Article is followed by “Report in Full of Secretary Work’s Appalachian National Park Commission,” dated 12 December 1924 and presented to Congress on 13 December 1924 by Representative Henry Wilson Temple of Pa. [217, p. 6–7]. [RC] [226] Western Carolina Lumber and Timber Association. Report of Committee to Draft and Submit

Resolutions on the Matter of National Park or Forest Preservation in the Smoky Mountain Area. (July 25, 1925). 7 p.

Point-by-point argument outlining the Association’s position against the establishment of a national park in the GSM. Their case begins with the premise that “the people who are so enthusiastically backing a plan for the establishment of a National Park in the Smoky Mountains, are not well informed as to the facts.” Contends that the Smoky Mountains would be better served under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Forestry as a national park. The reason given is that the Park Service would be unable to extend to the public any services not currently offered by the National Forest System and would introduce unnecessary restrictions on timber, mineral, and water-power development. [KW] [227] Wright, James B. Great Smoky Mountains National Park: A Statement of Jas. B. Wright of Knoxville, Tennessee elicited by the Park Investigating Committee appointed by the Sixty-Sixth General Assembly (1929) under House Resolution no. 21, The Senate Concurring. Nashville: Rich Printing Co., 1929. 71 p. il., map.

Collection of sworn testimony by attorney James Wright, together with official letters, affidavits, and other supporting documentation, presented before a Tenn. legislative committee investigating issues surrounding the formation of the GSMNP in Tenn., including possible fraud and corruption in the activities of the GSMNP Commission. The collection offers a wealth of historical background material on the Smokies, as well as discussions on political issues associated with the park movement, the various plans and visions for the new park, the national forest versus national park debate, and the role and placement of new roads with the proposed park. The collection is accompanied by well over two dozen photographs, many taken directly from previously-published material promoting the formation of the park. [KW]

Commentary and Articles

[228] “45,000 Acre Smoky Mountain Tract Approved for National Forest Purchase.” Appalachian Journal 17, no. 7 (July 1924): 10.

Brief announcement of the purchase of the Babcock tract of 45,000 acres, which embraces the Tellico River

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

87

watershed in “anticipating the acquisition and development of a great new National Forest in the Smoky Mountains of Tennessee.” [KW] [229] “Adds to Eastern Forests.” The Southern Lumberman 118, no. 1537 (March 14, 1925): 42.

Short article announcing the purchase of additional lands in the “eastern” states for national forests by the National Forest Reservation Commission. The Commission has rescinded the 1911 “action” to create a “Smoky Mountain National Forest.” [AB] [230] “Along the Smoky Range.” The Forester 6, no. 4 (April 1900): 90.

This editorial, reprinted from the Hartford Courant newspaper, aims to persuade readers of the importance of the creation of a national park in the Southern Appalachians. Lauds the impressive beauty of the forests and mountains and warns of their impending destruction. Pleads for the establishment of a national park and believes that the park will become one of the “most popular resorts in the country.” [SL] [231] Ambler, Chase P. “The Proposed Appalachian National Park” in “Open Letters,” Century (September 1901): 795–96.

A plea for support of a national park in the Southern Appalachians. Includes a brief overview of the movement and rationale to form the national park. Author mentions the denuding of the forest by lumber companies and the resulting damage to the waterways. Notes the popularity of the area as a health and tourist resort and extols the virtue of the scenery and diversity of the flora and fauna. Opposition, Ambler notes, is only from “a few selfish lumber operators” (p. 769). [AB] [232] Ambler, Chase P. “Appalachian Forest Reserve; and Why Park Is Necessary.” Alkahest 7, no. 4 (December 1902): 265–70. il., map.

Urges federal protection of the proposed Appalachian National Forest Reserve; written by the Secretary of the Appalachian National Forest Reserve Association. Subtitled, “History of the Movement, Reasons Why its Existence is Necessary and a Review of the Work that the National Commission has Accomplished,” the article

88

includes a map and four photographs (two of Lake Fanfield, Sapphire, N.C.). Text is similar to Ambler’s address published in the Appalachian Forest Reserve: Proceedings, 1902 [220]. [RC] [233] Ambler, Chase P. “The Proposed National Appalachian Forest Reserve.” Sandow’s Magazine 1, no. 1 (January 1903): 15–26. il.

General interest article by the Secretary of the Appalachian National Park Association outlining the Association’s twelve reasons for advocating the establishment of a forest reserve in the Southern Appalachians. The twelve points are followed by a brief survey of federal legislation and actions by governmental and non-profit organizations to further the movement. Concludes with brief descriptions of some of the mountain areas, including the GSM, under consideration for national forest status. [KW] [234] Ambler, Chase P. “The Appalachians.” Forest and Stream 69, no. 18 (November 2, 1907): 695.

An informative article on the status of a bill before Congress to authorize the establishing of a national forest reserve in the Southern Appalachians. Gives an account of the progress of the movement to establish a national forest, from the time it was first conceived in 1889 to a recent meeting of the American Forestry Association in Asheville, N.C. Includes a report of the preamble and resolutions passed at the Asheville meeting. Of particular interest are references to the economics concerning the preservation of water supply, water power, and agricultural lands versus the destructive economics of the pulp and paper industry in the Smokies region. [KW] [235] “Another National Park Project.” Christian Advocate 74, no. 50 (December 14, 1899): 2040.

An organization has formed in Asheville to lobby Congress for a “national park and forest and game preserve” in the Smokies. Unless a park is formed, the “mountain and valley lands of the southern Alleghanies will soon be denuded of their forests, and…the people of the valleys that depend on these watersheds for their water supply will suffer.” Points out that the proposed park will be very accessible for those who live in the eastern part of the U.S. [AB]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

[236] “The Appalachian National Park.” Forest Leaves 7, no. 7 (February 1900): 105.

Short article reports that in November 1899, prominent citizens in Asheville inaugurated a movement to secure a national park in the Appalachian Mountains of Western N.C. Notes that a park’s benefits would include rest and recreation, a safe-paying business investment, and an important protection of timber, both for future profit and as a storage basin for the headwaters of river systems along the Atlantic coast. [SL] [237] “The Appalachian National Park.” Forest Leaves 8, no. 5 (October 1901): 70–71.

Brief article details the reasons, as proposed by advocates, for the establishment of an “Appalachian National Park.” Discusses size, location, cost, and natural features. Records dates and summaries of national and state legislation concerning the establishment of the park. Includes a brief discussion of a report [215] made by U.S. Secretary of Agriculture James Wilson to President Theodore Roosevelt, stating that “the matter of the park was worthy of careful consideration” (p. 70). But, Wilson believes that a forest reserve should be created rather than a park. A reserve, he contends, “would be self-supporting from the sale of timber” (p. 70). [SL] [238] “The Appalachian National Park.” Forest Leaves 8, no. 7 (February 1902): 100.

Brief column pledging the Pennsylvania Forestry Association’s support of the “Appalachian National Park.” Contains a copy of the Association’s resolution sent to Congress stating its support of the park. Summarizes the Pritchard and Brownlow bills that propose the establishment of the park and describes differences between the bills. [SL] [239] Appalachian National Park Association. “For an Appalachian Park.” The Forester 6, no. 6 (June 1900): 141–42.

Correspondence containing the text of a resolution by the Appalachian National Park Association in support of the creation of a national park in the Southern Appalachians [221]. In this circular, the authors ask readers to “endorse the application of scientific forestry,” “preservation of forests,” “protection of headwaters,” “preservation

of game, songbirds, and fish,” and “the opening of this great impressively beautiful region by adequate roads” (p. 141). They further urge readers to take an “active interest” in the cause. Includes an address where readers could write to receive copies of the circular for further distribution. [SL] [240] “Appalachian Reserve.” The Southern Lumberman 65, no. 856 (February 17, 1912): 36.

In a telegram message, the office of The Southern Lumberman was notified that the National Forest Reservation Commission completed the contract to purchase 85,000 acres of Little River Lumber Company land in East Tenn. with the understanding that the company will be able to “cut certain timber under forestry regulation . . . .” [AB] [241] Ashe, William W. “The Place of the Eastern National Forests in the National Economy.” Geographical Review 13, no. 4 (October 1923): 532–39. il., map.

Overview of the need for national forests in the east to protect the watersheds of the White Mountains in Maine and N.H. and the Appalachians from N.Y. to Ala. Rivers like the Little Tennessee which drain the GSM are necessary for the production of electricity. National forests will protect the land from erosion, benefiting the watersheds, and forestall timber shortages by allowing the reseeding of cutover forests. Includes five photographs of mountain scenery and eroded soils, none in the Smokies. The map indicates lands that are being acquired for eastern national forests. [AB] [242] Battle, R. H. “The National Appalachian Forest Reserve.” Proceedings of the Second Annual Meeting of the Tennessee Forest Association, held at Monteagle, Tennessee, July 21, 1902. Nashville: n.p., May 1903. p. 34–47.

Speech to the Association by a physician from N.C. Overview of the movement to create a national forest in the mountain region of Tenn. and N.C. Author supports the national forest proposal for the following reasons: preservation of the water supply, deterrence of forest fires, prevention of erosion, protection of animals, and promotion of tourism. Creation of a national forest is the best method of protecting woodlands that occupy more than one state. [AB]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

89

[243] “Blue Ridge Area Recommended for National Park Largely on Account of Accessibility; Smoky Mountain Section Admitted Superior in Actual National Park Requirements.” Appalachian Journal 17, no. 12 (December 1924): 7–8.

Short article containing contradictory resolutions adopted by the Smoky Mountain Conservation Association in response to an Appalachian National Park Commission report recommending that an area of the Blue Ridge be set aside as a national park, while “at the same time admitting that in height, beauty and other features, the Smoky Mountain site is superior and measures up to the high standards of the western National Parks” (p. 7). The resolution suggests that with the Commission’s admission that the Smoky Mountain site is superior, the goal of establishing a park in the Smokies is more than half won. The Association furthermore recommends that the Commission redouble efforts to promote the Smokies site, while arguing that such a park would mar the primal beauty of these mountains. The Association claims that it will aid the effort by recommending that the mountain area be made more accessible to the traveling public by providing more modern roads. [KW] [244] Bohn, Frank. “A New National Park.” New York Times, 25 January 1926: 20.

Long letter to the editor that enthusiastically argues for the establishment of a national park in the GSM, “our last bit of utter wilderness east of the Rockies.” In laying out the case for preservation, the author succinctly describes the proposed park’s topography, diverse natural resources, magnificent scenery, and “2,000 healthy Cherokee,” who “will remain unmolested.” Claims, “At the very top of LeConte there is a boy living alone in a cabin made of slabs. The writer saw in that cabin a single volume, namely, Thoreau’s Walden.” Recommends that “every able-bodied person in our crowded cities should, at least once in his life, climb as high as he can in the Great Smokies.” [RC] [245] Campbell, Carlos C. “How a New National Park Is Made.” Journeys Beautiful (Nomad) 2, no. 10 (September 1926): 24–25. il.

Brief acknowledgment of the efforts of the Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association and the

90

Southern Appalachian Mountains Committee to promote the Smokies as a suitable landscape for a national park. Article includes a separate acknowledgment, “The Great Smokies,” by Hubert Work, U.S. Secretary of the Interior, noting that the government has recognized the park movement. Article is accompanied by two photographs by Jim Thompson, prominent Knoxville photographer. [KW] [246] Campbell, Carlos C. “Tennessee Alumni Bring National Park to State.” Tennessee Alumnus 14, no. 4 (October 1934): 6–7. il.

Tribute to Col. David Carpenter Chapman for his leadership in coordinating efforts to establish the GSMNP. Emphasizes Chapman’s skills in bringing various elements together to promote the park movement and his unflagging zeal in overcoming objections raised by opponents to the park idea. Takes particular note of the fact that Chapman and others involved in the park movement were graduates of the University of Tennessee, and that on 7 October 1931, the U.S. Geological Board named one of the higher peaks in the Smokies “Mount Chapman.” [KW] [247] Campbell, Carlos C. “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” The Military Engineer 26, no. 146 (March-April 1934): 93–97. il.

Well-written synopsis of events leading to the establishment of the GSMNP, beginning with a recapitulation of the major points of interest that contributed to its selection as a national park and a comment on the inertia engendered by the prevailing ignorance of both locals and outsiders about the Smoky Mountains in general. Identifies principal players in the early park movement, discusses financial circumstances involved with bringing the GSMNP to fruition, and outlines the role of roads in the early plans for the park. [KW] [248] Campbell, Carlos C. “The Great Smoky Mountains Park.” American Forests 40, no. 10 (October 1934): 461–66. il.

This brief article begins with a history of the establishment of the GSMNP. Mentions that the GSMNP is the first national park not created out of the public domain. Campbell speaks of the tedious land acquisition

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

process and the mutual partnership between citizens and officials of N.C. and Tenn. in the procurement of land for the park’s creation. A beautiful photograph essay appears between the beginning and end of the article. Pictures of mountain scenes, waterfalls, and infrastructure combine to create a pictorial account of the Park’s attractions. Closes by mentioning many attractions that make the GSMNP unique, including its biodiversity, six hundred miles of mountain streams, and hundreds of miles of graded hiking and horseback-riding trails. [SL] [249] Chapman, David C. “Present Status of the Park Movement.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 2 (April 1926): 5–6. il.

One of several articles on the Smokies in this issue referred to as the “Great Smoky Mountains National Park Number.” In a letter to editor G. R. Mayfield, Chapman reports: Approximately One Million Dollars was raised in Tennessee and North Carolina by public subscription for the purchase of land, and the Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association is now acquiring land as rapidly as is feasible, and we have the titles to more than one thousand acres, as well as negotiating for many additional tracts. (p. 6)

Chapman goes on to say that that the State of Tennessee has provided the funds to purchase eighty thousand acres from the Little River Lumber Company, a tract of land that includes parts of Thunderhead, Silers Bald, and Clingmans Dome. Article is accompanied by a photograph of Chapman. [AB] [250] “Comment on the Appalachian Park.” The Forester 6, no. 6 (June 1900): 148–49.

Supports the petition of the Appalachian Mountain Club of Asheville, asking Congress to take “measures looking to the establishment of a National Park in the Southern Appalachians” (p. 148). Points out the merits of scientific forestry and the benefits of its practice in the Southern Appalachians. Infers that the establishment of a park and the application of scientific forestry practices would be economically successful for all parties involved.

Closes with an endorsement of the park from the Lumber Trade Journal of New York City. [SL] [251] “The Eastern Forest Reserves.” Woodland and Roadside 5, no. 1 (April 1906): 6–8.

Reports that two measures for establishment of national forest reserves in the White Mountains and in the Southern Appalachians were consolidated into one bill at the American Forestry Association’s annual meeting. The new consolidated bill, which is reprinted in full, was later presented to the Senate Committee on Forest Reservations on 20 January. The bill provides, among other specifics, that the Secretary of Agriculture shall oversee purchase of the lands, that the Secretary is empowered to accept gifts of land, and that he will make provision for reforesting of clearings on lands acquired. The article also reports that Gifford Pinchot, chief of the U.S. Forest Service, spoke at two meetings in Boston, arguing in favor of the proposed measure. [SL] [252] “Eastern National Forests Enlarged.” Forest Leaves 20, no. 2 (April 1925): 27.

Short article on the progress of purchasing land for national forests in the eastern states. Includes this statement: “On account of the fact that the National Park Commission . . . has under consideration the location of a National Park in the Smoky Mountains, the National Forest Reservation Commission rescinded its action taken in 1911 for the establishment of a Smoky Mountain National Forest.” [AB] [253] “Events of the Week—The Great Smokies.” The Outlook: An Illustrated Weekly of Current Life 148, no. 12 (March 21, 1928): 443–44. map.

Brief announcement about the pending establishment of the proposed GSMNP in Tenn. and N.C. Key theme is the fact that the land for the GSMNP, unlike that of the parks in the west, was purchased from private landholders with a combination of state appropriations, public subscriptions, and a gift from the Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial. [KW] [254] “First Efforts for a Park in Western Carolina.” Appalachian Journal 18, no. 9 (September 1925): 14.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

91

Reprint of an article from the Asheville Times in which George H. Smathers recalls the individuals who first initiated the idea of creating a national park in the Smokies and the circumstances which provided impetus for the idea. Smathers credits Professor C. D. Smith, a Macon County, N.C. Methodist minister speaking in 1880, with being the first to make public the possibility of a national park in the Smokies. [KW] [255] “For an Appalachian National Park.” National Parks Bulletin no. 38 (March 31, 1924): n.p.

Article announcing that Secretary of the Interior Hubert Work has formed a committee to make an “explorative survey” of the Southern Appalachians and recommend a location for a national park that will conform to current national park standards. A list of committee members is provided. The problem of acquiring land is addressed: “. . . any area that might be selected probably would be privately owned, but little doubt exists that when a suitable area is selected it will found that the owners, through patriotic motives, will donate at least part of the land for national park purchases to remain as a memorial to their generosity and interest in public affairs.” [AB] [256] Ganier, Albert F. “A National Park in the Southern Mountains.” The Wilson Bulletin 36, no. 4 (December 1924): 216.

Under the heading of Communications, Granier writes to update the readers on the status of the efforts to create a national park in the Southern Appalachians. “Ornithologists and nature lovers generally are keenly interested in the plan of conserving intact a large area in these mountains where primitive faunal and floral conditions are still extant. . .” before it is destroyed by lumbering activities. “Apparently the most desirable section is that portion of the Great Smoky Mountains, which includes Mt. LeConte (6678), Mt. Guyot (6636), Clingmans Dome (6666), and the Balsam Mountains as far eastward as Waynesville, NC.” [AB] [257] “Geological Survey.” The Southern Lumberman 65, no. 853 (January 27, 1912): 31.

Director Smith of the Geological Survey details in his annual report the progress that has been made in obtaining national forest lands under the Weeks Law [332].

92

One area under consideration is a Little River Lumber Company tract in Tenn. comprising 58,213 acres of land in the upper drainage basin of the Little River in Blount and Sevier Counties. Purchase of this tract will “promote and protect the navigation of Little and Tennessee Rivers.” [AB] [258] Gibson, Henry H. “The National Appalachian Park.” Hardwood Record 34, no. 9 (August 25, 1912): 25–36. il.

An extensive article setting forth rationale for why the federal government should pursue the establishment of a national park in the Southern Appalachians. The author begins with a reference to Weeks Law passed by Congress and approved by the President on 1 March 1911, creating a National Forest Reservation Commission that authorized “the acquisition of lands on the watersheds of navigable streams, for the purpose of conserving their navigability” [332, p. 25]. It was understood that “conserving their navigability” included the conservation of the headwaters of these streams, in particular those feeder streams that have their sources in the mountain regions of the U.S. The author points out that the origins of the 1911 law lie in a series of reports by the U.S. Secretary of Agriculture that were transmitted in a letter from former President Theodore Roosevelt to the Senate and House of Representative in December 1902 [215]. After summarizing each point in the transmittal from Roosevelt, the article proceeds with brief descriptions of the drainage, settlement, natural resources, climate, scenery, water supply, agriculture, forests, and roads of the mountain regions of the Southern Appalachians. Throughout, the author maintains that industrial logging can play a vital role in conservation. For example, after giving a rather stereotypical depiction of the mountaineer family in the discussion on “settlement,” Gibson later suggests that the mountaineers’ “history, character, and habits” as “almost wholly squatter title-holders” are what makes it “practically an impossibility for lumbermen to safely practice re-forestry or forest conservation on this property” (p. 34). The article concludes with the suggestion that by creating a reserve in the Southern Appalachians, the government could then control the actions of the local mountaineers and thus enable the lumber concerns to better practice “commercial success in re-forestry.” [KW]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

[259] “Give Reasons for Opposing Park and Favoring Forest.” The Southern Lumberman 120, no. 1558 (August 8, 1925): 36.

Reprint of part of a report adopted by the Western Carolina Lumber and Timber Association. The Association prefers a national forest to a national park in the Smokies. According to the report, there are many similarities between the two forms of federally reserved land. “But, in a national park, no timber may ever be sold for any purpose whatever, and no minerals or water-power developed. The intention is to preserve the territory in its primitive and pristine condition. In a national forest, on the other hand, it is provided that no timber shall be cut, and no minerals or water-power developed. Unless, under the principle of co-ordinated use, it shall appear that the best interest of all the people will be best conserved by the wise of use of these material resources.” In addition, a national forest would have “the administrative elasticity” that would allow the needs of a changing economy to be met. [AB] [260] “Great Smokies To Be a National Park: Bold Mountains in Tennessee, North Carolina and the Shenandoah of Virginia Are Called the Oldest in the World.” New York Times Magazine (August 23, 1925): 11. il.

Describes the general GSM area and steps taken to create a new national park: “Yet in the closing days of the last Congress, a bill authorizing a commission to survey passed.” The survey appropriation was $20,000. Claims “there are extensive tracts which the foot of the white man has never trod – forests with dense undergrowth, many feet deep; the natural, untouched growth of thousands of years.” States “The ‘unexampled’ area in the Great Smokies was a discovery of the commission [Southern Appalachian National Park Commission] itself, with scant suggestion and no influence at all from the people of Eastern Tennessee.” Maintains that the U.S. has never bought land for a national park before. Illustrated with two James Thompson photographs of the “smoke” of the Great Smokies from Clingmans Dome and the view from Indian Gap Trail to Alum Cave Peaks. [RC] [261] “The Great Smoky Mountain National Park.” Science 71, new series, no. 1831 (January 31, 1930): 123–24.

Article reporting on the progress toward the creation of GSMNP. N.C. and Tenn. have notified the Secretary of the Interior that they are ready to turn over to the federal government a minimum of 150,000 acres. The transfer of the land is the “first concrete step toward the actual consummation of the project” (p. 123). The article goes on to explain the legal development and funding for the GSMNP. [AB] [262] “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Science 72, new series, no. 1868 (October 17, 1930): 392–93.

Article announcing that the federal government has accepted land from the governors of N.C. and Tenn. to form the GSMNP. The current area of the park is 158,876 acres, but the acreage will increase as more land is acquired. “Several men thoroughly trained in nationalpark work and policies” (p. 392) will be transferred to GSMNP to protect the forests and animals. After all the land is acquired, the park will receive full national park status. “The necessary living and transportation accommodations will be provided, road and trails constructed, and every opportunity afforded to enable visitors to get the fullest possible enjoyment and use out of the area” (p. 392). Article goes on to explain that the park will be a great benefit to the industrial area of the region whose people need a place for recreation. The $5,000,000 was provided by the states and citizens of Tenn. and N.C. with a matching donation from the Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial. [AB] [263] “Great Smoky Mountains Park.” The University of North Carolina News Letter 12, no. 18 (March 17, 1926): 1.

Closely-argued proposition that outlines the benefits to N.C. of the establishment of the GSMNP. Sets forth the reasons funds must be raised to purchase land for the park, the amount of money required, and the intended process of obtaining these funds. Delineates specific roles of the North Carolina Park Commission, Great Smoky Mountains, Inc., and the Southern Appalachian National Park Committee in bringing the park to fruition. [KW] [264] Gregg, William C. “Two New National Parks?” The Outlook: An Illustrated Weekly of Current Life 141, no. 18 (December 30, 1925): 662–67. il., map.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

93

Insider’s argument supporting the Secretary of Interior’s decision to establish the Shenandoah and Great Smoky Mountains National Parks. On the negative side, Gregg argues that without the parks, the mountain region will continue become a greater wasteland cut over by the lumbermen, thus endangering the water source with runoff from the barren landscape. On the positive side, he points out the benefits of travel and the tourist dollars that will be brought into the area. Stephen T. Mather, Director of National Park Service, is pictured on cover of journal issue. [KW] [265] Griffith, Robert W. “Industrial Development of Western North Carolina.” The Southern Tourist, 10, no 3 (March 1926): 100–102, 106. il.

Griffith, who works for The Champion Fibre Company, argues that Champion dramatically improved economic conditions in Western N.C. and in the South in general. As a supporter of the National Forest Service, the company believes in forest conservation and has begun a program of reforestation. “The Champion Fibre Company does not favor the proposed national park in Western North Carolina for the reason that the proposal withdraws too large an area from the potential resources of the state . . .” (p. 106). Instead, the company supports acquisition of woodland by the U. S. Forest Service. Illustrated with one photograph of the Blue Ridge Mountains. [AB] [266] Hall, William L. “To Remake the Appalachians: A New Order in the Mountains that is Founded on Forestry.” The World’s Work 28, no. 3 (July 1914): 321–38. il., map.

Details the movement to develop a national park or forest in the Appalachians, including efforts in the Smokies region. According to Hall, government ownership is necessary to provide forest management, guard against fire damage, build roads, and improve the economic conditions of mountain people. Extensively illustrated with nineteen photographs, mostly unattributed, of scenery, roads, and mountain activities such as moonshining and sawmill operations. Specific location of photographs is not given. One map delineates proposed national forests in the Southern Appalachians. [AB]

94

[267] Holmes, Joseph A. “The Proposed Appalachian Park.” The Forester 6, no. 7 (July 1900): 160–63. il., map.

Discusses the current state of the establishment of national parks and reservations in the U.S. from the western National Parks to the establishment of a national park in the East. Claims the Southern Appalachians are an ideal place for a park because of the rich biodiversity and proximity to the majority of the U.S. population. Holmes warns of the imminent destruction of these forests and the need for the federal government to purchase this land for posterity. Includes a photograph of a virgin yellow poplar and a map of the U.S. that highlights the area proposed for the Southern Appalachian National Park. [SL] [268] “In the Southern Alleghanies: Public Interest in the Establishment of a ‘National Southern Park and Forest and Game Preserve in Western North Carolina.’” The Forester 5, no. 12 (December 1899): 283–85.

Introduction describes a meeting of the Parks and Forestry Committee of the Asheville Board of Trade, during which members discussed the establishment of an association aimed at “consummating the plan for a great forest preserve in the wild mountain regions” (p. 283) of N.C. Their petition clarifies the position of the Committee and their reasons for seeking a national park, primarily to remedy the current state of forestry practices, but also to promote tourism. [SL] [269] Ise, John. The United States Forest Policy. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1920. 395 p. charts, maps.

Ise was Professor of Economics at the University of Kansas. Overview of the history and current state of U.S. forest policy, drawing extensively on government publications. Of interest to the Smokies researcher is the chapter entitled “Forest Reserves in the Appalachian and White Mountains” (p. 207–23), which details the movement initiated by the Appalachian National Park Commission in 1899 for preservation of forests in the Southern mountains. Ise places the movement in the context of the national initiative to preserve the forests. As a result of these preservation efforts, the Weeks Law

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

was passed, which authorized the federal government to purchase forest lands to protect the watersheds of navigable streams in the Southern Appalachians and White Mountains [332]. Two maps in this chapter depict the House and Senate votes on the Weeks Law by state. Bibliography, p. 378–85. [AB] [270] Ivey, Mejel. “The Lure of the Great Smokies— Part 1.” The Carolina Skyland 2, no. 4 (October 1930): 6, 15.

Well-written general interest article about the mountain area selected as the site for a new national park. The article contains basic information on the location of the Smokies relative to nearby towns, as well as a list of the names and elevations of the higher peaks. Outlines the Appalachian Park Commission’s intention to build a road along the skyline from Newfound Gap to the Little Tennessee River, and the corresponding rationale for not building a similar road along the eastern spine of the Smokies. The second part of this article was published in The Carolina Skyland 2, no. 5 (November 1930), but the editors of this bibliography have been unable to locate a copy. [KW] [271] James, Harlean. “The ‘Great Smokies’: Site of a Proposed National Park.” American Review of Reviews 78, no. 4 (October 1928): 373–77. il, map.

Short article by the Executive Secretary of the American Civic Association on the historical significance of the Smoky Mountain region and the importance of preserving it as a national park. Offers a description of the ruggedness of the mountain topography between Mount Collins and Mount Guyot, some very brief comments on the tiny settlement of Gatlinburg, the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, and the trail to Mount Le Conte via Rainbow Falls. Closes with a heartwarming story about Confederate soldiers stopping to salute the “Stars and Stripes” when riding through Gatlinburg. Illustrations include six Jim Thompson photographs and one small map. [KW] [272] J. F. W. “Eminent Domain: Power of State to Condemn Land for Purpose of the United States.” Virginia Law Review, 18, no. 1 (November 1931): 90–94.

Addresses the question of whether a state can condemn private land for the use of the federal government. After a review of cases pertinent to the question, author concludes that the state may not use eminent domain for the United States when land taken will only be used by the federal government, such as land for a post office, but may use eminent domain when the land transfer to the federal government will also benefit the state. As an example, the author cites the condemnation of land by Tenn. for the creation of the GSMNP. In a recently decided case, the Tennessee Supreme Court decided that the condemnation was constitutional because the state will benefit from the condemnation. [AB] [273] Just the High Spots of Knoxville and East Tennessee. Knoxville: Knoxville Chamber of Commerce, 1926. 20 p. il.

Section on GSM includes one page of text and photographs of Little Bald Mountain Springs, winter views of Rainbow Falls, and a man with a bear. “The Great Smoky Mountains, lying along the border between Tennessee and North Carolina, have received official approval as being park material” (p. 3). Goes on to praise the beauty and variety of plants and animals and the climate. “Funds for the purchase of this area for national park purposes are pouring in from all parts of the nation, and it is confidently believed that a national park will be officially created by Congress during 1926” (p. 3). [AB] [274] Kneipp, L. F. “National Forests of the Eastern United States.” Forest Leaves 18, no. 6 (December 1921): 94–96.

Kneipp is Assistant Forester with the U.S. Forest Service. Article reports on progress in the national forest system since the 1899 Memorial by the Appalachian National Park Association to the 56th Congress [221]. Kneipp reiterates the main point in the Memorial: that a national park would prevent the floods and droughts caused by the destruction of the forests from logging. Congress recently passed the Weeks Law [332] which provides several protective measures for forests including the ability of Congress to purchase lands for national forests. [AB] [275] Knoedler, Carl. “The Magnificent Smokies.” The New South 1, no. 2 (May 1927): 17–22, 72. il.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

95

Outlines the current proposal to establish a national park in the GSM. Gives a synopsis of the movement to establish the Park with introductions of the principal individuals involved. Also offers concise descriptive sampling of the indigenous flora of the mountains and the primary geological landmarks, as well as an historical sketch of the people who settled in the mountains. [KW] [276] “Lumbermen Favor the Appalachian Forest Reserve Project and the Forestry Idea.” American Lumberman, no. 1710 (February 29, 1908): 33.

Argues that a National Forest Reserve in the Southern Appalachian Mountains could be used to develop responsible forestry practices so that forests could be preserved for posterity, as well as for future timber use. Discusses the importance of the region to the “industries of the country,” but notes widespread devastation from lumbering. Recounts a talk by W. B. Townsend of Townsend, Tenn., in which he implored lumbermen to “save the saplings” and young trees when harvesting timber so they will grow into mature and useable forests. Townsend notes that the Appalachians are “ideal for producing and reproducing a supply of several kinds of the important species of timber commercially considered.” Includes statements of S. Lieberman of Nashville on the subject of “not cutting young trees when harvesting timber.” [SL] [277] “The March of Events. At Last the Appalachian Park.” The World’s Work 21, no. 6 (April 1911): 14193–14194.

Reports that Congress passed a bill to save the forests of the Southern Appalachian and White Mountains, thereby protecting both areas’ watersheds. The author calls this conservation “intelligent handling” of lumber, waterpower, and navigable streams which are “dependent upon the proper care of the Eastern mountain forests” (p. 14194). [SL] [278] Marvin, Theodore. “A National Park in Eastern America’s Highlands Contingent upon Its Purchase by the People, Congress Has Created a Federal Domain in the Rugged, Forested Slopes of the Great Smoky Mountains Embracing Portions of Tennessee and North Carolina.” Explosives Engineer 4, no. 11 (November 1926): 413–20. il., map.

96

Outlines the planned formation of the GSMNP and takes the reader on the tour of the Smokies highlighting Gatlinburg, Mount Le Conte, Cades Cove, Gregory Bald, and Thunderhead. From atop Rich Mountain, Marvin exults, “It was on the morning of a June day, clear except for huge billowy white clouds which were marshalled in masses behind distant northern ridges. The deep blue vault of the sky above, the haze which half concealed the surrounding mountain heights, and the dark green of forests that swept like invading legions into the lowlands, all accentuated the spring greenness of cove-lands below” (p. 419). Beyond the obvious preservation of the Smokies for aesthetic reasons, the Smokies need to be preserved to eliminate erosion and maintain waterways for hydropower, according to the author. Illustrated with nineteen unattributed photographs of mountain scenery and buildings and a small map of the proposed national park. [AB] [279] Mather, Stephen T. “Sixty-eighth Congress and the National Parks.” National Park Bulletin no. 43 (March 24, 1925): [3–4]. maps.

Short article within the section entitled “Appalachian National Parks Surely Coming,” announcing the passage of an act to secure lands for national parks in the GSM and the Blue Ridge Mountains. Two maps, one indicates the location of all new proposed parks, and the other is a corrected map of the proposed Shenandoah National Park. [AB] [280] Maxwell, Henry V. “Strong Plea for the Appalachian Forest Reserves.” The Lumber Review 21, no. 1 (January 1, 1911): 60.

Editorial that argues for establishing the Appalachian Forest Reserve. Cites issues concerning the timber business such as over-harvesting, the proliferation of white pine, flooding, and soil erosion to justify the establishment of the reserve as a remedy to the problems caused by improper and irresponsible forest management. Maxwell believes that the aim of the reserve should be to educate the populace in the “value of timber; the value of beauty; the value of life—higher life and higher aims.” [SL] [281] Mayfield, G. R. “Magni fumosi conservandi sunt.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 2 (April 1926): 25–29. il.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Mayfield defines the Great Smokies as beginning where the French Broad River breaks through from N.C. and ending where the Little Tennessee cuts into Tenn. Refers to geological studies and reports of natural phenomena by early naturalists and explorers such as Mitchell, Clingman, Le Conte, Guyot, Safford, and Gattinger. Offers two visions: “the Great Smokies saved for this and all generations, or the Great Smokies barren and denuded, an everlasting curse to the short-sighted policy of the leaders of today” (p. 27). Appeals for the establishment of a national park to preserve the forests and limit logging. Mayfield decries logging methods used, acknowledging that industries demand the wood but regretting that tree removal leaves the area susceptible to fire, “followed by death and desolation.” The Tennessee Academy of Science pledged to save the GSM for its value to science, for some of the oldest and most interesting geological formations in America, and for bird, mammal, and plant species found nowhere else but in Canada. The title implores that the GSM be conserved forever. [FS]

will suffer from the blindness of a generation that could not foresee the otherwise inevitable.” [KW] [284] Neal, William H., ed. “Great Smoky Mountains National Park Edition.” Wachovia 24, no. 10 (October 1931): 1–17. il., maps.

Publication of the Wachovia Bank and Trust Co. in Asheville. Overview of the development of a national park in the GSM, described as “a rugged ridge of mountains…bathed in the mist of the clouds and clothed with a vast blanket of virgin forest” (p. 3). Outlines the economic and recreational advantages of the formation of the GSMNP. Illustrated with ten photographs and two maps, one of the region and one pinpointing the GSMNP in the eastern U.S. Photographs are unattributed; four display a numbering system consistent with that of George Masa, noted Asheville photographer. [AB] [285] Nelson, Wilbur A. “The Great Smoky National Park.” Outdoors Pictorial 1, no. 6 (July 1925): n.p. il.

Short article reporting that the bill authorizing purchase of mountain lands in the Southern Appalachians for a forest reserve has passed in the Senate. Next step is approval by the House of Representatives. The forest reserve is necessary to alleviate flooding in the region and preserve the remaining “aboriginal or primeval hardwood forests” (p. 152). [AB]

General interest article by the State Geologist of Tenn. describing the GSM and their pending status as a national park together with a theme suggesting that the Smokies are too unique and wonderful not to be preserved as a national treasure. Article is compiled primarily from a six-paragraph excerpt from a report from the Southern Appalachian National Park Committee [225], a one-paragraph quote from a 1859 scientific paper by Samuel B. Buckley [120], and an extensive excerpt from Margaret W. Morley’s The Carolina Mountains [883]. Article illustrated with nine scenic photographs. [KW]

[283] “A National Park in the East.” Scientific American 81, no.7 (August 12, 1899): 98.

[286] “New National Parks.” The Outlook 143, no. 4 (May 26, 1926): 127.

[282] “The National Appalachian Forest Reserve.” Forest Leaves 8, no. 10 (August 1902): 152–53.

Brief editorial recommending that the “vast stretches of virgin forests along the line of the Great Smoky Mountains, on the border between Tennessee and North Carolina” be set aside as a game and forest preserve. Cites Asa Gray, botanist at Harvard University, on the uniqueness of the mountain flora and the fact that “land in this region is still purchasable ‘for a song’.” Predicts that if a park is not established in the Smokies, “it can only be a question of a few decades when these mountain slopes will be denuded and when the people of the vast valleys that depend on these watersheds for their water supply

Article in support of creating new national parks, GSMNP and Shenandoah National Park, with land donated by the states. The federal government has never purchased land for national parks; all the western parks were created with public domain land. “The Outlook heartily approves the way these projects have been handled so far. Each of these Parks will contain approximately seven hundred square miles of rough and rugged mountains, deep forested valleys with cascading streams wending their downward courses through the greatest growth and variety of plant life to be found in America.” [AB]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

97

[287] “Notes Here and There.” The Wilson Bulletin 36, no. 4 (December 1924): 208–12.

Short article on p. 209 within the notes on the Nashville Meeting of the Wilson Ornithological Society reporting that President A. F. Ganier and members, George R. Mayfield, P. L. Cobb, A. C. Webb, Mrs. Sanford Duncan, “have interested themselves in the project to make a national or state park of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Committees from the federal government have been visiting the area. The Nashville Banner for 21 September had a section devoted to photographs by Granier and his party on their trip to the Smokies. [AB] [288] Perry, Albion A., Roswell B. Lawrence, and John Ritchie, Jr. “The Appalachian Park.” Forest Leaves 7, no. 9 (June 1900): 133.

Reprints a resolution passed by the Appalachian Mountain Club (most of whose members reside in New England) in support of efforts of the Appalachian National Park Association to establish a park in the Southern Allegheny Mountains. The Club was formed to bring together “all those interested in the Mountains of New England and adjacent regions to combine the energies of those interested in efforts to preserve the present beauty and attractiveness of our Mountain resorts – and in particular their forests.” [SL] [289] Picture News of Recreational America. Washington, D.C.: National Parks Association, October 1924. 4 p. il.

Informational flyer consisting of seven photographs with explanatory captions, edited by Robert Sterling Yard, Secretary of the National Parks Association, and issued to members of the Association. Photographs are from wilderness areas that are being considered as possible locations for a national park. Includes two images of the Smokies, one mistakenly identified as Mount Ranger. [KW] [290] Pratt, Joseph Hyde. “The Southern Appalachian Forest Reserve.” Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 21, no. 4 (December 1905): 156–64.

Describes the extent and diversity of N.C. forests, and argues for the establishment of a forest preserve in Western N.C. for their permanent preservation and pro98

tection. The over-harvesting and clear-cutting of virgin forests has had a negative impact on water quality and stream flow. The proposed forest preserve “will contain scenery of a rare natural beauty and will contain the highest mountains east of the Rocky Mountains and which are covered with trees and shrubs to their summits” (p. 164). [RC/SL] [291] “The Proposed Appalachian National Park.” Forest Leaves 7, no. 10 (August 1900): 150.

The U.S. Congress passed a bill that became law in July 1900, allocating $5,000 for the investigation of forest conditions of the Southern Appalachian Mountains. The study was to focus on three forest tracts as possible sites for a proposed national park. Investigators are charged to report on “standing timber, streams, mountains, altitudes, lakes, mountain scenery, cascades, conditions of soil, cleared lands, inhabitants, proximity to railroads, accessibility and feasibility of securing control of acreage and many other points.” [SL] [292] Robertson, Reuben B. “Gives Reason for Favoring Forest Rather than Park.” Southern Lumberman 121, no. 1578 (December 26, 1925): 25.

Robertson, President and General Manager of Champion Fibre Company, presents the rationale for the formation of a national forest in Western N.C. instead of a national park. According to Robertson, Western N.C. cannot thrive on tourism alone and must also foster industrial development. Allocating large amounts of land for a national park will permanently remove that land from any future use except recreation. The forest can better be returned to its natural state by modern forest management practices common to national forests rather than by letting nature taking its course in a national park. The money spent building the infrastructure for industrial development, such as railroads, camps, mills, and processing plants, will go to waste if a national park is created. [AB] [293] Sargent, Charles Sprague. “A Suggestion.” Garden and Forest 5, no. 229 (July 13, 1892): 325–26.

Brief editorial by the director of Harvard University’s Arnold Arboretum that endorses a National Forest Reservation in the Southern Alleghanies. The author proposes two options for a reserve, either Roan Mountain,

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

the “Big Smoky Mountains,” or one of its cross ranges in the Blue Ridge Mountains. Sargent suggests this reservation as a means of protecting, for future generations, one of the “most interesting forests in the world.” He believes that, without a forest reservation, the area will be susceptible to “speedy destruction.” Includes brief descriptions of tree types and sizes. [SL]

Short article on the proposed GSMNP as the savior of animals such as the wild turkey, black bear and “Virginia” deer that have been over-hunted in the Smokies region. [AB] [298] “Scientific Notes and News.” Science 72, new series, no. 1871 (November 7, 1930): 474–77.

Promotional piece on the value of preserving the GSM as a national park and on the nobility of the preservation effort. Illustrated with six uncredited photographs. [AB]

Short section (p. 477) within the “Scientific Notes and News” updating readers on the status of the GSMNP. According to an announcement by the U.S. Department of the Interior, title to the 158,876 acres of park land has been approved by the attorney general and accepted by the federal government. The Park, which may be extended to over 700,000 acres, will have roads and trails like the western parks. [AB]

[295] Schantz, Orpheus Moyer. “Beyond the Haze in the High Smokies.” Country Life in America 50, no. 4 (August 1926): 60–61. il.

[299] “Senator Shields Proposes Smoky Mountains National Park.” Appalachian Journal 17, no. 4 (April 1924): 18, 22.

[294] Save Our Mountains. Asheville and Knoxville: Great Smoky Mountains, Inc., and Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association, 1925. 8 p. il.

Short descriptive essay extolling the wide variety and magnificence of the unique plant life in the higher GSM. Includes a brief account of events leading to the decision to establish the GSM as a national park. Accompanying the essay are four black-and-white photographs by Jim Thompson. [KW] [296] Schwartzenbach, Robert J. “Smoky Mountain Park: Interest in Project for a New National Reservation.” New York Times, 6 February 1926, p. 14.

Six-paragraph letter to the editor with reference to an earlier editorial by Frank Bohn [244] that encouraged government and private funding of a national park in the GSM. Schwartzenbach, a Swiss native, makes a strong plea in support of the estimated $5 million park and personally pledges $10,000: “I wish to say that, if ever a subject should make a strong appeal to lovers of nature and conservation anywhere, it is the one brought to the attention of this country by your paper.” In response, the editor directs Schwartzenbach and like-minded readers to the Great Smoky Mountain Conservation Association, W. P. Davis, President, Knoxville. [RC] [297] “Science News—The Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Science 68, new series, no. 1770 (November 30, 1928): xii.

Outlines the content of a bill introduced by U.S. Senator J. K. Shields of Tenn. for establishing “the Smoky National Park in a solid area in Eastern Tennessee and Western Carolina … and proposing an appropriation of ten million dollars for acquiring additional lands, and one and one-half million dollars for the management, improvement, care, protection and building of roads and trails within the park as shall make it attractive as a public recreational ground” (p. 18). States that officials of the U.S. Forest Service and other opponents of this bill contend that such proposal would “tie up permanently all natural resources including water power and timber” (p. 18). [KW] [300] Shaler, N. S. “The Proposed Appalachian Park.” North American Review 173, no. 541 (December 1901): 774–81.

Argues in favor of establishing a federally financed national park in the “mountain district of Western North Carolina,” noting the region’s original growth forests and other natural features. Rails against continued deforestation by the lumber companies: “The evil, already great, is constantly becoming a more serious menace, as the steep sides of the mountains are further stripped of their woods” (p. 778–79). Shaler was Dean of the Lawrence Scientific School, Harvard University, when the article was published. [RC]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

99

[301] Shurtleff, Arthur A. “A Visit to the Proposed National Park Areas in the Southern Appalachians.” Landscape Architecture 16, no. 2 (January 1926): 67–73.

Well-reasoned argument supporting the movement to preserve from private exploitation the few remaining extensive tracts of primeval forests in the eastern states, particularly those of the Great Smoky and Blue Ridge Mountains. Includes fine descriptions of the woodland wilderness of these mountains with the suggestion that these areas be opened to tourism. Conversely, Shurtleff warns of the injury that would be wrought to the impressiveness of these forests and the mountain fastness if development is not skillfully planned and not sufficiently restrained in scope. [KW] [302] “Smoky Mountain Higher from Base than Giant Rockies.” Appalachian Journal 18, no. 9 (September 1925): 9.

Transcript of an extended statement by Robert Sterling Yard, Secretary of the National Park Association, in which Yard argues that the people of Tenn. and N.C. should be congratulated on their efforts to secure a park in the GSM. Yard points out that from base to summit the Smokies are as high as the Rockies. Using the base to summit deferential as the measurement, Mount Le Conte is only a few feet shy of Longs Peak, the famous giant of the Colorado Rockies. Yard further differentiates the Smokies as being home to 127 species of trees as compared, for example, to Yosemite, famous for its big trees, but supporting only fifteen species. Yard concludes with an assurance that the GSM park will be an economic asset to the region. [KW] [303] “Smoky Mountain National Park Project Arouses Entire Appalachian Region.” Appalachian Journal 19, no. 1, 2, 3 (March 1926): 5–11. il., map.

Promotional piece on civic pride in smaller communities in Western N.C. and East Tenn. that are expected to benefit economically from the opening of the proposed GSMNP. Much of the article is about roads and proposed roads that will lead tourist traffic through these small towns and into the Smoky Mountains. The lead article is accompanied by a reprint of an unidentified article by Horace Kephart, a photograph of the mountains,

100

and a map showing the intended borders of the proposed park. [KW] [304] “Status of Proposed Appalachian Forest.” The Southern Lumberman 54, no. 640 (December 28, 1907): 20–21.

Includes a letter by Gifford Pinchot, Chief of the U.S. Forest Service in 1907, to The Southern Lumberjack, in response to its position on the proposed Southern Appalachian Forest Reserve. Attempts to calm tempers and soothe fears of lumbermen over the forest reserve issue. Identifies benefits of having the forests managed by the Forest Reserve: fire protection, watershed preservation, and improved land management. The brief article that follows describes U.S. Senate Bill no. 4953 and U.S. House Bill no. 10, which propose the reserve. Discusses surveying and data collection in the region’s forests. A reassuring tone emphasizes the federal government’s fairness when acquiring private and corporate land. Touts the need for this reserve and its importance to the conservation of the region’s water supply and lumber industry. [SL] [305] Stauffer, John Keim. “Special Announcement.” The Forester 5, no. 12 (December 1899): 289.

Reports increased interest in forming a “National Southern Park and Forest and Game Preserve” in the mountains of Western N.C. The general public favors the creation of a park to prevent the denuding of their forests. This alleged interest by the public, and not only by special interest groups such as the associations created to lobby for the park, was important to the acceptance of a national park in Southern Appalachia. [SL] [306] Story, Isabelle F. The National Parks and Emergency Conservation. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. 32 p. il., map.

Story is Chief of the Division of Public Relations, National Park Service. Pitched to a general audience, Story begins with a rationale and overview of the national park system, defining the education, preservation, and conservation roles of the parks. Specifically highlights the work of the Civilian Conservation Corps, which is charged by President Roosevelt to protect and improve both national and state parks. Although general in na-

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

ture, the report contains one Jim Thompson photograph of “Little Bald Mountain” (p. 26) and a brief description of the Smokies including the phrases “the most massive mountain uplift in the eastern United States,” “finest virgin hardwood forest,” and an unequalled “variety of plant life” on p. 27. [AB] [307] Thornburgh, Laura [Laura Thornborough, pseud.]. “The Tennessee Smokies: Mountain Climbing in the New National Park.” Outdoor Recreation 77, no. 1 (July 1927): 30–31, 72–74. il.

Informed introduction to the GSM written shortly after the mountains were selected for national park status. Outlines the dimensions of the proposed park and explains how the land is to be acquired. Extensive anecdotal descriptions of the many possible hiking excursions into the mountains on the Tenn. side. Laura Thornborough of Knoxville is the author of several articles and books including The Great Smoky Mountains (New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1937). [KW] [308] Thornburgh, Laura [Laura Thornborough, pseud.]. “A New National Park in the East: The Great Smokies, a Ten-Million-Dollar Gift to the Government.” American Forests and Forest Life 36, no. 3 (March 1930):137–40, 190. il., map.

Describes the newly created GSMNP and recounts its geographic, geologic, and human histories. Incorporates remarks by park officials, mountaineers, and scientists on the park’s creation, natural beauty, and its variety of flora and fauna. Sympathetic to relocated mountain families. Among those quoted are Arno B. Cammerer (Assistant Director of the National Park Service), Glenn S. Smith (Secretary of the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission), and Dr. Herman S. Pepoon (botanist from Chicago). Includes a simple American Automobile Association map of the region (with the park area shaded) and four photographs by Jim Thompson. [RC] [309] “Thousands of Tourists Are Visiting Mammoth Cave and Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Thousands Additional Should Be Secured.” Appalachian Journal 22, no. 10 (October 1929): 17.

Brief article contending that if 2.5 million tourists visited western national parks, while the majority of all

automobiles in the U.S. are registered to owners east of the Mississippi, then one should expect that the three proposed national parks in the east (Mammoth Cave, Shenandoah, and GSM) would attract even more visitors. With this prediction as its basis, the author proceeds to promote eastern parks as attractive economic opportunities. [KW] [310] “To Explore the Everglades from Air.” The Science News-Letter. 17, no. 461 (February 8, 1930): 82.

Under the main article is the sub-header “Great Smokies.” Short article updating the readership on the progress of the GSMNP. On 6 February, land was turned over to the federal government. The Smokies contain some of the largest trees in the eastern U.S. “But the great glory of the vegetation lies in its shrubbery . . . known locally as ‘laurel slicks.’” The writer explains that they are “so called because of their smooth and shiny appearance. . . . They are in fact dense jungles, higher than a man’s head, and practically impossible to penetrate.” [AB] [311] Townsend, W. B. “The Appalachian National Forest.” The Southern Lumberman 65, no. 848 (December 23, 1911): 83–84. il.

Townsend, president of the Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association of the United States and owner of the Little River Lumber Company, argues in favor of the creation of a national forest reserve in the Southern Appalachians under the recently passed Weeks Law [332]. The barriers to the creation of the reserve include opposition from states west of the Mississippi and difficulties in procuring the land. The Association should be promoting improvements in the process of creating lumber from logs and better rules for grading and inspecting lumber. Townsend neglects to mention that one of the parcels proposed for purchase by the federal government is a Little River Lumber Company tract in the community of Townsend, giving him a vested interest in supporting the Weeks Law. Four photographs depict forests appropriate for the reserve and one of W. B. Townsend. [AB] [312] Vandervort, Leon. “A National Playground in the South.” The Outing Magazine 42, no. 6 (September 1903): 675–85. il.

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

101

Extensively illustrated account of a trip in Western N.C. taken on the heels of a Congressional party visit to investigate the possibility of a national park. Compares the Smokies to mountain regions in the northeast and gives lively if stereotypical descriptions of mountain people. Unlike the houses in the eastern mountains, “the little cabins with their big stone chimneys seem as much as a part of the hills on which they stand as do the rocks themselves” (p. 680). Illustrated with eight photographs by Clifton Johnson. [AB] [313] Watson, Harry M. “The Playground of Eastern America.” Mountain Life and Work 4, no. 3 (October 1928): 18–19. il.

“The Great Smoky Mountains near Knoxville offer as fine an outlay of scenery as can be found anywhere in the world” (p. 18), wrote Harry M. Watson, of the Knoxville Chamber of Commerce, in this article describing the mountain region during the time funds were being raised and land acquired following the decision to establish a national park in the Great Smokies. Watson describes the mountains themselves, the trees, flora and fauna, the people living there and their ways, and the remaining native Cherokee Indians. Concludes with the prediction that “When the development of the park is completed, throngs of motorists, mountain climbers, hikers, campers, and nature lovers will seek the Great Smokies…” (p. 19). Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [LB] [314] Will, Thomas Elmer. “The New National Forest Reserves in the Southern Appalachians and White Mountains.” The American Monthly Review of Reviews 34, no. 6 (December 1906): 708–11. il.

Supports legislation to create national forest reserves in the Southern Appalachians and the White Mountains in N.H. A forest reserve is necessary for the Southern Appalachians to preserve the “last remaining important stand of hard woods” (p. 708). The forests have been damaged by poor logging practices that have denuded the hillsides, preventing regeneration, and by farming techniques that cause erosion. Illustrated with four U.S. Forest Service photographs, including one of Oconaluftee River, depicting erosion. [AB]

102

[315] Work, Hubert. “The Great Smokies.” Journeys Beautiful (Nomad) 2, no. 5 (April 1926): 25. il.

Four-paragraph article by the U.S. Secretary of the Interior, illustrated with a photograph of a mountain cabin, that announces “The Great Smoky Mountains in Tennessee and North Carolina have been selected as a site for one of these new National Parks. This area contains rugged scenery and natural beauty of a character approaching the standard existing in the parks in the West.” Similar in content to Work’s article in The World’s Work [316]. [RC] [316] Work, Hubert. “The Secretary of the Interior, Washington.” The World’s Work 51 (April 1926): 616. map.

Four-paragraph article by the U.S. Secretary of the Interior that comments on the national park movement and announces the selection of the GSM as a prospective site for a new national park. Includes a line map of the proposed park and surrounding area, similar in content to Work’s article in Journeys Beautiful (Nomad) [315]. [RC] [317] Yard, Robert Sterling. “A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains.” National Parks Bulletin no. 46 (November 1925): 3–8. il., map.

Issue of the National Parks Bulletin devoted to the proposed GSMNP. Yard is the secretary of the independent National Parks Association which publishes the Bulletin. Includes five pages of text on the national park movement and on the Association (headquartered in Washington, D.C.). States that the Association “began to advocate adding to the [national parks] System an area representing in highest expression the land forms and forests of the Appalachian Mountain System” more than six years ago (p. 2). An article by editor Yard, “A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 3–8), introduces the region and park proposal and comments on geography, flora, mountain natives (“bearded or petticoated”), climate, rivers, and forests. Yard’s florid prose often aspires to poetry, for example: “Marvellously beautiful are the little rivers. Imagine one on the lower slope, say, of Mount Le Conte. It is broad and full, singing through a tunnel of interwoven foliage” (p. 4). Yard imitates folksy mountain dialect, apparently to show the hospitality of

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

residents. Includes a two-page map that delineates outer boundaries initially examined for the park and inner boundaries now under consideration. Photographs, many full-page, capture trees, mountains, ridges, and summits, such as Gregory Bald and Mount Le Conte. The final photograph is captioned “Air Plane Glimpse of Proposed Great Smoky National Park.” [RC] [318] Yard, Robert Sterling. “Real or Make-Believe?” National Parks Bulletin 9, no. 53 (July 1927): 13–14.

Editorial by the Bulletin’s editor urging the states of N.C. and Tenn. to use the five million dollars allotted from state funds and private donations to purchase only the very best land for the GSMNP. Some people involved in the project “favor compromise by purchasing part of the expensive central uplift to establish a showy claim of magnificence, while confining all other purchases to the low second-growth cheap lands surrounding” (p. 13). The new park must meet the standards of the existing parks since the “future ranking of their national park in the system will depend wholly on quality, not at all on quantity” (p. 13). Visitors will want to see the Smokies’ “lofty impressive central massing, and the original forest which exists in conspicuous area and quality nowhere else . . .” (p. 13). [AB] [319] Yard, Robert Sterling. “The Great Smoky Mountains: Scenes in the New National Park That Takes in the Range of the ‘Great Smokies’ on the Tennessee-North Carolina Borderline.” The Mentor 16, no. 7, serial no. 306 (August 1928): 11–14. il.

Primarily photographs with short text by Robert Sterling Yard, Secretary of the National Parks Association, announcing the creation of a national park in the Smokies. Jim Thompson, noted Smokies photographer, is credited with the five illustrations depicting classic Smokies scenes: Cades Cove, Alum Cave Bluffs, Chimney Tops, and Le Conte Creek. One caption perpetrates the common error that saltpeter was mined in Alum Cave during the Confederacy. [AB/KW] [320] Yard, Robert Sterling. “Great Smokies: Mountain Throne of the East; In North Carolina and Tennessee, Lies this Far-flung Parkland.” American Forests 39, no. 1 (January 1933): 6–9, 32, 44. il., map.

Laudatory description of the mountain region soon to become GSMNP, focusing on topography, “primitive” forests, mountaineers, and tree species. Features of the new park include “its lofty ridges, peaked and spurred, its plunging valleys, the grandeur and variety of wild mountain scenery . . . its great areas of richly varied deciduous forest which the ax has not touched” (p. 6). Illustrated with three photographs by Jim Thompson and one by George Masa and a map of “primitive” areas. [AB]

The Legislative Creation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park No research on the Great Smoky Mountains National Park would be complete without the perspective offered by an overview of the legislation necessary for the establishment and early development of the Park, funding and acquisition of land, and access to and through the Park. Some legislation, especially early on, did not accomplish its immediate mission; it was, nonetheless, instrumental in guiding later efforts and in laying groundwork for the future. Many early laws are no longer in force as written, but their role in the evolution of the Park, as it is today, is no less fundamental. Omitted from this section are the treaties and laws relating to the Cherokee. Readers should consult the legal essay in the “Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter of this bibliography for information on the legislative history of the Cherokee. The Individual Laws section provides a chronological overview, beginning in 1893, of laws, resolutions, and an executive order, all of which were critical to the creation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Many of these laws deal directly and specifically with the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, with national parks generally, or with the National Park Service. Others chronicle early attempts to create an Appalachian National Forest. This selection provides insight into, and guidance for, in-depth research. Copies of the documents should be reasonably accessible in libraries and online. Following the Individual Laws section is a section of Selected Hearings which includes four hearings conducted by Congress that were critical to the formation of the National Park. The Compilations of Laws section provides another access point for legislation. Each annotation in this

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

103

section includes a cross-reference for each law included in the Individual Laws section. Readers may also want to consult the Codes for the United States, Tennessee, and North Carolina, which organize laws by subject. Each section, chapter, or article provides a statement of the law on a particular topic as it stands at the time of the code’s publication, taking into account all amendments and all repealed, expired or superseded legislation to date. Annotated codes include notes (usually following a code section) which provide useful information on the legislative history, crossreferenced material and relative court cases. The United States code can be found at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys. State Codes can be located online as well. This legislative overview is neither complete nor a “legislative history,” which would include not only laws, codes, compilations and resources, but also a record of reports, prints, debates, bills, and amendments. Legislative histories are usually created for the purpose of determining the legislative intent, or motivations and goals, of the legislative process and the legislators who introduced and developed the bills in their evolution to enactment. At the state level, this record of purpose, thought, often symbolic speech, and mission may be discovered in the legislative records, house and senate journals, tapes and other legislative publications. On the federal level, the Congressional Record and its predecessors allow insight into intent. On both levels, the bills (original and subsequent versions), along with successful and unsuccessful amendments, provide a road map to the determination of intent and to the compromise and negotiation steps in the process. Information included and described in these sections should not be considered comprehensive. The legislation, the codes, the compilations and the background resources were selected on the basis of significance and probable research value. Taken as a whole, this selection represents pertinent, accessible material and a legislative/ bibliographic guide to research about the formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. For a cohesive narrative of the legislative process leading to the creation of the Park, readers should consult Daniel S. Pierce, The Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2000). It is important to note that the annotations included in these sections do not constitute, in any way, legal in-

104

terpretations. They do, however, provide limited insight into the potential usefulness of a law or resource for particular research interests. Researchers unfamiliar with finding and using legislative sources are advised to consult librarians and other specialists in the field. Cheryn Picquet and Anne Bridges

Individual Laws

This section includes federal and state legislation, related hearings, and an executive order that also has legal effect. These individual enactments are arranged chronologically to illustrate the legislative process through which the Great Smoky Mountains National Park was created. Federal legislation is found in the Statutes at Large, while state legislation is found in the public acts or laws series of each state (Alabama, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Virginia). Each citation contains all information necessary to locate the legislation in a variety of ways. The quoted paragraph following the citations for the laws and some resolutions is the caption or title that appears at the beginning of the official text of a law and is required by some jurisdictions to state the full extent and effect of the law. Because most of the resolutions are not headed by a caption or title, a paragraph from the preamble or a brief explanatory selection from each resolution is included here instead. Some entries include also a reference to a reprint, an alternate means of locating a specific law. Full bibliographic citations and annotations for these reprint sources are included in the Compilations of Laws section. Annotations do not include legal interpretations of laws. Arrangement is chronological. [320] Public Laws and Resolutions of the State of North Carolina Passed by the General Assembly at Session of 1893, Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Fourth Day of January, A. D. 1893. Raleigh: Josephus Daniels, 1893. p. 487. Approved February 9, 1893.

“A Resolution Requesting our Senators and Representatives in Congress to use their Influence for the Establishment of a National Park in Western North Carolina.” This Act constitutes an early proposal for a national park in the Appalachian Mountain section of Western

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

N.C. and a plea to senators and representatives to use their influence to “bring the same to a successful issue.” [CP] [322] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America, From December, 1899, to March, 1901, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, Executive Proclamations, and The Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress. v. 31. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1901. Chapter 555, p. 191–204. (31 Stat. 191). Approved May 25, 1900.

“An Act Making appropriations for the Department of Agriculture for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and one.” This document is essentially the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s budget for the fiscal year ending 30 June 1901. The funds are “appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury of the United States, not otherwise appropriated.” The Act is divided by department or office, within the greater Department, and by function. On p. 197, in the closing lines of the section on “Forestry Investigation,” there appears an appropriation to “be used to investigate the forest conditions in the Southern Appalachian mountain region of western North Carolina and adjacent States.” [CP] [323] Acts and Resolutions of the General Assembly of the State of Georgia 1900. Atlanta: Geo. W. Harrison, 1900. p. 500–501. No. 6. Approved December 18, 1900.

“A Resolution concerning the ceding jurisdiction over certain lands in the State of Georgia to the United States of America for the purpose of establishing a National Forest Reserve or Park.” The General Assembly of Georgia seemed to view this Resolution as an indication of its “willingness to cede” state lands to the United States for a reserve or park and its “desires to place on record its interest in and encouragement of ” the movement to establish a “national forest reserve or national park . . . in the high mountain regions” of N.C., S.C., Ga., and Tenn. The Resolution is brief and simply stated. It includes a proposed provision for the State’s continuing jurisdiction and cession of jurisdiction over land to be acquired by the U.S. The final line requests “favorable consideration of this measure by Congress.” [CP]

[324] Public Laws and Resolutions of the State of North Carolina Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1901, Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Ninth Day of January, A. D. 1901. Raleigh: Edwards & Broughton, and E. M. Uzzell, 1901. Chapter 17, p. 157–58. Ratified January 18, 1901.

“An Act to give consent by the State of North Carolina to the acquisition by the United States of such lands as may be needed for the establishment of a national forest reserve in said State.” Unlike the Ga. Resolution of one month earlier, this Act appears to be the first of the State Acts to provide for the acquisition of state lands by the U.S. for the purpose of establishing a “national forest reserve.” Unlike other states’ early Acts, this one includes an exemption, from its provisions, of some lands “occupied as a home by bona fide residents.” [CP] [325] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1899, to March, 1901, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, Executive Proclamations, and the Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress. Vol. XXXI. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1901. Chapter 372, p. 790–91 (31 Stat. 790). Approved February 15, 1901.

“An Act Relating to rights of way through certain parks, reservations, and other public lands.” This Act authorizes the U.S. Secretary of the Interior “to permit the use of rights of way” through a variety of public lands, parks, etc., and to determine general regulations for that use. The reasons and limits of use are enumerated, and additional provisions include approval and revocation of permit. Section 4 of 39 Stat. 535 restates, to some extent, the provisions of this Act [333]. [CP] [326] Acts and Joint Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly of the State of Virginia during the Extra Session of 1901. Richmond, Va.: J. H. O’Bannon, 1901. Chapter 229, p. 247. Approved February 15, 1901.

“An Act to give consent by the State of Virginia to acquisition by the United States, of such lands as may be needed for the establishment of a National forest reserve in the said State.”

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

105

This Act is similar to N.C.’s Act passed less than one month earlier. A significant difference is that the Va. Resolution, like that of Ga., does not exempt lands “occupied as a home by bona fide residents.” [CP] [327] Acts and Joint Resolutions of the General Assembly of the State of South Carolina, Passed at the Regular Session of 1901. Columbia: The State Company, 1901. p. 609–10. No. 346. Approved February 21, 1901.

“An Act to give Consent by the State of South Carolina to the Acquisition by the United States of such Lands as may be needed for the Establishment of a National Forest Reserve in said State.” Very similar to the N.C. and Va. Acts passed in the weeks prior, S.C.’s Act is distinguished from the others, in part, by the provisions “That the power of condemnation proceedings...not be applied to territory south of a line ten miles north of the Southern Railway from Charlotte to Atlanta” and “That nothing herein contained shall be construed as giving the right to condemn any building, dwelling house or cultivated or pasture lands.” [CP] [328] Acts of the General Assembly of Alabama, Passed at the Session of 1900–01, Held in the City of Montgomery, Commencing Tuesday, November 13, 1900. Montgomery: A. Roemer, 1901. p. 1247–48. No. 512. Senate Joint Resolution 6. Approved February 27, 1901.

“. . . That we do hereby heartily endorse and approve of the enterprise inaugurated by the Appalachian National Park Association of Asheville, N.C., for the establishment of a national park within the territory mentioned in the preamble hereto...” Apparently by both purpose and intent, Ala.’s Resolution differs radically from the Acts passed earlier by N.C., Va., S.C., and Ga. Primarily a declaration of support for “the establishment and maintenance of ” a “national park” in Tenn. and Ga., and an endorsement of “the enterprise inaugurated by the Appalachian National Park Association,” this Resolution includes no consideration for ceding any land, or jurisdiction over any lands, by Ala. to the U.S. It is the first of the State Acts and Resolutions to mention the Park Association and the first to refer to “the Great Iron or Smoky Mountains.” [CP]

106

[329] Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the FiftySecond General Assembly. Nashville: Brandon Printing Company, 1901. Chapter 47, p. 69–70. House Bill No. 310. Passed April 16, 1901. Approved April 23, 1901.

“AN ACT to give consent by the State of Tennessee to the acquisition by the United States of such lands as may be needed for the establishment of a National Forest Reserve in said State.” Appearing to be Tenn.’s version of the Acts passed in late 1900 and earlier in 1901 by N.C., Va., and S.C., this Act is similar to the others excepting the provision “...that this Act shall only apply to lands in Tennessee lying within twenty miles of the North Carolina State line; that all condemnation proceedings herein provided shall be limited to lands now forest covered.” Never referring to a national park, this Act envisions a “National Forest Reserve.” Cited later in Tennessee Chapter 103 of April 1919 [334]. [CP] [330] Acts and Resolutions of the General Assembly of the State of Georgia. Compiled and Published by Authority of the State. Atlanta: The Franklin Printing and Publishing Company, 1901. p. 84–85. No. 412. Approved December 18, 1901.

“An Act to give consent by the State of Georgia to the acquisition by the United States of such lands as may be needed for the establishment of a National Forest Reserve in said State.” Ga. approved this Act on the first anniversary of its Resolution supporting and encouraging the creation of a national reserve or park. It follows a general pattern of other states’ Acts in proposing the establishment of a “Reserve” and in providing for the acquisition of lands by the United States. [CP] [331] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1907, to March, 1909, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 35. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1909. Chapter 192, p. 258–60 (35 Stat. 251). Approved May 23, 1908 (H. R. 19158) (Public, No. 136).

“An Act Making appropriations for the Department of Agriculture for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and nine.”

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

By virtue of outlining the budget for the U.S. Forest Service (pages 258–60 of this lengthy Act), this section appears to be a thorough overview of the responsibilities and activities of the Service at that time. This Act is cited by State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions... Chapter 537 of May 15, 1933 [362]. [CP] [332] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from March, 1909, to March, 1911, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 36. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1911. Chapter 186, p. 961–63 (36 Stat. 961). Approved March 1, 1911 (H. R. 11798) (Public, No. 435).

Reprint: Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Forests and Related Matters. Washington, D.C: G.P.O., 2001.

“An Act To enable any State to cooperate with any other State or States, or with the United States, for the protection of the watersheds of navigable streams, and to appoint a commission for the acquisition of lands for the purpose of conserving the navigability of navigable rivers.” Also known as the “Weeks Act” or “Weeks Law,” this Act includes appropriations to the U.S. Secretary of Agriculture and the provision for establishment of “the National Forest Reservation Commission.” It sets forth the process by which lands will be identified by the Secretary and recommended for purchase in a report to the Commission, which would then make the actual purchase. Section 10 allows for “Sale of agricultural tracts not needed for public uses.” This Act is cited later in Tennessee Chapter 103 of April 1919 [334]. [CP] [333] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1915, to March, 1917, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 39. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1917. Chapter 408, p. 535–36 (39 Stat. 535). Approved August 25, 1916 (H. R. 15522) (Public, No. 235).

Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service, Supplement 1 [375]; Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks, Public Lands, and Related Matters. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1979, 1985,

1991, 1993; Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks and Related Matters. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1997, 2001.

“An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes.” This Act, also known as the “National Park Service Organic Act,” includes a basic description of the National Park Service, its position within the government hierarchy, the organization of the Service, employee salaries, and statement of mission and purpose. Later sections provide for timber disposal, grazing permits, and punishments for violations. Section 4 seems to restate, to some extent, the provisions of 31 Stat. 790 [325]. [CP] [334] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-First General Assembly. Jackson: McCowatMercer, 1919. Chapter 103, p. 253. Senate Bill No. 655. Passed April 2, 1919. Approved April 4, 1919.

“An Act granting to the United States of America all right, title and interest in and to all lands of the State, lying within twenty miles of the Tennessee and North Carolina Boundary line, for the creation of the National forests and the preservation and protection of the navigability of navigable streams.” As a kind of follow-up to Tennessee Chapter 47 of April 1901 [329] and to 36 Stat. 961 [332], this Act cites both earlier Acts and seems to fulfill those proposals by granting the earlier designated lands to the U.S. The final line explains “that nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to change the present boundary between the State of Tennessee and the State of North Carolina.” [CP] [335] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from May, 1919, to March, 1921, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 41. Part 1B. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1921. Chapter 285, p. 1063–77 (41 Stat. 1063). Approved June 10, 1920 (H. R. 3184) (Public, No. 280).

“An Act To create a Federal Power Commission; to provide for the improvement of navigation; the development of water power; the use of the public lands in relation thereto, and to repeal section 18 of the River and Harbor Appropriation Act, approved August 8, 1917, and for other purposes.”

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

107

“The Federal Water Power Act” is the short title. Presenting a detailed plan for establishment, organization, mission, purpose, and funding of the Federal Power Commission, this Act includes references to, and provisions regarding, the occupancy and use of national park lands for projects of the Commission. [CP] [336] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1923, to March, 1925, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 43. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1925. Chapter 86, p. 90 (43 Stat. 90). Approved April 9, 1924 (H. R. 3682) (Public, No. 70).

Reprint: Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks, Public Lands, and Related Matters. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1991, 1993; Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks and Related Matters. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1997, 2001.

“An Act Authorizing the construction, reconstruction, and improvement of roads and trails, inclusive of necessary bridges, in the national parks and monuments under the jurisdiction of the Department of the Interior.” After authorizing the U.S. Secretary of the Interior to oversee the construction and maintenance of a road, trail, and bridge system throughout the national parks and monuments, in the opening section, Section 2 appropriates an annual budget. Section 3 authorizes the transfer of “road material, equipment and supplies” from the military (Secretary of War) to the Secretary of the Interior for use in construction and maintenance efforts. [CP] [337] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Enacted by the Extra Session of the General Assembly of 1924 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Thursday, the Seventh Day of August, A. D. 1924. Raleigh: Mitchell Printing Company, 1924. p. 177. Resolution No. 16. Ratified August 23, 1924.

“Joint Resolution Relative to the Appointment of a Commission on the Part of North Carolina for the Purpose of Presenting the Claims of North Carolina for a National Park.” This Resolution authorizes the appointment of a committee “to present the claims of North Carolina to

108

the commission appointed by the United States for the purpose of effecting the location of a National Park in the Southern Appalachian Mountains” and outlines the selection process and financial arrangements for the administration of the committee. This Resolution is cited later in State of North Carolina Public Laws . . . Chapter 48, 1927 [346]. [CP] [338] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Enacted by the Extra Session of the General Assembly of 1924 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Thursday, the Seventh Day of August, A. D. 1924. Raleigh: Mitchell Printing Company, 1924. p. 185. Resolution No. 29. Ratified August 23, 1924.

“Joint Resolution Amendatory of Senate Resolution No. 278, House Resolution No. 394. Relative to the Appointment of a Commission on the Part of North Carolina for the Purpose of Presenting the Claims of North Carolina for a National Park.” This Resolution provides for the appointment of three ex-officio members to the Commission established in the earlier resolutions. Like Resolution 16 of the same date (above), this Resolution is cited later in State of North Carolina Public Laws, Chapter 48, 1927. (Note: Section 1 refers again to the Senate and House Resolutions, but the numbers are reversed to Senate Resolution No. 394 and House Resolution No. 278.) [CP] [339] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Fourth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1925. p. 584–85. House Joint Resolution No. 5. Adopted January 15, 1925. Approved January 23, 1925.

“WHEREAS, the State of Tennessee acting through the Governor has obtained an option on a large acreage of cut over mountain land in the Big Smoky Mountain Range of East Tennessee, bordering on the Tennessee and North Carolina line and on the water shed of Little River owned by Little River Lumber Company, amounting to approximately 80,000 acres, lying in the counties of Blount and Sevier, which said property is well adapted for park purposes and reforestation, and whereas, said option so obtained and dated September 13, 1924, and now on file in the Governor’s office, expires on February 1, 1925.”

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Because the “option” mentioned in the caption could not actually be “exercised without legislative action” this Resolution proposes the appointment and composition of a committee to investigate the proposition, including the “possibility for roads and highways through said property,” and the submission of a report to the General Assembly “with reference to the adaptability of said property for State Park purposes and reforestation with recommendations for legislative action to be taken.” [CP]

gress. The final section appropriates funding. The Secretary of the Interior is authorized to “employ” the Commission in Section 4 of 44 Stat. 616 of May 1926 [344]. [CP]

[340] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Fourth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1925. p. 586–87. House Joint Resolution No. 7. Approved January 23, 1925.

“AN ACT to provide for the acquisition by gift, purchase or otherwise, and the control and regulation of properties for park and forestry purposes; to create and establish a commission to be known as the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission; to define its powers, rights and duties.” The Act also provides for the Commission composition and tenure. Section 4 directs the Commission to “make a careful study of lands in Tennessee suitable for park and forestry purposes” and to “formulate and adopt a system for the proper development, preservation, and administration thereof.” Section 3 discussion on the “exercise of the power of eminent domain for the acquisition of such property” includes a reference to the Code of Tennessee of 1858, Sections 1325 to 1348. This Act is, itself, cited generally in Tennessee Chapter 57 of 1925 [343] in a statement referring “to a Commission created by a separate Act of this present General Assembly known as the ‘Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission.’” This Chapter is amended by Chapter No. 57 of 1927 [348]: “An Act to amend Chapter 55 of the Public Acts of the General Assembly of the State of Tennessee for the year 1925.” [CP]

“Whereas, The Governor of Tennessee, by his message to the General Assembly advocated a State Parking System for Tennessee, and suggested a large tract of land in the Smoky Mountains of East Tennessee, and advised that an option had been placed on same in favor of the State;” This Resolution proposes that a request be made to have the option extended for 60 days past its original date of 30 January 1925. [CP] [341] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1923, to March, 1925, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 43. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1925. Chapter 281, p. 958–59 (43 Stat. 958). Approved February 21, 1925 (S. 4109) (Public, No. 437).

Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“An Act To provide for the securing of lands in the southern Appalachian Mountains and in the Mammoth Cave regions of Kentucky for perpetual preservation as national parks.” This Act authorizes and directs the U.S. Secretary of the Interior “to determine the boundaries and area of... such portion of the Smoky Mountains lying in Tennessee and North Carolina as may be recommended by him to be acquired and administered as a national park, to be known as the Great Smoky Mountains National Park...” The Secretary is also authorized to secure options and to appoint a commission and is directed to report to Con-

[342] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Fourth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1925. Chapter 55, p. 114–17. Senate Bill No. 522. Passed April 9, 1925. Approved April 10, 1925.

[343] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed By the Sixty-Fourth General Assembly 1925. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1925. Chapter 57, p. 121–27. Senate Bill No. 524. Passed April 9, 1925. Approved April 10, 1925.

“An Act authorizing the purchase of lands of the Little River Lumber Company lying wholly within the State of Tennessee in the counties of Blount and Sevier, and estimated to contain about 76,507 acres, in the Smoky Mountains of East Tennessee, on condition that the people of Knoxville and vicinity, or the City of Knoxville or the

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

109

County of Knox, in the State of Tennessee, will contribute one-third (1/3) of the purchase price or consideration therefor, and, upon their agreement so to do, and upon other conditions, to authorize the Governor and Attorney General of the State of Tennessee of said property by the Little River Lumber Company, and fully stated in the body of this Act, and to appropriate out of the treasury of the State of Tennessee the sum of $22,500.00 as the cash payment and the sum of $22,500.00 per year for nineteen (19) years, all including the one-third (1/3) thereof to be so contributed by the people of Knoxville and vicinity, the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, subject to the privilege retained by the State to discharge all of the said deferred payments at a discount rate of six (6%) per cent per annum at compound interest; and to provide for the issuance of the promissory notes of the State of Tennessee for said deferred payments, as is more fully stated in the body of this Act.” Following up on Tenn. House Joint Resolution No. 5 in January of this same year [339], this Act seems to fulfill and expand the proposals of that Resolution. Tenn. Chapter No. 55, also of April of this year [342], is cited generally, on p. 122 in the preamble of this Act, in a reference to “a Commission created by a separate Act of this present General Assembly...” The preamble also asserts “said lands are so offered to the State at a manifestly reasonable price.” The purchase is authorized “only in the event that” the U.S. Congress “within two years from the passage of this Act have first designated said lands to be included as a National Park area, to be maintained as such by the United States of America.” Section 3 enumerates the rights, reserved by the lumber company, to cut and remove certain timber over a designated time period, to reserve certain “rights of way,” and to reserve the “title to all railroad material and equipment on said lands.” Section 5 authorizes and empowers the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission “to transfer and convey, by gift or otherwise, to United States of America for National Park purposes and to be used as a part of a National Park, all or any part of the lands so purchased.” [CP] [344] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1925, to March, 1927, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations.

110

vol. 44. Part 2. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1927. Chapter 363, p. 616–17 (44 Stat. 616). Approved May 22, 1926. (S. 4073) (Public, No. 268).

Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“An Act To provide for the establishment of the Shenandoah National Park in the State of Virginia and the Great Smoky Mountain National Park in the States of North Carolina and Tennessee, and for other purposes.” The opening section describes the location and size of the tract “in the Great Smoky Mountains in North Carolina and Tennessee,” and declares that it “shall be known as the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” The section ends with a provision that the lands would not be purchased with “public moneys” but that they would be secured “only by public or private donation.” Section 2 details the contribution amounts and sources for the purchase of both parks. Section 3 seems to support the provisions of 39 Stat. 535, “An Act to establish a National Park Service” [333]. Section 4 authorizes the employment of the “Commission authorized by the Act approved February 21, 1925” [341]. This Act is cited later in State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions, Chapter 48, 1927 [346]. [CP] [345] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America From December, 1925, to March, 1927, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 44. Part 2. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1927. Chapter 578, p. 741–42 (44 Stat. 741). Approved June 14, 1926 (H. R. 10773) (Public, No. 386).

Reprint: Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks, Public Lands, and Related Matters. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 2001.

“An Act To authorize acquisition or use of public lands by States, counties, or municipalities for recreational purposes.” This Act outlines ways in which the U.S. Secretary of the Interior might choose to allow states, counties, or municipalities to acquire or lease public lands for recreational purposes. It addresses land exchanges, leases, and reservation of mineral deposits. In closing, the Secretary is authorized to make the rules and regulations necessary

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

to carry out the provisions and is instructed to report, annually, all land exchanges to Congress. [CP] [346] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1927 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Fifth Day of January, A. D. 1927. Charlotte: The Observer Printing House, Inc., 1927. Chapter 48, p. 53–64. Ratified February 25, 1927.

“An Act to Provide for the Acquisition of Parks and Recreational Facilities in the Great Smoky Mountains of North Carolina.” Citing N.C. Resolutions Number 16 and Number 29 [338] of the 1924 Special Session, this Act begins with the continuation and incorporation of the earlier commission under the name “North Carolina Park Commission,” effectively dissolving the “Great Smoky Mountains, Incorporated.” After listing the names and hometowns of the commissioners, the Act becomes a veritable 11page process, procedure, and rules manual for the Commission in the pursuit of its mission, which may be best stated in Section 3: “to acquire title in the name of the State of North Carolina to any lands contemplated” in 44 Stat. 616 of 1926 [344], which provides for the establishment of the GSMNP in N.C. and Tenn. The remainder of Section 3 is a reprint of that statute. Section 4 begins with the broad authorization and goes on to detail the boundaries of the land to be acquired. Sections 5 through 17 authorize and outline, again in detail, a bond issue and other financial processes. Sections 18 through 21 address issues of eminent domain, condemnation, and acquisition of title. Section 22 authorizes the Commission to convey the lands to the U.S. for “National Park purposes,” and Section 24 confers on the U.S. Congress the power to pass any laws necessary for the acquisition, “management, control and protection” of the lands. Section 25 designates the powers and responsibilities of the Secretary of the Interior regarding the wide variety of legal issues outstanding, including condemnation proceedings, and attorney’s fees. Section 26 describes the progress which must be made prior to the issue of bonds, Section 27 addresses restraining orders and assessment of damages, Section 28 repeals “All laws conflicting herewith” and the final Section, 29, declares the Act “in force” from its ratification. [CP]

[347] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Fifth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1927. Chapter 54, p. 168–86. Senate Bill No. 781. Passed April 26, 1927. Approved April 27, 1927.

“AN ACT to amend Chapter 55 of the Public Acts for 1925 entitled: ‘An Act to provide for the acquisition by gift, purchase or otherwise, and the control and regulation of properties for park and forestry purposes; to create and establish a Commission to be known as the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission; to define its powers, rights and duties,’ and also to amend Section 57 of the Public Acts of 1925, entitled: ‘An Act authorizing the purchase of lands of the Little River Lumber Company lying wholly within in the State of Tennessee in the counties of Blount and Sevier, and estimated to contain about 76,507 acres, in the Smoky Mountains of East Tennessee, on conditions that the people of Knoxville and vicinity, or the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, in the State of Tennessee, will contribute onethird of the purchase price or consideration therefor, and, upon their agreement so to do, and upon other conditions, to authorize the Governor and Attorney-General of the State of Tennessee to consummate said purchase under certain conditions set forth in an option granted to the State of Tennessee of said property by the Little River Lumber Company, and fully stated in the body of this Act, and to appropriate out of the Treasury of the State of Tennessee the sum of $22,500.00 per year for nineteen (19) years, all including the one-third thereof to be so contributed by the people of Knoxville, and vicinity, the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, subject to the privilege retained by the State to discharge all of the said deferred payments at a discount rate of six (6%) per cent per annum at compound interest; and to provide for the issuance of the promissory notes of the State of Tennessee for said deferred payments, as is more fully stated in the body of this Act;’ and to create a commission to be known as the ‘Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission;’ and to vest in said Commission full power to acquire by gift, purchase, or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, lands for the purpose of establishing and maintaining a national park under the provisions of the act of congress approved 22 May 1926, entitled ‘An Act to provide for the establishment

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

111

of the Shenandoah National Park in the State of Virginia, and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the States of North Carolina and Tennessee, and for other purposes.’ And also to vest said Commission with the power to convey to the United States of America for the purposes set forth in said Act of Congress all lands so acquired by it; and to authorize the issuance by the State of $1,500.00 of bonds, the funds derived by therefrom to be used by said Commission in the acquisition of lands for said Park purposes. And to set apart after January 1, 1932, one-tenth of one cent per gallon of the gasoline tax for the payment of said bonds and interest; and to vest in said Commission created hereby the title as trustee for the State to all ungranted lands lying in Blount, Sevier and Cocke Counties, and to authorize said Commission to reclaim the same by suit, or otherwise, and to make disposition of the legal title thereto.” The preamble of this Act first announces the passage and approval of 44 Stat. 616 on 22 May 1926 [344], and then proceeds to reprint the Act. The U.S. Secretary of the Interior’s designation of land boundaries for the park follows. The next two paragraphs of the preamble cite Tenn. Chapter 55 of the 1925 Acts [342] and Chapter 57 of the same year [343]. After additional discussion, it cites and discusses the N.C. Act of February 25, 1927 [346]. After the close of the preamble, Section 1 provides for the creation of the Tennessee Great Smoky Park Commission and goes on to define its membership, duties, and powers. Section 4 again cites 44 Stat. 616 and addresses acquisition of land title in the name of the state. Sections 5 through 20 address the issue of bonds, eminent domain, tax issues and similar financial and legal processes. Section 21 substitutes the new Commission for the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission in certain matters of specific land acquisitions. Section 22 returns to topics of land and title acquisition, while Section 23 outlines the duties of the State Attorney-General under this Act. Section 24 authorizes the U.S. to receive acquired lands via conveyance and the Congress to pass laws necessary to this process and to the “management, control and protection” of the lands. Section 24-a restricts the expenditure of funds for certain timber rights of the Little River Lumber Company. Section 25 repeals “All laws in conflict with this Act” and declares this Act to be an amendment of Chapters 55 and 57 of the 1925

112

Public Acts. The final section provides that this Act will be effective upon its passage. [CP] [348] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Fifth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1927. Chapter 57, p. 191–92. Senate Bill No. 266. Passed April 20, 1927. Approved April 27, 1927.

“AN ACT to amend Chapter 55 of the Public Acts of the General Assembly of the State of Tennessee for the year 1925, entitled ‘An Act to provide for the acquisition by gifts, purchase or otherwise, and the control and regulation of properties for park and forestry purposes; to create and establish a Commission to be known as the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission; to define its powers, rights and duties,’ so as to provide that said Commission may acquire gifts of money, and providing for the care, disbursement and use of said money in the acquisition of properties under the provisions of said Act; and providing that such of said properties so acquired, or in any other way acquired, and lying within the designated area of the Great Smoky Mountain National Park may be conveyed to the Federal Government as a part of said National Park.” The amendment consists of an addition at the end of Section 4, “Section 4-a,” and provides for the Commission’s authority to receive “money or other property, for the acquisition of property,” and to use the gifts to acquire property. If the property happens to be located in the GSMNP, the Commission is authorized to convey it to the federal government. Section 2 of the amendment calls for the repeal of all laws that are in conflict with this one. [CP] [349] Statutes of the United States Passed at the First Session of the Seventieth Congress 1927–1928 and Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1928. Chapter 59, p. 109 (45 Stat. 109). Approved February 16, 1928 (S. 2656) (Public, No. 33).

Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“An Act To establish a minimum area for a Shenandoah National Park, for administration, protection, and

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

general development by the National Park Service, and for other purposes.” Section 1 cites and amends 44 Stat. 616 [344] regarding the Shenandoah National Park. Section 2 authorizes the U.S. Secretary of the Interior to lease Shenandoah and GMSNP lands to certain individuals or educational or religious institutions for limited periods of time. [CP] [350] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Sixth General Assembly. Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, Inc., 1929. p. 537–40. Senate Joint Resolution No. 11. Adopted February 19, 1929. Approved February 21, 1929.

“WHEREAS, the State of Tennessee, under the provisions of Chapter 57 of the Public Acts of 1925, purchased from the Little River Lumber Company, certain mountain lands lying in Blount and Sevier Counties, for the purpose of turning said lands over to the Federal Government for use as a National Park.” Chapters 54 of 1927 [347] and 57 of 1925 [343] of the Tennessee Public Acts are cited throughout this Act. Following the two-page preamble, the Act authorizes and directs the Speaker of the Senate to appoint a Senate Committee and the Speaker of the House to appoint a House Committee to investigate and report on the activities, land acquisitions, employees, and financial developments of the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission. [CP] [351] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed By the Sixty-Sixth General Assembly. Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, Inc., 1929. p. 492–500. House Joint Resolution No. 24. Senate Concurring. Adopted February 20, 1929. Approved February 22, 1929.

“Whereas the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountain Park Commission, acting as Agent for the State, did on February 12, 1929, enter into a contract with the Little River Lumber Company with reference to timber operations on the Middle Prong water shed of Little River, which said contract is in the following words, to wit . . . .” Citing the purchase agreement of Chapter 57, Acts of 1925 [343], and the deed ratification of Chapter 54 of 1927 [347], this Resolution describes and addresses a controversy which had arisen regarding certain standing

timber which was to be conveyed to the Commission. The Resolution further provides for the continuing activities of the Little River Lumber Company, for extension of boundaries and for a process by which timber “shall be sold and conveyed to the State of Tennessee at a price to be fixed.” [CP] [352] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1929 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Ninth Day of January, A. D. 1929. Ft. Wayne: Ft. Wayne Printing Co., 1929. Chapter 220, p. 272–73. Ratified March 18, 1929. Reprint, partial: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“An Act to Amend Chapter 48, Public Laws of North Carolina, Session 1927, Known as ‘The Great Smoky Mountain Park Act.’” This Act begins by providing for the extension of the boundary limits for the Park and goes on to authorize the acquisition and conveyance of those lands, and cession of certain jurisdiction over the lands, to the U.S. It then addresses certain issues regarding taxes and the voting rights of the residents of these lands. The final section repeals all laws that are in conflict with this one. [CP] [353] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1929 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Ninth Day of January, A. D. 1929. Ft. Wayne: Ft. Wayne Printing Co., 1929. Chapter 233, p. 280. Ratified March 18, 1929.

“An Act to Amend Chapter 48, Public Laws of 1927, Section 20.” (“Removal of condemnation proceedings in the matter of Great Smoky Mountain Park.”) This Act adds the following provision to the amended Chapter 48: “That in any suit for condemnation hereunder the trial judge may upon motion of any party remove said cause to any other county when upon sufficient cause the court shall find that such removal is necessary to promote the ends of justice.” [CP] [354] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1929 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday,

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

113

the Ninth Day of January, A. D. 1929. Ft. Wayne: Ft. Wayne Printing Co., 1929. p. 609–10. Resolution No. 25. Ratified March 18, 1929.

“Joint Resolution Directing the North Carolina Park Commission to Make Certain Investigations and Report to the Next General Assembly.” Directs the N.C. Park Commission to investigate and report on Swain, Jackson, and Haywood Counties and any other “subordinate governmental division that meets a variety of criteria such as inclusion in the Great Smoky Mountain National Park.” This Resolution concerns itself with the acquisition of information on acreage, taxable value, indebtedness, and proportionate total tax value. The opening section cites Chapter 48 of the 1927 Public Laws [346]. [CP] [355] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Sixth General Assembly. Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, Inc., 1929. Chapter 99, p. 313–15. Senate Bill No. 594. Passed April 12, 1929. Approved April 12, 1929.

Reprint, partial: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“AN ACT to amend Chapter 54 of the Public Acts for 1927 entitled: ‘An Act to amend Chapter 55 of the Public Acts for 1925 entitled: ‘An Act to provide for the acquisition by gift, purchase or otherwise, and the control and regulation of properties for Park and Forestry Purposes; to create and establish a Commission to be known as the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission; to define its powers, rights and duties,’ and also to amend Section 57 of the Public Acts of 1925, entitled: ‘An Act authorizing the purchase of lands of the Little River Lumber Company lying wholly within the State of Tennessee in the Counties of Blount and Sevier, and estimated to contain about 76,507 acres, in the Smoky Mountains of East Tennessee, on conditions that the people of Knoxville and vicinity, or the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, in the State of Tennessee, will contribute onethird (1/3) of the purchase price or consideration therefor, and, upon their agreement so to do, and upon other conditions, to authorize the Governor and Attorney-General of the State of Tennessee to consummate said purchase under certain conditions set forth in an option granted to the State of Tennessee of said property by the Little

114

River Lumber Company, and fully stated in the body of this Act, and to appropriate out of the Treasury of the State of Tennessee the sum of $22,500.00 as the cash payment and the sum of $22,500.00 per year for nineteen (19) years, all including the one-third (1/3) thereof to be so contributed by the people of Knoxville, and vicinity, the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, subject to the privilege retained by the State to discharge all of the said deferred payments at a discount rate of six (6%) per cent per annum at compound interest; and to provide for the issuance of the promissory notes of the State of Tennessee for said deferred payments, as is more fully stated in the body of the Act’; and to create a commission to be known as the ‘Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission’; and to vest in said commission full power to acquire by gift, purchase or by the exercise of power of Eminent Domain or otherwise, lands for the purpose of establishing and maintaining a National Park under the provisions of the Act of Congress approved May 22, 1926, entitled, ‘An Act to for the establishment of the Shenandoah National Park in the State of Virginia, and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the State of North Carolina and Tennessee, and for other purposes.’ And also to vest said Commission with the power to convey to the United States of America for the purpose set forth in said Act of Congress all lands so acquired by it; and to authorize the issuance by the State of $1,500.00 of bonds, the funds derived by therefrom to be used by said Commission in the acquisition of lands for said Park purposes. And to set apart after January 1, 1932, one-tenth of one cent per gallon of the gasoline tax for the payment of said bonds and interest; and to vest in said Commission created hereby the title as trustee for the State to all ungranted lands lying in Blount, Sevier and Cocke Counties, and to authorize said Commission to reclaim the same by suit, or otherwise, and to make disposition of the legal title thereto.’ The Object and purpose of this Amendatory Act being to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission may convey the lands acquired to the United States of America for Park purposes.” Citing its amendment of Chapter 54 of the 1927 Public Acts [347], this Act provides for the conveyance of lands and cession of jurisdiction to the U.S. It also provides for certain rights for the state, regarding taxation, and for residents on the lands for voting at elections. [CP]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

[356] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from April, 1929, to March, 1931, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 46. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1931. Chapter 197, p. 225 (46 Stat. 225). Approved April 19, 1930 (H. R. 6343) (Public, No. 154).

contract for services or other accommodations provided in the national parks...for the public...at rates approved by him,” to cash traveler’s checks offered “in payment of automobile license fees,” to use funding for the care, temporarily, of indigents and to remove them from the park or to provide for burial, “in case of death.” Other similar reimbursements and expenditures are included, most of them pertaining to Park employees. [CP]

“An Act To provide for the extension of the boundary limits of the proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park, the establishment of which is authorized by the Act approved May 22, 1926 (Forty-fourth Statutes, page 616).” This Act provides for the extension of the boundaries in both N.C. and Tenn. and defines the new limit in detail. The 14 April 1926 Report of the Secretary of the Interior is cited as the recommendation for this new determination. [CP]

[358] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Seventh General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1931. Chapter 96, p. 333–34. House Bill No. 878. Passed June 30, 1931. Approved July 2, 1931.

Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

[357] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from April, 1929, to March, 1931, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 46. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1931. Chapter 324, p. 381–83 (46 Stat. 381). Approved May 26, 1930 (S. 195) (Public, No. 255).

Reprint: Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks, Public Lands, and Related Matters, Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1979, 1985, 1991, 1993; Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks and Related Matters, Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1997, 2001.

“An Act To facilitate the administration of the national parks by the United States Department of the Interior, and for other purposes.” Consisting of eleven sections that cover almost two pages, this Act authorizes the U.S. Secretary of the Interior to engage in various administrative tasks necessary to the day-to-day operation of national parks. Most of these tasks are financial in nature, such as the authorization “to purchase personal equipment and supplies for employees” and to deduct the expense from their salaries, to provide mileage allowance, toll fees and similar expenses for motor vehicles used “for official business,” “to

“An Act to relieve all properties against which condemnation proceedings have been filed by the State of Tennessee for National Park purposes or which have been heretofore conveyed to the State of Tennessee for National Park purposes, of all taxes for the year 1931 and any back assessments on property located in all counties in this State having a population of not less than 20,475, and not more than 20,490, according to the Federal Census of 1930 or any subsequent Federal Census.” The caption essentially states the provisions of the Act. Section 2 repeals all laws in conflict with this one. Section 3 declares that this Act becomes effective upon its passage. [CP] [359] Public and Private Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed By the Sixty-Seventh General Assembly (First and Second Extra Sessions) 1931. Jackson, Tenn.: Long-Johnson Printing Co., 1931. Public Chapter 2, p. 44–52. Senate Bill No. 17. (Second Extra Session) Passed December 4, 1931. Approved December 10, 1931.

“AN ACT to amend an Act entitled: ‘An Act to amend Chapter 55 of the Public Acts for 1925 entitled: ‘An Act to provide for the acquisition by gift, purchase, or otherwise, and the control and regulation of properties for park and forestry purposes; to create and establish a commission to be known as the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission; to define its powers, rights and duties,’ ‘and also to amend Section 57 of the Public Acts of 1925, entitled, ‘An Act authorizing the purchase of lands of the Little River Lumber Company lying wholly

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

115

within the State of Tennessee in the counties of Blount and Sevier, and estimated to contain about seventy-six thousand, five hundred and seven (76,507) acres, in the Smoky Mountains of East Tennessee on condition that the people of Knoxville and vicinity, or the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, in the State of Tennessee, will contribute one-third (1/3) of the purchase price of consideration therefor, and, upon their agreement so to do, and upon other conditions, to authorize the Governor and Attorney-General of the State of Tennessee to consummate said purchase under certain conditions set forth in an option granted to the State of Tennessee of said property by the Little River Lumber Company, and fully stated in the body of this Act, and to appropriate out of the treasury of the State of Tennessee the sum of twentytwo thousand, five hundred ($22,500.00) dollars as the cash payment and the sum of twenty-two thousand, five hundred ($22,500.00) dollars per year for nineteen (19) years, all including the one-third (1/3) thereof to be so contributed by the people of Knoxville, and vicinity, the City of Knoxville or the County of Knox, subject to the privilege retained by the State to discharge all of the said deferred payments at a discount rate of six (6%) per cent per annum at compound interest; and to provide for the issuance of the promissory note of the State of Tennessee for said deferred payments, as is more fully stated in the body of this Act:’ ‘And to create a commission to be known as ‘The Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission;’ ‘and to vest in said Commission full power to acquire by gift, purchase, or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, lands for the purpose of establishing and maintaining a National Park under the provisions of the Act of Congress approved May 22, 1926, entitled, ‘An Act to provide for the establishment of the Shenandoah National Park in the State of Virginia, and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the States of North Carolina and Tennessee, and for other purposes.’ ‘And also to vest said commission with the power to convey to the United States of America for the purposes set forth in said Act of Congress all lands so acquired by it; and to authorize the issuance by the State of one million, five hundred ($1,500,000.00) dollars of bonds, the funds derived therefrom to be used by said commission in the acquisition of lands for said park purposes. And to set apart after January 1, 1932, one-tenth (1/10) of one

116

cent (.01) per gallon of the gasoline tax for the payment of said bonds and interest; and to vest in said commission created hereby the title as trustee for the State to all ungranted lands in Blount, Sevier and Cocke counties, and to authorize said Commission to reclaim the same suit, or otherwise, and to make disposition of the legal title thereto--’; being Chapter 54 of the Public printed Acts of 1927; so as to extend the time within which the power of eminent domain may be exercised to April 27, 1934, and to make the area over which the power of eminent domain may be exercised co-extensive with the park boundaries as defined and designated by the Secretary of the Interior of the United States; and, so as to enable the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission, an agency of the State of Tennessee created by said Chapter 54 of the Acts of 1927, to sell or exchange certain lands acquired by the State, situated outside of the boundaries of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, as fixed and located by the Secretary of the Interior of the United States, or, that may be hereafter so fixed and located; and use the proceeds thereof; thus further defining the rights, powers, and duties of the said Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission by adding thereto the said powers, which shall be in addition to those already set forth in the said Chapter 54 of the Acts of 1927 of the General Assembly of the State of Tennessee.” Consisting of five paragraphs, the preamble, which follows the lengthy caption (above), cites Public Acts Chapter 54 of 1927 [347] and describes a variety of problems which include condemnation suits, time limits for exercising the power of eminent domain, tracts of land within the Park but outside the area over which the power of eminent domain was conferred, land purchased for the Park but lying outside the Park boundaries, land acquired within the boundaries but lying outside them after they were readjusted by the U.S. Secretary of the Interior, and “lands in the park area not yet acquired by the State.” Section 1 extends the “time within which the power of eminent domain may be exercised” and expresses an intention of the Act, which includes protection of the State from certain financial liabilities and commitments. Section 2 continues to amend Chapter 54 “by granting and conferring the power of eminent domain over the entire park area as fixed, defined and designated by the Secretary of the Interior.” This is followed by three pages of description

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

of that area stated in terms of natural and manmade landmarks and the identification of individuals and families who had owned the lands. Section 3 deals with property of the Little River Lumber Company and its relationship to this Act. Section 4 gives new powers to sell and acquire certain kinds of land to the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains Park Commission, while Section 5 authorizes the Commission to make certain deeds. Section 6 provides that “no sale or exchange shall be made until the proposal has been submitted to the Commission and received the approval of a majority of its membership.” [CP] [360] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1931, to March, 1933, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 47. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. Chapter 19, p. 37–38 (47 Stat. 37). Approved February 4, 1932 (S. 1089) (Public, No. 10). Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“To establish a minimum area for a Shenandoah National Park, for administration, protection, and general development by the National Park Service, and for other purposes.” The opening section establishes the minimum acreage for the Shenandoah National Park, while the Second Section deals with four national parks including the GSMNP. As the final section of the Act, Section 2 authorizes the U.S. Secretary of the Interior “to accept title to lands tendered without cost to the United States” in the four park areas, “subject to leases.” It also authorizes the Secretary to lease lands and to accept lands for the parks “subject to reservations of rights of way and easements.” [CP] [361] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from December, 1931, to March, 1933, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 47, Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. Chapter 507, p. 702–3 (47 Stat. 702). Approved July 19, 1932 (S. 4522) (Public, No. 292). Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service . . . 1933 [374].

“To authorize the conveyance to the State of Tennessee of certain land deeded to the United States for the Great Smoky Mountains National Park and not needed therefor.” Consisting of only one section, this Act authorizes the Secretary of the Interior to convey the lands, which were located in Happy Valley, Tenn. and provides that the proceeds be used to acquire certain other lands. [CP] [362] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1933 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Fourth Day of January, A. D. 1933. Resolution No. 27. Ft. Wayne: Ft. Wayne Printing Co., 1933. p. 962–64. Resolution No. 27. House Resolution No. 884. Ratified March 20, 1933.

“Joint Resolution of the General Assembly of North Carolina Relating to the Relief of the Counties of Haywood and Swain in the State of North Carolina By Reason of Their Loss in Taxable Valuation by the Establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” The preamble to this Resolution, running almost two pages, explains both the “bonded indebtedness” and the loss of taxable property incurred in the two named counties. The actual Resolution, which consists of three sections covering about one page, essentially asks Congress to make appropriations “available” to the North Carolina State Treasurer to be used to retire the bonds of both counties. [CP] [363] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Eighth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1933. Chapter 53, p. 123–24. Senate Bill No. 257. Passed April 6, 1933. Approved April 6, 1933.

“AN ACT to abolish the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountain Park Commission created by Chapter 54 of the Public Acts of 1927, and to transfer to and vest in the Tennessee State Park and Forestry Commission, as created and established by Sections 5194 to 5201 inclusive of the Code of Tennessee, all the powers, obligations, functions, duties, jurisdiction and authority heretofore vested in and exercised by the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountain Park Commission.”

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

117

Citing Chapter 54 of the Public Acts of 1927 [347] and Code of Tennessee, Sections 5194 to 5201, this Act essentially restates the information included in the caption. [CP] [364] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Eighth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1933. Chapter 98, p. 207–8. Senate Bill No. 277. Passed April 19, 1933. Approved April 20, 1933.

“AN ACT to authorize the County Boards of Education in the Counties of Blount, Cocke and Sevier to convey to the State of Tennessee any school property lying within The Great Smoky Mountain Park Area, as designated by an Act of Legislature, upon such terms as may be agreed upon by said County Boards of Education and The Tennessee Great Smoky Mountain Park Commission.” Basically restating the caption, the Act also cites specifically the authority of Chapter 54 of the Public Acts of 1927 [347]. [CP] [365] Public Acts of the State of Tennessee Passed by the Sixty-Eighth General Assembly. Nashville: Tennessee Industrial School, 1933. Chapter 161, p. 407–10. Senate Bill No. 1089. Passed April 21, 1933. Approved April 22, 1933.

“AN ACT to empower the United States to acquire by purchase or otherwise, lands within the State of Tennessee for national forests and parks and for the improvement and development of the Tennessee River Basin and the Cove Creek project on the Clinch River, and to fix the conditions of such consent.” Speaking generally of “national forests and parks,” this Act refers to the GSMNP only in Section 7. Section 1 discusses land acquisition in general and land acquisition for several named projects. Section 2 includes “all lands acquired by the United States within this State for the above mentioned or similar purposes” and addresses issues of legislative, executive, and judicial jurisdiction. Section 3 addresses issues of civil and criminal jurisdiction and issues of the “rights and privileges as citizens” of the inhabitants of the lands. Section 4 deals with the state’s title, ownership and jurisdiction over highways and similar infrastructures. Section 5 “reserves” the

118

state’s right to tax. Section 6 asks the state’s Attorney General to ask the U.S. Attorney General to persuade the Congress to accept the provisions of this Act in order “to form a compact” between the state and the U.S. “so as to avoid a conflict in laws and the enforcement thereof between the two sovereignties and to provide a uniform administration of the laws of both the sovereignties over such lands owned by the United States within the State of Tennessee.” Section 7 provides “that nothing in this Act shall be construed to alter or change the existing law relating to the acquisition and transfer to the Federal Government of lands for the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Section 8 provides for repeal of legislation in conflict with this Act. [CP] [366] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1933 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Fourth Day of January, A. D. 1933. Ft. Wayne: Ft. Wayne Printing Co., 1933. Chapter 419, p. 617–68. House Bill 1001. Ratified May 11, 1933.

“An Act creating a Commission to Consider the Relief of Haywood and Swain Counties by Reason of their Losses by the Establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Citing H.R. 884 (Resolution No. 27) [362] of March 1933, this Act creates a Commission to present to Congress the case for appropriations that was set forth in the Resolution. The preamble summarizes problems that need to be addressed. Section 1 creates the Commission and states its purpose. Section 2 outlines the financial issues regarding the Commission and its work. Section 3 appoints, by name, the Commission members, and Section 4 instructs the Commission in its duty to report. [CP] [367] State of North Carolina Public Laws and Resolutions Passed by the General Assembly at its Session of 1933 Begun and Held in the City of Raleigh on Wednesday, the Fourth Day of January, A. D. 1933. Ft. Wayne: Ft. Wayne Printing Co., 1933. Chapter 537, p. 886–87. House Bill 1668. Ratified May 15, 1933.

“An Act to Regulate the Distribution of Public Funds and Collect License Fees in Certain Counties in North Carolina.”

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Dealing primarily with allocations and use of certain funds from the National Forest Commission (as authorized by 35 Stat. 251, May 23, 1908 [331]) and with the rights of the state to collect fees for license for hunting and fishing on any lands “hereafter acquired by the Federal Government” within the state, this Act mentions the GSMNP only as an exception: “The lands and streams within the Great Smoky Mountains National Park to be excepted from this Act.” [CP] [368] Roosevelt, Franklin D. Executive Order, No. 6542. “Authorizing the Purchase of Land for Emergency Conservation Work.” December 28, 1933. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1934.

Through this Order, Roosevelt allocated $2,325,000 for the acquisition of “privately owned lands contiguous” to, and “intermingled” with, certain national park and national monument lands, including the GSMNP in both Tenn. and N.C. He cites earlier legislation for his authority to appropriate the funds for this purchase. Processes whereby the funding would be transferred, withdrawn, and expended are detailed. [CP] [369] The Statutes at Large of the United States of America from March, 1933, to June, 1934, Concurrent Resolutions of the Two Houses of Congress, and Recent Treaties, Conventions, and Executive Proclamations. vol. 48. Part 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1934. Chapter 538, p. 964 (48 Stat. 964). Approved June 15, 1934 (H. R. 7360) (Public, No. 356). Reprint: Laws Relating to the National Park Service, Supplement 1 [374].

“To establish a minimum area for the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, and for other purposes.” The opening section specifies the minimum area for the Park and notes that half of it was acquired by the people of N.C. and Tenn., while the other half was acquired by the Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial. It goes on to establish it as “a completed park for administration, protection, and development” by the U.S. and closes by repealing any part of 44 Stat. 616 [344] “as is inconsistent herewith.” Section 2 deals with lands purchased from certain funds or acquired for certain purposes as authorized by 44 Stat. 616 and makes them a part of the Park. [CP]

Selected Hearings

[370] U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands. National Parks in Southern Appalachian Mountains. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1924. 28 p.

Hearings held before the House Committee on Public Lands, Sixty-Eighth Congress, Second Session, on 20 January 1925, in regards to House Resolution 11980. Text of the bill is included as well as a letter of support from Hubert Work, Secretary of the Interior, the report of the Southern Appalachian Park Commission, statements from Representative Henry W. Temple (Pa.), chair, Southern Appalachian Park Commission, Representative Zebulon Weaver (N.C.), Col. Glenn S. Smith, Chief Engineer, U.S. Topographic Service and, member of Southern Appalachian Park Commission, and W. A. Welch, member of Southern Appalachian Park Commission. From the Park Commission Report: “The Great Smoky Mountains easily stand first, because of the height of mountains, depth of valleys, ruggedness of the area, and the unexampled variety of trees, shrubs, and plants” (p. 4). The discussion on the proposed parks centered around the procedures used by the Commission to survey the possible park areas, the value of the land for other purposes, the number of people who live in the areas, the comparison with western parks, the accessibility to the citizens of the country, and the botanical value. When Representative Don B. Colton (Utah) asked Temple, “Are there any villages within the boundary areas?” he replied “I think none at all” (p. 18). [AB] [371] U.S. Senate. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys. Revising Boundaries of Yellowstone, Grand Canyon, Mount Rainier, Rocky Mountain, and Sequoia National Parks and the Establishment of Shenandoah, Great Smoky Mountain, and Mammoth Cave National Parks. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1926. 264 p.

Hearings held before the Senate Committee on Public Lands and Surveys, Sixty-Ninth Congress, first session, on 27, 29, 30 April, 11 and 12 May, and 2 June in regards to Senate Bills 3176, 3427, 3428, 3433, 4073, 4209, 4258 and House Resolution 9387. Pages 107–44 specifically address Senate Bill 4073 “providing for the establishment of the Shenandoah and the Great Smoky Mountain National Parks” (p. 107). This portion of the

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

119

hearings occurred on 11 and 12 May. The text of the bill is included, as well as reports from Hubert Work, Secretary of the Interior, and the Appalachian National Park Commission; statements from Senator Claude A. Swanson, Va. and William C. Gregg, a director of Outlook magazine and member of the Park Commission; a letter from Governor H. F. Byrd, Va.; and a telegram from Champion Fibre Co., Canton, N.C. The reports contain very explicit descriptions of the boundaries of the proposed GSMNP. Discussion with Swanson and Gregg, both Park supporters, centered on the size of the parks, the exact location, and the provisions for raising the private funding. The Champion Fibre telegram stated that “we do not oppose the park idea in principle, but feel that a location could and should have been selected which would not have involved such serious industrial interference nor such tremendous costs of acquisition” (p. 142). In the “Data Inserted for the Information of the Committee” section, supporting documents for the GSMNP are reproduced on pages 217–31, including the text of Public Law 268, Senate Report 824, and House Report 1160, all from Sixty-Ninth Congress, first session. [AB] [372] U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands. Shenandoah, Great Smoky Mountains, and Mammoth Cave National Parks. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1926. 37 p.

Hearings held before the House Committee on the Public Lands, Sixty-Ninth Congress, first session, on 11 May 1926 in regards to House Resolutions 11287 and 12020. H.R. 11287 is a bill “to provide for the establishment of…The Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the States of North Carolina and Tennessee…” (front cover). H.R. 12020 deals with Mammoth Cave, not the Smokies. As well as the text of the bill, the document includes statements from Representatives H. W. Temple (Pa.), Zebulon Weaver (N.C.), T. W. Harrison (Va.), and R. Walton Moore (Va.); H. P. Kelsey and Major W. A. Welch, Southern Appalachian Park Commission; David C. Chapman, Knoxville; and Mark Squires, N.C. Park Commission. All spoke in favor of the parks. The discussion covered the exact acreage of the proposed parks, the procedure for procuring the land and turning it over the federal government, and the progress of raising the

120

money necessary to purchase the land. Chapman presented his study of the proposed boundaries of the park and the impact of two different boundaries on the local people. If the larger area is chosen, more than 10,000 people would be displaced. The smaller area has an estimated 1200 people, mostly temporary residents at logging camps like Tremont. [AB] [373] U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands. Creation and Revision of National Park Boundaries. Washington: GPO, 1934. 36 p.

Hearings held before the House Committee on Public Lands, Seventy-Second Congress, second session, on 12 and 13 March in regards to House Resolutions 7360 (GSMNP) and 4935 (Mammoth Cave). Includes copy of bill, two statements from Arno B. Cammerer, Director, National Park Service, and a Statement from Representative Zebulon Weaver (N.C.). Bill would set minimum area for GSMNP at 400,000 acres “established as a completed park for administration, protection, and development by the United States” (p. 1). Cammerer provides an overview of Park creation and funding, mentioning the $5,000,000 funding provided by Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial. The discussion centered on the specific financial arrangements and the role of the federal government in Park finance. [AB]

Compilations of Laws

This section contains compilations of laws, primarily related to the National Park Service, that serve as another access point for legislation. For later compilations which contain reprints or abstracts of some of the legislation, see Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks, Public Lands, and Related Matters, 1979, 1985, 1991, 1993; Compilation of Selected Acts Concerning National Parks and Related Matters, 1997, 2001. [374] U.S. Department of the Interior. National Park Service. Laws Relating to the National Park Service, the National Parks and Monuments. Compiled by Hillory A. Tolson. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. 318 p.

A valuable resource, this volume reprints, or significantly excerpts, legislation arranged within four divi-

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

sions. The first division, “I. General Legislation,” includes 35 legislative entries. Section “II. Legislation Relating to the National Parks” includes 24 subsections, each of which is devoted to a single park. Number 9 on the list is “Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” p. 270–76. Eight significant pieces of legislation dealing with the Park are included here (some only partially reprinted): 43 Stat. 958 [341], 44 Stat. 616 [344], 45 Stat. 109 [349], 46 Stat. 225 [356], 47 Stat. 37 [360], 47 Stat. 702 [361]; Public Laws of North Carolina, 1929, p. 272 (Chapter 220) [352]; and Public Acts of Tennessee, 1929, p. 314 (Chapter 99) [355]. [CP]

[375] U.S. Department of the Interior. National Park Service. Laws Relating to the National Park Service, the National Parks and Monuments, Supplement I, July 1933 through April 1944. Compiled by Thomas Alan Sullivan. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1944. 207 p.

Not surprisingly, this volume is very similar, in both format and nature of content, to the 1933 volume (also included here) which it supplements. As in the earlier volume, the GSMNP section appears as number 9 (p. 40–45) in this volume’s list of parks. The only pre-1935 Act included in this section is 48 Stat. 964 [369]. [CP]

The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park

121

“Carolina.” An early map of Cherokee country, 1732. Created by Herman Moll. Library of Congress, American Memory

Chapter 6 Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction In his magisterial study, The Southeast in Early Maps, historian William Cumming defines the critical role that maps have played in the development of southern identity. “Through these cartographical records,” Cumming writes, “one can trace the origin and development of the fascinating misconceptions of the continent in the minds of the early explorers; they show vividly the expansion of the frontier and the shifting location of Indian tribes; they throw light on the complex history of the imperialistic struggles of France, Spain, and England during the period; and they delineate—often erroneously—shifting political divisions and boundary surveys” (3rd ed. [Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press: 1998], p. xiii). The earliest maps of the South were based on crude surveys augmented by new discoveries brought by Indian traders and explorers returning from the interior. The delineations are informative rather than accurate. They become more distorted as the areas shown extend to the interior and become more dependent on the recollections of traders and explorers, though details can usually be identified on modern maps. Place nomenclature is generally that of the colonizers, Indians, or early settlers. Many of the earliest maps were followed by derivatives that were crafted by imitative mapmakers and often inferior in accuracy and detail. The influence of these older maps often lingered for years after new and better maps had corrected prior errors. Thus one finds maps being drawn of the Smoky Mountains region based upon those of an earlier period long after discoveries of a later generation had made the earlier maps obsolete. The value of these early maps and their derivatives lies more in the implied expanse of geographical knowledge than in the identification of specific landmarks.

The prevalence of derivatives results in a large number of maps showing little variation in detail. For pragmatic purposes, the scope of this bibliography is limited to those maps that represent a significant advancement in geographical knowledge or present a fresh strategic orientation. Visual reproductions of most of the maps included in this bibliography are available in Cumming’s The Southeast in Early Maps, the Library of Congress is American Memory (http://memory.loc.gov), North Carolina Maps (http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/), or Maps of Alabama (http://alabamamaps.ua.edu/historical maps/). Cumming also affords an excellent historical vignette of each map as well as a genealogy of the map’s contingent antecedents. The first map that purports to show anything of the Great Smoky Mountains is the so-called de Soto map of 1544 [376], a quill-and-ink sketch that identifies the location of Indian villages sprinkled among a vague range of mountains in the southeastern part of North America. Considered as a whole, sixteenth-century maps of the Southern Appalachian region reflect a confused understanding of the true orientation of the mountain ranges. Unlike the mountain ranges in Europe with which the explorers may have been familiar, the Southern Appalachians do not adhere strictly to a central ridge, but fan out in ramifying ridges that often stand crosswise to the main chain, leading explorers to speculate on all manner of orientation. Two early maps require special attention because of their importance in the cartographic evolution of the Smoky Mountain region. Mercator’s map of 1569 [378] is the first to show the Appalachian Mountains as a continuous range parallel to the Atlantic seaboard in a southwest-northeasterly orientation. Mercator’s depiction of

the Southern Appalachians as a roughly inverted Y is not improved upon until the early eighteenth century by the so-called Barnwell map of 1721 [391], which reflects information gained from Indian traders. The Barnwell map plots the mountains relative to the location of the French, Spanish, English, and Indian settlements as well as the chief trading paths to the Indian towns. Historian Verner Crane calls it “a notable map, based on reports of Indian agents, Indian ‘censuses,’ etc.; the first detailed English map of the southern frontier extant” (Verner Winslow Crane, The Southern Frontier, 1670–1732 [Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1928], p. 350). A 1591 map by Jacques Le Moyne, an artist who accompanied French Huguenot explorer Laudonnière on his excursion to Florida in 1564, contains many striking details, frequently erroneous, that were incorporated into other maps for the next 150 years. Most noticeable are several lakes that play a conspicuous part in later cartography of southeastern North America. One of these, which Le Moyne calls “Lacus aquae dulcis” (fresh-water lake), is apparently so large that it is not possible to see from one bank to the other. North of this lake and among the “montes Apalatci” (Appalachian mountains) is another large lake fed by an enormous waterfall. This lake may have been inspired by tales of the waterfalls of the Great Smoky Mountain region together with rumors of gold and silver mines. Below this lake is written “In hoc lacu Indigenae argenti gana inveniunt” (In this lake the natives find grains of silver) [380]. As William Cumming demonstrates, “It was Le Moyne’s misfortune to have many of his errors incorporated and even exaggerated in the Mercator-Hondius map of 1606, upon which for half a century much of the subsequent cartography of the region was based” (p. 126). While this later map included many changes, particularly the orientation of the rivers, it retained the silver-bearing mountains of Apalatci, the lake fed by the great waterfall, and the lake with the unseen shore. Unfortunately, the lake with the unseen shore was now shown among the Appalachian Mountains, south of the lake fed by the great waterfall. One of the more significant advances in cartography during the early eighteenth century was the Delisle map of 1703 [387], recognized as an improvement in the understanding that the orientation of the Appalachian range is on a north-south axis. The map is equally im124

portant for its placement of Indian tribes along the Tennessee River and the legend “Route que les François tiennent pour se rendre à la Caroline”, indicating that the waterway was the route for French traders. The map corroborates evidence that the first European traders to penetrate into the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains may have been French coureurs du bois (woodland runners) from Canada following the Ohio and Tennessee Rivers to the upper reaches of the Little Tennessee, thus approaching the Smokies from the west rather than from the east. The Crisp map of 1711 [388], the Indian Villages map of 1715 [389], and the Barnwell map of 1721 [391] are among the earliest to show the distribution of Indian tribes in the Southeast, specifically identifying the size and location of Cherokee villages among the Southern Appalachian ranges. The Barnwell map is superior in its depiction of the mountain ranges on a northeastsouthwest axis and its marked improvement in the identification and direction of the major streams. The Bowen map of 1752 is even more specific in showing locations of the Cherokee. It outlines the course of a trail through the “Charokee Mountains” and the location of the English garrison at Fort Loudoun just west of the Great Smokies. Compared, for example, with the Delisle map, the Bowen map reflects a shift in the imperialistic struggle for dominance in the Southeast with the note that “The Charokee Indians is a Numerous & Warlike Nation; & as they are in Amity & Alliance with the Subjects of ye King of Great Britain, they serve as a powerful Barrier to Carolina & Georgia in the present War against France & Spain” [395]. The first official written account recording the name “Smoky Mountains” occurs in the 22 December 1789 An Act for the purpose of ceding to the United States of America certain western Lands therein described in which the North Carolina State Legislature ceded to the federal government what is now the state of Tennessee and in so doing established a new state boundary to the west [1098]. Part of the new state boundary includes the line “thence along the highest ridge of the said mountain to the place where it is called the great Iron or Smoaky Mountain.” The first attempt to establish the new boundary on the ground was in 1799 when a survey party led by John Strother started up into the Smokies from the Pigeon River. Impeded by the ruggedness of the terrain and entanglements of laurel Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

and rhododendron, the survey party was forced to abandon their effort after advancing only a few miles along the main Smoky divide. The Lewis-Tanner map of 1804 indicates the highest point reached by the survey party, identifying it as “Smoky M” [399]. This is likely the first instance of the name “Smoky” used on a map to identify a peak or range in these mountains. The Strother-Price map, issued in 1808, further clarifies the point as the “Pinnacle of Smoky Mt.” [400]. This pinnacle, as the map labels it, is now known as Mount Cammerer, a prominent peak at the eastern end of the main Smoky divide. Over the next half century several maps were introduced showing the main Smoky divide with varying degrees of preciseness and identifying it variously as the “Great Unaka or Smoky Mountains,” “the Iron or Great Smokey Mountains,” “Smoky Mtn.,” and “Great Smoky Mountain.” Except for “Bald Spot” (Gregory Bald) and Porters Gap, no points along the divide are specifically identified by these early-nineteenth-century maps. Major streams on both sides of the mountain are depicted and labeled as well as a couple of spur ridges, particularly Balsam Mountain and a vaguely defined “Chataluchee Mt.” The maps of this period do, however, show some increasing accuracy in orientation of the major ridgelines. Although the main Smoky divide was eventually surveyed by William Davenport in 1821, it was not until 1860 when the famed Swiss geologist Arnold Guyot completed his measurements of the high peaks of the Smokies that there were maps reflecting any detailed knowledge of the interior of the mountains. The first was a hand-drawn sketch constructed from Guyot’s field notes by his nephew Ernest Sandoz [416]. The map shows the relative location and elevations of the major peaks on the main Smoky divide, each identified with a name that Guyot assigned. Prior to Guyot’s expedition, local inhabitants generally regarded the Great Smoky Mountains as a somewhat vague entity looming on the horizon and referred to them with little more preciseness than “the mountains” or “the Smoky Mountains.” Very few had ventured much beyond the lower foothills, and consequently the necessity of naming specific landmarks in an uncharted wilderness was not a matter of concern. Viewed from a distance the Smoky Mountains appear as an amorphous mass of peaks and ridges fading into the adjacent slopes and, more often than not, obscured by the famed Smoky Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Mountain mists. The task of naming the mountains remained largely the domain of scientists and explorers who measured and recorded their features, individuals who abhorred the confusion and repetition that local mountain lore often perpetuated. For Guyot, wherever a place name was uncertain he contended that “it is for the people of the surrounding country to choose the one that they prefer. That one the geographer will adopt” [133, p. 1]. However, as Guyot discovered, many of the prominent peaks in the Smokies were without names, in which case he appealed to an earlier explorer in the Great Smokies, Samuel Botsford Buckley. “As to the Smoky range and the mountains of Haywood county, whenever I do not find any name current among the people living about the mountain, I preserve the one attached to it by Mr. S. B. Buckley, in the publication of his meritorious measurements made in Sept. 1858” [133, p. 1]. In the event there were no local names attached to a peak and Buckley had failed to supply one, Guyot felt free to append one of his own choosing. Guyot left no record of his actual encounters with the Smoky mountaineers and little of his exploration in the Smokies. His most detailed published account, “On the Appalachian Mountain System” [134], outlines the geography of the Appalachian chain and lists the elevations of several mountain groups. His major observations on the topography of the Smoky Mountains were, curiously enough, never published in his lifetime. However, on 26 February 1863, Guyot transmitted to the director of the Coast Survey in Washington, D.C., a manuscript titled “Notes on the Geography of the Mountain District of Western North Carolina,” in which he had recorded his measurements of the peaks of the Great Smoky Mountains. The manuscript and the Sandoz hand-drawn map remained buried in the official archives until they were discovered in the Library of the Coast and Geodetic Survey in 1929 and subsequently published in the North Carolina Historical Review [112]. Guyot’s efforts to measure the high peaks of the Smokies illustrate in some measure the difficulties that cartographers would later encounter in mapping these mountains. Guyot first attempted to penetrate the mountains following the route taken by the 1799 survey party. Finding the going too rough, he turned back. The next year, with the assistance of three local mountaineers, 125

Guyot approached the main Smoky divide from the Oconaluftee River, traveling up Straight Fork to the crest of Balsam Mountain. From there, he followed the trackless wilderness of Balsam Mountain up to the state-line divide. According to a letter from George Masa to a friend, many mountaineers in that part of the Smokies understood the state line to follow Mount Sterling Ridge to Balsam Mountain and then to the main divide. Regardless of what the local guides may have told him, Guyot was fully aware of the location of Mount Sterling Ridge. In his “Notes,” he points out that “another high and massive ridge called the Cataluchee mountains (Mount Sterling Ridge) also runs parallel and close to the Smoky Mts., terminating abruptly in a high sharp peak—called Mt. Sterling, not far from the Pigeon River.” Notwithstanding his prior understanding of the location of Mount Sterling Ridge, Guyot nevertheless operated on the advice that the main Smoky divide and the state-line boundary follow Balsam Mountain. Elsewhere in his “Notes,” Guyot writes, “The chain rises rapidly in high pointed peaks and sharp ridges, up to a remarkable conical peak called Luftee Knob, 6,220 feet. This is the beginning of the Smoky Mt. chain proper” [112]. Luftee Knob is a prominent peak on Balsam Mountain. Furthermore, in his general description of the Appalachian system, Guyot explains that several of the highest points are not found on the main spine of the chain itself but stand apart as outliers. To illustrate his point, he refers to two examples, both in the Smoky Mountains: “the triple mountain of Bull Head 6,613 feet” and “the group first ascended and named by Buckley Mounts Guyot, Alexander, and Henry.” Guyot then adds the qualifier, “both of which are very near the water-shed, but outside in Tennessee.” With his first example, Guyot is correct. The “triple mountain of Bull Head,” now collectively known as Mount Le Conte, stands as an outlier extending into Tennessee four miles from the main Smoky divide. Guyot’s observation on the second group, “Mounts Guyot, Alexander, and Henry,” is in error. These peaks, known today as Guyot, Chapman, and Old Black, are all aligned on the state line just east of where Balsam Mountain joins the main Smoky divide at Tricorner Knob. Unlike his uncle, Sandoz understood that the state line did not follow Balsam Mountain, yet in following 126

Guyot’s field notes he incorrectly places Mounts Guyot and Henry wholly in Tennessee. Sandoz’s map also shows Luftee Knob at the junction of Balsam Mountain and the state line and completely omits the distinctive peak (Mount Cammerer) on the state boundary east of Tricorner that was identified on the Price-Strother map as the “Pinnacle of Smoky Mt.” In spite of its shortcomings, the Sandoz sketch was the first map to reflect in any detail the peaks and gaps along the main spine of the Great Smoky Mountains and was subsequently used in the design of military maps for the Union forces during the Civil War. The Nickolson map of 1864 [418] and Lindenkohl map of 1865 [419] are the first to make even tentative use of Guyot’s observations. These new maps mimicked earlier ones in showing streams and roads on the lower elevations, but did identify a few peaks that Guyot had measured along the eastern end of the Smoky divide. In neither of these maps are any points west of Clingmans Dome shown in spite of the fact that the western end of the Smokies is much easier to access and had been frequented by hunters and herders since the early nineteenth century. Not until the Kerr map of 1882 [427] does any map fully incorporate the measurements and findings of Guyot’s explorations. But even then, other errors are introduced. In 1884 the United States Geological Survey published its first map of the Great Smoky Mountains as a slightly corrected version of the 1864 Nickolson map. By the next year, however, the Survey had published its first sheet maps of the Smokies. These would later become the basis for the Geological Survey quadrangle maps in the twentieth century. The first two maps issued, the Cowee Quadrangle [433] and the Nantahalah Sheet [434], cover only the lower end of Deep Creek and the southeastern corner of the Smokies, respectively. The Knoxville Quadrangle [437] followed in 1892 and the Mt. Guyot Sheet [438] in 1893. These early Geological Survey maps were problematic, reflecting the ongoing difficulties of charting a wilderness that was still considered remote. Horace Kephart strongly advised against relying on the Mt. Guyot Sheet, stating that it “is worthless” and that “nearly all of the minor details . . . are fictitious, and some of the greater landmarks (peaks of 5,000 to 6,000 feet) are miles astray” [639]. The errors are such that one wonders how much moonshine the surveyors had been imbibing in the high country. The “Chimney Tops,” “Le Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Conte,” and “Mt. Mingus” are all shown incorrectly to be on the state-line divide. While the mapmakers corrected Guyot’s error of placing Mount Guyot wholly in Tennessee, they did so by locating it incorrectly at a lower peak that is now Tricorner Knob. The Mt. Guyot Sheet was reissued in 1912 as Mt. Guyot Quadrangle with the Chimney Tops, Mount Le Conte, and Mount Mingus all being placed correctly in Tennessee. More telling was the correction of the error in the placement of Mount Guyot. The mapmakers moved Mount Guyot away from Tricorner Knob, shifting it only a short, but insufficient, distance, indicating that they only understood that Mount Guyot to be on the state line with little idea of exactly where. For some inexplicable reason, the mapmakers moved Mount Collins from the vicinity of Clingmans Dome to a peak east of Mount Le Conte. Twenty years later this would erupt in a bitter controversy concerning the naming of Mount Kephart, resulting in the name Mount Collins being restored to its original location. Geological Survey maps of the Smokies dated as recently as 1948 carry glaring errors. Old Black and Inadu Knob are completely omitted. Luftee Knob, the peak Guyot erroneously identified as “the beginning of the Smoky Mt. chain proper,” was moved three miles southeast of its proper location, replacing Balsam Corner at the junction of Balsam Mountain and Mount Sterling Ridge. Balsam Corner was left out entirely. The Sevier-Cocke County line is shown leading directly off Mount Guyot rather than Old Black, and Enloe Creek is completely omitted. The two main prongs of Raven Fork are hopelessly disoriented. By the beginning of the twentieth century, growing interest in the promise of the Great Smoky Mountain region as an economic entity spawned a variety of maps with geographical depictions of mineral deposits, geological formations, waterways, and railroad lines. By the 1920s, as the movement to establish a national park in the Great Smoky Mountains gained traction with both the federal government and the American people, maps delineating the footprint of the proposed park were distributed to promote and sustain public support. These maps reflect the fact that for several years the boundaries of the proposed park were still in flux. The foremost of these is the two-sheet topographical map of 1931, known popularly as the “East Half ” and the “West Half ” [458]. Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

This is the most detailed map extant showing the roads, trails, manways, and building locations immediately prior to the formation of the Park. Even at this late date, the boundaries remained provisional. The 1931 map includes a large quadrant of territory on the northwest corner that was outside the final boundary; the map also lacks a substantial swath along the Little Tennessee River that was not ceded to the Park until well after it was officially dedicated in 1940. The United States Geologic Survey sheets and the two-sheet map of 1931 were the most advanced in identification of place names until superseded by the Nomenclature Map of 1933 [460]. The 1933 map may well be the high-water mark of cartography of the Great Smoky Mountains before the mechanizations of the Park Service began defining the Smokies in terms of official trails and standard place names. The compilation of entries in the “Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter is not exhaustive. Derivative maps that add little to cartographic advancement are largely excluded as well as maps that appear in manuscripts or as accompanying material in other publications. Also excluded are locally produced hand-drawn maps appearing in ephemeral publications. Readers should consult other chapters of the bibliography, especially “Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains,” for additional maps. Maps that accompany other publications are noted as part of the citations and are described in the annotations. Within the annotations, place names are cited as they appear on the maps. Variant spellings and disused names are accompanied with the correct current usage marked by parentheses or brackets—for example, Bald Spot (Gregory Bald). Maps cited in the bibliography bear testimony to the fact that the Great Smoky Mountains are difficult to chart. Not only is the mountain terrain exceedingly difficult to scale, but much of it remained unexplored until well into the twentieth century, resulting in the availability of little reliable information on the interior. Information that did seep out of the backcountry was often wrong or completely useless. The welter of ridges was confounding, and place names were so localized that mapmakers found as many as a dozen Mill Creeks and Low Gaps within the mountains. Political influences and poor mapmaking techniques often exacerbated these on-the-ground 127

difficulties. Nevertheless, over the course of time, maps improved, thus documenting an increasing expanse of geographical knowledge of the Great Smoky Mountains. Ken Wise

Sources [376] Title: Mapa del Golfo y costa de la Nueva España. Creator: [de Soto] Date: ca. 1544 Place of publication: [Seville] Scale: 1" = ca. 120 miles Size: 23½" x 17⅛" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. plate 5.

The so-called “de Soto Map.” This undated quilland-ink sketch of Southeastern North America is the only contemporary map attempting to illustrate the country explored by de Soto’s expedition (1539–43). The map plots the location of the Southern Appalachian range, the major water courses, and Indian settlements identified by the de Soto party, including that of Chiaha. Historical scholarship places Chiaha on Zimmerman’s Island (now under Douglas Lake) in the French Broad River near present-day Dandridge, Tenn., suggesting that the de Soto party traversed the Southern Appalachians at the eastern end of the Smokies by way of the French Broad. From Chiaha, the northeastern end of the Smokies would have been clearly visible. [KW] [377] Title: Americae Sive qvartae Orbis Partis Nova Et Exactissima Descriptio / avctore Diego Gvtiero Philippi Regis Hisp. etc. Cosmographo. Creator: Gutiérrez, Diego Date: 1562 Place of publication: Antwerp Scale: ca. 1:17,500,000 Size: 83 x 86 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3290.ct000342

Engraved map that depicts the general location of the highlands in Southeastern North American including the range now known as the Great Smoky Mountains. The mountains are identified on the map as “Apalchen,” 128

the name of an Indian tribe encountered by Spanish explorers along the Florida panhandle. This is one of the earliest instances in the place-naming process that culminates in the widespread acceptance of the name “Appalachian” to identify the entire mountain range. [KW] [378] Title: Nova Et Aucta Orbis Terrae Descripto Ad Usum Navigantium emendate accommodata. Creator: Mercator, Gerard Date: 1569 Place of publication: None given Scale: None given Size: 52 x 78 cm

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. plate 7.

The first map of the Appalachian region to be drawn on the now-famous Mercator projection. This is also the earliest map to show the Appalachian mountains as a continuous range stretching parallel to the eastern seaboard in a southwest-northeasterly orientation. [KW] [379] Title: La Florida. Auctore Hieron. Chiaves. Creator: Ortelius, Abraham, Gerónimo de Chiaves Date: 1584 Place of publication: Antwerp Scale: 1" = ca. 250 miles Size: 8⅞" x 6"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 9.

Sparse map of Southeastern North America that gives a general placement of the highlands and includes the range now known as the Great Smoky Mountains as well as several of the interior Indian settlements reported by the de Soto expedition. The map depicts Chiacha (spelled Chiaha on the de Soto map of 1544 [376]) as being on an island of a major river flowing from the mountains. This accords with modern archeological findings that place Chiacha on Zimmerman’s Island in the French Broad River and within the foothills of the Great Smoky Mountains. [KW] [380] Title: Floridae Americae Provinciae Recens & exactissima descriptio Auctorè Iacobo le Moÿne. Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Creator: Le Moyne de Morgues, Jacques Date: 1591 Place of publication: Frankfurt Scale: 1" = ca. 82 miles Size: 17¾" x 14⅜"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 15.

Important map of the Florida peninsula and surrounding area from Cuba to the mountain regions of the Southern Appalachians. The map has many striking features, including several errors that were incorporated into other maps for the next hundred years. North of the peninsula, among the “montes Apalatci” (the Appalachian Mountains) are settlements of the Apalatci and a large lake fed by an enormous waterfall. The waterfall may have been inspired by reports of waterfalls in Western North Carolina. Below the lake is written “In hoc lacu Indigenae argenti grana inveniunt” (In this lake natives find grains of silver). [KW] [381] Title: Americæ Pars Borealis, Florida, Baccalaos Canada, Corterealis. A Cornelio de Iudæis in lucē edita. Creator: Jode, Cornelis de Date: 1593 Place of publication: Antwerp Scale: 1" = ca. 460 miles Size: 20" x 14½" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 16.

This map was probably influenced by several predecessors, particularly Ortelius [379] and Le Moyne [380]. The mountains of Apalche are depicted as an impenetrable barrier east to west from Virginia to the Mississippi River. Chiacha is identified as an island chiefdom, but is placed incorrectly to the south of the mountains rather than to the north. This is one of the earliest maps showing the headwaters of the French Broad River forming up on the North Carolina side of the mountains. [KW] [382] Title: Florida et Apalche. Creator: Wytfliet, Corneille Date: 1597 Place of publication: Leuven

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Scale: 1" = ca. 82 miles Size: 9" x 11⅜"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 17.

This map, which follows the Ortelius map of 1584 [379], was highly regarded and reproduced in several editions. Apalche is, at this point, an unexplored region encompassing all of the Southern Appalachian Mountains, including the area later known as the Great Smokies. [KW] [383] Title: Le Nouveau Mexique, et La Floride: Tirée de diverses Cartes, et Relations. Creator: Sanson, Nicolas Date: 1656 Place of publication: Paris Scale: 1" = 175 miles Size: 21½" x 12¼" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 31.

The Sanson map is a derivative from several earlier maps modified by reports from French explorers. The “Apalacty Montes” is shown as an offshoot separating “Floride Françoise” from the northern Carolina region, which is part of “Virginie.” Several of the Indian settlements in the Smoky Mountain region, which in earlier maps were shown to be nearer the coast, are now positioned west of the mountains. [KW] [384] Title: Map of the Whole Territory Traversed by Iohn Lederer in His Three Marches. Creator: Lederer, John Date: 1672 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = ca. 40 miles Size: 8" x 6⅝" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 36.

John Lederer was the earliest German explorer to leave a written record [110] of excursions into the transAllegany region of Va. and N.C. Prior to the time of 129

Lederer’s excursions, this region had been cartographically barren. The Lederer map provided much needed information that was incorporated, errors and all, into literature promoting trading opportunities with the Indians of the mountain regions. It is unlikely that Lederer ventured west into the Smoky interior. [KW] [385] Title: A New Map of the Country of Carolina. With It’s Rivers, Harbors, Plantations, and other accommodations. don from the latest Surveighs and best Informations, by order of the Lords Proprietors. Creator: Gascoyne, Joel Date: 1682 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = ca. 20 miles Size: 22⅝" x 19¼" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 39.

The most accurate representation of the Carolina region to appear up until this time. The Le Moyne [380] perception of the Southeast and the Lederer [384] rendition are completely absent. In their place is a non-committal placement of “The Apalatian Mountains.” [KW] [386] Title: A New Map of Carolina. Creator: Thornton, John, Robert Morden, and Philip Lea Date: ca. 1685 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = 3¹/₅ miles Size: 17⅞" x 21¾" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Color plate 6.

Extends Carolina westward from the Atlantic seaboard to “The Apalatian Mountains.” This map, bearing a remarkably accurate depiction of the coastline geography, is based chiefly upon the map by Gascoyne [385]. [KW] [387] Title: Carte du Mexique et de la Floride des Terres Angloises et des Isles Antilles du Cours et des Environs de la Riviere de Mississipi.

130

Creator: Delisle, Guillaume Date: 1703 Place of publication: Paris Scale: 1" = ca. 150 miles Size: 25½" x 18¾"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 43.

This map extends from the Great Lakes to the northern coast of South America and from the Atlantic seaboard to the New Mexico territory. The map is significant for its detail of the southeastern part of North America, especially in its orientation of the Appalachian range on a north-south axis. Prior maps perpetuated the myth of an east-west mountain system based on misunderstood Indian reports, incomplete exploration accounts, and conjecture. Along the Tennessee River are names of Indian tribes and a legend indicating that the waterway was the route for French traders: “Route que les François tiennent pour se rendre à la Caroline” [French route into Carolina]. Offers indirect evidence that the first European explorers to the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains may have approached from the west rather than from the east. [KW] [388] Title: A Map of South Carolina Shewing the Settlements of the English, French, & Indian Nations from Charles Town to the River Missisipi by Capt Tho. Nairn. Creator: Crisp, Edward Date: 1711 Place of publication: London? Scale: 1" = 120 miles Size: 16½" x 8¾" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 45.

An inset to the larger Crisp map, A Compleat Description of the Province of Carolina in 3 Parts. The inset is one of the earliest maps to give the location and size of several Indian nations in Southeastern North America, including that of “Cherecie 3000 men.” The location of the Cherokee in the mountain regions around the Smokies is fairly accurate. However, the orientation of the

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

range on an east-west extension perpetuates earlier misconceptions. [KW] [389] Title: Indian Villages. Creator: Moll, Herman. Date: ca. 1715 Place of publication: Unknown Scale: 1" = 30 miles Size: 22" 15"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 46A.

This map shows the distribution of Indian tribes in the Southeast about 1715. “Charakeys Mount” is shown as a separate part of the Appalachian range which, in turn, is given a more accurate northwest orientation. Charakeys Mount clearly separates the Mississippi Valley river courses from those draining through the Carolina piedmont. On the west side of the mountain are “Charakeys, 1700 men in 30 villages,” and on the east side “Charakeys, 327 men in 10 villages.” The Cherokee settlements are forerunners of the Overhill villages on the periphery of the Great Smoky Mountains. [KW] [390] Title: Carte de la Louisiane et du Cours du Mississipi. Creator: Delisle, Guillaume Date: 1718 Place of publication: Paris Scale: 1" = ca. 95 miles Size: 25⅝" x 19⅛" Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 47.

Based on the 1703 map by Delisle [387], this is the first attempt on a more recent map to trace the route of the Hernando de Soto expedition. Chiaha, the Cherokee island chiefdom at the foot of the Smokies is shown incorrectly as being south of the mountains and in the middle of “R des Caouritas on R de May,” which flows into the Atlantic. Modern scholarship has demonstrated Chiaha to be on an island in the French Broad River. The locations of several “Cheraqui” villages are shown scattered around the mountains. [KW]

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

[391] Title: Barnwell [Southeastern North America] Creator: Unknown Date: ca. 1721 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1" = ca. 18 miles Size: 54" x 31⅛"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 48.

The large so-called Barnwell map give the location of French, Spanish, English, and Indian settlements and the chief trading routes to the Indian settlements in the interior of the southeastern part of North America. This map represents a great improvement over earlier maps in the location and orientation of the Southern Appalachian mountain chain. Verner Crane, who cited this map extensively, calls it “A notable map, based on reports of Indian agents, Indian ‘censuses’ etc.; the first detailed English map of the southern frontier extant” (Crane, Verner Winslow. The Southern Frontier, 1670–1732. Durham: Duke University Press: 1929: 350). [KW] [392] Title: Carolina. Creator: Moll, Herman Date: 1729 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = 75 miles Size: 10¾" x 7⅞"

Reproduced in Cumming, William, P. The Southeast in Early Maps. 3rd ed. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. 1998. Plate 50.

This map shows little topographical improvement over earlier maps. The locations of several “Charakeys” villages are depicted as being in the Carolina mountain region identified specifically as “Charakeys Mt,” and as a distinct entity within the Appalachian mountain range. The southern end of the range is shown as the “Appalache Mountains” while the northern end is identified as “Appalatian Mt.” A 1732 edition of this map is available on the Library of Congress American Memory website at http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.gmd/g3870.np000147. [KW] [393] “George Hunter’s Map of the Cherokee Country and the Path thereto in 1730,” Bulletin of the

131

Historical Commission of South Carolina—No 4, Columbia: 1917. Creator: Hunter, George Date: 1730 Place of publication: none given Scale: none given Size: 29¾" x 19¼"

Reproduced by the Teaching American History in South Carolina Project: http://www.teachingus history.org/lessons/georgehuntermap.htm

George Hunter prepared this hand-drawn map in 1730 from an earlier map of the Cherokee Country by Col. John Herbert. The Hunter map contains valuable marginalia notes written by Hunter, plus additional notes later appended by Governor James Glen of S.C. The map traces the Indian path from Congarees (Columbia) to Keowee (the principal Cherokee town at the time), and then to the Tennessee River (which the map mistakenly refers to as the Mississippi) with locations and names of the Cherokee villages along the route. The map shows the Little Tennessee River in the GSM and the tributaries of the Tuckasegee and Oconaluftee Rivers. [KW] [394] Title: A Map of the British American Plantations, extending from Boston in New England to Georgia; including all the back settlements in the respective provinces as far as the Mississipi. Creator: Bowen, Emanuel Date: 1749 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = 100 miles Size: 11" x 8¾" Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Although this map covers a large territory, it shows a fairly accurate placement of the Southern Appalachian mountain range in relation to the waterways. Gives locations of the native inhabitants around the Smoky Mountain area. The map was published in The London Magazine, XVIII (July 1749) and Gentleman’s Magazine (July 1754). [KW] [395] Title: A New & Accurate Map of the Provinces of North & South Carolina, Georgia &c. Drawn from late Surveys and Regulated by Astronl. Observatns.

132

Creator: Bowen, Emanuel Date: 1752 Place of publication: London Scale: ca. 1:2,900,000 Size: 35 x 43 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900.np000148

The territory covered by this map is indicated in the title. The location of Indian settlements, especially west of the Appalachian range, was one of the most comprehensive for a printed map up to this time. The “Charokee Mountains,” which includes the territory of the Great Smoky Mountains, is indicated together with a note that “The Charokee Indians is a Numerous & Warlike Nation; & as they are in Amity & Alliance with the Subjects of ye King of Great Britain, they serve as a powerful Barrier to Carolina & Georgia in the present War against France & Spain. The Emperor of ye Cherokees & the King of ye Catawaas renew’d their League of Friendship with Govr. Glenn at Charles’ Town in Sth Carolina in May 1745.” Of interest are the two variant spellings of Cherokee in the note on the tribe’s warlike nature. The map plots the course of a trail through the “Charokee Mountains” and the location of the English garrison at Fort Loudoun. [KW] [396] Title: A Draught of the Cherokee country, On the West Side of the Twenty four Mountains, commonly called Over the Hills. Creator: Timberlake, Henry Date: 1765 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = 1 mile Size: 9½" x 15½"

Reproduced in Williams, Samuel Cole, ed. Lieut. Henry Timberlake’s Memoirs 1756–1765. Johnson City, Tenn.: 1927. Opposite p. 27.

Charts the course of the Little Tennessee River from the Smoky Mountains to Fort Loudoun. The map was drawn by Henry Timberlake, a young ensign in the service of George Washington, who volunteered to go on a mission to seek friendship with the Cherokee. Paul Kelly published an analysis of the Timberlake map by comparing it with a modern map that covers the same area in

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Historic Fort Loudoun (Vonore, Tenn.: Fort Loudoun Association, 1958). [KW] [397] Title: A Map of the American Indian Nations, adjoining to the Mississippi, West & East Florida, Georgia, S. & N. Carolina, Virginia &c. Creator: Adair, James Date: 1775 Place of publication: London Scale: 1" = 100 miles Size: 9½" x 12¾"

Reproduced in Williams, Samuel Cole, ed. Adair’s History of the American Indians. Johnson City, Tenn.: 1930.

Published in Adair’s The History of the American Indians [15], the map gives the location of Indian tribes in the southeastern part of North America. Shows a Southeast with the Indian tribes pushed to the interior and gives no indication of the Indian Boundary. This is a misrepresentation as the Indian situation in the Southeast was much more complex than Adair’s map suggests. [KW] [398] Title: A Map of the Tennessee Government, formerly Part of North Carolina. Creator: Reid, John Date: 1795 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1:1,950,000 Size: 23 x 51 cm Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3960.np000149

Though one of the earliest maps of the state of Tenn., the Reid map does not adopt the convention “Great Smoky Mountains,” but continues the older form of identifying the line between N.C. and Tenn. as the “Great Iron M.” The map identifies the Little River, the Little Pigeon River, and the Big Pigeon River as well as the Little Tennessee River which the map labels with the conventional and variant spelling “Tennassee River.” The map indicates no trail through the mountains, but does place an Indian boundary running southeast between the Little River and the “Tennassee River.” Along the “Tennassee” are the Indian villages of Chota, Talassee, and Chilhowee. [KW]

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

[399] Title: North Carolina. Creator: Lewis, Samuel and Benjamin Tanner Date: ca. 1804 Place of publication: Philadelphia Scale: 1:2,534,400 Size: 20 x 24 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

From Arrowsmith and Lewis’ A new and elegant general atlas comprising all the new discoveries to the present time (Philadelphia: John Conrad, 1804). Shows the “Smoky M.” as a single range oriented at a right angle across the state-line divide and parallel to the course of the Big Pigeon River. The association of the name “Smoky Mountains” with the boundary between N.C. and Tenn. was first used officially by the N.C. State Legislature in “An Act for the purpose of ceding to the United States of America certain western Lands therein described” [1098] on 22 December 1789. The Lewis-Tanner map is likely the earliest instance of the name used on a map. [KW] [400] Title: To David Stone and Peter Brown, Esq.: This First Actual Survey of the State of North Carolina taken by the Subscribers is Respectfully Dedicated. Creator: Price, Jonathan and John Strother Date: 1808 Place of publication: Philadelphia Scale: 1:506,880 Size: 71 x 153 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

This map was completed when the boundary separating N.C. and Tenn. was not yet settled. The westernmost point shown, however, is the “Pinnacle of Smoky Mt.” [KW] [401] Title: North Carolina from the Latest Surveys. Creator: Lewis, Samuel. Date: between 1808–1822 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1:760,320 Size: 27 x 46 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

133

Shows the Great Smoky Mountain range as the state line separating Haywood County from the state of Tenn. The area immediately flanking the state line is left intentionally blank with the note “These parts are not surveyed,” however the range is labeled “Smoky Mn” near the Pigeon River end. This map is an improvement over the Strother map which identifies the Smoky Mountain as a single “Pinnacle.” [KW] [402] Title: North Carolina. Creator: Carey, Mathew Date: 1814 Place of publication: None given Scale: ca. 1:1,300,000 Size: 27 x 46 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900.np000150

Map labels the main divide between N. C. and Tenn. as the “Smoky Mtn.” The only other feature identified within the Smokies is the Big Pigeon River. As the map clearly indicates, Buncombe County in the early 1800s included the entire Western N.C. region of the Smokies. [KW] [403] Title: The State of Tennessee. Creator: Carey, Matthew Date: 1818 Place of publication: Philadelphia Scale: 1:1,775,000 Size: None given

Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http://alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

Map does not specifically identify the state line between Tenn. and N.C. and shows little of the interior of the Smokies. Identifies a village, Weards, on the Pigeon River along the Indian boundary surveyed by Benjamin Hawkins in 1797. Weards is likely Wears Cove. Also places Warm Springs incorrectly near the state-line divide south of the Big Pigeon River. [KW] [404] Title: Map of North & South Carolina. Creator: Tanner, Henry S. Date: ca. 1823 Place of publication: Philadelphia

134

Scale: 1:140,000 Size: 56 x 75 cm

Reproduced by University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

One of the earliest maps identifying some of the larger streams within the Smokies. Big Creek, Cataloochee Creek, Oconeelufta (Oconaluftee) Creek, Deep Creek, Jonathan’s Creek, Soco Creek, and Tuckaseege (Tuckasegee) Branch are names that survived in Smoky Mountain nomenclature. John’s Creek is shown as a tributary of Oconeelufta, and Meigs Creek appears to be Forney Creek. There is also a second Deep Creek located near the Twentymile Creek section. The map also identifies a camp or village as Tuckaleechee, but gives no indication whether it is of Cherokee origin. [KW] [405] Title: Carte geographique, statistique et historique de la Caroline du Nord. Creator: Beaupre, B. de Date: 1823–1830 Place of publication: Paris Scale: 1:2,344,000 Size: 55 x 71 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

A sparse map of the Smoky Mountain region, nevertheless identifies the Tuckasegee River as the Tuckaleechee as well as a village Tuckaleechee on the bank of the river. Shows the Tennessee River extending into N.C. beyond the mouth of the Tuckasegee. [KW] [406] Title: Map of the State of Tennessee Taken from Survey by Matthew Rhea. Creator: Rhea, Matthew Date: 1832? Place of publication: None given Scale: “Due to recomposition of this map, the scale is inaccurate.” Size: 60 x 118 cm

Map shows a continuous simple ridgeline broken only by the Tellico River and extending along the Tenn.N.C. boundary from an ill-defined point on the southwest near McMinn County, Tenn. This map identifies the ridge as the “Great Unaka or Smoky Mountains.”

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Beginning from the end of the first ridge is a second continuous ridgeline running northeast along the Blount, Sevier, and Cocke County borders of N.C. This second ridgeline is identified as the “Great Smoky Mountain.” The map gives no detail of the interior of the Smokies. [KW] [407] Title: A New Map of the State of North Carolina. Creator: MacRae, John and Henry S. Tanner Date: 1833 Publisher location: Fayetteville, N.C. Scale: 1:475,200 Size: 87 x 210.2 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Identifies the boundary between N.C. and Tenn. located within what is now the Great Smoky Mountains as “Iron or Great Smokey Mountain.” Along the boundary, only two points are identified: Bald Spot (Gregory Bald) and Porter’s Gap. The map introduces other nomenclature which was adopted by later maps. These include Hazelnut Creek, Scott’s Creek, Forney’s Creek, Oconee Luftee River, Newton’s Mill Creek, and Chattaluchee Mountain. Also shows the Turnpike Road entering the mountains from the south and following along the north shore of the Little Tennessee River, and the Old Chattaluchee Road winding through Cataloochee and entering Tenn. near the Big Pigeon River gap. [KW] [408] Title: North and South Carolina. Creator: Burr, David H., et. al. Date: ca. 1835 Place of publication: New York Scale: 1:2,661,120 Size: 26.7 x 32.3 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina: http:// www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

The mountain ranges along the Tenn.-N.C. state line are indicated by hachures. This map is one of the earliest that indentifies the state-line range with the full name “Great Smoky Mountain.” The Tuckaseegee (Tuckasegee) River is the only other feature in the Smoky region that is specifically identified. [KW]

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

[409] Title: Tennessee. Creator: Bradford, Thomas Gamaliel Date: 1838 Place of publication: Boston Scale: 1:2,000,000 Size: None given

Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http:// alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

Shows courses of the Little Tennessee, Big Pigeon, and French Broad Rivers leading out of N.C. and through the great gaps flanking either end of the Smoky range. Also shows the courses of the Little River and Little Pigeon River, as well as what is identified as a “South Fork” of the Little Pigeon. Except for the general identifier “Great Smoky Mt,” there are no landmarks in the Smokies that are specifically labeled. [KW] [410] Title: Map of North and South Carolina Exhibiting the Post Offices Post Roads, Canals, Rail Roads &c. Creator: Burr, David H. Date: 1839 Place of publication: London Scale: 1:650,000 Size: 91 x 124 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900.rr002730

Shows a continuous ridgeline of the “Iron or Great Smokey Mountain” ranging along the Tenn.-N.C. state boundary with a few spur ridges extending into the N.C. half of the Smokies. The mountain relief is indicated by hachures. Delineates the route of a “1 Horse Mail Post Stage or Sulkey Road” leading north over the Tuckasaga (Tuckasegee) River above its mouth and then west along the Tennessee (Little Tennessee) River into Tenn. This road is the predecessor to the Joe Welch road built along the north shore in 1854. Map also gives the route of a Cross Road leading east from the Stage Road upstream along the Tuckasaga River and then up the Oconee Luftee (Oconaluftee) River before turning through what is likely Soco Gap and into Maggie Valley. In Maggie Valley, the Cross Road intersects another Cross Road leading north from Waynesville through Cataloochee and Mount Sterling Gap and on into Tenn. The latter road is likely the old Cataloochee turnpike. [KW]

135

[411] Title: A New Map of Tennessee. Creator: Thomas, Cowperthewait and Company Date: 1850 Place of publication: Philadelphia Scale: 1:2,027,550 Size: None given

Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http:// alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

Affords no advancement over earlier maps but does make a distinction between an East and a South Fork of the Little Pigeon River. [KW] [412] Title: [Western North Carolina]. Creator: Unknown Date: late 1850s Place of publication: None given Scale: None given Size: 53 x 71 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Published in Henry E. Colton’s Mountain Scenery: The Scenery of the Mountains of Western North Carolina and Northwestern South Carolina [122]. This map shows the general relief of the “Iron of Great Smokey Mtn” in hachures. The only other mountain landmarks identified in the Smokies region are Balsam Mts, Havaluchee Mt. (Cataloochee), and Bald Spot (Gregory Bald). [KW] [413] Title: Cooke’s new map of the State of North Carolina: constructed from actual surveys, private contributions & authentic public documents procured for the purpose under a special resolution of the General Assembly of the state. Creator: Cooke, William D. Date: 1857 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1:507,000 Size: 99 x 155 cm

Reproduced by Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc.gov/ loc.gmd/g3900.ct001969

One of the most detailed maps of the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains issued prior to Arnold Guyot’s measurements of the higher peaks on the state-line divide. The map identifies the state line as the “Iron or

136

Great Smokey Mts.” and shows the range extending from the Little Tennessee River to the vicinity of Warm Springs, N.C. Bald Spot (Gregory Bald) is the only peak identified on the divide. Balsam Mountain and Chataluchee Mt. (likely Mount Sterling Ridge) are the only other mountain ranges specifically identified. On the Tenn. side, the map show the courses of the Little River, the Little Pigeon River, and the Pigeon River; on the N.C. side, the Little Tennessee River, the Oconee Luftee (Oconaluftee) River, Deep Creek, Newton’s Mill Creek, Forneys Creek, and Hazelnut (Hazel) Creek. Interestingly, the map does not include the well-known Cherokee trace through Indian Gap, but does depict the route of a lesser-known trail through Dry Sluice Gap. [KW] [414] Title: Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina. Creator: Pearce, Samuel and Henry Best Date: 1859 Place of publication: None given Scale: None given Size: 147.3 x 210.8 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

This map is interesting in that it identifies only a single landmark on the main Smoky divide, Porters Gap. Porters Gap was used by earlier settlers as a pass over the mountain between Oconaluftee and Greenbrier. However, the map shows a road crossing the mountain at an indeterminate point east of Porters Gap and west of Balsam Mountain. The map shows the course of the so-called Joe Welch turnpike which enter the mountains from Franklin, N.C. and followed along the Little Tennessee River to Deals Gap. The map identifies Hazelnut (Hazel) Creek, Scott’s (Pilkey) Creek, Forney’s Creek, Deep Creek, Newton’s Mill Creek, the Oconee Luftee (Oconaluftee) River, and the Tuckaseege (Tuckasegee) River as tributaries to the Tennessee River (Little Tennessee River). The map also reflects an advanced understanding of the orientation of Balsam Mountain. [KW] [415] Title: Johnson’s North and South Carolina. Creator: Johnson & Browning Date: 1861 Place of publication: None given

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Scale: 1:550,000 Size: 40 x 58 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900.np000152

A map of N.C. and S.C. that identifies the state-line divide between N.C. and Tenn. as the “Iron or Great Smokey Mts.” The map identifies no specific peaks on the main Smoky divide, but does depict the route of the old Indian Gap Road and three trails that reach the divide. Two of the trails closely approximate known paths approaching the divide at Porters Gap and Dry Sluice Gap. The third is an unknown route passing near the Metcalf Bottoms vicinity and reaching the divide at an unidentifiable point west of Indian Gap. Shows the general location of Cades Cove, Wears Cove, Pigeon Forge, Emmerts Cove, and White Oak Flat (Gatlinburg) on the Tenn. side and Forneys Creek, Deep Creek, Quallatown, Oconteeluftee (Oconaluftee), and Chataluchee (Cataloochee) on the N.C. side. [KW] [416] Title: Preliminary Sketch of a Map of the Mountains of Western Nth Carolina from the Observation of Prof. A. Guyot. Creator: Sandoz, Ernest Date 1861 Place of publication: None given Scale: 8 inches = 1 mi. Size: None given

Reproduced in The North Carolina Historical Review, 15, no. 1 (January 1938): 251–318; reprint: The Appalachian Trail Conference. Publication no. 10, September 1938.

The so-called “Guyot map,” created by Ernest Sandoz from observations and measurements taken by geologist Arnold Guyot during his explorations of the mountain regions of the Southern Appalachians, is the first to show any substantial detail of the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains. After spending the summers of 1859 and 1860 measuring and identifying the high peaks on the main Smoky divide, Guyot compiled his finding in an unpublished report. The map is the most accurate depiction of the Smoky Mountain topography to date and shows the elevation of the major peaks with the names Guyot assigned for identification purposes. Guyot en-

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

deavored, where possible, to adopt place names used by the local mountaineers. Otherwise, he used names assigned earlier by Samuel Botsford Buckley or those of his choosing. When measuring the peak in the Smokies, Guyot erred in believing that the state line between Tenn. and N.C. followed the spine of Balsam Mountain, consequently he failed to measure the high peak now known as Mount Cammerer and placed Mount Guyot and Mount Henry (Old Black) wholly in the state of Tenn. On the map, Sandoz corrected the placement of the state line, but failed to fully correct the placement of the Mount Guyot and Mount Henry, leaving them both in Tenn. In spite of these errors, the Guyot map remains a monumental advance in cartography of the GSM. Guyot filed his report and the accompanying map with the U.S. Geodetic Survey where they remained until re-discovered in 1929. The report and map were both published in 1938. As part of “Arnold Guyot’s Notes on the Geography of the Mountain District of Western North Carolina” [112]. [KW] [417] Title: Map of the Reconnaissance of the South Carolina Mountain Passes in Connection with those of Western North Carolina and East Tennessee. Creator: Gilmer, Jeremy Francis, John R. Niernsee, John McRae Date: ca. 1861–1865 Place of publication: None given Scale: None given Size: 53.3 x 62.9 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

This shows the major roads leading into and out of the mountains. It includes the so-called Welch Road along the Little Tennessee River and the ancient Indian trace that passed through Mount Sterling Gap, which the map identifies as Cataloochee Gap. This is the earliest map showing the Oconaluftee Turnpike traversing the main Smoky divide at Indian Gap. No points on the main divide are identified except Bald Spot (Gregory Bald). [KW] [418] Title: Mountain Region of North Carolina and Tennessee. Creator: Nickolson, W. L.

137

Date: 1864 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1:633,600 Size: 51 x 95 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900.np000153

More detailed than the Johnson & Browning map [415], the Nickolson map identifies the “Great Smoky Mountain” extending to the French Broad River. Clingmans Dome, Mount Mingus, Laurel Top, Mount Guyot and Luftee Knob are identified as prominent peaks on the state divide, but oddly, no peaks on the divide west of Clingmans Dome are identified. The peak now known as Mount Le Conte is labeled “Bullhead.” The map depicts the course of the old Indian Gap on both the Tenn. and N.C. sides but shows no trails. Of particular interest are the uses of the names Hazelnut Creek, Newton Mill Creek, the variant spelling Catatuchee Creek and, in the Little Cataloochee watershed, the identification of Indian Creek (Palmer Creek). Cades Cove and Quallatown are the only communities identified on the map. [KW] [419] Title: [North Carolina Drawn by A. Lindenkohl] H. Lindenkohl & Chas. G. Krebs, lith. U.S. Coast Survey, A. D. Bache, Supdt. 1865. Creator: Lindenkohl, A. Date: 1865 Place of publication: None given Scale: ca. 1:950,000 Size: 41 x 92 cm Reproduced by Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc.gov/ loc.gmd/g3900.cw0305a50

Though similar to the Nikolson map [418], the Lindenkohl map drops the convention of the “Iron and Great Smoky Mountains” to show the Iron Mountains as a lesser range southwest of the Smokies. Following the Nikolson map, the Lindenkohl map identifies Clingmans Dome, Bullhead (Mount Le Conte) Mount Mingus, Laurel Top, Mount Guyot, and Luftee Knob, but no peaks along the state-line divide west of Clingmans Dome. This map also follows the Nikolson map in identifying the major streams and the course of the Indian Gap Trail. [KW]

138

[420] Title: An Outline Geological Map of Tennessee, Including Portions of Mississippi, Alabama, and Georgia. Creator: Saylor, Nelson Date: 1866 Place of publication: Cincinnati, Ohio Scale: 1:111,000 Size: 30 x 70 cm Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3961c.np000154

A geological map that identifies the “Iron or Gt. Smokey Mts.” as being on the state-line divide between Tenn. and N.C. In the Smokies region, the map gives the names for a few of the major streams on the Tenn. side and the locations of Cades and Wears Coves. The map shows the route of an old trail into Greenbrier that was known to cross the divide at Dry Sluice Gap. Oddly, the map does not show the old well-known Indian Gap Road, but does indicate a trail out of Wears Cove that runs straight to the divide somewhere near Clingmans Dome. If it ever existed, evidence on the route of this latter trail did not survive into the twentieth century. No details on the N.C. side of the mountain are shown. [KW] [421] Title: Pearce’s New Map of the State of North Carolina. Creator: Pearce, Samuel Date: ca. 1871 Place of publication: New York Scale: 1:1,506,880 Size: 105 x 149 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Map identifies the divide between Tenn. and N.C. as the “Iron or Great Smokey Mountains.” Only two landmarks on the divide are identified: Bald Spot (Gregory Bald) and Collins Gap. At Collins Gap the map indicates a trail entering in from the Tenn. side. The map also depicts the route of the Oconaluftee Turnpike which is shown reaching the main Smoky divide east of Collins Gap. The map contains several peculiarities – the variant spelling “Chataluchee” for all references to Cataloochee, the retention of the very early use of the name Hazelnut Creek (though it is spelled “Hazlenut” on the map), and

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

the identification of Deep Creek with two names, Deep Creek and No Land Creek. The map identifies a village on the upper reaches of the Oconaluftee River as “Paint T” and shows the route of the river turnpike (sometimes called the Joe Welch Road), and the ancient Indian trace through what is now Mount Sterling Gap. [KW] [422] Title: Pearce’s New Map of the State of North Carolina: Compiled from Actual Public and Private Surveys. Creator: Pearce, Samuel Date: ca. 1872 Place of publication: Raleigh Scale: 1:1,506,880 Size: 150 x 86 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

An improvement of the Pearce map of 1871 [421]. Paint T[own] is moved nearer Quallatown and No Land Creek separated from Deep Creek. The map identifies Clingmans Dome, Big Creek, and Oconalufty P.O. (Post Office), points not indicated on the earlier map. The post office is located near the point of Paint Town on the earlier map. The Oconaluftee Turnpike is here shown reaching the main divide at Collins Gap where it connects with the trail leading up from the Tenn. side. Also shown is a proposed railroad crossing the main divide somewhere just west of the headwaters of Hazlenut (Hazelnut) Creek. [KW] [423] Title: Pearce’s New Map of the State of North Carolina: Constructed from Actual Surveys, Authentic Public Documents and Private Contributions. Creator: Pearce & Best Date: 187? Place of publication: None given Scale: None given Size: None given Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900.ct002858

Map identifies the divide between Tenn. and N.C. as the “Iron or Great Smokey Mountains.” Only two landmarks on the divide are identified: Bald Spot, which is now recognized as Gregory Bald, and Porters

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Gap, a minor swag in the divide between Greenbrier and Oconaluftee. The Porters Gap marking may be in reference to an old trail that crossed at Dry Sluice Gap and descended along Porters Creek into Greenbrier. The map contains several peculiarities – the spelling “Chataluchee” for all references to Cataloochee, the retention of the very early use of Hazelnut Creek (though it is spelled on the map as Hazlenut), the identification of the upper reaches of the Oconaluftee River as Newtons Mill Creek, and the retention of the very early name Scotts Creek, now known as Chambers Creek. The map shows the old Turnpike Road built along the north side of the Little Tennessee River in 1854, as well as a few of the larger streams and the village of Quallatown. [KW] [424] Title: Johnson’s North Carolina and South Carolina. Creator: Johnson, A. J. Date: between 1876 and 1882 Place of publication: New York Scale: 1:1,580,000 Size: 39 x 55 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

This map does not represent an improvement over earlier maps except in the instance of showing the general route of a proposed road that was to cross the mountain at Spence Field. The road on the Tenn. side, often called the Anderson Road, leads up Bote Mountain to Spence Field. The road on the N.C. side was never built. The map also shows the old River Road, sometimes called the Joe Welch Road, and the route of the old Thomas Road crossing at Indian Gap. [KW] [425] Title: Postal Route Map of the State of Tennessee. Creator: Nicholson, W. L. Date: 1877 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:506,880 Size: None given Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http:// alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

Shows postal routes on the Tenn. side venturing into the Smoky Mountain region as far as Cosby, Jones’ Cove, Gatlinburgh, Wear’s Cove, Tuckaleechee Cove,

139

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

This is the first widely distributed map to incorporate in any significant way the observations made by Arnold Guyot during his explorations of the Southern Appalachian mountain ranges. Of the peaks on the state-line divide, the map specifically identifies only Little Bald (Parson Bald), Big Bald (Gregory Bald), and Clingmans Dome, but shows markings for the peaks Mounts Alexander, Guyot, and Henry in the same configuration as the Sandoz sketch published in The North Carolina Historical Review [416]. The map also gives the placement of the points Curtis, Le Conte, and Safford which Guyot identified as “the triple mountain of Bull Head, 6,613 feet.” Mount Sterling is identified as a specific peak just off the divide in N.C. and the hamlets of Fairfax, Wayside, and Forney’s Creek are located along the Little Tennessee River. [KW]

make extensive use of the measurements and triangulations of Professor Arnold Guyot gathered during his explorations of the Southern Appalachians. The map identifies many of the peaks on the state-line divide which Guyot measured and recorded in his essay “On the Appalachian Mountain System” [134]. The confusion concerning the proper location of the group of peaks Mounts Alexander, Guyot, and Henry persists. Mount Guyot is shown to be on the state line, but Mount Henry (Old Black) is incorrectly indicated to be west of Guyot. Names of several peaks identified on the map, including Laurel Top, Peck’s Corner, Right Hand Gap (Newfound Gap), Road Gap, Collins Gap, Mount Collins, Thunder Head, Bald Spot (Gregory Bald), and Little Bald (Parson Bald) were in the current vernacular of the local Smoky mountaineers. Others, particularly Mount Henry, Mount Alexander (Mount Chapman), Thunder Knob, Indian Gap, Clingmans Dome, Mount Buckley, Big Stone (Silers Bald), Corner Knob, and Big Cherry Gap are names assigned by Guyot during his explorations. The Thomas Road is shown passing over the divide at Indian Gap, however it is placed east of Pecks Corner and on the wrong side of Mount Le Conte, suggesting that the mapmaker likely confused this road with another Indian trace shown on earlier maps that crossed at Dry Sluice Gap and descended into Greenbrier. The points Thunder Knob, Corner Knob, and Big Cherry Gap have not subsequently been definitely identified. The map also includes for the first time the location of Newton Bald, Welch Bald, Forney Ridge, and Eagle Top, landmarks not on the state line, as well as the variant spelling Mount Starling (Sterling). The nomenclature of the streams is the most extensive to date and generally fixes the names that are current today. [KW]

[427] Title: Map of North Carolina. Creator: Kerr, W. C. and William Cain Date: 1882 Place of publication: New York Scale: 1:139,248 Size: 59 x 131 cm

[428] Title: [Railroad map of North Carolina]. Creator: None given Date: ca. 1883 Place of publication: Scale: None given Size: 100 x 191.1 cm

This map represents a major advance in the cartography of the Great Smoky Mountains as it is the first to

A variation on the Kerr-Cain map of 1882 [427], but with several major changes. Mount Guyot is incorrectly

and Cade’s Cove. On the N.C. side routes are shown being extended from Cove Creek to Cataloochee to Mount Sterling, from Quallatown to Ocona Lufty, and from Forney’s Creek to a village identified as Forks of Tennessee. Also shows a route going north from Robbinsville, N.C. to Maryville through Deals Gap. Mount Henry, Mount Guyot, and Clingmans Dome are the only peaks identified. [KW] [426] Title: Gray’s New Map of North Carolina and South Carolina. Creator: Gray, Frank A. Date: ca. 1881 Place of publication: Philadelphia Scale: 1:1,300,000 Size: 40 x 66 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

140

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

shifted to the west of Balsam Mountain and Luftee Knob moved from its proper place to the state-line divide. The peak vacated by Luftee Knob is now named Big Creek Knob. Mount Alexander, Thunder Knob, and Laurel Top are retained while Peck’s Peak and Indian Gap are both shifted west to coincide with the place where the old Thomas Road crosses the main Smoky divide. The location of Mount Le Conte is not given, thus temporarily circumventing the problem in the Kerr-Cain map of showing the Thomas Road on the wrong side of Le Conte. The map does show the road proceeding through Gatlinburg, this being one of the earliest depictions of the town. The location of Mount Buckley is not identified, however three other minor points are added: Wiskors Gap, Horry Knob, and Snaky Mountain. All three are shown on the state line between Silers Bald and Thunderhead. Following the Kerr-Cain map, this map retains the variation on the spelling Mount Starling (Sterling). [KW] [429] Title: Preliminary Post Route Map of the states of North Carolina and South Carolina with adjacent parts of Georgia, Tennessee, Kentucky, West Virginia and Virginia. Creator: Nicholson, W. L. Date: 1883 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:1,506,800 Size: 137.8 x 156.8 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Indicates postal routes from Jonathans Creek to Cataloochee to Mount Sterling and then to Cosby along the ancient Indian trace once known as the Cataloochee Track. Shows a second route from Ocona Lufty over the mountain to Gatlinburgh, ostensibly on the Thomas Road through Indian Gap. Also shows a river route connecting Fairfax, Wayside, and Forney’s Creek and a transmountain route between Tuckaleechee Cove and Cades Cove, likely though Dry Valley and Rich Mountain Gap. The only peaks shown are Mount Guyot, Clingmans Dome, and Mount Henry (Old Black). The latter is shown to be wholly in “Tennesse.” [KW] [430] Title: Colton’s North Carolina and South Carolina. Creator: Colton, G. W. and W. C. Kerr

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Date: ca. 1883 Place of publication: New York Scale: 1:1,267,000 Size: 40 x 66 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Variation of the original Kerr-Cain map [427] with substantially less information but some improvement in landmark location. Mount Henry (Old Black) is for the first time shown correctly on the state-line divide. The “group of Bull Head” is shown as an outlier in Tenn. and in correct relation to other points on the main Smoky divide. The stray point, Eagle Top, which Kerr and Cain placed generally along Hazel Creek is now shown on the state-line divide west of Thunderhead. Eagle Top is not clearly defined and does not survive in Smoky Mountain nomenclature. [KW] [431] Title: Mountain Region of North Carolina and Tennessee. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior Date: 1884 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:633,600 Size: 51 x 95 cm In the Library of Congress (not catalogued)

This map is a slightly corrected version of the 1864 Nickolson map [418]. Major changes include the variant spelling Cataluchee, the dropping of the name Indian Creek in Cataloochee, and the inclusion of Mount Henry along the state-line divide. [KW] [432] Title: Map of the Former Territorial Limits of the Cherokee “Nation of ” Indians; Map Showing the Territory Originally Assigned Cherokee “Nation of ” Indians. Creator: Royce, C. C. Date: 1884 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1:1,000,000 Size: 1 map on 2 sheets: 72 x 80 cm and 52 x 76 cm Reproduced by the Library of Congress: plate VIII: http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.gmd/g3861e.np000155; plate IX: http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.gmd/g3861e.np000156

141

Map depicts four survey lines marking the boundaries of the Cherokee lands as determined by earlier treaties – the “Hawkins’ Line,” the “line run by Captain Butler in 1789,” the “Meigs line surveyed in 1802,” and the “Pickens’ Line” – all four of which converge at a point on the Smoky divide later known as Meigs Post. The “Smoky Mountain” is shown extending from the Hiawassee River region to the Pigeon River. No Smoky Mountain landmarks are indicated by name except for a few of the major streams. [KW] [433] Title: Cowee Quadrangle. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior. Date: 1885 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 45 x 37 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900m.gnp00009

For the Great Smoky Mountains, the Cowee Quadrangle includes only the lower section of the Deep Creek watershed. Except for basic topographical features, the map shows only a few roads and dwelling locations on Deep, Indian, and Cooper Creeks. A 1907 edition of the map includes extension in the road network and shows the additional dwellings that were built in the interval since 1885. [KW] [434] Title: Nantahalah Sheet. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior. Date: 1885 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 45 x 37 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3900m.gnp00009

This map with its variant spelling of Nantahalah (Nantahala) includes the southeastern quadrant of the GSM from the Noland Creek watershed west to the Twentymile Creek watershed. The map has details of the Smoky Mountain area along the Little Tennessee River that was later inundated by Fontana Lake. Identifies

142

Hubbard Mill Creek, a name that is no longer in use, and places the name Pilkey Creek on the wrong stream. The map also shows the lower end of a proposed road into Spence Field that was to connect with the old Anderson Road entering on Bote Mountain. The Anderson Road, though built almost to the Smoky divide, is not shown on the Knoxville Quadrangle [437]. The Nantahalah Sheet was reissued in 1906 under the title Nantahala Quadrangle. [KW] [435] Title: Map Showing the Chief Locations and Lands of the Eastern Band of Cherokees, in North Carolina and of the States Adjoining. Creator: United States. Census Office. 11th census, 1890 Date: ca. 1890 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: None given Size: 28 x 23 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Shows five Cherokee “Indian Precincts”: Bird-Town, Yellow Hill, Wolf-Town, Paint-Town, and Big Cave Town. Lists population and acreage. Inset map: South Western N.C. Also indicates creeks, mills, houses, schools, churches, and identifies some peaks. Identifies the Abraham Enloe place as well as that of Widow Hughes. (See “Abraham Lincoln” section in the “History of the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter for more on Abraham Enloe.) [KW] [436] Title: Map of the Qualla Indian Reserve (Boundary) N.C. Creator: United States. Census Office. 11th census, 1890 Date: ca. 1890 Place of publication: [Washington D.C.] Scale: None given Size: 35 x 26 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

A plat showing individual tracts within the mountain area known as the Qualla Boundary which includes the Cherokee settlements of Bird Town, Yellow Hill, Paint Town, Wolf Town, and Big Cove. Shows the sur-

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

veys of Indian lots as well as the competing claims of white settlers. Interesting features include the identification of a Big Bald Mountain and Big Bald Ridge along Hughes Ridge, a Low Gap and a Deep Gap on the stateline divide between Pecks Corner and Tricorner Knob, a Boomer Ridge along Balsam Mountain just above its junction with Mt. Starling (Sterling) Ridge, and a Little Balsam Mountain, a Deep Gap, and Moth Mountain along the lower reaches of Balsam Mountain. None of these place names are current in Smoky Mountain nomenclature. [KW] [437] Title: Knoxville Quadrangle. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior. Date: 1892 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 45 x 37 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3960m.gnp00007

The Knoxville Quadrangle includes roughly the northeastern quadrant of the GSM extending as far west as Silers Bald and as far south as Bone Valley. The map shows some sections of the road network now used in the GSMNP. Not yet built are the Little River Road and U.S. 441 to Newfound Gap. The map includes a remnant of the old Anderson Road leading out of Dry Valley through Schoolhouse Gap and descending to Laurel Creek. Of particular interest are the markings of two cabins in Spence Field on the state-line divide; one being in Tenn. and the other in N.C. The one in Tenn. is identified as Spencer Cabin. Shows only four buildings in Gatlinburg. A second edition of this map was issued in October 1901 and reprinted in 1904, 1910, and 1915. No material changes were made in the second issue. [KW] [438] Title: Mt. Guyot Sheet. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey Date: July 1893 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 45 x 37 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3960m.gnp00007

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

The Mt. Guyot Sheet includes the entire eastern end of the GSM excluding a small section around the lower end of Deep Creek that is mapped in the Nantahalah Sheet [434]. The Chimney Tops, Le Conte, and Mt. Mingus are all shown incorrectly to be on the state-line divide. The Sevier-Cocke county line is shown leading directly off Mount Guyot which is then placed on the state-line divide incorrectly at the point of intersection of the corners of Swain and Haywood counties. Old Black and Inadu Knob are omitted entirely and Luftee Knob, a prominent peak, is moved three miles southeast of its correct location and placed at Balsam Corner. The map omits Enloe Creek entirely and the orientation of the two main prongs of Raven Fork is confused. The map shows two well-established conventions which fell out of use in the twentieth century: the name Sharp Top (Mount Cammerer) and the identification of the upper end of the Oconalufty (Oconaluftee) River as “Mingus Mill Creek.” The Mt. Guyot Sheet was reprinted with no changes in 1900. Horace Kephart advised against relying on the map, mentioning that it “is worthless” and that “nearly all of the minor details…are fictitious, and some of the greater landmarks (peaks of 5,000 to 6,000 feet) are miles astray” [639]. The Mt Guyot Sheet was reissued in January 1912, as Mt. Guyot Quadrangle with Le Conte being placed correctly in Tenn. but leaving the Chimney Tops and Mount Mingus on the state line. The map shows Mount Collins moved from the vicinity of Clingmans Dome to a point east of Mount Le Conte. A slight correction was made in moving Mount Guyot a short, but insufficient, distance away from the county line intersections. This corrects the configuration at Tricorner Knob, but leaves the SevierCocke county line still leading directly from Mount Guyot. Old Black and Inadu remain missing and Luftee Knob is still in the wrong location. Enloe Creek is not shown and there are no corrections to the mapping of the prongs of Raven Fork. The revised map introduces the current spelling of Cataloochee and depicts more road detail in the Little Cataloochee and Big Creek sections. While Nellie, the community center of Cataloochee, is introduced and shown correctly, Ola, the community center of Little Cataloochee, is shown to be on Ugly Creek (Rough Fork), a considerable distance from Little

143

Cataloochee. The 1912 revision was reprinted in 1921 and again in 1929. [KW] [439] Title: Tennessee-North Carolina (Knoxville Sheet). Creator: U.S. Geological Survey. Date: 1895 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 46 x 38 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3960.np000158

A survey map with “Structures Sections: that show the geological strata of the Great Smoky Mountains and other highland areas along the Tenn. N.C. border.” The strata structures are imposed as cuts or overlays on the geological survey map. Accompanying in the margins is a legend of the specific geological formations on the map. [KW] [440] Title: Knoxville Folio, Tennessee-North Carolina. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey Date: 1895 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 4 maps, 55 x 47 cm Reproduced by Texas A & M University Library: repository.tamu.edu/handle/1969.1/3016

The Knoxville Folio is item numbered 16 in the series Geologic Atlas of the United States. The folio contains an essay “Explanations” followed by a longer essay “Descriptions of the Knoxville Sheet” by Arthur Keith, and four maps plus a “Columnar Sections” diagram. The maps are titled “Topography,” “Areal Geology,” “Economic Geology,” and “Structure Sections.” Each covers an area identical to that of the U.S. Geological Survey Knoxville Quadrangle [437]. According to the “Explanations,” the “Topography” map, a revision of the 1892 Knoxville Quadrangle, reflects “an accurate and characteristic delineation of the relief, drainage and culture of the region represented;” the “Areal Geology” map “shows the areas occupied by the various rocks of the district;” the “Economic Geology” map “represents the distribution of useful minerals, the occurrence of artesian water, or other facts of economic interest;” and the “Structure Sections”

144

map “exhibits the relations existing beneath the surface among the formations whose distribution on the surface is represented in the map of areal geology.” The three latter maps are accompanied by legends that explain the color keys. The “Columnar Sections” diagram illustrates the various topographic formations by geologic period. The essay by Keith is a detailed systematic outline of the geography, geology, and mineral resources of the region. The GSM are included within four U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle maps – Knoxville, Nantahala, Cowee, and Mt. Guyot. Folios were not compiled for the Cowee and Mt. Guyot quadrangles. [KW] [441] Title: Post Route Map of the State of North Carolina and South Carolina. Creator: Wilson, William Lyne and A. Von Haake Date: 1896 Place of publication: Washington D.C. Scale: 1: 506,800 Size: 108 x 166 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Shows postal routes to the Smoky Mountain hamlets. Mail is delivered six times a week to the river towns Bushnell and Forney’s Creek, but only three times to Dorsey, Wayside, and Fairfax. Mail is delivered three times a week to the interior towns Proctor, Medlin, Cherokee, Oconaluftee, Cataloochee, and Mount Sterling. Only special runs are made to Ravens near the confluence of Raven Fork and Straight Fork. [KW] [442] Title: A Preliminary Agriculture Map of Tennessee Based on the Distribution of Geological Formations. Creator: Tennessee Agriculture Experiment Station Date: 1891 Place of publication: Knoxville Scale: None given Size: None given

A soil survey of the state of Tenn. with an accompanying ledger of soil types. The Smoky Mountain range is identified as “Slaty conglomerates, sandstones and shales of Stafford’s ‘Ocoee Group,’” except for the area represented by Cades Cove. The Ocoee Group is further defined as “coarse gravelly soils, thin and unproductive; ar-

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

eas of fairly good argillaceous soils.” The Cades Cove area is shown to be “Knox dolomites (magnesian limestone),” which is further defined as “heavy clay soils, varying in texture and containing more or less chert. Fertile, durable.” [KW] [443] Title: Tennessee. Creator: Smith, Benjamin E. Date: 1899 Place of publication: New York Scale: 1:1,425,600 Size: None given

Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http:// alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

Map identifies the location of several mountain villages on the Tenn. side including Sutton, Costner, Brier (Greenbrier), Gatlinburg, Linespring, and Trentville. Linespring is evidently the Line Spring resort and mineral spring near Roundtop Mountain above Wears Cove. Trentville is an obscure point south of Gatlinburg. The map also identifies the landmarks Cades Cove, Rich Mountain, Clingmans Dome, and Briar Knob. The notation of the latter peak is interesting in that it is minor point just east of Thunderhead. [KW] [444] Title: Railroad Map of North Carolina, 1900, Examined and Authorized by the North Carolina Corporation Commission. Creator: Brown, H. C. Date: ca. 1900 Place of publication: Chicago Scale: 1:601,920 Size: 57 x 139 cm Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3901p.rr002740

Shows the relief only of the main divide of the “Great Smoky Mts.” and a few spur ridges into Tenn. as well as the location of the communities of Cade’s Cove, Yellow Sulphur, Gatlinburg, and Ocona Lufty. The only railroad into the Smokies shown on the map is a line running downstream along the north shore of the Tuckasegee River and crossing south just above its confluence with the Tennessee (Little Tennessee) River. [KW]

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

[445] Title: Tennessee. Creator: Cram, George F. Date: 1901 Place of publication: Chicago Scale: 1:1,504,000 Size: None given

Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http:// alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

On the state-line divide, this map identifies Gregory Bald, Silers Bald, Mount Collins, Le Conte, and Mount Guyot. Mount Collins is a minor peak east of Clingmans Dome, which is not shown. Le Conte is shown on the divide although it is wholly in Tenn. The map shows several villages on the Tenn. side, particularly Sugarville, which is probably a reference to the Sugarlands, and a Glenalpine which is shown in the upper reaches of the Sugarlands. A Pigeonville, shown to be just north of Brier (Greenbrier), may be a corruption of Pigeon Forge which is north of Gatlinburg. This map is published in The Atlas of the World Ancient and Modern (New York: G.F. Cram, 1901). [KW] [446] Title: Soil and Geological Map of Tennessee. Creator: Safford, J. M. Date: 1906 Place of publication: Chicago Scale: 1:760,000 Size: None given

Reproduced by the University of Alabama: http:// alabamamaps.ua.edu/historicalmaps/

Shows the geological and soil composition of the Tenn. side of the GSM with locations within the mountains of “Iron Ore Belts, chiefly limonite.” [KW] [447] Title: Nantahala Folio, North Carolina-Tennessee. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey Date: 1907 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 4 maps, 55 x 47 cm

The Nantahala Folio is item numbered 143 in the series Geologic Atlas of the United States. The folio contains an introductory essay “Geologic and Topographic Atlas of United States,” followed by a longer essay “Descriptions

145

of the Nantahala Quadrangle” by Arthur Keith, four maps, plus a “Columnar Sections” diagram. The maps are titled “Topography,” “Areal Geology,” “Economic Geology,” and “Structure Sections” and each covers an area identical to that of the U.S. Geological Survey Nantahalah Sheet [434]. According to the introductory essay, the “Topography” map, a revision of the 1885 Nantahalah Sheet, reflects three distinct features: (1) inequalities on surface, (2) distribution of water, and (3) the works of man. The “Areal Geology” map shows the areas occupied by the various formations. The “Economic Geology” map represents the distribution of useful minerals and rocks and their relations to the topographic features and to the geologic formations. The “Structure Sections” map exhibits the relations existing beneath the surface among the formations whose distribution on the surface is represented in the map of areal geology. The three latter maps are accompanied by legends that explain the color keys. The “Columnar Sections” diagram illustrates the various topographic formations by geologic period. The essay by Keith is a detailed systematic outline of the geography, geology, and mineral resources of the region. The GSM are included within four U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle maps—Knoxville, Nantahala, Cowee, and Mt. Guyot. Folios were not compiled for the Cowee and Mt. Guyot quadrangles. [KW] [448] Title: Land of the Sky. Creator: Southern Railway System Date: 1917 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: None given Size: 21 x 32 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3901e.np000168

Foldout map with nine color illustrations on verso that show GSM regional views, rhododendron blossoms, outdoor resorts, and Asheville. Includes a paragraph of text on various Western N.C. towns such as Sylva, Bryson City, Murphy, Waynesville, and Brevard. [RC] [449] Title: Forest Conditions of Western North Carolina. Creator: Forest Service. Southern Region. U.S. Department of Agriculture Date: 1909

146

Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:500,000 Size: 38 x 67 cm

Reproduced by Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc.gov/ loc.gmd/g3901k.np000167

A survey map showing the density of forest growth in the mountain regions of Western N.C. measured in “Stand in Feet, B.M (per acre).” The higher elevations of the Great Smokies are shown to be over 7000 stand in feet per acre. The eastern and western ends drop to a range of 5000–7000 per acre with the bottoms along the Little Tennessee and Oconalufee Rivers in the 2500– 5000 range. [KW] [450] Title: Railroad Map of North Carolina. Creator: Rand McNally and Company Date: 1922 Place of publication: Chicago Scale: 1:614,613 Size: 55 x 137 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Map shows the C. & T. S. rail line running along the Little Tennessee River connecting the Smoky hamlets of Ritter, Dorsey, Ecola, Bushnell, Forney, and Noland. Shows the S. M. line running from Ritter to Proctor, Sugar Fork, and then Bone Valley and the O. L. line running from Cherokee to Ravensford, Smokemont, Three Forks, and then Beech Flats. At the eastern end of the Smokies is a spur of the T & N. C. line running to Mount Sterling and Crestmont. All but those along the river are rail lines for the logging industry. The map also identifies a few small towns within the Smokies, but most are misplaced. Medlin is shown considerably east of Bone Valley rather than at Sugar Fork; the locations of Mount Sterling and Crestmont are exchanged; and Ola, the center of Little Cataloochee is incorrectly shown to be south of Nellie, the middle of Big Cataloochee. [KW] [451] Title: Map of Western North Carolina Showing Location of Kaolin Deposits Described in Text. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey Date: 1922 Place of publication: Baltimore

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Scale: 1:1,000,000 Size: 33 x 51 cm

now under examination.” Map identifies several peaks and ridges that were at the time considered significant landmarks. [KW]

Shows the locations of the abandoned Harris Mine that operated on three sites flanking Deep Creek. [KW]

[454] Title: Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North Carolina-Tennessee. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior Date: 1926 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:125,000 Size: 59 x73 cm

Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

[452] Title: Soil Map, North Carolina, Haywood County Sheet. Creator: Jurney, R. C., William Daniel Lee, Samuel Fred Davidson, W. A. Davis Date: 1925 Place of publication: Washington. D.C. Scale: 1:63,360 Size: 94 x 76.6 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

Outlines the various soil compositions within the Cataloochee and Big Creek sections of the GSM. Map shows the placement of houses and buildings as well as identifying the location of the villages of Nellie, Cataloochee, Ola, Mount Sterling, Crestmont, and the logging town at Walnut Bottom. In identifying streams, the map indicates several names that were changed with the advent of the Park, in particular, Indian Creek (Palmer Creek), Sugar Fork (Palmer Creek), and Ugly Creek (Rough Fork). [KW] [453] Title: Map of Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Creator: National Park Association Date 1925 Place of publication: None given Scale: 1:275,000 Size: 22 x 37 cm

Reproduced in Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 1 (Jan 1926): foldout.

A black-and-white pen-drawn map with relief shown by hachures and outlining the general area that was under consideration for the GSMNP in 1925, when the idea of the park was being discussed in the U.S. Congress. The map shows two quickly-drawn lines, one approximating the “outer boundary—area first examined for national park” and the second the “inner boundary—area

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3902g.np000172

The earliest map showing the suggested boundary of the newly proposed GSMNP. The proposed boundary included areas that are now outside the Park—the Plott Balsams, Webb Mountain, Wears Valley to Chilhowee Mountain, and Happy Valley. Along the state-line divide the map identifies Sharp Top, Mount Guyot, Laurel Top, Porters Gap, Indian Gap, Clingmans Dome, Silers Bald, Briar Knob, Thunder Head, Spencer (Spence) Cabin, Little Bald, Ekanetelee (Ekaneetlee) Gap, Cold Spring Gap, Gregory Bald, and Parson Bald. The Chimney Tops and Mount Mingus are erroneously identified as being on the state line. The map reflects the results of a short controversy that temporarily placed the name Mount Collins on a peak east of Indian Gap. [KW] [455] Title: Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Creator: Knoxville Automobile Club Date: 1926 Place of publication: Knoxville Library of Congress (not catalogued)

A two-sided, foldout hand-drawn map of the proposed Park showing the major tourist roads into the mountains. Contains a chart of distances from principal surrounding cities and a table of hotels and resorts in and around the Smokies. The 20-room Indian Gap Hotel, operated by S. L. Maples, has rooms available for $2 a day. Rooms at A. J. Huff’s Mountain View Hotel in Gatlinburg could be rented for $15–$20 a week. An introduction by Paul Fink, a lead article “Present Roads to the Great Smokies,” extracts from official reports and

147

the National Park Association Bulletin extolling the virtues of the Smokies, and a brief “Policy Governing the Establishment of National Park” by Hubert Work, Secretary of the NPA, are accompanied by photographs of the Smokies by Jim Thompson, S. H. Essary, and Paul Fink. [KW] [456] Title: Smoky Mountain Park, John A. Bechtel Tract, 20,229.40 acres: Haywood County, N.C. Creator: North Carolina Park Commission Date: ca. 1928 Place of publication: None given Scale: ca. 1:15,840 Size: 77 x 102 cm Reproduced by the University of North Carolina Library: http://www.lib.unc.edu/dc/ncmaps/

This map is of the John A. Bechtel or Big Creek Tract, which consisted of the holdings and operational unit of the old Champion Lumber Company which was active in the Smokies between 1908 and 1920. The map shows land parcels in the eastern part of the Smokies between the main state-line divide and Mount Sterling Ridge. Identifies several of the tributaries of Big Creek as well as the location of the town, Mount Sterling Post Office. [KW] [457] Title: Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior Date: 193? Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:24,000 Size: 22 maps; 58 x 49 cm or smaller

Advanced set of maps numbered 6–30 intended to represent in twenty-two sections the proposed GSMNP. Included are the proposed boundary of the Park as well as the mountain roads and trails that were in use at that time. This map retains several of the older place names that had fallen into disuse or were later changed by the Park Nomenclature Committee. Examples include Spencer Field, Jerry Bald, The Narrows, Red Ridge, Pauls (Polls) Gap, Maggie (Maggot) Spring Gap, Junction Camp, Ugly Fork (Rough Fork), Chestnut Ridge (Noland Divide), Low Gap (Upper Sassafras Gap), and

148

Little Bald on Forney Ridge. The maps also give the locations of some schools that were in use in the early 1930s. [KW] [458] Title: Topographical Map Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Tennessee & North Carolina. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior Date: 1931 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:62,500 Size: 2 sheets; 73 x 64 cm

In two sheets distinguished as the “East Half ” and the “West Half,” this map is the most detailed document showing roads, trails, manways, and building locations in the interior of the Smokies immediately prior to the establishment of the GSMNP. The sheets do not include a substantial swath of land along the Little Tennessee River that at this time was either held by the federal government or still in private hands pending the development of Fontana Lake. This property was later ceded to the Park. On the Tenn. side, the sheets include a large quadrant of territory on the northwest corner of the Smokies that was within the proposed boundary of the Park but not within the final boundary. These sheets are indispensable sources for those wishing to explore the old trails and manways in the Smokies backcountry. [KW] [459] Title: Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Environs. Creator: Sanford, Hugh W. Date: 1933 Place of publication: Knoxville Scale: None given Size: None given Library of Congress (not catalogued)

Hand-drawn, blue-print type tourist map of the Park showing roads leading in from the surrounding towns. The map has little detail about the mountains but contains useful information for the traveler. Includes a legend of “Hotels & Taverns,” with accompanying brief comments on quality, as well as a chart of distances from major cities surrounding the mountains. The map was priced at 25 cents. [KW]

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

[460] Title: Nomenclature Map: Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Creator: National Park Service, Department of the Interior Date: 1933 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: None given Size: None given

Large, very detailed hand-drawn map showing “Designations by the Tennessee & North Carolina Nomenclature Committees” and identifying the names assigned to the streams, ridges, peaks, and other landmarks in the Smokies as well as the routes of roads, trails, and manways. The map is copied from an early edition of a proposed park map and includes a note of a “suggested boundary change.” [KW] [461] Title: Preliminary Base Map, Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Creator: U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior Date: 1934 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:650,000 Size: 67 x 142 cm

Reproduced by Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc.gov/ loc.gmd/g3902g.np000241

A white-on-black map showing the boundaries of the proposed park as adjusted from the time of the map of the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park [454]. The newer map corresponds to the final boundaries except for the inclusion of a large section on the northwest corner between Hesse Creek and Little River, the exclusion of a long strip along the Little Tennessee River, and the exclusion of a large section generally between Eagle Creek and Hazel Creek that harbored the Eagle Creek copper mines. The section in the northwest corner was never incorporated into the Park. Two parcels in N.C. were added to the Park when Tennessee Valley Author-

Maps of the Great Smoky Mountains

ity relinquished land along the north shore of the Little Tennessee River, which had been acquired by eminent domain for Fontana Lake. [KW] [462] Title: Reconnaissance Erosion Survey of the State of North Carolina. Creator: United States Soil Conservation Service Date: 1934 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale: 1:500,000. Size: 64 x 134 cm

Reproduced by the Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc. gov/loc.gmd/g3901j.np000238

A map illustrating the extent of soil erosion in the state of N.C. Even though the N.C. side of the Smokies had been heavily logged by 1934, the map shows the mountains to have experienced little erosion except in the Big Creek and Deep Creek watersheds and along the lower reaches of the Oconaluftee River. Even in these areas the erosion is only moderate. The map includes the location of the major streams on the N.C. side of the mountains as well as the villages of Medlin, Smokemont, Crestmont, Cherokee, and Cataloochee. [KW] [463] Title: Reconnaissance Erosion Survey of the State of Tennessee. Creator: United States Soil Conservation Service Date: 1934 Place of publication: Washington, D.C. Scale 1:500,000 Size: 2 maps on 1 sheet: 44 x 81 cm

Reproduced by Library of Congress: http://hdl.loc.gov/ loc.gmd/g3961j.np000239

A map illustrating the extent of soil erosion in the state of Tenn. Even though the Tenn. side of the Smokies had been heavily logged by commercial lumber concerns, the map shows the mountains to have experienced only “slight sheet erosion, occasional gullies” in the lower elevations and “little or no erosion” in the higher elevations. [KW]

149

Bly’s cabin on Mt. Nebo, Blount County, Tennessee, August 13, 1886. Photograph by William Cox Cochran, and courtesy of the William Cox Cochran Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries.

Chapter 7 Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter presents a rich grouping of materials on all aspects of the culture of the Smokies mountaineers. It includes the writings of authors who observed the local people, documenting romantic remnants of pioneer days, and represents works by social scientists, health care providers, and educators who took a more objective and scientific approach to the study of the lives of mountain people. Some writers, like the missionaries and Pi Beta Phi teachers, geared their observations to a certain audience, primarily those who held the purse strings. Others, like Horace Kephart and Laura Thornburgh, sought to entertain and enlighten a more general audience. Missing from this group of writings are the voices of mountain people themselves. The Southern Appalachian mountaineers have a rich oral tradition, as evidenced by the folktales and music that pervade the region, but very few mountain people were writing during the time covered by this bibliography. It would be well into the second half of the twentieth century before the residents of the Smokies, mostly those displaced from their homes by the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, began to relate their experiences in published form. Up until the late nineteenth century, the residents of the United States viewed themselves as a frontier people. In an 1893 address to the American Historical Association on the significance of the frontier, the renowned historian Frederick Jackson Turner began with the announcement by the Superintendent of the Census that there was no longer a frontier in the United States. Jackson goes on to say that travelers from colonial times to the present describe certain common traits of frontier people; in fact, it is “to the frontier the American intellect

owes its striking characteristics.” He goes on to outline those characteristics: That coarseness and strength combined with acuteness and inquisitiveness; that practical, inventive turn of mind, quick to find expedients; that masterful grasp of material things, lacking in the artistic but powerful to effect great ends; that restless, nervous energy;—that dominant individualism, working for good and for evil, and withal that buoyancy and exuberance which comes with freedom—these are traits of frontier, or traits called out elsewhere because of the existence of the frontier. [Several versions of Turner’s address are available, most recently: History, Frontier, and Section: Three Essays by Frederick Jackson Turner (Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, 1993), pp. 87–88; online edition: The Frontier in American History (New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1935), http:// xroads.virginia.edu/~hyper/turner.] Turner’s comments were picked up by other observers of American character and the role of the frontier in creating that character, including writers about the Southern Appalachians in general and the Smokies region in particular. In light of this romantic view of the role of the frontier in American life, it is no wonder that outsiders delighted in “discovering” a remnant of the frontier in the Southern Appalachian Mountains. The southern mountaineers were viewed by many writers as a wholesome and rugged type of American. William Goodell Frost, president of Kentucky’s Berea College from 1893 to 1920, called the mountain people “our contemporary ancestors”

in an 1899 Atlantic Monthly article [471]. This nostalgic view of the Southern Appalachian people was adopted by many writers, thus perpetuating this idyllic stereotype. W. M. Cline, writing in a 1917 issue of The Outing Magazine, called the mountaineers “the purest race stock on the American continent today” [468]. In a 1930 Christian Science Monitor article, O. M. Scantz referred to the “innate refinement” of the Smokies people [483]. In 1919 Nevin O. Winter presented a similar view in Travel magazine when he wrote that mountaineers were living an “old-time pioneer life” [493]. Laura Thornburgh, writing as Laura Thornborough, epitomized the romantic view of the southern highlanders. Thornburgh was a resident of Knoxville who owned a cottage in the Smoky Mountains. Not completely an outsider, but not a mountaineer either, she wrote of “softvoiced women with serene faces [sitting] at hand-made looms” and “children who go bare-footed to school” in her 1928 article for Travel magazine [489]. The tone of her article was continued in her book, The Great Smoky Mountains, published in 1937 (New York: Thomas Y. Crowell), just after the end date for Terra Incognita. Her book was a travelogue written in an exuberant popular style, taking readers through the Smokies and introducing them to the region’s people, history, geography, flora, and fauna. Of the mountain people, she wrote, The mountain people are proud, independent, yet sensitive and afraid that outsiders—or “furriners,”—will make fun of them and their ways. They are observant and are keen analysts of character. They are only one or two generations removed from hunters and trappers, and still retain the caution of the pioneer and the keen power of perception of the backwoodsman. They come of the fine old stock which gives them the right to feel they are the equal of anyone. Their seeming stolidity deceives many who make a brief stay in the mountains and return to their desks in the cities to write stupid things about them. (p. 13) Both the book and the article are illustrated with photographs taken by the author, scenes of mountain people at work or at home which reinforce her romantic viewpoint. Annotations of other Thornborough articles can be 152

read in the “Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains” and “The National Forest Movement and the Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” chapters of this bibliography. Equally enthusiastic and romantic about mountain life and people was Robert Lindsay Mason, a Knoxville artist. His 1927 book, The Lure of the Great Smokies, covers much the same territory as the Thornborough book: the geography, history, and people of the Smokies region [478]. He marveled at the mountaineers who seem impervious to cold even though they wore no underwear. His chapter on the cabins of the mountaineers focused on their warmth from the thick walls and roaring fires and the smells of “drying herbs and simples, or strings of red pepper and cornfield beans . . .” (p. 112). In contrast to life in the congested cities, the simple mountain cabin “has its appeal for Americans because, somehow, they feel that they were better men in those homes” (p. 107). Mason devoted whole chapters to mountain rifles and riflemen, shooting matches, and hunting, filled with stories told by mountaineers in dialect. Of these hunters, he writes, One cannot enter their fort-like cabins without hearing extraordinary accounts of bear-hunting and deer-hunting that stir even the most sluggish blood; tales of backwoods sagacity and steady trigger-fingers that beat even the red man on his own ground. And, these presentday hunters of the Smokies, up to a few years ago, used the old flintlock with which to kill their game! (p. 211) Perhaps the highlights of Mason’s mountain experiences were the moonshine raids in which he was allowed to participate. In an interesting shift, Mason obviously admired the revenuers rather than the moonshiners. After relating the events of a raid, he wrote that the revenuer “performs acts of bravery daily which would put the dime-novel hero to blush. But it is only in the event of a tragedy that to the outside world is revealed how sturdily he stands in the face of danger and also how truly bad the moonshiner bad man is, particularly when he is full of his own deadly brew” (p. 261). One of the moonshiners whose still was destroyed in a raid was a young man named Jack Pruett, who later left the illegal life behind to become a mail truck driver, preacher, and Mason’s friend. Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

A more mixed point of view is presented by Horace Kephart’s Our Southern Highlanders, arguably the most widely read book written about the Smoky Mountains [641]. Kephart’s work is not listed in this chapter of the bibliography because his scope and significance merit a separate section. But we cannot fully consider the image of the southern mountaineers presented to the outside world without including a mention of Kephart’s book. Our Southern Highlanders was first published in 1913 by the Outing Publishing Company, which later sold the rights to Macmillan. In 1922 Macmillan published a new expanded edition to capitalize on the popularity of the original text. A former librarian, Kephart came to the mountains of North Carolina, settling in the area around Bryson City and looking for a wilderness experience. As an outsider, Kephart immersed himself in the local geography and culture. He was fascinated by the mountain lifestyle of hunting, fishing, and moonshining. He writes, “The mountaineers of the South are marked apart from all other folks by dialect, by custom, by character, by selfconscious isolation” (p. 16). While Kephart’s affection for some mountain people is obvious from his writing, his view of backwoods medical practices, slovenly clothing habits, dirty houses, and sporadic food availability was far from romantic. Readers should consult the introduction to the “Horace Kephart” chapter of this bibliography for more of his perspective on the southern mountaineers. Not everyone viewed the southern mountaineers in a positive light. Prominent Yale professor, literary critic, and editor Henry Seidel Canby, writing in the pages of the popular periodical Harper’s Monthly Magazine, was scornful of the housing, food, and work habits of the Smokies people he encountered on a trip to Western North Carolina in 1916 [467]. Despite his criticisms, he still viewed the mountaineers through a “romantic lens,” writing, “They are the pioneers, pioneers of the early nineteenth century, maintaining a static battle against the wilderness which their grandfathers entered, and which has fought them on even terms ever since” (p. 574). Although the local people are dismissive of the Cherokee, Canby said that he “has never seen a people of more contented appearance” (p. 578). Writing in 1901 Robert Campbell classified “mountain whites” into three classes [466]. The first two, residents of the valleys and residents of the more rugged mountains, were hard-working good citizens. But the Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

residents deep in the mountains were ignorant and without ambition. Campbell cautioned that outsiders have frequently presented all mountain people as being of this degenerate class of mountaineers. A writer to the St. Louis Globe-Democrat in 1883, wisely only identifying himself by the initials J.M.P.O., called the Tennessee mountaineers “a peculiar people” and “poor white trash” [474]. His view of mountain people was negative in the extreme, almost to the point of parody. He wrote that they don’t do any work “since the Government has broken up the illicit distilleries in their mountain gorges.” Of the young women, he observed that they are “so dirty that, if they have any personal beauty, it is covered. In early life the teeth are discolored and decayed, caused, doubtless, by their constant use of tobacco.” The only skills that the author was able to observe was the mountaineers’ ability to “shoot straight and spit well.” The members of the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity for Women, who founded the Settlement School in Gatlinburg in 1912, were uniquely qualified to comment on mountain life. The Pi Phis who signed on to work at the School spent at least a year in Gatlinburg as teachers or employed in other school-related occupations. Some stayed a lifetime, making Gatlinburg their permanent home. All were charged with providing information to Pi Phis across the country on the settlement school experiment. Before arriving in Gatlinburg, the Pi Phis were given a reading list that would have steeped them in the romantic literature of the day, including works by Mary Noailles Murfree and William Goodell Frost. (The complete reading list is at http://www.lib.utk.edu/arrowmont/ readinglist.htm.) The Pi Phis had a mixed reaction to the Gatlinburg natives. Caroline McKnight-Hughes, writing in the March 1916 The Arrow (the house magazine of Pi Beta Phi), criticized the work ethic of the Gatlinburg people, commenting that the older children suffered from “‘plum laziness which is a very popular complaint in this part of the country” [521, p. 443]. In the same issue of The Arrow, principal of the Settlement School, Mary O. Pollard, provided this more measured assessment of the local people with a reference to the writing of Frost: I think that the first thing that impresses everyone who comes to Gatlinburg is the feeling that what she has read in books about the Southern Highlanders does not apply here to 153

any great extent. We are here in the midst of the mountains, and we are among mountaineers, but in characteristics and character and ideas and thoughts they are rather “country people” than what we usually picture as “our contemporary ancestors.” [521] For more on the Pi Phis and their settlement work in Gatlinburg, please see the essay below within the Education section of annotations. Additional comments about mountain life can be found interwoven in many of the travel accounts in the “Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter of this bibliography. Since the focus of these articles is the recreational experience and not the mountain people, the descriptions of mountain life tend to be less romantic and more honest. Perhaps one of the most intriguing aspects of mountain life was the production of illegal alcohol known as moonshine. The descriptions of moonshine distilling occupy a significant section of Our Southern Highlanders. Infamous moonshiners like Quill Rose (featured in Kephart’s book) and Lewis R. Redmond were fascinating to outsiders. Much of the written material on the subject of moonshine is from the perspective of government revenue agents, men either greatly despised or admired depending on one’s point of view. Revenue agent George Atkinson’s After the Moonshiners is filled with first-person accounts of exciting adventures pursuing moonshiners across the southern mountain region, including the Smokies [621]. He also provides detailed information on the production of moonshine, almost a guide for those who would like to try making the illegal brew themselves. As mentioned above, Robert Lindsay Mason writes about his experiences as a tagalong participant on moonshine still raids. The moonshiners, plying their trade outside the law and in the dark hollows of the mountains, and the revenuers, working in these same mountains tracking illegal whiskey production, were the ultimate romantic figures of the southern mountains. For more on the image of the moonshiner, readers should consult Bruce E. Stewart’s introduction to King of the Moonshiners: Lewis R. Redmond in Fact and Fiction (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2008). As fields such as anthropology and sociology evolved in the early years of the twentieth century, the Smokies’ 154

people became subjects of research for academics and government officials. Ellen Black analyzed data on cultural change in Swain County for her thesis at the University of Chicago [557]. The social science departments at Maryville College sponsored student research into the various aspects of life in Blount County using data from a variety of sources [566, 571]. Government employees, such as Frances Sage Bradley and Margaretta A. Williamson, issued reports on mountain families [558]. Most researchers focused on ways to improve life for mountain people, including better access to health care, upgraded schools, enhanced libraries, and improved roads to facilitate communication. Although certainly not the norm, writers like Thomas Dawley advocated that the only way for mountain people to escape poverty was to move out of the mountains to places where they could find work in the cotton mills [562, 563]. Isabel Gordon Carter conducted one of the more interesting anthropological studies entitled, “Reduction in Variability in an Inbred Population” [561]. Dr. Carter documented the incidence of inbreeding in the Gatlinburg schoolchildren for her Columbia University dissertation. Carter studied under the renowned physical anthropologist Franz Boas. As part of her doctoral work, she measured the children’s heads, in accordance with the methodology developed by Boas, as well as analyzed the number of ancestors in their family “trees.” Grotesque versions of these kinds of studies by the proponents of eugenics in the twentieth century, and the political incorrectness of studies on inbreeding, render Carter’s study very dated and problematic by today’s standards, but it was perfectly acceptable in 1928. Carter was one of a handful of anthropologists and amateurs who collected and published folktales and beliefs from the region. These folktales, along with folk music, were viewed as important manifestations of mountain life and culture and therefore worthy of serious study. The collections that provide material on the Smokies region are represented in this bibliography, including an article by James Mooney [603]. As a self-trained anthropologist, Mooney’s primary area of study was the Eastern Band of the Cherokee. Readers of this bibliography will find an extensive list of publications by Mooney in the “Cherokee in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter. The paucity of quality educational institutions was the focus of many studies on the Smokies region and elseLife in the Great Smoky Mountains

where in rural Appalachia. Educational reform was vital to the success of Progressive-era ideas for human improvement. Several graduate students, including John Creswell at the University of Tennessee and W. O. Hampton at the University of North Carolina, studied the mountain communities as the basis for their theses [498, 505]. The Southern Education Board, whose founding impetus was the inequality of education for “negroes,” also reported on the educational status of white Appalachians, citing the illiteracy rate for white Tennesseans as three times the national average [501, 502]. According to the reports, solutions for improvements were better roads and model schools. The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg, mentioned previously in this essay, was one such model school. Founded in 1912 by the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity for Women, the School was by far the best in Sevier County and undoubtedly better than most schools in Tennessee. The Pi Phis proudly documented their successful educational efforts in a series of articles in their fraternal magazine, The Arrow. Many of the documents, including The Arrow articles, photographs, scrapbooks, letters, and a diary, can be viewed online [www.lib.utk. edu/arrowmont]. For more information on the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, see the essay before the section of annotations on the School. Another theme that runs through the “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter is an increased interest in Smoky Mountain craft, mirroring the early-twentiethcentury revival of indigenous craft in the United States and England. Craft was seen as a pure facet of mountain life, an outgrowth of local culture. It was also viewed as a commodity that could help mountain people climb out of poverty. Allen Eaton, who worked for the Russell Sage Foundation, was a tireless advocate for the value of craft in American life in general and in Southern Appalachia in particular. In Handicrafts of the Southern Highlands (New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1937), published just after the period of this bibliography, Eaton writes, One purpose [of this study], therefore, is to show how indispensable handicrafts are in the economy of countless families throughout the Southern Highlands; a second is to show the other rewards they bring to these same people, what they add to the social and recreational life Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

of the communities in which they are carried on, their educational and cultural significance, the esthetic enjoyment they foster, their help in the field of therapeutics, and the sense of emotional security they give. (p. 22) The book is a catalogue of mountain craft with topics like spinning and weaving, dolls and toys, musical instruments, and pottery. The various crafts are illustrated with images by Doris Ulmann, renowned photographer of Southern Appalachian people. Eaton concluded the book by writing about the handicraft movement and its future in the southern mountains. Eaton praises several centers of craft revival, including the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. A short history of the School appears on pp. 72–73. Eaton points in particular to the textiles program at the School, led by weaving instructor Winogene Redding, and to other independent Gatlinburg weavers producing items for the tourist trade associated with the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Redding herself wrote about the role of craft in the Smoky Mountains economy and life [615, 616]. Both Eaton and Redding, as well as many others, were involved in organized movements to promote the development of craft through the Southern Highland Handicraft Guild and the Conference of Southern Mountain Workers. Jane S. Becker’s Selling Tradition: Appalachia and the Construction of an American Folk, 1930–1940 (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1998), provides background and context for the craft revival that spawned the creation of the Southern Highland Handicraft Guild. For information and images of the crafts themselves, see Heirlooms and Artifacts of the Smokies: Treasures from the National Park’s Historical Collection by Ed Trout, former Park historian (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2010). Several articles on public health and medicine in the “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter focus on the healthy environment—fresh air and restorative mineral waters—that could be found in the Smokies. As early as the late nineteenth century, the Smokies region was promoted as a health resort by physicians such as Henry O. Marcy and J. B. Mitchell [543–547]. Marcy wrote that a higher-elevation mountain climate was restorative for diseases of blood circulation because the lower 155

atmospheric pressure changed the blood flow. Liver ailments, “dyspepsia,” and chronic diarrhea could all be cured by the waters at Montvale Springs, according to Mitchell. In a moment of medical “boosterism,” Hinton Helper called Western North Carolina “Nature’s TrundleBed of Recuperation” [540]. Large resort hotels were built at Montvale Springs, Tennessee and Waynesville, North Carolina (Hayward White Sulphur Springs), testimonies to the public belief in the environment as a key to health. For more on the springs and the accompanying resorts, readers should consult Mary Fanslow’s article, “What Do They Do at the Springs? An Overview of Five East Tennessee Resorts” (Journal of East Tennessee History vol. 80 [2008]: 1–27). The articles by Phyllis Higinbotham, nurse at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, are in contrast to articles about the mountains as the health resort for the well-todo [541, 542]. Although the mountains could certainly be a healthier environment than many late-nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century American cities, Higinbotham revealed the underside of health care in the region by citing the high incidence of hookworm, accidental deaths, and malnutrition in local mountain populations. As is true of much of the writing on the Smokies region, the material on religion was composed primarily by outsiders. Most were either missionaries or ministers bent on reforming what they viewed as the hedonistic ways of mountain people. They were generally sympathetic, portraying the locals as uninformed rather than deliberately violating religious-based norms of behavior. Educational efforts went hand in hand with religious services. As early as the 1840s, writers were commenting on the religious life of Smoky Mountain people and efforts to bring missionaries into the region. An observer, only identified as A.B., wrote in 1849 that both the Methodists and Baptists, the chief denominations in the Smokies, have inappropriate religious services, including the drinking of whiskey on the part of the Baptists and shockingly poor preaching by lay ministers [574]. The Friends (also known as Quakers), led by Dr. Jeptha D. Garner, made several forays into East Tennessee in the nineteenth century. Stanley Pumphrey wrote extensively about Garner’s work in an 1877 article, noting that Garner had built three schools and taught more than sixteen hundred people to read with the help of his family [592]. Garner himself was blunt in his assessment of the religious life of 156

the mountaineers, saying in 1875, “They mostly profess religion, which in their case, means ‘getting converted, being baptized, and joining the church’ (they are mostly Baptist) and then falling into their old habits again . . .” [585]. An earlier assessment by Garner was even more stinging. In 1872 he was quoted as having written about East Tennessee mountain people in a letter, About one-fourth of them live in houses or cabins, with no floor but the earth, and their average intelligence is below that of the colored people, because they have had less intercourse with intelligent white people, and far less opportunities to attend any kind of religious services. And having little or no money, not even enough to pay their taxes, they have not excited the cupidity of the Roman Catholics. [578, p. 189] The primary missionary organization active in the Smokies region in the early twentieth century was the Society of Soul Winners, headed by Presbyterian Edward Guerrant. Documented in the pages of the Christian Observer and in his book The Galax Gatherers, Guerrant was tireless in his efforts to bring religion and education to the mountain people [579–583]. He found them to be very receptive to his message, telling his readership the details of hardships that people endured to come to his services and the subsequent number of “souls” that are “saved.” He praised the work habits and courage of the Smokies people, hoping they would “leaven the great influx of foreigners” currently arriving in the United States. Religious writers like Guerrant, who were read throughout the United States, were instrumental in perpetuating the romantic notions of the southern highlanders as a noble people, just waiting for religious enlightenment. For more on Guerrant and his efforts to bring his religious views to the Southern Appalachians, readers should consult Mark Huddle’s “Home Missions Revisited: Edward O. Guerrant and the ‘Discovery’ of Appalachia,” the introduction to The Galax Gatherers: The Gospel among the Highlanders by Edward O. Guerrant (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2005; http://www.newfoundpress.utk.edu/ pubs/guerrant/). Several more objective works written in the 1930s present information on the role of religion in the southern Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

mountains. Writing for the Presbyterian Home Mission Council, Elizabeth Hooker in Religion in the Highlands provided an overview on church life in the mountains and some suggestions on improvements such as better funding, more education for ministers, and other social reforms [584]. Professor Jesse Marvin Ormond, from the School of Religion at Duke University, studied rural churches in North Carolina in a county-by-county comparison [589]. His work provided valuable data on churches as well as economic and social factors at play in the North Carolina countryside. Scholars seeking a more contemporary view of mountain life from the years before the formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park have a wealth of sources. Michael Ann Williams’s Great Smoky Mountains Folklife (Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1995) provides information about traditional folkways and their present-day manifestations with chapters on music and dance, food, material culture, verbal lore, and the role of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the lives of descendants of mountain people. A companion volume, Blue Ridge Folklife by Ted Olson (Jackson: University of Mississippi Press, 1998), covers many of the same topics but focuses on a broader geographic area. On a popular level, Mountain Home: A Pictorial History of Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2008) by Wilma Dykeman and James Stokely is a fascinating short history of the Smokies illustrated with photographs from the Park archives. Cades Cove, one of the largest communities to be subsumed into the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, has been the subject of several works, including a scholarly book and several personal accounts. Durwood Dunn, in Cades Cove: The Life and Death of a Southern Appalachian Community, 1818–1937 (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988), analyzes the history of the settlement, portraying a modern progressive community with extensive contacts with other larger communities. The community as Dunn depicted it stands in contrast to the more artificial community presented by the National Park Service. A visitor to Cades Cove today would see a much older, isolated frontier settlement, because many of the more modern conveyances have been removed. As the largest settlement in what is now Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Cades Cove has been the focus of many personal and family histories. These Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

narratives, taken collectively, bring to life the many people and events that formed the history of this farming community. Examples include Cades Cove and Chestnut Flats by Edward L. Myers (Knoxville: Edward Myers, 2004), The Cades Cove Story by A. Randolph Shields (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains National History Association, 1977), “Looking Back”: Memoirs from Cades Cove and Growing Up in “The Good Old Days”: An Autobiography by Gene LeQuire (Maryville: Gene and Jo LeQuire, 1999), and Nathan Sparks and Jane Potter Sparks of Cades Cove and Their Descendants by Bobby G. Lawson and Helen D. Lawson (Maryville: Stinnet Printing, 1997). Rose Houk’s Cades Cove: The Dream of the Smoky Mountains (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2007) combines historical essays with outstanding photographs. On the North Carolina side of the Smokies, the settlements of Cataloochee and Little Cataloochee were the largest communities to be subsumed into the national park. Elizabeth Powers and Hattie Caldwell Davis, natives of the area, have both written popular histories about Cataloochee. Powers’s book, Cataloochee: Lost Settlement of the Smokies (Charleston: Powers-Hannah Publishers, 1982), is based on interviews with people who lived in Cataloochee conducted by Mark Hannah, a former park ranger and Cataloochee descendant. Davis has written several books on Cataloochee, including Cataloochee Valley: Vanished Settlements of the Great Smoky Mountains (Alexander, N.C.: WorldComm, 1997), and Step Back in Time: See Historic Cataloochee Valley of the Elk (Maggie Valley, N.C.: H. C. Davis, 2002). As in Cades Cove, the Park Service removed many of the newer houses in the two Cataloochees, leaving behind a distorted representation of these communities. Both Powers and Davis provide a more balanced view of life in Cataloochee. Accompanying these personal narratives of Cades Cove and Cataloochee are many other memoirs and stories based on first-person accounts of life in the Smokies. Vic Weals, a former columnist for the Knoxville Journal, writes about lumbering in the Walker Valley in the Last Train to Elkmont: A Look at Life on Little River in the Great Smoky Mountains (Knoxville: Olden Press, 1991). Mary Bell Smith, born in 1919, provides a personal account of growing up near Mount Cammerer in In the Shadow of the White Rock: An Autobiography (Boone, N.C.: Minor’s Publishing Co., 1979), while Duane Oliver writes about 157

life in Proctor and surrounding communities in Western North Carolina, towns for the most part now buried under Fontana Lake, in Remembered Lives: A Narrative History of Our Family (Waynesville: Duane Oliver, 2003). Florence Cope Bush bases Dorie: Woman of the Mountains (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1992) on her interviews with her mother about her life in Oconaluftee, Elkmont, and Tremont. Both Gladys Trentham Russell (Call Me Hillbilly, Alcoa, Tenn.: Russell Publishing Co., 1974) and Lucinda Oakley Ogle, daughter of famed mountain man Wiley Oakley (Queen of the Smokies: Remembrances of 94 Years in the Smoky Mountains, Seymour, Tenn.: Artcraft Printers, 2004), provide their memories of growing up in the Gatlinburg area. Although largely local publications without extensive distribution, these books are rich with detail on Smoky Mountain life. More than seventy-five years have passed since the founding of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Soon a time will come when there will be nobody who remembers living on lands that are now part of the Park, making these first-person accounts a valuable primary resource on mountain life. For the area outside the boundaries of the Park, mountain life has changed along with the rest of the world. These personal narratives counterbalance the more romantic, consumer-driven view of mountain life presented in tourist musicals and local theme parks. Anne Bridges

Sources General; Education/Libraries; Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, Gatlinburg; Medicine/ Public Health; Sociology/Anthropology; Religion; Folklore; Crafts; Moonshine General

[464] Breitigam, Gerald B. “Lifting Up Mountains: Bringing a Knowledge of America to Pure-Blooded Americans.” Ladies Home Journal 37, no. 7 (July 1920): 45, 152. il.

Highly descriptive account of the lifestyle, homes, families, food, schools, working conditions, and religious practices of the people in the Smoky Mountain communities near Gatlinburg. Narrative of a five-month survey

158

conducted during the summer of 1919 by Maude Lee Etheridge for the Rural Work Department of the Methodist Church. Reports the Methodist Home Board’s plans, based on her conclusions, to fund a “folk school” at Webb’s Creek and a dormitory “for those from the backof-beyond.” Somewhat condescending in its descriptions of women in particular and of mountain people in general. [LB] [465] Campbell, John C. The Southern Highlander and His Homeland. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1921. 405 p. il., maps, music. Reprints: Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1969; Spartanburg: The Reprint Co., 1973. 405 p.

This work is an effort by an administrator of the New York City-based Sage Foundation to document and describe Appalachia and its people, in order to encourage further support for their educational programs. As such, there is little direct information regarding the GSM. The book touches on all aspects of mountain life in the Appalachian region, defined as stretching from Md. to Ala. and encompassing regions such as the Blue Ridge Belt, Greater Appalachian Valley, and the AlleghenyCumberland Belt. It describes lifestyles and customs of the mountaineers, geography, and history. The “Great Smokies” are indexed under a description of the Blue Ridge Belt, which mentions the topography of the region and points out prominent peaks and ridges, often used as boundaries. This work illustrates the everyday life of mountain people by describing key components of the mountain lifestyle such as religion, agriculture, education, and resources. An array of vivid photographs and pullout maps accompanies the text. An index, table of contents, and a list of illustrations facilitate access. John Campbell (1867–1919) traveled extensively through the southern mountains as an investigator for the Russell Sage Foundation, visiting schools and contacting organizations that supported them. In 1913 the Southern Highland Division of the Sage Foundation opened in Asheville, with Campbell as Secretary. His wife, Olive Dame Campbell, collected folk ballads that led to the publication in 1917 of English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians with English ballad collector Cecil Sharp [809]. She spent two years completing her husband’s unfinished book, which was published posthumously in 1921. Tables and photo-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

graphs are extensive and provide a useful supplement to the text. Appendices are also helpful, one of which is a detailed description of the mountainous regions of the several states included in the definition of Appalachia. An extensive bibliography is on p. 373–89. [SL/RC/MT] [466] Campbell, Robert. F. “Classification of Mountain Whites.” The Southern Workman 30, no. 2 (February 1901): 110–16.

Descriptive essay that attempts to identify some of the more salient characteristics of “the Mountain Whites of the South.” Because of the sensitivity of the topic, the author is non-specific in references to location and deliberately obscures his sources. However, it can be inferred from the fact that the author is from Asheville, and that he appears to triangulate between Knoxville and Bristol in Tenn., and Hendersonville, Waynesville, and Asheville in N.C., and that the source of his study is the Smoky Mountains vicinity if not in these mountains proper. Campbell delineates three classes of Appalachian mountain whites: first, “those whose ancestors settled in the broad, rich valleys, or on the extensive plateaus, where we now find prosperous towns begirt with fertile farms” (p. 112); second, a distinct lesser class abiding in the more rugged and inaccessible regions of the mountains who nonetheless are “hardy, hospitable, honest and intelligent, but are too far from the highways of civilization to have kept pace with their more fortunate kinsmen in education and the conveniences of modern life” (p. 112); and a third, lower class of people living deep in the mountain fastness who are “shiftless, ignorant and apparently without ambition” and who furthermore “own no land, but rent on shares and scratch a living out of the soil around their cabins, which is eked out by what they catch in fishing or kill in hunting” (p. 115). Campbell cautions that caricatures of this degenerate class have been unfairly projected by outsiders as typifying the Southern Appalachian highlander family. [KW] [467] Canby, Henry Seidel. “Top o’ Smoky.” Harper’s Monthly Magazine 132, no. 790 (March 1916): 573–83. il.

Lengthy early twentieth-century travel account by the American editor and literary critic who taught at Yale University. His observations proceed from Jonathans

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Creek (Maggie Valley) through Soco Gap and into the Oconaluftee Valley (Cherokee). Details encounters with local mountaineers, and includes negative comments regarding their “shiftless, most hopelessly degenerate” (p. 576) manner of living, being particularly scornful of their housing conditions and poor quality of food. Account continues into Cherokee country with corresponding, though slightly more favorable, observations of the Indian way of life. Includes observations of the local Cherokee school. Travel concludes with a successful venture up Straight Fork into Round Bottom in search of the giant poplar trees that once grew in abundance in the GSM. [KW] [468] Cline, W. M. “Mountain Men of Tennessee.” The Outing Magazine 70, no. 2 (May 1917): 192–99. il.

Four-paragraph note followed by six photographs with captions. The images reinforce the author’s argument that the native mountaineers of the “Big Smokies” are anachronisms of late seventeenth and early eighteenthcentury pioneer settlers who “have kept for a century and a half, the habits and life and thought, the manner of speech, and the attitudes toward the outside world of their forebears” (p. 192). Mountaineers illustrated in the photographs are depicted as “our contemporary ancestors” (term coined by William Goodell Frost [471]) and claimed to be “the purest race stock on the American continent to-day” (p. 192). [KW] [469] “‘Down Yan!’: A Memory of the Southern Highlands.” The Mentor 16, no. 7 (August 1928): 33–37. il.

Fictive remembrances of a man as a young boy growing up in the highlands of the Great Smoky Mountains around the turn of the twentieth century. Story conveys strong images of the isolation and hardships of living in the Smoky uplands and offers detailed descriptions of life and circumstances within a primitive log-cabin. Contains six illustrating photographs, two possibly in the Smokies. [KW] [470] Felton, Ralph A. “A Race of Rip Van Winkles Is Waking Up.” World Outlook 5, no. 11 (November 1919): 20–32. il, map.

The view that is presented of the Southern mountaineers is often based on a few unusual characters, according

159

to Felton. The mountaineers are “the most interesting, most hospitable, and in some instances, the most needy folk” (p. 21), but they are not the stereotypical moonshinedrinking and feuding people that are usually depicted by outsiders. He goes on to write that the real mountaineers are handicapped by isolation, poor schooling, inadequate healthcare, and poverty. They make moonshine but the practice is becoming less common. New industries like lumbering, milling, and railroads, are “springing up everywhere” (p. 23). Mission schools are improving the educational system. The recent war (World War I) will be the impetus for many changes in the Southern Appalachians. Soldiers who fought in the war saw a world outside the mountains for the first time. In the service, they were treated for hookworm and other medical conditions and received a better education. “The mountain people only need a chance. When given it, they succeed,” (p. 32) wrote Felton. Although not specific to the GSM, the map on p. 26 places the Smokies directly in the center of the region under discussion. Lavishly illustrated with fifteen large photographs of regional scenery, farms, mountain people, and mission schools. In addition, a painting of a mountain man by noted illustrator Remington Schuyler graces the cover of the issue. The title page is illustrated with a photograph of a mountain “patriarch,” credited to William A. Barnhill, Asheville. [AB] [471] Frost, William Goodell. “Our Contemporary Ancestors in the Southern Mountains.” Atlantic Monthly 83, no. 497 (March 1899): 311–19.

Frost was President of Berea College, Ky. Although not directly about the Smokies region, Frost’s article, with the key phrase “contemporary ancestors,” was used heavily by others to present a romanticized view of the mountain people. He speculates over differences between Southern whites and Northern whites, noting that although the timeframe for settlement was generally the same, there are few similarities between the two groups. Believes that Southern whites, largely outside the major trade routes and uninfluenced by modern developments, retain many characteristics of the original inhabitants. As examples, the author points to such traits as individuality, self-sufficiency, and musical forms. Frost concludes with a call to provide Appalachia with the education and enlightenment necessary to prevent exploitation by the

160

forces of modern industry that are already at work in the mountains. [MT/AB] [472] Fuller, Raymond. “Old-Time American Stock.” The Mentor 16, no. 7 (August 1928): 15–17. il.

Presents the stereotype of Southern Appalachians as “living in much the same fashion as did their ancestors in the days of Boone . . . ” (p.15). Essay builds on stereotypes outlined by Horace Kephart in Our Southern Highlanders [641]. Mountain people are generalized as being tall and slim of physique, shiftless due to lack of economic opportunity, nervous, and proud. Claims that lumber harvesting will transform the region and bring it into the twentieth century. Four illustrations: a Doris Ulmann photograph of a woman standing in a cabin doorway, an unattributed photograph of Kephart, an unattributed photograph of Kephart’s cabin on the Little Fork of Sugar Fork of Hazel Creek, and a photograph by J. O. Merrill of a mountain cabin. [AB/KW] [473] Hardwood Bark. Columbus, Ohio: W. M. Ritter Lumber Co., vol. 1–9 (1921–1929). il.

Monthly magazine published from 1921 to 1929 “For the Employees of the W. M. Ritter Lumber Co.” as an organ for the company. There are no known existing copies of the 1921 issues. Each issue contains “Mail Bag Gossip” feature section which included collected tidbits of the human-interest happenings at each of the Ritter lumbering locations. Ritter had a large mill and logging operation on Hazel Creek in the GSM until it pulled out in 1927. In most issues there are scraps of news and the occasional photograph in the Hazel Creek section of “Mail Bag Gossip.” Much of the gossip centers around the inhabitants and civic events in the community of Proctor on Hazel Creek. [KW] [474] J. M. P. O. “A Peculiar People: The ‘Poor White Trash’ Who Inhabit the Tennessee Mountains.” St. Louis Globe-Democrat, 13 November 1883, p. 4, col E.

Derogatory commentary on the habits of local mountaineers by a non-native traveler to the Smoky Mountains region. The account, presented as a letter of correspondence, offers detailed but rather stereotypical

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

descriptions of the bodily physique, hygiene, diet, and dress of mountaineer men, women, and children. Compliments the mountaineers’ ability to shoot straight and spit well. [KW] [475] Johnson, Clifton. Highways and Byways of the South. New York: Macmillan Co., 1904. 362 p. il.

Series of anecdotal sketches about the rural South, many of which were first published in popular magazines such as The Outing Magazine, Woman’s Home Companion, The Pilgrim, and The Outlook: An Illustrated Weekly of Current Life. According to the introductory note, “My rambling has been in the fields and woodlands, my stoppingplaces in the little villages and scattered farmhouses, and I write almost wholly of rustic life and nature as I saw them in my desultory journeyings” (p. xv). Chapter V, “In the Tennessee Mountains” (p. 121–46), describes a visit to the Wolf Creek area of the GSM. Johnson stayed at an “old-time tavern” and “my companions were valley folk, though living on the wilderness borders.” Using mountain dialects, Johnson records stories from locals about the area that concern farming, churches, education, hunting, moonshining (“Blockade whiskey is the only whiskey made that’s fit to drink. It’s pure. It ain’t pizen, like the doctored whiskey made that’s paid the government revenue” p. 127), romances, feuds, Civil War deserters, logging, and fish kills from sawdust dumped in streams. Johnson ventured further into the mountains and found shelter at the home of Andy Hudnut. He eloquently describes his soujourn with the Hudnuts, commenting at length on primitive living conditions, meals, work, and a visit from a self-styled doctor versed in herbal remedies. Of the Hudnut home he writes: “The living room had an enormous fireplace, built of rough stones, gathered from the fields, stones of the same sort had been used in laying the hearth which projected, uneven and deeply creviced, well out into the room. The log walls were partially pasted over with newspapers. The cook-room was simply a smoke-blackened, board-walled shed” (p. 135). This chapter is illustrated with photos of a girl drinking at a spring, an old-time tavern, a mountain mill, an upland cornfield, an evening on the porch, two women wearing bonnets and dipping snuff, a man hunting, ploughing and woodcutting scenes, and a woodland schoolhouse. [RC/LB]

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

[476] Lewis, Charles D. “The Changing Mountains.” Mountain Life and Work 4, no. 2 (July 1928): 14–20, 31. il. Reprint: The Changing Mountains. New York: Board of National Missions of the Presbyterian Church in the U.S.A., 1928. 16 p.

Paper from a “Conference Number” of Mountain Life and Work reporting proceedings of the 16th Conference of Southern Mountain Workers. Dr. Lewis, Dean of Lincoln Memorial Institute, discusses educational changes, road improvements, industrial developments, and agricultural progress in the mountains of the Southeastern United States. He gives his assessment of problems resulting from some of these changes and lists challenges facing their group in the future. Of particular interest to the Smokies researcher is Lewis’s description of the three general divisions of the Southern Mountains: the Plateau belt; the Younger Folded region (from the Pine Mountains in Ky. to the Great Smokies on the N.C.-Tenn. border); and the Older Folded region, which, he says, “embraces the country from the foot of the Great Smokies and Unekas along the Tennessee-North Carolina border to the Blue Ridge on the eastern edge of the highland region” (p. 14). Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [LB] [477] “Life in North Carolina.” San Francisco Daily Evening Bulletin, 29 June 1878: 4, col. E.

Correspondence by a non-native traveler to the mountain region of Western N.C. Observes habits and peculiarities of inhabitants of the GSM. The author apparently visited a more domesticated part of the mountains, as there is little in the account that suggests familiarity with pioneering folkways common to more remote settlements. [KW] [478] Mason, Robert Lindsay. The Lure of the Great Smokies. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1927. 320 p. il., maps.

Reviews: National Parks Bulletin 9, no. 54 (November 1927): 19; “Book Reviews: ‘The Lure of the Great Smokies’—Mason.” Mountain Life and Work 4, no. 3 (October 1928): 29–30.

Describes the GSM region and the people who have lived there, including Cherokee stories, place-name

161

origins, and a short account of conflicts between early settlers and the Cherokee. Photographs, including many originals, are used effectively throughout. The strongest narrative is the author’s observations of Smoky Mountain lifestyles on the eve of the formation of the national park. Contains descriptions of the mountaineers’ cabins, food, religion, and moonshine stills. Mason also discusses the importance of the rifle to this lifestyle and includes a description of a shooting match, as well as the exploits of local hunters. Especially interesting is the author’s account of his participation with revenue agents as they raid moonshine stills. Concludes with an intriguing assortment of tourist information, including rates for hotels, the names of several reliable guides, and advice on the most effective fishing lures. Chapter 15, entitled “A Raid in the Smokies,” was previously published in a slightly different version in 1912 [626]. Maps on lining-papers. [MT] [479] McKenzie, Andrew Comstock. “A Mountain Christmas.” The Watchman 78, no. 6 (February 11, 1897): 16–17.

Article about a newspaper man who, “sick of cities,” comes to live in a cove “within the gloom of the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 16). He notices that the children lack toys and even the companionship of each other, living as they do in isolated coves. When Christmas approaches he appeals to people outside the mountains to provide presents for the children. The day before Christmas he decorates his house and throws a party, inviting all the children and distributing the presents and candy to them. [AB] [480] Parke, Robert. “Our Southern Highlanders,” The New Bison (September 1934): 8–9, 25–26; (October 1934): 10–11. il.

Two articles of a three-part series published in a University of Buffalo magazine in 1926 reporting the adventures of a northerner’s visit into one of the more remote mountain regions of Tennessee. The first installment offers fine descriptions of the anachronistic farms and homesteads in the Greenbrier section of the GSM and an honest portrayal of the peculiar wariness southern mountaineers have for strangers. Of particular interest is the description of a log bear-pen used by mountaineers to fatten bears before killing and canning their meat for

162

winter. Second installment recounts author’s experiences of being taken on a bear hunt by local GSM mountaineer, Mark Bohannon of Greenbrier Cove. Affords fine observations of GSM culture as well as several comments on the habits of GSM bears and the lore of bear hunting, particularly of the woodman’s signs for marking the location of a bear trap in a rhododendron thicket. The third installment in the series does not pertain to the Smokies. [KW] [481] “The Passing of George Masa.” Bulletin of the Potomac Appalachian Club 2, no. 4 (October 1933): 63.

Short obituary noting the death of George Masa, prominent Asheville photographer of the Smokies: “As a tangible reminder of his love for the beautiful mountains among which he lived are the many photographs in which his artist’s eye has caught the spirit of the Smokies and made them a reality to many who were unable to see their marvels first-hand. He loved the mountains, and he devoted his time and his energies to the preservation of their beauty and grandeur for the enjoyment of generations to come.” [AB] [482] Ream, G. Franklin. “Live Folks.” World Outlook 4, no. 10 (October 1918): 5. il.

Short article highlighting changes, including the arrival of lumbering and railroads, witnessed by an unnamed Baskins Creek resident. Instead of farming, one grandson works for the lumber company while another serves in the U.S. Army in France. With these changes the isolation of the mountains is disappearing. Two unattributed photographs of mountain people. [AB] [483] Schantz, O. M. “Hill Dwellers of the Smokies Are Rare Types.” Christian Science Monitor 2 June 1930: 1, 3. il.

Describes the GSMNP and surrounding region, with an emphasis on the area’s isolation and mountain people (subtitle: “5,000,000 Descendants of Elizabethan Emigrants Dominate Region”). Claims that no car entered the Park before July 1925, because of lack of roads. Comments on the area’s botanical diversity and concentrates on characteristics of Southern highlanders: “Though lacking the advantages of schooling, they have an innate refinement, and one notes the gentle polite-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

ness of both young and old, and the marked absence of vulgarity and profanity in the speech of the men” (p. 3). Notes that the people are deeply religious and mentions harp singings – “a survival of an old custom; so ancient that no one can tell of its origin” (p. 3). Concludes with a description of access roads to the Park and the changes of seasons: “…the Smokies are attractive to visitors during at least eight months of the year. Spring begins in late February or early March and from then on, there is a wonderful panorama of beauty into October and November, in which months the coloring is gorgeous beyond ability to describe” (p. 3). Includes one Jim Thompson photograph of a stand of virgin timber. [RC] [484] Smith, Charles Forster. Reminiscences and Sketches. Nashville: Publishing House of the M.E. Church, South, Smith & Lamar, 1908. 448 p. il.

Reminiscences and Sketches by Smith, Professor of Classics at Vanderbilt University and later at the University of Wisconsin, is primarily a series of biographical and anecdotal sketches reprinted from various periodicals about people he admired such as George Washington and Sidney Lanier. Citations to the periodical versions are not provided. The final chapters are autobiographical stories about visits to the Great Smoky and Blue Ridge Mountains. Chapter 21, “The Plain Prose of Life in the Smoky Mountains,” relates incidents that occurred during his 1885 visit to Cades Cove. He compares the actual landscape to the fictional landscape in the tales of Mary Noailles Murfee. In Chapter 22, “Homeric Qualities in the Great Smoky Mountains,” residents are compared to people who lived in the time of Homer in both their simple ways and their speech. The final chapter details an overnight trip he and other companions, including guide Tom Husky, took to the top of Clingmans Dome. [AB] [485] Smith, Edward B. “Generous Godfather to Mountain Folk Creates a Retreat.” Knoxville NewsSentinel, 8 May 1932: 6. il.

Sunday feature on Louis E. Voorheis’s GSM retreat above Gatlinburg. Voorheis, a Cincinnati inventor and owner of the American Tool Company, purchased 100 acres from Harvey Oakley in 1928. In 1930, using local labor, Voorheis built “a great, rambling retreat that blends perfectly into its primeval mountain setting” in the valley

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

and hillside of Bullhead Mountain. Voorheis was introduced to the region in 1928 by Gatlinburg hotel operator Andy Huff. His Gatlinburg investments included $5,000 for a handicraft shop at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School as well as several mills. Describes Voorheis’ rustic home, cabins, a miniature house built by Wiley Oakley, springs, span bridges, and a “model orchard” of 300 trees. [RC] [486] “A Smoky Mountain Home.” New York Observer and Chronicle, 18 February 1897: 261. il.

Comments on the picture depicting a typical mountain home that appears as the February image on a calendar issued by the American Missionary Association (A.M.A.), who works with the southern mountain people. The calendar gives information about the region including the population, their experience in early republican government in the “Watauga Association,” and their participation in the Civil War on the side of the Union. To-day, the Highlanders are poor, illiterate, neglected, outcast. They lost their books in the early wars. They were driven to the mountains, away from educational and business centres and railroads, because they protested against slavery. Hunger for education has taken possession of them. Six thousand of their children are in school, four hundred thousand out of it.

The illustration is included with the article. [AB]

[487] Stephens, George M. “‘Citizens of the Smokies;’ Some Sidelights of the Cattlemen, The Kephart Country; Their Ways.” Asheville Citizen, 23 August 1925: 25, 29.

General interest article on the peculiar culture of the cattle herders on the grassy balds along the main divide of the GSM. The article focuses on details of daily life, work, and leisure of the Smoky Mountain herder. [KW] [488] Terry, Bernice Kirkham. “The First Day Sale of the Great Smoky Mountains Stamp.” Stamps 9, no. 5 (November 3, 1934): 167–68. il.

Detailed article about the first day (8 October 1934) that the new GSM stamp was available for sale, called by Terry “the most important philatelic event that has taken

163

place in the South” (p. 167). The first sale was scheduled for Gatlinburg since it is the policy of the Post Office Department to hold the event at park headquarters when possible. As well as information about current post office and mail delivery in Gatlinburg, the author provides an historical overview of local mail service. Although Terry is a little vague on the dates, she reports that “The first regular mail was carried by horseback through Pigeon Forge, Banner, Sevierville, White Oak Flats (Gatlinburg) over the mountains to Lufty, and on to Casher’s Valley in South Carolina. The round trip required six days” (p. 167). The current postal clerk in Gatlinburg is I. L. Maples who has been employed by the Post Office Department since 1900. The postmaster is L. E. Sarten of Sevierville. The stamp is graced with an image of Mount Le Conte because it gives “a characteristic view of the Great Smokies” (p. 168). Promptly at 8:00 am on the day of the event, J. Ross Eakin, Superintendent of GSMNP, bought the first stamps. Several philatelists witnessed the event. Sales were brisk throughout the day with approximately 70,000 stamps sold. Illustrated with three photographs of the event, the post office interior, and the officials and clerks at the “Gatlinburg Rural Station.” [AB] [489] Thornburgh, Laura [Laura Thornborough, pseud.]. “Americans the Twentieth Century Forgot.” Travel 50, no. 6 (April 1928): 25–28, 42. il.

Although she lived in Knoxville, the author had a cottage in the Smokies. This travelogue is subtitled, “A visit to our contemporary ancestors in the Great Smokies – customs surviving from the Elizabethan age – The results of centuries of isolation.” Stresses the region’s isolation, independence, fireside industries, quaint folk ways, and antiquated “Chaucerian” language. Interviews several mountain people, including women weavers, and records their dialects and expressions. Reinforces stereotypes: “The mountain woman is a real helpmate to her man. She tends the house, minds the children, milks the cow, and sometimes helps to make the crop. She does it because she likes outdoor work better than housework or because help is hard to get” (p. 42). Excellent captioned photos by the author show cabins, an old-time musician, schools, craftspeople at work, a molasses mill, and an old woman with a clay pipe enjoying “her evening smoke.” Another photo is captioned, “The typical man of the

164

Smokies is tall, fair-haired and blue-eyed, and he knows how to handle a ‘hog rifle’” (p. 28). Readers should consult Thornborough’s book, The Great Smoky Mountains (New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1937), a delightfully illustrated travel guide, for a more extensive treatment of the Smokies and their people. [RC] [490] Tiernan, Frances Christine Fisher [Christian Reid, pseud.]. “The Mountain-Region of North Carolina.” Appletons’ Journal 2, no. 13 (March 1877): 193–204. il.

Detailed, laudatory description of the Western N.C. mountains, including the GSM. Tiernan asserts, as Horace Kephart did years later, that these mountains are relatively unknown, stating, “it is only lately that Carolinians themselves are waking to a knowledge and appreciation of the wealth of beauty hidden in these wonderful fastnesses” (p. 203). Promotes the mountain region as a health resort for the relief from the “autumnal catarrah” (p. 203) and as an area of agricultural, mining, and lumbering opportunities. Reports that mountain people, while their “modes of living are still primitive,” are very courteous to strangers. Illustrated with engravings primarily of the French Broad region. [AB] [491] Turpin, James A. The Serpent Slips into a Modern Eden; or, Nancy Kerlee and Her Crime. Raleigh: Edwards & Broughton, 1923. 80 p.

Highly moralistic and didactic retelling of the rudimentary facts in the story of Nancy Kerlee’s killing of her granddaughter, Roberta Putnam. Nancy Kerlee, born Nancy Conard of Little Cataloochee, left her husband to take up with Dude Hannah, also of Little Cataloochee, with whom she had a daughter. The daughter later married a young man named Putnam with whom she had a daughter, Roberta. In February 1913, when Roberta Putnam was two years old, Nancy Kerlee took her granddaughter and penned her up in a cave in the mountains, leaving her to die from cold and hunger. A longer fictionalized account of Nancy Kerlee’s killing of Roberta Putnam, written by Maurice Stanley, was later published as The Legend of Nance Dude (Winston-Salem: J. F. Blair, 1991). The Stanley version includes excerpts from newspaper accounts current at the time and photographs of Nance Dude. [KW]

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

[492] Waldo, Frank. “Among the Southern Appalachians.” The New England Magazine 24, new series, no. 3 (May 1901): 231–47. il., map.

Responding to reports that a movement is underway to establish a national park in the Southern Appalachians, Waldo describes the region for readers. He predicts that Asheville will be the focal point for such an effort, primarily because of the completion of several regional rail lines that terminate in that city. Waldo regrets that the national perception of the mountaineers has been formed by popular literature. He takes particular exception to the writings of Mary Noailles Murfree, which he sees as romanticized, stereotypical, and inaccurate regarding the region. [MT] [493] Winter, Nevin O. “Our Romantic Southern Highlands.” Travel 32, no. 3 (March 1919): 32–35, 47–48. il.

Idealized view of mountaineers living an “old-time pioneer life” (p. 32). Includes several stories of encounters with mountain people, details about domestic architecture, descriptions of the Western N.C. mountains, local attitudes towards moonshining, and generalized personality traits of South Appalachians. Eight illustrations of various mountain scenes. [AB]

Education/Libraries

[494] Bachman, Rev. J. Lynn. “Mountain Schools in East Tennessee.” Christian Observer 98, no. 2 (January 12, 1910): 10.

Author is chairman of “the mountain work of the Knoxville Presbytery.” The group has already opened several churches but the need for a school remains unfulfilled. The current system of education is “of such little worth, the teachers are inefficient and careless, and the instruction is crude. . . .” The results of a church-run school would be “amazing.” “With an endowment of twenty-five thousand dollars we could build a house and maintain a good school.” [AB] [495] Bishop, E. A. “The People of the Great Smoky Mountains.” The Christian Advocate 88, no. 23 (June 5, 1913): 772–74. il.

Bishop, President of Murphy College in Sevierville, divides the mountain people into three classes: 1. pros-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

perous valley people; 2. hardy mountaineers who with “a fair chance become our very best citizens” (p. 772); 3. small group that is the “drift of society, shiftless and without evident ambition” (p. 772). Bishop’s work is with the second class who want education for their children. They have fallen behind the rest of the country because of their remoteness. By definition, they are not immigrants, or Negroes, or Roman Catholics. Despite their reputations as moonshiners, they are religious, supporters of temperance, and very patriotic. The need is great for educational facilities. “In the nine counties bordering on the Great Smokies there are 61,172 young people between the ages of six and twenty, most of them without free school privileges for seven months of the year. Probably not half of them have completed the third grade” (p. 773). Finishes with a call for funding for Murphy College. Illustrated with five photographs of the students at Murphy College with buildings in the background. [AB] [496] Bowles, Grace S. “A History of the Waynesville Library.” North Carolina Library Bulletin 4, no. 6 (March 1920): 75–77.

History of the library from modest beginnings in 1891 until 1919, including a roster of rooms and buildings it occupied. Announces that the library mortgage ($1575) was paid by popular subscription in September 1919. “Residents have always been given books at the minimum rate of $1 per year, while tourists have deposited $1 and paid five cents rent on each volume taken out” (p. 76). [RC] [497] Brogdon, Nettie E. “A Two-Year Program of Rural Supervision.” Mountain Life and Work 3, no. 3 (October 1927): 13–17. il.

Brogdon describes experiences during two years spent attempting to establish a supervisory program for the school system in Jackson County. The article reports needs that were uncovered through the collection of data and information, lists objectives, and explains methods undertaken to address problems and improve classroom instruction. Discusses the consolidation of smaller schools and mentions five group center schools – Sylva, Webster, Glennville, Cullowhee, and Qualla – near the N.C. border of the GSMNP. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [LB]

165

[498] Creswell, John Olin. “Secondary Education in Sevier County.” M.A. thesis, University of Tennessee, 1926. 171 p. il., tables.

Carolina number” intended to discuss aspects of Western N.C. life and progress. [LB]

Detailed overview of all schools, both public and private, in Sevier County with extensive information on local political, economic, and social conditions. Concludes that education in Sevier County has been hampered by the poor transportation system, mountain topography, and poorly-educated teachers responsible for too many students. Section on private schools, such as the Harrison-Chilhowee Institute, presents details on curriculum, faculty, and students. Tables of numerical information on numbers of teachers, student enrollment, and teacher salaries are included. Data are from Sevier County Superintendent, school catalogues, health unit of Sevier County, and other local agencies. Illustrated with photographs of school and local buildings, some original and some derived from other publications. [AB]

[501] “Educational Conditions in the Southern Appalachians.” Bulletin of the Southern Education Board 1, no. 1 (May 1902): 2–32. il.

[499] Davis, Lowry. “The Highest School in Tennessee.” Christian Observer 93, no. 27 (July 5, 1905): 15.

[502] “Educational Conditions in Tennessee.” Bulletin of the Southern Education Board 1, no. 3 (December 1902): 1–55.

Visit to the mission in Tampa, Tenn. (Cocke County). Davis describes traveling on the Pea Vine railroad along the Little Pigeon and Pigeon Rivers, then two miles on a mountain road to reach the mission “under the nose of Old Smoky Peak.” Rev. Irvin Barrows, the head of the school, oversaw the building of the facility and won the trust of the local people, who at first thought he was “some hated Mormon elder, or Romish priest.” Now the day school has ninety students, “most of whom can read and write.” [AB] [500] Dillard, O. S. “Educational Progress in Western North Carolina.” Cullowhee State Normal Bulletin 2, no. 4 (January 1926): 4–6.

Article by the Superintendent of Madison County Schools that gives an overview of recent progress made in education in the nine Western N.C. counties of Cherokee, Clay, Graham, Haywood, Jackson, Macon, Swain, Transylvania, and Madison. Noted in the article are increased funding for education, better buildings and equipment, longer school terms, increased enrollment and better attendance, more standard high schools, and better trained teachers. Part of a special “Western North

166

Companion piece to “Educational Conditions in Tennessee” that focuses on comparisons within the region using a few counties as examples. The answer to improving educational conditions is to open up the region to “modern civilization” (p. 11) via improved roads and model schools. Author suggests model schools be developed to help elevate the school quality in general. Although not specific to the Smokies, educational problems presented are similar to those in the mountain regions. Table on p. 32, “Statistics of Public Schools in 1900,” includes data on Sevier County. Illustrated with ten photographs, two of scenes in the Smokies. [AB]

Overview of Tenn. schools that features extensive statistical information by county on total population, student population, percentage of illiterate citizens, average school enrollment, numbers of schools per square mile, salaries, value of school property, and amount of taxable property. Most data on student population are divided by race. Report concludes that the illiteracy rate for the “native white population” (p. 21) in Tenn. is three times the rate for the U.S. in general. A Tenn. child averages 41.3 days of schooling per year, compared to 59 days for the U.S. Report ends with a brief section on some of Tenn.’s counties, including Monroe and Sevier, that relates in narrative form more statistical information about students, teachers, enrollment, salaries, and taxes. [AB] [503] Frost, Norman. “A Statistical Study of the Public Schools of the Southern Appalachian Mountains.” United States Bureau of Education Bulletin, no. 11. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1915. 71 p. tables.

Statistical study undertaken by Frost of Berea College in Ky. to further understanding of a region that “as a whole is backward in development, and a large per cent

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

of the people are illiterate” (p. 5). Statistical information was gleaned from 1910 federal census and state school reports. Provides statistics on educational conditions in the 216 “Appalachian Counties” of eight southern states: Ala., Ga., Ky., N.C., S.C., Tenn., Va., and W.Va. Within the Appalachian Counties, ninety-eight are further identified as “mountain counties” and form an additional subdivision for which statistics are reported. The report covers the general characteristics of the region and presents numerous tables showing statistics, at the state and county level, on topics such as population, percentage of illiteracy, number of children enrolled in school, length of school term and attendance, expenditures for school buildings and teachers, and qualifications and training of teachers in the region. Six counties, including Blount County, were selected as representative of the region as a whole. While primarily a regional overview, tables present data by state and by the counties used in the study. Blount County teacher salaries are given on p. 19, with forty-one teachers earning $180–200 per year. It includes statistics on public schools in the mountain counties of N.C. and Tenn. bordering on the present-day GSMNP. In conclusion, Frost cites many improvements in the Appalachian region, but identifies problems with teacher salaries and training, inadequate curriculum, and low educational expenditures. [AB/LB] [504] Gudger, Eugene Willis. “The Waynesville Public Library.” North Carolina Library Bulletin 5, no. 3 (June 1922): 59–60.

Tribute that includes library history and names of prominent supporters and librarians, with reference to the library’s annual report published in the Courier (13 April 1922). Lists important male patrons – “All these men got knowledge, help, inspiration from the Waynesville Library, but much more their minds were freed from the narrow bounds of our mountain valley, from the pettiness of its life and affairs” (p. 60). The author, a Waynesville native, was a “fish bibliographer” at the American Museum of Natural History, New York City. A version of the article may have appeared in The Carolina Mountaineer. [RC] [505] Hampton, W. O. “A Survey of the Sylva Public Schools.” M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1925. 93 p. graphs, tables.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Detailed study of Sylva’s public schools. Introductory chapter outlines the socio-economic forces behind the school system. Although the town contains both professional people and mill workers, the author asserts, “No defined line is drawn among the classes of people and as far as we have been able to ascertain there is not a family of aliens in the school district” (p. 1). The elementary school is an old building situated near a creek which serves as both a septic system for several buildings, including the school, and a dumping area for refuse from the local tannery. Students must cross the railroad tracks, often crawling under the train, and pass by the hitching post frequented by undesirables, to reach the school. The high school is new and draws students from surrounding towns. After analyzing the results of several achievement tests, Hampton concludes that the students are as intelligent as elsewhere but are lower in achievement due to a shorter school year, lack of regular attendance, and tardiness. Illnesses such as influenza and measles often keep students home, as do lack of transportation and warm winter clothing. Recommendations include increasing teacher retention rates and salaries, centralizing the organizational structure, teaching hygiene, infant care and sex education, and building a new elementary school. Includes hand-drawn graphs and tables. Bibliography, p. 93. [AB] [506] Morrison, Fred Wilson. “Equalization of the Financial Burden of Education among Counties in North Carolina: A Study of the Equalizing Fund.” Teacher’s College, Columbia University Contributions to Education, no. 184. New York: Teacher’s College, Columbia University, 1925. 88 p. tables.

Implementation analysis of an equalization plan to fund N.C. schools. Valuable to the Smokies researcher for the twenty-eight tables which compare school funding, teacher salaries (both white and black), local tax base, teacher education level, school enrollment, and projected financial benefit or burden for each county under the new plan. [AB] [507] Murphy Collegiate Institute (Sevierville, Tenn.). Catalogue and Prospectus. Sevierville: Montgomery’s Vindicator, 1902–3, 1907–8, 1910–11, and 1918– 19. il.

167

Sevierville’s Murphy College was founded in 1892 to “furnish the boys and girls of this section the best possible opportunities of a good practical education such as will fit them for usefulness and for higher education in our Universities” (1902–3, p. 4). In addition to a list of students, the catalogues include information on admissions standards, moral and religious culture, grading, library, tuition (teachers’ course: two dollars/month), and course of study. Advertisements for local businesses appear in the back. Catalogue for 1907–8 features five photographs, including one of the college building, one of the baseball team, and one of college boys in front of the dormitory. Catalogue for 1910–11 contains four photographs including one of the baseball team. Catalogue for 1918–19 is illustrated with two photographs, including one of the class of 1919. [AB] [508] The North Carolina Chautauqua: A Grand Gathering of Teachers in our Beautiful “Land of the Sky,” for Purposes of Rest, Health and Instruction; to be Held at Haywood White Sulphur Springs (Near Waynesville, N.C.) from June 16th to July 1st, 1884. . . Raleigh: Uzzell & Gatling, 1884. 4 p.

Pamphlet announcing an upcoming chautauqua or symposium to be held at White Sulphur Springs near Waynesville. Objectives are teacher education and consultation, health renewal, relaxation in the mountains, and opportunities to showcase transportation improvements in Western N.C. [AB] [509] Pastor. “The Needs of Tennessee.” New York Evangelist 71, no. 10 (March 8, 1900): 20.

Short article urging readers to fund schools in the mountains of Tenn. “The services of an efficient, Christian woman as teacher can be secured for three or four hundred dollars a year.” Or a schoolhouse in “the Great Smoky Mountains, overlooking the beautiful, farreaching valley of the Tennessee” could be funded. The mountain people, the author writes, may be poor and illiterate but have “many noble traits of character” with “naturally bright minds and brave hearts.” [AB] [510] Sarten, Okla R. “A Comparative Study of the Teachers of Sevier County, Tennessee, with the Teachers of Dickson, Hickman, Morgan, and

168

White Counties of Tennessee.” M.S. thesis, University of Tennessee, 1932. 72 p. tables.

Provides a comprehensive overview of schools in Sevier County. Compares them to schools in Dickson, Hickman, Morgan, and White counties of Tenn., selected for comparison because they are similar in size, population, amount of taxable property, and numbers of teachers. After a summary of the characteristics of each county, Sarten presents extensive data in table form comparing the school systems. He concludes with recommendations based upon the inequities between the county schools: increasing the tax rate to better support the schools, encouraging more Sevier County children to go to school (especially girls, who are outnumbered by boys in attendance), hiring more qualified teachers, increasing and equalizing teacher salaries, and consolidating some one-room schools. [AB] [511] Withoft, Mabel Swartz. Oak and Laurel: A Study of the Mountain Mission Schools of Southern Baptists. Nashville: Sunday School Board of the Southern Baptist Convention, 1923. 155 p.

Describes Southern Baptist mountain mission schools throughout the southeast, including Sylva Collegiate Institute and Haywood Institute in N.C. (p. 63–69), Harrison-Chilhowee Institute (Sevierville)– “probably the oldest mountain school of the Baptists in Tennessee” (p. 113–18), Cosby Academy (p. 119–22), and Smoky Mountain Academy—“about fifteen miles from Sevierville” (p. 125–28). Remarks on travel to the schools, community and religious life, enrollment, personnel, budgets, tuition, facilities, and needs: “Roughly estimated, the Smoky Mountain Academy needs dormitories, equipment of all kinds, and more teachers; better ones, more self-denying and loyal are not to be had” (p. 128). [RC]

Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, Gatlinburg

On 28 June 1910, Pi Beta Phi alumna, Emma Harper Turner, stood before the Alumnae Session of the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity for Women’s National Convention and offered a bold proposal: that Pi Beta Phi found and materially support a social settlement school in a “worthy” Southern Appalachian community, the purpose of which

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

would be to provide the isolated, impoverished whites who lived there with access to education, health care, and economic opportunities. The alumnae in attendance that day voted to support the project. Following a series of “disheartening delays,” the Settlement School committee settled on Gatlinburg, a hamlet located in the foothills of the Great Smoky Mountains, as the locus of the project. In February 1912, the committee dispatched experienced mountain teacher Martha Hill to Gatlinburg with orders to establish residence and begin offering classes in elementary education, home economics, and to provide what guidance she could in matters of public health. Between 1910 and 1935, those involved in the Settlement School project created a treasure trove of documents, photographs, handicraft items, and other items related to the Fraternity’s efforts on behalf of Gatlinburg’s citizenry. Taken as a whole, these documents provide one of the most comprehensive written and visual histories of an early twentieth-century Southern Appalachian subsistence farming community available to modern scholars. Of the documents created by Settlement School representatives and cited in the Terra Incognita, none provide so comprehensive a look at day-to-day settlement school life than do the reports included in the Fraternity’s quarterly publication, The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi. Three times a year, readers were treated to “Good News From Little Pigeon” (or “News From Little Pigeon,” as it was later known), a report composed of anecdotal vignettes, letters, and other documents composed by school administrators, teachers, students, visitors, and on occasion, adult members of the Gatlinburg community [521]. Additionally, once a year, The Arrow included a compilation of the official reports composed by Settlement School administrators for submission to the Settlement School Committee [512]. This included, among other items, a report by the Settlement School Chairman, a report by the Settlement School Director, and a detailed audit of settlement school expenses and fundraising efforts compiled by the Settlement School Treasurer. Original copies of these documents are housed in the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity For Women’s National Headquarters in Town and Country, Missouri, and in the Arrowmont School of Arts and Crafts archives in Gatlinburg. Digital copies of these documents, as well as a vast col-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

lection of photos, art objects, scrapbooks, and other items related to the Settlement School Project may be viewed online [http://www.lib.utk.edu/arrowmont/]. Steven Davis [512] “Annual Report of the Settlement School Committee.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 27, no. 4 (July 1911): 486–87; through 51, no. 1 (September 1934): 43–59.

The title of this report varies considerably over the years with most called either “Annual Report” or “Settlement School Reports.” The Report is the annual summary of the School, focusing on finances from the Settlement School Committee to the greater Pi Beta Phi Fraternity for Women. The “Report,” either in part or in whole, is usually written by the treasurer and the chair of the Committee. In addition to the expenses and donations/ income for the School, the reports provide extensive details about the School, such as names of teachers, number of students, information on the curriculum, community relations, and the progress of campus construction. After the first few years, the ancillary efforts of craft development, marketing, and healthcare are also included. The reports serve as a more formal companion to the “News from Little Pigeon” column [521]. In the early years, Elizabeth Helmick is both treasurer and chair of the Settlement School Committee. She is quick to praise the teachers, students, and townspeople of Gatlinburg while chiding those Pi Phi chapters who are not living up to their financial pledges. In 1916 she writes: I feel that I am justified in stating that the very last vestige of suspicion or opposition to us has been eliminated, and that the most genuine pride in our school is felt by every man, woman, and child in and around Gatlinburg. Their appreciation for all Pi Beta Phi has done for them knows no bounds and they are not backward in telling of it. (p. 37) In the 1920s the Settlement School Committee splits the duties of treasurer and chair. The narrative of the “Report” is composed by the chair with the treasurer supplying the breakdown of expenses and income. From

169

1925 to 1933 the “Report” also contains a detailed report by School director Evelyn Bishop. The new director, Maryalice Chaffee, provides the 1934 report. In her last report, Bishop states that they almost had to close the School because of its precarious finances. A local bank failed, placing $4,000 of the School’s money in limbo. Contributions pulled them through. The effects of the Great Depression can be seen throughout the community as people who had gone away to factories or lumber camps were returning to farm the land again. Although outside the scope of this bibliography, the “Report” continues in The Arrow through the mid-1950s. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [513] Helmick, Elizabeth A. “Our Settlement School.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 29, no. 1 (November 1912): 60–69. il.

Report made by Helmick to the Chicago Alumnae Club on her trip to the Settlement School in Gatlinburg. With an eye for detail, Helmick describes the teacher’s cottage and the school. As she arrived in Gatlinburg, after a night at the Snapp House in Sevierville and a threehour trip along the Little Pigeon River, she was greeted by organ music played by the teacher Miss Hill. While the cottage was a delight, the school, held in an abandoned Methodist Church, was made from rough boards with cracks in the walls and floors. On Monday Helmick called a meeting of the town’s people at the store. She explained that the Pi Phis wanted to give a school as a “permanent, lasting gift” (p. 62). The people of Gatlinburg were concerned that the Pi Phis were planning to promote a specific religion but, when assured that the Pi Phis were not coming with a religious agenda, they welcomed the school. Helmick examined possible building sites for the school and worked with the local people to convince them to help provide funding. With the help of Mr. and Mrs. Andy Huff, owners of the local sawmill, the land procurement and financial arrangements were made to the satisfaction of Helmick. To finish her work on behalf of the Settlement School, Helmick met with school officials in Sevierville. She concludes her report by asking for $5,000 to buy the property, to fully take over the school, to hire an assistant for Martha Hill, and to build a school building. She also asks the Alumnae Club members to help raise the money. Illustrated with four

170

photographs: teacher’s cottage, view of the mountains from the teacher’s cottage, Miss Hill with some of the children, and a view of Gatlinburg. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [514] Helmick, Elizabeth A. “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School.” Quarterly Magazine of the Southern Industrial Education Association 5, no. 3 (September 1913): 11–14.

Brief account of the establishment of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. Identifies the principles involved in promoting the idea of a settlement school in the Southern Appalachians and outlines the rapid growth of the School during its first eighteen months of existence. [KW] [515] Helmick, Elizabeth A. “An Important Letter from Mrs. Helmick.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 34, no. 1 (October 1917): 19–23.

Helmick, Chairman of the Settlement School Committee, reports to the Fraternity members on the beginning of a new school year and outlines ways that the Pi Phis can assist the School. She asks for reading material for the men and older boys, gardening supplies to landscape the grounds, books for the library, and paper dolls for the kindergarteners. The children would like to participate in Red Cross war efforts, especially knitting. Helmick requests the the Pi Phis “send yarns, muslin for bandages, or materials to be made into garments . . .” (p. 20). [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [516] Helmick, Elizabeth, Waneta Richardson, and Abbie B. Langmaid. “A Brief History of the Settlement School.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 36, no. 4 (June 1920): 455–65. il.

According to the editor’s note, Helmick, Richardson, and Langmaid, former Settlement School committee chairs, contributed parts of this historical account. The Settlement School was created in 1912 to honor the original Pi Beta Phi founders. Gatlinburg was selected because Sevier County had the fewest schools in a state which was one of the most illiterate in Appalachia. The Pi Phis brought many firsts to the community: the first

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

American flag, the first Christmas tree, and the first buildings constructed with concrete basements. The account is filled with stories from the early years. For example, as the community people arrived for an event at the School in 1912, they tracked mud into the school. Dell Gillette, the first Pi Beta Phi teacher, announced that there would be no more community gatherings at the School unless a boardwalk was built from the street to the school door. The men promptly built a boardwalk from the school to the road and then along the most used roads. The accounts contain details about the growth of the school curriculum and the school buildings. In about 1916, a road was constructed from the country road into Gatlinburg allowing for automobile travel some times of the year. Evelyn Bishop arrived in 1917 to lead the School through World War I. The community engaged in Red Cross work to help the war effort. The school enrollment at the time of the article was 119, including several students who boarded at the School during the week. The article is illustrated with nine photographs of the school and community. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [517] Jackson, Pearl Cashell, ed. Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. Gatlinburg: Pi Beta Phi, [1927]. 48 p. il.

Keepsake booklet from the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. Provides a condensed history of the region, purpose and history of the School, and vignettes of early educational experiences. Reproduces an extract from a letter by Dell Gillette in 1913, copied from The Arrow (June 1920), about school events during the 1912 Christmas season (p. 17–19). A section on Pi Beta Phi men who served in World War I, by Evelyn Bishop, entitled “1919 Our Boys in Service,” includes a war roll of 19 soldiers, listing three casualties (p. 21–23). “1923 Nursing in the Mountains,” by Phyllis Higinbotham (p. 24–29), relates experiences caring for the school children and Gatlinburg residents. Nurse Higinbotham, from Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada, trained at Johns Hopkins and Columbia University and served with the U.S. Army in France in 1918–19. Evelyn Bishop contributed a second essay on “Folk Lore” (p. 31–34), which describes the music and crafts of the region and mentions the visit of Cecil Sharp to Gatlinburg “a few years ago” to collect traditional songs. The final sections include statistics for Se-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

vier County schools between 1913 and 1923 (p. 35) and a “Chronological Outline” (p. 38–47) from 1912 to 1927 that lists the School’s annual “outstanding events” and “roll of workers.” [RC] [518] Keller, May L. “A Trip of Investigation to Gatlinburg.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 27, no. 2 (January 1911): 182–84.

Keller’s report of her trip to Gatlinburg, the village ultimately selected as the site of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. Keller is very impressed with both the people and the geography of Gatlinburg. She describes it as “ideal” with “quite a valley here, cup-shaped, entirely surrounded by high mountains, and its five or six houses are cuddled down under the mountains” (p. 183). The existing schools are taught by teachers with little more education than their students, most having never been to high school. She concludes: As far as Gatlinburg is concerned it is a romantically beautiful spot, with possibilities, for the railroad from Sevierville will go there within two or three years, and the region is full of children, as are all the mountains districts. (p. 184) Following Keller’s article is a report of the Settlement School Sub-Committee which recommends a Wears Valley site for the School and approves raising $12,000 by 28 April 1911 to fund the educational efforts. [AB] [519] Langmaid, Abbie B. “Our Settlement School.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 36, no. 1 (October 1919): 29–34.

Langmaid reports on her second trip to the Settlement School. Since her first trip six years previously, she sees “wonderful changes” (p. 29). Young men who went into the service from the Gatlinburg region realized the value of education which many lacked. Four school districts have asked to send their children to the Settlement School although the School can only accommodate one additional district at this time. To expand, the School needs several things: land for timber to make furniture in a new Pi Phi factory and for agricultural purposes; an

171

electric light plant to allow for night school classes; a visiting nurse to extend child welfare services over a wider area; and funding for buildings and equipment to accommodate additional students. Langmaid urges Pi Phis to support the School to the utmost of their abilities. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [520] McCormick, Elsie. “[Gatlinburg Whittlers].” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 46, no. 3 (February 1930): 446.

Short untitled article reprinted from The World, the New York newspaper published by Joseph Pulitzer. The World columnist McCormick quotes Ellery Quint, who recently visited Gatlinburg. Citing Quint, who is not further identified, McCormick writes disparagingly about the local residents, who have three occupations: “settin’, huntin’ and whittlin’.” She speaks scornfully of the mountaineer who sold a beautiful chair for $2, pushing his wife off it to make the sale. She concludes by reporting that the “younger generation is changing.” For example, “only the older women smoke pipes.” The article brought a fierce rebuttal by Settlement School Head Resident Evelyn Bishop and Gatlinburg resident Mrs. Lula McCarter Ogle in the next Arrow (May 1930) [521], taking The World to task for reducing mountain people to caricature, exaggerating mountain traits, and generalizing to the whole population oddities only present in a few. [AB] [521] “News from Little Pigeon.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 29, no.2 (January 1913): 248–55 to 50, no. 4 (May 1934): 393–96. Most are illustrated.

Regular column in The Arrow, the quarterly house journal for Pi Beta Phi, chronicling the progress of the Settlement School in Gatlinburg and its later ancillary initiatives, including craft development, marketing, and healthcare. The columns are written by various authors, primarily staff at the Settlement School, members of the Fraternity’s Settlement School Committee or, in later years, a Pi Phi column editor, usually not at the School. This annotation touches on the highlights of this column, omitting mention of some entries in the interest of space. Most columns are illustrated with striking photographs of the schoolchildren, the teachers, and the town of Gatlinburg. “News from Little Pigeon” is available in full-text at www.lib.utk.edu/arrowmont.

172

The first column, written by Kate Miller and published in the January 1913 issue, reports on the closing events of the first school session with details about the town and School. Miller’s initial and subsequent columns are rich with information about the founding of the School. The first school building, a rather rough structure, formerly a Methodist church, was on a bluff. She describes the closing event at the school the previous November: The large room, sided with boards, was dimly lighted with the lamps and lanterns which the audience had brought. A small wood stove and its stovepipe burned red in the center of the room. A profusion of holly branches heavily laden with red berries decorated the windows and the low platform. . . . (p. 250–51) Miller writes again in the October 1913 issue of the dramatic details surrounding the purchase of land for the new school building. Only as the Pi Phis, led by Elizabeth Helmick, are preparing to leave town and abandon their educational efforts did the Gatlinburg residents raise the money as their contribution for the land, a very desirable tract owned by E. E. Ogle and situated in the center of the village. The text of the deed is appended to this column. Miller continues the story in the next column (December 1913), telling about Mrs. Huff’s dream that led her to plead with her husband Andy, asking that he and other men do everything in their power to save the fledgling school. As preparations for the new schoolhouse are underway, Miller’s column in March 1914 updates the Pi Phis on construction progress and the school term, quoting extensively from a letter by Mary Pollard, Head Resident, who wrote, “We certainly need larger quarters and better facilities, but the work this year has not been in vain, for it has born fruit in new ideals and enlarged horizons for nearly all the pupils” (p. 337). In June 1914, the writer of the unattributed “News from Little Pigeon” reports on the new school’s location: “The building stands on gently rising ground, with Baskin’s Creek, our western boundary, on one side, and the Little Pigeon River, several hundred yards to the northeast, in the front” (p. 579). Of the school itself, the author says, “It is a one story and partial

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

basement, six room frame structure, which, with its rather low projecting roof, resembles a bungalow” (p. 579). Sarah J. Pomeroy pens the October 1914 column on the dedication of the school building, which brought many prominent Pi Phis to the Settlement School. In December of the same year, head resident Pollard writes a summary of events at the School since March. She reports, “There has been great improvement during the past year, especially in the writing and in the interest in the meaning of the words in the spelling and in reading. Spelling is one of the accomplishments of the people; the most popular form of entertainment is the ‘spelling’” (p. 207). Pollard pens the first two columns of 1915 (March and May/June). She notices the beautiful baskets and woven items made by the local women and wonders if a market could be found for handmade crafts to help the local economy. The teachers are cramped; three are forced to sleep in the school building because there is not enough room in the teachers’ cottage. The students are making progress, but are hampered somewhat by sporadic attendance and their wide-ranging ages and abilities. In the March 1916 issue, Pollard, teachers Caroline McKnight-Hughes and Marie Ditmas, and chair of the Settlement School Committee Elizabeth Helmick, write extensively on the progress of the School, from the digging of a new well to the enlargement of the current teachers’ cottage. The curriculum has expanded to include industrial arts such as woodworking. McKnightHughes is especially interested in promoting the nearly lost arts of spinning and weaving, hoping to revive the time when “the ‘whirring’ of the spinning wheel was all the lullaby the mountain child had” (p. 446). Pollard describes Gatlinburg people as not really “contemporary ancestors,” as she had thought before she arrived at the School, but just ordinary country people. Some do live in log cabins, but many more live in frame houses and participate in the regional economy. The children are eager to learn and one of the greatest needs of the School is for books and a trained corps of teachers. “News from Little Pigeon” in December 1916 contains several articles, primarily written by Helmick. The first is a detailed description of the new teachers’ residence. The second is a request for the addition of a hospital, a need made evident after the School closed for two weeks due to a diphtheria epidemic. Helmick asks the Pi

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Phis to equip the hospital and buy mules needed to drive the donated ambulance. A letter from a visiting Pi Phi and profiles of the Settlement School teachers round out the issue. Helmick’s plea for hospital funding is successful, as she reports in the April 1917 issue. The money raised allows the renovation of a current building as the Jennie Nicol Memorial Hospital, and for the purchase of the horse named Sam to transport nursing personnel to the outlying homes. The next step will be finding a nurse for the healthcare efforts. In December 1917, Marjorie Jackson reports on the progress of the School, while various writers provide brief biographies accompanied by photos of staff members including Jackson, Emily Burton, Ruth Chase Meacham, and Norman and Estella Prickett. While the School has been very successful in reaching children within a fivemile radius of Gatlinburg, Jackson finds it challenging to meet the needs of children who live farther away. In the March 1918 issue Jackson reports again, highlighting the efforts of the School and community to provide aid to the service men fighting in World War I. She also mentions that two mountain women are going to begin spinning for the School as part of the war effort. Wanita B. Richardson, new chair of the Settlement School Committee, composes the June 1918 issue, reporting on her visit to the School: We were greatly impressed with the children that were enrolled in our school. They are exceptionally bright and eager for learning…We were privileged in visiting homes of most of the residents of Gatlinburg and on a whole, found them superior people of a high moral standing and deep religious convictions. (p. 540) She is impressed with progress on the road from Sevierville to Gatlinburg, and the addition of Andy Huff’s hotel in the village. Later in the same year (October 1918 issue), May Lansfield Keller writes of her return visit to Gatlinburg, calling the changes “great” and “momentous” (p. 137) . She was the first Pi Phi to visit in 1910 as a member of the committee to select a settlement school site. The new Head Resident, Evelyn Bishop, writes the next four columns (December 1918, March 1919, June

173

1919, October 1919). She reports on the Better Baby program, support for the troops overseas, community and school activities like knitting, sports, and music, and dormitory needs. In the March issue, in addition to the School update, Bishop provides a list of servicemen serving in the war, and information on Daniel King, Zimmry Trentham, and Sam Ogle, all killed in action. Also in March, the Industrial Arts teacher, Norman Prickett, reports on the “fireside” industries supported by the School, basket-making and weaving. The emphasis of the June report is the influenza epidemic that hit Gatlinburg in March, forcing closure of the School and turning teachers into nurses. Abbie B. Langmaid, Chair of the Settlement School Committee, wrote a long, chatty entry about her trip to Knoxville for an educational conference and then to the Settlement School in the March 1920 Arrow. Of her trip from Sevierville, she relates, “We had apparently several hair-breadth escapes when we sat on the side of the mountain at an angle of near 90o, waiting for a lumber truck to pass us” (p. 336). After she arrives she visits with the teachers and attends the Christmas festivities with decorations and presents for the children donated by fellow Pi Phis. In December 1920, Bishop writes that there are two things that are most unique to the Southern Mountains, “the mountain ballad” and the “hand-woven coverlets” (p. 177). She provides information on Cecil Sharp’s ballad-collecting efforts in the Smokies region, quoting from him extensively. The March 1921 entry is notable because it is written by Phyllis Higinbotham, the much-awaited Settlement School nurse. As she writes, she has just returned from a ten-mile trip to visit a child recovering from pneumonia. Transportation is via the horse Dan over trails thick with mud and occasionally blocked by fallen trees. She has been examining the sight and hearing of the children and meeting the needs of the community through home visits (50 cents) and office visits (25 cents). Of the local people she writes, “These are splendid people and it is indeed a privilege to be able to work with them” (p. 337). “News from Little Pigeon” in the June 1922 issue is a lengthy report with several different parts. The first, written by Anna W. Dowell, is entitled “Gatlinburg, 1922.” She begins, as many of these reports do, with her trip from Sevierville to Gatlinburg. She writes about the

174

primitive farming methods and limited diets of the local people. School attendance has been good this past year, with fewer children kept home to do agricultural work. The teachers have begun serving lunch to the younger children because they often do not bring anything to school for a midday meal. The next part of the report focuses on healthcare, with biographical sketches of Pi Phi Dr. Jennie Nicol, for whom the hospital is named, and of school nurse Phyllis Higinbotham. The remainder of the narrative is written by Higinbotham, who gives a lively account of hospital events. The hospital saw intensive use when a Knoxville nose-and-throat specialist removed several sets of tonsils there. A group of doctors comes to the clinic on a regular basis to see patients. The year concludes with the December issue, which features information on the School’s agricultural program and the local fair. The entry in June 1923 is another multipart column. The highlight of the news is the first movie viewing in Gatlinburg. The movies arrived at the last minute, to the delight of the children and townspeople. The second movie night was even better attended. Evelyn Bishop writes: “People came Saturday night that hadn’t been in the Burg for weeks and I find that movies are going to mean a social time” (p. 629). In addition to the movie review, the column has reports on practical housewifery classes, the school lunch program, and a lengthy update on the nursing program by Higinbotham, who wrote about the challenges of working in such a remote location. The column ends with an updated “Bibliography on the Southern Highlanders,” by Dorothy K. Cleaveland. In December 1923, “News from the Little Pigeon” features a biographical sketch of Emma Harper Turner, whose vision led to the founding of the Settlement School, and a spirited article by teachers Emily Burton and Marion Folsom on spending Christmas vacation at the School. After a letter from Caroline Lutz on her visit to the School in the March 1924 issue, teacher D. C. Denton devotes the June 1924 column to a description of the advent of basketball in Gatlinburg. The boys had never heard of basketball until it was introduced by Denton. The most difficult challenge is getting the boys to play like a team instead of as individuals. After watching the boys play, the girls also formed a team. Basketball proves a great incentive to get the children to attend school consistently.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

The next three columns (December 1924, March 1925, and June 1925) are edited by Dorothy Smallwood Geare. In the December issue, Helen Chew writes of the Sugarlands satellite school. Many residents of the Sugarlands (now a part of the GSMNP) have never traveled to Gatlinburg, which is five miles away. The community has an unsavory reputation as a producer of moonshine. The people are extremely poor. The teachers educate the children but also provide food for the families and, in one case, conduct a funeral service for a baby. The March column reproduces the fabricated “diary” of Samuella Pepyless (alias for Barbara Dewell, Harmo Taylor, Maggie White, and Helen Barrett—a play on the name of the famous diarist Samuel Pepys). The third column in June features the agricultural program of teacher O. J. Mattil. The December 1925 “News from Little Pigeon” features reports written by students at the School, including “Life in the Girls’ Dormitory” (by Lucinda Oakley), “Our Cooking Class” (by Myrtle Parton), “The Red Cross Class” (by Opal Carey), and “The Boys’ Dormitory” (by Roy Griffin). Oakley, daughter of famed mountain guide Wiley Oakley, tells of secret tea parties, climbing out on the roof, and a comic incident involving another girl, a bucket of water, and a set of steep, crooked stairs. Griffin’s article is equally informative, providing details about the time Head Resident Evelyn Bishop discovered that the boys had snuck out of the dormitory to attend a dance. This infraction results in a meeting with the boys and “Miss Evelyn.” Griffin fails to give details about the meeting but, later in the article, he calls her “a friend to us dormitory boys” (p. 328). The column concludes with a lengthy article by Nita Hill Stark entitled, “What Shall We Do at Gatlinburg?” She outlines the progress of the School to date and asks Fraternity members to present ideas on the future of the School. The next two columns, March and June 1926, are edited by Agnes Miller Turner. Both issues provide several photographs of the schoolchildren. The highlight of the March issue is an article about the Pet Show with a short report by second-grader Annalee Ownby. “Bruce brought a poke of cats and had his picture tick,” reported Annalee (p. 562). The photo of Bruce Whaley and his “poke” of cats is one of the accompanying images. A lengthy article by Jean Steel on the “Better Homes Campaign” concludes the March column. In June, Winogene

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Redding, the weaving instructor, reports on the weaving program. Women are attracted to the weaving program for various reasons, including release from working the fields and the ability to buy shoes and clothing. This issue also includes an article on the nursing program designed to increase the skill of local midwives. The final “News from Little Pigeon” for 1926 (November) contains a delightful article by Harmo Taylor and Lois Rogers describing a typical day at the Arrowcraft shop, the local outlet for the baskets, brooms, and woven items created by the greater Gatlinburg community. It is accompanied by articles on the community sewing program by Barbara Dewell, and on the problems that alcohol consumption has created for the residents of the Sugarlands by Helen Chew. The May 1927 issue contains a more positive story about the Sugarlands satellite school, detailing the building of a teachers’ cottage. In February 1927, the “News from Little Pigeon” consists of a collection of articles. The first is about a dress woven by Settlement School student Edna McCarter for First Lady Grace Coolidge, who is a Pi Phi. The next entry is a set of letters by Evelyn Bishop and Helen Chew to Mrs. R. A. Nickerson, explaining the work of the Settlement School and its extension efforts, health care, the Sugarlands School, weaving program, and adult education. In her detailed missive, Chew writes, “Our school now carries its pupils from the kindergarten through second year high school. We number 68 boys and 58 girls, not counting any of the community classes” (p. 418). A tribute to the Settlement School from Mary Helen Thomas, Dean of Girls at the Murphy Collegiate Institute in Sevierville (capable and interested students from the Settlement School finish high school there), a reprint of an article by Pi Phi Nita Hill Stark recounting her fourteen years at the School, and reprints of two articles from the Knoxville Journal about Henry Ford and his wife’s visit to the Settlement School round out the issue. According to the articles, Mrs. Ford was very interested in both the School and the Great Smoky Mountains. Henry Ford made a very short speech to the schoolchildren as follows: “This is the first speech I ever made in my life. I am glad to be here and glad to see you children all so clean and healthy. That remark will cause some of my party to laugh, but I will explain it later. I thank you” (p. 427).

175

The article does not illuminate the meaning of his remarks, so they remain a mystery. Most columns in the late 1920s and early 1930s are edited by Blanche Carlton Curtis. The November 1927 issue features a reprint of a biographical article by Agnes Wright Spring about Aunt Lydia Whaley, an elderly Gatlinburg resident who was an expert weaver and spinner. When asked if life was easier now that her children were grown, she replied, “Well, no. It’s easier to have childurn on the toes than on the heart” (p. 381). The issue finished with a lengthy report by the nurse and a short report on the Arrowcraft shop. The highlights of the February 1928 issue include a long letter from Evelyn Bishop about Christmas at the Settlement School, and an article about the new industrial arts building that again quotes extensively from an Evelyn Bishop letter. The third column (May 1928), edited by Curtis, contains an article about the new industrial building as well, citing the extraordinary gift from the builder John Turner, who waived his commission because he was so moved by the mission of the Pi Phis in Gatlinburg. The remainder of the column is an article about the upcoming GMSNP that quotes extensively from a recent New York Times article and from Theodore Marvin’s article in Explosive Engineer [278]. The final “News from Little Pigeon” of 1928 (November) consists of a lengthy Gatlinburg history by local historian Jim Lawson. Curtis edits three “News from Little Pigeon” columns in 1929. The entry for February contains two articles. The first is a long article by Mary Pollard recounting the many changes from her last visit to the Settlement School twelve years earlier. She is amazed at the improvements in the village—new businesses, better roads, finer houses, and even screens on the windows. In addition to Pollard’s report, the column includes an article on the demonstration house that won second place in the National Better Homes contest. In May, the column again consists of two reports. Ben C. Fleming, one of the School’s boarders, writes “Tasks of a Self Help Boy,” in which he details his agricultural responsibilities, including caring for chickens and raising a pig. The Settlement School nurse, Frances Moore, provides a lengthy account of her work with the babies and mothers in the community. Her remedies for many of the maladies that afflict

176

the mountain children are greater cleanliness, better food, time in the sunshine, and consistent doses of cod liver oil. The November 1929 offering again provides two reports. The first is an article on the visit of the Pi Beta Phi Province Vice Presidents to the Settlement School. The second is a reprint of an article that originally appeared in The Handicrafter [615] by school weaving instructor Winogene Redding. The weaving done in the mountain homes in Gatlinburg is conducted on modern looms, very different from the looms used by the grandmothers of the present weavers. The products are modern in form as well. Redding avows that weaving is the “chief indoor sport of Gatlinburg and the surrounding country” (p. 310). The May 1930 issue finds two articles by Evelyn Bishop and Gatlinburg native Mrs. Lula McCarter Ogle that correct the misimpression presented in a recent article in The World that Gatlinburg is inhabited by whittlers and loafers [520]. Bishop points out that a few men do spend time on the store porches since they are the meeting places for the community, but most people are busy at work. The Pi Phis provide work for those in need, but “never do anything that might be pauperizing” (p. 589). Mrs. Ogle wrote, “It isn’t fair for people to come here and pick out the only woman that smokes a pipe and write that we all do or pick out the only man who never shaves and write that nobody shaves” (p. 590). She goes on to say that “although we have not swallowed any dictionaries we know a thing or two and have an abundance of old fashioned mountain pride left” (p. 591). The issue concludes with an update on the medical program from nurse Frances Moore. The next two issues, November 1930 and February 1931, feature a series of short articles: a report by Pi Phi Sophie Woodman on her Easter vacation visit to Gatlinburg, three reports on the Arrowcraft shop and its products, and the announcement that Mattie Huff, daughter of school supporters Mr. and Mrs. A. J. Huff, is pledged to become a Pi Phi herself at Iowa State College. Rounding out these two issues is an article on the “minority” group at the Settlement School—the men—written by Don Smith, Vocational Agricultural Teacher. With the May 1931 issue, “News from Little Pigeon” moves to a shorter news article format. The highlights of this issue are sketches of Aunt Lizzie Reagan, the

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

backbone of the School in its formative years, by Evelyn Bishop, and of Aunt Sabria King, a local midwife, by Frances Moore. In November 1931, Moore provides information on the diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis among mountain children, along with the announcement that she is leaving to take another position. Edna Stone, former Settlement School Committee member, writes of her summer vacation in Gatlinburg, scaling the mountains with the members of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club. The format of shorter articles continues in 1932. The February issue contains three articles. The first is by a fellow “Greek,” Shirley Kreasan Krieg, on her visit to Gatlinburg reporting on the accomplishments of the Pi Phis; the second is by Pi Phi Nita Hill Stark on Christmas at the Settlement School with the gifts provided by benefactors across the country; the third is by textiles instructor La Delle Allen on the various types of weaving. The May issue features six short articles on Miss Evelyn and her leave of absence, Virginia Moore, the new nurse, home economics at the Settlement School, the Glee Club, the school basketball team, and Pi Phi volunteer Elsie Barbero Conser. Of the eight-member basketball team, principal and coach William King notes that they won ten out of fifteen matches, a remarkable record considering that the two-year high school only has fifteen boys. A photograph of the team accompanies the article. The November issue has two articles on efforts to provide education to the nearby community of Laurel Lick, and the closing of both the Sugarlands School (the area became part the GSNMP) and the Settlement School woodshop. The first issue of 1933 features an article by Evelyn Bishop on the past Christmas at the School. The Pi Phis discontinued the practice of providing each child with an individual present and instead gave baskets for the neediest families, selling the remaining toys for a nominal amount. Other writers provide accounts of weaver Mollie Moore, the East Tennessee Fair, farm management curriculum, and requirements for Tenn. teachers. A heartfelt letter of thanks to the Pi Phis from basket-maker Harrison McCarter rounds out the issue. The May 1933 issue brings to the readership the first direct mention of the impact of the Great Depression on the Settlement School. The recent closing of the Bank of Sevierville put almost $4,000 of school funds in limbo, mostly income from the Arrowcraft shop. Chair of the Settlement School

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Committee, Frankie C. Hill, pleads for continued Pi Phi support. In addition to the dire financial news, the issue features an article on the monthly weaving meetings by Winogene Redding, weaving instructor. The meetings bring together the weavers who work at home, allowing them a chance to share weaving information and interact socially. The final issue of the year, November, focuses on plans and staff for the current school year, including new director Maryalice Chaffee, and offers suggestions of items for sale from the Arrowcraft shop as Christmas presents. The February 1934 column starts with a report on the Christmas festivities at the School. It is followed by an article by Marie Winsor Stebbins. She presented Eleanor Roosevelt with a dress woven at the Settlement School by Maggie Parton. Mrs. Roosevelt asked Stebbins to tell her about the Settlement School. She promised to write Parton and thank her for the dress. A note at the bottom of the page indicates that she kept her promise. The article about Mrs. Roosevelt is followed by one about the exhibition of handicrafts, including those from the Settlement School, at the Corcoran Gallery in Washington, D.C. The May issue focuses on the accomplishments of the high school students, the current graduating class, and those who are attending Berea Academy (now College) in Berea, Ky. to continue their education. The Berea students include two sons of Wiley Oakley, a local guide and storyteller, and Carl Ogle, who lost a hand in a hunting accident but went on to play basketball for the Settlement School. Although outside the scope of this bibliography, “News from Little Pigeon” continues in The Arrow until 1968. Reflecting the new mission of the institution, the column title at that point is changed to “News of Arrowmont School of Arts and Crafts.” [AB] [522] Petit, Anna F. T. “A Trip of Investigation Made by the Settlement School Committee.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 27, no. 1 (November 1910): 49–54. il.

First of many articles in The Arrow, the house organ for the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity for Women, about the establishment of a settlement school in Gatlinburg. The Fraternity visited several locations before deciding to build the school in Gatlinburg. In this article, Petit relates the trip to East Tenn. conducted by Fraternity Grand President Emma Harper Turner, May Lansfield

177

Keller, and herself “to investigate as to a suitable site for the erection of an independent settlement school in which special emphasis was to be laid upon industrial features” (p. 49). The group began their trip traveling by train from Washington D.C. to Asheville. The next afternoon they boarded the train to Knoxville, planning to attend a meeting for teachers the next day in Sevierville. On the train to Sevierville they met three state educators, including the President of the University of Tennessee, who provided information on the desperate state of the schools in Sevier County. The next day, the three Pi Phis traveled to Monroe County to meet with local people and tour educational facilities. The group then split, with Keller traveling on alone to Gatlinburg. She later reported to Petit that the situation in Gatlinburg was “ideal,” a valley surrounded by mountains with a population “eager for education” (p. 54). Illustrated with a collage of four photographs depicting mountain scenes. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [523] Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in the Southern Appalachians. Pi Beta Phi: n.p., [1910]. 4 p.

Reading List Reprint: Alvic, Philis, and M. Alice Matthews. Preparing for the Mountains: A 1910 Pi Beta Phi Settlement School Reading List. 1997 Appalachian Studies Conference. Lexington: Philis Alvic, 1997. 5 p.

Although a standalone item, this report and reading list were bound with the November 1910 Arrow of Pi Beta Phi held at the Arrowmont School of Arts and Crafts. Report on efforts to build a settlement school in the mountain region subtitled, “Approved unanimously by the twenty-first Biennial Convention, June 27, 1910. Proposed and undertaken because of and in honor of Pi Beta Phi and as a worthy commemoration of 1917, the fiftieth anniversary of the Fraternity.” Argues that the settlement school project will meet the mountain need for better education while providing meaningful work for alumni. Fraternity members are asked to support the School with both money and supplies. Report contains “Reading List on the Southern Mountaineers,” compiled by M. Alice Matthews. List contains books, both fiction and nonfiction, such as In the Tennessee Mountains by Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree), and periodical articles from various publications including Scribner’s

178

Monthly and the Outlook. [Partially online at: http://www. lib.utk.edu/arrowmont/readinglist.htm] [AB] [524] “A Pictorial Visit to Our Settlement School.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 31, no. 3 (March 1915): 384–91. il.

Photograph album article with twenty-two images and two drawings. The photographs are of woven “coverlids,” community scenes, school children, and school buildings. Many are copies of photographs included in albums created at the School. Three of the photographs appear courtesy of Zion’s Herald, a Methodist periodical. The two drawings are of the proposed teachers’ residence. One is of the façade; the other is the interior floor plan. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [525] Plank, Elva. “Report Concerning Gatlinburg Boys in Service.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 35, no. 1 (October 1918): 134–35.

Short article reporting on efforts to provide support for the fourteen boys from Gatlinburg serving in the Army during World War I. Various Pi Phi “clubs” have adopted boys, sending “all kinds of knitted goods, things to eat, many useful gifts, smileage books, and some letters” (p. 134). Smileage books contained coupons that allowed soldiers to attend Liberty Theaters in military camps. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB] [526] Pomeroy, Sarah Gertrude. “The Service of the Women’s Fraternities.” The Independent 79, no. 3432 (September 21, 1914): 413–14.

Pomeroy, editor of The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi, uses the Fraternity’s service project to bring education to Gatlinburg as an example of the broader philanthropic mission adopted by women’s fraternities. She writes, “The fraternity women who attended the dedication of the new modern school building last July and saw the eager throng of American highlanders who had walked five, seven and even ten miles to be present on that occasion felt that this effort of their organization had been truly worth while . . . ” (p. 413). [AB] [527] Spring, Agnes Wright. “A Mountain Woman.” Women and Missions 2, no. 8 (November 1925): 303. il.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Reprint: The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 44, no. 2 (November 1927): 378–82.

in four hours and I was sitting by a great woodfire with savory odors coming from the kitchen” (p. 290). The local people are musical, and Hill requests an organ as a gift from the Fraternity as a way to reach them. Hygiene and sanitation are especially lacking. The stream that travels through the village is used as a sewer. The town is small, with six houses, three stores, and one church, but the need for education “extends for five miles in every direction” (p. 290). Illustrated with a photograph of Martha Hill. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB]

[528] Spring, Agnes Wright. “Miss Evelyn of Gatlinburg.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 45, no. 1a (November 1928): 41–42. il.

[530] Turner, Emma Harper. The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. Pi Beta Phi: n.p., March 25, 1912. 2 p.

Spring was a Pi Phi at the Settlement School. Sketch of “Aunt” Lydia Whaley, a contemporary pioneer settler who lived alone in a “little one-roomed, windowless cabin” a quarter mile from her nearest neighbor in the Sugarlands section of the GSM. Lydia Whaley was a source of some of the earliest history of Sugarlands and Gatlinburg and was known locally for her weaving and basket-making and her involvement in the Settlement School. Her portrait graces the cover of this issue. [KW]

Profile of Evelyn Bishop, Director of the Settlement School. She started at the School in 1917 as Head Resident. In her eleven-year tenure, she helped the community through World War I, nursed those sick with influenza, guided the founding of the Jennie Nicol Hospital and the construction of an administrative building, added new departments to the curriculum (including scientific farming), raised the standards for home handicrafts, and extended the School to the hamlet at Sugarlands. She was assisted by Aunt Lizzie Reagan of Gatlinburg who “has mothered the teachers and pupils and who has been a decided factor in bringing the mountain people and the school together” (p. 42). Illustrated with a portrait of Miss Bishop. [Text available at: www.lib.utk.edu/ Arrowmont] [AB] [529] Stone, Edna L. “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School.” The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 28, no. 3 (April 1912): 288–92. il.

Report on the beginnings of the Settlement School in Gatlinburg. Stone reiterates the need for the School by reminding her readers of the “isolation, poverty, and ignorance” (p. 288) of the mountain people. The goal of the School is to combine practical with traditional education, not to encourage the children to leave their homes. Stone quotes extensively from Miss Martha Hill, the first teacher at the Settlement School. Hill relates her initial trip from Sevierville to Gatlinburg in an open muledrawn buggy through the snow: “The air was delightful, the mule a fine traveler and the novel trip was over

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Although a standalone item, this report was bound with the April 1912 Arrow of Pi Beta Phi held at the Arrowmont School of Arts and Crafts. Turner, chair of the Settlement School Committee, announces that the Settlement School has begun under teacher Martha Hill. She reminds the readers of the process for selecting the school site and relates some of the difficulties and delays the Committee has experienced. One of the difficulties was convincing the townspeople that the Pi Phis were not planning to start a new church in Gatlinburg. Miss Hill has been busy preparing the school and teacher lodgings. Turner ends with a call for financial support. Appended to the report is the announcement that the Settlement School Committee has formed the National Settlement School Association of Pi Beta Phi to provide support. Dues are Life, $25; Sustaining, $5; and Annual, $1. [AB] [531] “Work Among the Southern Mountaineers.” Reported by Florence E. Hubbard. The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi 27, no. 4 (July 1911): 427–34.

Report of two speeches given at meetings of the New York Pi Beta Phi Alumnae Club. The first is a verbatim address by the Rev. H. P. Vaughn of Union Theological Seminary. Vaughn has experience with mountain people through his family and through summer work as a book agent. He finds the mountaineers to be hospitable and emotional, especially about religion. In conclusion, he says, “With this chance that you have to go in there and build a school that is worth while I think that you are going to get at the very best element in our population”

179

(p. 430). The second is a partially verbatim address by Dr. Walter H. Page, General Education Board and editor of the World’s Work. He advises the Pi Phis not to build a school, but to send workers instead. The mountaineers are not of the best emigrant stock, he says; they are lazy, and most of the land is untillable. If you educate the children, he argues, they will then leave the mountain communities. “You could have bought railroad tickets down into the valleys at much less expense” (p. 431) than the cost of maintaining a school with the same result. The state should run the schools because it has the means to do so. He concludes, “I trust you will pardon me the rudeness of daring to advise you not to do what you have in mind, because it cannot last a hundred years, because there are already hundreds of schools and they have to be maintained artificially” (p. 434). [Text available at: www. lib.utk.edu/Arrowmont] [AB]

Medicine/Public Health

[532] Bell, Agrippa Nelson. “The Climate and Mineral Springs of North Carolina.” The Sanitarian 30, no. 283 (June 1893): 521–33. tables. Reprint: Transactions of the American Climatological Association 10 (1893–94): 124–50.

Article read at a meeting of the American Climatological Association in 1893. Author begins with a description of N.C., including the mountain region. He quotes extensively from Dr. Henry O. Marcy’s report on the climate of the Southern Appalachians, published in vol. 5 of the Transactions of the International Medical Congress [544]. Marcy mentions Haywood White Sulphur Springs in Waynesville and comments that the mountain region offers good places for invalids who are able to “rough it” (p. 525). Bell offers an analysis of the various medicinal spring waters. Haywood White Sulphur Springs is listed as a Chalybeate [Iron] spring. The reprint includes an appendix of a discussion, presumably held at the meeting, on the relationship between climate and health. [AB] [533] The Carolina Mountain-Air 1, no. 1-2, no. 3 (October 1931–October 1933).

Promotional travel and tourism magazine published quarterly (except spring 1932) by the Carolina Mountain

180

Health Association, edited by George J. Searle. Includes articles on and advertisements for the area’s health resorts, summer camps, hospitals, sanitariums, health ordinances, healthy climate, pure water, scenery, and “wholesome” lifestyle. Articles and photos on the GSM are frequently reprinted. Tone is unabashedly optimistic and overblown: “The stupendous beauty . . . is incomparable in the East … Dense forests, dashing streams, lofty peaks – a veritable wilderness as yet untouched by the hand of man.” [RC] [534] Crook, James K. The Mineral Waters of the United States and Their Therapeutic Uses. New York and Philadelphia: Lea Brothers & Co., 1899. 588 p. tables.

Part I, Chapters 1–10, is an overview of the definition, therapeutic value, classification, and chemical composition of mineral waters. Part II is a state-by-state breakdown of features of individual mineral springs and wells. N.C. is covered on p. 371–81. Crook, a physician, states that “North Carolina possesses a large number of mineral springs, some of which are still in an undeveloped state” (p. 372). A brief entry on Haywood White Sulphur Springs, located in Waynesville, is on p. 375. In addition to the mineral springs, the hotel offers scenery, delightful weather, fishing, archery, tennis, and bowling. Tenn. is covered on p. 432–47. The state is described as having “numerous” mineral springs, “many of them of considerable importance” (p. 432). Two mineral springs in the Smokies region have short entries. Montvale Springs, at the foot of Chilhowee Mountain, is featured on p. 441–42. A chemical analysis of the water is provided. “The big hotel building, with its seven gables, is located in a romantic spot, and around it cluster forty neat cottages, giving the place the appearance of a charming little village built among the forest trees” (p. 442). Line Spring, located in present-day Wears Valley, is described briefly on p. 440 as having the “usual fine scenery and delightful climate of the East Tennessee Mountains…” Index, p. 565–88. [AB] [535] FitzGerald, Mabel Purefoy. “Further Observations on the Changes in the Breathing and the Blood at Various High Altitudes.” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Containing Papers of a Biological Character. 88, no. 602 (September 15, 1914): 248–58. tables.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Technical scientific paper by Oxford Universitytrained physiologist. The 1913 observations were made in three locations in North Carolina: Highlands (altitude 3850 feet), Waynesville (altitude 2645 feet), and Asheville (altitude 2210 feet). Only Waynesville is the Smokies region. Complements an original study conducted by the 1911 Anglo-American Pike’s Peak Expedition of which FitzGerald was a member. She came to the Southern Appalachians to determine if the changes that were observed in the original study were also present at lower mountains altitudes. Similar to the original study, FitzGerald concludes that at higher altitudes the CO2 pressure in the lung alveoli is lower than at sea level, that the alveolar pressure is lower for women than men, and the percentage of hemoglobin in the blood is increased. For more information about FitzGerald and her research, see: R. W. Torrance. “Mabel’s Normalcy: Mabel Purefoy FitzGerald and the Study of Man at Altitude.” Journal of Medical Biography 7, no. 3 (August 1991): 151–65. [AB] [536] Gattinger, Augustus. The Medicinal Plants of Tennessee Exhibiting Their Commercial Value with an Analytical Key, Descriptions in Aid of Recognition, and Notes Relating to Their Distribution, Time and Mode of Collection, and Preparation for the Drug Market. Nashville: Franc M. Paul, 1894. 128 p.

Systematic report that lists medicinal plants of Tenn., prepared by Augustus Gattinger at the behest of T. F. P. Allison, Commissioner of the Department of Agriculture of the State of Tennessee. The purpose of the report is to identify plant species that may be of commercial value for the drug industry. Report mentions several species found in the GSM especially, as Gattinger indicates, along the edges of the high balds of the western Smokies. [KW] [537] Gleitsmann, W. “Western North Carolina as a Health Resort.” Medical and Surgical Reporter 43, no. 8 (February 19, 1876): 141–45. tables.

Reprint: Baltimore: Press of Sherwood and Co., 1876. 8 p.

Read before the American Public Health Association. Gleitsmann, Physician in Charge of the Mountain Sanitarium for Pulmonary Diseases, Asheville, proposes to add to the literature on the relationship between cli-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

mate and certain diseases. The mountain region of Western N.C. “gives to the water a purity and softness highly appreciated by strangers” (p. 2). Gleitsmann provides extensive detail on the climate of the region based on weather records for Asheville. Higher elevations, according to the author, are beneficial for sufferers of phthisis (tuberculosis). Mineral springs, most of which have not been properly analyzed, are also abundant in Western N.C. and could be utilized for medicinal purposes. The mountain climate can have a healing effect on “nervous prostration from overwork, insufficient nutrition, anemia after severe sickness, chlorosis (iron-deficiency anemia), dyspepsia (stomach pain), and malarial cachexia (weight and muscle loss)” (p. 7) as well as tuberculosis. Tables list comparative climate data and tree species. [AB] [538] Graham, James. “Western North Carolina as a Health Resort.” Medical and Surgical Reporter 60, no. 22 (June 1, 1889): 648–51.

Author outlines the pros and cons of Western N.C. as a restorative environment for those with diseases. On the positive side, he points out the invigorating climate, easy accessibility by rail, pure water, pleasant towns like Bryson City and Waynesville, and the “cheapness of living” (p. 651). Cons include disappointing mountain views (“for there is such an innumerable number of surrounding peaks that when one ascends to the summit he sees nothing but a succession of mountain tops, like billows in an ocean” p. 650), roads made of red clay that are muddy after rain or snow, and food that is “bad, even for the South” (p. 649). Graham provides hints for traveling the countryside and procuring the best food from the mountain people. [AB] [539] Harmon, G. D. “Level Culture—Horizontalizing.” Southern Cultivator 15, no. 3 (March 1857): 83.

Harmon, native of Utica, Miss., writes in response to a letter by Col. H. J. Cannon (Southern Cultivator, 15, no. 1 (January 1857): 12–15) in which Cannon expressed contempt for cultivating land similar to the mountain land. Harmon defends the mountains, citing a visit to Montvale where he was cured of “Dyspepsia” by the medicinal springs. He remembers “the mountain scenery… and the pure invigorating mountain air, which bears up

181

the drooping spirit…” He closes by reminding the reader of the role that mountains played in the Bible. [AB] [540] Helper, Hinton A. Western North Carolina, Nature’s Trundle-Bed of Recuperation for Tourist and Health-Seeker. New York: South Publishing Co., 1886. 80 p. il., map.

“The purpose of this little pamphlet is to present to the reader the advantages, resources and possibilities, together with the attractions the mountainous section of North Carolina, along the line of the Western North Carolina Railroad, offers to immigrants, capitalists, manufacturers, invalids, tourists and others” (Introduction). Includes history of the region, notes on towns and sights along the railway lines, information on health resorts, rates, people (“kind, hospitable and generous to a fault,” p. 73), commercial enterprises and opportunities, elevations of mountains and towns, railroad facilities, routes, climate (“I feel as if breathing champagne,” p. 46), mileage, and the Cherokee. Features Waynesville (p. 28–30) and GSM peaks (p. 77). Concludes with two poems, “Swannanoa” and “Racing Water.” [RC] [541] Higinbotham, Phyllis. “Public Health Nursing in the Mountains of Tennessee.” The Public Health Nurse 15, no. 8 (August 1923): 418–20. Reprint: “1923 Nursing in the Mountains.” In Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, edited by Pearl Cashell Jackson. Gatlinburg: n.p., [1927]. p. 24–29 [517].

Relates her experiences and observations as the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School nurse in Gatlinburg. Includes details about the state of health care and nutrition in the region, local view of health care workers and of sickness in general, current medical procedures and equipment, and arrangement of the nursing office. [AB] [542] Higinbotham, Phyllis. “From Our Mountain Nurses: Pages from a Diary.” Mountain Life and Work 2, no. 3 (October 1926): 26–27. il.

Entries from the diary of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School nurse for 16 and 17 March 1925, chosen to “show the lack of routine, and the unexpected incidents which arise” (p. 26). In these two days, Higinbotham treats several cases of pneumonia and the “Flu,” assists in the de-

182

livery of a baby, gives an exam to the home nursing class, and administers first aid to a boy who suffers eye damage from exploding gun powder. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [AB] [543] Marcy, Henry O. “The Climatic Treatment of Disease: Western North Carolina as a Health Resort.” Journal of the American Medical Association 5, no. 26 (December 26, 1885): 701–8.

Outlines current theories on the relationship between climate and certain diseases such as tuberculosis. Since bacteria, newly discovered to cause disease, need certain environmental conditions to survive, Marcy, a Boston physician, concludes that climates that do not provide those conditions will be beneficial for sufferers of illnesses caused by those bacteria. After a tour of Western N.C., he surmises that parts of the area have the perfect climate for the alleviation of some medical conditions and informs the reader of various services available to the health-seeker in mountain towns like Waynesville. He suggests that “a wise legislator” propose the purchase of “a large reservation of the higher ranges as a park” to be held under state control (p. 707). [AB] [544] Marcy, Henry O. “In the Heart of the Alleghanies.—The Climate and Sanitary Qualities of Western North Carolina.” Transactions of the International Medical Congress. 9th sess., vol. 5. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1887. tables.

Details positive attributes of the Western N.C. mountain region: rock formations, forests, pure water, game animals and fish, variety of plants, and the “hardy mountaineers” (p. 189). Lack of facilities and transportation have deterred visits by invalids in the past but this is changing, especially in Asheville. Mentions several Western N.C. health resorts including Hayward White Sulphur Springs in Waynesville. Of the water at the springs, Marcy says, “Much curative effect is claimed for the sulphur water, which wells up pure and cool into a marble basin at the edge of the valley” (p. 193). Remainder of article details the relationship between climate and disease as it was understood in the late nineteenth century. For example, “A mountain or elevated climate is advantageous to a variety of diseases influenced by a change of circulation. The lessening of the atmospheric

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

pressure causes the diminution of the blood flow in the brain and central organs and increases it in the cutaneous surfaces” (p. 196). Tables include deaths from consumption and from pneumonia in places like Charleston and Maine as compared to Western N.C., and weather tables for Asheville for January, February, March, and April 1886. [AB] [545] “The Mineral Springs of Tennessee.” Tennessee State Board of Health Bulletin 5, no. 3 (October 20, 1889): 18–21.

Information was solicited from more than fifty health resorts in Tenn., but most did not respond to the request for details about their operations. Much of the information in this article was gleaned from J. B. Killebrew’s “Introduction to the Resources of Tennessee” (1874) [1089]. Known East Tenn. springs are listed, including Montvale Springs, “Montvale; P.O. chalybeate and sulphur; a famous resort” (p. 19) and Chalybeate Spring in Wears Valley. [AB] [546] Mitchell, J. B. “Analysis of Montvale Spring—Efficacy and Properties of Mineral Waters.” The East Tennessee Record of Medicine and Surgery 4 (May 1853): 357–63. tables.

Author is Professor of Chemistry at East Tennessee University (now the University of Tennessee). His analysis of mineral water from Montvale Springs, including the levels of chemicals such as sulphuric acid and iron, is presented in tables. He talks at length about the efficacy of mineral waters in curing diseases, including “numerous cases of decided improvement and cure of invalids” (p. 362) resulting from the use of Montvale Springs water. He suggests that “medical men, particularly in East Tennessee” (p. 362–63) should analyze mineral waters and their effect on diseases for the benefit and development of local communities. [AB] [547] Mitchell, J. B. Montvale Springs, Blount County, East Tenn., Joseph L. King, Proprietor, Knoxville, Tenn.: An Analysis of the Springs; and, An Account of Their Medical Properties and Applicability to Particular Diseases; with, An Appendix, Containing Various Certificates of Their Successful Use. Knoxville: Ramage & Co., 1870. 27 p.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Reprints: Knoxville: Daily Chronicle Steam Job Print., 1874. 36 p.; Knoxville: Whig and Chronicle Printing Co.’s Steam Job Office, 1879. 31 p.

Dr. Mitchell claims the water from Montvale Springs, located on the western side of the Chilhowee Mountains, can cure a variety of illnesses, including “chronic liver complaints,” “dyspepsia” (indigestion), and “chronic diarrhea.” Claims are accompanied by a scientific analysis of the water and testimonials of satisfied customers. After a visit to the Springs, one man volunteered, “My stomach gradually recovered its tone, my Liver became active; my digestion was restored; passages from the bowels became healthy, and I left the Springs at the end of the season a hearty man” (p. 18–19). Fascinating details about nineteenth-century medicine and perceptions about illnesses and health. [AB] [548] Moorman, J. J. Mineral Springs of North America: How To Reach and How To Use Them. J. B. Lippincott, Philadelphia, 1873. 316 p.

Contains a brief description of Montvale Springs, giving a chemical analysis of the content of the waters with the assurance that they “very favorably represent the class to which they belong.” The waters have been used with great success “in many of the dyspeptic depravities, and generally in the chronic disorders of the abdominal and pelvic viscera.” In addition, “they enjoy considerable reputation in the cure of chronic diarrhœa, a disease very common and very fatal in our extreme Southern latitudes … especially in cases connected with and kept up by depraved biliary secretions” (p. 198). The description is accompanied by a print illustrating the resort and grounds of Montvale Springs. The back-matter of the book contains advertisements from a variety of mineral springs in the East. The notice for Montvale Springs promotes the resort as being “in a sequestered valley, almost encircled by lofty spurs of the “Chilhowee” Mountains, which here embosom a valley of surpassing loveliness” (appendix, 13). [KW] [549] Nesbit, Malvina G. “A Glimpse of Life in the Tennessee Mountains.” The Public Health Nurse 13, no. 11 (November 1921): 586–87. il.

Brief article relating a public health trip to Cades Cove by a team of nurses, sponsored by local physician,

183

Dr. Bryant. The traveling party left Knoxville early in the morning and arrived at Cades Cove at 3:30 pm. The next day the group split up and visited each school, inoculating students against typhoid and treating impetigo, scabies, ulcers, and wounds. After a night spent in a local home with the whole team and the doctor sharing one room, the nurses headed back to Knoxville, administering to the sick and injured along the way. Author is identified as an employee of the Bureau of Rural Sanitation, Tennessee State Board of Health. [AB] [550] Nesbit, Malvina G. “Better Health for Tennessee Mountain People.” Mountain Life and Work 2 no. 3 (October 1926): 23, 30. il.

Nesbit, a public health nurse, writes about health in “several of Tennessee’s most mountainous counties” in this special “Health” issue of Mountain Life and Work. Of particular interest to the Smokies researcher is her mention of Phyllis Higinbotham, “who for the past six years has worked in Sevier County for the Pi Beta Phi School” (p. 23). Among the public health initiatives described are immunization clinics, orthopedic work, classes to train midwives, and school health clubs for teaching personal and community hygiene. Nesbit lists obstacles to public health work in the mountainous areas, including superstition, traditions, religious objections, poor nutrition, and lack of conveniences in the homes. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [LB] [551] “On the Appalachian Health Resorts of Tennessee.” Tennessee State Board of Health Bulletin 4, no. 11 (June 15, 1889): 191–96.

Health-seekers have in the past ignored the Appalachian Mountains in Tenn. New railway lines currently in construction will “penetrate this huge mass of mountains” (p. 191). Anonymous author goes on to quote extensively from other writers, most notably John H. Kain, J. B. Killebrew, and Dr. Henry O. Marcy, on the geographical features of the Tenn. mountains including the Smokies. [AB] [552] Passenger Department of the Richmond and Danville Railroad. Excursion Guide to the Virginia Springs and Health Resorts. New York: Leve and Alden’s Publication Department, 1883. 76 p. il., maps.

184

Typical railroad promotional pamphlet that features health resorts along the lines of the Richmond and Danville Railroad. Most resorts are east and north of the GSM region, but Haywood White Sulphur Springs in Waynesville, on the Western N.C. Railroad line, is also included. According to the guide, the waters of White Sulphur Springs can be used to treat chronic diarrhea, dyspepsia, and liver and kidney diseases. Attractions include lawn tennis, croquet, archery, and games by the Cherokee. Illustrated with nineteen engravings and two maps of the railroad lines. Includes charts of ticket prices and advertisements for some resorts. [AB] [553] Peale, Albert C. “Lists and Analyses of the Mineral Springs of the United States [A Preliminary Study].” United States Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 32. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1886. 235 p. tables.

Collection of data for a report on the commercial value of mineral springs (Williams, Albert Jr., “Mineral Resources of the United States, 1883–84,” U.S.G.S.). States that other lists are incomplete. The list is primarily places “where the springs have been improved or where the waters have been placed upon the market” (p. 10). The N.C. section (p. 74–78) has brief data on Haywood White Sulphur Springs in Waynesville and mentions nearby springs. The Tenn. section (p. 97–106) analyzes water from Montvale Springs, with brief data on several other springs in Blount County. [AB] [554] Pratt, Joseph Hyde. “Mineral Waters,” in “The Mining Industry in North Carolina during 1907 with Special Report on the Mineral Waters.” North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Economic Paper, no. 15. Raleigh: Geological and Economic Survey, 1908: 74–145. il., tables.

States that, at present, N.C.’s mineral water industry is not large but possibilities exist for commercial development of bottled waters, spas, and hotels. Extensive information about mineral waters and their therapeutic uses in general, and N.C. mineral waters in particular. Pratt presents analyses of various mineral waters by a laboratory in Chapel Hill. Final section is an extensive overview of specific mineral springs with analyses of water in table form, organized by broad geographic areas, coastal plain, piedmont plateau, and mountain region. Smok-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

ies locations include Haywood White Sulphur Spring in Waynesville (p. 141–42), Haywood Chalybeate Spring in Haywood County (p. 142–43), and Epps Spring in Swain County (p. 143–44). Illustrated by thirteen photographs, none of the Smokies region. [AB/TB] [555] Safford, James M. “Geological and Topographical Features of Tennessee in Relation to Disease. Or, a Contribution to an Exposition of the Eight Natural Divisions in their Relations to Disease, or, Conversely, Public Health, being a report to the State Board of Health.” In First Report of the State Board of Health of the State of Tennessee, April 1877 to October 1880. Nashville: Tavel and Howell, Printers to the State, 1880. p. 239–315. maps, tables.

Safford writes that geological and topographical features such as moisture, temperature, drinking water, soil, drainage, and vegetation have a direct relationship to health. The Unaka region, which includes the Smokies, is one of the eight divisions of the state as outlined by Safford in his 1869 state geological report [1091]. In the Unaka profile (p. 261–73), Safford describes the topography and explains there is limited data on mountain climate. For many years, people have traveled to the mountains to improve their health, according to the author. “It is believed that in the future…hotels and sanitariums will be found at many inviting points” (p. 266). Safford cites Asheville sanitariums as a model for those that could be built in places like Wears Cove, Tuckaleechee Cove, and Cades Cove. He is curious to know about the health of the mountaineers who have the advantage of the mountain climate and topography. Includes tables of temperature and rainfall for Knoxville, Chattanooga, Memphis, and Nashville. Two maps: one small map of the eight natural divisions of the state, and a large fold-out map of Tenn. [AB] [556] Yoakley, Ina C. “Wild Plant Industry of the Southern Appalachians.” Economic Geography 8, no. 3 (July 1932): 311–17. il.

Discusses the commercial gathering and processing of wild plants for medicinal and decorative purposes in parts of the Southern Appalachians. Covers distribution of plants, methods of collection, collecting centers, marketing, summer and winter products, and the indus-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

try’s future. Claims that “Western North Carolina, both mountain and piedmont, southwestern Virginia, eastern Kentucky, and eastern Tennessee furnish seventy-five percent of the crude botanical drugs which the continent of North America supplies to the drug markets of the world” (p. 311). Notes ginseng and galax collection in the GSM region (p. 313–14). Concludes, in part, that “the crude drug merchants in the southern part of the area are already noting a diminished supply of medicinals due to the establishment of the Smoky Mountains National Park, which, as other national parks, will be administered in the interest of conservation of native plants rather than in their exploitation” (p. 316). Six tiny photos show cultivated ginseng (“the picket fence is a means of protecting the matured plants from thievery”), a buyer and his truck, marketable greens, a “galacker” and his wife at home, and the packing-house at Low Gap, N.C. Yoakley co-authored Geography of Tennessee (Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1943). [RC]

Sociology/Anthropology

[557] Black, Ellen. “A Study of the Diffusion of Culture in a Relatively Isolated Mountain County.” M.A. thesis, University of Chicago, 1928. 117 p. maps, tables.

Study of cultural change in Swain County. Black analyzes census data and interviews to postulate that the most profound changes have occurred as the result of enhanced communication systems, including better roads, railroads, and increased use of automobiles. Availability of more retail goods, tourism, radio broadcasting, newspaper circulation, educational facilities, and modern farming techniques are results of improved communication. Resistance to change is cited as the result of adherence to tradition, poverty, ignorance, respect for authority, habit, and social pressure. Provides interesting details about traditional funeral customs, folk medicines, superstitions, and beliefs in witchcraft. Also listed under author’s married name, Ellen Black Winston. [AB] [558] Bradley, Frances Sage, and Margaretta A. Williamson. “Rural Children in Selected Counties of North Carolina.” United States Department of Labor. Children’s Bureau Publication, no. 33. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1918. 118 p. il.

185

Reprint: Rural Child Welfare Series, no. 2. New York: Negro University Press, 1969. 118 p.

Extensive detailed report that compares social, economic, and health conditions of rural children in two unidentified N.C. counties–a lowland county and a mountain county. Based upon the description of the mountain county (p. 59–61) and a photograph of the “Falls of the Tuckaseegee” (pl. 17), it is likely Swain County. “The Mountain County Survey” (p. 59–92) covers economics, home conditions, maternity care, infant care, physical conditions of children from one to fifteen years of age, education, children’s farm and other work, and recreation and social life. Survey findings were based on house-tohouse visits in “three distinctly rural townships” to 231 families with 697 children under age sixteen. Data is presented in narrative form under separate subheadings. Part IV, Summary and Conclusions (p. 93–100), points out deficiencies among mountain families in income, housing, hygiene, medical care, education, and social and recreational opportunities, and urges reforms. Plates 16– 31 (unfortunately very small in size) show mountain and valley scenery, farm life, roads, and children working, at school, and playing baseball. [RC] [559] Branson, E. C. “Our Carolina Highlanders.” University of North Carolina Extension Bureau Circular, no. 2. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina, 1916. 12 p.

Eugene Cunningham Branson was the founder and head of the rural social economics program at University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Utilizing statistics from other N.C. counties and other states, Branson asserts that the mountain counties of N.C. are “not more poverty-stricken, nor more lawless and violent, nor more unorganizable than the democratic mass in rural North Carolina” (p. 3). According to Branson, problems of illiteracy and high homicide rates are statewide, not limited to the mountains. Contrary to popular belief, Branson views mountain people as “high spirited, self-reliant and proud...sturdy and strong in character, keenly responsive to fair treatment, kind hearted and loyal to friends, quick to lend help in distress; and salted unto salvation by a keen sense of humor” (p. 7). He suggests that the rural mountain people need practical education and leadership from religious leaders to take advantage of new op-

186

portunities offered by increased industrial development in the region. Originally an address to the Conference of Southern Mountain Workers, Knoxville, 29 March 1916. [AB] [560] Brown, Roy M. Public Poor Relief in North Carolina. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1928. 184 p. il.

Brown, research associate in UNC’s Institute for Research in Social Science, begins with British antecedents of public welfare and proceeds chronologically from the colonial period to the present day. Concludes with “Possible Solutions for the Problems of Poor Relief,” urging increased state support for facilities and programs, more qualified caregivers and administrators, and better living conditions in state-run institutions. Of note are reports by county on public welfare. See, in particular, information on Haywood County (p. 87), Jackson County (p. 88, 102, 125), and Madison County (p. 88, 108). [RC] [561] Carter, Isabel Gordon. “Reduction in Variability in an Inbred Population.” Ph.D. diss., Columbia University, 1928. 25 p.

Published version: American Journal of Physical Anthropology 11, no. 3 (April-June 1928): 457–71. charts, tables.

Study undertaken to determine the degree of inbreeding in Gatlinburg and surrounding communities in 1924 as part of author’s dissertation research at Columbia University. Subjects were children from area schools. When asked about the physical and mental health of the population, the local physician, Dr. J. W. Ogle, replied: The general health is slightly below the average elsewhere and that the most common aliments are the ordinary respiratory diseases (colds, catarrah, and pneumonia) and gastro-intestinal disorders. In his opinion, the mentality of the inhabitants is above average and the percentage of feeble-mindedness less than other areas. Children of first-cousin marriages do not, in his opinion, measure up to the community standard, although they are stronger physically and mentally than he had expected to find them. (p. 460)

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Along with data on numbers of expected and actual ancestors, Carter presents tables of physical measurements of children in the method developed by Franz Boas, the renowned Columbia University physical anthropologist. This article is the only version of the author’s dissertation available. Genealogical data for the study are held in the McClung Collection, Knox County Public Library. [AB] [562] Dawley, Jr., Thomas Robertson. “Our Southern Mountaineers: Removal the Remedy for the Evils That Isolation and Poverty Have Brought—Some Results of a First-Hand Investigation.” The World’s Work 19, no. 5 (March 1910): 12704–14. il.

Detailed description of the Southern Appalachian mountain region and its inhabitants. Based on Dawley’s experiences doing field work as a “child labor investigator” for the U.S. government in the mountains (including the GSM) of Tenn., N.C., S.C., Ga., and Ala., ca. 1907–8. He recounts the living conditions of these “people of poverty” and concludes that their only salvation is to leave the mountains and move to places where they can find employment (e.g., in the cotton mills) and make a living. [LB] [563] Dawley, Jr., Thomas Robertson. The Child That Toileth Not: The Story of a Government Investigation. New York: Gracia Publishing Company, 1912. 490 p. il.

An unofficial report on a Bureau of Labor investigation looking into the conditions under which women and children are obliged to work in the cotton mills of the South. Southern cotton mills drew much of their labor from the rural districts, including the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee. The author of the report “was directed to proceed South and study the conditions of the people living on those districts with the view of ascertaining the effect of factory employment upon them” (p 9). The author’s investigations took him into the Great Smoky Mountains where he occasionally encountered “a wretched cabin, or a shack of unmarketable boards from an abandoned saw-mill. God-forsaken in appearance with no visible land for tillage, I wondered why human habitations were built in such places” (p 181). In the more densely populated areas he discovered that “There were

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

cabins, shacks and houses almost everywhere it seemed, that one could be placed. Even old tobacco-barns rotting away with neglect, were inhabited. Slattern-looking, idle women were sitting in doorways, with children, dirty and ragged like themselves, moping around” (p 182). The reporter’s travels took him into the Chestnut Flats region of Cades Cove where he had hoped to interview the well-known moonshiner, “old man Birchfield,” and to Oconaluftee where he was shown the cabin where Nancy Hanks, the mother of Abraham Lincoln had supposedly lived. The author concludes that children working in the cotton mills are healthier and happier than those in the mountains who do not work. The report contains well over a hundred photographs many of which illustrate the homes and living conditions of the mountain poor. [KW] [564] Dyer, G. W. “The Population of East Tennessee.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 2 (April 1926): 7–11. il.

Part of the “Great Smoky Mountains National Park Number” issue. Author is Professor of Sociology at Vanderbilt University. Maintains that there is little basis for the presumption that early East Tennesseans were predominantly Scotch Presbyterian or Scotch-Irish. As evidence, Dyer points to the fact that Presbyterian churches were no more numerous in East Tenn. than they were in other regions of the South during the early nineteenth century. Instead, Dyer claims that the early inhabitants of East Tenn. were representative of the respective populations of Va. and N.C. Illustrated with two Jim Thompson photographs, one of “Huggins’ Hell” and one of the cabin in Bear Pen Hollow. [MT/AB] [565] Edwards, Charles W. County Government and County Affairs in Haywood County, N.C. Chapel Hill: Institute for Research in Social Science, University of North Carolina, 1927. 164 p. Typewritten.

Analysis of Haywood County politics, courts, public health, transportation, education, finances, and agriculture. According to Edwards, “The officials elected in Haywood are generally above the average of officials elected in the mountain counties of North Carolina. Most of them are good business men” (introduction, unpaginated). Concludes with suggestions for improvement,

187

such as the following: create local government board at state level to assist local governments with bond issues, taxes, and changes in governance structure; conduct annual financial audits; implement secret balloting; and provide supervision of county road and bridge work at state level. Recommends improvements to courthouse, jail (“a disgrace” p. 113), county welfare system, deeds office, salaries of clerk of the court and road supervisor, school consolidation process, county farm, and procedures for tax assessment and collection. Appendices include legislation, bills before the legislature, grand jury reports, educational reports, tax statistics, bond indebtedness, and annual financial statement. [AB] [566] Groves, Benjamin P. “A Child Welfare Survey of Blount County: An Honors Work in Sociology.” Undergraduate thesis, Maryville College, 1933. 40 p.

Surveys Blount County in four areas: Education and Training, Medical Care and Public Health, Social Welfare, and Public Health Organization. Each survey concludes with recommendations for countywide improvements. The education/training survey focuses on numbers of schools, students and teachers, attendance rates, illiteracy (1,077 people over the age of ten are reported as illiterate), recreation equipment, and libraries. The medical care and public health survey asks about numbers of physicians, availability of obstetric and infant medical care, prevalence of breastfeeding, and number and education of midwives. The social welfare survey covers services available for delinquent and impoverished children. Mrs. Dunn, an otherwise unidentified survey respondent, asserts “that irresponsible mothers whose dirty half-clad children are roaming the streets is the chief social problem” (p. 14). The public health organization survey collects information on the services offered by public health agencies. Included in this section is a table of cases and deaths due to smallpox, diphtheria, syphilis, and typhoid. Groves’s recommendations include enforcing the compulsory education law, improving libraries, establishing a well-baby clinic, special training for midwives, medical care for indigents, a facility for delinquents, and restoring the Blount County Health Unit, which was recently abolished. Paper concludes with a set of questions from a sociology textbook. [AB]

188

[567] Gundlach, Adelaide. “The Study Tour.” Mountain Life and Work 9, no. 4 (January 1934): 9–14.

Conference of Southern Mountain Workers attendees decide to go on a tour of mountain work centers “in order to get a general view of the different types of approach to the mountain problem” (p. 9). Included in the group was Maryalice Chaffee of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. The tour covered about 1,000 miles in nine days through the mountain districts of Ky., Tenn., N.C., and Ga. “Saturday night was spent at the Mountain View Hotel in Gatlinburg, and before starting out the next morning the group visited the interesting craft shop of the Pi Beta Phi School. Then began one of the most enjoyable drives of the whole trip over the Great Smoky Mountains into North Carolina. Passing the Cherokee Indian Reservation we stopped to see the school there . . . ” (p. 11). [AB] [568] Houts, Paul G. “An Educational, Economic, and Community Survey of Blount County, Tennessee.” M.S. thesis, University of Tennessee, 1928. 147 p. il., tables.

One of a series of surveys on Tenn. counties, this thesis is a snapshot of Blount County in the 1920s. Information is from U.S. Census data, community surveys, school superintendent reports from Blount County and the state of Tenn., and interviews. Notable for the number and variety of photographs, including seven Jim Thompson shots of the GSM. Other photographs depict dams, villages, farm animals, houses, industries, schools, churches, and privies. Concludes with a detailed list of recommendations for county improvements. Copies of the surveys used in the study are included as an appendix. [AB] [569] McKelway, A. J. “Child Labor in the Southern Cotton Mills.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 27, no. 2 (March 1906): 1–11.

McKelway, Doctor of Divinity and child labor reform advocate, is Assistant Secretary of the National Child Labor Committee. He uses the report of a train ride from Memphis to Spartanburg to outline the evils of child labor in the southern cotton mills. The party on the

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

train included a cotton mill agent bringing recent recruits to the mills. The agent regarded his work “as a benefaction and himself as the advance agent of civilization” (p. 2). He went on to say that “he had found the worst conditions on the Pigeon River, in East Tennessee, among the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 2). He espoused the opinion that work in the mill was better than farm work because the pay was better and the children could work alongside the parents. McKelway disagrees, pointing out that the system is cruel and harmful to the health and education of children. [AB] [570] Ross, Edward Alsworth. “Pocketed Americans, pts. I and II.” The New Republic 37, no. 475 (January 9, 1924): 170–72; no. 477 (January 23, 1924): 224–26. Reprint: World Drift. New York: The Century Co., 1928. p. 62–77.

After a trip through the region, sociologist and University of Wisconsin Professor Ross profiles Southern Appalachian people by commenting on ethnicity, genetics and inbreeding, high birthrate, declining land supplies, low status of women, primitive nature of religious beliefs, and lack of education. Ross sees hope for change with new road construction in Western N.C., increased regional tourism, and coal mining in Ky. [AB] [571] Social Survey of Blount County, 1930. Maryville, Tenn.: Maryville College Political and Social Science Dept., 1930. 43 p. maps.

Survey conducted by sociology students under the direction of Dr. J. H. McMurray, Head of the Political and Social Science Department of Maryville College. Information included in the survey was gleaned from various government publications, including the U.S. Census, and interviews with local residents. Survey document is comprised of sections on local history, population (using both the 1920 and 1930 censuses), wealth and taxation, industries, agriculture, natural resources, summer resorts, roads, schools, churches, fraternal orders and clubs, politics (overwhelmingly Republican), public protection such as courts, fire and police, and health. Summary entitled “Evidence of Progress” credits the new GSMNP with new roads and increased promotion of the region.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Most interesting for researchers will be information not generally found in government publications such as lists of churches (including membership statistics) and clubs. Illustrated with three hand-drawn maps of geology, geography, and roads. [AB] [572] Whittle, W. O. Movement of Population from the Smoky Mountains Area. Knoxville: University of Tennessee, Agricultural Experiment Station, 1934. 24 p. charts, tables.

Documents the movement of families from lands procured by the federal government to establish the GSMNP. This study, conducted in early 1934, compares the former and present residences of families who lived within park boundaries. Charts and notes describe the number of people in each family, ages, length of time living in the neighborhood, ancestry, distance from church, store, schools, doctor, and neighbors, means of travel, character of lands and soil, portion under cultivation, days employed away from home, religious life, educational opportunities, contentment, ownership of automobiles, radios, and phonographs, acres of lands sold and amounts received, and influences in their removal. The raw data offer a glimpse into the demographics of people living within GSMNP communities and demonstrate changes in their situation because of removal. [SL] [573] Wilson, Warren H. “From Cove to Community.” Mountain Life and Work 1, no. 4 (January 1926): 3–4, 24–25. il.

Wilson, theologian and proponent of the rural church movement, writes that previously the standard model for community life in the mountains was small “primary groups” or “coves” in mountain parlance. Small groups like coves existed in other rural areas but they have “greater intensity” (p. 3) in the Southern Appalachians. Better roads and the advent of the automobile are creating communities with larger geographical parameters. Those who provide services for mountain people find it difficult to determine where to build churches, schools or medical facilities, and what kind of services to offer. Concludes with a request for college professors to study the changes in the social organization of mountain people. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [AB]

189

Religion

[574] A. B. “Miscellaneous: Mountains of East Tennessee. Preachers. – Religion and Morals of the People.” Christian Observer 28, no. 39 (September 29, 1849): 156.

Outlines the conditions of religion and morals of the Smoky Mountain region, particularly of Miller, Tuckaleechee, and Cades Coves. The Methodist and the Old School Baptist denominations held chief influence in the area. The Methodists largely employ the services of circuit preachers and occasionally hold camp meetings in which “excitement is got up, members recruited into the church, with or without a professed change of heart, and after a long session of shouting and excitement, they break up, having had a good meeting.” For the Baptists, the situation is apparently worse. Drinking whiskey is considered right and proper and the preachers, having had no training in theology, proceed solely on the assumption that they are “called to preach.” The preaching itself is colorfully depicted as “the King’s English shockingly disregarded.” [KW] [575] Asbury, Francis. The Journal and Letters of Francis Asbury. ed. by Elmer T. Clark. London: Epworth Press; Nashville: Abingdon Press, 1958. 3 vol., v. 1: 778 p.; v. 2: 871 p.; v3. 603 p. il., maps. Reprints: Nashville: Parthenon Press, 1995. 3 vol.

Bishop Francis Asbury, a circuit-riding minister for the Methodist Church, recorded in his journal only one instance of having traveled into the interior of the GSM (at Cataloochee on 30 November 1810, vol. 2, p. 654); nevertheless, he crossed frequently between Tenn. and N.C. along the northeastern edge of the Smokies and often stayed and preached in communities on the periphery of the mountains. Asbury’s observations on his forays into the Smokies region offer rare glimpses of travel conditions, local customs, and manner of life in these fledging mountain hamlets at the turn of the nineteenth century. The journal entries are arranged by date and the volumes are thoroughly indexed. [KW] [576] Burnett, J. J. Sketches of Tennessee’s Pioneer Baptist Preachers. Nashville: Marshall and Bruce Co., 1919. 567 p. il. 190

Biographical sketches of early Baptist religious leaders, including many from the GSM region, from 1775– 1875. Profiled Smokies figures include several from the Atchley family, Richard Evans, William Ogle, E. W. Ogle, and Eli Roberts, all from Sevier County. Illustrated with portraits of some of the preachers. [AB] [577] Burton, James. D. “A Tour of the ‘Big Smokies.’” Christian Herald 27, no. 35 (August 31, 1904): 740. il.

Burton writes from Mount Sterling to report on progress made in Cataloochee as the result of missionary work by The Woman’s Missionary Union. He quotes Annie W. Armstrong of the Union extensively. The people of Cataloochee were poor, uneducated, and without religion. Armstrong writes, “When we came here two years ago, there were no Sabbath schools in the Settlement, and preaching was sadly neglected. The region had a reputation for quarrels and fights. A sheriff had just been shot and killed by unknown parties. ‘Moonshine liquor’ was being made and sold.” After religious and educational efforts by the missionaries, Cataloochee is “better in every way than a few years ago.” Burton closes by expressing his gratitude to the Christian Herald readership who has supported the mission work. Illustrated with images of a party on “Big Creek.” [AB] [578] “East Tennessee Christian Association of Friends.” Friends’ Review: A Religious, Literary and Miscellaneous Journal 26, no. 12 (November 9, 1872): 189–90.

Reports on the formation of the missionary group East Tennessee Christian Association of Friends to work “for the religious, moral, and intellectual improvement of the poor white people of East Tennessee…” (p. 189). Quotes extensively from a letter by Dr. Jeptha D. Garner on the people of the mountain region. Garner wrote: About one-fourth of them live in houses or cabins, with no floor but the earth, and their average intelligence is below that of the colored people, because they have had less intercourse with intelligent white people, and far less opportunities to attend any kind of religious services. And having little or no money, not even Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

enough to pay their taxes, they have not excited the cupidity of the Roman Catholics. (p. 189) Garner had been traveling around lecturing the people and distributing religious information. [AB] [579] Guerrant, Edward O. “The Galax Gatherers.” Christian Observer 90, no. 41 (October 8, 1902): 9–10.

One of several articles by Guerrant detailing his visits to locations in the Smokies and the surrounding areas to preach to the local people. Dr. Guerrant (1838–1916) was an itinerant missionary from Ky. for the Christian Fundamentalist Society of Soul Winners. On this trip, Guerrant is escorted by evangelist Rev. R. F. King “to Smoky, and preached in the open woods, beneath the great oaks, to a large crowd . . .” (p. 9). Twenty-five women and girls are “saved.” He then travels to N.C. to visit the Galax Gatherers, a group of mountain people who gather galax leaves to decorate the homes of the wealthy in the winter. [AB] [580] Guerrant, Edward O. “The Observer. A Visit to Cataloochee, in the Great Smoky Mountains.” Christian Observer 91, no. 20 (May 20, 1903): 10. Reprint: The Galax Gatherers, p. 104–9 [583].

Rev. Guerrant relates his travels through torrential rains and across swollen rivers to reach the Smoky Mountain community of Cataloochee. “Here we found some three hundred people in a big lumber camp, between giant mountains, without a school house or a church.” The people came through the rain, most having no shoes or umbrellas, to hear him preach in a large commissary store. Mr. and Mrs. Barrows, missionaries in Cataloochee and the surrounding area, are building a school in Cataloochee to meet the needs of the people. Guerrant also visits the mission near Del Rio, Tenn. [AB] [581] Guerrant, Edward O. “Wanted.” Christian Observer 93, no. 23 (June 7, 1905): 14.

Presbyterian minister and president of the Society of Soul Winners is soliciting “A good man and wife to occupy an important mission field in the Great Smoky Mountains.” The couple who founded the mission is leaving to be missionaries in China. They are donating their Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

property which is located in the “Yellow Spring Range of the Great Smoky Mountains” to the Society. [AB] [582] Guerrant, Edward O. “In the Great Smoky Mountains.” New York Observer and Chronicle, 30 September 1909, p. 433. Abridged version: Christian Observer 97, no. 49 (December 8, 1909): 21. Reprint: The Galax Gatherers, p. 109–13 [583].

This account of the Presbyterian minister’s third trip to the Seminary of the Great Smokies near Del Rio, Tenn. is filled with details about mountain life. Guerrant praised the work habits and courage of the mountain people, reporting that “The follies of fashion and the dissipations of society have never invaded those quiet hamlets in the Great Smokies.” He preached to the people and was pleased that “more than a score of persons professed faith in the Saviour.” Continuing his patronizing and romanticized view of the mountain people, Guerrant callously concludes, “We need these highlanders to leaven the great influx of foreigners, seven millions of whom entered our country in the last ten years.” [AB] [583] Guerrant, Edward O. The Galax Gatherers: The Gospel Among the Highlanders. Edited by his daughter, Grace. Richmond: Onward Press, 1910. 220 p. il., map.

Reprint: Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2005. With introduction by Mark Huddle.

Under the running title “Galax Gatherers, and Sketches of the American Highlanders,” Dr. Guerrant’s “random notes written while traveling and preaching in the mountains” portrays the Appalachian Region and the “highlanders” he encountered while doing home mission work in the region. Sections about the Smokies and the mission school sponsored by the Society include “’A Visit to Cataloochee” (p. 104–9) and “In the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 109–13). Pictured are a new chapel at Ebenezer, the school at “Hell-for-Sartin,” and Mr. Barrow’s Mission House in the GSM. A map shows and identifies by name forty-eight “Soul-Winners’ Missions in the Mountains,” many along the spine of the GSM (outlined on the map). Dr. Guerrant, a graduate of Union Theological Seminary, Richmond, Va., portrays the region and its inhabitants in a highly descriptive, narrative style. 191

Comments on mountain life, “in the roughest, poorest country I ever saw” (p. 106). For example, Mrs. Barrows…gave me a hearty welcome to the humble home–where contented poverty lived happily with Jesus. It was a lovely Christian home and well served as a vestibule to the golden palaces beyond the tall summit of Old Smoky. . . . It was in the suburbs of heaven, more than two thousand feet above the troubles of the world below. (p. 105–6) [LB/RC] [584] Hooker, Elizabeth R. Religion in the Highlands: Native Churches and Missionary Enterprises in the Southern Appalachian Area. New York: Home Missions Council, 1933. 319 p. charts, maps.

Introduces the subject with a brief history of the religious antecedents of Southern Appalachia and an overview of the general characteristics of the region including isolation, poverty, poor agricultural practices, lack of industry, overpopulation, and health problems. Details the religious environment of several areas within the region. The Blue Ridge, which includes the Smokies, has many small and poorly-funded churches of different denominations. In general, Southern Appalachian churches share several traits. They tend to be traditional, dogmatic, and loosely governed. The preachers are usually paid very little and not well-educated. Church buildings are very simple. Religious life is enlivened by occasional revivals. Churches function in the community as a venue of socialization, community control, and leadership development. Hooker concludes that churches need to focus on funding, education of ministers, and the support of social reforms. Appendices include information on isolation and relative prosperity of the divisions in the region, missionary and philanthropic enterprises and schools by county, and a bibliography. Mentioned are schools in Sevier County (Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, Smoky Mountain Academy, Harrison-Chilhowee Institute, Murphy College, and Pittman Community Centre School) and in Blount County (Friendsville Academy and Maryville College). Includes charts of statistical information and several maps, including foldout maps showing missionary and philanthropic enterprises and schools. “Selected list of books,” p. 317–19. [AB/LB]

192

[585] “Indiana Yearly Meeting.” Friends’ Review; a Religious, Literary and Miscellaneous Journal 29, no. 9 (October 16, 1875): 136.

Record of correspondence and minutes read at the fifty-fourth annual session of the Friends on September 29, 1875. Included is a reading of the “Sixth Annual Report of the Missionary Board” in which is outlined the work of Dr. J. D. Garner, a missionary to the mountain people of the Smoky region. Garner afterward elaborates on the report, giving a description of the people encountered in his work. Of particular interest is Garner’s observation of the religious life of the mountaineers: “They mostly profess religion, which, in their case, means ‘getting converted, being baptized, and joining the church’ (they are mostly Baptists) and then falling into their old habits again…They have no schools worth the name.” [KW] [586] “Letter from a Missionary in Tennessee.” Charleston Gospel Messenger and Protestant Episcopal Register 29, no. 12 (March 1853): 370–74.

Reports on missionary efforts on behalf of the Episcopal Church in East Tenn. including Montvale Springs and Chilhowee (“at the mouth of Abraham’s Creek,” p. 371). Writer hopes this letter “may attract money and fellow laborers into this field” (p. 373). Signed “A Missionary in East Tennessee.” [AB] [587] Murdoch, Rev. Harvey S. “A Visit to the Great Smoky Mountains.” Christian Observer 90, no. 29 (July 16, 1902): 11.

Report by Murdoch on a visit to a mission in Tampa, Tenn. (Cocke County), “a mile or so from the Pigeon River, almost within the shadow of the Old Smoky himself,” on behalf of the Society of Soul Winners, who sponsors the mission. Services were held Saturday and Sunday in the schoolhouse. In addition to the service, children displayed their Biblical knowledge. “The children are bright, and need only the opportunity to learn and develop.” At the service, Murdoch notes that a twelve-year-old girl received a prize for having “given up the use of tobacco!” Tobacco use among children is cited as a problem in this region. [AB] [588] “North Carolina.” Christian Observer 95, no. 2 (January 9, 1907): 13–14.

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Short article reporting on a meeting of the ministers of Haywood County “to organize a vigorous movement against the vice in intemperance.” [AB] [589] Ormond, Jesse Marvin. The Country Church in North Carolina. Durham: Duke University Press, 1931. 369 p.

Ormond was Professor of Practical Theology in the School of Religion at Duke University. Surveys rural churches in N.C. and their relationship to the social structure of the various counties. Initial three chapters outline the physical and economic conditions in rural N.C., the recent educational progress in the state, and the religious composition of N.C. as a whole. Most of the background information is drawn from U.S. government sources such as the Census Bureau, state publications like the State School Facts, and reports by the two major religious groups, the Southern Baptist Church and the Methodist Episcopal Church, South. The bulk of the book is a county-by-county overview of white rural churches. Data for this section were gleaned from various statistical publications cited on p. 34. Each county section includes a church map with a legend for respective denominations. GSM county summaries are on the following pages: Haywood, p. 163–64; Swain, p. 288–91; Graham, p. 146–49. Concludes with comparisons of data based on regional, economic, population, and agricultural differences. It appears clear to the author that interest in religion declines as the number of tenant farmers increases. Recommends consolidation of churches to increase membership, financial support, physical equipment, and ministerial attention to meet the needs of rural people. Tables in appendix list farm acreage, value of property, major crops, automobiles, manufactured products, rural schools, and rural church property for various dates in the 1920s. [AB] [590] Paschal, George Washington. History of North Carolina Baptists. Raleigh: Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, 1930–55. 2 vols., v. 1: 572 p.; v. 2: 597 p. maps.

Comprehensive history of Baptists in N.C. authorized by the Historical Commission of the North Carolina Baptist State Convention in 1926 and based on primary source material, including Morgan Edwards’

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

unpublished manuscript “Materials Towards a History of Baptists in the Province of North Carolina.” Provides information about Baptist involvement in the early development of N.C. government and civilization, the influence of Baptists on other denominations in N.C., state history and related general history. Volume 2 is chiefly concerned with the development of Baptists in Western N.C., including areas now part of the GSMNP. Appendix contains two early lists of Baptist churches in N.C. [LB] [591] “Progress of the Kingdom: Our Own Work— Work for Mountain Whites.” Congregationalist 79, no. 47 (November 22, 1894): 723–24.

Brief report from an A.M.A. [American Missionary Association] pastor on a trip to preach to the Cherokee and a group in Dillsboro. Of the Cherokee trip, he writes, “At the invitation of a neighboring community I forded the Lufty River and preached to a good-sized congregation in an Indian council house. It had just been used for a political meeting, and political cries and recommendations were chalked all over the building” (p. 723). [AB] [592] Pumphrey, Stanley. “East Tennessee.” Friends’ Review; a Religious, Literary and Miscellaneous Journal 30, no. 32 (March 24, 1877): 499–501.

Author writes that although the Valley of East Tenn. “possesses natural advantages which should render it one of the most attractive portions of the United States” (p. 499), it is still undeveloped and blighted by slavery and exhausted soil. The Friends have been working in the area for about eighty years to bring about spiritual and educational reform. Pumphrey extensively cites the work of J. D. Garner, who has worked for the past five years where he found “among the valleys of the Smoky Mountains a considerable population of very poor people, whose religious and educational opportunities were small indeed” (p. 500). With assistance from his family, Garner has built three schoolhouses and taught more than 1,600 people to read. Garner travels throughout the region, reporting that (in the words of Pumphrey): The journey is toilsome, for the roads can only be travelled on foot or horseback, and are often extremely rough and steep. The accommodation, even in the best houses, possesses few of

193

the comforts of civilized life. Often a room in a log cabin, without windows, is shared with the whole family, and the meal consists of nothing but corn bread and milk. (p. 500) Pumphrey provides additional information about the work of the Friends in East Tenn., citing their isolation and desire for greater organizational structure. [AB] [593] Richardson, Frank. From Sunrise to Sunset: Reminiscence. Bristol, Tenn.: King Printing Co.; Leroi Press, 1910. 242 p. il.

Compilation of reminiscences, originally written for publication in the Midland Methodist, by the Rev. Frank Richardson, D.D., a circuit preacher for the Methodist Church in East Tenn. and Western N.C. during the latter half of the nineteenth century and into the early twentieth. Centers on Richardson’s life, but is also concerned with the history, leaders, governance, and mission work of the Holston Conference of the Methodist Church during that time. Chapters 32 through 35 (p. 153–72) deal with the Franklin District (Haywood, Jackson, Macon, Cherokee, and Clay Counties, plus part of Buncombe County), which Richardson describes as “a wild, mountainous region ... [embracing] some of the largest and loftiest mountains of the Alleghany and Blue Ridge Ranges” (p.153), and the Asheville District, “a big, mountainous district”—consisting of Transylvania, Henderson, Yancey, and Mitchell Counties, and parts of Buncombe and McDowell Counties. He calls the people of Franklin District “a race of hardy mountaineers,” tells of preaching to the Cherokee on the Tuckasegee River, and of traveling on horseback through mountainous territory. Written from the perspective of a long life, Richardson’s reminiscence is in an easy narrative style, highly descriptive and often lyrical. On the occasion of his seventy-fourth birthday, he concludes: “Yes, if the evening is to be as the morning was, let it come. Then, when the sun goes down, and night hangs out her sable curtains, and the song of the catbird dies away in the hawthorn, I will rest my head on my mother’s knee, say my prayers, and sweetly fall asleep” (p. 242). [LB] [594] Smiley, John S. History of Tennessee River Baptist Association, North Carolina, from the Year 1830 to

194

the Year 1892. Bryson City, N.C.: Times Job Print, 1893. 166 p.

Brief histories of the churches in the Tennessee River Baptist Association, including the Smokies Mount Zion Church (founded in 1829) near the Arneechee Ford of the Oconaluftee River, and Lufty Church (founded 1836). Section on the organization and history of the Friendship Baptist Association, another local Baptist group. Brief biographies of over twenty “Devoted Servants of the Baptist Church in Western North Carolina” comprise most of the remainder of the book. Smoky Mountains church luminaries include David Elder, Lufty Church; Samuel Gibson, Mount Zion Church; Wesley Williams, Forney Creek Church; C. B. Mingus, Lufty Church; and author Jesse Madison Smiley, Forney Creek Church. Supplements list the distinctive Baptist “marks,” the constitution of the association, and parliamentary rules. Concludes with six pages of Bryson City business advertisements. [AB] [595] “The Society of Soul Winners.” Christian Observer 92, no. 21 (May 25, 1904): 15.

Short article thanking “our friends everywhere” for their support of the missions to “our destitute countrymen” and requesting that donations to further the work be sent to the officers of The Society of Soul Winners. Rev. Guerrant is the President of the Society. The missions include “building another Seminary in the Great Smoky mountains, on the border of Tennessee and North Carolina.” [AB] [596] “South Atlantic States: North Carolina.” Christian Observer 86, no. 5 (February 2, 1898): 109.

Christian Observer is a Presbyterian publication. Short article on activities in Asheville within “South Atlantic States: North Carolina” which, in turn, is part of “News of Our Church.” Rev. A. Walker White, pastor of the churches of Dillsboro and Bryson City and Rev. R. P. Smith, evangelist for the local Presbytery, spoke about mission work in Western N.C. White talked about the “neat churches and flourishing congregations” but lamented the $175 debt that remained on the church in Bryson City. Smith spoke of the “ignorance and destitution” of the mountain people and was quoted as saying that “if truth does not go in and possess the land, error

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

will, for Mormonism, Universalism, and all the ‘isms’ of the United States are making their way among this people . . . .” [AB]

stitute, Harrison-Chilhowee Institute, Cosby Academy, and Smoky Mountain Academy. [LB]

[597] “Western Yearly Meeting.” Friends’ Review; a Religious, Literary and Miscellaneous Journal 39, no. 10 (October 10, 1885): 153–54.

[600] Carter, Isabel Gordon. “Mountain White FolkLore: Tales from the Southern Blue Ridge.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 38, no. 149 (July-September 1925): 340–74.

From the Indian Report, “encouraging results in the mission work in . . . Carolina, where the Yearly Meeting has five day-schools among the E. Cherokees, and a very successful training-school in Swain county, N. C., with an attendance of about 200 children; all of which are in a very satisfactory condition.” [AB] [598] Wilson, Samuel Tyndale. The Southern Mountaineers. New York: Literature Department, Presbyterian Home Missions, 1906. 164 p. il., map.

The author, president of Maryville College and a former graduate of that institution, hopes to raise awareness for what he calls the “Appalachian problem” and the role of the Presbyterian Church in addressing that problem. He divides the mountaineers into three categories: those who are helping, those who will help, and those who need help. The book focuses on this last group, those whom Wilson claims are “behind the times” and “have missed the twentieth century train” (p. 38). Several reasons for the problem are put forth, all of which, Wilson believes, can be resolved through improved education. The Church, he feels, should commit itself to regaining its traditional leadership role in education. Some progress has been made in this regard, and as evidence the author provides a list of the Presbyterian academies and schools located throughout the region. [MT] [599] Withoft, Mabel Swartz. Oak and Laurel: A Study of the Mountain Mission Schools of Southern Baptists. Nashville: Sunday School Board of the Southern Baptist Convention, 1923. 155 p.

Describes the schools, operated by the Home Mission Board of the Southern Baptist Convention, as they were in 1922–23, including their faculty and facilities, surrounding areas, hardships endured, students, and curricula. Written in a straightforward style from an obvious religious perspective. Includes the following mountain mission schools in the GSM region: Sylva Collegiate In-

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Folklore

Article reproduces folktales collected by Carter in the summer of 1923 from three mountain people: Jane Gentry from Hot Springs, Susie Wilkenson from Elkmont, and John Campbell from Townsend. Gentry’s fifteen tales fall into the category of Old Jack, Will and Tom tales, told primarily to children. Wilkenson’s six tales are similar but more fragmentary in nature. Campbell’s tales are very brief and represent the tales told by and to adult men. [AB] [601] Carter, Isabel Gordon. “Mountain White Riddles.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 47, no. 183 (January-March 1934): 76–80.

Compilation of eight riddles “collected during the summer of 1923 in the Southern Blue Ridge of eastern Tennessee and western North Carolina. The informants were white men and women between the ages of sixty and eighty” (p. 76). Credits Jane Gentry of Hot Springs, as a contributor. [RC] [602] Lunsford, Bascom Lamar. “Folk-Lore in Western North Carolina.” Cullowhee State Normal Bulletin 2, no. 4 (1926): 13–15.

Personal collection of “so-called folk expressions, songs, and superstitions one may learn about while comingling with the people of Western North Carolina.” Lunsford (1882–1973), a Buncombe County native and director of Asheville’s Mountain Dance and Folk Festival, also recounts his search for the text and tune of the folk song, “Poor Ormie.” [RC] [603] Mooney, James. “Folk-Lore of the Carolina Hills.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 2, no. 5 (April-June 1889): 95–104.

Essay on the distinctive folklore and folklife of Western N.C. and East Tenn. by famed Cherokee anthropologist. Although not confined to the GSM, in

195

the article Mooney mentions Murphy, N.C. and the Oconaluftee River, and postulates, “most, if not all of the beliefs and customs noted in this paper are known also in the adjacent region west of the Smoky Mountains” (p. 104). Begins with colorful descriptions of mountaineers and observations about living conditions: Before the late war few of the mountaineers had ever been out of their native mountains, or had any higher conception of a city than could be obtained from the collection of twenty or thirty frame houses, called the county town, which they occasionally visited on ceremonial occasions. Even now many of them have never seen a brick house or a railroad, and but dimly realize how such things can be. Illiteracy is the rule. The man who can write his own name is the exception, and the woman who can do as much is nothing less than a prodigy. (p. 96) Catalogues love and good luck charms, astronomic and meteorologic beliefs, bird omens, ghosts and witchcraft, medical charms, riddles, games, and songs. Among other folklore, Mooney claims that mountain girls abide by eating a mixture of cornmeal and salt, walking backwards in strict silence to bed with hands clasped behind the back, and taking off clothing backwards before getting into bed. The apparition of her future husband will give her a drink of water. Maintains that dirt must be swept into the fire, and never out at the door, as that would be sweeping away the luck of the house. Fire taken from one house must not be combined with that on the hearth of another or the families will quarrel. Ends with the lyrics to “My Pretty Little Pink,” which Mooney heard sung to the tune of “The Girl I Left Behind Me.” For more writings by Mooney, see the Cherokee section of this bibliography. [RC] [604] Parker, Haywood. “Folk-Lore of the North Carolina Mountaineers.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 20, no. 79 (October-December 1907): 241–50.

Early anecdotal collection of folk customs and beliefs by Parker, who was from Murphy, N.C. Includes folklore related to the moon, seasons, omens, and home remedies. Sources and locations are not identified. Parker claims,

196

“So far as I can learn, nothing–not even a magazine article–has been written on the subject.” Printed version of a paper read before the Pen and Plate Club, Asheville, in 1906. [RC] [605] Porter, J. Hampden. “Notes on the Folk-Lore of the Mountain Whites of the Alleghanies.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 7, no. 25 (April-June 1894): 105–17.

Catalogue of charms, spells, cures, superstitions, and witchcraft “among scattered settlements in remoter parts of the Alleghanies, between southwestern Georgia and the Pennsylvania line” (p. 105). Maintains that “Supernatural manifestations are very common in these highlands” (p. 109). Examples include sightings of specters and phantoms and folk traditions such as keeping an Easter cross-bun all year for good luck and not cutting an infant’s nails as a charm against stealing (“They should be bitten off; but not on Friday or Sunday,” p. 113). Relates a witchcraft incident from “Mr H___ [who] owned a mill among the Smoky Mountains of Georgia” (p. 115). In the story, three of his bachelor millers die unexpectedly on the premises, and he exorcises the witch (in the form of a brindled cat), who turns out to be the miller’s wife. [RC]

Crafts

[606] Ames, Marjorie B. “Looking at the Crafts: Crafts in the Southern Mountains.” The Handicrafter 3, no. 1 (November-December 1930): 41–45. il.

Account of visits to craft centers and schools in the fall of 1930 by Ames, editor of The Handicrafter. Ames visited the Allanstand Cottage Industries in Asheville; Tryon, N.C.; Penland, N.C.; Crossnore, N.C.; Pi Beta Phi Fraternity School in Gatlinburg; and Berea, Ky. Of the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity School, Ames remarks: From Crossnore I jumped to Gatlinburg, Tenn., spending a few days at the Pi Beta Phi Fraternity School. Connected with this school is the Arrowcraft shop, which is the outlet for the weavings, furniture, and baskets, produced under its direction by the mountain people in the neighborhood. For several years Miss Winogene B. Redding and Miss La Delle

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Allen directed the shop and its many activities; but now that Miss Redding is gone, Miss Victoria Strand supervises the weaving end. No mention of the Pi Beta Phi School can be made without reverting to Miss Evelyn Bishop, the director. Her charming personality seems to just drift into the school’s activities and its personnel. All of the craft work displayed in the Arrowcraft shop is exceptionally good and is abreast of current styles. In purchasing their things, the interested public need not write it down to a charity for a worthy cause; they are getting things as well made and as beautiful as anything of a similar sort found in New York shops. (p. 42) Photographs include scenes at the Penland Weavers and Potters, booths at the Craftsmen Art Work Exhibit in Boston, and textiles and quilt patterns at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. [RC] [607] “Art Notes of Real Interest.” The Quarterly Illustrator 1, no. 2 (April-June 1893): 129–44.

Compilation of disparate art news items and exhibitions announcements and reviews that includes this paragraph on the Smokies: It is said that one may find on the Great Smoky Mountains of Tennessee the same sort of subjects that Millet painted at Barbizon: blue clothing, sabots, and the rudest of farming implements. Here is an opportunity for some of our young men. (p. 131) [RC] [608] Bancroft, Lydia A. “Art Possibilities in Western North Carolina.” Cullowhee State Normal Bulletin 2, no. 4 (January 1926): 10–12.

Panegyric oration on the virtues and favorable conditions for handmade crafts that mentions the Allanstand Cottage Industries and Biltmore Industries in Asheville. Asks, “Is it not reasonable and logical to look to the people of Western North Carolina to produce a distinctly American art? The greatest hope of the nation in developing a distinctly American art lies in the fact that these people come of a pure Anglo-Saxon ancestry and as yet have not

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

become mixed with other European races as have people in our industrial centers” (p. 11). [RC] [609] Berryman, Florence Seville. “Southern Mountain Handicrafts Touring the United States.” Daughters of the American Revolution Magazine 68, no. 2 (February 1934): 91–97. il.

Highlights a traveling exhibition of contemporary mountain coverlets, quilts, baskets, and other crafts by members of the Southern Highland Handicrafts Guild shown at the Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. (October 15 – November 26, 1933), and at the Brooklyn Museum and in Decatur, Ill. in early 1934. The exhibition was organized under the auspices of the American Federation of Arts by Allen Eaton of the Russell Sage Foundation and sponsored by three First Ladies: Mrs. Calvin Coolidge, Mrs. Herbert Hoover, and Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt. It included 586 items and fifty framed photographic portraits of mountain artisans by Doris Ulmann, a famous New York City photographer. Mentions Allanstand Cottage Industries in Asheville and the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. Includes details about basket types, dolls, toys, hearthbrooms, furniture, dulcimers, Cherokee crafts, and other mountain crafts. [RC] [610] A Catalogue of Mountain Handicrafts by the Members of the Southern Highland Handicraft Guild. New York: Southern Highland Handicraft Guild, 1933. 27 p. il., map.

Catalogue to a traveling exhibition of 586 contemporary mountain baskets, woodcarvings, dolls, quilts, coverlets, rugs, furniture, brushes, brooms, beadwork, and other crafts by members of the Southern Highland Handicraft Guild. The exhibition also featured fifty framed photographic portraits of mountain artisans by Doris Ulmann. Under the auspices of the American Federation of Arts, the exhibition was sponsored by Mrs. Calvin Coolidge, Mrs. Herbert Hoover, and Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt. Texts include a foreword (p. 3–4) and an essay, “The Handicrafts of the Southern Highlands” (p. 5–11), both by Allen Eaton of the Russell Sage Foundation. The catalogue portion (p. 12–27) describes items with sale prices (for example, maple kitchen stools for $1.00) by craft schools. In N.C., Allanstand Cottage

197

Industries, the John C. Campbell Folk School, the Cherokee Reservation, Crossnore School, and Tryon ToyMakers and Wood-Carvers are represented; in Tenn., the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School and Wood Craft Shop, both located in Gatlinburg. A double-page illustrated map shows locations of the schools and simple depictions of mountain crafts. The exhibition was inaugurated at the American Country Life Association conference at Blacksburg, Va., and traveled to the Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. (October 15–November 26, 1933), and, in early 1934, to the Brooklyn Museum and a museum in Decatur, Ill. [RC]

Conference, held in Knoxville in 1926. Reports of the various schools and weaving centers were presented by the following: Lucy Morgan of Penland, N.C.; Eleanor Stockin of Berea, Ky.; Evelyn Bishop of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg; and Hindman Settlement School, Pine Mountain Settlement School, and Lincoln Memorial College. The session included exhibits of articles made on hand looms. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [RC]

[611] Eaton, Allen. “The Mountain Handicrafts: Their Importance to the Country and to the People in the Mountain Homes.” Mountain Life and Work 6, no. 2 (July 1930): 22–30. il.

Enthusiastic endorsement of the home industry movement in the U.S. in the early 1930s by the Agent of Trade and Industrial Education, North Atlantic Region. The second half gives an account of a trip to craft shops from Concord, N.H. to Berea, Ky. in winter, 1933. In N.C., McGarvey visited the Southern Highland Handicraft Guild in Asheville, Penland, Crossnore, Tryon (misspelled Tyrone), and Brasstown, the Cherokee Reservation, and Gatlinburg. [RC]

Printed version of Eaton’s address at the Southern Mountain Handicrafts Guild Conference of 1930. Eaton traces the history of the “revival” of mountain crafts and the organization of cooperative ventures, noting the first meeting of guild members at Penland, N.C. on 27–28 December 1928, a second meeting at the Conference of Southern Mountain Workers in Knoxville on 2–5 April 1929, and a third at Beaver Lake, N.C. on 28 December 1929. Comments on a current exhibition of works from thirty-two guild centers and mentions quilters in the GSM region. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. Through his association with the Russell Sage Foundation, an organization dedicated to the improvement of lives through social research, Eaton was instrumental in the founding of the Southern Highland Handicraft Guild. Just after the period of this bibliography, he authored Handicrafts of the Southern Highlands (NY: Russell Sage Foundation, 1937), which catalogues and promotes the handicrafts of the mountain region. For more information on Eaton, see David B. Van Dommelen’s biography, Allen H. Eaton: Dean of American Crafts (Pittsburgh: Local History, 2004). [RC/AB] [612] Matheny, F. E. “Round Table in Fireside Industries.” Mountain Life and Work 2, no. 2 (July 1926): 22–23.

Minutes and report of the Round Table in Fireside Industries session of the Southern Mountain Workers

198

[613] McGarvey, G. A. “Home-Made and Hand-Made Fireside Occupations in a Machine Age.” School Life 19, no. 6 (February 1934): 120–21, 131. il.

[614] “Mountain Baskets.” The American Magazine of Art 26, no. 12 (December 1933): 546–49. il.

Unsigned photographic survey of baskets by Southern Highland Handicraft Guild members, with reference to a traveling exhibition of mountain crafts shown at the Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. (October 15 – November 26, 1933) and at the Brooklyn Museum and in Decatur, Ill. in early 1934. Photographs show baskets from the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, the Cherokee Reservation, Allanstand Cottage Industries, Hindman Settlement School, and Pine Mountain Settlement School. Includes an introductory text (p. 546). [RC] [615] Redding, Winogene B. “An Old Art Modernized.” The Handicrafter 1, no. 6 (August-September 1929): 3–5.

Describes the “revival” of weaving on handmade looms in Gatlinburg, taught at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School: We reach some of the homes by automobile, when they are situated on the new state

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

highway that goes by our very door, for we are fortunate to be located at the entrance of the proposed Smoky Mountain National Park. … Gift shops have opened to sell our wares to the tourists who come to view the splendid scenery. One is sponsored by the school, others by energetic mountain women who learned weaving in the school in the early days. (p. 5) Redding was the Settlement School weaving instructor. For more information on the handicraft program at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, go to www.lib.utk.edu/arrowmont and see the Education: Pi Beta Phi Settlement School section in this bibliography. [RC] [616] Redding, Winogene B. “The Weaving Meetings in Gatlinburg.” Mountain Life and Work 9, no. 1 (April 1933): 16–18. il.

Report of recent monthly “weaving meetings,” held for the last eight years at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg, “intended primarily for the fortysix women who weave at home for the Arrow Craft Shop” (p. 16). Relates that the group is organized as the Gatlinburg Weavers’ Guild and that “We broke all precedents in January by inviting the men folks” (p. 16). Describes a typical meeting: “By one in the afternoon the weaving room is full and our meeting begins. We sing from the Old Harp sometimes, other days we try ballads, but more often old friends living miles apart would rather sit and visit for a little while” (p. 16). Asks, “Are our meetings worthwhile, and do they fill a need in our community? We think so. The Weavers Guild and the P.T.A. are the only organized groups in our village, which is growing by leaps and bounds” (p. 18). Includes a full-page photo of “One of the Weavers at Gatlinburg,” an image of Lizzie Reagan at her loom. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [RC] [617] Smith, Edward B. “Almost-Lost Arts of Mountain Folk Are Recaptured.” Knoxville NewsSentinel, 24 September 1933: C1. il.

Sunday feature on the “revival” of fireside industries and crafts in the GSM region. Highlights needlecrafts, weaving, basket-making, and furniture-making. Refers

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

to a recent ruling by Harold L. Ickes, the Secretary of the Interior, that “ordered that all concessions and stores in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park and other national preserves must build their displays around only the genuine native mountain handicraft.” A photo collage of native artisans portrays Veatress Parton, “Aunt Lizzie” Reagan, Mack McCarter, Maryalice Chaffee, Mrs. W. H. McCarter, Charles Huskey, La Delle Allen, and four “skilled weavers” at their looms (Veitra Esslinger, Pearl Bales, Myrtle Conner, and Izora Keener). [RC] [618] Southern Mountain Workers Conference. “Adjourned Session.” Mountain Life and Work 2, no. 2 (July 1926): 23–24.

Minutes of the Adjourned Session of the Southern Mountain Workers Conference, held in Knoxville in 1926, Mrs. John C. Campbell presiding. Discussion centered around Mrs. Campbell’s proposal of “organizing in the future a cooperative association for the handling of handwork now marketed through the various schools and independent agencies.” Participants included Evelyn Bishop of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, Allen Eaton of the Russell Sage Foundation, and Lucy Morgan of Penland, N.C. At the conclusion, “It was moved that Mrs. Campbell appoint a committee to look into the conditions of carrying on fireside industries in the mountains, to consider some means of working together, and to report at the next Conference” (p. 24). Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [RC] [619] Whiting, Frederic Allen. “Native Craftsmanship Will Come Into its Own in The Southern Appalachians.” The American Magazine of Art 26, no. 10 (October 1933): 441–42.

Editorial by Whiting, editor of The American Magazine of Art, extolling native mountain handicrafts and endorsing national park projects in the GSM and elsewhere in Southern Appalachia. Mentions the Handicrafts of the Southern Highlands traveling exhibition, sponsored by the American Federation of Arts, and held in Washington, D.C., Brooklyn, and Decatur, Ill. in 1933–34. [RC]

Moonshine

[620] “Among the Moonshiners: A Government Surveying Party’s Experience in the North Carolina

199

Mountains.” Rocky Mountain News, 12 December 1886, p. 18.

Brief account of a surveying party’s encounter with moonshiners in the Big Creek and Cataloochee watersheds of the GSM. Of particular interest are the party’s observations of the peculiar behavior of moonshining mountaineers towards outsiders. [KW] [621] Atkinson, George W. After the Moonshiners: A Book of Thrilling, Yet Truthful Narratives. Wheeling, W.Va.: Frew & Campbell, printers, 1881. 239 p. il.

First-person account by a revenue agent filled with details about moonshine production and various raids on stills throughout Southern Appalachia and New York. Atkinson begins by outlining the economic gain from illegal whiskey production, the methods of making it, and the best locations for stills. “Generally a deep hollow is selected, on account of the heavy growth of timber on either side, and because of the need of water, and further fact that the hills are usually so high that the smoke is absorbed by the atmosphere, before it rises to the summits of the mountains” (p. 18). The greatest danger to the moonshiner is not in the process of making the illegal whiskey but in transporting it to be sold. Atkinson details raids in the Smokies region on pages 69–71 that occurred in 1879. The first was the still of Hut Amarine whose illegal operation was “somewhere in Blount County, not far from the base of the Big Smoky mountains, near the North Carolina line” (p. 69). In the second raid on the Amarine still, John Cooper, one of the raiders, was killed, prompting the raiders to increase efforts to shut down East Tenn. stills. Later the same year, a second still was raided in Chestnut Flats, the “red-light district” of Cades Cove. Chapter 15 (p. 112–16) features the story of Redmond, sometimes Swain County resident, and “the best known, and most dreaded of all the moonshiners of the south” (p. 112) Atkinson relates a story that Redmond tells about outsmarting federal agents who stopped him on the road on the way to market his illegal whiskey. Illustrated with twenty-seven engravings, including one of Atkinson himself, but none featuring the Smokies region. [AB] [622] “Held Up by Moonshiners; How an Adventure in the Tennessee Mountains Cured All Desire to

200

Hunt ‘Possum.’” Washington Post, 15 November 1908: M4.

Tale of a possum hunt in the Great Smoky Mountains, told on a train ride by a traveler from Syracuse, N.Y. The storyteller trips and loses his way at night hunting possums with locals bent on showing him their way of life. “Immediately a half dozen men slipped out of the shadows of the forest into the moonlight where I stood, and silently surrounded me. They were all lean, bewhiskered mountaineers, every one carried a rifle. Right then I begun to get sick ‘o ‘possums.’” The moonshiners suspect him of being a revenue agent and debate shooting him on the spot. The leader decides to take him to Pap Jim for the final verdict. They rouse Pap from bed. After one look, “with eyes that watered with years, but not with sympathy,” in a cracked voice Pap pronounces murder. The terrified captive is rescued by the timely appearance of his hunting party. [RC] [623] “Illicit Distillation of Liquors.” Harper’s Weekly 11, no. 571 (December 7, 1867): 773. il.

Short uncredited article on the methodology of producing “illicit” liquor. Mentions that smuggling of illegal liquor has become a big business in the mountain South: “Of late many parties have been arrested for smuggling in Western North Carolina…” Accompanied by two engravings by A. W. Thompson. First, “Illicit Distillation of Liquors—How the Article is Carried to the Southern Market,” depicts two men transporting a keg on a sled. The second, “Illicit Distillation of Liquors—Southern Mode of Making Whiskey,” shows men distilling alcohol in the dark of the mountain night. [AB] [624] Lynde, Francis. “The Moonshiner of Fact.” Lippincott’s Monthly Magazine 57 (January 1896): 66–76.

Based on his experience, Lynde seeks to separate fictional moonshiners from real moonshiners. In fiction, moonshiners or mountaineers (author maintains all mountaineers are moonshiners) are very violent and hostile to strangers. In fact, according to Lynde, they are generally hospitable to strangers, although they can be very private and quiet, as evidenced by the story he relates about spending the night in a remote mountain cabin at the invitation of the family. He noticed that they grew a lot of corn when there was no obvious market for it

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

and that the adult male in the family stayed out all night, presumably making illegal liquor, but the family was silent about such activities. The mountain people continue to make moonshine because it is a tradition allowed to flourish in the isolated mountains where there is no easy way to market the corn crop in its natural state. Uses explanatory incidents from the Smokies. [AB] [625] Lynde, Francis. “Moonshiners: The Old-Timers and their Successors, the Employees of Bootleg.” The Century 118, n. 4 (August 1929): 402–7.

Author compares and contrasts the traditional moonshiner with the “new” moonshiner, a product of Prohibition. The traditional moonshiner, although he breaks the revenue law, is an otherwise honest, religious, and moral person. He cites the actions of moonshiners who, when caught, broker deals with judges to complete their sentences when they could have hidden out or left the area. One such moonshiner is unidentified by name but internal evidence indicates he is from the “Great Smokies.” About the illegal whiskey, the author writes: “It was raw and fiery to the civilized palate, with a faint smoky aroma which was its only quality in common with the peat-fire product of the Scottish Highlands. Its makers knew none of the arts of adulteration, consequently it was pure and free from drugs. As a beverage it was unique; and as an intoxicant, at least for the outlander, it was a profound success” (p. 404). The traditional moonshiner has been replaced by the employees of the bootleg syndicates. The standard wage is $6/day for the men who work the stills. The product is not pure corn-meal whiskey, but an inferior product made with added sugar, corn, or rye. The new syndicates take advantage of better roads, communication systems, and the difficult topography to successfully ply their trade. [AB] [626] Mason, Robert Lindsay. “Raiding Moonshiners in Tennessee.” Recreation 35, no. 5 (May 1912): 197–99. il.

Account of a successful raid on a moonshine still in the Smoky Mountains of Tenn. by federal agents accompanied by a local informant and the author. The author’s objective in reporting the raid is to portray the “revenuer” as a “man who faces death many times and performs feats of bravery silently which would put to blush of shame the

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

dime novel hero” and “of how truly bad the moonshiner bad man is” (p. 199). The narrative outlines the necessary detail of the action in finding and capturing the still, focusing on the danger and violence of the operation and the extent to which moonshining is taken very seriously by the Smoky mountaineers. The “revenuers,” for example, were surprised by how many mountaineers swarmed to the raid site, all carrying guns and ostensibly “just out squirrel huntin,’” thus necessitating the immediate release of the captive moonshiners. The article is accompanied by several excellent photographs of the raid, as well as a letter from the U.S. Treasury Department attesting to the author’s involvement and the factual evidence of the story. The story was reproduced in a slightly different version in Mason’s The Lure of the Great Smokies [478]. [KW] [627] “A Moonshine District: In the Mountains of North Carolina.” The Milwaukee Sentinel, 19 September 1897: 19.

Interesting account of the indigenous moonshining culture of the GSM that includes observations on the methods mountaineers use to conceal stills and how they elude government revenuers. Gives examples of clandestine markets for moonshine whiskey. Includes brief descriptions of the otherwise upstanding moral character of the mountaineers, who bootleg moonshine as the most viable means of converting their meager corn crop to cash. [KW] [628] “A Raid on Moonshiners.” The Literary Digest 44, no. 18 (May 4, 1912): 957–60.

Introduction claims that moonshining is rampant in the Southern Appalachians and cautions visitors “to convince them that you are not a revenue officer if you intend to stay overnight” (p. 957). Quotes extensively from a theatrical article by Robert Lindsay Mason [626] on “a recent raid in the locality in the foothills of Smoky Mountains, forty miles from Knoxville, Tennessee” (p. 957). Mason was a journalist who accompanied federal agents and assisted them in making arrests. The action-packed raid begins “two hours before daylight when we tied our horses under the brush against the rugged sides of Bluff Mountain” (p. 957). The heavily armed raiders include “Deputy Marshal Blankenship, General Collector Roland P. Eaton, Deputy Collector George Felknor, the informant,

201

or Judas, and I” (p. 957). The party locates and destroys two stills and apprehends two moonshiners. They also outwit “squirrel hunters” sympathetic to the moonshiners. Relates, “The writer took a hand at still-smashing while the young mountaineer sat dejectedly upon a rock. Our captive, Jack Pruett, begged the privilege of passing by his home to secure a change of clothing, so he might go to jail in respectability” (p. 959). [RC] [629] “Redmond, the Outlaw Moonshiner.” The National Police Gazette 38, no. 191 (May 21, 1881): 4. il.

Relates the capture in Swain County of Lewis Richard Ranson Redmond, a famous moonshiner. Redmond said of his capture: My wife asked me to step out into the edge of the clearin’ ‘round the house and kill her a squirrel or two…I got down the shot-gun and started up the ridge on t’other side o’ the house…‘bout half a dozen men stepped out from behind a cliff, and hollered ‘Halt.’ I knowed them wasn’t no squirrels, and I turned round and left. They kept a hollerin’ ‘Halt’ and a shootin’ and every once in a while I’d feel a bullet hit me. They followed after me . . . till at last they cotched up with me in the holler. . . . As well as for moonshining, Redmond was wanted for the murder of Deputy Marshal Duckworth in 1877. Article is illustrated with an engraving of Redmond and one of alleged forger John A. Cox. [AB]

202

[630] “The Southern Highlanders Wake Up, But Still Make Corn ‘Likker’.” The Literary Digest 65, no. 1 (April 3, 1920): 56–58.

Quotes from and paraphrases an article by Ralph A. Felton that appeared in World Outlook [470]. Opens with a discussion of illicit moonshining that develops into an examination of general conditions of GSM regional life. Depicts mountaineers as noble, not ignorant, and in need of education and social services to improve their lives. Praises young people from mountain communities who attend college. Defines the region as “mountain people living in a section included within a radius of one hundred and twenty-five miles of Knoxville, Tennessee” (p. 56). [RC] [631] “Tales of the Trade—A Citizen of North Carolina.” Hardwood Record 33, no. 11 (March 25, 1912): 33. il.

Short sketch of Quill Rose, the famed Smoky Mountain moonshiner who lived on the upper reaches of Eagle Creek. The writer testifies that Rose’s moonshine still was in disrepair, thus buttressing Rose’s contention that he had not been making moonshine for several years. He lived as a squatter on the property of the R. E. Wood Lumber Company (Montvale Lumber) with “his venerable wife and yaller mule.” The article is accompanied by two photographs, one of Quill Rose with a large scythe outside his cabin and the other a portrait picture procured by R. E. Wood during Rose’s well-known appearance at the U.S. federal court in Asheville. [KW]

Life in the Great Smoky Mountains

Horace Kephart, circa 1930. Photograph by George Masa, and courtesy of Jim Casada Collection of Horace Kephart and George Masa, (MS.3452), University of Tennessee Special Collections.

Chapter 8 Horace Kephart

Introduction When Horace Kephart arrived in the Smokies region in 1904, he seemed an unlikely candidate for anything more than an obscure existence. Today, however, he is the writer most closely associated in the national consciousness with the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. His Camping and Woodcraft [642] is established as one of the cornerstones of American outdoor writing, having been almost continuously in print, in various formats, since 1906. The place of Our Southern Highlanders [641]—first published in 1913, with an expanded edition in 1922—as one of the classics of both Southern Appalachian and regional American literature is secure, even while aspects of his depiction of mountain culture are still debated. His posthumously published novel, Smoky Mountain Magic (2009) [667], evokes the life, lore, language, and landscapes of the pre-Park Great Smoky Mountains. Aside from his literary career, Kephart is widely recognized as one of the forces behind the founding of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. In 2000 he was chosen by the Raleigh News and Observer as one of “North Carolina’s 100 Most Influential People of the Century,” while the Asheville Citizen-Times named him one of “Western North Carolina’s 50 Most Influential People of the Century,” noting that after arriving in the Great Smoky Mountains he “became one of the region’s greatest advocates.” And Kephart’s depiction in 2009 as a central and captivating figure in the Smokies segment of The National Parks: America’s Best Idea—a six-episode, twelve-hour PBS series directed by Ken Burns—brought national attention to the story of his life, literary career, and role as park advocate. Kephart clearly warrants his own chapter in this bibliography. Otherwise, his multifaceted writings would have been distributed throughout.

Horace Sowers Kephart was born on 8 September 1862, in East Salem, Pennsylvania. His ancestors had been among the first settlers west of the Susquehanna. The strenuous do-without but colorful pioneering experiences in central Pennsylvania of Isaiah Kephart, his father, became the core of the family’s traditional lore. Isaiah, who subsequently re-created those experiences in a series of articles published in 1893 as “Pioneer Life in the Alleghenies,” worked as a lumberman, teamster, raftsman, and river pilot. He rode with and served as chaplain for the Twenty-First Pennsylvania Cavalry, participating in nineteen engagements under fire during the Civil War. Subsequently, he was widely respected, even revered, in the family, church, and educational circles within which he moved while editing the Religious Telescope for the United Brethren in Christ in Dayton, Ohio, from 1889 to 1909. Isaiah Kephart’s influence on his son’s life and career and decision to seek a “Back of Beyond” in the Great Smoky Mountains cannot be overestimated. In 1867 the family moved to Iowa, where Isaiah was first a farmer, then a teacher of natural sciences at Western College (now Coe College) near Cedar Rapids. The farm was situated near Jefferson in central Iowa, which was still part of the American frontier. In an autobiographical essay published in 1922 titled “Horace Kephart by Himself ” [656], Kephart evoked an image of himself at that time—and maintained it to a great extent throughout his lifetime—as an earnest and sometimes lonely, yet self-sufficient figure, like “dear old Robinson Crusoe.” Kephart attended Western College for a year. After the family returned to Pennsylvania, he entered Lebanon Valley College, graduating in 1879, “not without misgivings on the part of the faculty as to my orthodoxy and sundry other qualifications.” While attending Boston University that fall, he discovered what he described as

“the blessed privilege of studying whatever I pleased in the Boston Public Library” and enrolled in the graduate school at Cornell University in Ithaca, New York, from 1881 to 1884. He worked as an assistant in the university library, under the direction of Daniel Willard Fiske. As Cornell’s first librarian, Fiske helped Kephart formulate the organizational skills that provided much of the conceptual framework for his future career as a professional librarian and writer. In 1883 Fiske resigned as Cornell’s librarian and moved to Florence, Italy. He invited Kephart to his villa in Florence to catalog an enormous collection of materials by and about Francis Petrarch, the fourteenth-century Italian humanist. As a by-product of his association with Fiske, Kephart subsequently translated Dante’s Vita Nuova and studied various languages, including French, Spanish, Finnish, and Swedish. In the process he developed a lifelong interest in and an ear for the nuances of language that were fully realized after his arrival in the Smokies. Kephart became engaged to Laura Mack of Ithaca before going to Italy. Upon his return in 1886 he accepted a position at Yale College as an assistant librarian, and the following year married Laura. Having developed a passionate interest in American frontier history, he accepted in 1890 the directorship of the St. Louis Mercantile Association, “the oldest library west of the Mississippi.” Here he built one of the most complete collections of western Americana then in existence and became an authority in that field. The Kepharts settled into a pattern of respectable family life, a wide range of civic obligations, and various social activities. By 1897 he and Laura had a family of four daughters and two sons. He became an exceptionally competent librarian, with articles published in scholarly journals on classification, cataloging, book binding, and similar topics. He was seemingly content in St. Louis and on his way to being recognized as one of the foremost librarians in the country. But in the late 1890s, his former outlook on life and his aspirations for the future were under revision. His last publication pertaining to professional librarianship appeared in Library Journal in December 1897; thereafter, his articles were published in popular magazines such as Forest and Stream about topics like sharpshooting, camping and woodcraft, and cave exploration. He became in-

206

creasingly disillusioned with the tenets of his home, civic, and social life. “I love the wilderness because there are no shams in it,” he inscribed as an epigram on the title page of “Songs of Barbarism,” a one-hundred-page bound notebook dated “St. Louis 1901.” Into this notebook, he copied excerpts from various sources, primarily those by authors extolling the virtues of a self-sufficient wilderness or frontier lifestyle as opposed to the decadence of an overly material urban existence. A serious drinking problem emerged that was, perhaps, more symptomatic of his overall condition than the prime cause. But the alcoholism did become chronic, debilitating him periodically for the rest of his life. Extended retreats into the wilderness and repeated absences from work alienated the board of the St. Louis Mercantile Library, which, in the autumn of 1903, demanded Kephart’s resignation. Laura decided that it was necessary to move the family back to Ithaca. Before leaving St. Louis, she helped Horace rent a room on Kennett Place, off Lafayette Square in St. Louis, where he lived as a recluse, spending most of his time writing. In mid-March 1904 he joined friends for a hunting trip at a lodge on Establishment Creek about fifty miles south of St. Louis. Late on the night of 18 March, he jumped out of bed, declaring that Sicilian workmen had surrounded the place and were going to blow it up with dynamite. His friends tried to quiet him, but he declared he could hear the men on the roof and began blazing through the walls at imaginary foes with a shotgun. His delusions followed him home. Late at night he alarmed the residents at Kennett Place by insisting that burglars were seeking to force an entrance. The following morning he gave a similar alarm, explaining that he had been visited by ghosts. Kephart was hospitalized with a nervous breakdown on 25 March, after passing a suicide note along to a bartender that was addressed to W. H. H. Anderson, actuary at the St. Louis Mercantile Library. In the note he described how he had been persecuted and pursued by fiends and devils. Kephart told a newspaper reporter that his “friends” had turned into “fiends” who were trying to control him with a powerful battery. Once word was received in Ithaca and Dayton of Horace’s breakdown, Laura and his parents, Isaiah and Mary Elizabeth, departed for St. Louis. Kephart returned to Dayton with

Horace Kephart

his parents, while Laura stayed behind to wrap up her husband’s affairs in St. Louis. Aside from their differences regarding religious issues and Isaiah’s disgust with tobacco, the major source of tension between father and son would have been the use of alcohol. Isaiah had for years been a leader of the temperance movement in Ohio. Nevertheless, Isaiah and Horace enjoyed one another’s company, and they maintained mutual interests that allowed them to work through or set aside tensions as they arose. These interests were intertwined, involving matters of family history and lore that included a passionate nostalgia for almost anything having to do with the pioneer lifestyle that Isaiah had experienced while growing up. We can only speculate as to what Horace might have been feeling during the train ride from St. Louis to Dayton. Surely there was remorse and some degree of shame. He was a proud man whose failures were not insignificant. The more sensational elements had been aired in public. Even so, there may well have been a sense of relief. Kephart had frequently articulated his need to be alone in the wilderness. In St. Louis, much of his time— almost from the beginning—had been spent imagining and then testing ways to escape an increasingly burdensome professional and personal life. If the events of this period of his life were not inevitable, they came very close to being self-willed. Kephart couldn’t have anticipated the turn of affairs that led to the events at Establishment Creek. Things had spun out of control by that time. Nevertheless, for years his desire for a lifestyle similar to that of the American Indians, the frontier explorers, his pioneer ancestors, and his own father had been cultivated in activities involving camping and woodcraft and shooting, as well as in magazine articles describing those activities for others. As their train left St. Louis behind—despite the circumstances— a window had opened on the opportunity to implement notions he shared with Isaiah regarding the cleansing possibilities of an isolated lifestyle. In many ways, it was a moment summoned into existence by Kephart’s innermost desires. F. A. Behymer, a seasoned journalist with the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, reached a similar conclusion after interviewing Kephart in his Bryson City office in 1926. Having worked for the Post-Dispatch since 1882, Behymer

Horace Kephart

may have known Kephart in St. Louis, and he would have been aware of the basic story behind his library dismissal and subsequent breakdown. Horace Kephart won high position in the busy world as a librarian. He was a front-rank man. For thirteen years he was at the head of the St. Louis Mercantile Library. Success was his. . . . Then in 1904: Crash. The man broke down. To another man it would have been tragedy. To Horace Kephart it was blessed release. Ambition had beckoned, and duty had driven. His heart’s deepest longing had been denied. Always he had waited for a more convenient season. Greater ambition called for greater devotion. But for this chance, which another would have called mischance, he would have gone to the end denying himself his dearest wish, winning much but losing more. While trying to sort things out, to see what he might make of a life now in such disarray, Kephart had already decided upon a literary career of some sort. With his father’s counsel, he intuited that living in a setting similar to the one experienced by Isaiah and their pioneer ancestors (while writing about such a place and its people, if he could find it) might become part of a healing process. As if to get their bearings, father and son journeyed to the “Old Goss” cemetery “on the hill one mile east of Osceola Springs, Pennsylvania,” where many of Horace’s ancestors on his mother’s side were buried. He carefully photographed the site and recorded the inscriptions on each headstone. This mid-July 1904 pilgrimage to ancestral sites in central Pennsylvania took place not more than two weeks before Horace left Dayton headed south, looking for a place in the Smokies where life was still being conducted as it had been in the Alleghanies. By November, three months after establishing a base camp forty-five miles west of Asheville, he had relocated to a cabin deep in the Smokies, where to a considerable extent he could “realize the past in the present.” The following summer, Isaiah arrived on the scene, making what amounted to an inspection tour on horseback of the pioneer facilities in the area. It now appears that Isaiah not only played a more active role in his son’s overall plans than previously supposed, but that he was, in fact, a coconspirator in the search for a “Back of Beyond.” Through the years, Kephart’s explanations as to just how or why he decided upon the Smokies as his initial destination varied. F. A. Behymer, who interviewed

207

Kephart for the 1926 article published in the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, received this explanation: Resting awhile at his father’s home at Dayton [he] took a map and a compass and with Dayton as the center drew circles, seeking the nearest wilderness, in any direction, where he might cast himself away. The region of the Big Smoky Mountains in Western North Carolina seemed to meet the requirements. A topographic map showed him, by means of the contour lines and the blank spaces, where nature was wildest and where there were no settlements. These were the highest mountains east of the Rockies. It was a primitive hinterland without a history. It would be a good place to begin again, he thought. An article titled “Looking for a New Place,” published in the December 1908 issue of Recreation magazine, describes how to locate remote and uninhabited “country worth exploring” by using gazetteers and census reports. The article closes with the assertion, “By such methods I have found several Edens.” There are descriptions of northeastern Virginia, where there are “ten contiguous counties without a railroad” as well as “the extreme western end of Old Virginia . . . and the adjoining eastern part of West Virginia,” where there “is a mountain region averaging less than fifteen inhabitants to the square mile.” It is probable that these are areas that Kephart, with Isaiah’s advice, considered before deciding upon the Smokies as Horace’s initial destination. Shortly after the Kepharts returned from central Pennsylvania, Horace departed Dayton by train and arrived in Dillsboro, N.C. in early August 1904. He obtained permission from a local family to establish an elaborate camp on Dick’s Creek, a tributary of the Tuckasegee River, about a mile west of Dillsboro. Farther west, he ventured up Hazel Creek, one of the largest streams on the North Carolina side of the Smokies, and discovered a remote settlement “made up of forty-two households . . . scattered over an area eight miles long by two wide . . . a mere slash in the wilderness that encompassed it.” He felt “as though he had been carried back . . . on the wings of time and had awakened in the eighteenth century.”

208

Kephart obtained permission from a copper mining company that had gone into litigation to live in one of its vacant cabins located near Medlin, a crossroads settlement consisting of a store and several houses, where the Sugar Fork enters Hazel Creek ten miles or so above its former confluence with the Little Tennessee River. That remote site on “the Little Fork of the Sugar Fork of Hazel Creek” became the now well-known vantage point from which he studied the land and its people for parts of three years. Kephart’s intentions regarding writing date to the 1890s. For years, he had been preoccupied with developing tactics for living efficiently in wilderness settings. He discovered that he now “had to make shift in a different way, and fashion many appliances from the materials found on the spot . . . seeking not novelties but practical results.” These “results” he published in outdoor magazines. By 1906 he had enough material, compiled both before and after his arrival in the Smokies, to put together the first edition of The Book of Camping and Woodcraft. The expanded edition of two separate volumes was published in 1916 (vol. 1, Camping) and 1917 (vol. 2, Woodcraft). In 1921 those volumes were reissued in a “Two Volumes in One” format as Camping and Woodcraft. In time, Kephart entered into the lives of the two hundred or so residents of Hazel Creek. Along the watershed and its numerous tributaries, he became a good neighbor and, in a few instances, a friend. He was accepted as much as any outsider because he wanted to learn from his neighbors and take part in their daily activities, rather than admonish or prescribe. He studied their ways and listened closely to the manner in which they expressed themselves. He was particularly captivated by their humor. Notebook entries and photographs recorded details of almost every aspect of their lives as well as Kephart’s reflections upon those details. Bob Barnett was Kephart’s closest friend during the Hazel Creek years and on into the early 1920s. He warrants attention here because of the significant part he played in Kephart’s work. Although Barnett was the younger man by eighteen years, Kephart admired him tremendously. In a “Roving with Kephart” column published in All Outdoors magazine in 1921, Kephart described a recent visit:

Horace Kephart

He was the big, fat Bob who figures in Camping and Woodcraft and Our Southern Highlanders. He came years ago, to the old mine site where I’d been living alone with the bobcats and hoot-owls, and became caretaker for the company that had possession. It was an abandoned place—that is, no one ever lived there— and I welcomed a neighbor. Soon I shifted quarters to his house. We lived together, in various necks of the woods, for several years. Bob is now at Aquone, N.C., on the upper Nantahala, where he keeps open house for all comers. Many of the dialect witticisms entered in Kephart’s journals were uttered by Barnett: “Bob whittled Old Pete Laney’s store-bought axe-handle for him and remarked: ‘Thar! I’ll see that Pete’ll have a decent axe-handle fer his women-folks to chop wood with, anyhow.’” In Camping and Woodcraft, Kephart cited Barnett as an authority throughout, describing him as “one of the best woodsmen in this country, a man so genuinely a scholar in his chosen lore that he could well afford to say, as once he did to me: ‘I’ve studied these woods and mountains all my life, Kep, like you do your books, and I don’t know them all yet, no sirree.’” In the “Back of Beyond” chapter of Our Southern Highlanders, when the two friends were stymied by the marauding tactics of a “slab-sided tusky old boar” (which Kephart has christened “Belial,” after one of Dante’s devils), it was Bob who remarked in frustration, “That Be-liar would cross hell on a rotten rail to get in my ‘tater patch!” And Bob was the real-life model for Tom Burbank, a pivotal character throughout Smoky Mountain Magic, who represented Kephart’s ideal mountaineer in that he was dignified but fun to be around, a caring husband and father, absolutely competent in matters of woodcraft, and capable of rising to the occasion when the hero required rescue from a dark cavern into which he had fallen. An examination of Kephart’s initial venture into the Smokies (1904–7) indicates that it was provisional; that is, he probably had no intention of making the region his permanent residence until 1910, when he returned after a lengthy absence and settled in Bryson City. A closer look also indicates that his life on Hazel Creek was not as extended or isolated or primitive as is often portrayed

Horace Kephart

in his own descriptions or more recent biographical accounts. According to the Foreword written for The Book of Camping and Woodcraft, Kephart mailed his final typescript to the publisher from “Dayton, Ohio” in “March, 1906.” He had been living in Dayton since the previous December—by which time he had spent less than fourteen months in the Smokies region and less than a year living in his cabin or with the Barnetts in their warmer, more comfortable, dwelling. Nevertheless, those years served as a touchstone that stimulated Kephart’s imagination and writing. It was the place where he sorted out his life and laid the foundation for what became a substantial literary and environmental legacy. When he observed toward the end of his life that “I owe my life to these mountains,” he no doubt had in mind those years on “the Little Fork of the Sugar Fork of Hazel Creek.” Knowledge about the sequence of events in Kephart’s life after he left the Smokies in 1907 until his return in 1910 is sketchy. In the 1922 autobiographical essay he mentioned traveling “in other parts of the Appalachians . . . comparing what I found there with what I knew in the Smokies.” Laura wrote to a family friend in December 1909, stating that Horace attempted a reconciliation with his family in Ithaca from late 1908 until May 1909, but then left. A letter from Kephart to a friend who still lived on Hazel Creek provides additional information. It was dated 5 October 1909 and addressed from Lindale, Georgia where he was once again living with the Barnett family. Kephart advised that he had been “to Dayton to look after my father who was very sick [and] died a year ago. Then I went to New York and Pennsylvania, and back to Dayton, and finally came down here two weeks ago. I will stay with the Barnetts until spring, and then take a long trip through the mountains from Georgia to Virginia and Kentucky, taking photographs for my books.” In closing, he observed, “Bob has a good job and a nice home. I have plenty of writing to do, and am saving money to buy a place in the Smokies.” Kephart returned to the Great Smokies early in 1910, but decided he no longer wanted to live on Hazel Creek. A logging company had initiated operations and was in the process of running a railway spur up the valley into the high Smokies. Instead, he stayed for a while, yet again, with the Barnett family, who had moved from Georgia to “the last house up Deep Creek.” This house

209

was situated at the Bryson Place about ten miles north of Bryson City—precisely where the Burbank family (clearly modeled on the Barnett family) resides in Smoky Mountain Magic. Kephart never bought “a place in the Smokies.” From late 1910 until 1931 he made his home in Bryson City. He found suitable accommodations at the Cooper House, a rambling sixteen-room hotel (sometimes described as a boardinghouse) on the north side of Main Street just west of the town square in Bryson City. He also rented office space around the corner on Everett Street overlooking the Tuckasegee River and the Smokies. Kephart was a fallen librarian, but he inevitably retained a librarian’s mind-set. Materials were always categorized, alphabetized, and indexed, often more than once. Duplicate copies were commonplace. Very little was ever discarded. Relevant items that might be of use were crossreferenced in the outlines and drafts of specific articles and books he was working on at the time. In what eventually became twenty-seven canvas-bound, ledger-sized volumes, the journals served as reservoirs of information. George Frizzell—longtime archivist at Hunter Library on the Western North Carolina University campus, where the bulk of Kephart’s papers and other materials are housed—suspects that the creation of his journals did not commence until he moved into the office. With room enough to spread out and work, Frizzell theorizes that the pages of previously compiled field notebooks were then clipped and inserted into the journals under appropriate subject headings. If so, he would have been limited to notebook materials when crafting The Book of Camping and Woodcraft (1906). In the office overlooking the river and the mountains, Kephart settled into a fruitful period of a little over a decade that saw the publication of Camp Cookery (1910), based on material excised without revision from the 1906 text of The Book of Camping and Woodcraft; Sporting Firearms (1912); the first edition of Our Southern Highlanders (1913); separate expanded volumes of Camping (1916) and Woodcraft (1917); the combined reissue of those volumes as Camping and Woodcraft in the now-familiar “Two Volumes in One” format (1921); a second expanded edition of Our Southern Highlanders (1922), which added three chapters and a new subtitle: “A Narrative of Adventure in the Southern Appalachians and a Study of Life among

210

the Mountaineers”; and perhaps several hundred newspaper and magazine articles. In addition, he had begun by the early 1920s, if not sooner, what proved to be the long-standing arduous task of writing the novel Smoky Mountain Magic. A neglected aspect of Kephart’s literary career has been the series of eleven books he edited for Outing Publishing Company in their Outdoor Adventure Library (circa 1915–17). Nine are complete or abridged volumes with historical-biographical-critical introductions. Several of his editions of these classics have remained in print because of the quality of Kephart’s introductions, in which he obviously invested considerable research. The extended titles are indicative of the subject matter—J. D. Borthwick, The Gold Fields: A First-Hand Picture of Life in California Mining Camps in the Early Fifties; Earl of Dunraven (Windham Thomas Wyndham-Quin Dunraven), Hunting in Yellowstone: On the Trail of Wapiti with Texas Jack in the Land of Geysers; Roualeyn Gordon-Cumming, The Lion Hunter: In the Days When All South Africa Was Virgin Hunting Field; Augustus C. Hobart-Hampton, Hobart Pasha: Blockade-Running, Slave-Hunting, and War and Sport in Turkey; Dr. Elisha Kent Kane, Adrift in the Arctic Ice Pack: From the History of the First U.S. Grinnell Expedition in Search of Sir John Franklin; Major John Wesley Powell, First through the Grand Canyon: Being the Record of the Pioneer Exploration of the Colorado River in 1869–1870; and three volumes by George F. A. Ruxton: In the Old West, Adventures in Mexico, and Wild Life in the Rocky Mountains. Two of the volumes consist of narratives that Kephart excerpted from numerous sources and pieced together with prefatory notes: Captives among the Indians: First-Hand Narratives of Indian Wars, Customs, Tortures, and Habits of Life during Colonial Times; and Castaways and Crusoes: Tales of Survivors of Shipwreck in New Zealand, Patagonia, Tobago, Cuba, Magdalen Islands, South Seas, and the Crozets. As his first selection in the Castaways and Crusoes volume, Kephart chose a tale titled “A South Sea Crusoe” that Charles Dickens originally published in the 1860s in one of the magazines he edited. In the editorial note, Kephart informs the reader that this story is the narrative of an English missionary who was cast away on an uninhabited islet off the

Horace Kephart

north coast of New Zealand, with no equipment but his pocket-knife, a pair of blankets, a few pieces of broken glass, a ruined boat and its tattered sails. The man was without food, tools, tackle, weapon, or even the means of making a fire. He was no expert in seamanship or in woodcraft. Yet he managed to subsist in this desolate place for nearly six months, without so much as a captured animal to divert his mind from the awful lonesomeness. This is the sort of “Robinson Crusoe” survivalist mindset reflected at times in Kephart’s outdoor writing. In many ways, the entire series can be viewed as a judicious selection of classic outdoor-adventure-exploration literature that Kephart prepared, in part, as a sort of supplemental library for the Camping (1916) and Woodcraft (1917) volumes he was working on at the same time. As evidence of Kephart’s growing reputation and influence, the Outing Publishing Company offered in their 1916–17 catalog a four-volume Robinson Crusoe Library comprising the separate volumes of Kephart’s Camping (1916) and Woodcraft (1917); his Camp Cookery (1910); and—just in case something went awry—Charles Moody’s Backwoods Surgery and Medicine (1910). Potential buyers were advised, “It has been used and approved by mining engineers, travelers and sportsmen from Alaska to Hayti. Four volumes in a box. Pocket size 4.5x7 inches. Bound in flexible leather. $6.00 net. Postage 30c.” In Bryson City, Kephart had access to a far different style of mountain life than he had pursued along Hazel Creek. As his fame grew, he found refuge from summer visitors seeking him out by camping at the old Bryson Place, now a designated camping area in the National Park, situated about ten miles north of Bryson City alongside Deep Creek. He would sometimes go there for an entire summer, hauling in by wagon or on horseback the supplies and equipment he required, which included a small folding desk and writing materials. While there, he also tested firearms and camping equipment—materials on which he was a recognized national authority—for various companies. Present-day visitors to Bryson Place will find a millstone with a plaque commemorating his use of the site. It would be wrong, however, to suppose that Kephart was an aloof loner. He had many friends, including

Horace Kephart

George Masa, an accomplished photographer from Asheville. And he took part in the civic affairs of Swain County and Bryson City, being a member of the county’s Chamber of Commerce and an elected chairman of the town’s Board of Aldermen. During 1929–30, he was president of the North Carolina Literary and Historical Association. On 2 April 1931 Kephart was killed in an automobile accident east of Bryson City. A friend, Georgia writer Fiswoode Tarleton, who was staying with Kephart for a few weeks, was also killed. It is widely known that Kephart and Tarleton had hired a taxicab driver to take them to a bootlegger near Cherokee. They were on their way back to Bryson City when the driver lost control of the car in a curve. It has been alleged that the driver was also imbibing. Kephart is buried in the cemetery overlooking the town that had been his home for just over twenty years. Marking his grave is a large boulder moved there by friends. The grave has frequent visitors, often from distant places. They seem to come for many different reasons. His story includes the self-inflicted loss of profession and separation from family as well as intervals of chronic alcoholism. It also includes accomplishments of considerable literary substance and a significant role in founding the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. The National Park was not officially created until three years after Kephart’s death, but he died knowing that it was going to be a reality. Shortly before his death, he had represented Swain County in Washington, D.C., when state officials from North Carolina and Tennessee transferred to the federal government the titles of the lands purchased for the Park. Two months before his death, a decision of the United States Geographic Board designated that a peak at 6,217 feet along the main divide between Tennessee and North Carolina be named in his honor. Some years later, a rise on the southeastern side of Mount Kephart was named Masa Knob. Since the mid-1920s Kephart had devoted much of his time and energy to the park movement. His motivations for this level of commitment can be readily surmised. He had arrived in the Smokies region seeking a place where he might engage in a healing process that involved a rural lifestyle. And that place of refuge was exactly what he found, especially at his remote cabin site deep in the heart of the Smokies. Those three years became

211

for him a spiritual touchstone of sorts, providing the vivid experiences that fueled his desire to see the region preserved as a national park. His public explanation was to the point: “I owe my life to these mountains, and I want them preserved that others might benefit by them as I have.” Kephart joined forces with Masa, whose studio was located in Asheville, but who spent as much time in Bryson City and the Smokies with “Kep” as he could. They were closest friends and a formidable duo when it came to promoting the national park concept. Kephart wrote magazine and newspaper articles articulating the concept, accompanied by Masa’s scenic images. A seminal publication of this sort was the largeformat pamphlet titled A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains, published by the Swain County Chamber of Commerce, that appeared in 1925 [658]. It consisted of Kephart’s text, which explored topics like “Why National Parks Are Needed,” “A New Wonderland,” “The Forest of the Great Smokies,” “Roads to the New Park,” and “Ideal Camping Country,” and included five of Masa’s images. Among them was the cover shot titled “Sunrise in the Smokies” (probably taken from Andrews Bald) that captured mist rising in the valleys far below. There were also two full-page maps. One provided the big picture, depicting “Main Routes to Neighboring States.” The other provided a close-up perspective of “The Smoky Mountains National Park and Its Environs” in relation to Western North Carolina and East Tennessee. This sort of systematic approach became a hallmark of the park movement. Rightly, no single individual has been recognized as the father of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Many on the local, regional, state, and national levels contributed significantly. The fairest overview of this aspect of the Park’s history is put forth in Daniel S. Pierce’s Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2000). Pierce placed Kephart’s contributions among the “heroic efforts of regional boosters like David Chapman, Ann Davis, W. P. Davis, Horace Kephart, Mark Squires, and Charles Webb.” Kephart’s name, however, has stood out through the years, in part because his contributions were substantive, but also because—unlike all others—he wrote Camping and Woodcraft and Our Southern Highlanders and had become a colorful, somewhat controver-

212

sial, and widely recognized figure. On the national level his name was one of those most closely associated with the southern mountains in general and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park movement in particular. Scholars who are interested in conducting research into the life and writings of Horace Kephart should consult collections at several libraries. Correspondence between Horace Kephart and his mentor, Willard Fiske, as well as Kephart’s cataloging record book and alumnus folder are available in the Rare & Manuscript Collections, Kroch Library, Cornell University. Additional material can be found in the Mack Family papers, including Julie Mack Riley’s memoir, and the George Kephart Family papers also at Cornell. Correspondence between Kephart and his friend Harry Lyman Koopman who served as librarian at Brown University Library, as well as letters from others to Koopman are in the Manuscripts Division, Brown University Library. Kephart’s application to the St. Louis Mercantile Library, miscellaneous correspondence, annual reports, and the reminiscence of his son, Leonard Kephart, are available at the St. Louis Mercantile Library at the University of Missouri, St. Louis. The University of Tennessee Libraries’ Special Collections has relevant research material on the Smokies, including a Kephart Collection compiled by the author, Jim Casada. The most important archives of Kephart material are in North Carolina. The Pack Memorial Library in Asheville contains correspondence between I. K. Stearns and various members of the Kephart family. The Pack Library also has Kephart’s personal journal, “The Joys of Barbarism.” The Special Collections Department of Hunter Library at Western Carolina University contains all of Kephart’s journals, his library, an extensive photographic collection, maps, and other personal items. Selections from the Western Carolina University collection as well as a bibliography of Kephart’s writings can be viewed online at Horace Kephart: Revealing an Enigma (http://www.wcu.edu/library/ digitalcollections/kephart/). The best current biographical sketches on Horace Kephart’s life and work are found in the introductions to recent reissues of his books. These include Camping and Woodcraft, with an introduction by Jim Casada (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988); Camping and Woodcraft, with an introduction by Janet McCue and

Horace Kephart

George Ellison (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2011); Our Southern Highlanders, with an introduction by George Ellison (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1976); and Smoky Mountain Magic, with an introduction by George Ellison (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2009). George Ellison

Sources [632] Coleman, J. S., Jr. “Personality of Horace Kephart Responsible for Homage Paid Him.” The Uplift 19, no. 17 (April 25, 1931): 11–14.

This eulogy for Kephart is anecdotal, but reveals much about Kephart and his attachment to the Smokies and its mountain people. Article gives snippets of Kephart’s early life and literary career, and offers rare insights into the persona that made the man a legend among Smoky Mountain residents. Kephart and fellow author Fiswoode Tarleton were killed in an automobile accident on 2 April 1931, near Ela, N.C. [KW/RC] [633] Kephart, Horace. “On Getting Lost.” Forest and Stream 65, no. 25 (December 16, 1905): 487–88.

A critical response to “On Not Getting Lost in the Woods,” an article by Manly Hardy in which Hardy presumes to teach readers how to keep from getting lost in the woods. Kephart disavows the validity of such instruction on the basis of Hardy’s “making sweeping generalizations from facts observed in limited areas” (p. 487). Within his rebuttal, Kephart makes extensive reference to the GSM, giving descriptive details on the ruggedness of the terrain, density of the forest cover, extreme variations in weather conditions, and other factors peculiar to the region that may contribute to someone’s getting disoriented in the woods. One point of interest is Kephart’s speculation on the origin of the name “Great Smoky Mountains.” He suggests, “Our Mountains are called the Great Smoky Range because of the dreamy haze of impalpable mist in which they are always wrapped excepting when hidden in clouds” (p. 487). [KW] [634] Kephart, Horace. “A New-Found Land of Promise.” Forest and Steam 66, no. 19 (May 12, 1906): 747–48.

Horace Kephart

Article recounting the remarkable efforts of Smoky mountaineer Granville Calhoun to found a hunting and fishing club for the specific purpose of preserving the fish and wildlife of the mountains from “the utter improvidence of the native hunters and fishermen, on both sides of the mountains, who defied all game laws, ran deer with hounds, hunted at all seasons, fished merely for count in the mountains trout streams, and dynamited the rivers” (p. 747). At the behest of his friend Horace Kephart, Calhoun secured agreements from first the Ritter Lumber Company in N.C. and then the Little River Lumber Company in Tenn. to grant exclusive hunting and fishing privileges to an incorporated club. The club, in turn, would keep a warden on the property to enforce the game laws. Calhoun incorporated these agreements within the Appalachian Hunting and Fishing Club and later added concessions from other lumber concerns. The Club eventually became responsible for enforcing hunting and fishing laws for much of the central Smokies and eastward to Balsam Mountain and the similarly protected Vanderbilt estate (Biltmore). Kephart’s role in urging Calhoun to take action to preserve the mountain wilderness is a precursor to his own later efforts to establish a national park in the Smokies. [KW] [635] Kephart, Horace. “The Mountain Moonshiner.” Forest and Stream 67, no. 11 (September 15, 1906): 408–10; 67, no. 12 (September 22, 1906): 448–50; 67, no. 16 (October 20, 1906): 608–10; 67, no. 18 (November 3, 1906): 689–91; 67, no. 19 (November 10, 1906): 728–30. il.

Five articles that outline the practice and defense of illicit moonshining in the GSM backcountry. This blend of personal observations, scholarly research, and superb storytelling results in an informative yet slightly stereotyped account of moonshining in the Smokies. Collectively, the articles describe the process of making corn-mash whiskey, outline its history as a primitive mountaineer industry, and present a carefully reasoned argument for its necessity as a means of economic survival in this isolated wilderness region. Three in the series, with some minor revisions and a few deletions, were later reproduced as separate chapters: “Moonshine Land,” “Ways That are Dark,” and “A Leaf From the Past,” in Our Southern Highlanders [641]. The series contains

213

several photographs, one of which is reproduced in Our Southern Highlanders. [KW] [636] Kephart, Horace. “Marvels, Old and New: Some Fiction in the Guise of Fact.” Arms and the Man 63, no. 22 (March 5, 1908): 525–26.

Short article in which Kephart refutes generallyaccepted claims to incredible feats of marksmanship. In context of the argument, Kephart points out that the most accomplished marksmen he has ever witnessed are those from the Smoky Mountain region of Tenn. and N.C., and furthermore, that the Smoky Mountain women as well as men carry firearms and are not particularly hesitant to shoot another human being. [KW] [637] Kephart, Horace. “Bear Hunting in the Smokies: Strenuous Sport with Mountaineers of the Tennessee-Carolina Border.” Field and Stream 14, no. 5 (September 1909): 435–40; no. 6 (October 1909): 521–27. il.

Two-part conversational narrative of Kephart in the company of a party of native mountaineers (including Granville Calhoun, Bill Cope, and “Doc” Jones) on an extended bear hunt along the crest of the GSM between Halls Cabin and Spence Field. Discourse reflects local mountain dialect and mountaineers’ social customs and provides insight into some old traditions and superstitions of GSM bear hunters. Appended is a short statement of advice for outsiders wishing to engage in bear hunting in the GSM. Edited version of this article was later reproduced as “A Bear Hunt in the Smokies” in Kephart’s Our Southern Highlanders [641]. [KW] [638] Kephart, Horace. “The Rock Hunter: A PenPicture of Life Among the ‘Blockaders’ of the Great Smokies.” Field and Stream 14, no. 8 (December 1909): 683–89. il.

Fictitious account of an outsider stumbling upon a moonshine still hidden in the laurel thickets of the GSM. Affords fine pictorial images of the secluded still operation, the stark sparseness of Smoky Mountain life, and the suspicions and superstitions harbored by the mountaineers. [KW]

214

[639] Kephart, Horace. “Route Sketching.” The Outing Magazine 58, no. 3 (June 1911): 297–301. map.

Detailed treatise on the practice of sketching trail maps through uncharted wilderness, particularly densely forested mountainous terrain. Offers suggestions on equipment needed for fieldwork plus recommended procedures and techniques for measuring distances and directions and for tracing the mapping onto paper. Article is illustrated with two examples of sketched maps, both of which Kephart drew and which show the original Smoky Mountain trail along Deep Creek as far as Bryson Place, including seventeen of the fords over Deep Creek. [KW] [640] Kephart, Horace. “The Southern Highlander: I, Something Hidden; Go and Find It.” The Outing Magazine 61, no. 3 (December 1912): 259–70, il.; “The Southern Highlander: II, The Back of Beyond.” The Outing Magazine 61, no. 4 (January 1913): 396–406, il.; “The Southern Highlander: III, The People of the Hills.” The Outing Magazine 61, no. 5 (February 1913): 548–54; “The Southern Highlander: IV, The Land of Do Without.” The Outing Magazine 61, no. 6 (March 1913): 703–14, il.; “The Southern Highlander: V, The Outlander and the Native.” The Outing Magazine 62, no. 1 (April 1913): 89–95; “The Southern Highlander: VI, The School of the Wilderness.” The Outing Magazine 62, no. 2 (May 1913): 210–12.

Series of six articles published between December 1912 and May 1913 under the general title “The Southern Highlander,” as a precursor to Kephart’s classic treatise on the GSM, Our Southern Highlanders [641], published in October 1913. All six parts are incorporated almost wholly into Kephart’s book. “The Southern Highlander” is a definitive early report that characterizes the Smoky Mountain region as isolated, romantic, and backward—a static place with little economic and social diversity. Part I, “Something Hidden; Go and Find It,” with some minor additions and omissions, corresponds to the whole first chapter and a few paragraphs of the third chapter of Our Southern Highlanders. In this opening article, Kephart remarks on the scantiness of published information about the Southern mountaineers, offers a brief précis about commentaries that do exist, and offers observations on mountain people encountered in the

Horace Kephart

Smoky Mountains. This article is illustrated with seven photographs, only one of which is reproduced in Our Southern Highlanders. Part II, “The Back of Beyond,” with some editorial changes, corresponds to the second chapter of Our Southern Highlanders plus a few paragraphs of the book’s third chapter. In this article, Kephart continues his theme from the first article, providing examples and illustrative detail of the southern mountaineers’ way of life, particularly their social attitudes and peculiar customs. Nine photographs illustrate this part, including a portrait of Kephart’s friend Bob Barnett and the Barnett home, along with the old copper mine on the Little Fork of Sugar Fork where Kephart first lived when he entered the Smokies. Four of the nine photographs are reproduced in the book. Two of these are accompanied by different captions. “The Back of Beyond” identifies the pioneer family as “Quill Rose, Wife and Niece” and specifies the tub mill as “Wilson’s Tub-Mill.” Part III, “The People of the Hills,” with a few omissions, corresponds to Chapter 13 of Our Southern Highlanders. Kephart contradicts the popular conception that mountaineers are an indolent backward people given to shiftlessness. He argues that Southern mountaineers are physically superior to the average race of Americans, having adapted to survival in the wilderness isolation. This essay has no illustrations. Part IV, “The Land of Do Without,” continues the theme of the previous article, illustrating with various examples how mountaineers have, through uncanny resourcefulness, learned to thrive in the Smoky Mountain recesses. Part IV corresponds roughly to Chapter 14 of Our Southern Highlanders. The chapter in Our Southern Highlanders is a heavily edited version of the article in Part IV with some material entirely deleted. The article is illustrated with eight photographs, two of which are reproduced in the book. Part V, “The Outlander and the Native,” and the article that follows as Part VI, offer a synopsis of Kephart’s reactions and observations as a stranger encountering and entering the closed society of the Southern mountaineer. This part, with slight omissions, corresponds to Chapter 12 of Our Southern Highlanders and has no illustrations. Part VI, “The School of Wilderness,” corresponds to the first third of Chapter 17 of Our Southern Highland-

Horace Kephart

ers. Kephart quotes extensively from Emma Miles, The Spirit of the Mountains, New York: J. Pott, 1905, a treatise on the people of the highlands around Chattanooga. Kephart compares his observations of the Smoky Mountain people with those of Miles, offering generalizations about Southern highlanders as a distinctive cultural class. [KW] [641] Kephart, Horace. Our Southern Highlanders. New York: Outing Publishing Co., 1913. 305 p. il., map.

Another edition: New York: Macmillan, 1921. 395 p. il., map. New and enlarged edition: Our Southern Highlanders; A Narrative of Adventure in the Southern Appalachians and a Study of the Life among the Mountaineers. New York: Macmillan, 1922. 469 p. il., map.

Reprints of 1922 edition: New York: Macmillan, 1925, 1929, 1936, 1941, 1914, 1967; Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1976. With introduction by George Ellison; Alexander, N.C: Land of the Sky Books, 2001.

Reviews: “Our Southern Highlanders.” The Atlanta Constitution, 23 September 1913: 13. “Our Highlanders.” New York Times, 7 December 1913: BR729; “Some Delightful Reading.” Boston Daily Globe, 9 December 1913: 13; “Book Department: Notes.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 55, (September 1914): 281; “Our Southern Highlanders.” Bulletin of the American Geographical Society 46, no. 4 (1914): 296; Hulbert, Archer B. “Our Southern Highlanders.” The Mississippi Valley Historical Review 1, no. 3 (December 1914): 469–70; “Reviews: America.” The Geographical Journal 62, no. 5 (November 1923): 388; Britt, Albert. “Books That Are People.” Forum 75, no. 2 (February 1926): 310–12; Ridgway, Florence H. “Mountain Life Portraiture.” Mountain Life and Work 2, no. 4 (January 1927): 29–31.

Landmark treatise and early extensive discourse on the GSM and the pioneering settlers who subsisted within the recesses of these rugged mountains. Kephart became intimately familiar with his subject matter when he ventured into the backcountry of the Smokies in 1904 after leaving his wife, his six children, and his job as

215

director of the St. Louis Mercantile Library and taking up residence in an abandoned miner’s cabin on the Little Fork of Sugar Fork of Hazel Creek two miles above the tiny hamlet of Medlin, N.C. From his observations and interactions with the mountain people, Kephart was hesitant to embrace Edgar Allen Poe’s contention that the Southern highlands are “tenanted by fierce and uncouth races of men” (p. 11) [actual quote: “uncouth and fierce races of men who tenanted their groves and caverns,” Edgar A. Poe, “A Tale of the Ragged Mountains,” Godey’s Magazine and Ladies Book 28 (April 1844): 178]. However, Kephart did acknowledge that “the mountaineers of the South are marked apart from all other folks by dialect, by customs, by character, by self-conscious isolation” (p. 16). While disdaining the current popular characterizations of the backwoods Southern mountaineer, Kephart is well aware “that there is just enough truth in this caricature to give it a point that will stick” (p. 12). His capitalization on this “just enough truth” is what makes Our Southern Highlanders the single most enduring book about the GSM and part of what catapulted Kephart himself into the annals of Smoky Mountain lore. Kephart’s treatise also operates on the premise that the Smoky mountaineers were “inhabiting a wild region little known,” a dubious assumption which he supports by acknowledging his failure “to discover so much as a magazine article, written within this generation, that described the land and its people” (p. 13). Our Southern Highlanders was published when tourist travel was first beginning to become affordable for working class Americans, and such a proximate destination as this unknown world of the Smoky Mountains in the middle of the Eastern United States attracted the notice of the traveling public. Kephart first tapped into this wave of interest with a series of six articles published in The Outing Magazine [640], a widely-read general-interest sportsman’s magazine of the early twentieth century. Revised versions of these articles form the corpus of the first edition of Our Southern Highlanders. Kephart later published in All Outdoors [651] four additional essays about his acquaintances and encounters in the Smokies. Edited versions of these were incorporated into the revised and expanded edition of Our Southern Highlanders issued in 1922. A clue to the question which vexes Kephart is perhaps given in one of the last chapters in the 1922 edi-

216

tion of Our Southern Highlanders, entitled, “Who Are the Mountaineers?” Kephart attempts to define this fiercely independent breed of American denizens by examining the isolation and ruggedness of the mountains. He also discusses how this environment both perpetuated the Smoky mountaineers’ anachronistic dialect and shaped some of the peculiar traditions of their culture, particularly bear hunting, moonshining, blood feuds, and the enduring prevalence of the log cabin as a primary residence. The books proved successful in making the GSM known to the outside world, but not without some inaccurate stereotypes of the Southern mountaineer community. [KW] [642] Kephart, Horace. Camping and Woodcraft: A Handbook for Vacation Campers and for Travelers in the Wilderness. New York: Outing Pub. Co., 1916. 2 vol., v.1: 405 p.; v. 2: 479 p. il. Reprint: Kephart, Horace. Camping and Woodcraft: A Handbook for Vacation Campers and for Travelers in the Wilderness. With a new introduction by George Ellison and Janet McCue. Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2011. 888 p. il.

Camping and Woodcraft first appeared in 1906 as a single volume under the title Book of Camping and Woodcraft. This first volume was intended as a “pocket manual for those who travel where there are no roads and who perforce must go light” (preface). Kephart later revised the book, augmenting original material with the pioneer lore of fixed camps and expanding it to two volumes. Both Camping and Woodcraft and its predecessor have their origins in a series of articles published in Field and Stream in 1904–6. Other sections appeared for the first time in Sports Afield, Recreation, Forest and Stream, and The Outing Magazine, though much material is original to the book. Kephart frequently illustrates the narrative with examples from personal experiences in the wilderness of the GSM. These references, scattered intermittently throughout both sections of the book, are often substantive, but convey little specific information about camping and adventure in these particular mountains. Nevertheless, for years Kephart lived alone in the exceptionally isolated wilderness of the Smokies, and much of his understanding of camp lore as set forth in Camping and Woodcraft is shaped by this experience. [KW]

Horace Kephart

[643] Kephart, Horace. “A Word-List from the Mountains of Western North Carolina.” Dialect Notes 4, no. 5 (1917): 407–19.

“The following collection, made by Horace Kephart of the Smithsonian Institution, consists wholly of terms which were noted down on the spot from the lips of North Carolina mountaineers, chiefly by himself, though in a few instances by Mr. Frank Laney of the U.S. Geological Survey. Specimens of this dialect are to be found in Mr. Kephart’s book entitled ‘Our Southern Highlanders’ (p. 407).” The alphabetical word-list includes approximately 250 terms, with definitions and usage in a phrase. Also notes variants and locations. For example, “bait, n. A full meal. “I et me a bait o’ ramps, and tasted them for a week atterwards” (p. 407). [RC] [644] Kephart, Horace. “Did a Panther Attack Tom Sparks? Horace Kephart Discusses the Question of Panthers Attacking Men—and Decides That a Wolf Attacked Sparks.” All Outdoors 5, no. 5 (February 1918): 167.

Short article recounting the story of a nocturnal panther attack on well-known mountaineer Tom Sparks near his cabin in Spence Field, high on the main divide of the Great Smokies. Affords some description of the Spence Field environs, mentions names of local bear hunters, and offers Kephart’s argument that Sparks likely was not attacked by a panther. [KW] [645] Kephart, Horace. “The Girl with the Turquoise Eyes.” Field and Stream 22, no. 11 (March 1918): 910–14. il.

Fictitious account of an outsider’s accidental encounter with a federal revenue agent in the course of pursuing a Smoky Mountain moonshiner. Kephart’s deft handling of the mountaineer vernacular and colloquialisms, his portrayal of the quaint customs and mannerisms of the mountain folk, and of the isolation and ruggedness of the mountain wilderness, blended with the story’s themes of self-reliance and independence, make for an interesting tale of ingenuity overcoming all odds. Perhaps more importantly, however, Kephart’s story fosters the popular image of the Smoky Mountain region as a static and solitary place removed from the mainstream of American life. [KW]

Horace Kephart

[646] Kephart, Horace. “The Backwoods Rifle: IV. How the Old Guns Would Shoot in the Hands of Men Who Knew Them.” The Outing Magazine 73, no. 2 (November 1918): 88–90, 117. il.

Fourth in a four-part series of articles under the general title “The Backwoods Rifle,” contains an account of Black Bill Walker, a well-known bear hunter from the Middle Fork of Little River on the Tenn. side of the Smoky Mountains. Kephart interviewed Walker in the fall of 1908 and here recounts Walker’s comments on the virtues of the old muzzle-loading rifles, particularly how the guns are loaded and sighted, and why they were especially conducive to backwoods hunting. One illustration outlines the diagram Smoky Mountain hunters used in fixing the sights on handmade rifles. Previous articles in the series do not mention the Smokies. [KW] [647] Kephart, Horace. “The Strange Story of the Eastern Cherokees.” The Outing Magazine 73, no. 6 (March 1919): 312–15; 74, no. 1 (April 1919): 28–31; 74, no.2 (May 1919): 89–91. il., map.

Reprints: The Cherokees of the Smoky Mountains: A Little Band That Has Stood against the White Tide for Three Hundred Years. Ithaca, N.Y.: Atkinson Press, 1936. 36 p. il, map; Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Natural History Association, 1983, 2007.

A three-part historical sketch of the origins and fate of the “Cherokee Nation” of N.C., Tenn., and Ga. marshaled under the subtitles “A Little Band That Has Stood Against the White Tide for Three Hundred Years;” “The Lure of Gold Leads to the Undoing of the Indians and the Dishonor of the White;” and “The Long Fight Ends in the Western Exile of All But a Remnant of the Tribe.” Kephart begins with the earliest account of the Cherokee in the Southern Appalachians and proceeds through the various Indian wars and treaties with the French, British, and Americans. Much of the early narrative sets the background for the gross deceptions and injustices later inflicted upon the Indians by the white settlers and their governments before and during the infamous removal of 1835–38. Kephart’s narrative concludes with a long analysis of the stories about Utsala, Tsali, and Colonel William Holland Thomas and how ultimately their actions led to the survival of the remnant Eastern Band of the Cherokee. The sketch is liberally interspersed with excerpts from

217

contemporary reports and letters from officials and individuals with firsthand knowledge of the events. [KW] [648] Kephart, Horace. “The Sport of Still Hunting (Moonshine Stills).” All Outdoors 6, no. 12 (September 1919): 490–91. il.

Journalistic account, under the byline “Roving With Kephart,” that describes the distillation and distribution of illicit whiskey in the GSM and the efforts of federal authorities to wipe it out. Includes several anecdotes about individual Smoky Mountain moonshiners and an account of a raid on a still operation. [KW] [649] Kephart, Horace. “Where You May Find Some Adventures in North Carolina.” All Outdoors 7, no. 1 (October 1919): 10–11. il.

Short summary of a letter received by Kephart from Warren L. Smith Jr. of Providence, R.I., describing a 1919 excursion up the left fork of the Oconaluftee and then along the spine of the Smokies as far as Mount Guyot. The excursion party included Smith, a companion, and a guide, Chastine Reagan. Kephart prefaces the summary with a general description of the topography of the mountains between Mount Collins and Mount Guyot. [KW] [650] Kephart, Horace. “Primitive Mills in Southern Mountains: The Pounding Mill Still in Use, Presents the Earliest Known Application of Power.” The Outing Magazine 75, no. 4 (January 1920): 220–22. il.

Exposition on primitive grist mills, specifically the crude log hand-operated mortar and pestle, the pounding mill, the quern, and the tub-mill, all devices still used by mountaineers in the more isolated reaches of the Southern Appalachians as late as the 1920s. Kephart outlines details on the construction, mechanics, and use of each type of mill, with particular attention given to a remarkably simple water-driven pounding mill found on Deep Creek in the GSM. Secondarily, Kephart’s treatment reinforces the popular romantic conception of the Southern highlander as a pioneering race isolated from the mainstream of American progress. [KW] [651] Kephart, Horace. “Is Man-Hunting ‘The Greatest Sport in the World?’” All Outdoors 8, no. 4 (January 1921): 130–31, 158–59; 8, no. 5 (February 1921):

218

170–71, 197–98; 8, no. 6 (March 1921): 210–11, 224–25; 8, no. 7 (April 1921): 250–51, 260–61. il.

Lengthy article published in four installments under the byline “Roving With Kephart.” Kephart’s personal accounts of his acquaintances with Smoky Mountain moonshiners and experiences in accompanying federal and local authorities in the grim business of tracking down blockaders in the rugged mountain terrain. Each installment bears a separate subtitle, the individual subtitles being “The Snake-Stick Man, Being the First of a Series of Southern Moonshine, Unusual Detective Work, and a Raid into the Sugarlands of Tennessee,” “A Raid Into the Sugarlands,” “Blockaders’ Glory,” and “The Killing of Hol Rose.” Heavily edited version of the articles later appear as three additional chapters in the new and enlarged edition (1922) of Our Southern Highlanders [641], with the first installment reproduced as “The Snake-Stick Man,” the second and third installments combined and reproduced as “A Raid Into the Sugarlands,” and the fourth, with substantial added material, reproduced as “The Killing of Hol Rose.” The article is accompanied by four drawings by Florence Howell Barkley that are not reproduced in the book. Using a storytelling format, it sheds interesting insights into the peculiar social customs surrounding the Smoky Mountain moonshining industry and the mortal dangers inherent in policing such practices. [KW] [652] Kephart, Horace. “Memories and Comment on Old and the New – The Snake-Stick Man is Back with a Bullet Hole in His Hat.” All Outdoors 8, no. 10 (July 1921): 370–71, 377.

Sequel to an earlier four-part article, “Is ManHunting ‘The Greatest Sport in the World?’” [651] in which Kephart brings the reader up-to-date on Charlie Beck, Bob Barnett, and “Mr. Quick.” Unlike the original article, the sequel was not included in the 1922 revised edition of Our Southern Highlanders [641]. Also corrects errors in the original four-part series. [KW] [653] Kephart, Horace. “Some Dope on the Quick ‘Draw’ and the Disappearance of a Suitcase.” All Outdoors 9, no. 1 (October 1921): 10–11, 24.

Follow-up article to a four-part series “Is ManHunting ‘The Greatest Sport in the World?’” [651] in

Horace Kephart

which Kephart records the subsequent fate of the killer of Hol Rose. This article, after heavy editing, was incorporated into the conclusion of the eleventh chapter, “The Killing of Hol Rose,” of the 1922 edition of Our Southern Highlanders [641]. [KW] [654] Kephart, Horace. “Early American Rifles De Luxe: Some Remarkable Specimens in the Collection of Marc Woodmansee.” All Outdoors 9, no. 3 (December 1921): 96, 105, 115, 119. il.

A special interest article on a few of the American muzzle-loading rifles, particularly those of the flintlock period, from the private collection of Marc Woodmansee of Des Moines. Included in the article is a separate section on a muzzle-loader in the possession of Kephart’s Smoky Mountain neighbor, J. E. Coburn, which was used in the execution of the Cherokee Tsali who resisted the forced removal of the Indians along the infamous Trail of Tears. Kephart retells the story of how Tsali killed a U.S. soldier, hid out at the head of Deep Creek, and was eventually captured and executed by command of General Winfield Scott. The account is accompanied by a detailed description of the rifle used in the execution. [KW] [655] Kephart, Horace. “A Mystery of the Mountains.” All Outdoors 9, no. 5 (February 1922): 163, 175–76, 185. il.

A recount of the known events surrounding the mysterious disappearance of Blaize L. Harsell, a sportsman, naturalist, and writer who was making a hiking trip alone along the Appalachian range in 1921. There was some speculation that Harsell might have gotten lost and perished in the GSM. In light of the given facts, Kephart examines possible scenarios of what might have happened to the hiker and, in so doing, reveals some interesting descriptions of hiking conditions in the Smokies during the early twentieth century. [KW] [656] Kephart, Horace. “Horace Kephart by Himself.” North Carolina Library Bulletin 5, no. 3 (June 1922): 49–52.

Short autobiographical sketch roughly outlining the major events in the author’s life (1862–1931), including information on why he left his wife, family, and career to indulge in a self-imposed exile in the forests of the GSM.

Horace Kephart

Offers a brief account of Kephart’s experiences living in the Smokies and how this sojourn later prompted him to write two definitive treatises, Camping and Woodcraft [642] and Our Southern Highlanders [641]. [KW] [657] Kephart, Horace. “A Backwoods Riflemaker.” The American Rifleman 72, no. 4 (July 1924): 9–10, 20; “An Old-Fashioned Shooting Match: Part I.” The American Rifleman 72, no. 5 (August 1, 1924): 7–8, 14; “An Old-Fashioned Shooting Match: Part II.” The American Rifleman 72, no. 6 (August 15, 1924): 9–10, 17. il.

Short story in three installments about an old-fashioned shooting match in the backwoods of the GSM. Although fictitious, Kephart’s tale depicts much that is accurate about the living conditions, local mannerisms, and rugged independence and self-reliance of the mountaineer inhabitants, as well as something of the beauty and richness of the Smokies. Yet, in so doing, Kephart also tends to foster the romanticism and commonplace stereotypes that have often attended the popular understanding of the Smoky Mountain people. Of particular interest are the story’s episodes about the primitive pounding mill and the mountaineer’s description of pioneer rifle making. Both episodes Kephart excerpted from his own personal encounters and interviews with settlers in the mountains. The factual basis for the pounding mill episode Kephart first recorded in “Primitive Mills in Southern Mountains” [650], and that of the rifle making was taken from a demonstration by Black Bill Walker of the Middle Fork of Little River, “The Backwoods Rifle: IV. How the Old Guns Would Shoot in the Hands of Men Who Knew Them” [646]. [KW] [658] Kephart, Horace. A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains. Bryson City, N.C.: Swain County Chamber of Commerce, 1925: n.p. il., map.

Promotional booklet issued by the Swain County Chamber of Commerce and consisting of one long essay by Kephart, “The Smoky Mountain National Park,” together with several photographs and two maps. In the essay, Kephart raises the question of why national parks are needed and specifically why a national park is needed in the GSM. Kephart describes the uniqueness of the outstanding features of the mountains, in particular the

219

physiography of the high peaks, the diversity of forest cover, the indigenous wildlife, and the Cherokee heritage of the mountains. Kephart also addresses the concurrent debate concerning whether the Smokies should be set aside as a national park or a national forest, and concludes with a cogent argument that a commercial forest is no substitute for a park. [KW] [659] Kephart, Horace. “The Smoky Mountain National Park.” The High School Journal 8, no. 6-7 (OctoberNovember 1925): 59–65, 69.

Argument outlining the benefits of establishing a national park in the GSM. Kephart examines the standards required by the U.S. Department of Interior for establishing a park and then proceeds to demonstrate how the Smokies are uniquely qualified to meet these standards. Discusses developing a national park as opposed to a national forest, the issue of commercial interests versus national park benefits, and the problem of the government acquiring private land for the proposed park. Booster groups to promote the idea of the park to the general public later made use of the many points Kephart raises in this article. [KW]

[661] Kephart, Horace. “Afoot and Awing in the Great Smokies: The Most Picturesque Section of the East, Where Our Latest National Park is Located.” Field and Stream 33, no. 9 (January 1929): 26–27, 75. il., map.

Semi-autobiographical narrative outlining changes in the GSM with the arrival of the lumber companies and an argument supporting the importance of government intervention to preserve the mountains. Sheds some light on the earliest movements to establish the Park, and comments that local mountaineers were not opposed to the lumber companies clear-cutting the GSM woodlands. [KW] [662] Kephart, Horace. Trips in the Smokies: 1929. Bryson City, N.C.: Bryson City Drug Company, 1929. 4 p.

Folded promotional sheet of factual information and travel advice for GSM visitors. [KW] [663] Kephart, Horace. Trips in the Smokies: 1930. Bryson City, N.C.: Bryson City Drug Company, The Rexall Store, 1930. 4 p. il., map.

[660] Kephart, Horace. “The Last of the Eastern Wilderness: An Article on the Proposed Great Smoky National Park.” World’s Work 51 (April 1926): 617–32. il., map.

The reissue of a similar promotional sheet published in 1929 [662]. Unlike its predecessor, the 1930 edition contains a map and pictures of the GSM. [KW]

General interest introduction to the GSM written at the time Congress was considering establishing the Smokies as a national park. Within the essay, the author emphasizes two themes: the unique mystery and charm of these mountains, and the fact that they are a rugged wilderness area totally unknown to much of the outside world. Themes are developed through a veritable smorgasbord of facts about the origin of the name Smoky, the customs and folklore of the area, as well as the history, geography, and flora and fauna of the mountains. Amply illustrated with twenty photographs by Jim Thompson. Kephart’s article is prefaced by a brief note by Hubert Work, U.S. Secretary of the Interior, commenting on the current status of the Smoky Mountain park movement. [KW/AB]

A general interest essay outlining the historical background, salient family characteristics, and isolated living conditions of the Southern Appalachian mountaineer. The essay does not specifically mention the Smoky Mountains, but since Kephart lived for many years in these mountains, it is fair to assume that the source for much of the detail in the narrative comes from his observations and experiences among the people of the GSM. [KW]

Reprints: The Tarheel Banker 7 (June 1929): 43–50; The Carolina Skyland (July 1929): 5, 9, 12, 18.

220

[664] Kephart, Horace. “Changing Mountaineers of the South.” New York Times, 9 February 1930: XX9.

[665] Kephart, Horace. “Then and Now.” National Sportsman 65, no. 4 (April 1931): 52–54, 56–57. il., map.

Brief recapitulation of the history of camping in the U.S., culminating with a look ahead at the building of the Appalachian Trail from Maine to Ga. Kephart outlines

Horace Kephart

the intended course of the trail, giving ample credit to the local groups and regional organizations that have been responsible for cutting and caring for the trail along each section. Of particular interest is the author’s speculation that the trail through the GSM will exit along the western end either at Gregory Bald or Parson Bald and cross the Little Tennessee River at Rhymer’s Ferry. [KW] [666] Kephart, Horace. “Early Spring Flowers of the North Carolina Mountains,” The Journal of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club. 1, no. 7 (November 1936): 77–83.

Month-by-month listing of flower species indigenous to the N.C. mountains according to the month when each species is expected to blossom. Within each month, the flower species are further grouped according to natural habitat (moist lowlands, dry uplands, moist uplands, dry uplands, bogs and swamps, and any soil). Species are listed by common name with scientific name accompanying. The list was compiled posthumously from Horace Kephart’s original notes. [KW] [667] Kephart, Horace. Smoky Mountain Magic: A Novel (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2009). 205 p. il. map.

Adventure and romance yarn written by Kephart in the 1920s. He submitted the typed manuscript in 1929 to Houghton, Mifflin Co., who declined publication. The manuscript was kept in the family until its publication in 2009, to coincide with the 75th anniversary of the forma-

Horace Kephart

tion of the GSMNP. Foreword by great-granddaughter Libby Kephart Hargrave relates family reminiscences of Horace, as well as the provenance of the manuscript. Introduction by Kephart historian George Ellison provides biographical information and places the novel in the context of Kephart’s other writings. The novel is set in the Deep Creek watershed, Cherokee communities of Soco and Big Cove, and Bryson City (called Kittuwa) in June 1925. Protagonist and outsider John Cabarrus explores the watershed in search of hidden treasure. He enters a secluded cave and becomes trapped. Heroine Marian Wentworth, a pretty young botanist from Raleigh, aided by mountaineer Tom Burbank, rescues Cabarrus. Incorporates mountain culture and Cherokee lore with a conglomeration of stock mountain characters, including earnest mountaineers, a murderous land baron, a treacherous clan, a Cherokee chief, and a witch. According to Ellison, who finds the novel autobiographical in many regards, “Almost every river, creek, road, ridge, and peak mentioned in the text can be found on a map of the area. . . . The descriptions of the natural world encountered along Deep Creek are accurately drawn – and they are sometimes beautifully rendered. . . . Creating a dreamscape and employing descriptions like ‘inscrutable thicket’ are not the sort of stylistic devices a reader familiar with Camping and Woodcraft and Our Southern Highlanders would have expected from Kephart, not even in a novel” (p. xxxiv–xxxv). Reprints a photograph of Kephart in his cabin and a map of Deep Creek ca. 1930 by George Masa. [RC]

221

The Blacksmith Shop. Engraving for “The Riddle of the Rocks” in Mary Noailles Murfree, The Phantoms of the Foot-Bridge and Other Stories (New York: Harper & Brothers, 1895).

Chapter 9 Literature of The Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The earliest work of literature to describe poetically and evocatively the landscape of Southern Appalachia is William Bartram’s nonfiction Travels and Other Writings through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East and West Florida, the Cherokee Country (1791) [113]. Although Bartram never entered the Great Smoky Mountain region, he did reach the nearby Nantahala River Gorge. His classic descriptions convey respect and rapture for this incredible natural environment. For Bartram and other early naturalist-explorers, the southern wilderness was more than an obstacle to subdue and conquer. Great Smoky Mountains literature, a narrow subset of Southern Appalachian prose fiction, poetry, and drama, developed after the Civil War. Geographical and psychological isolation contributed to the evolution of the southern mountaineer as a distinctive, multifaceted, and enduring character in American literature. When “discovered” by writers of the 1870s and 1880s, mountain people were regarded as sufficiently out of sync with mainstream America to warrant literary local-color treatment. No literary tradition, with the possible exception of the western cowboy mystique, has been more enduring than the picture of the southern hillbilly with a still in every “holler” and a disposition to carry on feuds with neighbors. Unlike the planters and farm laborers in the cotton-raising low country, southern mountaineers were relatively unaffected by the Civil War. Their highly romanticized way of life, believed to have been unbroken for over a century, was admired for the survival of quaint customs and attitudes. Independent in spirit, picturesque in speech, increasingly antiquated in culture, and scarcely touched by industrialization and modernization, southern highlanders have fascinated authors and readers alike since the 1870s.

George Washington Harris (1814–1869) is recognized by literary scholars as the first author of Smoky Mountains fiction. Born in Pennsylvania, Harris was brought to Knoxville in 1819 at the age of five. He worked on the Tennessee River and became captain of the steamboat Knoxville. In 1839 Harris bought 375 acres in Tuckaleechee Cove at the gateway to the Smokies. Four years later he returned to Knoxville and worked in metal industries. He wrote humorous short stories and political commentaries, and in 1854 Harris published his first Sut Lovingood tale. Twenty-two Sut Lovingood sketches were eventually collected in Sut Lovingood’s Yarns (New York: Dick & Fitzgerald, 1867). Harris’s earliest sketches were published in 1843 in the New York magazines Spirit of the Times, Agriculture, Field Sports, and Literature and the Stage, as well as in Knoxville newspapers [691–695]. They mention Tuckaleechee (“Tuck-a-lucky”) Cove, as well as Great Smoky Mountain settings, manners, and activities such as coon hunting, dancing, horse-racing, log rolling, fishing, cornshucking, and quilting. The articles also attempt to capture the local dialect. Harris’s pseudonym for the series was “Mr. Free.” Criticism and biographical information on Harris, as well as edited anthologies of his writings, are readily available. See especially High Times and Hard Times; Sketches and Tales, edited by M. Thomas Inge (Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967), which reprints Harris’s Smokies stories and provides biographical and critical commentary, and Sut Lovingood’s Nat’ral Born Yarnspinner: Essays on George Washington Harris, edited by James E. Caron and M. Thomas Inge (Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1996). A long-forgotten man of southern letters, the literary world scrambled to learn about George Washington Harris after William Faulkner, in an interview for the

Paris Review (no. 12 [Spring 1956]: 28–52), expressed his admiration for Sut Lovingood. When asked to name his favorite fictional characters, Faulkner offered Dickens’s Mrs. Gamp, Falstaff and Prince Hal, Don Quixote and Sancho, Huck and Jim, and a few others. He devoted the longest discussion to the least-known character on his list: And then I like Sut Lovingood from a book written by George Harris about 1840 or ’50 in the Tennessee mountains. He had no illusions about himself, did the best he could; at certain times he was a coward and knew it and wasn’t ashamed; he never blamed his misfortunes on anyone and never cursed God for them (p. 47). Credit for the introduction of Great Smoky Mountain fiction to a national audience goes to Mary Noailles Murfree (1850–1922). Murfree’s short stories, first published in the Atlantic Monthly and other popular magazines, were collected in In the Tennessee Mountains (1884). While earlier novels, notably Robert Strange’s Eoneguski (1839) [96] and Sidney Lanier’s Tiger-Lilies (1867) [704], make references to the Smokies region, Murfree’s tales made the area and mountain people famous. To genteel nineteenth-century readers of the Atlantic Monthly, Harper’s, Century, and the Christian Union, the name Charles Egbert Craddock evoked instant recognition and pleasurable anticipation. Favorably compared to Bret Harte and Sarah Orne Jewett, “that man Craddock” rode the crest of popular, post–Civil War, American local-color literature. No editor, especially Thomas Bailey Aldrich of the Atlantic Monthly, suspected that the “M.” in correspondence ascetically signed “M. N. Murfree” that accompanied the handwritten stories stood for “Mary.” Imagine Aldrich’s surprise in May 1885, when a slight, gentle, and bookishly witty woman named Mary Noailles Murfree abruptly divulged that she was Charles Egbert Craddock. As the story goes, Aldrich pledged Mary to silence until the next evening, when her identity was revealed at a dinner for Boston’s elite. Murfree is Appalachia’s first significant female writer. Over a fifty-year career, Mary Noailles Murfree published fourteen novels and forty-five short stories set in the Appalachian Mountains, all but four set in her home state of Tennessee. No study of Appalachian lit-

224

erature nor bibliography of the Great Smoky Mountains would be complete without examining Murfree’s work, popularity, and widespread influence. Murfree was born near Murfreesboro, a town in Middle Tennessee named for her great-grandfather. For fifteen years, from 1855 to 1870, the family spent summers at Beersheeba Springs, a popular resort for affluent southerners in the Cumberland Mountains. Here she gained firsthand knowledge of the characteristics, dress, speech, and customs of mountain people. Mary and her sister Fanny also spent time in the Smokies, beginning with an extended visit to Montvale Springs in the fall of 1885. The grandeur of the landscape, along with the independence, self-sufficiency, and rarefied local dialect of the natives deeply impressed her. In 1876 she sold two mountain stories to Appleton’s Weekly, but the magazine ceased publication before they appeared. In May 1878 The Atlantic Monthly introduced Charles Egbert Craddock to readers with “The Dancin’ Party at Harrison’s Cove.” Murfree’s first Smoky Mountains story, “Panther of Jolton’s Ridge,” was written and sold in 1876 but not published until 1885 [728]. The action unfolds in “a certain wild chasm, cut deep into the very heart of a spur of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Similar to most of her fiction, the story revolves around two fundamental preoccupations of the region: religion and moonshining. Mark Yates, an engaging mountain lad, enjoys visiting the still of the Brice brothers, not merely to sample the product but to take in stories of hunting, feuds, and Indians. One evening John Brice, nicknamed “the panther,” vows revenge on the local preacher for ousting the Brices from church membership. Yates warns him against drastic action, and they part in anger. The church burns that night, and Brice is apprehended. He escapes via a railroad bridge, encounters a train midway, plunges into the waters below, and is never found. Eight of Murfree’s mountain stories, all previously published in the Atlantic Monthly, were collected in her first book-length publication, In the Tennessee Mountains. Labeled “the granddaddy of all mountaineer tales,” one critic maintained that the book “gave great impetus to the rise of the genre. For the period in which it was written, this collection of short stories set a good example of all the mountaineer fiction that followed. The stories are

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

stately in style and language but are an honest attempt to show the humor and the beauty in the lives of the isolated Smoky Mountains folk.” Although she sets one of the stories in the Cumberlands, another in the Alleghanies, and a third in the Smokies, these are purely nominal designations. Her stories from In the Tennessee Mountains blend cohesively through homogeneity of landscape, language, folklore, names of people and places, morals, tone, and point of view. The overwhelming presence of the mountains is sensed throughout. Men dominate her fiction. They hunt, fish, fight, loaf, and disport themselves with primal disregard for domestic obligations and civilized manners. They exhibit a fierce independence and contempt for the law. Three ranks of women populate this masculine realm: the coy maiden or mountain-flower, the young wife, and the older woman. Mountain dialects, idioms, similes, and other peculiarities of local speech also unite her fiction. For modern readers, Murfree’s greatest fault as a writer lies in cacography—the inelegant misspellings accepted in her day as both genuine transcriptions of colloquial speech and as legitimate humor. The dialect grows tiresome and tends to nullify its value as a characterizing device. Between 1885 and 1897 Murfree published six mountain novels for adults. Her first and finest novel of mountain life is The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727]. The title is a misnomer, for Hiram Kelsey, the prophet/ preacher, racked with guilt over the inadvertent deaths of his wife and child, does not dominate the book. Rather, this is the story of Rick Tyler’s run-in with the law and his unsuccessful courtship of Dorinda Cayce. Kelsey, an intense if intermittent figure, proves the more interesting character, and the church meeting scene is a masterpiece. Other Murfree novels with Great Smoky Mountains settings include In the Clouds (1886) [730], which is rated her most authentic portrayal of the region, and The Windfall (1907) [736], her seventh novel. The central figure in The Windfall is Hilary Lloyd, part-owner of a traveling circus who finds himself stranded in the Smoky Mountains. A Spectre of Power (1903), a historical novel about the Cherokee set in Tennessee in the 1760s, includes scattered Smokies references [735]. Murfree’s reputation and popularity declined in the early twentieth century, as literary tastes changed and lo-

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

cal color lost out to harsher realism and novelistic experimentation. In 1907 the dean of American letters, William Dean Howells, described the situation as follows: There seems in the dust and smoke of recent literary explosions an eclipse of that fine talent . . . but I hope that when the vaporous reputations blow away, her clear light will show the stronger for its momentary obscuration. She was the first to express a true Southern quality in fiction. (“Recollections of an Atlantic Editorship,” Atlantic Monthly 100, no. 5 [1907]: 598–99) Despite stylistic weaknesses, stereotypical characters, intrusive editorializing, tedious dialect, and affectations, Murfree’s stories and novels reveal and preserve a unique segment of historic American life. After her popularity waned, Murfree contributed nonfiction articles on the region in The Youth’s Companion, two of which are represented here [738, 739]. Following in Murfree’s local-color wake were socialist authors such as Olive Dargan (1869–1968) [678–680] and Grace Lumpkin (1892–1980) [708]. Their incendiary novels, often with only passing Smokies references, center upon the exploitation of mountaineers and nature by outside commercial interests. Missionaries, teachers, and other reformers flooded the area in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, followed closely by novelists and storytellers who chronicled their experiences. During this period, mountaineers were often presented as innocent unfortunates, lacking only the right opportunities to improve their condition. The mountain rascal also became a favorite character, at times portrayed as a moonshining diamond-in-the-rough and at other times as a degenerate molester of mountain virtues. In the 1920s and early 1930s, mysteries with Great Smoky Mountains backdrops became popular. The eerie, forbidding wilderness provided a setting for dramatic chases and escapes. Murderers, moonshiners, feuders, revenuers, city slickers and tourists, social workers, preachers, entrepreneurs, and assorted scoundrels bent on cheating mountain folk were entwined in exciting plots. Hunting tales also appeared, frequently spiced with humor. Following the establishment of the Great

225

Smoky Mountains National Park, economic development and the encroachment of modern life became dominant themes. A representative short-story writer of this period who remains eminently readable is Charles Hodge Mathes (1879–1951). Mathes was a professor of Greek at Maryville College in Tennessee and academic dean at East Tennessee State College. He enjoyed spending time in the Smoky Mountains with its residents, whose language he captured with a linguist’s ear. His affection for the region and its inhabitants are apparent in stories published from 1923 to 1936 in magazines such as Blade and Ledger, The Country Gentleman, Everybody’s First in Fiction, Extension Magazine, The Farmer’s Wife, The High Road, Munsey’s Popular Magazine, The Southern Planter, and Young People’s Weekly [711–723]. In the foreword to a collected edition of his stories, Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952), his wife, Wynema Souder Mathes, wrote, The lofty peaks of the Great Smoky Mountains, so near at hand, had an irresistible appeal. The writer and his colleagues spent many holidays and vacations exploring them. Not only had the untamed wilderness a glorious appeal to the author, but the PEOPLE who lived there in sturdy, independent isolation. These were the hardy souls of English and Scotch-Irish stock whose ancestors had pushed on from the coast to the tall, aloof mountains and found there the peace and freedom they sought. Positive traces of the Elizabethan speech delighted Hodge Mathes. His fine linguistic mind found rhythm and poetry there. The people he met in the mountains became his friends. . . . During the next forty years he continued to visit and write about the mountains. He lived to see the opening up of the heretofore inaccessible regions . . . by the mission schools, the roads and the railroads. He lived to see the mountain cabin give way to a modern dwelling; the cook fireplace bow to the electric stove powered by TVA. He lived to see the sons, daughters and grandchildren of his

226

mountain friends graduate from fine colleges and take their places in a larger society. You won’t meet the people of whom he wrote anymore . . . not even on the Maine to Georgia trail across the mountain tops, which the author helped to break. You can make your camp on Mount LeConte or The Grandfather and be visited by an uninvited bear. Should you wander too far off the trail in some sections, you might even come upon “moonshiners.” But they are a new people . . . not the stalwart pioneer whose dignity and character so impressed Hodge Mathes (pp. ix–x). In addition to his original short stories and the collected edition cited above, a play, Ark of Safety: A Play in Two Acts, based on Mathes’s short stories, premiered in 1975. According to the scene notes at the beginning, “Locations are described for the benefit of the actors to help them create the atmosphere of the scenes, all of which take place somewhere in the Great Smoky Mountains” (New York: Samuel French, 1977, p. 7). Identifying Smokies-related literature was an enormous undertaking. The primary approach was to determine the relative “Smokyness” of Southern Appalachian fiction. A starting point was checking hundreds of literary citations in the Bibliography of Southern Appalachia (Boone, N.C.: Appalachian Consortium Press, 1976). Many titles were winnowed out after a cursory reading; others languished for years in a “maybe” folder. Another important checklist source was Lorise Boger’s The Southern Mountaineer in Literature: An Annotated Bibliography (Morgantown: West Virginia University Library, 1964). Boger’s bibliography is helpfully indexed by state, allowing a title-by-title examination of entries listed under North Carolina and Tennessee. Dissertations and theses were also fertile grounds for ferreting out Great Smoky Mountains literature. Among others, see John McLeod, “The Southern Highlands in Prose Fiction” (M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1930) [764]; Isabella Deas Harris, “The Southern Mountaineer in American Fiction, 1824–1910” (Ph.D. diss., Duke University, 1948); Laura Leslie Banner’s “The North Carolina Mountaineer in Native Fiction” (Ph.D. diss., University of North

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1984); and Saralyn Chestnut’s “The Difference Within: Southern Proletarian Writers” (Ph.D. diss., Emory University, 1994). The few titles that met the criteria for “specific” and “substantial” Smokies content are represented here. Of course, the process involved judgment calls over a number of years. Obviously, important short stories and novels with significant Smokies content were missed. A comprehensive bibliography of Great Smoky Mountains literature may well be the work of a lifetime. Only a small percentage of the hundreds of works consulted is included in this bibliography. Important regional authors whose works were not deemed to be sufficiently specific to the Great Smoky Mountains include the following: Charles Neville Buck (1879–1930) Frances Eliza Hodgson Burnett (1849–1924) Maristan Chapman (pseud. of Mary Chapman and John Stanton Higham Chapman) (1895–1978) John Fox (1863–1919) Martha S. Gielow (1854–1933) Hatcher Hughes (1881–1945) Stanley Olmsted (1878–1939) Maria Louise Pool (1841–98) Opie Percival Read (1852–1939) Elizabeth Maddox Roberts (1886–1941) This chapter includes criticism on Great Smoky Mountains literature (primarily on Mary Noailles Murfree’s fiction), linguistics, and films. Linguistics articles of the early period recorded “folk-speech,” dialects, and diction. Most were published in leading journals of the day, such as Dialect Notes and PMLA. Although Appalachian speech was extensively researched during the period covered by this bibliography, only articles with identifiable Smokies references are represented here. A handful of films, mostly short documentaries produced by the National Park Service in the early 1930s, is represented at the end of this chapter. One full-length feature, Stark Love (1927), was filmed on location on Big Santeetlah Creek, North Carolina, and employed local residents as extras and for some acting parts [804]. After 1934, more films used Smokies locations and plots. Russell Clement

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Acknowledgments Kenton Temple, director of the Anna Porter Public Library in Gatlinburg, Tennessee, performed the laborious initial “rough sort” of possible Great Smoky Mountains literary titles. Citations in this chapter owe much to her considerable preliminary efforts and astute judgment. Professor Michael Montgomery, author of the monumental Dictionary of Smoky Mountain English (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2004), reviewed this chapter and offered helpful corrections and suggestions.

Sources Literature, Criticism, Linguistics, Films Literature

[668] Bache, Louise Franklin. “The Out-Shootin’est Boy on Snake Head.” Junior Red Cross News 2, no. 8 (April 1920): 2–4. il.

Fictitious account of a young mountaineer boy who is convinced by “that thar woman with the quar dress ‘n red crosses” to attend a mountain “settlement” school to “git book-larnin’” (p. 4). The young protagonist, like many other mountain boys of that era, is quite accomplished in “shootin’, ridin’, and fightin’,” yet possesses a yearning to know something about the world beyond the mountains. Although the story makes no direct reference to the GSM, the context clearly infers a background of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. The story is illustrated with a picture of Alum Cave Bluff and uses a variation of “Ogle,” a name once common in the Sugarlands section of the Smokies. [KW] [669] Bird, William Ernest, ed. The Spirit of Western North Carolina (A Pageant). Produced by students of the Cullowhee State Normal School, Cullowhee, English Department. Asheville: Jarrett’s Press, 1926. 74 p.

Program and scripts of the Pageant of Western North Carolina, held 19 May 1926, in Cullowhee, N.C. Five “episodes,” or short plays, are included. Episode I, The Vindication of Yonageleg (a play in two acts) by Julia English (p. 7–19), deals with Cherokee braves. Episode II, The Pioneers (a play in three acts) by Elizabeth Moody

227

(p. 22–31), relates a frontier story from the life of Daniel Boone. Episode III, The Unbroken Pledge (a play in three acts) by Nora Wiggins (p. 33–48), is set in Whittier, N.C. and concerns a Confederate soldier. Episode IV, A Disturbed Romance (a play in three acts) by Magdalene Bobbitt (p. 51–63) is set in Sylva, N.C. during World War I. Episode V, The Spirit of Western North Carolina (a masque in three acts) was written by Beulah Padgett, Vera Robinson, and Ray Gibbs (p. 66–74). This paean to Education, Ambition, and Usefulness is written in verse and features allegorical characters. [RC] [670] Bird, William Ernest, ed. Among the Highlanders Yesterday and Today (A Pageant of Western North Carolina). Produced by students of the Cullowhee State Normal School, Cullowhee, N.C., English, Music and Physical Education Departments. Cullowhee: Cullowhee State Normal School, 1927. 46 p.

Includes scripts of three “episodes” or plays produced for the Pageant of Western North Carolina, held on 25 May 1927, in conjunction with commencement ceremonies in the Open Air Theater. Episode I, by Stella Cowan, is entitled Tsali: A Tragedy of the Cherokee Indian Removal. Episode II (p. 23–37), by Mary Louise Russell, is As She Had Planned, a comedy in three acts set on Hazel Creek in Swain County. It deals with a farmer who is initially opposed to a new high school, his daughter who yearns for an education, her “college boy” suitor, and a newcomer to Hazel Creek who owns a copper mine. Episode III, The Spirit of Song in Western North Carolina, is a cantata for women’s voices. [RC] [671] Blake, Gladys. “The Gale Treasure.” The Youth’s Companion 102, no. 12 (December 1928): 623–37. il.

Short story about buried treasure hidden by Len Thorneberry “in the depths of the Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 624) before the Civil War. Alan and Josephine Gale set out to locate the rumored iron casket of jewels and gold. Most of the tale relates their treasure-hunting adventures in the mountains, where they encounter distant backward relatives and uncover coded directions to the cache. They befriend Grace Thorneberry, a descent of Len, who serves as their guide and helps them discover the treasure. General Gale, Alan and Josephine’s grandfather, who had searched for the treasure sixty years be-

228

fore, is particularly pleased by their find. Includes illustrations by Dudley Gloyne Summers. [RC] [672] Brown, William Perry. “Little Mart.” Ballou’s Monthly Magazine 68, no. 4 (October 1888): 283–86.

Tale of moonshining “at the foot of the Chilhowee Mountains, the rocky fastness behind them were long the congenial sphere of the Moonshiner’s hidden toil and trouble” (p. 283). Red-haired Little Mart Dodson has “pedaled ‘wild-cat whiskey’ from the time he became able to take a three-gallon keg along the country roads after dark” (p. 283). Agnes Baird, a summer visitor from Chattanooga, is dispatched to fetch “pure whiskey for medicinal purposes” for her mother. Agnes gently lectures Little Mart on the dangers and evils of his occupation. He feels remorse and an urge to reform. Later, he visits the Bairds and Agnes’s father, a mining speculator, and purchases the Dodson farm for five thousand dollars. When the pair meets again a few years later, Little Mart is a successful iron-industrialist who credits Agnes’s good influence in turning him around. [RC] [673] Camak, David English. June of the Hills: The Junaluska Prize Novel. A Story of the Southern Mountains with Lake Junaluska, N.C., as the Center of Action. Waynesville: Literary Department, Junaluska Woman’s Club, 1927. 252 p. 2nd ed.: Waynesville: Literary Department, Junaluska Woman’s Club, 1928. 3rd ed.: Waynesville: Literary Department, Junaluska Woman’s Club, 1946.

Reprint: Easley, S.C.: Southern Historical Press, 1984.

Novel that relates adventures of “June Adair, a mountain school teacher; Fred, the son of a New York millionaire; Jim McDowell, the cove lad; Squire Hawkins, the mountain store-keeper; Mildred Elliott, a trained nurse who comes in time; McDowell, the Moonshine King of Big Bear Cove, and others who live and love their way into your heart. This is a real story of the mountains, with moonlight and ‘moonshine,’ idealism, heroism and romance interwoven by a skilled workman. It will hold your interest, warm your heart, wet your cheeks, and give you a thrill” (ii). Set in Big Bear Cove at the end of the nineteenth century, the plot incorporates local his-

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

tory and lore. Locals speak in mountain dialects. Moonshining, hiking, and camping trips figure prominently. Includes descriptive passages of tobacco-spitting, herbgathering mountain women. Discusses the development of mountain resources by “outsiders.” At the end, June marries Fred and they settle in the mountains. [RC] [674] Cobb, Needham Bryan. Poetical Geography of North Carolina, Cold Water, Reply to Gray’s Elegy, and Other Poems. Cambridge, Mass.: Riverside Press, 1887. 63 p. il.

First poem, “Poetical Geography of North Carolina,” was “prepared to aide the Children of North Carolina in memorizing the counties, rivers, creeks, sounds, bays and mountains of the Old North State” (p. 1). The following excerpt is from the mountain section of the poem: Between the Blue Ridge and Great Smoky ranges Are ridges as many as spring weather changes: First comes the great Black, with peak tall and shaggy As Mitchell’s and Clingman’s and Guyot’s and Craggy; Then next is the New-Found, then Balsam’s dark range, With its bears and wolves and its panthers so strange. Catalooche and Soco and Cowee Divides Come in where the Cherokee Indian abides. Also on the mountain region is a poem entitled “A Home in the Mountains” (p. 30–35), written in Waynesville in July 1884. The volume concludes with six additional non-geographical poems best forgotten. Illustrated with fifteen engravings, none of the Smokies. [AB] [675] Coffin, Gertrude Wilson. Magnolia’s Man: A Mountain Comedy, in Carolina Folk Comedies, 4th series, ed. by Frederick H. Koch. New York: Samuel French, 1931. p. 1–43. il.

One-act comedy set in August 1904, in “A village on a branch line of the Southern railway, west of Asheville, North Carolina” that mentions mica prospectors

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

from Sylva several times. According to the introduction, “Here is a comedy of uncommon flavor, a genre play of a remote neighborhood of our Carolina highlands, recorded in the racy vernacular of virile people” (p. xxi). Characters include Mis’ Tish Davis, the village dressmaker; Newt Norris, a local widower; Magnolia Blossom Starnes, a spinster; and Bartholomew M. Burgess, a hillbilly from the Arkansas Ozarks. The storyline centers on unsuccessful matchmaking between Miss Starnes and Mr. Burgess, who falsely advertised for a bride with a photograph of William Jennings Bryan. At curtain’s fall, Miss Starnes is in the arms of Mr. Norris. The play was originally produced by The Carolina Playmakers at Chapel Hill on 24–26 October 1929, “and played by them on their Northern tour, November 16 to 30, 1929” (p. 2). One photograph shows a garment-fitting scene with Mis’ Davis and Miss Starnes. [RC] [676] Cushman, Rebecca. “The Revival: A Story in Verse.” Atlantic Monthly 152, no. 3 (September 1933): 316–21.

Story in verse of a week-long mountain revival that culminates in Buck Nevins’s (a Deep Creek native) abstinence covenant. Reappears in Cushman’s collection, Swing Your Mountain Gal [677]. [RC] [677] Cushman, Rebecca. Swing Your Mountain Gal: Sketches of Life in the Southern Highlands. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1934. 150 p. il.

Poetry sketches set in East Tenn. and Western N.C. Includes frequent references to, and descriptions of, the GSM. Incorporates musical ballads and mountain legends and uses mountain dialects. Includes illustrations by the author. [RC] Olive Dargan (1869–1968) was born on a Ky. farm, lived during her teen years in the Mo. Ozarks, and attended Peabody and Radcliffe Colleges. She moved to Blue Ridge, Ga., and subsequently to New York City. While in college, she camped in the mountains of Western N.C. and, in 1906, purchased the Horizon Farm on the Nantahala River in Swain County with her husband, the S.C. poet Pegram Dargan. The couple traveled and lived in England. Her husband drowned off the coast of Cuba in 1915. She returned to the N.C. mountains, spent most of

229

her time there writing poetry until the farmhouse burned in 1923. After moving to Asheville in 1925, she wrote the collection of short stories that many consider her best work, Highland Annals, and three “proletarian” novels under the pen name Fielding Burke. Two of her novels, Call Home the Heart (1932) and A Stone Came Rolling (1935) revolve around the role of mountain migrants in the 1929 mill strikes in Gastonia and Marion, N.C. [678] Dargan, Olive Tilford. Highland Annals. New York: C. Scribner Sons, 1925. 286 p.

Revised ed.: From My Highest Hill; Carolina Mountain Folks. Philadelphia; New York: J. B. Lippincott, 1941. 221 p. Includes 50 photographs by Bayard Wootten.

Reprint: Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1998. 247 p. Photographs by Bayard Wootten; with an introduction by Anna Shannon Elfenbein and an afterword by Jonathan Morrow.

Highland Annals is composed of eight short stories and sketches, perhaps autobiographical, that reveal the imperfections of mountain people and the vulnerability of poor white women. Exhibits traditional features of Southern local color writing: appreciation of nature, use of extravagant humor, local language and dialect, and tall tales. Vignettes center on a group of N.C. mountaineers “inherited” by an outsider along with a piece of land. Contents: “About Granpap and Trees,” “Coretta and Autumn,” “Serena and Wild Strawberries,” “Sam,” “Ewie: Somewhat Married,” “My Wild-Hog Claim: A Dubious Asset,” “Serena Takes a Boarder,” “A Proper Funeral.” [RC] [679] Dargan, Olive Tilford [Fielding Burke, pseud.]. Call Home the Heart. London, New York, Toronto: Longmans, Green and Co., 1932. 432 p.

Reprint: Old Westbury, N.Y.: Feminist Press, 1983. 462 p. With an introduction by Alice Kessler-Harris and Paul Lauter and afterwords by Sylvia J. Cook and Anna W. Shannon.

Ishma Waycaster, the compelling lead character, is torn between three suitors. After selecting one, she gains freedom from obligations piled upon her by her family, husband, and mountain life by fleeing, with a lover, to an urban industrial area. There she witnesses the exploita-

230

tion of textile workers and attempts to organize a labor union. She embraces Marxist socialism and is accused of being a Communist. Facing defeat, she returns home to her husband and mountain life. Mountain episodes of Call Home the Heart are set in fictitious Cloudy Knob in the Western N.C. hills. Includes long descriptions of mountain life. Dialogue is written in mountain dialect. Mentions the GSM, Waynesville, and the Little Tennessee River. [RC] [680] Dargan, Olive Tilford [Fielding Burke, pseud.]. A Stone Came Rolling. New York: Longmans, Green, 1935. 412 p.

Sequel to Call Home the Heart (1932) [679]. Ishma’s tendencies toward revolution and labor reform are reaffirmed following the death of her husband. [RC] [681] Davis, Rebecca Harding. “Taneo.” The Youth’s Companion 48, no. 10 (March 11, 1875): 73–74. il.

Melodramatic short story of a Cherokee bride named Taneo, a chief ’s daughter and a “tall, straight Indian girl, with her bare feet and head, and her wedding garment, which was a petticoat and short gown of blue flannel” (p. 73). Taneo is wed to a drunkard named Hokus, an unappealing “big slouching, copper-colored fellow” (p. 73). After some well-meaning, racially incorrect advice, the Squire concludes the ceremony, “Now I pronounce you man and wife; and keep clear of the whiskey-still on your way home” (p. 73). White girls Nelly and Anne later visit Taneo’s house, and are startled to find it clean and well-kept. Taneo has a baby and Hokus is intent on adding a second Cherokee woman to hoe corn, for whom he has bartered a horse and two blow-guns. The white girls insist that Taneo and her baby return home with them. Concerned about the rising Oconaluftee River later that night, Taneo and her baby drown while fording the river. On the ride home after the tragedy, Anne sadly eulogizes their friend: “The poor savage was true to the best she knew. Hokus is little better than a beast, but her love for him was good and beautiful. Some women live only for themselves, and love or work for nobody” (p. 74). [RC] [682] Davis, Rebecca Harding. “A Night in the Mountains.” Appletons’ Journal 3 (December 1877): 505–10.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Fictional account of Tom Sevier, a young North Carolinian, who takes his wife Betty to the mountains so that she might recover her health after the loss of a child. The couple stops at an inn in Waynesville where the wife has a chance encounter with a former suitor, Colonel Chaplin, for whom she maintains great affection. The Colonel, also still attracted to Betty Sevier, hatches a plot to dispose of the woman’s husband by inviting the man on a fishing excursion along one of the more treacherous streams in the Cataloochee section of the GSM. [KW] [683] Davis, Rebecca Harding. “His Great Deed.” Lippincott’s Magazine 22 (September 1878): 343–54.

Three brothers—Richard, Hugh, and Peter Boyer— trap bears and live in a hut on Mount Mitchell. Peter leaves the mountains for the University of Virginia. He becomes a pompous lawyer, senator (“grown portly, and red-faced, and talked in a strident voice” p. 343), and eventually governor of Iowa. Although the story is set in the Balsam Range, a secondary location is Sevier, “a hamlet on the Nantahela Range.” Story also mentions “a party of Cherokee from Qualla would come in with baskets to sell” (p. 345), and Haywood County (p. 348). The elders of Sevier hold a lively discussion about Peter Boyer on the eve of the reading of Judge Scroope’s will. Peter is named heir, if alive; if dead, young David Cabarreux, a poor sheepherder, inherits the Calhoun farm. Peter is found to have died at the family cabin a year after his recent return. Carbarreux therefore inherits and settles happily with Isabel Calhoun, an orphan the Calhouns had taken in, “an intimate friend to every woman in town” with “spirit enough for all Haywood County . . . whose charms had ripened on the fried meat and black coffee on which they had been fed since babyhood” (p. 348). [RC] [684] Davis, Rebecca Harding. “By-Paths in the Mountains.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine 61, no. 362–64 (July, August, September 1880): 167–96, 353–69, 532–47. il.

Fictionalized conversational account of the travels of a Mr. Morley, a Dr. and Mrs. Mulock, and a Sarah Davidger, daughter of a poor clergyman, as they venture into the mountain wilderness of Pa., W.Va., Va., and N.C. The second and third installments of the series include the party’s travels from Waynesville into the

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Smoky Mountain Cherokee territory at Qualla on the Oconaluftee. Although fiction, the story functions as an account of nineteenth-century travel into the Southern Appalachians, its setting affording remarkably accurate descriptions of places and circumstances in the mountain region. Engravings accompanying the story, for example, include accurate renderings of the local prison and the exterior of the Battle Hotel in Waynesville. In addition, the story’s conversation is liberally spiced with various comments on traveling conditions, mountain scenery, backwoods customs, and the Cherokee, together with anecdotes of history and tidbits of local lore. In Part III, the brevity of the comments and an often condescending tone hinder Davis’s observations. Basic comments concern a lack of villages or gathering places, burial customs, the writer’s personal belief that “the universal lethargy of these drowsing mountains has probably fallen too heavily” on the Cherokee “to be civilized,” despite noting their desire for schools. Mentions an encounter with the conjurer “old Oosoweh,” who begrudged their introduction and reputedly sent a rainstorm upon the party. Illustration: “View on the Tuckeseegee—On the Road to Qualla” (p. 532) and “Cherokees” (portrait sketches of three individuals, p. 533). [KW/GF] [685] Dean, Graham M. Circle Four Patrol. Chicago: Goldsmith Pub. Co., 1933. 252 p.

This juvenile thriller opens with Tim Murphy, famous flying reporter of the Atkinson News, and his companion, Ralph Graves, vacation-bound for a visit with Hank Cummins and his genial western cowboys at the Circle Four ranch. Confusingly, and without regard to geographical accuracy, the ranch is located near the GSM in Yellow River, Wyo.: “Then he straightened out and headed for the Great Smokies, in the foothills of which lay the far reaches of the Circle Four ranch” (p. 142). Instead of a month of fishing and relaxation, Tim and Ralph are plunged into a bitter war with cattle rustlers. After a number of harrowing adventures, the reporters help bring the rustling to an end through the use of their airplane, the Ace. GSM references throughout with descriptions (e.g., p. 11, 142–43, 147, 228). [RC] [686] Doak, Henry Melvil [A. T. Ramp, pseud.]. The Wagonauts Abroad. Two Tours in the Wild Mountains

231

of Tennessee and North Carolina, Made by Three Kegs, Four Wagonauts, and a Canteen. ed. by H. M. Doak. Nashville: Southwestern Publishing House, 1892. In two parts. 300 p. il.

Humorous, Pickwickian adventures of four “wagonauts” in the East Tenn. and Western N.C. region, set in the mid-nineteenth century. Includes references to GSM locations (variously called the Unaka and Iron Mountains). Pages 138–59 treat travels in Sevierville and Cosby; p. 160–242 deal with the GSM and Cherokee lands. Introduces historical figures and considerable regional lore. [RC] [687] Ebbs, Eloise Buckner. Carolina Mountain Breezes. Asheville: The Miller Press, 1929. 213 p. il.

The purpose of this fictional account of a young woman’s coming of age is to discredit the popular image of southern mountaineers as poor, lazy, and illiterate. In fact, it is during an extended visit to New York City that the heroine witnesses overcrowded living conditions, poverty, rampant unemployment, and is kidnapped by a spurned lover whose intentions are not honorable. In contrast, the author provides detailed descriptions of well-kept houses and modest but productive farms in the mountains, whose owners work hard and quote literature on a frequent basis. Although not always directly related to the storyline, twenty-six photographs of the GSM and the Blue Ridge Mountains are included and are the strongest element of this book. [MT] [688] Gibson, Idah McGlone. “’Shorty:’ When the Cross-Cut Man Quit His Cussin.’” Hardwood Record 22, no. 3 (May 25, 1906): 16–17. il.

Short story set in the rough-and-tumble irreverent environment of a logging camp in the Great Smoky Mountains. The tale contrasts the tough outward behavior of the loggers with backwoods religious sentimentalism in a story of the miraculous escape from accidental death of a cross-cut sawyer’s young daughter and only close relative. [KW] [689] Gibson, Idah McGlone. “A Modern Marriage; An Absorbing Novel.” Washington Post, 2 May 1926: S11; 3 May 1926: 10; 4 May 1926: 12; 5 May 1926: 12; 6 May 1926: 12; 7 May 1926: 12; 8 May 1926: 12;

232

9 May 1926: S11; 10 May 1926: 10; 11 May 1926: 14; 12 May 1926: 12; 13 May 1926: 12; 14 May 1926: 12; 15 May 1926: 11; 16 May 1926: S12; 17 May 1926: 10; 18 May 1926: 12; 19 May 1926: 12; 20 May 1926: 12; 21 May 1926: 12; 22 May 1926: 12; 23 May 1926: S11; 24 May 1926: 10; 25 May 1926: 9; 26 May 1926: 12; 27 May 1926: 11; 28 May 1926: 10; 29 May 1926: 11; 30 May 1926: S2; 31 May 1926: 11; 1 June 1926: 12; 2 June 1926: 12; 3 June 1926: 9; 4 June 1926: 12; 5 June 1926: 4; 6 June 1926: M11; 7 June 1926: 9; 8 June 1926: 9; 9 June 1926: 12; 10 June 1926: 9; 11 June 1926: 12. il.

Melodramatic murder mystery serialized in fortyone daily installments that tells the cautionary tale of urbanite Kathlyn Leonard, believer in the “new freedom” for women, who secretly married Rodney Evans “down in the Great Smoky mountains, by one of the traveling preachers that happened to be at the place where we had stopped, hoping to find a justice of the peace … It was his day for wholesale marriages, which is the custom down there, and we were just one couple among the rest” (May 9, S11). The story starts when the body of Elton Foss is found by police on the pavement outside Kathlyn’s apartment. Rodney emerges from the shadows nearby and is arrested on suspicion of murder. Overcome by the tragedy, Kathlyn is removed to a hospital to recuperate. An anonymous letter accuses Foss of having been slain by a man whose wife Foss has wronged. The attorney induces Kathlyn to write the story of her life for the daily newspapers to help sway public opinion. In her autobiography, Kathlyn tells of Rodney’s proposal and of her contempt for the marriage ceremony. Nevertheless, they are in love and wed “at wholesale” in the Smokies, but drift apart. Kathlyn destroys the marriage certificate and the justice of the peace, named Obadiah Huntington, is contacted to verify the wedding. Rodney takes up with another woman, Sada Fillmore. Kathlyn regrets the secret marriage, which she believes has destroyed her reputation. Elton Foss reveals his love for her, which is unreciprocated. After numerous twists and turns, it is discovered that Elton was shot by Vernon Stedman, a rich stockbroker who had quarreled with Elton earlier that day. Kathlyn and Rodney reconcile and agree to live as man and wife in a conventional marriage. Includes brief GSM references (see May 28, May 30, June 1, and June 3). [RC]

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

[690] Gilmore, James R. A Mountain-White Heroine. NY: Belford, Clarke and Co., 1889. 240 p.

Civil War era novel based in Western N.C. The plot begins after a vitriolic diatribe against immigration to the United States that condemns European governments for “vomiting upon our shores their criminal and worthless characters in startling numbers” (p. 3). In sharp contrast, the author maintains, are two million mountain whites of the Southern Alleghanies, hailed as true Americans poised “to stem the tide of socialism and anarchy that is now inundating the country” (p. 11). Billy Hawkins and his two brothers return to the family’s Ivy Mountain homestead after a visit to Asheville to see the circus. They meet up with Parson Justin and his wife Sukey, an independent, resourceful, energetic and alluring mountain woman (“she was as erect as a flag-staff, supple as an eel, and graceful as a leopard,” p. 42–43), who is about thirty years old. Sukey volunteers to guide the Hawkins boys home and helps them ford a dangerously swollen river. Local inhabitants, farms, log cabins, and natural scenery are described at length in the narrative. The story backtracks to Sukey’s mountain-bred youth and the previous Hawkins generation, including the venerable Mrs. Hawkins, who shares the heroine mantle with Sukey throughout the book. At the end of Chapter 2, the Civil War has broken out. Unlike the rest of the state Western N.C. is staunchly Union, and Mrs. Hawkins enlists Reuben (Rube) Ellis in her patriotic scheme to keep Confederates from recruiting in the mountains. Ellis and Alexander Hawkins form a guerilla brigade of mountaineers to impede the Confederate Army. Ellis is captured and held in Asheville. In Chapter 4, he is freed with the help of Cherokee sympathizers and a former black slave. The rescue party escapes through the mountains and Sukey works behind the scenes to keep them safe, feeding the fugitives and passing on important information. Parson Hawkins runs a mill on the Ivy River, which is destroyed by Confederates under the command of the much-hated Colonel Keith. Betrayed by traitor Robert Justin, the three Hawkins sons are ambushed at the homestead and killed by Confederates. In Chapter 9, the brothers are buried by torchlight in the cellar of the ruins. Sukey emerges as a Joan of Arc figure, rallying and leading the underground cell. Reuben Ellis rebuilds the burned homestead for Mrs. Hawkins and Sukey, who becomes the school mis-

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

tress, teaching exclusively from the Bible. Proudly states, “But this strange desolation of an entire district did not add a single recruit to the army of the Confederacy . . . . From their hiding-places in the mountains the men of the region beheld their homes razed to the ground, and their wives and children driven forth without food or shelter; but they preferred to see their nearest kindred suffer, and to themselves perish – as some of them did – of cold and starvation rather than lift their hand against their country” (p. 172). Just when life returns to normal, Confederate soldiers reappear and threaten to burn down the new home. Mrs. Hawkins and Sukey enlist the forces of Squire Plott and Ellis’s rangers to ambush the raiding soldiers and twenty Confederates are killed. The final chapter recounts the heroic exploits of Colonel George W. Kirk, a Union officer who fought bravely against Colonel Keith in the mountain region. Includes Waynesville, Madison County, and GSM references. Mountain characters speak in distinctive mountain dialects. [RC] [691] Harris, George Washington. “Sporting Epistle from East Tennessee.” Spirit of the Times: A Chronicle of the Turf, Agriculture, Field Sports, Literature, and the Stage 12, no. 50 (February 11, 1843): 596–97.

Humorous sketch, signed “by Mr. Free,” dated 23 January 1843, Knox County, East Tenn. Harris mainly describes a coon hunt in Haunted Hollow with “Tom D., the best rifle-shooter in all these parts. He is known a hundred miles round, as owner of ‘Old Turkey Reacher,’ the best rifle you ever heard tell of!” accompanied by their favorite coon dogs, Locksley and Thunderbolt. Comically unsuccessful, Harris concludes: “We have lately had, in our vicinity, some Fox chases, Deer-drives, and Opossum hunts, equally as ludicrous as the ‘coon hunt above related. But I will postpone an account of them to a more convenient season. In the meantime I beg leave to subscribe myself, at the residence on the sunny side of ‘Possum Knob.’” Collected in High Times and Hard Times (Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967): 15–18. [RC] [692] Harris, George Washington. “Quarter Racing in Tennessee.” Spirit of the Times: A Chronicle of the Turf, Agriculture, Field Sports, Literature, and the Stage 13, no. 7 (April 15, 1843): 79.

233

Humorous sketch, signed “by Mr. Free,” dated Possum Knob, East Tenn., 27 March 1843. Describes horse racing, moonshining (“on this occasion the choice ‘mountain dew’ circulated as free as water”), fighting, deer hunting, and other antics surrounding horse racing on 4 July at the “Tuckalucky [Tuckaleechee] Race Paths.” Collected in High Times and Hard Times (Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967): 19–22. [RC] [693] Harris, George Washington. “Sporting Epistle from East Tennessee.” Spirit of the Times: A Chronicle of the Turf, Agriculture, Field Sports, Literature, and the Stage 13, no. 16 (June 17, 1843): 187.

Humorous sketch, signed “by Mr. Free,” dated Possum Knob, East Tenn., 6 June 1843. Covers horse racing and training, fishing, and mule riding. Concludes: “No more at present, but with a coat full of Bar-meat and cat-fish, and a pipe full of taloni [tobacco] on fire, I am yours always, Mr. Free.” Collected in High Times and Hard Times (Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967): 23–27. [RC] [694] Harris, George Washington. “Sporting Epistle from East Tennessee.” Spirit of the Times: A Chronicle of the Turf, Agriculture, Field Sports, Literature, and the Stage 13, no. 27 (September 2, 1843): 313. Collected in High Times and Hard Times (Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967): 28–31.

Humorous sketch, signed “by Mr. Free,” dated Possum Knob, East Tenn., 15 August 1843. Covers horse racing (Mr. Free laments not attending the Quarter Race on 4 July in “Tuck-a-lucky Cove”), mountain music and dancing, moonshine, corn shucking, and log rolling. Offers this “faint outline” of the day of the big party: The news goes forth that on such a day there will be a ‘log-rolling’ and a ‘quilting’ at Capt. Dillon’s. The sun has scarcely risen on that day, when every strong yeoman and buxom lass in the neighborhood are up and stirring, preparing for the ‘merry meeting.’ Hugh Dillon is started with the well-worn keg for the proof ‘mountain dew;’ his sisters are preparing a sumptuous breakfast: corn-meal, eggs, and a large brown ham, are called into requisition,

234

all of which are fast assuming ‘other shapes’; the fire’s crackling, the fat (or sop, as it is better known by that name in the Coves) is hissing, ham frying, hoe-cake baking, and everything in a complete bustle, when the neighbors begin to arrive. The men are dressed out in strong linsey-woolsey, the women in neat checked or striped dresses, made of a similar material, with bonnets large, flaring, and over-commodious, trimmed with broad striped and spangled ribbons . . . The music sounds high, and the wild woods ring; the feet of the company fly thick and fast; reels, cotillions, and waltzes, are all mingled and blended together that it is a dance without a name. The mirth becomes uproarious, the men jump high, ‘cut the pigeon wing,’ and crack their heels together; the women shed their brogans – here they fly and there they go – and now in nature’s slippers they feel more ‘at home,’ and ‘joy unconfined’ continues as long as breath and toe-nails last. [RC] [695] Harris, George Washington. “The Knob Dance —A Tennessee Frolic.” Spirit of the Times 15, no. 4 (August 2, 1845): 267.

Rambling letter-to-the-editor signed “Sugartail,” dated 16 July 1845, Knoxville, that describes in heavy dialect the character of fictional mountaineer Jo Spraggins: I’ll try and tell you who Jo Spraggins is. He’s a squire, a school comishner, overlooker of a mile of Nob road that leads towards Roody’s stillhouse – a fiddler, a judge of a hoss, and a hoss himself! He can belt six shillins worth of corn-juice at still-house rates and travel – can out shute and out lie any feller from the Smoky Mounting to Noxville, and if they’ll bar one feller in Nox, I’ll say to the old Kaintuck Line! Goes on to describe a country dance at the Spraggins’ residence that ends in a brawl. [RC] [696] Hayes, Hubert. Tight Britches: A Drama of the Great Smoky Mountains. Original Director’s Script. Typescript, 1933. 75 p.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Maudlin three-act play set in 1927–28 in “the heart of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Incorporates mountain characters, scenes, and dialects. Characters drink from gourd pitchers, dose themselves with mountain remedies, and use flour-sacks for pillowcases and diapers. In Act One, Ulys is engaged to Lou Case and wants to become a preacher. His prayer emphasizes the mountaineers’ isolation and ignorance: “Oh Lord, these mountains have shut us off from gittin’ th’ learnin’ an’ onderstandin’ that other folks is got.” Just as he is about to begin his ministry, he is seduced by Sallie Tabor (from trashy “Branch water folks”). Aunt Vistie (who is constantly cooking or cleaning) informs him, “Sal Tabor jes’ sweared a young-un – on ye!” Vistie roundly condemns Sallie: “That prowlin’ young heifer o’ yourn got t’bullin’ an’ sneaked int’ this house … An’ dam her purty soul t’ hell, she ruin’t my boy! Smothered out his preachin’.” Sallie’s drunk father Jarvie Tabor arrives with his rifle and “two or three gray squirrels tied to his belt” to force Ulys to marry his daughter. Ulys refuses. A fight breaks out between Lou and Sallie. Lou labels her “a dirty nail paintin’ liar” and Sallie confesses that she led Ulys “a’stray.” At the end, Ulys is murdered by Sallie’s father and Sallie’s baby dies. Vistie laments at the curtain, “Pore Ulys! Pore little feller! You uz jes’ too big fer yer britches.” Hayes, a member of the Asheville Fire Department, later revised the play with John TaintorFoote. Presented by Wilbur K. Morgan, who staged and directed the original production at the Plaza Theatre on 7 December 1933 and toured with the play for fourteen performances, Tight Britches was also produced at the Avon Theatre in New York City beginning 17 September 1934. Typescript includes original playbills for the Plaza and Avon productions. The Avon playbill includes a “Glossary of Mountain Words and Expressions in Order of Their Usage in the Play” (p. 15). [RC] [697] Hayes, John Willis. “Besieged by Wolves.” Boston Daily Globe, 20 October 1907: SM10. il.

Adventure tale spun by a local guide to a party of surveyors while they wait out a rainstorm in an old mountain cabin in the Smokies. The guide, speaking at times in mountain dialect, explains that “Me an’ the old ‘oman had jes hitched on then” and built the cabin, her for the view and him for the abundant game. “What did I leave for? Wolves run us off.” Relates that a pack of hun-

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

gry wolves lay siege during a winter storm and attempts to drive them off failed. Food, wood, and bullets are depleted. In desperation, his wife suggests blowing the pack up with a flask filled with gun powder. The “bomb” destroys most of the pack, and the hunter bounds outside with axe in hand to finish off the rest. However, more wolves chase him for four miles down a snowy trail to a neighbor’s cabin. The hunter evades the pack by launching himself into deep snow drifts that slow down the pursuing wolves. With the help of his neighbor’s sons and dogs, they dispatch the pack within a half hour. The hunter wearily returns home and the story concludes, “They had seen enough of winter in the gap, and the next morning we tramped down to my brother’s in the valley.” Illustrated with a line drawing of ferocious wolves besieging a snowbound cabin. [RC] [698] Hembree, James Willis. Smoky Mountain Songs; National Park Edition. Boston: Christopher Publishing House, 1931. 108 p. il.

Collection of about forty popular poems replete with GSM locations, themes, and mountain dialects. This sample couplet is indicative of the poetry’s rhyme scheme and level of sophistication: Down where dear ol’ North Carolina Grasps the hand of Tennessee, There the mighty Smoky Mountains Rise with joyous ecstasy. (p. 15) Includes a short introduction that extols the Smokies’ grandeur, biological diversity, and unvarnished nobility of its inhabitants: “We accept an invitation into the lowly home of the simple mountaineer, and are truly charmed with the simplicity of his language, yet profound meaning of his words. So much at home are we made to feel that we find ourselves using his language, singing his songs, thinking his thoughts, living his life” (p. 10). Plates are poor reproductions of photographs of Mount Le Conte, Rainbow Falls, Little River, Chimney Tops, Gregory Bald, and Hunters Cabin in Bear Pen Hollow. Edition includes hardback and paperback with pictorial covers. [RC] [699] Heyward, Dubose. Skylines and Horizons. New York: Macmillan, 1924. 74 p.

235

“Skylines” section (p. 15–34) introduction reads, “Here where the mountains shoulder to the skies. Poems written in the Great Smokies of Western North Carolina.” Includes eleven poems with GSM themes, concluding with “Evening in the Great Smokies.” [RC] [700] Heyward, Dubose. “Evening in the Great Smokies.” North Carolina Library Bulletin 6, no. 2 (March 1925): 21.

Thirteen-line poem about the GSM’s grandeur that personifies dusk in the Smokies as an old wise person. [RC] [701] Heyward, Dubose. Angel. New York: George H. Doran, 1926. 287 p.

DuBose Heyward (1885–1940) was born in Charleston, S.C. As a young man he worked on the Charleston waterfront, which provided the background for much of his work. His first novel, Porgy (1925), was made into the folk opera Porgy and Bess (1935) by the composer George Gershwin. Angel is set in the fictitious Misty Valley settlement of Thunder Cove in the GSM. It is the tale of Angel Thornley, a sturdy mountain girl of seventeen, who is romanced by moonshiner Buck Merritt. Merritt woos her with lines such as, “Your paw’s salvation ain’t the only brand.” Angel’s father, a preacher named Gabriel, strongly disapproves of the match. Buck is arrested following a shootout, and Angel learns that she is pregnant. Buck gets ten years; Angel falls ill and confesses to adultery. To cover up the pregnancy, her father pays Stan Galloway, a repulsive older man, to marry her. They move to his filthy one-room cabin in Beartown, where he treats her like a servant. Her child, Little Buck, is born. Angel matures and yearns for freedom from her husband and father’s domination. She reunites with Buck after five years and nurses him back to health following an explosion. Includes vivid descriptions of the region and details of mountain life, including lively mountain dialects and expressions. Scenes include parties, a revival, moonshining (“Probition’s openin’ hit up big, an’ the summer folks down Asheville way is jus’ a-yowlin’ fer our stuff ‘cause hit’s made right. We air as proud of our licker as our paw was o’ his,” p. 48), feuds, snuff, land disputes, illness, death, commercialization, tourism, land speculators, and newcomers (“boiled shirts and straw hats”). [RC]

236

[702] Koch, Fred, Jr. “Smoky Mountain Road: A Comedy of the Carolina Mountains.” M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1939. 107 p.

Three-act play about problems created by road construction, set in 1934–35 in remote Cable Cove, Western N.C. Local inhabitants, represented by the Birchfield and Beasley families, have divided opinions about the road. Initially optimistic, they now scorn it and wear ear pads to keep out car noise that won’t allow them to sleep soundly at night. They spend days fencing in cattle to prevent them from being run over by cars. Dike and Babe, tourists from New York City, arrive, along with Dr. Slater, a sociologist who intends to write an article about the community. Problems created by the new road are solved when a farmer sells his land to a power company for a newly proposed lake. Koch was a social worker in Graham County in 1934. In the foreword, he relates experiences as a “furriner.” According to Koch, “Their life seemed hard and barren. Oh, there was plenty of excitement, all right, but it was of the Wild West Show variety. Two of my clients were brutally murdered. The election of county officials was an incredible story of bribery and fraud, showered with drunkenness and fistfights. I came pretty near being arrested once by some enemies of ‘the relief ’ [Emergency Relief Administration] on a ridiculous charge of ‘church breaking’” (p. i). [RC] [703] Lanier, Clifford. “Mose Martin’s Temptation.” The Independent 53, no. 2736 (May 9, 1901): 1067–74.

Short story set at the beginning of the Civil War about Mose Martin, a headstrong assistant to blacksmith Andy Frazier, whose forge is located on “the very top of Chilowee.” Mose is a Confederate sympathizer and Andy is a Unionist. Mose has heard that a hundred pillaging Confederate calvarymen are heading for “Cade’s Cove, across the Tennessee, and searching the people’s pockets, corn-cribs and houses wherever they went” (p. 1068). Mose is in love with Andy’s daughter Annie, a winsome mountain lass whom he courts “out in the moonlight, swinging her in the swing from the large oak off from the end of the porch” (p. 1068). Annie sidesteps Mose’s brusque marriage proposal with the condition that he save one hundred dollars, “enough to rent the ten-acre patch on Abram’s Creek and buy us a horse and some corn and meat and a plow and a spinning wheel

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

and a bread-tray; and with the colt and a year’s truck and what we could raise in the garden – what more could we want to start with?” (p. 1069). After midnight, Mose spies Andy Frazier digging up his strongbox, which contains five hundred dollars. Desperate to marry, Mose is tempted to kill Andy for his wealth, but is wracked by his conscience. The lovers reconcile and Mose takes off on Annie’s beloved colt to join the Confederates, promising to return for her hand. [RC] [704] Lanier, Sidney. Tiger-Lilies. New York: Hurd and Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1867. 252 p. Reprints: Introduction by Garland Greever. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, 1945; Introduction by Richard Harwell. Chapel Hill: University of N.C. Press, 1969.

Lanier (1842–81) was born in Macon, Ga., and had a career as a poet, critic, novelist, lecturer, musician, and professor. Tiger-Lilies, his only work of fiction, is an antiwar novel based upon Lanier’s Civil War experiences. Although the mountain scenes are set mostly in Pike County, Tenn., the novel opens “on top of Smoky Mountain,” in the vicinity of Montvale Springs and mentions Cades Cove. Lanier’s grandfather, Sterling Lanier (1794– 1870), was the proprietor of Montvale Springs before and during the Civil War and Sidney spent the summer of 1860 there. An incoherent, romantic plot revolves around crude mountaineers, Germans, and educated southerners in 1860. Plot includes dancing, hunting, and shooting matches. [RC] [705] Larew, Ada Campbell. Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: Larew Printing Co., 1928. 8 p. il.

Poem inspired by the GSM that lauds the grandeur of the mountains and the simple nobility of its inhabitants. Laments outside development of the region in magniloquent nostalgia ain’t-what-it-used-to-be fashion. Extolls “Mt. LeConte in her grim splendor” and Rainbow Falls (p. 4). Stanzas tell of the Cherokee abiding in peace and “sweet content,” the coming of the “white man . . . our noble mountaineer. Purest type of Anglo-Saxon,” and effects of the invasion of roads and automobiles. Larew’s poetic proclivity may be judged by this typical couplet about the stoic acceptance of outsiders:

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Lo! he stands in meditation Fearing not the stranger near; Tho he feels he must surrender The freedom he holds so dear. (p. 5) Illustrated with two photographs: “Rainbow Falls in the Great Smoky Mountains” and “Where Rhododendron Grows.” [RC] [706] Lawson, Laura Burnett. Leonora: A Tale of the Great Smokies. New York: Neale Publishing Co., 1904. 247 p.

Set in 1870–80 in the Western N.C. mountains near Asheville, a deserted wife dies in childbirth. Her precocious and fiercely independent daughter, Leonora (“Nory”), is reared by a mountain family. At the death of her stepmother, she learns of her real parents and sets off to find her dastardly father. Misfortunes beset Leonora, and the action moves in and out of the mountains. She falls in love with George Bennett, who locates her father. Her father confesses that he was a bigamist. Three hundred dollars that he invested for her is now worth $30,000. A minor but lovable mountain character is Leonora’s faithful companion, Jeems Franklin C’lumbus Brownlow John Sevier Bellow. [RC] [707] Lowell, Amy. “The Diamond Shoal Lightship.” North American Review 208, no. 756 (November 1918): 754–61.

Prose poem about the Diamond Shoal, an Atlantic shoal treacherous to ships and sailors. Opens cryptically with this stanza: Down from the notched peaks of the Great Smoky Mountains, where painted Indians slipped between the fir-trees following a trail of dropped stones chipped six-sided for a guide –

Includes no other GSM references. [RC]

[708] Lumpkin, Grace. To Make My Bread. New York: The Macaulay Company, 1932. 384 p.

Reprint: Urbana, Ill.: University of Illinois Press, 1995. Introduction by Suzanne Sowinska.

237

Sympathetic and unpretentious first novel by radical writer Grace Lumpkin (1892–1980), a native of Milledgeville, Ga. Relates the struggles of a mountain family from Possum Hollow (Tuskeegee, N.C.), who migrate to an exploitative Piedmont mill town where they become involved in a workers’ strike. The character of Bonnie McClure is based on the historical figure of Ella May Wiggins, a mother of nine children and the only striker killed during the 1929 Gastonia Textile Workers’ Strike. The novel was hailed by the literary left as an important early proletarian novel. In addition to Possum Hollow, includes GSM references to Siler’s Cove, Swain’s Crossing, and Thunderhead Mountain. [RC]

the location specifically but this stanza describes the Smokies:

.

[709] Lynde, Francis. “All the Comforts of Home.” The Outlook: An Illustrated Weekly of Current Life 20, no. 3 (September 18, 1918): 95–98.

Thinly-veiled Army Engineer Corps propaganda in the form of a short story about Tenn. mountaineer Jeff Bledsoe, from Chilhowee Bald, who has been drafted into the Army. Jeff hasn’t heard of World War I and thinks that boot camp at Camp Jackson is a court or prison for moonshiners run by revenuers. Jeff excels at shooting and marvels at the running water and electricity in the barracks. His backwardness is emphasized. When directed to drink from “the bubbler” (water fountain), Jeff replies, “That thar ain’t water . . . water’s yaller” (p. 96). Describes the camp and construction of barracks in detail (the article is subtitled, “What the Army Engineer Corps Has Done for the Men in the Training Camps”), highlighting modern sanitation, electricity, postal service, and other conveniences. By exposing benighted mountaineers to these advancements, the story maintains, a soldier “will carry with him, together with his disciplined body and his well-learned lesson of the value of good food, good housing, and the balanced ration, a spirit of progress and enlightenment, born of the things he has heard and seen and touched, to make the Bald a better place for his children to live” (p. 97). [RC] [710] Maclean, Anne Fitzhugh. “In the Great Smoky Mountains.” Century Magazine 73, no. 2 (December 1903): 182–83.

A ten-stanza poem that takes the reader from night time to dawn in the mountains. Only the title refers to

238

Now the full glory of the day shines forth, Peak upon peak uprising in a sea Of untold mountains stretching without marge, A ceaseless changing in its waves of light. The height that lifted, but a moment gone, A green and neighboring crest, already pales Into a distant phantom. The fair slope Of far blue uplands in the unresting cloud Soft islanded, sudden stands forth a crag, Imminent, naked, and precipitous. (p. 183) [AB] [711] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Harmony’s Chapel.” Everybody’s Magazine 48, no. 4 (April 1923): 26–32. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 1–18.

Short story that begins with the preamble: “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains, where some of the hill folks are still quite primitive, even in religious matters.” Tale of reconciliation between competing congregations—“the Hardshell [Baptists] and the Methodists [who] stand over against each other like two frowning forts bristling with menacing guns”—in tiny Galax Cove. Long-standing conflicts are resolved in the aftermath of a raging flood, when Wesley Shelton, the Methodist circuit-rider, sacrifices his life to save the Baptist preacher’s five-year-old granddaughter from drowning. Mentions GSM locations and geography, such as Little River, Clingmans Dome, Mount Le Conte, Thunderhead, and Miry Ridge. Characters express themselves in mountain dialect. Includes stirring descriptions of mountain life and religious meetings. For example, Picture a little congregation of some sixty mountain folks seated on rough hand-made benches, men on one side, women on the other. On little wooden brackets along the walls, four small, smoky kerosene-lamps alleviate the darkness with a weird half-light. The gaunt form of Preacher Ike ‘weaves’ rhythmically back and forth as he warms to the message

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

of the hour. His nasal singsong, punctuated with grotesque ‘Ah’s!’ long drawn out, fills the narrow room and pours through the open windows, to be beaten back in echoes from the vertical mountain walls across the valley. There was something strangely gripping about the rude eloquence of the illiterate parson of Galax Cove. [RC] [712] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “The Draggin’est Feller.” Everybody’s Magazine 50, no. 4 (April 1924): 179–82.

Humorous short story subtitled, “Life among the loggers in the Southern Mountains,” about how a prankster named Draggin’ Ellick Hendrix got his nickname. Ellick, a teamster for the Clear Prong Lumber Company, plays tricks on a newcomer to Camp Six, who retaliates with a yarn about a railroad engine off the tracks. Ellick dashes off on a fool’s errand to rescue the crew. Upon his return to camp, Ellick is informed that the newcomer left for another job, leaving behind a note about his duplicity. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 19–29. [RC] [713] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “The Linkster.” Everybody’s Magazine 51, no. 4 (October 1924): 176–80, 182.

Tale of infidelity during World War I covered up by a well-meaning linguist (“linkster” in mountain parlance). The French lover of a married soldier from Dry Cove, Tenn. writes a letter to his family about how eager she is to meet them. In translating the letter, the linguist substitutes a different version. The soldier is killed and at his funeral the family requests that the original letter be read by Cousin Davy, “my sister’s boy here from college, which he’s l’arnt to read them furrin tongues right offen the book, an’ I’m goin’ ax him to taken an’ read this letter to you’uns” (p. 179–80). The letter ends up in the fireplace by accident, and the linguist promises to rewrite (his version) as a family keepsake. Mentions Maryville, Dry Cove, and Cherokee mountain range. Page 182 includes a small photograph of Mathes, sporting a bow-tie and straw boater. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 30–41. [RC]

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

[714] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Birdeye the Bloodthirsty.” The Country Gentleman 93, no. 6 (June 1928): 14, 42, 45–46. il.

Armchair tale of a bear hunt set in the GSM on a frosty December morning. Protagonists include Birdeye Collins, “the fightin’est, cussin’est, hard-heartedest man in the Smoky Mountains,” and Coley, “the best young dawg in Big Smoky.” Secondary characters include Birdeye’s “half-grown son” Gromer and his “timid, whining-voiced” wife Kizzie, who arises at 2 a.m. on the day of the big hunt to prepare breakfast. Others in the hunting party include Jeter Clegg, Daly Walker, Nelse Walker (70 years old and “as ca’m as a cowcumber on ice”), Orge Humphreys, and Bud Rippetoe, accompanied by their dogs. The action centers around cornering Ol’ Lucky, “that main big b’ar that killed them five dawgs last winter.” Although only a pup, Coley proves his mettle and pedigree by attacking Ol’ Lucky at Huggins Hell on Mount Le Conte. At the crucial moment Birdeye “charges barehanded into the fray” to save his dog and dispatch the bear with “an old single-bladed barlow knife.” The story closes with Birdeye and Coley recuperating in the same bed back at the Collins’ log cabin. Although GSM locations and descriptions are convincing, the dialogue is a manufactured mountain dialect (Birdeye’s favored exclamation is, “By gonnies”). Drawings by Paul Bransom capture Coley, Birdeye, and the pack of lunging hounds cornering Ol’ Lucky. Besides Huggins Hell, the story mentions Sugarlands, Alum Cave, New Found Gap, Bull Head, Mingus, Chimney Tops, Luftee Gap, and Brackens’ Cabin. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 64–79. [RC] [715] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Vengeance is Mine!” Young People’s Weekly (1928).

Bad blood foments between the Tolletts and the Cutshaws in the community of Thundering Creek. Granny Mag, who chiseled the following epitaph on her husband’s “tomb rock”—“Here lays Tom Tollett, on the spot wher he were murdered by Devil John Cutshaw”— hears that Cutshaw has been released from state prison after five years. She summons the clan for revenge by asking her granddaughter Dilsie to blow on Grandpa’s “ol’ huntin’ horn, the one yer grandsir used to b’ar-hunt with…So did the highland clansmen sound the battle cry

239

and the council call down the wooded glens of Scotland in the old days!” The Tolletts are warned against taking the law into their own hands by the Reverend Gabe Mumpower. Cutshaw is near death after hard labor in the prison’s mines and seeks Granny’s forgiveness, which she reluctantly consents to at the end by smashing her husband’s gravestone. Mentions the Chimneys, Thundering Creek, and Great Bald (a former name for Gregory Bald), all ostensibly located in the GSM. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 42–63. The original could not be located and verified. [RC] [716] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “The Curin’est Remedy.” Popular Magazine 96, no. 1 (June 1929): 118–27.

Country doctor and recalcitrant moonshiner Doc Link McTavish, who lives the simple life on the slopes of Gregory Bald, is threatened by the invasion of railroads, automobiles, telephones, “new-time schools,” modern dress, educated doctors, and “every insidious disguise under which the octopus of Modernism sought to thrust its tentacles into Hoot Owl Cove.” Lois Pearson, the first assistant schoolteacher at the new school in Bobcat, is paid a visit by Doc McTavish, who doctors her with homemade balsam oil. The cured patient soon teams up with newly arrived Dr. Heywood to visit a young patient of Doc McTavish’s who is dying from pneumonia. They cure him with modern medical practices. Doc McTavish arrives on the scene to find his patient recovering and expresses admiration for modern medicine by slipping the pair a flask of his “balsam ile,” admitting “Hit ain’t no ‘count fer pneumony fever, but hit shore is the curin’est remedy fer colic an’ croup.” Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 98–116. [RC] [717] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “What Is To Be Will Be.” The Southern Planter (1929).

Recounts Penelope Wilson’s experiences as a teacher in the mountain school in Chinquapin Cove, settled by descendants of Squire Hamp Tadlock, who rule the tiny community with an iron fist. Only their youngest and most restless son David has relocated to Cataloochee, “in the shadow of Great Smoky.” A grandson, D. Boone, is born “crippled,” and Penelope urges the family to seek

240

treatment for him at a specialist’s office in Nashville. Squire Tadlock believes the disability is the Lord’s will and discourages the family to send him. While the clan monarch is away, Penelope talks the parents into letting the boy decide. The Squire returns with a wheelchair and is greeted by D. Boone, who is walking. “Now he’s gittin’ stronger ever’ week, up an’ goin’ the whole dawg gone day, an’ eatin’ like a fattenin’ hog.” The family is overjoyed and Uncle Hamp reassures the Squire that “me an’ Miss Pennylope was right, wasn’t we? An’ I reckon we can trade this here whimmididdle fer a bicycle!” Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 127–36. The original could not be located and verified. [RC] [718] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “White Mule.” Munsey’s Magazine 96, no. 4 (May 1929): 644–50. il.

Comical tale of a “Unaka” moonshiner’s enterprising teenage daughter, Magalene Cagle, who encounters her father blockading a wagonload of premium “white mule” guaranteed to “take the dust out o’ yer goozle.” Amos, the father, is stopped by revenuers. They sample the brew, which, to everyone’s surprise, turns out to be buttermilk Magalene has surreptitiously substituted. Amos’s fortune is reversed in the form of payment on a long-delinquent bank note. The story concludes with a merry Amos “goin’ down to the Beehive an’ buy that gal of mine the goldurnedest, rip-snortin’est dress they’ve got in this dadblamed town” (p. 650). Includes one simple line drawing. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 137–50. [RC] [719] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “The Beard and the Britches.” The Farmer’s Wife 33, no. 10 (October 1930): 5–6, 37–8. il.

Humorous tale set in Black Haw Cove that relates the story of Elkanah Mulkey’s beard. Elkanah lets his beard grow to the floor and teams up with a visiting snake-oil man named Gus Bilbo to hawk Dr. Flimberg’s Peerless Hair Restorer and Scalp Invigorator from Bristol to Chattanooga. Elkanah proves a disaster on the medicine show stage (“You’ve got the champion chin plumage of North America, but when it comes to putting up a spiel and making the hicks eat out of your hand, you’re a flat tire!” p. 38). Like a modern-day Delilah, Mrs.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Mulkey (Mahaly) cuts his beard while he sleeps, proclaiming “That hoss-tail ye’ve been draggin’ around the country has purt’ nigh breshed the whole fambly into the porehouse. I’ve had to chop the wood, tend to the beastes, plow the corn an’ tobacker an’ mow the br’ars till I’m naterly werried an’ wore out. Git up an’ eat yer breakfast an’ then go an’ ax fer yer ol’ job back at the sawmill!” (p. 38). Includes three simple line drawings by Robert A. Graef. Collected in Tall Tales From Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 166–82. [RC] [720] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “For the High Dollar.” Blade and Ledger 43, no. 5 (November 1930): 3–4, 17. il.

Short story set in Boonesboro, Tenn., “a straggling hamlet nestling in the foothills of Great Smoky.” J. Brindel of Philadelphia, “Dealer in Antiques,” arrives in time for a forced estate sale. At the auction, Brindel’s attempts to buy mountain furniture for a pittance are thwarted by wily locals, who work together to keep the pieces in the family. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 151–65. [RC] [721] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Shake Rag Shows ‘em.” The Farmer’s Wife 36, no. 9 (September 1933): 5–6, 16, 22. il.

Modernism rears its head in the Shake Rag community in the form of a girls’ basketball team, the brainchild of Miss Tyler, the “Home Ec” teacher. The girls’ parents are against it, maintaining that they get sufficient exercise doing daily chores. However, the girls win out. Attired in makeshift bloomers, the whole town turns out for practices, at which, after “one-eye-filling look,” the Reverend Jake Buckner “blew up like a rusty boiler”: ‘Lord ‘a’ mercy, folks!’ he exclaimed in horror…‘Them young wimmen is paradin’ around in the midst of a crowd of men an’ boys with nothin’ on but a shirt an’ a shift, an’ nary a sign of a stockin’ on their limbs! Hit ain’t decent” (p. 5). Challenged to a match with the Brownsboro High School team, the best team in the county association, the Shake Rag girls raise money for proper uniforms. After a twenty-mile wagon ride to the turnpike, they are bussed to Brownsboro, where they are dazzled by electric lights, trolley cars, and the modern gymnasium. Their new uniforms are too tight and, to the girls’ consternation, “the

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

whole Shake Rag bunch” shows up to cheer them on, aghast at their uniforms. The Shake Rag Boomers win by two points in the last five seconds of play, following an altercation between one of the players and a male cheerleader who goes too far in supporting the home team. Mentions Great Smoky on page 16. Illustrated with two drawings by Robert A. Graef. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 183–99. [RC] [722] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Corpus Delicti.” Extension Magazine 30, no. 10 (March 1936): 13–5; 36. il.

Skullduggery is afoot between Grannison Cole and Sevier Dugger, the latter of whom disappears ostensibly to hunt “Old Slewfoot, the notorious, elusive black bear of Huggins’s Hell.” Grannison is struck by a falling tree and, while convalescing in the hospital in Gatlinburg, worries about murdering Sevier with the illegal bear trap he set in the path. Hunters bring Old Slewfoot’s corpse into town and Grannison is relieved to discover it’s not Sevier, who has been staying with relatives in Cataloochee. Also mentions Sugarlands. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 200–215. [RC] [723] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Simple Ike’s Daughter.” Extension Magazine 31, no. 8 (January 1937): 14–16, 37. il.

Poignant story of Ike Gaby and his daughter Maybelle, who are both denied educational opportunities by prejudiced teachers because they appear dull and simpleminded. Ike is proclaimed an “idjit” and ostracized by Possum Trot schoolmaster Noah Dilrod, who “had all the qualifications of a good schoolmaster except such minor ones as scholarship, common sense, sympathy, and understanding of children. The essentials he had in abundance: a powerful frame, a raucous voice, a domineering manner, and a pull with the district directors. He kept school in Tucker’s Cove for two dreary decades” (p. 14). Years later, Maybelle is similarly diagnosed with a low I.Q. and refused admittance by G. Adolphus Langston, “Fresh from a senior course in Abnormal Psychology, he recalled how low intelligence is in general hereditary, in accordance with the law of Mendel” (p. 16). Ike becomes a prosperous farmer and Maybelle learns to read, sharing

241

books with the family at night. The cautionary tale ends on this sarcastic note: Noah Dilrod and G. Adolphus Langston were conversing at the crossroads store. Ike and Maybelle were taking their departure after their weekly shopping trip. Dilrod, flattered by a word of recognition from the man who had supplanted him at Possum Trot, was in a friendly mood. ‘Thar goes Idjit Ike Gaby an’ his gal. I reckon ye’ve heared of ‘em’ ‘Yes, I met them some time ago. A pathetic case. The girl is bright-looking enough, dresses neatly, and outwardly seems a normal child. I gave her a careful test, however, and found her a moron. Of course, I had to exclude her from school.’ ‘Ye done right, Mr. Langston,’ agreed the ex-perfesser. ‘Hit’s in the breed. Her daddy come to my school twenty years ago an’ I shipped him the third day. Us school-teachers can’t afford to fool away our time tryin’ to eddicate idjits!’ (p. 37). Includes three illustrations by Harwood Forsgren. Collected in Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Kingsport, Tenn.: Southern Publishers, 1952): 216–28. [RC] [724] Mays, John W. “Suse.” The Youth’s Companion 61, no. 8 (February 23, 1888): 87. il.

Short story that incorporates a series of bear-hunting tales set in the Smokies: “We were bear-hunting in the cañon of the Tennessee, where the river cuts the great Unaka Mountains. The steep hillsides, broken with dark ravines and covered with dense forests, rise here more than five thousand feet on either bank of the river, and form secure retreats for wild animals.” The dog pack flushes out a “ba’r” that escapes up Christie’s Peak. While waiting for other game, the colorful and loquacious local guide proceeds to relate several bear-hunting episodes that feature a prized yellow cur named Suse, “the powerfullest b’ar-dorg in the kentry,” who is now afraid of bears. In one tale Suse, locked in mortal combat with a bear, rolls downhill and off a ledge, “over and over they

242

went, till both dropped off into the water together. When they came to the surface Suse swam out on one side and the b’ar on the other.” Suse lights out for home while the guide dispatches the bear, his first specimen. Illustrated with a silhouette drawing of the young guide fleeing a treed bear. [RC] [725] McFarlane, Arthur E. “The Great Niles-Tewksbury Turkey Hunt.” The Outing Magazine, no. 2 (November 1903): 169–74. il.

Humorous story about northerners Richard and Cornelia Tewksbury, who “had come into the Great Smokies that November to shoot turkeys” (p. 169). The hunters are guided by a querulous local named William Niles, at whose homestead they stay. On the first day, Mrs. Tewksbury tires of “beating up the range” to flush out the notorious Cold Spring gobbler. The hunting party follows tracks before discovering that they were made by Niles’ son, William Henry. The story ends with William’s whipping at the hands of his father. Includes mountain dialect and GSM descriptions. Illustrated with four linedrawings by Henry S. Watson. McFarlane wrote books on women’s suffrage, boy’s adventure tales, and fiction. [RC] Mary Noailles Murfree (1850–1922) was Appalachia’s first significant female writer. From 1878 to 1897, she wrote exclusively about Tenn. mountain communities, including short stories and novels set in the GSM. Favorably compared to Bret Harte and Sarah Orne Jewett, Murfree rode the crest of popular, post–Civil War American local-color literature. In the Tennessee Mountains (1884), her first collection of stories, launched her national reputation. The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains (1885) secured it [727]. Her books ran to many editions and were reviewed extensively. Until the late 1880s, Murfree wrote under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock. There are two biographies of Murfree: Edd Winfield Parks, Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree) (Chapel Hill: University of N.C. Press, 1941), and Richard Cary, Mary N. Murfree (New York: Twayne, 1967). Important holdings of Murfree manuscripts are at the Tennessee State Library and Archives (Nashville) and at the Robert W. Woodruff Library, Emory University.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

The most comprehensive bibliography of primary and secondary literature on Mary Noailles Murfree is Reese M. Carleton, “Mary Noailles Murfree (1850– 1922): An Annotated Bibliography,” American Literary Realism, 1870–1910 7, no. 4 (autumn 1974): 293–378. See also Southern Literary Culture; A Bibliography of Masters’ and Doctors’ Theses, ed. by Clyde H. Cantrell and Walton R. Patrick (Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1955), which lists thirty-six unpublished studies that deal wholly or in part with Murfree’s life and works. More recent theses include Lottie Swink, The Literary Reputation of Charles Egbert Craddock with an Annotated Selected Bibliography of Craddock Criticism from 1884 to June, 1968 (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1968); Alice Taylor, Mary Noailles Murfree: Southern Woman Writer (Emory University, 1988); and Caffilene Allen, Mary Noailles Murfree’s Literary Treatment (Georgia State University, 1996). See also David T. Dodd II’s The Unpublished Short Fiction of Mary N. Murfree (With a Biographical Sketch of Her by Fanny N. D. Murfree): An Edition and Introduction (M.A. thesis, University of Mississippi, 1985), which prints eight of ten unpublished short works held in manuscript at Emory University Library. Entries below identify writings by Murfree with specific GSM references. A representative sample of secondary literature and criticism of Murfree to 1934 is also included. For more sources, please refer to the bibliographies and writings listed above. [726] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “The Harnt’ That Walks Chilhowee.” Atlantic Monthly 51, no. 307 (May 1883): 660–74.

Features a young, determined mountain lass named Clarsie Giles who overhears a conversation about a ghost who walks Chilhowee. Unable to sleep that night, she goes down to the crossing path to see for herself if the rumor is true. She comes across what appears to be a ghost, who tells her to meet him at the same time tomorrow with food. It turns out that this “harnt’” is a man falsely accused of murder who is on the run from the law. Willing to risk a jail sentence out of compassion for someone in need, Clarsie saves table scraps. She persuades him to come out from hiding and stand trial. He takes her advice and is set free. A side plot involves an unfruitful December-May romance. Collected in In the Tennessee

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Mountains (Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1884). Reprint: Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1970. See Nathalia Wright, “A Note on the Setting of Mary Noailles Murfree’s ‘The Harnt’ That Walks Chilhowee,” Modern Language Notes 62 (April 1947): 272, for internal evidence that the precise location of this story is on Chilhowee Mountain, above the site of Montvale Springs Hotel. [RC] [727] Murfree, Mary Noailles. The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co.; London: Chatto & Windus, 1885. 308 p. Reprint: New York: AMS Press, 1970.

Selected Reviews: The Independent 37 (January 1, 1885): 11; Dial 6 (May 1885–April 1886): 179; Academy 28 (July/December 1885): 287; H. Scudder, Atlantic Monthly 56, no. 336 (October, 1885): 556–58; Literary World 16, no. 22 (October 31, 1885): 383; The Critic 98 (November 14, 1885): 238; W. Balestier, Church Review 47, no. 160 (January 1886): 279–82; G. Walker, Andover Review 5 (January/June 1886): 222.

Story of Rick Tyler’s run-in with the law and his unsuccessful courtship of Dorinda Cayce. Hiram Kelsey, the prophet/preacher wracked by guilt over the inadvertent deaths of his wife and child, is an intense if intermittent figure. The church meeting scene is a masterpiece. Although often cited as Murfree’s seminal GSM novel, she wrote it before visiting the region. Excerpts were serialized in the Atlantic Monthly (January-August 1885). [RC] [728] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “The Panther of Jolton’s Ridge.” Christian Union 32, nos. 26-27 (December 24 and 31, 1885): 10–11.

Written in 1876 and considered Murfree’s first GSM story, she initially sold it to Appleton’s Weekly. The action unfolds in “a certain wild chasm, cut deep into the very heart of a spur of the Great Smoky Mountains.” The story revolves around two fundamental preoccupations of the region: religion and moonshining. Mark Yates, an engaging mountain lad, enjoys visiting the still of the Brice brothers, not so much to sample the product but to take in stories of hunting, feuds, and Indians. One evening

243

John Brice, nicknamed “the panther,” vows revenge on the local preacher for ousting the Brices from church membership. Yates warns him against drastic action and they part in anger. The church burns that night and Brice is apprehended. He escapes via a railroad bridge, encounters a train midway, plunges into the dark waters below, and is never found. Collected in The Bushwhackers, and Other Stories (Chicago: Herbert S. Stone, 1899). [RC] [729] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “Way Down in Lonesome Cove.” Harper’s Magazine 72, no. 427 (December 1885): 128–46.

Utilizing every cliché of Christmas magazine fiction, rivalry in love and a stolen horse rekindle an old feud. Bent on murder, Luke Todd hunts down Tobe Gryce who is hiding in an abandoned saltpeter cave with his infant daughter and the horse. Todd’s trigger finger is stayed by “A soft aureola with gleaming radiations, a low, shadowy chamber, a beast feeding from a manger, and within it a child’s golden head.” Moved by the Nativity-like scene, his heart gives a giant throb: “Somehow he was smitten to his knees. Christmas Eve!” GSM historian Durwood Dunn believes that Lonesome Cove is based on Cades Cove. Collected in The Phantoms of the Foot-Bridge, and Other Stories (New York: Harper & Brothers, 1895). [RC] [730] Murfree, Mary Noailles. In the Clouds. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co.; London: Ward, Lock, 1886. 452 p.

Review: H. Scudder, Atlantic Monthly 59, no. 352 (February 1887): 265–67.

Considered a more mature work than The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727], In the Clouds shows deeper characterization and develops Murfree’s trademark country-city life dichotomy. Diverging stories involve a number of obverse pairs–troublemaker Mink Lorey and saintly Alethea Sayles, Mink and Ben Doaks, Alethea and Elvira Crosby, and Robert Harshaw and Judge Gwinnan. They are joined by a parade of stock mountain characters, including the bitter Mrs. Sayles, who tartly remarks: “It never s’prised me none ez arter the Lord made man he turned in an’ made woman, the fust job bein’ sech a failure.” Another interesting mountaineer is Aunt Purvine, an independent widow whose

244

home has glass windows, walls pasted over with garish railway posters, and a valued clock with no works inside. For all her vaunted cosmopolitanism, she is amazed that ready-made sunbonnets are sold in stores. Action involves mountain feuds, moonshining, shooting matches, a camp revival meeting featuring Brother Jethro Sims exhorting sinners with hellfire to the lurid accompaniment of a thunderstorm, protracted courtroom proceedings, and snatches of community interaction at the village forge, sawmill, and store. Excerpts were serialized in the Atlantic Monthly (January-December 1886). [RC] [731] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “Processioning Pardee’s Land.” Harper’s Weekly 30, no. 1564 (December 11, 1886): 798–806. il.

Solemn in tone, this story embraces a fundamental concern of mountaineers: prophecy based on signs. The feud, children, and Christmas Eve play habitual roles, but the main storyline concerns Roger Pardee’s struggle to regain his faith. Pardee, an ignorant herder gifted with “the fires of imagination,” believes that he can read scriptural messages imprinted on two blocks of sandstone. He achieves an impressive local reputation, undermined by an envious neighbor named Grinnell who convinces the community that the alleged runes are no more than erosions of weather and worms. Pardee withdraws into a deep depression and broods for days. His internal agonies are interrupted by Grinnell’s claims to his land. It turns out, ironically, that Grinnell’s house and farm are on Pardee’s property. With revenge in mind, Pardee glimpses the beguiling Grinnell child and sheep huddled in the door of a rude stable. He forgives his persistent persecutor and his shaken faith is restored. Three engravings illustrate the story. Collected as “The Riddle of the Rocks” in The Phantoms of the Foot-Bridge, and Other Stories (New York: Harper & Brothers, 1895). [RC] [732] Murfree, Mary Noailles. The Story of Keedon Bluffs. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1887. 257 p.

Novel intended for young adult readers that centers on the mystery and discovery of Old Squair Torbett’s money-box hidden in a rocky crevice on Keedon Bluffs, “in the very heart of the wilderness on a slope of the Great Smoky Range” (p. 1). Ike Guyther finds a Civil War era cannonball lodged in a cliff about three miles from the

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

family’s cabin in Tanglefoot Cove. Ike shares the discovery with his colorful relatives and Skimpy Sawyer, the storekeeper’s son. Jerry Binwell and his high-spirited daughter, Rosamond, venture into the Cove, where Binwell is recognized as a Confederate Army deserter who was responsible for an injury that left Ike’s Uncle Abner, also a Confederate soldier, blind. Skimpy is deluded into helping Binwell recover the strongbox, which is found filled with sand. Binwell escapes the constable’s stakeout and Rosamond is adopted by the Guyther family. Years pass, Binwell marries a widow in Persimmon Cove, and requests that Rosamond join them. The climax comes with the revelatory disclosure that Rosamond is an orphan, not Binwell’s child, and can remain with the Guythers. Characters offer strong opinions and partisan comments about the Civil War. Includes lively descriptions of mountain life, chores, fiddling and singing, smoking corn-cob pipes, hunting, balancing over precipices, climbing up and down trees, and playing with household pets (“Curiously enough, the cat wore a queer gown of blue-checkered homespun and a ruffed cap that was often awry, for she sometimes put up a disaffected paw to scrape it off, or it became disarrayed in hasty or too energetic washings of her face. She had been thus accoutered by aunt Jemina to appease Rosamondy’s craving for a live doll” p. 192). Two characters in particular stand out, Rosamond and Peter Sawyer, the storekeeper. Of Rosamond at the supper table, Murfree writes, “Her conduct was what Ike mentally designated as ‘robustious.’ She bounced up and down; she fed her supper to the dogs; she let the cat climb up the back of her chair and put two paws on her shoulder among her tangled yellow curls and lap milk out of her saucer. She shrieked and bobbed about till Ike did not know whether he was eating hoecake or sawdust. . . . The whole domestic routine was upset” (pp. 48, 50). “Peter Sawyer, the storekeeper, was tall and lank. He had a long head, an attenuated face, and a habit of basking in the sun, which was not incongruous with a certain lizard-like aspect. He sat now with his chair tilted against the frame of the doorway, and the sunshine poured through upon him. He too wore his hat, and did not move while one of his customers counted some pelts that he had brought to exchange and announced the result. ‘Want some sugar an’ salt fur ‘em?’ demanded the merchant lazily. ‘He’p yerse’f neighbor; he’p yerse’f.” (pp.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

64–65). Other specific Smokies references are on pages 65, 100, 215, and 218. [RC] [733] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “Evelina’s Flight: An Episode in the Great Smoky Mountains.” St. Louis Globe-Democrat, 30 November 1887: 6. Reprint: Harper’s Magazine 76, no. 451 (December 1887): 56–82, as “His ‘Day in Court.’”

Begins, “It had been a hard winter along the slopes of the Great Smoky Mountains . . .” Christmas story of a gory multi-generational feud between the Quimbey and Kittredge clans. Absalom Kittredge marries Evelina Quimbey. When they have a falling out, Absalom kidnaps their baby. Forced by court order to restore the boy to his mother, Absalom creeps up to the Quimbey home one night intent on stealing him back. Evelina has placed the golden-haired child on the straw-covered ground in the stable, surrounded by cattle and sheep. The overall grouping reminds Absalom that this night is Christmas Eve. He steals away quietly, the Nativity scene having had its placating effect upon his vindictive heart. Collected in The Phantoms of the Foot-Bridge, and Other Stories (New York: Harper & Brothers, 1895). [RC] [734] Murfree, Mary Noailles. In the ‘Stranger People’s’ Country. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1891. 360 p. il.

Centers around an archaeologist’s investigation of Indian mounds, thought to be the burial grounds of Aztec children or the “pygmy dwellers” of Tenn. Tiny graves of stone slabs had been discovered near Chattanooga and on the Murfree family estate about thirty miles southwest of Nashville. Cursory mentions of the GSM (p. 2, 358). Memorable characters include the outsider archaeologist, Mr. Shattuck; Buck Cheever, moonshiner, cattle rustler, horse thief, and highwayman; Fee Guthrie and Leonard Rhodes, rivals for the affection of Letitia (“Litt”) Pettingill; and Leetle Mose, the utmost of infantile tyrants who is called “the meanes’ baby in the kentry.” [RC] [735] Murfree, Mary Noailles. A Spectre of Power. Boston and New York: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1903. 415 p.

Historical novel about the Cherokee set in Tenn. in the 1760s. The story revolves around changing historical

245

and geographic settings, military operations, BritishFrench-Cherokee-Choctaw diplomatic intrigue, romantic love, and picturesque accounts of Cherokee life and adventures. Devotes considerable space to developing and delving into Cherokee psychology and lore, explained in notes at the back of the novel (p. 409–15). Against the backdrop of war and intrigue, the affections of Miss Lilias shift from a suave French officer named Laroche to Callum MacIlvesty, a Highlander who turns out a tolerable hero after being presented as a peculiarly graceless suitor. Among scattered Smokies references, see pages 7 and 193. [RC] [736] Murfree, Mary Noailles. The Windfall. New York: Duffield; London: Chatto & Windus, 1907. 450 p. Another ed.: New York: Duffield, 1947.

Story of a traveling circus stranded in the GSM. Hilary Lloyd brings his sideshow to the Tenn. hill country and becomes acquainted with the Pinnott family. Patriarch Shadrach Pinnott, a moonshiner who is fearful of revenuers, maintains his distance. Clotilda, his mountain-flower daughter, is eager to sing and dance in the show. Another love story develops around Lloyd and an outsider named Jardine, who vie for the affection of Lucia Laniston, a lightheaded visitor at the New Helvetia Springs Hotel. The moonshining operation ends in death. Not regarded as one of Murfree’s more successful local-color efforts. [RC] [737] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “The Ordeal.” Lippincott’s Monthly Magazine 88, no. 528 (December 1911): 769–850.

Novella centered in a “summer cottage here in the Great Smoky Mountains, after the hotel of the neighboring springs was closed for the season” (p. 789), as well as in Quallatown. The Briscoes have stayed on to enjoy the fall and to hunt. Attorney Julian Bayne, Edward Briscoe’s cousin, arrives to confer with Ned about a “kinsman’s will” and spend a few days relaxing. Much to Julian’s surprise, Lillian Marable Royston, a widow who jilted him on the eve of their wedding five years ago, is in attendance with her three-year-old son Archie. Revenuer Frank Dean, a casual acquaintance, turns up unexpectedly and relates in detail how he destroyed a still and is searching for the moonshiners. Tension is high between Julian

246

and Lillian, who admits her cruelty and begs his pardon. Edward Briscoe takes Archie for a wagon ride and is killed by moonshiners who mistake him for Frank Dean. The moonshiner gang, who are depicted as particularly low-caste with atrocious mountain dialects, save Archie and deposit him with an old Cherokee soothsayer in the Qualla Boundary. Bayne leads the search for Briscoe and Archie and discovers clothing and a corpse under a rock pile. They assume that Archie perished with Edward. Based upon a mother’s intuition and a luminous stone found in Archie’s inside coat pocket, a hysterical Lillian renews frantic hope that he somehow survived the ordeal and has been kidnapped. Bayne doggedly investigates all leads, and eventually the truth about Archie comes from a bedridden moonshiner named Jubal Clenk, who admits he saw the boy. Bayne locates Archie, who is content and well cared for by the old Cherokee, who dreamt that a man of Bayne’s description would one day take Archie away. The story resolves with a happy reunion of Archie and Julian with Lillian. Includes numerous Smokies references and descriptive scenes of moonshining, the moonshiners’ cavern, Quallatown, and Cherokee language and lore. [RC] [738] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “The Craft of the Mississippi.” The Youth’s Companion 87, no. 47 (November 20, 1913): 635–36. il.

Non-fiction historical piece on river craft, published under her pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock. Mentions the Cherokee, “who were domiciled in the region of the Great Smoky Mountains,” and their trade with the British and French in “the sixty-two towns of their territory” (p. 635). [RC] [739] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “Mountain Treasure Seekers.” The Youth’s Companion 91, no. 10 (March 8, 1917): 131–32. il.

Non-fiction account of treasure hunting in East Tenn. that mentions “a party of tourists who rode on horseback along the connecting balds, as the domes above the tree line of the Great Smoky range are called” (p. 131). The last section, “The Skeptic’s Pearls,” presents Cherokee lore, including the tale of a famous ruby buried under the residence of a chief. Mentions discovering prehistoric graves of so-called pygmies and the Cherokee

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

alphabet. Illustrated with a poor photograph of a mountain skyline entitled, “The Great Smoky Mountains.” [RC] [740] Murfree, Mary Noailles. “The Moonshiners at Hoho-Hebee Falls.” Harper’s Weekly 37, no. 1918 (September 23, 1893): 901, 906–7, 910, 915; 37, no. 1919 (September 30, 1893): 934–35, 938–40.

Intermingles two unrelated stories: Leander Yerby’s relations with Mrs. Sudley, his foster mother; and his Uncle Nehemiah’s altercation with moonshiners. Mrs. Sudley rules her household with continuous melancholy and the occasional hymn tune. Nehemiah is a sanctimonious fraud who rails against sin yet profits shamefully from it. Set in Holly Cove, “along the eastern horizon deployed the endless files of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Collected in The Mystery of Witch-Face Mountain (Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1895). [RC] [741] Phillips, Lucie Dayton. “A Question of Love.” Christian Observer 88, no. 29 (July 18, 1900): 16.

Barbara Keene, “early orphaned and poor,” stays on to “keep school” in St. Clair, a hamlet “nestling in the deep heart of the East Tennessee mountains, the majestic Smokies,” before attending Cumberland College. At college, which is located “at the foot of the Smokies,” she rents a room for a dollar a month and joins a missionary society called the Cheerful Givers. Barbara unselfishly gives $5 to the missionary society instead of buying a new dress for the literary club’s reunion. “Nobody dreamed that the largest offering of all came from the mountain girl, poor Barbara Keene.” [RC] [742] Pollock, Frank Lillie. “The Crystal Hunters.” The Youth’s Companion 91, no. 8 (February 22, 1917): 105.

First installment of a story published in eight parts weekly through 12 April 1917. Teenagers Tom Winfield and Ellis York, accompanied by a white mule named Peter, depart on a month-long jewel-hunting expedition in the mountains of Western N.C. Tom’s father, a building contractor in Asheville who owns a quarry, is competing for the contract to supply marble for a new railway terminal station. Tom is keenly interested in geology and mineralogy and believes that the camping trip will prepare him to work in his father’s business. Mentions “the main

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

range of the Great Smokies, the haunt of deer, bears and rattlesnakes.” On the first day, the boys scramble through dense thickets, shoot rabbits, catch trout, eat cornbread, fried ham and eggs, gather blackberries, and find ginseng (“’sang digger”). Other installments appeared on 1, 8, 15, 22, 29 March and 5 and 12 April. [RC] [743] Quad, M. “What an Awful Liar—A Southern Sketch.” Current Literature 1, no. 3 (September 1888): 252.

First-person sketch credited to “M. Quad in the Detroit Free Press,” that recounts conversations in mountain dialect with a family in the Smoky Mountains. While “toiling over a rocky trail,” the author encounters a teenage girl chased by a bear. He meets the girl’s family, who clumsily reveal their ignorance of life outside their mountain cove. They ask if he has ever seen the ocean, telephones, balloons, or met the President. When the visitor answers that he has talked through the telephone five hundred times, “The women dropped their snuffsticks, and each man half started up. They looked from one to the other and then at me, and by and by the visiting female slipped off her chair with the words: ‘Poore an’ needy feller-sinners let us pray fur him!’” [RC] [744] Rossiter, W. S. “A North Carolina Whiffet.” The Youth’s Companion 71, no. 30 (July 29, 1897): 350–51. il.

Fictional account of a bicycle excursion along the French Broad River. The narrator recounts the story of a bear hunt told by a ragged “lank, thin-faced man of uncertain age.” Wry comments on a boardinghouse dinner around “a huge round table, innocent of cloth and napkins”—“Before my astonished gaze, bacon, fried chicken, grits, sweet potatoes fried in sugar, corn pone, white butter, and hoe-cake, with now and then a pot of sorghum syrup, passed in giddy procession.” Reports on road conditions (“The wheeling from Marshall to Hot Springs is poor”) and notes details of mountain life. Expresses fascination with scenery: “The mountains reach skyward in bewildering numbers, clothed to their summits in unbroken forest. . . . Darkness falls quickly in the Great Smoky Mountains in late November, and brings a chill with it” (p. 351). [RC]

247

[745] Strong, Paschal N. Behind the Great Smokies. With illustrations by Heman Fay, Jr. Boston: Little, Brown, and Co., 1932. 243 p. il.

Seventeen-year-old adoptee Stanley Wayne discovers that his birth parents are GSM mountaineers. He postpones college to locate his father, mother, two brothers, and two sisters (the Wayne clan), who live in a remote cabin. They are honest but shiftless and ignorant people who are suspicious of him and his intentions. Enemies of the Wayne family decide to “rail” him out of the mountains, but Stanley has a well-trained body, mind, and will—forged by years as a Boy Scout—and he resolves to stay in the mountains. Overcoming initial reservations, the Waynes gladly welcome him back and he organizes the boys of the community into Lone Scouts. The Lone Scouts are criticized for doing “wimmen’s work,” such as carrying firewood into houses. Natives speak in dialect and the author relies on mountain stereotypes. Plot twists revolve around moonshiners, forest conservation, the coming of the GSMNP, and family feuds. In the end Stan and another mountain boy depart for college, determined “to come back here when we’re through and harness up these streams for electric power and put in schools and do all sorts of things” (p. 246). [RC] [746] Thompson, Maurice. A Fortnight of Folly. New York: J. B. Alden, 1888. 140 p. Another ed.: New York: Street & Smith, 1902.

Satirical novel about a group of writers (several of whom are fictional characters from other authors’ books) who assemble at a resort hotel in the Smoky Mountains. The most interesting conversations are about American authors, including Mary Noailles Murfree. Thompson (1844–1901) never felt accepted by the Eastern literary establishment. Eastern writers, particularly William Dean Howells and Henry James, bear the severest criticism, while local-color writers more in keeping with Thompson’s style get off lightly. [RC] [747] Tiernan, Frances Christine Fisher [Christian Reid, pseud.]. “‘The Land of the Sky’ or, Adventures in Mountain By-Ways.” Appletons’ Journal 14, no. 337 (September 4, 1875): 289–95; 14, no. 338 (September 11, 1875): 321–26; 14, no. 340 (September 25, 1875): 385–89; 14, no. 341 (October 2,

248

1875): 417–21; 14, no. 343 (October 16, 1875): 481– 85; 14, no. 344 (October 23, 1875): 513–14; 14, no. 347 (November 13, 1875): 609–13; 14, no. 348 (November 20, 1875): 641–45; 14, no. 349 (November 27, 1875): 673–77; 14, no. 351 (December 11, 1875): 737–42; 14, no. 352 (December 18, 1875): 769–73; 15, no. 354 (January 1, 1876): 3–8; 15, no. 355 (January 8, 1876): 33–37; 15, no. 357 (January 22, 1876): 99–103; 15, no. 358 (January 29, 1876): 129–33; 15, no. 359 (February 5, 1876): 164–69; 15, no. 360 (February 12, 1876): 199– 202; 15, no. 361 (February 19, 1876): 240–44. il.

Book ed.: New York: D. Appleton and Company, 1875. 130 p. il.

In the years following the Civil War, Tiernan was one of the most popular and financially successful writers of light romance. Born in Salisbury, N.C., she turned to writing for her livelihood and published forty-six books, mostly novels. Her first, Valerie Aylmer, appeared in 1870 when she was twenty-three years old. The Land of the Sky, perhaps the best-known book associated with her, lends Western N.C. a nickname that endures to this day. In 1887, she married James M. Tiernan, a widower who owned silver mines in Mexico. She traveled widely with her husband, and later novels are set in the West Indies, Mexico, New York, and Europe. After James died, Fisher remained in Salisbury and wrote almost until her own death. The Land of the Sky, serialized in eighteen installments of Appletons’ Journal, recounts the adventures of a group of young people on a summer trip through Western N.C. They shun railroads in favor of hiking, horses, and stage coaches. Fisher is sympathetic to the mountain families they encounter and tries her hand at folk dialects. Beyond journeying throughout the Blue Ridge and even into S.C., not much happens in the novel. There is innocent flirting, dousing in streams, losing hats at waterfalls, hunting, endless cigar smoking by the males, and much swooning at and appreciation of the natural beauties of sunsets, sunrises, and mountain vistas. Pages 61 and 127 in the book edition briefly mention “the Smoky, the Unaka, and the Roan” mountains, and include a few sentences on Chimney Tops. Simple ink drawings show the party hiking in long skirts and suits with ties. By the end of the novel Sylvia Norwood rejects one suitor, Ralph Lanier, in favor of Charley Kenyon. [RC]

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

[748] Todd, Charles W. Woodville; or, The Anchoret Reclaimed. A Descriptive Tale. Knoxville: F. S. Heiskell, 1832. 278 p.

Early novel set at Montvale Springs. Characters include the winsome Miss Julia Saunders and two suitors, Leland Owen and Allison Woodville. Woodville, who lives near the springs, is an orphan adopted by a wealthy family in Detroit who later moved south. Plot encompasses dances, hikes, and adventures with seasonal guests at the hotel and springs. Owen dies suddenly. Near the end, Woodville reestablishes contact with his birth family, visits his father, and marries Julia, who turns out to be the daughter of his father’s old friend. Montvale Springs resort opened to the public in 1832. For more information on the novel and Montvale Springs, see George F. Mellen, “First Tennessee Novel,” Knoxville Sentinel, 20 November 1910; and Nathalia Wright, “Montvale Springs Under the Proprietorship of Sterling Lanier, 1857–1863,” Journal of East Tennessee History no. 19 (1947): 48–63. [RC] [749] Vollmer, Lula. Sun-Up: A Play in Three Acts. Bretano’s Contemporary Drama Series. New York: Bretano, 1924. 79 p.

Drama set in the mountains of Western N.C. in 1917 by a native author. Contrasts the unquestioning patriotism of a local World War I volunteer to a deserter (The Stranger) from Va. Employs mountain idioms and dialects and incorporates hillbilly stereotypes: an elderly pipe-smoking widow, moonshine whisky, and a tobaccospitting preacher. First produced by The Players Company, Inc., at the Provincetown Theatre, New York City, on 24 May 1923, and included in Burns Mantle’s The Best Plays of 1923–1924 (Boston: Small, Maynard, 1924). [RC] [750] Wolfe, Thomas Clayton. The Return of Buck Gavin: The Tragedy of a Mountain Outlaw, in Carolina FolkPlays, edited and with an introduction by Frederick H. Koch, 2nd series. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1926. p. 30–44. il.

Reprint: New York: Henry Holt, 1941. p. 113–23.

Script of a one-act play set in “a remote cove of the Carolina mountains” identified as within the GSM by the lines, “On top o’ big Smoky” (p. 36) and “Twartn’t easy neither, for it’s a good ten mile from the Gap [likely

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Newfound Gap] to the top ‘o the Smoky” (p. 37). Written in mountain dialect in 1918 and originally produced on The Playmakers’ Stage, Chapel Hill, on March 14–15, 1919, its characters include Buck Gavin, “a great, powerfully built fellow, aged forty years,” his sister, Mary Gavin, and The Sheriff. The plot refers to a recent shootout at a moonshine operation run by Mary’s husband, Jim Preas, that left Jim and three deputies dead. The Sheriff arrests a stoic and good-natured Buck Gavin at the end of the play. [RC] [751] Woolson, Constance Fenimore. “The French Broad.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine 50, no. 299 (April 1875): 617–36. il.

Short story by author Constance Woolson (1840– 1894), grandniece of James Fenimore Cooper. Born in N.H., Woolson was educated in Cleveland and New York City. Following the death of her father in 1869, she began to publish stories, poems, and travel pieces to support herself and her mother. She gained a reputation as a regional local-color author and attracted a loyal readership in such magazines as Harper’s, Scribner’s, Putnam’s, Appletons’ Journal, and the Atlantic Monthly. In 1873 she moved south and traveled in Ky., Tenn., Ga., N.C., and S.C. After her mother’s death in 1879, she relocated to Europe and settled in Venice, where she wrote novels and formed a relationship with Henry James. In “The French Broad,” northern tourists arrive at Pete’s Rock in N.C. Captivated by the scenery and surrounding mountain wilderness, they speculate on the origins of Pete’s Rock and vote on the best explanation. The plot encompasses several characters, including a geologist collecting specimens and a German artist. It broods on a disabled ex-Confederate soldier, Capt. Phil Romer, who disappears mysteriously into the darkness of the French Broad River, after proclaiming, “we are most of us dead down here” (p. 630). Mentions the GSM on the final page, in this dialogue exchange: ‘Are we in the Great Smoky Mountains?’, asked Ermine. ‘In their very heart, Miss Stuart; all the peaks you see belong to that chain. You are going through with the French Broad, which has cut a pathway for itself to the low countries.’ (p. 636)

249

Illustrated with line drawings of mountain scenes, including two of “North Carolina Indians” dressed as white men holding bows and arrows. [RC] [752] Woolson, Constance Fenimore. “Up in the Blue Ridge.” Appletons’ Journal 5, no. 2 (August 1878): 104–25.

In this short story, Woolson uses irony and humor to subvert the standard sentimental marriage plot. Honor Dooris finds her potential partner in the fictional town of Ellerby in the N.C. hills, where she used to vacation before the Civil War. The melodrama involves Honor’s protection of John Royce, the man she loves, from her bootlegging cousin who intends to murder him. Honor marries Royce instead of her northern companion, Stephen Wainwright, who takes up with the widow Adelaide Kellinger. A passing GSM reference appears on p. 109: The next morning he wandered about and gazed at the superb sweep of the mountains. Close behind him rose the near wall of the Blue Ridge; before him stretched the line of the Alleghanies going down toward Georgia, the Iron Mountains, the Bald Mountains, and the peaks of the Great Smoky, purple and soft in the distance. A chain of giant sentinels stretched across the valley from one range to the other, and on these he could plainly see the dark color given by the heavy, unmixed growth of balsam-firs around and around up to the very top, a hue which gives the name Black Mountain to so many of these peaks. “Up in the Blue Ridge” was collected in Rodman the Keeper: Southern Sketches (New York: Appleton, 1880): 276–339. [RC] [753] Woolson, Constance Fenimore. “Horace Chase.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine 86, no. 512 (January 1893): 198–211; no. 513 (February 1893): 438– 54; no. 514 (March 1893): 596–613; no. 515 (April 1893): 753–70; no. 516 (May 1893): 882–97; no. 517 (June 1893): 140–49; no. 518 (July 1893): 276–86; no. 519 (August 1893): 414–23; no. 520 (September 1893): 595–602; no. 512 (October 1893): 755–70.

250

Book version: Horace Chase; A Novel. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1894. 419 p. English ed.: London: Osgood, McIlvaine & Co., 1894.

Reprint: Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Literature House, 1970.

Woolson’s final novel, published in the year of her death. The title character is a self-made millionaire in his mid-forties who marries Ruth Franklin, almost twenty years his junior. The year is 1873 and Horace is obsessed with bringing the railroad to Asheville, where most of the novel takes place. While his plans to transform Asheville into a popular summer resort take root, his personal life is devastated by his wife’s love for his junior partner, Walter Willoughby. Although her passion is not reciprocated, Ruth’s climatic confession in the last chapter deals a terrible blow to Horace’s self-confidence. Includes passing GSM references, usually mentioned as viewed from afar on mountain travels (for examples, see pp. 28, 108, 378, 400). [RC]

Criticism

[754] Adkins, Milton T. “The Mountains and Mountaineers of Craddock’s Fiction.” Magazine of American History 24, no. 4 (October 1890): 305–9.

Spirited defense of Mary Noailles Murfree’s novels (published under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock), their use of mountain dialects, their focus on “common” people, and their overwrought descriptions. “A recent writer affects to lament the fact that she has devoted her genius to ‘portraying the outlandish and grotesque in the low life of a small section,’ and that she should have joined ‘the vast army who seek easy fame by dialect writing.’ Easy fame, forsooth!” (p. 307). Compares Murfree’s work favorably to Charles Dickens. Includes poetic descriptions of the East Tenn. mountains. Concludes that Murfree is a “true daughter of the mountains herself…Surely the grimmest of her critics would relax could he once see those glorious hills wrapped in the trailing robes of October” (p. 308). [RC] [755] Baskervill, William Malone. Southern Writers: Biographical and Critical Studies. Nashville: M. E. Church, 1897. 2 vol., v. 1: 404 p.; v. 2: 392 p.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Chapter on Mary N. Murfree (vol. 1, p. 357–404) treats her life and writings. Baskervill is both glowing in praise, comparing her favorably to George Eliot and lauding her descriptive powers, and critical: “The toogreat regularity of production in which she has indulged has led her into dreary wastes of repetitious shallows, and still more frequently has weighed her stories with mannerisms which mar the beauty and perfection of their art. The reader soon begins to scent favorite epithets and grandiloquent phrases, to be on the lookout for the ‘gibbous’ moon, the ‘mellow’ moon, the ‘lucent, yellow’ moon, and every kind of moon that ever was and never was . . .” (p. 387). [RC] [756] “Charles Egbert Craddock.” The Nassau Literary Magazine 42, no. 9 (March 1887): 463–68.

Describes Murfree’s fiction and life, labeling her an “artistic realist,” and praising her characters and descriptions. “The region in which her scenes were laid was, as far as fiction was concerned, as much undiscovered country as the heart of Africa, and the dialect and manners of its inhabitants were equally novel” (p. 464–65). Contends that her work entitles her to lay claim as a legitimate successor of George Eliot and Nathaniel Hawthorne (p. 464). Deals primarily with In the Tennessee Mountains (1884), Where the Battle Was Fought (her first novel, 1884), and The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727], “upon which her reputation principally rests” (p. 465), and In the Clouds [730]. “Craddock at times almost Turneresque in her richness and profusion of coloring, as when she describes the daily miracles of sunrise and sunset, or tells how the ‘Indian summer, with its golden haze and its great red sun, its purple distances and its languorous joy, its balsamic perfumes and its vagrant daydreams, slipped down upon the gorgeous crimson woods, and filled them with its glamour and its poetry” (p. 465). Concludes: . . . she has shown us new beauties and new analogies in nature, and has pressed closer than others to the discovery of its ever-beckoning, yet ever elusive, secrets; that she has cast the glamour of romance over another region of unstoried America, and has made the life of its simple inhabitants as fascinating as the opales-

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

cent mist which hovers about the solemn ridges of the Tennessee mountains. (p. 468) [RC] [757] Coleman, Charles W., Jr. “The Recent Movement in Southern Literature.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine 74, no. 444 (May 1887): 837–55.

Overview of Southern writers and poets who are gaining national reputations, including Mary Noailles Murfree (1850–1922), whose novels (written under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock) are often set in or refer to the GSM. Comments that “Miss Murfree’s observations during her residence among the mountains of eastern Tennessee furnished the suggestions for all that is best in their work” (p. 838). Pages 850–51 describe Murfree’s life, novels, and short stories. Praises The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727] and In the Clouds [730], commenting that “her finest work, shows a mastery of construction, in which its predecessors were deficient, possesses their salient features with some new ones, and goes far to establish an already assured reputation” (p. 851). [RC] [758] DeMenil, Alexander N. The Literature of the Louisiana Territory. St. Louis: St. Louis News Co., 1904. 354 p.

Chapter on Mary N. Murfree (p. 292–97) gives an overview of her life, personality, and writing habits. Includes an excerpt from her short story, “Ike Hooden’s Heroism” (p. 295–97). [RC] [759] Fiske, Horace Spencer. Provincial Types in American Fiction. New York: Chautauqua, 1903. 264 p.

Examines regional U.S. literature since the Civil War, with an emphasis on “provincial character.” Includes two sections on Mary Noailles Murfree, who wrote GSM-based novels and short stories under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock. Pages 83–86 summarize various character types in her fiction, such as the “shy mountain lover,” the “desperate moonshiner,” the “superstitiously religious folk,” the “gaunt and workworn old women,” the “wild, sweet, unsophisticated beauty and proud strength of will that belong to certain girlish types among the villages and remote farms of the mountain regions of Tennessee” (p. 83). Chapter X (p. 133–43), the second section devoted to Murfree, concerns her novel

251

The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727]. It includes a publication history, plot summary, and individual portraits of main characters. [RC] [760] H. A. B. “Letter 5: Fiction and Social Science.” Century Illustrated Magazine 29, no. 1 (November 1884): 153–55.

Includes a critique of Murfree’s collection In the Tennessee Mountains (1884), “another delightful contribution to the literature of the new South” (p. 154). Lauds her descriptions of mountain scenery, characterizations, and plot construction, contending that her books “deserve a hearty welcome from a public of sated novel-readers.” Comments on dialects and locutions in her work. [RC] [761] Harris, Isabella Deas. “Charles Egbert Craddock as an Interpreter of Mountain Life.” M.A. thesis, Duke University, 1933. 108 p.

Analysis of Mary N. Murfree’s fiction, which was often written under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock and occasionally set in the GSM. Includes chapters on Types of Mountaineers, Folk Characteristics, and Mountain Scenery. Summarizes contemporary criticism and notes reasons for Murfree’s declining reputation, which Harris argues began in the mid-1890s when the taste for local-color literature waned. Notes that one critic was unable to finish reading her novels on account of boredom. [RC] [762] Holliday, Carl. A History of Southern Literature. New York and Washington, D.C.: Neale, 1906. 406 p. Reprint: Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat Press, 1969.

Survey of Southern American literature that includes a section (p. 382–85) on Mary Noailles Murfree. A short biographical sketch is followed by a list of major works that demonstrate, according to the author, “a novelty, strength, and general charm that show a constantly improving hand” (p. 384). Lauds her sharply-drawn characters: “There, far secluded among the mountains, we find a strange people, ‘seeing dimly as through a glass,’ captives to ignorance and superstition, yet groping on toward their own rude ideals. The universal heart varies so little in any locality!” (p. 384), as well as her “beautiful descriptions of mountain scenes” (p. 385). Concludes, “Murfree is tell-

252

ing the story of a people who, in these opening years of the twentieth century, wander on through their limited range of life much as their ancestors for generations have wandered. They, too, will some time vanish – the sooner the better; but this woman has told in what we hope to be imperishable form, the epic of their life” (p. 385). [RC] [763] McCray, Flowers Thayer. “Distinguished American Women.” Ladies’ Home Journal 5, no. 12 (November 1888): 2. il.

Short article on Murfree that recounts her life and lauds her fiction. States, “she became a constant and deep student and a keen observer of the life in the Tennessee Mountains which she has since reproduced in the admirable pen pictures which have given her her reputation.” Describes Murfree’s surprise revelation to Thomas Aldrich, editor of The Atlantic, who had believed she was male. According to the author, The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains “was met with universal praise.” [RC] [764] McLeod, John Angus. “The Southern Highlands in Prose Fiction.” M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1930. 129 p.

Concerns belletristic prose fiction set in the Appalachian Mountains of W.Va., Eastern Ky. and East Tenn., Western Va. and N.C., and North Ga. and Ala. Chapter 1, “A Retarded Frontier,” identifies and defines the region through its history and literature, emphasizing perceived Southern Highlands social and geographical attributes. Other chapters concentrate on prose narratives and fiction, beginning with Captain John Smith’s A True Relation (1608), and continuing with Henry Timberlake’s Memoirs [105] and other eighteenth and nineteenthcentury classics. Divides “early” and “later” Southern Appalachian fiction by the publication of Mary N. Murfree’s story “The Dancin’ Party at Harrison’s Cove” in 1878. The first section of Chapter 4, “The Southern Highlands in Later Fiction,” analyzes Murfree’s GSM-related and other fiction (pp. 64–71, 78–82). McLeod praises Murfree’s early work for its local color but faults her for poor characterization, excessive use of tedious dialect, and conventional plots: “She caught the atmosphere of the mountains, the garb, the manners, and something of the speech of the mountaineer; but she did not penetrate to the soul of the mountaineer or interpret his philosophy” (p. 70).

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Chapter 6 (p. 105–29) is a bibliography of early narratives and fiction set in the Southern Highlands. [RC]

simple, a showman rather than a discerning interpreter of the inner meanings of life” (p. 316). [RC]

[765] “Notable Characters of the Day – No. 6.” The Phrenological Journal of Science of Health 86, no. 3 (March 1888): 1–7. il.

[767] Pattee, Fred Lewis. The Development of the American Short Story. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1923. 388 p.

Includes a phrenological analysis of writer Mary N. Murfree (p. 3–5), based upon an “engraving from a photograph that has been so washed out or burnt out that the effect is very ‘flat,’ technically speaking. We must therefore confess ourselves at a disadvantage in studying its lines, or rather want of lines…” (p. 3). Characterizes Murfree’s physiognomy as denoting “an active mind, a nature sensitive and strong. . . . We infer from this and other peculiarities that Miss Murfree belongs to a family in which directness and definiteness of expression are characteristics” (p. 3). Other perceived traits include spirited, determined, sensitive, observant, and socially gracious. The second half of the article describes her life and comments favorably on her fiction: “Each book has been thought by most of its readers an improvement on what she has written before. . . . This is one of the finest gifts of the imagination, this power of making words vibrant with meaning” (p. 5). [RC] [766] Pattee, Fred Lewis. A History of American Literature since 1870. New York: Century Co., 1915. 449 p.

Essays on American authors that include references to Mary N. Murfree, who wrote novels and short stories set in the GSM under the pseudonym Charles Egbert Craddock. Murfree is mentioned on p. 15, 18, 21, 24, 278, and 307. Chapter 14, “The Era of Southern Themes and Writers” (p. 296–320), devotes a section to Murfree (p. 308–16). It begins with an overview of her life (p. 308–10), followed by pointed criticism of her writings. Faults include flowery descriptions–“The mountains of eastern Tennessee are only moderate ridges, yet in the Craddock tales they take on the proportions of the Canadian Rockies or the Alps” (p. 311)–scanty plots, tedious details, and melodramatic stock characters. “The failure of Charles Egbert Craddock came rather from her inability to work with large masses of material and coordinate it and shape it into a culminating force. She was picturesque rather than penetrating, melodramatic rather than

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Murfree is mentioned on p. 253, 262, 269, 271–75, 288 (bibliography), and 316. Extols her originality, use of dialect, and “new conception of landscape” in the Tenn. mountains. Claims, “She is at her best when describing desolation, genre pictures with impressionistic detail” (p. 274). Also finds her “a colorist splashing with broad strokes” and her prose humorless and cold. “Her minute pictures of mountain life, for all their minuteness, cannot be classed as realistic. She was not a mountaineer herself; she studied the region not sympathetically, but curiously, as a summer visitor who went about with a notebook. She heightened all her pictures. Her mountains are hills, but she makes them tower into the very skies” (p. 273). [RC] [768] Pierce, James O. “Charles Egbert Craddock.” The Dial 7, no. 83 (March 1887): 269–71.

With reference to the novels In the Clouds and The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727, 730], the article praises Murfree’s prose for its “happy combination of the elements of scene-painting and portraiture. Her pictorial faculty is the most conspicuous in her mental equipment. As a word-painter, she has achieved a new success” (p. 270). Notes her ability to connect readers sympathetically to mountain people: “These simple mountain folk have their depths of feeling, their heights of devotion to duty, and their sublime submission to fate; in their plainness and bluntness of character, they reflect the simple grandeur of the balds, ravines and precipices around them; their lives are modeled after their Appalachian homes” (p. 271). Comments that her books are more popular since her real name and gender were revealed. [RC] [769] Reichert, Alfred. “Charles Egbert Craddock und die amerikanische Short-story.” Inaugural-Diss., Universität Leipzig. Leipzig: Druck Von Sturn & Koppe (A. Dennhardt), 1912. 135 p.

German Dissertation in three chapters (Introduction, Short Story Theory, and Craddock’s Short Stories) that analyzes author Mary N. Murfree’s suggestive use of

253

locale (including occasional GSM references), plot and structure, characterization, humor, psychology, and other devices. Compares her short stories favorably to works by Edgar Allan Poe and Bret Harte. Postulates that John Ruskin’s writings may have influenced Murfree’s imagery (p. 115–17). Bibliography, pp. 132–34. [RC] [770] Scudder, Horace E. “Recent American Fiction.” Atlantic Monthly 56, no. 336 (October 1885): 554–58.

Laudatory review of Mary N. Murfree’s novel The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727], parts of which were serialized in preceding issues of the Atlantic Monthly. Praises the work’s dramatic tensions, unity of design, characterization (“She has not smoothed a tone in their rough dialect, nor softened a line in their uncouth forms and dress, and yet she has managed, by what art we hardly know, to convey an idea of beauty and manliness that is not in the least incongruous,” p. 557), realism (“Whatever disappointment might fall to us if we were to seek for audible and visual reproduction of these figures in the actual mountains of Tennessee, we should remain convinced that the fault was in our ears and eyes, for the realism of the story is so firm,” p. 557), and prose style (“the sinewy compactness of language, which never becomes slack or redundant . . . Not a word but appears to have been weighed, not an epithet but is like an arrow shot straight at the mark,” p. 558). [RC] [771] Scudder, Horace E. “Recent Novels by Women.” Atlantic Monthly 59, no. 352 (February 1887): 265–67.

Review of Mary N. Murfree’s novel In the Clouds [730] that comments favorably on her powers of observation in presenting mountain life and the nobility of her rustic characters. However, the reviewer faults her overblown descriptions of natural scenery: “It often occurs that where a single line is sufficient to give a vivid impression of an aspect of nature, a dozen are used, and the vividness is gone . . . she is wasteful of words just where words should be employed with the greatest care, in the representation of natural scenes. The accumulation of epithets adds nothing to the apparent size of the mountains” (p. 266). [RC] [772] Stahl, John M. Growing With the West. London and New York: Longmans, Green, 1930. 515 p.

254

Autobiography and reminiscences of John Stahl, an editor and critic. Includes a section on Mary N. Murfree (p. 320–31). Summarizes Murfree’s life and writings. Stahl met the somewhat reclusive Miss Murfree on several occasions in St. Louis. Provides vivid descriptions of her appearance and personality, and reprints correspondence with Fanny Murfree, Mary’s sister. Warmly sympathetic and effusive: “Up to 1884 few of our authors had thought that there was fictional value in ordinary people living average, commonplace lives. Miss Murfree recognized that such people, even ignorant, unschooled, uncouth people, worked and played, loved and hated, won and lost, had bodies, minds, souls; rejoiced and suffered. And she put it all, alive, pulsing, glowing, in her books” (p. 329). [RC] [773] Thompson, Maurice. “Some Notes on Southern Literature.” The Independent 36, no. 1878 (November 27, 1884): 2.

Comments on use of local color in Murfree’s In the Tennessee Mountains (1884). Although her fiction is “incomparably the best yet done in the South,” Thompson finds it “too soft and dreamy”: Charles Egbert Craddock is a very deceptive pseudonym, under cover of which a clever genius idealizes what it gathers from the Tennessee mountains. . . . There is a New England tang to his humor, and a dash of the Atlantic Monthly school in his literary style; but he has done the best literary work in short stories that has come out of the South since Poe died. [RC] [774] Toulmin, Harry Aubrey, Jr. “Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailes Murfree),” in Social Historians. Boston: Richard G. Badger; Gorham Press, 1911. p. 57–97. Reprint: Norwood, Pa.: Norwood Editions, 1976.

Section on Murfree includes an overview of the GSM region and an appreciation of her life and fiction, which Toulmin finds a lasting contribution to the science of social organization as well as an artistic success. Praises her creativity, exciting and dramatic plots, accuracy in the portrayal of mountaineers (“Craddock has depicted these people with infinite finesse and subtle delicacy of workmanship,” p. 68), use of “actual” dialect,

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

and her “able and extraordinary powers of description” (p.79). Defends her work against criticism and concludes, “ . . . when the entire evidence is brought in, the tales of Charles Egbert Craddock will stand specimens of high creative ability and of high dramatic development replete with a wealth of humor, a wealth of human appeal, a wealth of genuine eloquence” (p. 96–97). Other “social historians” in the book are Thomas Nelson Page, George Washington Cable, James Lane Allen, and Joel Chandler Harris. Bibliography, p. 167–61. [RC] [775] Trouy, Lucien C. “Charles Egbert Craddock and the Southern Mountains and Mountaineers.” M.A. thesis, Catholic University of America, 1932. 51 p.

Examines author Mary N. Murfree’s use of mountain settings and characters, as well as her technique (plot, dialogue, dialect, description, and prose). Defends her portrayals of mountaineers and mountain life as authentic and vibrant. Concedes, “At times however the high quality of her prose is marred by grandiloquent phrases such as ‘an amethystine haze rested on the nearest mountains softening the polychromatic richness,’ or ‘the moonlight lay in glittering rhomboids on the puncheon floor’, or the cry of a baby, styled the: ‘nocturnal rampages of infancy rancorously animadverted upon’” (p. 44). Concludes that “Murfree will continue to be a notable figure in American fiction” (p. 45–46). [RC] [776] Waldo, Frank. “Among the Southern Appalachians.” New England Magazine 24, no. 3 (May 1901): 231–47.

Points out discrepancies in customs and characterization that arise from Mary N. Murfree’s indiscriminate blending of the Cumberland and GSM regions. [RC]

Linguistics

[777] Brewer, Fisk P. “New Words from ‘The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains.’” The Independent 39, no. 2024 (September 15, 1887): 6–7.

Examines “new words” (“we claim any word as new which is not found in Webster”) discovered in Murfree’s Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727], including bald, ridered, dryadic, aflicker, jubilantly, slumberously, tigerishly, subacutely, airish, buzzardly, droopy, a-skeeting, etc. “The scene of her story is laid in the mountains of

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

East Tennessee, a region of great beauty, the home of a stalwart people. They are secluded from the world, and have either retained or developed many peculiarities of speech. Their style of talk is reproduced in the novel with vividness, and the new words which occur in conversations are current among them” (p. 6). Brewer was a professor at Iowa College in Grinnell, Iowa. For a rejoinder to his analysis, see Charles Foster Smith [791]. [RC] [778] Brewer, Fisk P. “Register of New Words.” Transactions of the American Philological Association 19 (1888): 79–82.

Identifies four “new words,” used by Mary N. Murfree, “not found in Murray’s Historical Dictionary, 1888” (p. 80). From Murfree’s The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727], Brewer cites aloose (“His shifting eyes … betokened but little anxiety for the Principle of Evil aloose in the Big Smoky,” p. 81) and bald (“Only the immaculate whiteness of those lofty regions of the balds withstood the thaw,” p. 81). From Murfree’s In the Clouds [730], he cites aflare (“The flaming base of the opposite mountain, all luridly aflare in the windy dusk,” p. 81) and ashimmer (“It [a fir] was all a-shimmer with the frost,” p. 81). [RC] [779] Bruce, J. Douglas. “Terms from Tennessee.” Dialect Notes 4, no. 1 (1913): 58.

Lists thirteen folk expressions with definitions and uses in a phrase, “noted by colleagues and pupils of Professor J. Douglas Bruce; namely Professors H. J. Darnell and E. E. Rall, and Messrs. Webster Bain and R. B. Hurt.” Includes terms from Elkmont (“die-out”) and Montvale Springs (“Lord’s bread-wagon”). Bruce was a faculty member at the University of Tennessee. [RC] [780] Caldwell, Joshua W. “The Use and Abuse of Dialect in Fiction. II. The Manufacture of Dialect.” Belford’s Monthly and Democratic Review 8, no. 42 (November 1891): 309–15.

Dispels Northern praise for Murfree’s “authentic” use of mountain dialects, by citing examples of glaring incongruities and absurdities in her prose fiction: Those who are acquainted with the facts know that she does the mountain people great

255

injustice, notwithstanding that she puts into their mouths so many big words which they do not use. It is only intended now to show that her dialect is, like her story, fanciful; that it does not convey a correct impression; and that while it may amuse, it can serve no higher purpose. The reading public has never had a greater fraud perpetuated upon it than by the writers of dialect. They claim to be realists, when as a matter of fact they are the worst of unrealists. . . . The truth is, they have been writing reams of misrepresentation and absurdity (p. 315). Caldwell was a professor at the University of Tennessee. [RC] [781] Carpenter, Charles. “Variation in Southern Mountain Dialect.” American Speech 8, no. 1 (February 1933): 22–25.

Discusses variations in vernacular speech in Southern and Central Appalachia, with references to Tenn. and N.C. Comments on the word dauncy (infirm or feeble), “but Horace Kephart in Our Southern Highlanders says that in the Great Smoky Mountains it means to be mincy about eating, that is to say fastidious, overnice” (p. 25). [RC] [782] Chapman, Maristan. “American Speech as Practised in the Southern Highlands.” The Century Magazine 117, no. 5 (March 1929): 617–28.

Sympathetic treatment of Southern Appalachian “folk-speech”: “That the speech of the southern highlanders is a genuine American dialect cannot be denied, for these people do not garble standard usage because of lack of formal education – they speak a cultured backwoods tongue all their own. To put into their mouths a stereotyped, manufactured dialect is to rob them of their essential humanness and to present them as comic stagefolk” (p. 617). Discusses regional mountain dialects, European origins, and provides vocabulary and usage examples. Laments the loss of the region’s archaic speech patterns and notes inaccuracies and generalizations of novelists. Mentions the richness of “shades” of mountain terms for rain and anger (p. 620). Distinguishes between

256

Cumberland, Great Smoky, and Blue Ridge dialects, and includes a table of variations in eight common terms (p. 622). Maristan Chapman was the joint pseudonym of John Stanton Higham Chapman and Mary Hamilton Illsley Chapman. [RC] [783] Combs, Josiah H. “Old, Early and Elizabethan English in the Southern Mountains.” Dialect Notes 4, no. 4 (1916): 283–97.

Contends that the “Southern mountaineers are the conservators of Old, Early and Elizabethan English in the New World . . . [they] form the body of what is perhaps the purest Old English blood to be found among English-speaking peoples. Isolated from the outside world, and shut in by natural barriers, they have for more than two centuries preserved much of the language of Elizabethan England” (p. 283). Examines speech patterns, pronunciations, inflections, metaphors, and examples of so-called Elizabethan syntax. Notes novelist Mary N. Murfree’s “successful duplication” of the mountaineers’ language in her works (p. 286). Produces examples from popular ballads to reinforce his claims. [RC] [784] Combs, Josiah H. “Language of the Southern Highlanders.” Publications of the Modern Language Association 46, no. 1 (1931): 1302–22.

Anecdotal sketch of mountain dialects, idioms, pronunciation, and syntax that relates selected examples to Elizabethan English. Defines the Southern Highlands as extending from Md. to northern Ala. Combs was a professor at Texas Christian University and a native of Ky., where he heard many of these expressions as a child. Comments, “In the Smoky Mountains of North Carolina a band of Cherokee Indians lived for a long time among the highlanders; today there is scarcely a trace of their language left in the Smokies” (p. 1302). [RC] [785] Edson, H. A. and Edith M. Fairchild. “Tennessee Mountains.” Dialect Notes 1, no. 8 (1895): 370–77.

Collection of words and usages from the mountains of Tenn., N.C., and Ky. “Nearly all of it comes from Rev. H. A. Edson, who spent a year on Roan Mountain, near the line between North Carolina and Tennessee. A considerable collection by Miss Edith M. Fairchild, of Berea, Ky., has been incorporated with his, and a few

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

scraps have been added from other sources” (p. 370). Arranged alphabetically, the list provides short definitions and usage in a dialectical phrase. Speakers and locations are not identified. Also includes sections on pronunciation and grammatical forms. [RC] [786] “The Mountain Dialect.” The Independent 49, no. 2555 (November 18, 1897): 13–14.

Discusses common mountain speech patterns and usage in the Smoky Mountains. Among terms presented are cal’late (calculate), nigh outer (approximately), plumb (certainly), pinely (pointedly), triflin’ (healthy), they air (there are), and need-cessity (necessity). References words and dialects in the fiction of Mary Murfree and William E. Barton, and an article by W. C. Gray in The Interior. [RC] [787] Pollard, Mary O. “Terms from the Tennessee Mountains.” Dialect Notes 4, no. 3 (1915): 242–43.

Short article on mountain expressions and pronunciations: “The following are a few expressions used in Gatlinburg, Tennessee. The school children use them constantly” (p. 243). Pollard was a teacher at the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School (“I find it almost impossible to get them to pronounce a short e. Neither do they recognize the sound when it is given,” p. 243). The list includes 24 terms, with definitions and usage in a phrase. [RC] [788] Ross, Charles Hunter. “The Absolute Participle in Middle and Modern English.” PMLA: Publications of the Modern Language Association 1, new series, no. 3 (1893): 245–302. tables.

Comprehensive linguistics study of the absolute participle in Middle and Modern English (roughly 1150 to 1893). Murfree’s The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains [727] was one of sixty-one texts Ross examined (p. 250). In the “Table of Modern English Absolute Participles” (p. 280–82), he notes the occurrence of 124 absolute participles in Murfree’s novel (p. 282). Quotes Morgan Callaway’s definition of the absolute participial clause: When to a substantive not the subject of a verb and dependent upon no other word in the sentence (noun, adjective, verb, or preposition) a participle is joined as its predicate, a clause is formed that modifies the verbal predicate of the

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

sentence and denotes an accompanying circumstance, as in ‘The train having gone, I returned home.’ (p. 246) [RC] [789] Smith, Charles Forster. “On Southernisms.” Transactions of the American Philological Association 17 (1883): 42–56.

Informal collection of thirty-eight common Southern “expressions” and “provincialisms” that, according to Smith (a professor at Vanderbilt University), had not appeared in previously published Southern word lists and language studies. Explanation of “Pomped, for pampered” (no. 21, p. 41) reads: “I heard from a herder in the Great Smoky Mountains last summer, who spoke of a certain cow as ‘pomped up.’” Acknowledges the assistance of “Professor T. C. Karns, Knoxville, Tenn.,” among other correspondents. [RC] [790] Smith, Charles Forster. “Southern Dialect in Life and Literature.” The Southern Bivouac 1, no. 6 (November 1885): 343–51.

General considerations on American dialects and dialect-writing, with an emphasis on Southern writers such as George Washington Cable, Joel Chandler Harris, and Mary N. Murfree. Criticizes Murfree as the weakest dialect writer of the three and bolsters this claim with numerous examples of her faults; namely, a bland consistency, overwrought descriptions of nature, limited vocabulary, and expressions unfamiliar to natives: “The mountaineers were considerably amused at some of the words that I told them they had been made to use. No one was aware that these mountains had recently become famous in literature” (p. 347). Pages 347–49 contain vivid descriptions and observations of Smith’s recent GSM visit, intended in part to confirm his opinion of Murfree’s fiction: “I went on foot, stayed at the cabins of the mountaineers, with the poorest, as with those that were well off” (p. 347). He describes the people, cabins, farms, dialects and expressions, isolation, and distrust of outsiders, as well as their innocence and hospitality: During a two days’ stay in Cade’s Cove, where the most original people were said to be, we attended a primitive Baptist foot-washing service … we heard two sermons that surpassed any

257

hard-shell sermon ever put into print. One of the original settlers of the cove was still living and I went to see her. She would be ninetynine in August, she told me, ‘hadn’t hardly any sense left,’ and ‘her hair wuz a comin’ out powerful.’ When she first came into the cove she was ‘afeard ter go outer doors; Injuns wuz a-slippin’ about, an’ varmints; they had no sof ’ wheat bread an’ sich like, an’ stock was awful sca’ce.’ . . . I got little in the way of dialect, and less of tradition – owing to her loss of memory; nor did I fare better in this respect with a spry old ‘granny’ of seventy, whom I met just as she, drenched to the skin, was completing a trip of fifty miles on horseback across the mountains from North Carolina into Tennessee. (p. 349) [RC]

Includes sympathetic and erudite descriptions of humble, self-reliant, and self-deprecating mountaineers, including the first herder he met, “at once the poorest and most hospitable man I ever saw.” The visitors share news from outside the cove to rapt mountaineers: “So they sat, he on the floor, the mother-in-law in the third chair (chewing tobacco and spitting through a crack in the floor), and hung upon our lips as Eastern people listen to Indian tales.” Visits Tuckaleechee and meets mountaineers Black Bill Walker and Devil Sam Walker. Smith asks Black Bill, “‘Are there many negroes around here, Mr. Walker?’ ‘No, thar’s only one in Tuckaleechee. He was brung f ’om way down at Atlanta, an’ he’s stayed hyer an’ learned to go slow.’” Discusses the monotonous diet and poorly prepared food (“the mountaineer complains much of his liver, and the summer fever is common”). Notes “the lot of the women is hardest”:

[791] Smith, Charles Forster. “New Words from the Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains.” The Independent 40, no. 2054 (April 12, 1888): 4–5.

Born in a hut, living in a hut, rarely going five miles from the hut, their life is monotony itself – an endless round of cooking, washing, weaving, spinning, as well as field work. And, besides constant toil and no recreation, they have the usual poor folks’ blessing—‘children an heepe.’ I stayed one night at a house where twelve children blessed the seventeen-year union of the heads of the house; and heard of four women in the adjoining cove the sum of whose bairns was sixty-one! No wonder they become prematurely aged as Miss Murfree so truly describes them. Then there is the ‘dipping’ habit, so common that one rarely sees a woman, young or old, without the ‘dip-stick’ in her mouth, to say nothing of smoking and even chewing tobacco, which are not uncommon. There may be such quick-witted, sharptongued women in the mountains . . . but we found them generally as slow of speech as they are barren of ideas.

Rejoinder to an article with the same title by Fisk P. Brewer [777], which Smith found “so interesting that I am tempted to say something about the use in the South of a few of the new words he has found” (p. 4). Smith shows accepted common uses of Brewer’s “new words” in S.C. and elsewhere, as well as similar words. Discusses mountain terms such as airish, aloose, bat and batt, bald, brushwhiskey, catawampus, deedie, droppy, hurra’s nest, jimberjawed, mosey, pop-eyed, skeet, spang, roach, sick on, staked, ridered, disturbament, buzzardly, and foreshortly. [RC] [792] Smith, Charles Forster. “The Plain Prose of Life in the Smoky Mountains.” Christian Union 39, no. 9 (February 28, 1889): 267. If one wishes to know how the people of the mountains live, he must take a light Knapsack and set out on foot among them, prepared to take things as they come—in the most literal sense to ‘rough it.’ Cade’s Cove . . . is said to contain the most original people—those who have been least influenced by the civilization beyond the mountains. And my first tramp to the Great Smokies, in July, 1885, was devoted to just this section.

258

Mentions moonshining, but didn’t see a drunken man in the two summers he spent there. “In religious matters, too, there is progress. The primitive or ‘footwashing’ Baptists still have their churches in the mountain coves, where their shepherds feed their flocks on

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

sound and fury and nonsense; but the Missionary Baptist and the circuit-rider follow steadily in the wake of the schoolmaster, and the sect that believes in ignorance is already doomed.” [RC] [793] Wilson, Charles Morrow. “Beefsteak When I’m Hungry.” Virginia Quarterly Review 6, no. 2 (April 1930): 240–50.

General article on Southern mountain dialects, speech patterns, diction, and the challenges of rendering them into prose. Gives an example of the colloquialism, “doney or doney girl” for “sweetheart” in the GSM of N.C. (p. 243), and quotes a speech pattern noted by Horace Kephart (p. 249). [RC]

Films

[794] Anne of Little Smoky. Los Angeles: Playgoer’s Pictures/Wistaria Productions, 1921. Directed by Edward Connor, screenplay by Frank S. Beresford, cinematography by John Stumar. 4,448 ft., 5 reels [ca. 50 min.], silent.

Conflicts between enforcement of game laws and the habits of native mountaineers form the basis of the plot. Bob Hayne (Joe King), a forest ranger, loves Anne Brockton (Winifred Westover), the daughter of the head of the clan. Bob saves a gypsy girl Gita (Dolores Cassinelli) from unwelcome attentions, and she later saves his life. Anne is jealous. Bob arrests Anne’s father Ed Brockton (Frank Hagney) for breaking the law, but he is acquitted by a ruse Anne concocts with missing evidence. The picture ends happily with a double romance. According to a review by C. S. Sewell in The Moving Picture World 54, no. 4 (January 28, 1922): 427, “The locale is of course, among the hills, and there are many beautiful shots. The story is not always convincingly told and some of the scenes could be shortened to advantage. Taken as a whole, however, the production should prove satisfactory to the average audience.” See also J. W. Williamson, Southern Mountaineers in Silent Films: Plot Synopses of Movies about Moonshining, Feuding and Other Mountain Topics, 1904–1929 (Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 1994): 263–64. [RC] [795] The Cherokee Indians of North Carolina. [n.p., n.d.] 10 min., silent.

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

Edited film credited to sculptor Benjamin Kurtz that documents settlement and house types of the Cherokee in the “Big Smoky Mountains.” Cultural activities include basket-making, a basket-and-dice game, a blowgun demonstration, use of mortar-and-pestle to prepare grain, mask carving, and dancing with various animal masks. Information from the “Guide to the Collections of the Human Studies Film Archives,” National Anthropological Archives, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, 2002). [RC] [796] Great Smoky Mountain National Park I. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, [1930]. 16 mm, 10 min., silent.

Unedited footage (without titles) of activities in the GSM prior to dedication of the region as a national park. Shows wooded areas, waterfalls, a mountain lodge in Gatlinburg, the lodge’s garden, and log cabins. [RC] [797] Great Smoky Mountain National Park II. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, [1930]. 16 mm, 7 min., silent.

Unedited footage (without titles) of activities in the GSM prior to dedication of the region as a national park. Shows a group on horseback crossing streams and riding through wooded areas, a roadside drinking fountain, a mountain post office, and mountain folk posing for a picture. [RC] [798] Great Smoky Mountain National Park III. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, [1930]. 16 mm, 8 min., silent.

Unedited footage (without titles) of activities in the GSM prior to dedication of the region as a national park. Shows views of a mountain lodge, an archery contest, boats sailing on a lake, a group on horseback riding through the forests, and people posing in front of an inn. [RC] [799] Great Smoky Mountain National Park IV. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, [1930]. 16 mm, 5 min., silent.

Unedited footage (without titles) of activities in the GSM prior to dedication of the region as a national park.

259

Shows horsemen traversing mountain streams and riding through timbered areas, vacationers posing in front of an inn, panoramic vistas of the mountains, and mountain folk posing. [RC] [800] An International Study of American Roads. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Federal Extension Service, 1932. 16 and 35 mm, 64 min. 6 reels, silent.

Film on U.S. road construction in the early part of the twentieth century introduced by T. H. MacDonald, Chief, Bureau of Public Roads. Reel two shows views of the GSM along with other scenic rural and urban vistas. [AB] [801] Our Southern Mountaineers. Los Angeles: Paramount-Bray, 1918. Pictograph no. 107. 16mm, 6 min., silent.

Shows scenes of mountain life photographed in the GSM, Cumberland Mountains, and Blue Ridge Mountains. According to a review in The Moving Picture World 35, no. 9 (March 2, 1918): 1232, “Here we see them weaving cloth for their garments, plying agricultural and other duties in the struggle for a livelihood after the primitive methods followed by their forefathers.” [RC] [802] Primitive America. Educational Productions, 1934. 16 mm, 10 min. silent.

Documentary credited to Menell Milton that depicts pioneer life as preserved in the GSM. Shows mountain people using primitive water wheels, collecting honey, cooking corn pone, making candles, molding pewter spoons, shearing sheep, carding and spinning wool, and weaving cloth. [RC] [803] Reniers, Perceval. “The Shadow Stage: Camera Kultur.” The Independent 118, no. 4011 (April 16, 1927): 421.

Reviews the films Stark Love and Metropolis. Compares the documentary style of Stark Love to Nanook of the North. “ Of the filming of Stark Love the critic pithily notes,

260

Karl Bown [writer and director] disappeared with his camera into the great Smoky Mountains of North Carolina in search of a naturalistic record of the ways of those isolated mountaineers who are still living in the Eighteenth Century and apparently progressing by way of the Seventeenth toward the Stone Age. There he stayed and cajoled and cranked for four months, emerging at last with a bag of celluloid scraps which, when pieced together, told a story, half real and half factitious, of the struggle of a father and son for the same woman. . . . In the Smokies very little happens, anyhow, and an irreducible minimum of what little happens for outsiders, with or without cameras. . . . Unmistakably and often brilliantly he has caught their stolidity, their emotional numbness, and the natural simplicity of an existence based on one law, namely, that the women shall do all the work while the men do all the sitting. Although this hardly distinguishes the autonomy of the great Smokies from that of other primitive communities, it offered as good a ‘lead’ as anything else, provided there just had to be something to bring on a brawl. [RC] [804] Stark Love. Los Angeles: Paramount Famous Lasky Corp., 1927. Written and directed by Karl Brown. 16 mm, 70 min., silent.

Reviews: The Moving Picture World 85, no. 3 (March 19, 1927): 214; The New York Times, 28 February 1927, p. 22; Variety (March 2, 1927): 6; Film Daily (March 6, 1927): 8; Photoplay (May 31, 1927): 52; Sara Oyen, “High-High Up in the Hills: Real Life and Rich Melodrama Are Captured in ‘Stark Love.’” Motion Picture Classic (June 1927): 62–63, 77. il.; Kevin Brownlow, The War, The West, and the Wilderness (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1979): 499–507. il.; George Ellison, The Asheville CitizenTimes, 27–28 February 1991, p. 1–2; Jerry Wayne Williamson, Southern Mountaineers in Silent Films: Plot Synopses of Movies about Moonshining, Feuding and Other Mountain Topics, 1904–1929, 288 (Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Co., Inc., Publishers,

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

1994): 288; Jerry Wayne Williamson, Hillbillyland: What the Movies Did To the Mountains and What the Mountains Did To the Movie (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Pr., 1995): 190–207; Jack Neely, “The Lost Starlet: Part I” Metro Pulse 11, no. 34 (August 23, 2001): 17, 24; Jack Neely, “The Lost Starlet: Part II” Metro Pulse 11, no. 35 (August 30, 2001): 21, 30.

Hollywood treatment of “backward” GSM mountaineers filmed on Big Santeetlah Creek in Graham County, N.C., which starred Helen Mundy (a 16-yearold high school student from Knoxville) and Forrest James (also from Knoxville). Horace Kephart served as a consultant on the film, which was shot for $50,000. The plot revolves around a father’s plans to marry his son’s

Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains

sweetheart and the young lovers’ escape. Premiered in New York City on 17 September 1927 and released 28 February 1928. The Museum of Modern Art, New York City, and the Library of Congress own copies. For a detailed account of filming Stark Love, see “Hollywood in the Hills: The Making of Stark Love, by Karl Brown (introduction by Kevin Brownlow), Appalachian Journal 18, no. 2 (Winter 1991): 170–220. [RC] [805] The Trail of the Lonesome Pine. Chicago: Ideal Pictures Corp., 1932. Presented by M. J. Kandel. Prepared for the screen by Allyn B. Carrick. Narrated by Arthur Hale. 16 mm, 2 min., silent.

Short film on the GSM region and people. Held in the Harry Wright Collection, Library of Congress. [RC]

261

Singing school group outside a primitive Baptist church, Cades Cove, 1901. Courtesy of the Randolph Shields Collection, Great Smoky Mountains National Park Library.

Chapter 10 Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction Entries in the “Music of the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter include compilations of ballads and folk songs collected in and around the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, research and narratives on collecting ballads and folk songs in this region, recordings of singers who lived in the Smokies region before the creation of the Park, nineteenth-century shape-note hymnals published in East Tennessee, and printed scores of other types of Smokies music. The section concludes with a listing of early sound recordings. Before radio, records, and television came to the Great Smoky Mountains region, succeeding waves of settlers listened to the beat of Native American drums, the melodies of fiddles, and the songs of many generations. These settlers used music as their descendants do today: for religious purposes, for entertainment, and to commemorate important events in their lives. However, just as they built their own homes, raised their own food, and stitched their own clothing, the earlier generations made their own music. While musical ideas undoubtedly immigrated to the region with the settlers, rugged mountains isolated these groups of Native Americans and Europeans and shaped their music by both limiting outside influence and inspiring musical innovations necessary for their music to remain pertinent in their new home. Professional musicians were very rare, and the idea that the music of the region could have a commercial value would have seemed ludicrous. How shocked these settlers would be to find today that one of their own, Dolly Parton, has used the music and poetic imagery she was exposed to while growing up in the region to achieve worldwide fame and lure millions of visitors each year to their once-isolated communities.

Across the mountains from Dolly’s hometown of Sevierville, in the communities of the Eastern Band of Cherokee, descendants of some of the earliest inhabitants of the region struggle to retain some of the oldest musical traditions of the Great Smoky Mountains. Ancestors of the modern Cherokee used song and dance for ritual and social purposes, before the influx of white settlers encouraged them to abandon traditional practices that separated them culturally from their white neighbors. Christian missionaries worked to eliminate the native religious practices of the Cherokee, and the forced removal from the area of almost all Cherokee in 1838 further eroded native musical traditions. The few articles on Cherokee music and dance traditions that existed before the creation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in 1934 are included in the chapter devoted to the Cherokee. However, it seems appropriate to mention some aspects of Cherokee music and dance. James Mooney in “The Cherokee Ball Play” [55] described elaborate rituals, dances, songs, and instrumental music that immediately preceded and accompanied Cherokee ball games. Mooney also collected words to songs used in healing rituals, which were published in The Swimmer Manuscript: Cherokee Sacred Formulas and Medical Prescriptions [66]. While living and conducting research among the Cherokee, Mooney employed West Long (ca. 1870–1947), the son of a Cherokee minister, as an interpreter and assistant. This work with Mooney led Long to devote much of his life to the study and preservation of the traditional culture, including music and dance, of the Eastern Band of the Cherokee. This expertise made him a valuable collaborator with anthropologists Frank G. Speck and Leonard Bloom on Cherokee Dance and Drama (Berkeley: University of California

Press, 1951); unfortunately, Long died before the publication of this scholarly study. The earliest European-American musical traditions to arrive in the Great Smoky Mountains region were the singing of hymns and ballads and the playing of the fiddle. Settlers, largely from the British Isles, who arrived in the late eighteenth century retained ballads and ballad-singing conventions from their native homelands. These ballads would typically be sung unaccompanied by a musical instrument, solely for the entertainment of friends and family. New ballads and folk songs were created by settlers who used the existing ballad model to comment on facets of their new environment. Some of these new songs became widely known, and in time, musical accompaniment was added to both the traditional and newly created ballads. Due to widespread interest in collecting ballads in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, ballad singing is the best-documented folk music genre of the Smoky Mountains within the historical scope of this bibliography. In Britain, many of the melodies that had once accompanied the words of the ballads had been lost, leading to much excitement among scholars when these ballads were found still being sung in Appalachia. Olive Dame Campbell (1882–1954), who became interested in collecting ballads in 1913 and who had already collected over two hundred ballads in Appalachia by 1915, alerted English folklorist Cecil Sharp (1859–1924) to the ballad tradition still thriving in the region. Over the course of the next three summers, Sharp and his assistant, Maud Karpeles (1885–1976), collected words and music from singers throughout much of the Appalachian region and eventually published a substantial body of Appalachian folk ballads based on this fieldwork [809, 828–830]. The movie Songcatcher (2000), a fictionalized account of the life of Olive Dame Campbell, introduced the work of these early musicologists in Appalachia to a national audience. At the time Sharp was collecting in the Great Smoky Mountains region, he was the most experienced folk-song collector working in England and Appalachia. However, he was almost solely focused on finding traditional English and Scottish ballads, such as those published in Francis James Child’s authoritative English and Scottish Popular Ballads (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1882–98), and much less interested in collecting other forms of folk, popular, and sacred music. 264

Other folklorists and collectors who recognized the importance of collecting the entire range of folk music ventured into the Smokies region. High school English teacher Mellinger Henry and his wife, Florence, began collecting a wide variety of folk songs as a hobby while visiting the Smokies in the mid-1920s. They returned each summer for many years and eventually published several articles and two books containing songs collected in the Smokies region [815–822]. Collector, singer, teacher, and composer John Jacob Niles also visited the region in the 1930s. In addition to publishing several books containing the songs and ballads he collected and arranged, he also researched the history of the ballads, wrote essays on his informants, and incorporated many of the works into his performances [825–827]. At least three graduate theses have been published that document Great Smoky Mountains musical traditions, based on research with individuals who had learned these songs and ballads while they were growing up within or just outside of the modern Park boundaries. Mildred Haun grew up in Cocke County. Her 1937 thesis has a wide range of folk materials including ballads, satires, spirituals, nonsense songs, and game and dance songs collected from family members and neighbors who were longtime residents of the area [814]. Geneva Anderson began collecting in the Smokies region in 1930 and also included a more representative group of folk songs [806, 807]. Margaret Gamble arrived after the creation of the National Park, but focused her research and interviews on the musical heritage of Cades Cove. In addition to interviewing members of the Harmon family, who had been visited by Mellinger Henry, she also interviewed John Oliver, another of Henry’s sources [813]. Four collectors who arrived in the region shortly after the creation of the Park used field recordings to collect a broad range of music from the region. Edwin Kirkland, an English professor at the University of Tennessee and a founding member of the Tennessee Folklore Society, began recording folk materials in Knoxville in 1937 [838]. He and his wife, Mary, were slightly unorthodox for their time in that they collected all forms of folk songs, including many collected in urban settings. They also ventured into the smaller towns and communities that surrounded Knoxville, including Gatlinburg and Sevierville. Mary Elizabeth Barnicle and Tillman Cadle began collecting Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

in the Great Smoky Mountains region when Barnicle received a temporary appointment in the late 1940s to the University of Tennessee English Department. Although the team of Barnicle and Cadle collected more extensively elsewhere, they did record several performers from the Smokies region before they ceased making field recordings in the early 1950s. Like the Kirklands, Barnicle and Cadle documented a wide range of musical styles including instrumental dance music, ballads, and sacred song [837]. In addition to traditional songs and ballads, local residents wrote their own music or set poetry they composed to existing melodies. For instance, Michael Ann Williams mentions in Great Smoky Mountains Folklife (Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1995) that more than one ballad was composed to commemorate the 1909 wreck of a logging train near Elkmont that killed engineer Gordon Bryson and brakeman Charles Jenkins. One of these ballads, “Daddy Bryson’s Last Ride,” featured words written soon after the wreck and set to the familiar tune “Redwing.” Often, these newly created ballads and others such as “The New Market Wreck” and “Floyd Collins” were printed on a single sheet of paper and sold inexpensively; these are frequently called “broadsides” or “broadside ballads.” Some of these ballads entered the oral tradition, while others disappeared very quickly. In the introduction to Mildred Haun’s thesis, “Cocke County Ballads and Songs,” the author describes the work of several local creators and vendors of broadsides. Not all of these broadsides were recent creations; many were rewrites of earlier ballads and songs. While many of the early-twentieth-century ballad collectors speculated that the ballad-singing tradition would soon end due to the influence of radio and phonographs, ballads continue to be sung in the Appalachian region. Popular interest in balladry has varied since the period of highest interest in the early twentieth century, but ballad singings continue to be held in the Appalachian region, and ballads continue to be passed down orally from one generation to another. Sacred music was also passed down through succeeding generations in the home, church, camp meeting, and singing school. While most, if not all, religious groups included sacred song in their services, some banned instrumental accompaniment as a distraction from the more important lyrics. Other groups added inMusic of the Great Smoky Mountains

strumentation to their existing sacred songs and assimilated new compositions that included instrumentation. As elsewhere in Appalachia, a distrust of instrumental and secular music remained. Margaret Elisabeth Gamble, in her 1947 thesis, “The Heritage and Folk Music of Cades Cove, Tennessee,” quotes longtime Cades Cove resident John Oliver, who reveals some of this sentiment while describing a group of local moonshiners: “Two miles out of the nest of the Cove there was lots of killin’ and shootin’. They made liquor when corn came in, and then they caroused for two weeks. They were not counted as part of the community. They picked the banjo, played the fiddle, and sang songs that the church people did not approve of ” [813, p. 68]. Many congregations on both sides of the instrumental divide sang from shape-note songbooks. These combined standard musical notation with notes printed in different shapes corresponding to the different pitches. There are four-shape and seven-shape systems, and each shape-note songbook typically begins with an explanation of the shape-note system applied. While some undoubtedly learned from just reading the books and attending church services, traveling music teachers or “singing masters” traveled a circuit throughout the Great Smoky Mountain region teaching singing schools for a fee. These schools were typically held for two weeks in a local church or school building and provided, in addition to the coursework, opportunities for much community socializing. When the singing master’s summer circuit was completed, students from all of the teacher’s schools were invited to an all-day singing. In addition to being paid for their services, the singing masters, who were often employed by songbook publishers, would sell shape-note songbooks to singing school students. Professional gospel quartets were similarly employed at a later date by songbook publishers to sell shapenote songbooks at their performances. Early shape-note songbooks that were published and sold in the region are included in this chapter: William Caldwell’s Union Harmony; or Family Musician [808]; John B. Jackson’s The Knoxville Harmony of Music Made Easy [823]; and the Swans’ The Harp of Columbia [831]. The Harp of Columbia and The New Harp of Columbia [831, 832] became such standards on the Tennessee side of the Smokies region that shape-note singing in the northern side of the Smokies is often called “old harp singing.” Old harp 265

singings continue to be held regularly in the region, and Old Harp Singing: By the Old Harp Singers of Eastern Tennessee (Smithsonian Folkways Recordings FA2356) is a recorded example of this style of singing from 1950. The singers, many of them members of the Adams family from the Wears Valley area, were “discovered” by Mary Elizabeth Barnicle. Many European-American settlers arrived in the rugged Great Smoky Mountains region with the easily transported violin (frequently called the “fiddle”) and a repertoire of solo violin melodies or “fiddle tunes.” These settlers played the fiddle to entertain themselves, their families and friends, and to provide accompaniment for dances. They also competed and learned tunes and techniques from other fiddlers at fiddling competitions. Some of the fiddlers playing in the region during the period covered by this bibliography include Dedrick Harris, Osey and Ernest Helton, Manco Sneed, Bill Hensley, and Samantha Bumgarner [833]. One frequently recounted and tragic Civil War incident that involved a fiddler is almost certainly the inspiration for a scene in Charles Frazier’s 1997 novel Cold Mountain (New York: Atlantic Monthly, 1997). Confederate troops near the end of the war were watching the homes of known Union sympathizers in the Big Creek area and succeeded in capturing George and Henry Grooms and Mitchell Caldwell. After forcing the bound men to walk to the Little Cataloochee side of the mountain, the soldiers compelled Henry Grooms to play one last tune on the fiddle he was carrying when captured. Reports claim that he chose “Bonaparte’s Retreat,” a melancholy tune that was known thereafter in the region as “The Grooms Tune.” Sadly, all three men were executed soon after the tune was finished. When banjos were introduced into the region in the mid-nineteenth century, many mountaineers took up this instrument that was first brought to America by African slaves, and many fiddlers eventually learned to play both instruments. A typical string band of this era would have only included a banjo player and a fiddler. Guitars arrived in the region in the last two decades of the nineteenth century and were soon incorporated into string bands in the region, completing what is now thought of as the classic Appalachian string band. Although many once thought that the Appalachian dulcimer (a relative of the

266

European zither) was commonly used in the region to accompany ballad singing, current research holds that it was actually relatively unknown in the Smokies region until the mid-twentieth-century folk music revival, when dulcimer making, selling, and playing became widespread in the area. While the rugged mountains of the Great Smokies isolated many of its inhabitants, others were exposed to a greater variety of popular and classical music styles while working or trading commodities in local communities. Also, many in the region were exposed to different kinds of music at the lumber camps or at the mineral springs resort communities popular in the area throughout much of the nineteenth century. The resorts, in particular, frequently featured dance bands brought in from surrounding cities. Nathalia Wright, in her article “Montvale Springs under the Proprietorship of Sterling Lanier, 1857–1863” (East Tennessee Historical Society’s Publications 19 [1947]: 48–63), quotes a letter written in 1856 by exiled Irish nationalist and Southern secessionist John Mitchel, in which he attests to the unexpected sophistication of the dances held at the resort community: “There was a brass band, and dancing every evening. Such gorgeous dressing I have never seen in America or anywhere else” (p. 58). The invention and widespread appeal of radio and the phonograph led to the commercialization of Southern Appalachian traditional music. The unexpected popularity of country music performers such as Atlanta’s Fiddlin’ John Carson with radio audiences and record buyers encouraged radio stations and record companies to hire and record other “old-time” musicians. Record company scouts identified musicians playing traditional Appalachian music and brought them to larger cities such as Atlanta and New York to record. The companies also sent agents into Appalachia to create commercial field recordings, with some of the most famous occurring in the late 1920s and early 1930s in Bristol and Knoxville. These radio programs and records appealed to many living in the Appalachian region, but also to those in other areas of the country where former Appalachians and their descendants had migrated. One traditional musician from the Great Smoky Mountains region, Samantha Bumgarner (1878–1960), recorded several sides for Columbia Records in April 1924. The daughter of a well-known local fiddler, Has

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

Biddix, Bumgarner learned to play the fiddle and banjo early in life and was soon playing dances and fiddling contests with her father. After winning several fiddling contests and attracting the attention of a talent scout from Columbia Records, Bumgarner was taken to New York to record approximately ten folk songs with Eva Davis from Gastonia, North Carolina. These recordings sold well and secured Bumgarner’s reputation as a professional folk musician who was also one of the earliest female recording artists [833, 834]. Another talented folk musician who was Bumgarner’s contemporary, Manco Sneed (1885–c. 1974), often known as the “Indian Fiddler” in reference to his half-Cherokee father, had to wait until the late 1950s to be recorded [835]. The traditional Appalachian music recorded commercially in the 1920s and 1930s was frequently called “hillbilly music,” and many of the performers furthered the “hillbilly” stereotype by incorporating self-denigrating comedic traditions from minstrelsy, medicine shows, and vaudeville theatre into their acts. One prominent “hillbilly” musician and country music comedian, Pete “Bashful Brother Oswald” Kirby, was born into a Sevier County family of musicians in 1911. Kirby became famous as the long-serving dobro player and occasional guitarist for Roy Acuff’s band, the Smoky Mountain Boys and Girls. After playing countless versions of “Carry Me Back to the Mountains” with Acuff, he recorded his own version of this classic on his 1972 release, Brother Oswald (Rounder Records 0013). While Kirby and others were undoubtedly influenced by the music they grew up hearing in the Smokies region, the printed and recorded musical records of Kirby and most other mainstream commercial country music performers from the Great Smoky Mountains region fall outside the historical scope of this bibliography. For more information on this fascinating topic, nonspecialists are directed to the lengthy “Music” section edited by Ted Olson in the Encyclopedia of Appalachia (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2006), pp. 1109–222; Chapter 3, “Music and Dance,” in Michael Ann Williams’s Great Smoky Mountains Folklife, (Jackson: University of Mississippi Press, 1995) pp. 33–64; Chapter 9, “Music,” by Bill C. Malone in High Mountains Rising: Appalachia in Time and Place (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2004), pp. 114–34; and Chapter 8, “Folk Music, Folk Art, and Folk Festivals,” by John B. Rehder

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

in Appalachian Folkways (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2004), 244–88). Christopher Durman

Sources [806] Anderson, Geneva. “A Collection of Ballads and Songs from East Tennessee.” M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1932. 317 p.

Begins with a historical introduction to East Tenn.’s mountain ballad traditions. Includes the words to 196 ballads and songs with attributions and/or sources. Does not include music. Chapters cover English and Scottish popular ballads, imported ballads, ballads of the dead and dying, love songs, war songs, political or campaign songs, ballads of wrecks and disasters, vagabond and outlaw ballad songs, songs of orphan children, nursery and game songs, religious and moralistic songs, and miscellaneous songs. Several relate specifically to GSM events, for example “The Wreck of No. 3” (#119, p. 204–05), a ballad about a fatal logging train wreck on Jakes Creek in June 1909. Names informants such as John Walker of Maryville (89 years old) and credits the “splendid assistance” of Mrs. Hobart Goddard of Townsend: “it is through her tireless efforts that many friends of hers took the time to write these songs for me” (p. 12). The project began in 1930 for a college term paper, and the first fifty songs were obtained through correspondence. It was during the Christmas holidays of that same year that while I was at home Mrs. Goddard and I scoured the mountains and the valleys for these songs. Owing to the vast circle of friends of Mrs. Goddard, her presence with me in these regions proved an open Sesame . . . We were always given the heartiest reception, and never have I been treated more royally than in these unpretentious homes, many of which were small one-room log cabins, with single or perhaps two windows and one door, and a log fireplace to heat the home. (p. 12) Concludes with a bibliography (p. 309–13) and a song title index. “A Collection of Ballads and Songs from East Tennessee,” a summary of Anderson’s thesis which

267

shares the same title, was published in Tennessee Folklore Society Bulletin 2, no. 3 (October 1936): 1–15. In this article, Anderson discusses many of the songs included in her thesis, but does not include the full text of the songs, nor the music. Anderson, a legendary Knoxville educator, was co-editor Ken Wise’s high school English teacher. [RC/CD] [807] Anderson, Geneva. “Additional English and Scottish Ballads Found in East Tennessee.” Tennessee Folklore Society Bulletin 8, no. 3 (September 1942): 59–78.

Compares the text of approximately twenty-two ballads collected in Blount County, from localities including Walland and Townsend, with versions of the ballads included in Francis Child’s famous collection of British ballads, The English and Scottish Popular Ballads. Several of these were collected by high school students from older family members. “Sir Hugh” was sung to the author in 1925 by Mrs. Joe Miller of Walland. Other ballads discussed include, among others, “Our Goodman,” “The Wife Wrapt in Wether’s Skin,” “Babylon,” and “Earl Brand.” Music is not included. [CD] [808] Caldwell, William. Union Harmony: or Family Musician. Being a choice selection of tunes; selected from the works of the most eminent authors ancient and modern. Together with a large number of original tunes. Maryville: F.A. Parham, 1837. 151 p.

According to an article by Marion J. Hatchett, Caldwell’s Union Harmony was “the first shape-note tunebook actually compiled and published in East Tennessee.” Hatchett’s article explains that the tunes were taken from previously published materials. See Marion J. Hatchett, “Early East Tennessee Shape-Note Tunebooks,” The Hymn 46, no. 3 (July 1995): 28–46. [MK] [809] Campbell, Olive Dame, and Cecil James Sharp. English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians, Comprising 122 Songs and Ballads, and 323 Tunes, Collected by Olive Dame Campbell and Cecil J. Sharp. With an Introduction and Notes. New York: George P. Putnam’s Sons, 1917. il., map.

Review: “The Appalachian Treasure ‘Pocket’ of American Folk-Song and Dance: Cecil Sharp Amazes

268

London by Discovering Old English Songs Still Alive in America.” Current Opinion (July 1919): 32.

This first published collection of ballads and songs collected primarily in communities surrounding Asheville by Olive Dame Campbell, Cecil Sharp, and his assistant Maud Karpeles, alerted the world to the fact that many English ballads and songs that had disappeared in their home country had migrated with English settlers to the Appalachian Mountains where they were still being sung. This collection includes many ballads collected by Campbell before she notified Sharp (at the time, the foremost scholar of English balladry) of the existence of this unexpected bastion of English folk music. It also includes many materials collected by Sharp and Karpeles during their first collecting trip to the region in 1916. The introduction by Sharp begins by describing the mountain people and their way of life. According to Sharp, the music originating from Great Britain has survived by oral tradition in its true form and has not been corrupted by modern musical influences. The differences between ballads and songs are described, as are the singers. Sharp explains the different scales and modes found in the songs and ballads. Songs were primarily collected in Allanstand, Big Laurel, and Hot Springs, N.C., and Flag Pond, Tenn.—communities outside the GSM region, but close enough to parallel ballads and folk song traditions inside the GSM boundaries. Additional songs were collected in Va., Ky., and Ga. [MK/CD] [810] Carter, Isabel Gordon. “Some Songs and Ballads from Tennessee and North Carolina.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 46, no. 179 (January-March 1933): 22–50.

This article contains the texts to thirty-one songs and ballads collected in 1923, while the author was in the GSM region seeking out local storytellers and collecting their tales (including what many consider the first published “Jack Tale”) for inclusion in her article, “Mountain White Folk-Lore: Tales from the Southern Blue Ridge” [600]. Many of her storytelling informants also knew songs or ballads, and Carter retained those for inclusion in this later article. Carter includes the “Alcoa Mule” and “Little Mary Phagan” because of their interest as new ballads. The songs and ballads have footnotes that give the contributor and location of where the song was

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

collected. Of interest may be the songs and ballads from the following towns: Bryson City, Elkmont, and Gatlinburg. If the song had been listed in previous sources, this information is provided. [MK/CD] [811] The Frank C. Brown Collection of North Carolina Folklore. ed. by Newman Ivey White. Durham: Duke University Press, 1952–1964. 7 vol., v. 1: 712 p.; v. 2: 747 p.; v. 3: 709 p.; v. 4: 420 p.; v. 5: 639 p.; v. 6: 664 p.; v. 7: 677 p.

This seven-volume set includes a wide spectrum of folklore collected throughout the state of N.C. between the years 1912 to 1943 by Dr. Frank C. Brown, then Secretary-Treasurer of the North Carolina Folklore Society. Volumes II, III, IV, and V are dedicated to the folk music of the state, with volume II containing the words to folk ballads, volume III containing the words to folk songs, volume IV containing transcriptions of the melodies of the folk ballads, and volume V containing transcriptions of the melodies of the folk songs. Relatively little of the folk music collected in these volumes is from the GSM region, but each volume does have a few representative tracks from the region, including “Mole in the Ground” collected from Fred Moody, and “Little Mary Phagan” collected by Nancy Maxwell, both in Haywood County. Variants to many songs are supplied, and extensive notes describe the background of the songs and identify the performer or collector. One benefit of this collection is that it allows the researcher to identify where songs collected in the GSM region were found. [CD] [812] Gabbert, Verb Amber. “Hunting for Dying Ballads.” Bergen Evening Record (N.J.), 4 October 1934: 7–8. il.

Newspaper article from Hackensack, N.J., describing the song-collecting trips of high school English professor Mellinger E. Henry and his wife, Florence, of Ridgefield, N.J. in the highlands of Tenn., N.C., Ky., and Va. The Henrys’ stated purpose is to record these songs and ballads before they are changed forever by the modern century. A photograph in the article shows a woman standing next to her cabin with the caption: “A woman the country-side knows as Auntie Lee (left) is chanting her last song over the bluffs. Shortly after the picture was taken the government turned her community into

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

a park.” The Henrys collected many songs and ballads within the current boundaries of the GSMNP. [MK] [813] Gamble, Margaret Elisabeth. “The Heritage and Folk Music of Cades Cove, Tennessee.” M.M.E. thesis, University of Southern California, 1947. 242 p.

Although Gamble arrived after the creation of the GSMNP, her study of the music and culture of the onceisolated community of Cades Cove attempts to recreate the musical environment of the Cove. It includes the texts and music of songs collected from former residents who learned these songs in the Cove before the creation of the GSMNP. Gamble documents some of her informants’ thoughts concerning music that are helpful in placing the music in its social context. The author’s family ties to these informants (including, among others, prominent Cades Cove resident John Oliver and ballad singers Job and Edith Harmon) allowed her access to opinions, documents, and songs they might not have readily shared with another collector. Of particular interest in this account is the examination of community values that viewed the singing of religious songs (most often taken from shapenote hymnals) as appropriate, while secular ballad singing was seen as morally questionable. Gamble documents how singing school attendees learned to sight-read music using shape-note hymnals. Mrs. Anthony, a Gamble informant and former singing school attendee, provides a list of hymnals used in Cades Cove singing schools, including Perennial Songs (Dalton, Ga.: A. J. Showalter, 1891), Work and Worship (Dalton, Ga.: A. J. Showalter, 1886), The Crowning Day (Dayton, Va.: Ruebush-Kieffer, Co., 1894), and New Life (Nashville: Southern Methodist Publishing House, 1884). Also of interest is the list of songs collected by the author and others in Cades Cove. Instrumental music was apparently viewed with suspicion by the author’s informants and is rarely discussed in this work. One rare mention involves a group of moonshiners who, the author was told, were not viewed as part of the community. It is unclear whether they were not viewed as part of the community because of their moonshining or because “they picked the banjo, played the fiddle, and sang songs that the church people did not approve of.” [CD] [814] Haun, Mildred Eunice. “Cocke County Ballads and Songs.” M.A. thesis, Vanderbilt University, 1937. 448 p.

269

In this thesis, Haun discusses Cocke County, the people who live there, and the role music plays in the life of this community. She includes texts without music to 206 ballads and songs with attributions and/or sources collected from her family and neighbors, longtime residents of the county who presumably learned these ballads and songs before the creation of the GSMNP. The songs are classed into ten categories: child ballads, other imported ballads and songs, ballads of American happenings, satires on love and marriage, songs of disillusionment, spirituals, nonsense songs, game and dance songs, songs about the West, and local broadsides. In addition to the songs themselves, the author’s discussions of the contexts during which songs would be sung, the teaching methods of the singing schools, and the creation and vending of local broadsides are particularly interesting. [CD] [815] Henry, Mellinger E. “Teachers as Collectors of Folk-Songs, American Survivals of the Popular Ballad, the Southern Highlands Now Practically Their Only Home.” New Jersey Journal of Education 15, no. 7 (March 1926): 6, 11–12, 16–18.

Discusses the discovery of many ballads once thought extinct still “living” in the Southern Appalachians and theorizes why these ballads still survive in this remote area. Includes a brief synopsis of the work of contemporary ballad collectors and includes the following quote from C. Alphonso Smith that encourages teachers such as Henry to assist in the collecting of balladry. “As the teachers in the public schools come into closer contact than others with the people who may be thought likely to hand down the ballad tradition, the opportunity for successful national quest of the ballad lies chiefly with time” (p. 18). This article includes the words to an unattributed variant of “The Maid Freed from the Gallows” the author may have collected in the GSMNP region; Henry only claims to have heard the stanzas in the North Carolina mountains. [CD] [816] Henry, Mellinger E. “Ballads and Songs of the Southern Highlands.” Journal of American FolkLore 42, no. 165 (July-September 1929): 254–300; “More Songs from the Southern Highlands.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 44, no. 171 (JanuaryMarch 1931): 61–115; “Still More Ballads and

270

Folk-Songs from the Southern Highlands.” Journal of American Folk-Lore 45, no. 175 (January-March 1932): 1–176.

This series of articles, published in three issues, contains texts of approximately 179 songs, sixty-five of which were collected in Cades Cove, Sevierville, and Gatlinburg from members of the Harmon family, Ray and Edna Bohanan, and Mary E. King, among others. The remaining songs were collected in N.C., Ky., Ala., and various other states. If variant texts could be found in other sources, the information is provided. [CD/MK] [817] Henry, Mellinger E. “An Old English Ballad Rare in America—‘Lamkin’: A Tennessee Version Never Before Published.” New Jersey Journal of Education 19, no. 1 (September 1929): 9.

Explains that the ballad “Lamkin” has been found in Cades Cove, but with the name “Boab King.” Discusses how pronunciations of names have changed over the years, and how the name Bold Lamkin changed into Boab King. [MK] [818] Henry, Mellinger E. “Life in the Great Smoky National Park.” New Jersey Journal of Education 20, no. 2 (Oct. 1930): 4–5, 9.

Henry writes about the many adventures and misadventures he and his wife experienced while collecting ballads in the Southern Appalachians, many of which took place in the GSMNP region in and around Cades Cove and frequently in the company of the oft-mentioned informant, John Oliver. Henry tells the full story of many of the experiences briefly alluded to in other articles and paints vivid and often humorous pictures of the mountains and the lives (human, plant, and animal) lived therein. While this article contains only a few ballad titles and no music or lyrics, it includes stories about several well-known and lesser-known local personalities (Theo Rose, John Oliver, “Uncle” Joe Lawson, “Uncle” Cheoah Gregory, “Uncle” Billy Feezel, and the novelist Mary N. Murfree) and ends with the retelling of an unexpected reunion the Henrys had with one of their most ballad-rich family of informants, the Harmon family. [CD] [819] Henry, Mellinger E. “‘King Henry Fifth’s Conquest of France’: A Traditional Ballad Not Hitherto

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

Found in America.” New Jersey Journal of Education 20, no. 3–4 (November-December 1930): 6–7.

Describes Henry’s ballad-collecting from the Harmon family of Cades Cove. Relates how the family “was compelled to sell their property holdings to the Great Smoky National Park Commission and to remove to the mountains of northern Georgia” (p. 6). Henry collected twenty-four songs and ballads from the Harmons before they left Cades Cove. The article cites two texts to “King Henry Fifth’s Conquest of France,” as sung by Mr. and Mrs. Harmon. [MK] [820] Henry, Mellinger E. “Adventures of a Ballad Collector.” Word Study 7, no. 6 (June 1932): 2–3.

Mellinger Henry, an English teacher at Dickinson High School in Jersey City, N.J., and his wife, Florence, became interested in collecting songs and ballads after attending a lecture given in Blue Ridge, N.C., by Professor C. Alphonso Smith in which he encouraged the collecting of the native balladry in danger of being forgotten. The couple had previously spent their summer vacation in the mountains of Southern Appalachia and immediately took up collecting ballads as a hobby, eventually publishing several song collections and articles on their discoveries in books and journals. Briefly discusses the unusual language used throughout the Southern Appalachian Mountain region and specifically lists some of the “quaint” language heard by the author in Cades Cove. The author transitions from the subject of language to the existing ballad tradition and lists many of the ballads collected in Cades Cove. Although not specified in this article, other Henry articles reveal that the informants he calls “our family of singers” are the Harmon family of Cades Cove. Includes the lyrics without music for four ballad excerpts and one complete song. [CD] [821] Henry, Mellinger E. Songs Sung in the Southern Appalachians: Many of Them Illustrating Ballads in the Making. London: Mitre Press, 1934. 253 p.

Contains the texts to 145 songs popular in the Southern Appalachians. The first part of the introduction discusses the scenery and people of the region. The latter part discusses the collection of folk songs and why differences appear in folk songs over the years. There is a brief GSMNP mention about how the Park has recently

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

become accessible with the opening of new roads. Songs were collected from a wide variety of places, including Maryville, Sevierville, and Gatlinburg. All songs identify their respective contributors and locations, and many songs include the date they were collected. The introduction mentions that many songs came from Mr. and Mrs. Samuel Harmon, formerly of Cades Cove. [MK] [822] Henry, Mellinger E. Folk-Songs from the Southern Highlands. New York: J.J. Augustine, 1938. 460 p.

Contains the texts and often, but not always, the melodies to 180 songs popular in the Southern Appalachians. The introduction discusses characteristics of the region and the author’s experiences while collecting songs in this region. Songs were collected from a wide variety of places in Ky., Ga., N.C., and Tenn., but many came from Mr. and Mrs. Samuel Harmon of Cades Cove, Roy Bohanan of Indian Gap, and Mary E. King of Gatlinburg. All songs identify the contributor of the song and the location where the song was collected; many songs also include the date the song was collected (most between 1928 and 1931). [CD] [823] Jackson, John B. The Knoxville Harmony of Music Made Easy: Which Is an Interesting Selection of Hymns and Psalms. Madisonville, Tenn.: A.W. Elder, 1838. 200 p.

According to Marion J. Hatchett, The Knoxville Harmony was one of the shape-note tunebooks used in East Tenn. See Hatchett, Marion J. “Early East Tennessee Shape-Note Tunebooks.” The Hymn 46, no. 3 (July 1995): 28–46. [MK] [824] Jay, Harry, and Claudius Meade Capps. The Great Smoky Mountain National Park. Knoxville: Capps Pub. House, 1930. 5 p. score.

Sheet music composed about the GSMNP with music by Jay and words by Capps. The front cover illustration includes a photograph with the caption, “Successfully introduced by Gene Carroll.” [MK] [825] Niles, John Jacob. Ten Christmas Carols from the Southern Appalachian Mountains. Schirmer’s American Folk-Song series, set 16. New York: G. Schirmer, 1935. 22 p.

271

John Jacob Niles was a collector of folk songs from a very early age and a classically trained musician and composer. Between 1927 and 1934 he accompanied photographer Doris Ulmann on several trips into the Southern Appalachian Mountains and specifically into the GSM region, where he collected songs and ballads while Ulmann photographed the people of the region. This collection contains songs collected and arranged with piano accompaniment by Niles. “Down in Yon Forest” and “The Seven Joys of Mary” were collected in Cherokee County, “Jesus the Christ is Born” was collected in Sevier County, and “Lulle Lullay” was collected at Old-Timers’ day, 16 June 1934, in Gatlinburg. Most songs contain the dates collected (between 1912 and 1934), with no indication of contributors. [MK]

[828] Sharp, Cecil J. American-English Folk-Ballads from the Southern Appalachian Mountains. Schirmer’s American Folk-Song series, set 22. New York: G. Schirmer, Inc., 1918. 31 p.

[826] Niles, John Jacob. More Songs of the Hill-Folk: Ten Ballads and Tragic Legends from Kentucky, Virginia, Tennessee, North Carolina, and Georgia. Schimer’s American Folk-Song series, set 17. New York: G. Schirmer, 1936. 20 p.

[829] Sharp, Cecil James. Folk-Songs of English Origin Collected in the Appalachian Mountains. First Series. London: Novello and Co., 1918. 59 p.

Songs collected and arranged by Niles. “John Henry” was collected in Pigeon Forge. Although there are no indications of who contributed the song, or a date for the contribution, this song was almost certainly collected while Niles was accompanying photographer Doris Ulmann in the GSMNP region between 1927 and 1934. [MK] [827] Niles, John Jacob. The Ballad Book. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1961. 369 p.

These ballads, collected in the field and arranged for piano by John Jacob Niles, include at least three found within the GSM region: “Patrick Spenser,” “Thomas and Ellen,” and “In the Lonely Glens of Yarrow.” Niles’s notes on his informants are particularly intriguing. For example, Clara Turner of Sylva who sang “Thomas and Ellen,” was an African-American; no other informant from the region has been identified as African-American. Christopher Bell, who sang “Patrick Spenser,” was a disabled and homeless Confederate veteran whom Niles met in Pittman Center in 1934. In addition to painting a vivid portrait of his informants, Niles also supplies the historical background to many of the ballads. [CD]

272

The six ballads in this songbook were collected in Tenn. and Ky. and arranged with piano accompaniment by Cecil Sharp. Although all songs, or variants of them, were previously published in Campbell and Sharp’s English Folk-Songs from the Southern Appalachians (1917) [809], it should be noted that the variant (a similar but noticeably different version of a work, typically collected from a separate source) of “Edward” collected from Mr. Trotter Gan in Sevierville and included in this set was not in the 1917 edition. Notes list the contributor of the song and where the song was collected. [MK]

Six ballads and six songs collected from Tenn. (four), Ky. (four), N.C. (three), and Va. (one). “Edward” was collected in Sevierville from Trotter Gan. The songs or ballads are arranged for piano accompaniment, and the text of each is printed separately at the beginning of the piece. Detailed notes at the end describe who sang the song, where the song was collected, and if and how the text has been altered. Regarding “Edward,” Sharp notes, “A few minor verbal alterations have been made in the text, including the substitution of ‘thee’ for ‘you’ in the last lines of the first two stanzas—a typical example of the way in which folk-singers will often deliberately disregard rhyme.” All works, or variants of them, with the exception of no. 10, were previously published in English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians [809]. [MK/CD] [830] Sharp, Cecil J. English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians, Collected by Cecil J. Sharp; Comprising Two Hundred and Seventy-Three Songs and Ballads with Nine Hundred and Sixty-Eight Tunes, Including Thirty-Nine Tunes Contributed by Olive Dame Campbell. Ed. by Maud Karpeles. London: Oxford University Press, 1932. 2 vol., v. 1: 437 p.; v. 2: 408 p. map. Reprints and rev. eds.: English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians, Comprising Two Hundred and

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

Seventy-Four Songs and Ballads with Nine Hundred and Sixty-Eight Tunes, Including Thirty-Nine Tunes Contributed by Olive Dame Campbell. London: Oxford University Press, 1952; 1966. 427 p., il. map, music; Eighty English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians/Collected by Cecil J. Sharp and Maud Karpeles. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1968; Winchester, Mass.: Faber and Faber, 1983. 109 p. of music.

Review: “English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians.” Journal of the English Folk Dance and Song Society (December 1933): 104.

In the preface, Maud Karpeles describes her experiences working with Cecil Sharp while collecting songs in the Appalachian Mountains. She also describes the people they encountered while collecting songs in 1916 and 1917 and how living conditions had changed in recent years. During their wide-ranging travels, they collected ballads in or near the Smokies, including thirty-four from various Sevier County locations. Some of the ballad variants collected in these locations include “Lord Randal,” “Edward,” “The Two Brothers,” and “Young Beichan.” The preface includes a table listing dates, locations, and numbers of tunes collected at various locations. Bibliography, vol. 1, p. 427–30; vol. 2, p. 402–5. [MK/CD] [831] Swan, William H., and Marcus Lafayette Swan. The Harp of Columbia: A New System of Sacred Music; with Notes for Every Sound, and Shapes for Every Note. Knoxville: Published and for sale by the authors, 1848. 222 p.

According to Marion J. Hatchett, Harp of Columbia was the third shape-note hymnal compiled in East Tenn. and the first seven-shape shape-note book compiled in the South (the two previous East Tenn. shapenote books, William Caldwell’s Union Harmony: or Family Musician [808] and John B. Jackson’s The Knoxville Harmony of Music Made Easy [823] used the four-shape system). Many tunes were previously published in other tunebooks including, among others, both the Caldwell and Jackson hymnals; some tunes are original compositions by W. H. Swan and M. L. Swan. Hatchett notes that The Harp of Columbia was so popular that an eighth edition was published in 1857, and that M. L. Swan continued to use the hymnal to teach singing schools in East

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

Tenn. until The New Harp of Columbia was published in 1867. See Marion J. Hatchett, “Early East Tennessee Shape-Note Tunebooks.” The Hymn 46, no. 3 (July 1995): 28–46. [MK/CD] [832] Swan, Marcus Lafayette. The New Harp of Columbia: A System of Musical Notation, With a Note for Each Sound, and a Shape for Each Note. Nashville: W.T. Berry, 1867. 224 p.

Revised version of The Harp of Columbia [831]. According to various articles, The New Harp of Columbia has been used in East Tenn. since it was first published in 1867. The tunebook remains so well-known that singers using any shape-note hymnal on the Tenn. side of the GSM are still frequently called “harp singers.” [MK/CD]

Sound Recordings

[833] Bumgarner, Samantha. The Worried Blues. Columbia Records 81718 166-D. 1924; Shout Lou. Columbia Records 81715 146-D. 1924; Georgia Blues. 81719 166-D. 1924; Fly Around My Pretty Little Miss. Columbia Records 81716 146-D. 1924.

Bumgarner, born in Jackson County in 1878, learned fiddling from her father, Has Biddix, and mastered banjo at a young age as well. After winning several fiddling contests, she attracted the attention of a talent agent and was taken to New York in 1924 with Eva Davis to record for Columbia Records, making her one of the first women to record what was then labeled “old time music.” These recordings, initially released on 78 rpm records, have been re-released as individual tracks on various compilation compact discs, including the following: Hard Times Come Again No More: Early American Rural Songs of Hard Times and Hardships. Vol. 1. Yazoo 2036. 1998. (“Georgia Blues”); Mountain Blues: Blues, Ballads and String Bands. JSP Records JSP7740. 2005. (“The Worried Blues”). [CD] [834] Bumgarner, Samantha, and Eva Davis. Cindy in the Mountains. Columbia Records 81706 167-D. 1924; Big-eyed Rabbit. Columbia Records 81710 128-D. 1924.

These recordings featuring Samantha Bumgarner and Eva Davis performing together were recorded in New York in 1924. They were initially released on 78 rpm records and have been re-released as individual tracks on

273

various compilation compact discs, including the following: Flowers in the Wildwood: Women in Early Country Music. Trikont US-0310. 2003. (“Big-eyed Rabbit”); Country: The American Tradition. Sony Music J2K 65816. 1999. (“Cindy in the Mountains”). [CD] [835] Byard Ray, Manco Sneed, and Mike Rogers. Field Recorders’ Collective FRC505. 2006.

These recordings of Jackson County, N.C. native Manco Sneed, made when he was approximately 78 years old, document some of the repertoire he learned from his fiddle-playing father, John Sneed, and the renowned fiddler Dedrick Harris. Known as the “Indian fiddler” due to his father’s being half-Cherokee, Sneed developed a unique style of playing that favored melodically complex tunes and featured at least two “Cherokee pieces.” This recording features Sneed playing solo violin on twelve tunes, including “Snow Bird,” “Georgia Belles,” “Paddy on the Turnpike,” and “Forks of Sandy.” FRC505. [CD] [836] Folk-Songs of America: The Robert Winslow Gordon Collection, 1922–1932. Folk Music of the United States from the Archive of Folk Song, AFS L68. 1978.

In October of 1924, folklorist Robert Winslow Gordon arrived in Asheville and began recording folk songs in the field. He collected in that area for approximately four years. This record contains a small sample of the songs he collected during his stay in N.C., including a version of “Single Girl” collected in Dillsboro from Julius Sutton in 1925. [CD] [837] It’s Just the Same Today: The Barnicle-Cadle Field Recordings from Eastern Tennessee and Kentucky, 1938– 1949. Tennessee Folklore Society, TFS 108. 1986.

This collection of field recordings features several songs sung without accompaniment in 1947 by Jack

274

Johnson of Townsend including “Whoa Larry Whoa,” “Old Eve She Did the Apple Pull,” and “Dan Doo,” and one sacred harp song, “Long Long Ago,” sung in 1948 by the Adams Family Quartet of Wears Valley. The liner notes include information on the song-collecting activities of Mary Elizabeth Barnicle and Tillman Cadle and notes on the performers and the individual recording sessions. Burl Adams of the Adams Family Quartet learned sacred harp-style singing in 1932 and was a longtime teacher of the style in and around Wears Valley. Although not specified in the notes, Jack Johnson was presumably a longtime resident of the GSM region and is likely the same Jack Johnson of Townsend who recorded a story for Joseph Sargent Hall in 1939 while Hall was in the region to document Smoky Mountain language and lore. [CD] [838] The Kirkland Recordings: Newly Discovered Field Recordings from Tennessee and North Carolina, 1937– 39. Tennessee Folklore Society, TFS 106. 1984.

These recordings, made by folklorists and founding members of the Tennessee Folklore Society Edwin and Mary Kirkland, include three collected in 1938 from Townsend, including “Roving Boy,” sung by Ashley Moore, a one-legged mountain guide; “Johnny Troy,” sung by Ashley Moore’s nephew, Jack Moore, who learned this song from Marie Walker of Townsend; and “I Married Me a Wife,” sung by the previously mentioned Marie Walker. The liner notes reveal that the Moores were members of a “large and well-known musical family near the mountain village of Townsend” and that Ashley Moore “was about the last person to leave Walkers Valley before the park took it.” The Moores and Marie Walker all presumably learned these songs before the creation of the GSMNP. The liner notes discuss the careers of the Kirklands, their methods of collecting songs, and information on the performers and the individual recording sessions. [CD]

Music of the Great Smoky Mountains

Smoky Mountains Hiking Club enjoying the big chestnut tree stop, March 5, 1932. Photograph by Albert “Dutch” Roth, and courtesy of the Albert (Dutch) Roth Digital Photograph Collection, University of Tennessee Libraries.

Chapter 11 Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction 30 November 1810: “Friday, our troubles began at the foaming, roaring stream, which hid the rocks. At Cataloochee I walked over a log. But O, the mountains— height after height, and five miles over! After crossing other streams, and losing ourselves in the woods, we came in, about nine o’clock at night, to Vater Shuck’s. What an awful day!” With these words, the circuit-riding Methodist Bishop Francis Asbury recorded reflections of his only excursion into the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains [575, p. 654]. As Asbury’s remarks intimate, travel into the Great Smokies in the early 1800s was exceedingly difficult, and suitable accommodation was often limited to the rustic home and hospitality of a local mountaineer. Although Asbury was not a tourist entering the mountains to enjoy its scenic wonders or escape on vacation, his observations do, nonetheless, reflect the prevailing travel conditions for those very few who did visit as tourists. Often, when in the vicinity of the Great Smoky Mountains, Asbury would lodge at a tavern operated by William Nelson in Hot Springs, North Carolina, an isolated hamlet on the French Broad near where the river cuts through the mountains to enter Tennessee. The springs had long been known to the Cherokee, who believed in the curative powers of the water (F. A. Sondley, A History of Buncombe County, North Carolina [Spartanburg, S.C.: Reprint Co., 1977], pp. 587–96, 609). They were later rediscovered during the summer of 1778 when two scouts from the Watauga Settlement, Henry Reynolds and Thomas Morgan, stumbled into the warm water as they were searching for horses stolen by the Indians. Within the next year, affluent invalids were traveling to the springs for whatever relief they might afford (J. G. M. Ramsey, The Annals of Tennessee, to the End of

the Eighteenth Century [Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1860], 178). These health seekers would become the first of a burgeoning class of late-eighteenth-century tourists traveling to the mountain regions for rest and recreation. Soon afterward a settlement was founded and William Nelson built a tavern near the spring. On his first visit to Nelson’s inn on 6 November 1800, Bishop Asbury may well have enjoyed better accommodation than would have been afforded by Vater Shuck’s mountaineer cabin, but his “company was not agreeable here—there were too many subjects of the two great potentates of this Western World—whisky, brandy. My mind was greatly distressed” [575, p. 262]. Prior to 1800 guests at Nelson’s inn were most likely to be circuit preachers like Asbury himself, or land speculators, migrant settlers looking for land opportunities, and livestock drovers herding thousands of squalling animals, mostly hogs, across the Smoky Mountains and on to the plantation population farther south (C. Brenden Martin, Tourism in the Mountain South: A Double-Edged Sword [Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2007], 4). Livestock drovers probably accounted for the greater part of the disagreeable company Asbury encountered at Nelson’s tavern, for it is known that, on the whole, the drovers had a much larger impact on local mountain economy than did any form of early tourist trade (Douglas Swaim, ed., Cabins and Castles: The History and Architecture of Buncombe County, North Carolina [Fairview, N.C.: Historical Images, 2008], 14). Asbury would return to Nelson’s tavern no fewer than nine times over the next decade and even on one occasion enjoyed “an hour’s warm bath for my feet,” perhaps in those reputedly curative waters of Warm Springs [575, p. 557]. During one of these subsequent visits, Asbury remarked on a noticeable change in Nelson in that the tavern-keeper “treated me like a minister, a Christian, and a gentleman”

[575, p. 411]. Asbury also noticed a change in the clientele staying at Nelson’s tavern. Increasingly, health-seekers were displacing the drovers and migrants, traveling the dangerous mountain roads to partake of the “health-restoring waters” of the nearby springs (Richard D. Starnes. Creating the Land of the Sky: Tourism and Society in Western North Carolina [Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2005], 17). Summer tourists, especially from the lowlands of South Carolina and Georgia, began making annual visits to Hot Springs and other spring resorts around the Great Smokies during the first decade of the nineteenth century. By the middle of the nineteenth century, mineral spring resorts would be the primary attraction in the development of the early tourist industry in the Smoky Mountain region. Spa resorts had flourished for many years in other parts of the country, but not until the Cherokee removal in 1838 and the construction of better roads reduced the hazards of travel into the Smoky Mountains did outsiders begin investing in improved accommodations that succeeded in attracting a better class of folk. Among the earliest resorts to gain popularity in the Smoky Mountain region was Montvale Springs, a highland spa on the slope of Chilhowee Mountain. David Daniel Foute, a land speculator and entrepreneur who moved into Cades Cove sometime in the early 1820s, acquired the Montvale Springs property and erected a rustic two-story log hotel near the springs in 1832. Foute built a serviceable road connecting his hotel to the Unicoi turnpike. Later, using Cherokee labor, he cut a rough track from Montvale Springs to Gregory Bald, thus giving his guests horseback access to the grassy balds along the high Smoky divide. Under Foute’s direction, Montvale Springs developed into one of the more popular mineral spring resorts in the southern highlands. The resort gained its greatest popularity after 1853 when a Mississippi planter named Asa Watson bought the springs and built the famed Seven Gables Hotel. The resort offered a number of diversions, including fine food, evening music and dancing, magnificent scenery, hunting, and fishing. This fare of mountain leisure attracted such a class of wealthy southerners that an observer was once heard remarking on the ladies wearing “such gorgeous dressing I have never seen in America or anywhere else” (Nathalia Wright, “Montvale Springs under the Proprietorship of 278

Sterling Lanier, 1857–1863,” The East Tennessee Society’s Publications, no. 19 [1947]: 58). This annual influx of relatively wealthy tourists who summered at the lavish establishments at Hot Springs, Montvale Springs, or any number of other smaller resort hotels in the mountains interjected into the mountain isolation an element of urban culture that often stood in sharp contrast to the humble lifestyle of the Smoky mountaineers who lived close by. Individuals, mostly writers, who shaped the public’s perception of the Smoky mountaineer first gathered their impressions of the mountain region while visiting as tourists. Their novels, travel accounts, and later, tourism promotional essays would both contribute to and reinforce the notion of cultural backwardness. Citations on much of the early material on resort springs in the Great Smoky Mountains region are found in the “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter of this bibliography. Poet Sidney Lanier was among the earliest to produce an outsider’s sketch of the stereotypical Smoky mountaineer when he published his only novel, TigerLilies [704], written during the summer of 1860 while staying with his grandfather who was manager of the hotel at Montvale Springs. Mary Noailles Murfree, an influential writer who published under the pen name Charles Egbert Craddock, began frequenting Montvale Springs in 1886 to gather impressionistic views of the Smoky mountaineers for her stories. Citations on Murfree’s Smoky Mountain novels and critiques of her work are in the “Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter. The most important nineteenth-century writer to blend tourism and the Smoky Mountain stereotype was Rebecca Harding Davis. In 1875 Davis traveled into the interior of the Great Smoky Mountains and later that year published a fictional account of her visit in the widely read Lippincott’s Magazine. The story, “Qualla,” is of her visit to the Cherokee village on the North Carolina side of the mountains [28]. On encountering Smoky mountaineers for the first time, Davis unsurprisingly discovered those peculiarities that confirmed outsiders’ expectations. She depicted the mountaineers as having “clear-cut Huguenot faces and incredibly dirty clothes” and living in “unlighted log huts, split into halves by an open passageway, and swarming with children, who lived on hominy and corn-bread, with a chance opossum now and then Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

as a relish. They were not cumbered with dishes, knives, forks, beds or any other impedimenta of civilization; they slept in hollow logs or in a hole filled with straw under loose boards of the floor” (p. 577). Moreover, they were shiftless. Instead of well-tended farms and homesteads, Davis noticed deserted mines, abandoned sawmills, and vacant huts. On passing a road in great disrepair, she concluded that the men are “too lazy to even lay a log toward the mending of this road. They’d rather run the risk of rolling down into the river, wagon, steers and all, as some of them do every winter” (p. 580). Four years later Davis wrote another, longer account of her travels into the mountains as seen through the eyes of four fictional companions of the leisure class as they traveled south along the Appalachian range and into the Great Smoky Mountains at Qualla. “By-Paths in the Mountains” appeared as a three-part serial in Harper’s New Monthly Magazine during the summer of 1880 [684]. Although “By-Paths in the Mountains” is based on Davis’s personal experiences in the mountains, the storyline is from the point of view of the tourist. The account opens with question, “Here is the summer holiday again. What shall we do with it?” Like its predecessor “Qualla,” “By-Paths in the Mountains” tacitly reflects the assumption of cultural inferiority of the native highlanders in its withering depictions of the mountaineer. Smoky Mountain residents are “as a rule, wretchedly poor and ignorant. There are men of seventy in the recesses of these wildernesses who never saw a wheeled vehicle. Near the Tennessee line their huts are often merely sheds. They cook in a pot, and sitting around it, eat out of it with wooden spoons. At night a couple of boards are lifted in the floor, and disclose a hollow in the earth beneath filled with straw, in which the whole family kennel together” (p. 535). Although the story was written to entertain, it likewise functions to inform. The narrative and conversation between the traveling companions are replete with comments on travel conditions, quality of accommodation, and descriptions of mountain scenery. In the same year that “Qualla” appeared in Lippincott’s, the first installments of Frances Fisher Tiernan’s “‘The Land of the Sky’ or Adventures in Mountain By-Ways” began appearing in Appletons’ Journal [747]. Writing under the pseudonym Christian Reid, Tiernan published “The Land of the Sky” in twelve installments. (The story was later condensed and published as a book Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

under the same title.) In a manner reminiscent of Davis, Tiernan opens her story with a party of young cousins of leisurely means who are “discussing where we shall spend the months of August and September.” As the daughter of an official with Southern Railroad, Tiernan had perhaps a heightened awareness of the role of flowery descriptions of scenery in the promotion of tourist travel. Grandeur of mountain scenery was the most salient theme of her story, with which she blended romantic travel and local color of the mountaineers. For Tiernan, the mountains are an unspoiled wilderness sparsely populated by a quaint race of people who lived beyond the tourist’s conception of civilization. Tiernan’s travelers rarely come into actual contact with any of the mountaineers, but her depiction of the native highlander is not less a stereotype than that in Davis’s “Qualla” and “By-Paths in the Mountains.” Noting perhaps the same living conditions Davis encountered, Tiernan comments that “the prospect of spending the night at any one of the houses which are found commonly through the country was nearly as appalling as the idea of being drowned” (p. 41). Much in the manner of “By-Paths in the Mountains,” “Land of the Sky” also serves as a functional travel guide for the would-be tourist to the Smoky Mountain region. Tiernan’s descriptions of routes, travel conditions, accommodation, and recreational opportunities give the reader an image of Smoky Mountain travel as clear as any tourist brochure. Moreover, her choice of “Land of the Sky” as the title for her story had the subsequent effect of identifying the mountains of Western North Carolina as a distinct marketable entity within the greater Southern Appalachian complex. The first of the tourism promoters to embrace the themes and images projected by Tiernan’s “Land of the Sky” was Thomas H. Lindsey, a professional photographer who began publishing an annual travel guidebook in 1890 in an effort “to combine every item of information that would be of interest to the Tourist and Health-seeker, or visitor, to this beautiful ‘Land of the Sky’” [928, p. ix]. The “Land of the Sky” in Lindsey’s Guidebook to Western North Carolina evokes images of serene mountain peaks, flowing streams of crystal-clear water, silent stands of ancient forest, salubrious climate, pure and bracing air, and, like Tiernan’s, was deemed to be virtually uninhabited. Lindsey did more than simply describe the mountain scenery and the mountaineers who resided there. He 279

amply dispersed the text with photographic images that reinforced his idea that “the ’Land of the Sky’ is a limited and well-defined expression. The fervor of enthusiasm in the worship of nature has given to it substantial and well recognized metes and bounds” (p. 3). Soon after his arrival on Little Fork of Sugar Fork of Hazel Creek in 1904, Horace Kephart began submitting to popular sportsmen’s magazines a range of articles on the Great Smoky Mountains. Among these was a six-part series published in The Outing Magazine under the rubric “The Southern Highlander” [640]. The title of the first installment was “Something Hidden; Go and Find It,” an open imperative for all to discover the strange world of the Great Smoky Mountains, which Kephart famously described as “The Back of Beyond.” These essays, collected with others Kephart had published earlier in Forest and Stream under the title “The Mountain Moonshiner” [635], were reissued in 1913 as Our Southern Highlanders, a book that would familiarize a wide reading public with the mysteries and natural beauty of the Great Smoky Mountains [641]. Like his nineteenth-century predecessors, Kephart ascribed to a certain degree to the assumption that the mountaineers were culturally backward. The opening sentence of Our Southern Highlanders makes an unforgettable reference to these mountains as being “tenanted by fierce and uncouth races of men,” a phrase Kephart borrowed from Edgar Allen Poe. (See separate chapter on “Horace Kephart.”) Allured by Kephart’s beckon, other enlightened travelers soon followed into the Back of Beyond, emerging with adventures and observations that were marshaled into more fodder for the reading public. These visitors, notably Dan Beeson [845], Bayard Christy [857], Paul Fink [863, 866], W. L. Hicklin [872], William Johnson [874], Hodge Mathes [877, 878], and Charles Forster Smith [888, 889], were outsiders whose accounts of their hiking excursions through the rugged wilderness remain as core descriptive material of some of the more inaccessible regions of the Smokies. Their encounters with the local mountaineers are in many ways an indication of how the influx of tourism helped perpetuate the distinct regional identity of the Smoky Mountain highlander. Not only were their observations consistent with the popular nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century perceptions of the southern highlander, but their accounts also show how interactions in tourist settings highlight 280

the social and cultural differences between native and outsider. C. F. Smith, a professor of classics at Vanderbilt University and a man genuinely well-disposed to the mountain culture, confided after a visit to a mountaineer cabin high on the Smoky divide that it was “the dirtiest hovel I ever looked into” and puzzled over the problem of “how a man with some refinement of features and such a sense of courtesy could live in a cabin that had evidently not been swept this season” [888, p. 11]. On the other hand, the growth of tourism paradoxically spawned unprecedented cultural change in the Smoky Mountains by exposing modern amenities and alien cultural influences to this previously isolated region (C. Brenden Martin, Tourism in the Mountain South: A Double-Edged Sword [Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2007], p. 44). Early in the twentieth century, largescale lumbering operations and railroads moved into the bigger watersheds of the Smokies, building camps for the logging crews and, in many cases, maintaining boardinghouses and lodges for visitors. The Little River Lumber Company, headquartered in Tuckaleechee Cove, advertised tourist excursions into the mountains through a promotional brochure, The Beautiful Elkmont Country, which would “answer satisfactorily your question of where to go on your vacation trip” [901]. The brochure offered a “condensed time table” of railroad services between Knoxville and Elkmont, as well as brief descriptions of the new rustic hotels that were offering accommodation to travelers and sportsmen visiting the Smokies. A room at the Mountain View Hotel in Gatlinburg could be reserved for $2.50 a day, or one could stay a week at John Oliver’s Lodge in Cades Cove for $14.00. The Le Conte Hotel, Indian Gap Hotel, Ekaneetlee Lodge, and Wonderland Hotel offered accommodation for those wishing to visit the Smoky backcountry, and additionally, there was the rustic lodge on the summit of Mount Le Conte known popularly as “The House that Jack Built.” Tourism in the early twentieth century coincided with the increase in affluence and leisure for most Americans, the emerging popularity of the automobile, and the need for people to escape what Benton MacKaye called the “high powered tension of the economic scramble.” In 1921 MacKaye, a conservationist and planner, submitted to the Journal of the American Institute of Architects a proposal for establishing a recreational camp in the form of a long trail that would follow the skyline of the ApRecreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

palachian Mountains from Canada to northern Georgia [944]. MacKaye’s proposal later became manifest as the Appalachian Trail. The idea of the Appalachian Trail also coincided with the formation of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club, organized in 1924 to encourage recreational exploration of the Smokies. The founding of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club and its association with MacKaye’s Appalachian Trail initiative spawned a generation of hikers who contributed substantially to the written record of the Smoky backcountry. A few of the authors cited in this chapter—Harvey Broome [848], Brockway Crouch [860], and Paul Fink, for example— were members of the hiking club. Some, like Myron Avery [941], wrote largely in support of the Appalachian Trail proposal. Others were either journalists or feature writers seeking to capitalize on the growing public awareness of the Great Smoky Mountains. One of the most valuable compilations of accounts generated during this period was the annual Handbook of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club [919]. Although the Handbook offers only brief sketches of club outings, these write-ups are among the earliest written descriptions of many of the old pioneer trails found throughout the mountains. These early-twentieth-century travel accounts offer rare details of old trails and disused manways, descriptions of terrain and forest cover, and observations on shelters and cabins in the higher elevations. References to locally used place names afforded a much wider awareness of these names, a reinforcement that would later come to fruition when the Park’s nomenclature committees began officially identifying the names of Smoky Mountain landmarks. At the same time that hikers began venturing into the deeper recess of the mountains, the travel industry, particularly automobile and railway travel, began promoting MacKaye’s advocacy of popular recreation, targeting the Great Smokies as a tourist destination. The industry produced a substantive corpus of Great Smoky Mountain promotional material, which typically consists of heavily illustrated booklets outlining the various attractions and amenities available to the Smoky Mountain visitor. Texts for these brochures and booklets were endlessly recycled. Some promotional literature, such as tracts issued by J. L. Caton [915] and the Great Smoky Mountains Publishing Company [916], were lavish pubRecreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

lications that incorporated cities as far-flung as Knoxville and Asheville into the Great Smoky Mountains tourist nexus. Others promoted the availability of motor coach and automobile tours into the mountains, while still others offered railroad excursions to the towns, health resorts, hotels, boardinghouses, and camps in the Great Smokies vicinity. By the middle of the twentieth century, the movement to establish a park in the Great Smoky Mountains was gaining momentum, aided in no small measure by the spirit of boosterism that was current in American life. Travel and tourism literature promoted the idea that “every American should visit the Smokies” with the recommendation that “the motor car offers one of the best means of seeing . . . the scenic beauty of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” The literature tends to be heavily promotional in tone and concentrates largely on the facts, figures, maps, and pertinent information necessary to entice and inform the would-be visitor. In several of these publications, advertising is interspersed with the stories, photographs, and promotional material. Though laced with perfunctory references to the sights and attractions that would appeal to the tourist traveler, these publications rarely contain anything substantive about the mountains themselves. Entries in the “Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter of Terra Incognita are limited to items that speak directly to the American public’s growing awareness of the benefits of the Smoky Mountain wilderness experience, whether for reasons of health, outdoor adventure, recreational excursion, camping, hunting and fishing, or the promotion of tourist travel. As travel conditions and accommodations improved and the general rise in affluence afforded greater leisure to more Americans, tourist travel and recreation opportunities in the Great Smoky Mountains increased, shadowed by a corresponding increase in written accounts by these outside visitors. By the 1920s when the Smokies were being proposed as a national park, they were likewise being promoted by economic interests as a tourist destination, thus engendering a new subgenre of promotional literature about the mountains. Writers with different purposes, particularly circuitriding ministers, educators, physicians, scientific explorers, and other outsiders who visited for nonrecreational reasons, are not included in this chapter; nevertheless, 281

many left accounts that provide rare observations of the early travel and accommodations in the Smokies. J. D. Garner, a Quaker minister entering the Smokies from the Tennessee side sometime in the 1870s, reported, “The journey is toilsome, for the roads can only be travelled on foot or horseback, and are often extremely rough and steep. The accommodation, even in the best houses, possesses few of the comforts of civilized life. Often a room in a log cabin, without windows, is shared with the whole family, and the meal consists of nothing but corn bread and milk” [578]. While Garner was not a tourist in the conventional sense, his observations reflect the conditions a would-be-tourist at that time might expect to encounter. Other occasional references to tourist travel in the Smokies are scattered throughout the entries in Terra Incognita, particularly in the chapters on “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains,” “Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains,” and “Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains.” In addition to the source material, recreation and tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains are well-treated in three late-twentieth and early-twenty-first-century academic works: L. Alex Tooman, “The Evolving Economic Impact of Tourism on the Greater Smoky Mountain Region of East Tennessee and North Carolina” (Ph.D. dissertation, University of Tennessee, 1995); Richard D. Starnes, Creating the Land of the Sky: Tourism and Society in Western North Carolina, and C. Brenden Martin, Tourism in the Mountain South: A Double-Edged Sword. Ken Wise

Sources Accounts, Guidebooks, Appalachian Trail, Hunting and Fishing Accounts

[839] Adams, Walter S. “Great Smokies to Be Explored.” New York Times, 2 June 1929: X10.

Publicizes an upcoming expedition by three men and a sixteen-year-old Boy Scout named Billy Greet of Asheville, “who won his place in a competition with 1,000 of his fellows in Western North Carolina.” The expedition starts from Smokemont on 8 June 1929 “to penetrate the Great Smoky Mountains, a primeval wilderness that is

282

to be preserved as a national park.” Describes the area, difficulties of the journey, and stresses its remoteness and isolation. Briefly mentions Cherokee settlements and explains that a main purpose is to discover prehistoric relics left by “a strange race of Indian ‘giants’.” Horace Kephart advised the party that a compass and maps will be useful but insufficient, as even government maps are inaccurate. Claims that “very few persons, besides mountain natives, have any first-hand knowledge of the country.” The exploring party will travel to Indian Gap and from there make side trips to Clingmans Dome, Mount Le Conte, Mount Collins, and other peaks. [RC] [840] Adams, Walter S. “Fastness of Great Smokies Explored.” New York Times, 4 August 1929: SM 7. il.

Follow-up article on the Smokies, with reference to an expedition taken by the author and three others [839]. The party covered 175 miles and scaled major peaks. Describes the region as vast, diverse and remote, and praises the decision to preserve it as a national park. Observes, “The descendants of these people are like the pioneers of a century ago, with much the same ideas and habits of living. They are . . . simple and direct, armed with the quiet strength acquired by hard and clean living and by constant contact with the forces of nature. They have a ready hospitality to strangers. They are extremely religious. The log cabins of the frontier days are still standing, with their windows sawed through the thick trunks, some bearing the marks of Indian bullets or tomahawks.” Includes six photographs (two by Jim Thompson) of a mountain stream, clouds on Clingmans Dome, the Little Pigeon River, a mountain cabin, “Chimney Top,” and a fisherman. [RC] [841] Ambler, Barbara. “The Smokies Invite You.” Junior League Magazine (October 1931): 14–15. il.

Short article extolling the GSM as a “Hiker’s Paradise” where “you can climb so high that the clouds fold up about you and you are looking down on sunlight through the mists below . . .” (p. 14–15). Advises the hiker to “go prepared” with hiking boots and rain gear, exemplifying this admonition with the story of a hike to the Chimneys in which the writer and two companions were stranded by heavy rain and a rising creek. Two photographs: one by George Masa (Asheville Photo Co.) and one by Jim Thompson (Thompson Bros.). [AB]

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

[842] Avis, Caroline. “Our National Parks—New and Old.” The Woman Citizen 11, no. 1 (June 1926): 26–27. il.

Presents the case for the interests of women in the national parks. Women appreciate the parks because they are concerned about conservation and beauty. With three new national parks on the horizon—Shenandoah, Great Smoky Mountains, and Mammoth Cave—women will not have to travel West to enjoy vacations in national parks. Illustrated with four photographs, including one Thompson Brothers image of the Smokies. [AB] [843] Bailey, Loretto Carroll. “Recreation in Rural Western North Carolina.” University of North Carolina Extension Bulletin 9, no. 5 (September 1929): 85–90.

Academic treatise examining hypothesis that the recreational activities of mountain communities in Western N.C. are largely a function of their relative isolation and thus tend to differ widely from those of town folk. Describes traditional mountaineer recreation as solitary exercises, such as hunting and fishing, or as extensions of ordinary labor, house-raisings, and quilting bees being popular examples. Concludes that with the incursion of good roads and schools into mountain regions, social contact with the outside world is increasing and that “the people of rural Western North Carolina … are learning to play as the ‘townfolk’ play.” The research relies heavily on Horace Kephart’s Our Southern Highlanders [641] and John C. Campbell’s The Southern Highlander and His Homeland [465]. [KW] [844] Becker, B. “Great Smokies Call Chicago to Play.” Chicago Commerce 24, no. 1 (March 10, 1928): 10– 11, 29. il., map.

Brief non-technical essay about the GSM and the recently proposed national park, summarizing a trade and transportation tour conducted by the Chicago Association of Commerce. Includes several facts about the mountains and an extensive quote from Horace Kephart outlining the closeness of the GSM to principal cities in the east and pointing out how isolated and relatively unknown this region remains despite its proximity to major hubs. Also includes quotes from Hubert Work, U.S. Secretary of the Interior, and Robert Sterling Yard, executive secretary of the National Park Association, endorsing the proposal to

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

establish a national park in the GSM. Photographs by Jim Thompson and a map accompany the article. [KW] [845] Beeson, Dan R. In the Spirit of Adventure: A Hike in the Great Smoky Mountains, August 28– September 4, 1914. ed. by Norma Myers, Ned Irwin, and Charles W. Maynard. Seymour, Tenn.: Panther Press, 1994. 92 p. il., map.

Recent printing of a journal kept by Dan Beeson during a seven-day excursion along the spine of the Smoky Mountain divide in 1914. Another account of this trip was previously published by C. Hodge Mathes, Beeson’s hiking companion, in the Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin [877] which contains excerpts from Beeson’s journal. Much of the journal pertains to the hikers’ personal experiences, but there is a good deal of factual material and descriptive commentary about the trail and the mountains. Beeson is particularly keen in conveying a vivid image of the hardships of traveling through the unforgiving Smoky Mountain wilderness as well as the ease with which one becomes disoriented and lost in this unmarked terrain. The book version is prefaced by an introduction by Charles Maynard and concludes with a biography of Beeson and a “Glossary for Beeson Journal.” [KW] [846] Bennett, Hugh Hammond. “The Majestic Smokies.” Holland’s: The Magazine of the South 51, no. 4 (April 1932): 12–13, 57, 61. il.

General interest, introductory article to the GSM prior to the advent of the Park, based upon a tourist excursion into the mountains by way of Gatlinburg, through the Sugarlands, and up into the vicinity of Alum Cave Bluff. Article contains a wide range of useful and interesting information about the topography and flora of the Smokies, however, the presentation suffers from excessive use of superlatives. Text is illustrated with eleven scenic photographs, none of which depict places within the Smoky Mountains. [KW] [847] Borah, Leo A. “A Patriotic Pilgrimage to Eastern National Parks.” National Geographic Magazine 65, no. 6 (June 1934): 663–703. il., map.

Subtitled: “History and Beauty Live Along Paved Roads, Once Indian Trails, Through Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Kentucky, and West Virginia,” with

283

photographs by staff photographer Edwin L. Wisherd. Travelogue-style narrative of a trip made by the author and his photographer along the new “Eastern National Park-to-Park Highway” [i.e., Blue Ridge Parkway] from Shenandoah National Park in Va. through N.C. to the GSMNP, into Tenn., and back by way of Cumberland Gap through Ky. and W.Va. A detailed map of the parkto-park highway spreads across p. 666–67. The account of the Smokies portion of their trip (p. 673 and 676) includes information about mountain peaks and elevations, flora and fauna, and an encounter with a mountain boy who spoke in a quaint dialect reminiscent of Elizabethan English. Full-page illustrations show the Tenn. portion of the Smokies as viewed from Mount Le Conte (p. 670) and a campsite beside a fishing stream near Smokemont (p. 675). Eight color plates, comprising the “Wild Gardens of the Southern Appalachians” section of the article, include scenes with rhododendron gardens, mountain peaks, a log cabin, Linville Falls, and the new Skyline Drive. [LB] [848] Broome, Harvey B. “Great Smoky Mountain Trails.” Mountain Magazine 6, no. 3 (January 1928): 62–65. map.

Concise and knowledgeable outline of the “topographic features and geographic limits” of the Tenn. side of the GSM, from the perspective of firsthand experience hiking on the higher peaks. Broome offers picturesque, yet accurate, details of the mountain terrain, the locations of the occasional hunter’s cabin, and the points of intersection of several old trails. Of particular interest is Broome’s reference to Mount Alexander (now Mount Kephart), which earlier had been superseded by Mount Collins, and his identification of the four earliest trails to the summit of Mount Le Conte, “one over Brushy Mountain; one by way of Alum Cave; one ascending through Bear Pen Hollow; and the one up Le Conte Creek” (p. 63). Article is accompanied with a map that is “probably the most complete and most accurate map ever published of the Great Smokies” (p. 64). The map’s most notable feature is the inclusion of hiking trails that had not been shown on previous maps of the Smokies. [KW] [849] Burke, Doris. “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” The Sketch Book Magazine 8, no. 11 (November 1931): 18–20. il.

284

Short, romantic introduction to the GSM intended as a promotion for prospective travelers to the mountains. The article consists largely of brief paragraph-length compositions on various themes, including descriptions of Smoky Mountain scenery, tidbits of history, the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg, the Qualla Indian Reservation, indigenous flora, and characteristics of seasonal changes in the mountains. [KW] [850] Burroughs, John. Under the Maples. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1921. 224 p. Reprint: New York: Wise, 1924.

In 1918, John Burroughs, noted novelist and essayist important in the evolution of the conservation movement in the United States, embarked on a two-week excursion with Henry Ford, Thomas Edison, and Harvey Firestone that included a visit to the GSM. Burroughs published an account of this trip as “A Strenuous Holiday” in his collection of essays Under the Maples. Unfortunately, Burroughs gives no details of his stay in the mountains. [KW] [851] Campbell, Carlos C. “The Great Smokies: A Paradise for Nature Lovers.” The Playground 22, no. 2 (May 1928): 84–87.

Campbell takes readers on an imaginary trip to the Smokies. The trip starts in Knoxville where “you will probably be surprised to learn that within five or six hours after leaving Knoxville we can be lost in a primeval forest wilderness” (p. 84). The next stop is Mount Le Conte, a climb of over 4,000 feet in four miles. The trail, along Le Conte Creek, is populated with large trees and other species of plant life, including ferns, azaleas, and rhododendrons. Rainbow Falls is the “most outstanding feature on the trail. Le Conte Creek, now a rather small stream, makes a graceful plunge of 83 feet, the water almost into mist before it strikes the solid rock upon which it falls” (p. 85). At the top of Le Conte, the hiker can enjoy the view and the sunset. After a night spent in Le Conte Lodge, the tour moves to the sunrise view from the vantage of Myrtle Point. The tour then descends via a wilderness trail through “Huggins Hell,” so named for the dense vegetation that, as the story goes, kept one Mr. Huggins from reaching his destination. Only a few groups have ever successfully navigated this route, including a party from the

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

Smoky Mountains Hiking Club that included Campbell. After navigating Huggins Hell by following the creek, the tour ends at the Indian Gap Hotel, “one of the most remote hotels in the Great Smokies” (p. 87). Campbell concludes the article by relating a visit to the Smokies that he took in an airplane. “In two hours we saw places often visited on hikes, but which could not be visited in less than a week or two by that method” (p. 87). [AB] [852] Campbell, Carlos C. “Our Smoky Mountain Park: Newest National Playground Has Wide Natural Variety.” Nature Magazine 24, no. 2 (August 1934): 76–79. il.

Well-informed general description of the variety of plant life and magnificence of tree cover in the GSM just prior to the opening of the national park. Several photographs by E. S. Essary, Albert Gordon “Dutch” Roth, and Jim Thompson. [KW] [853] Carter, G. F. “Camping in the Great Smoky Mountains.” Field and Stream 7, no. 7 (OctoberNovember 1902): 441–44. il.

Account of a camping and fishing expedition ranging from “Santeetlee Creek” (Santeetlah) in the Nantahalas to the summit of the GSM divide and then across the Little Tennessee River to Hooper Bald. Carter is somewhat confused about the geography of the region and falsely suggests that the Santeetlah is “about a mile away on the North Carolina side of the mountain” (p. 441), and identifies Haw Knob as a vantage point along the GSM divide from which the Tenn. mountains are visible and one can see into Ala. Narrative incorrectly suggests that a Huckleberry Ridge and a Warm Spring Bald are in the vicinity of the so-called Haw Knob. Affords a fine description of a Dixon Cabin identified as being at an elevation of 4,000 feet. [KW] [854] Carter, Laura L. “The Appalachian Highlands of North Carolina.” Travel Magazine 14, no. 12 (September 1909): 574–76. il.

Flowery descriptions of GSM region intended for tourists, illustrated with four photographs of mountain vistas by N. Brock. Argues for federal legislation to protect the forests and natural environment. Describes mountains, flora and fauna, seasonal changes, local mountain-

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

eers (“there is among them, once the crust of shyness is penetrated, a warmth of hospitality, genuine, deep and cordial” p. 576), and salubrious effects on mind and body to be gained by visiting the region. Comments favorably on Murfree’s “true and delightful” fiction set in the area. Includes passing references to the Smokies, for example, “the Smokies take their name from the misty opalescent haze which constantly hangs over them. In the early summer morning the rising of the mist, which gives freshness to the thirsty land, is a thing of beauty” (p. 576). [RC] [855] Chable, A. A. “Camping and Tramping in the Great Smokies.” Knoxville Daily Journal and Tribune, 31 July 1910: Editorial/Second News Section, 8. Reprint: “Bushwhacking Over Clingmans Dome.” Commentary by Paul Fink. Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 15, no. 4 (October 1946): 104–8.

Copy of a letter written by Chable to Horace Kephart, the well-known outdoor writer then living in the GSM who later published Our Southern Highlanders [641]. Letter gives account of Chable’s three-day bushwhacking excursion from Deep Creek to Clingmans Dome and then down the Little River watershed. Describes the extreme difficulties of traveling through this balsam and rhododendron-infested terrain; comments on the marked small clearing found at the summit of Clingmans Dome and a large strata of ice near the Dome which he believes may be of glacial origin. Also mentions staying at the cabin home of local mountaineer Ben Parton. [KW] [856] Chater, Melville. “Motor-Coaching Through North Carolina.” National Geographic Magazine 49, no. 5 (May 1926): 475–523. il.

General interest account of the various N.C. regions, heavily illustrated with photographs of people and places across the state. Regarding the Smokies, the article contains only a few anecdotes about the mountains, a short section on the decline of illiteracy among the mountain folks, and three photographs of Smoky Mountain Cherokee. [KW] [857] Christy, Bayard H. “A Hiking Trip through the Great Smoky Mountains: Sept. 5th to Sept. 17th, 1919.” Sevier County News-Record, 9 June 1966: 21–28.

285

Lengthy account of a hiking excursion undertaken in 1915 from Maggie Valley through Soco Gap, up Hughes Ridge and along the state-line divide to Mount Guyot, then down Pinnacle Lead to Cosby and on to Sevierville. Contains interesting and informative observations about the isolated pioneer life in the mountains, the manner of the native Cherokee, and about individual people and places encountered on the journey. Incorporates stories and comments about John Ramsey’s residence and family in Cosby. Article is reprinted from an unidentified source. [KW] [858] Coleman, J. S., Jr. and Walter S. Adams. “Times Explorers.” Asheville Times, 5–21 July 1929.

Series published in fourteen installments from 5 July through 21 July 1929, principally recording the experiences of a team of journalists sponsored by the Times to explore some of the more rugged sections of the GSM. The actual excursion took place 8 June – 2 July 1929. Each installment includes at least one lengthy feature article, a detailed “Log of Expedition,” and photographs with accompanying captions. “Times’ Explorers Tell of Experiences in Great Smokies.” 5 July 1929: A8, B1. Includes two feature articles, “Learn Much on Initial Hike to Clingman’s” by Coleman and “Enter Smokies by Old Trail to Indian Gap” by Adams. The Coleman article records a ceremony at Clingmans Dome involving an exchange of letters of congratulations between Governor O. Max Gardner of N.C. and Governor Henry Horton of Tenn. concerning the soon-to-be-established GSMNP. Includes details of hike from Indian Gap to Clingmans Dome and a biographical vignette of Thomas Clingman. Of particular interest is the article’s association of Meigs Post with the name Mount Kephart, a convention that arose from a dispute between Tennesseans and North Carolinians regarding the proper name for the high point between Indian Gap and Clingmans Dome. The Adams article offers general descriptions of the trail from Indian Gap to Clingmans Dome at the time of the expedition. “Log of Expedition” records chronology of events for 8–9 June, primarily the camp in Indian Gap and the hike to Clingmans Dome. Four photographs, accompanied by headline, “Pictures Taken in National Park Are at Start of Exploring Expedition,” show views from Indian Gap.

286

“Explorers Find LeConte Magnificent.” 7 July 1929: B1, B4. Coleman’s feature article, “Trip To High Peak Pleases Times’ Party,” details excursion from Indian Gap to the summit of Mount Le Conte via Alum Cave Bluff. Affords fine descriptions of the early lodge on Le Conte known as “The House That Jack Built.” “Log of Expedition” outlines details of hike to Le Conte on 10–11 June. Includes six photographs accompanied by headline, “Scenes on Exploring Trip from Indian Gap to Mt. LeConte.” “Climb Up Spectacular and Precipitous ChimneyTops.” 8 July 1929: 5. Coleman’s feature article, “Obtain Rare Panorama of Great Smokies,” describes difficulties of ascending the Chimney Tops before the advent of the graded trail. “Log of Expedition” details events of camp at Indian Gap and hike to Chimney Tops on 13–14 June. Two photographs accompanied by headline, “Up Old Smoky’s Chimney—A Climb Worth While.” “Mt. Collins ‘Jump-Off’ Offers Rare Mountain Views.” 9 July 1929: 5. Coleman’s feature article, “Area Cut Over by Lumbermen Hardest Hiking,” describes geography along the state-line divide between Newfound Gap and Charlies Bunion, particularly the views from The Jump-Off. Tells story of nearby logging and the resultant fire-scald between Dry Sluice Gap and Charlies Bunion. Article mentions the uncertainty about the correct name of the mountain that harbors The Jump-Off. “Log of Expedition” follows party’s movements along the state-line divide to The Jump-Off, 13–14 June. Two photographs are accompanied by headline, “Scenic Wonders in Great Smoky National Park.” “Sawtooth Section Objective in Move.” 10 July 1929: 8. Coleman’s feature article, “Pitch Base Camp in Ideal Place,” describes excursion from Bradley Fork into Enloe Creek watershed and camp along Enloe Creek. Comments on encountering Horace Kephart, George Masa, and Dr. Kelly Bennett camped along Enloe Creek. “Log of Expedition” details the party’s movements to the camp on Enloe Creek on 17–18 June. Two photographs of the old camp known as Strawberry Patch on Hughes Ridge accompanied by headline, “Move into Virgin Hardwood Forest.” “Explorers Sit Around Camp Fire with Horace Kephart.” 11 July 1929: B3, B1. Coleman’s feature article, “Discusses Great Smokies with Noted Author,” re-

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

counts several Smoky Mountain stories told to the Times’ party by Kephart. Of particular interest is the mention of guide Bruce Reagan having seen Indian picture writings on stones on the main lead near Porters Gap. “Log of Expedition” records events in and around the Enloe Creek camp on 19 June. Two photographs are accompanied by headline, “Enjoying Camp Life on Beautiful Enloe Creek.” “Hiking in Great Smoky Mountain Jungles Is Fine Art.” 12 July 1929: A8, B5. Coleman’s feature article, “Inexperienced Sure to Get Many Troubles,” offers fine descriptions of the geology in the higher elevations along the eastern end of the GSM and of the difficulties of hiking through indigenous balsam stands. Much of the article discusses places in and around the Raven Fork watershed. “Log of Expedition” records events of hike from Enloe Creek camp to Laurel Top and Porters Gap and back to Enloe on 20–21 June. Two photographs, including an outstanding picture of the summit of Laurel Top, are accompanied by headline, “Picturesque Scenes in The High Smokies.” “Greet Tells of Experiences in Smokies.” 14 July 1929: B1, B9. Includes two feature articles: “People of the Mountains Are Alert” by Coleman and “Boy Scout Is Amazed at Beauty” by Billy Greet. Coleman gives a short account about the local lore of identifying wolf tracks. Greet, a Boy Scout chosen to accompany the Times’ expedition, offers some interesting descriptions of the rugged Sawtooth section of the state-line divide. “Log of Expedition” relates order of events in camp for 22–23 June. Four photographs accompanied by headline, “Wild Flowers and Camp Scenes Caught by The Asheville Times Expedition.” “Explorers Find Smoky Weather Cool and Changing.” 15 July 1929: 5. Coleman’s feature article, “Even Natives Hesitate To Forecast It,” consists of a few anecdotal comments about climactic conditions in the higher GSM. “Log of Expedition” details the party’s move from the Enloe camp to Three Forks on 24–25 June. Rare photograph of cabin at Three Forks accompanied by headline, “Giant Spruce Overlooks Scenic Third Base Camp.” “Trout Fishing at Its Best in Great Smokies.” 16 July 1929: 5. Coleman’s feature article, “Natives Are Masters of Angler’s Art,” offers general comments on fish and fishing in GSM streams. A second article, “Tales

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

of DeLozier’s Mine Still Haunts Natives in Smokies,” recounts native mountaineer Arthur Chambers’s story of a lost silver mine in the mountains. Chambers cites strange “waybill” giving directions to the mine. “Log of Expedition” offers review of events in camp on 26 June. Two photographs of camp are accompanied by headline, “Camp Site Ideal at Three Forks.” “Great Smoky Natives Have Passion for Bear Hunting.” 17 July 1929: A5. Coleman’s feature article, “Cattle Killing Bruin Is Looked on as Enemy,” records mountaineer’s attitudes toward the native black bear and methods of bear hunting. “Log of Expedition” records events in camp on 27 June. Two photographs, including a picture of cabin in Three Forks, are accompanied by headline, “New National Park Is Paradise for Campers.” “Smoky Mountaineers Are Masters in Arts of Woodcraft.” 18 July 1929: 5, 8. Coleman’s feature article, “Travel Light, But Right, Is Their Motto,” is a tribute to the camping and survival skills of the native mountaineers. A second article, “Mt. Guyot Altitude Report Fans Flames of Old Controversy,” briefly recapitulates various disputes concerning the highest peaks east of the Mississippi River. Mentions mountaineering efforts by Elisha Mitchell, Arnold Guyot, and Thomas Clingman. “Log of Expedition” outlines excursion from Three Forks to the summit of Mount Guyot. Mentions wooden surveyors’ tower that once stood on Guyot. Two photographs accompanied by headline, “Magnificent Panorama of Park Area from Mr. Guyot.” “Great Smokies Surprisingly Free of Annoying Pests.” 19 July 1929: A5. Includes two articles, “Gnats, Fleas Are Nuisances in Mountains” by Coleman and “Expedition Pigeons Make Perfect Score Despite Hardships.” Coleman’s article is a short treatise on gnats, fleas, and poisonous snakes in the GSM. The second article discusses the fate of eight homing pigeons used by the expedition party to send messages to the Times. “Log of Expedition” covers events of 29–30 June spent around the Three Forks camp and hiking to Smokemont. Three photographs accompanied by headline, “Scars Tell Story of Fires and Lumber Operations.” “The Big Silence Is Being Broken.” 21 July 1929: B1, B4, B9, B10. Includes three feature articles: “National Park in Smokies Soon to Attract Millions” by Walter S. Adams, “Boy Scout Tells Expedition Experiences” by

287

Melvin Williams, and “World’s Finest Natural Museum Is Being Discovered.” Adams’s article recapitulates events leading to the establishment of the GSMNP and of its potential attractiveness to tourism. Williams’s article records experiences and impressions of an Eagle Scout who accompanied the Times expedition. The third article describes principal landmarks and the general ruggedness of the terrain between Mount Guyot and Clingmans Dome and on Mount Le Conte. Of particular interest is mention of the wooden towers that once stood on Mount Guyot, Clingmans Dome, and Mount Le Conte. “Log of Expedition” recounts events of a two-day trip to the Sawtooth, 1–2 July. Six photographs accompanied by headline, “Scenes in Vast Primeval Wilderness in Highlands.” [KW] [859] Cook, Belle. “Above the Clouds,” The Lanesboro (Minn.) Journal, 4 September 1896, p. 3.

Letter addressed to the Journal on 4 August 1896, which relates experiences of a small party from Minnesota during an extended stay on Indian Gap in the Great Smoky Mountains. The letter offers a brief description of the party’s camp in Indian Gap and of the mountains in the vicinity. The traveling party apparently had little contact with the local mountaineers, but the author of the letter did make the following observation: “a small windowless log hut, surrounded by few improved acres on which corn is growing almost perpendicular on the mountain side, a swarm or two of bees, a good sprinkling of pigs and children, and all resurrounded by the mountains. One cannot well imagine anything more solitary, lonely and aimless than the lives of these poor ignorant mountaineers.” [KW] [860] Crouch, Brockway. “Hikes in the Smokies.” Journeys Beautiful (Nomad) 2, no. 10 (September 1926): 7, 41–42. il.

Anecdotal account of two camping adventures – one to the summit of Mount Le Conte, and the other from Gatlinburg up the old Thomas Road to Indian Gap, and then to Clingmans Dome. Describes various mountain landmarks visible from Myrtle Point on Mount Le Conte, the exceeding roughness of the road leading into the mountain from Gatlinburg, the then nearlycompleted Indian Gap Hotel that once stood just below

288

the Chimney Tops picnic grounds, and the campsite at Indian Gap. Photographs by the Thompson Brothers. [KW] [861] Edmands, Walter S. “Great Smoky National Park.” Appalachia 18, no. 4 (December 1931): 480–82. il.

Short account of a nine-day excursion into the GSM. Mentions only a couple of places visited and includes one paragraph describing mountain farms in the backcountry. [KW] [862] Faris, John Thomson. Roaming the Eastern Mountains. New York: Farrar & Rinehart, 1932. 327 p. il., front., maps.

Compendium of general-interest essays on individual peaks and scenic attractions along the Appalachian mountain chain from Maine to Ga. Each essay contains a bit of history, factual detail, and descriptive commentary interspersed with quotations from earlier writers, anecdotes, and snippets of folklore. A long chapter, “Getting Acquainted with the Great Smokies,” that introduces the reader to the people and places with this largely isolated region (p. 241–65). This follows with chapters “On the Great Smoky Circle Divide” (p. 266–78), “In the Storied Country of the Cherokees” (p. 279–86), and “Flirting with the Boundaries” (p. 287–93) which treats topics within the immediate vicinity of the Smokies. Bibliography, p. 321. [KW] [863] Fink, Paul Mathes. “A Week in the Great Smoky Range.” Appalachia 15, no. 2 (August 1921): 140–53.

Fink was an amateur historian and a promoter of the GSMNP. General description of the topography of the GSM prefaces an account of a weeklong excursion in 1919 along the rugged and trackless eastern length of the state-line divide. Hiking party enters the Smokies traveling on the Little River Railroad through Tuckaleechee Cove to its terminus at Elkmont, then continues by foot over Sugarland Mountain, up the West Prong of the Little Pigeon River to the old Brackin possession cabin at the Grassy Patch just below Alum Cave Bluff. Party accesses the main divide at Newfound Gap and follows the mountain crests eastward to Mount Guyot. Of par-

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

ticular interest are descriptions of the railroad excursion, the outline of the hiking route, and observations on the ruggedness and difficulty of the terrain. [KW] [864] Fink, Paul Mathes. “Mount Le Conte, Giant.” National Parks Bulletin no. 43 (March 24, 1925): 8.

Short article that describes Mount Le Conte’s topography, scenic climb, and summit views. [RC] [865] Fink, Paul Mathes. “Trails of the Great Smokies.” Appalachia 18, no. 1 (June 1930): 63–69. il.

General-interest article outlining the topography of the GSM with comments on the more notable peaks, balds, and other natural landmarks in the mountains. Offers useful travel and hiking information for the casual visitor. Short bibliography of books and articles is appended. [KW] [866] Fink, Paul Mathes. Backpacking Was the Only Way: A Chronicle of Camping Experiences in the Southern Appalachian Mountains. Johnson City, Tenn.: Research Advisory Council, East Tennessee State University, 1975. 276 p. il.

Essentially a diary of camping experiences on various mountains in the Southern Appalachians, primarily in the Great Smokies. The diary, a chronicle of daily events spiced with an occasional Smoky Mountain story, affords rare descriptions of old paths, abandoned hunting cabins, and other vanished landmarks of a time before the backcountry was domesticated with graded trails. Diary entries of outings in the Smokies range from 1916 to 1930. Illustrated with photographs and pen-and-ink drawings. [KW] [867] Gambs, Gustave A. “A Visit to Mt. Guyot.” Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 2, no. 3 (July 1933): 43–45.

Account of a hiking excursion to Mount Guyot via the old Ramsay Prong Trail. Mentions the old Buck Fork Trail, the rock cave on Ramsay Prong, the campsite at the base of Mount Guyot, and the wooden surveyors’ tower that once stood on the summit of Mount Guyot. [KW] [868] Gibson, Henry H. “Editor at Play.” Hardwood Record 34, no. 6 (July 10, 1912): 36–38. il.

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

A brief article by the editor of Hardwood Record on an extended tent camping expedition near Elkmont. There is considerable description of the equipment and amenities in the camp, as well as the mountain setting. The camp is situated in “a space of two or three acres devoid of all but a few scattering trees, and is an exceptionally grassy spot in this timber-covered region” (p. 36). The author further identifies the location as “three hundred feet from…the noisy left-hand prong of the east fork of the [Little] river” (p. 36), implying that the camp is above the confluence of Goshen Prong and Little River. At the time of Gibson’s camp, the Little River Lumber Company had not yet logged the watershed this far upstream. The article is accompanied by photographs of the camp and of the enormous trees felled just below the camp. [KW] [869] Gibson, Henry H. “Chronicles of Camp Gibson.” Hardwood Record 34, no. 7 (July 25, 1912): 32–34. il.

The second installment of the editor’s essay about camping near Elkmont during the summer of 1912 [868]. Concerns domestic activity in the camp, leavened with a few gossipy stories including that of a moonshiner who escaped from the federal revenue officer despite having been shot, an account of a run-away skidder that killed a cow, and the wedding of a handsome boss of a cutting crew and the fifteen-year-old daughter of the lumber camp superintendent. [KW] [870] Gibson, Henry H. “Across the Smokies on a Mule.” Hardwood Record, 34, no. 8 (August 10, 1912): 32–36. il.

Describes an extended hike from Elkmont on Little River to Eagle Creek. The hiking party included two mountaineer guides, a black mule and a “yaller” mule, R. E. Wood (owner of Montvale Lumber Company), and Gibson, editor the Hardwood Record. The party spent one night on Silers Bald and another lost between Briar Knob and Thunderhead before reaching moonshiner Quill Rose’s cabin on Eagle Creek. After a day hike down to the Montvale operation at Fontana, the party returned to Elkmont by way of the old Anderson Road down Bote Mountain. Much of the account details the adventures and mishaps of the travelers, but there are some fine descriptions of the mountain terrain and scenery encountered

289

on the trip. Includes a telling episode of encountering on Miry Ridge a “hick” from one of the lumber camps who was making a twenty-five mile hike across the mountain where he had been subpoenaed as a witness in a murder trial. He was “accompanied by his slight, sad-faced ‘woman’ who bore in her arms a year-old baby. The hick had evidently done business with the bootleggers, as he was scarcely able to navigate, carrying a tiny pasteboard grip which contained the family’s small belongings” (p. 34). The man insisted on sharing his moonshine. The travelers reluctantly acquiesce. The “exchange of courtesy consisted in tucking a glass of Armour’s bacon into his half-empty grip. The encounter was a pathetic commentary on the life habits of the average lumberjack of the mountain region” (p. 34). The article is accompanied by sixteen photographs of Quill and Aunt Vicey Rose, their cabin, barns, and grist mill, Quill’s abandoned still, a lean-to camp on Silers Bald, a very primitive version of the Spence Cabin, and a stretch of the old Anderson Road. [KW]

[872] Hicklin, W. L. “Much of Great Smokies’ Beauty Destroyed Since Trio’s 1903 Trek.” Asheville Citizen-Times, 3 May 1931: A6.

[871] Henry, Mellinger E. “The Southern Highlands.” New Jersey Journal of Education 19, no. 3–4 (November-December 1929): 10–13.

[874] Johnson, William M. “‘Pre-Discovery’ Visits to the Great Smoky Mountains: 1912–1920.” Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 14, no. 4 (October 1945): 85–92.

Essay that “may help those contemplating a journey to the Great Smoky National Park in North Carolina and Tennessee and to the highlands of the Blue Ridge” (p. 10). Includes data on elevation of peaks, flora, wildlife, and geology of the mountains as well as a two-paragraph synopsis of the movement to establish the Park. Acquaints reader with the Southern Highlands, primarily the mountain ranges adjacent to the Tenn./N.C. border. Henry believes that this region, although not well known, will become popular with visitors as the proposed national park moves forward. Geography of the mountains is described, the best routes into the area are identified, and several inns and hotels are recommended. Various sites are suggested for possible driving tours. Includes a description of the status of the Appalachian Trail and names the prominent individuals associated with the trail project. Likewise recommends points of interest for the traveler in the mountains of the Blue Ridge. See “Music of the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter for more Henry articles. [MT/KW]

290

Account of a 1903 excursion along the western end of the main GSM divide. Includes succinct descriptions of Clingmans Dome, Andrews Bald, Silers Bald, Thunderhead, Spence Field, Ekaneetlee Gap, and Gregory Bald, as well as of the Monteith and Hall cabins and two cabins in Spence Field. The account is laced with stories and anecdotes of the herders, hunters, and surveyors encountered in these remote highlands. [KW] [873] “John M. Gore Successfully Establishes and Operates Great Camp ‘Le Conte’ for Boys, in the Great Smoky Mountains.” Appalachian Journal 18, no. 6–7 (June-July 1925): 14–15. il.

Brief description of Camp Le Conte, a boys’ camp that operated in the Elkmont area during the mid-1920s. The article is accompanied by a collage of photographs of the camp and its environs. [KW]

Narrative compiled from recollections of several excursions by the author into the Great Smokies between 1912 and 1920. Begins by recounting a hike from Levi Trentham’s place in Elkmont, over Sugarland Mountain, and up the old Thomas Road to Indian Gap, and then down the N.C. side of the mountain to the Connor Place on Oconaluftee River. Mentions Fort Harry on the Thomas Road and describes three cabins erected in Indian Gap around 1900. This is followed by short descriptions of several later excursions, including visits to the summit of the Chimneys, Mount Le Conte via Bear Pen Hollow, Alum Cave, Newfound Gap, and a longer, more difficult trip from Elkmont to Newfound Gap and then along the narrow unmarked spine of the divide from Mount Kephart to Mount Guyot. Narrative is replete with colorful anecdotes and commentary on hikers’ personal experiences, including comments on the alternative trail above Bear Pen Hollow that was marked by “a tree with a number of tobacco tags on it” that bypassed West Point and led directly to the top of Le Conte through

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

the “balsam flats,” and the timber and rock “remains of the try-works that had been operated by the Confederate Army” that were found along the front edge of Alum Cave (p. 90). Prefaced with a short essay by Walter S. Diehl, Myron H. Avery, and Paul M. Fink identifying the known early explorations of the Tenn. side of the Smokies. [KW] [875] Keiser, Albert. “In the Great Smokies.” Forest and Stream 97, no. 5 (May 1927): 278–80.

Retelling of experiences on a vacation into the Big Cove section of the GSM. Keiser incorporates the practice of making moonshine in the Smokies and an argument supporting the necessity of establishing a national park in the mountains to preserve the wilderness from devastation and ruin by the lumber concerns. [KW] [876] MacNair, Henry. “Motoring through the Great Smokies.” Travel 62, no. 1 (November 1933): 42.

In Travel, the magazine of the National Travel Club, MacNair asserts that “the motor car offers one of the best means of seeing the wonders of the Appalachian range as exemplified by the scenic beauty of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. . . .” He advises the reader on routes, distances, and attractions which include high peaks like Clingmans Dome, the Qualla Cherokee reservation, and the “remarkable aggregation of flora and fauna.” The Motor Tours Division of Natural Travel Club can provide booklets and maps. [AB] [877] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “Three Profs and a Mule.” Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 15, no. 1 (January 1946): 10–15. il.

Consisting largely of excerpts from the author’s diary, this article is an account of a 21-day hiking journey taken in 1910 by the author and two companions around the base of the Great Smoky range. Offers description of travel in the Smokies along “roads narrow and muddy, with no bridges over streams,” and “bypaths of the foothills [that] led us through dozens of sequestered hamlets and ‘settlemints.’” Much of the article is commentary on the personal experiences of the hikers, but there are several references to the Smoky Mountains of an earlier era, including, for example, comments on the old Toll Gate, the superb views from Parson Bald, Cove Creek

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

Gap, and Chestnut Ridge, the ancient log cabin and barn in Mount Sterling Gap, the store at Mount Sterling Post Office, and the impassable trail from Gatlinburg to Elkmont. See “Literature of the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter for more items by this author. [KW] [878] Mathes, Charles Hodge. “A Week Among the Bears and Owls.” Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 15, no. 4 (July 1946): 65–70.

Retells a hiking excursion in 1914 along the spine of the Smoky Mountain divide between Ekaneetlee Gap and Mount Guyot, then down to the head of Big Creek. The account is compiled from notes in the author’s diary and from those of his hiking companion, Dan Beeson. Includes remarks on the cabin in Spence Field that had disappeared because “lightening had recently shivered its timbers” (p. 66), as well as comments on a rude pole leanto that stood in Silers Bald and an exceptionally detailed description of the log shelter at Halls Cabin. Of similar interest are the diarists’ accounts of the ruggedness of the terrain, the difficulties of following the unmarked ridge along the eastern half of the divide, and particularly the ancient fir forest of the higher peaks where “in the eternal twilight of that desolate height, even at noonday, the air is chilly and the effect depressing” (p. 64). [KW] [879] Moore, Hight C. “Skirting the Great Smoky Mountains.” Kind Words: A Paper for Young People 59, no. 45 (November 7, 1926): 7–8.

The first installment in a series of three general interest articles on a traveler’s excursion into the GSM. This first article is a rather rambling discourse on the author’s automobile journey across Rich Mountain into Cades Cove, then retracing the route back across Rich Mountain and subsequently on to Sevierville and Gatlinburg. The narrative is laced with comments on the landmarks, farms, buildings, and people encountered along the way and interspersed with tidbits of general history. [KW] [880] Moore, Hight. C. “A Summer Night on Mount Le Conte.” Kind Words: A Paper for Young People 59, no. 46 (November 14, 1926): 7–8.

The second installment in a series of three general interest articles on a traveler’s excursion into the GSM. It includes a detailed account of an overnight outing to

291

Mount Le Conte by way of the old Rainbow Falls Trail. Of particular interest are descriptions of Rainbow Falls, Myrtle Point, and the newly built lodge on the summit of Le Conte. In addition to the lodge, Moore mentions Fern Cabin and Balsam Café, old structures that once stood in the Le Conte basin. [KW] [881] Moore, Hight C. “The Glory of the Great Smokies.” Kind Words: A Paper for Young People 59, no. 47 (November 21, 1926): 7–8.

The third installment in a series of three general interest articles on a traveler’s excursion into the GSM. This loosely focused descriptive essay extols the natural beauty of the Smokies as the handiwork of the “Creator.” The narrative is amply spiced with general facts about the flora, fauna, climate, geology, and geography of this unique mountain wilderness. [KW] [882] Morgan, F. B. “Rediscovering the Great ‘Smoky Mountains.’“ National Magazine 54, no. 11 (1926): 461–62. il.

Describes a 1926 trip to the summit of Mount Le Conte following the original trail along Mill Creek to Rainbow Falls. Of interest is the reference to Main Top (High Top) and The Basin (Cliff Top), names once used for two of the three high peaks on Le Conte. [KW] [883] Morley, Margaret W. The Carolina Mountains. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1913. 397 p. il., maps. Reprints: Alexander, N. C.: Land of the Sky Books, 2002; Fairview, N.C.: Historical Images, 2006. British ed.: London: Constable & Co., 1913.

Travelogue of people and places in Western N.C. Using a popular Blue Ridge Mountain resort as her base, the author travels to most of the best-known peaks and ranges in Western N.C. She describes her excursions in an innocent free-spirited narrative, supplemented with original photographs. Morley, who also wrote popular books for children, makes no effort to conceal her admiration for the land and its beauty, and for its inhabitants and their lifestyle. Her concern that both were about to be forever changed is slightly tempered by the prospect of the proposed “Appalachian Park,” which she believes will effectively preserve the unique qualities of the mountains

292

and its people. Chapter 23, “The Great Smoky Mountains” (p. 239–47), extols their natural beauty and recommends hikes from Cherokee “into the very heart of the Smokies” ending at “Jim Mai’s place” on Laurel Fork (p. 241–44). Explains, “The Great Smokies yet remain, as a whole, the most inaccessible part of the mountain region. No road crosses them, few paths penetrate into their fastnesses. To go to any of the high peaks is an arduous climb requiring a guide” (p. 241). Anticipates and envisions a national park: “And over these splendid slopes, one sees in imagination the protecting arm of the new national park reach out, as it soon will, to save them forever from the power of the destroyer” (p. 247). For other general GSM references, see p. 29, 103–5, and 232. Chapter 22, “The Cherokee Nation,” is a sympathetic treatment of the Cherokee (p. 232–38) and Chapter 4, “The Southern Appalachian National Park” (p. 24–35), concerns legislation and park boosterism. Map of Western N.C. on end leaves. [RC/MT] [884] Oliver, John W. “From Cades Cove to Indian Gap.” The Bergen Ledger (N.J.) 13 and 20 February 1921.

Reprint: Knoxville Sunday Journal, 22 February 1931: B7, B14; 1 March 1931: B9-10; 8 March 1931: B4.

Narrative by famed native mountaineer John W. Oliver of a hiking excursion from Cades Cove to Indian Gap along the main divide of the GSM originally published in two installments in The Bergen Ledger of Ridgefield, N.J. No holdings of The Bergen Ledger could be located. The Knoxville Sunday Journal reprint appears in three installments. The report places the hike over five days in September, but does not indicate the year. The following dates and page numbers refer to the Knoxville Sunday Journal version. “Hiking in Smokies with John Oliver.” 22 February 1931: B7, B14. Brief descriptions of the high elevation open spaces at Gregory Bald, Lawson Range, Russell Field, Little Bald, and Spence Field as well as the occurrence of herder cabins along the trail. Narrative is interspersed both with historical anecdotes and with place names currently in use at the time of Oliver’s hike. “John Oliver Tells of Hike from Cove to Indian Gap.” 1 March 1931: B9-10. Covers events of Oliver’s excursion from Spence Field to the old campsite at Halls

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

Cabin (now known as Derrick Knob). Of particular interest is the mention of Rocky Top, Thunderhead Mountain, and Laurel Top as the three notable peaks on Thunderhead Mountain and of the fate of Halls Cabin. Refers to several place names then current along the divide east of Thunderhead Mountain. “Storm and Sunshine in Great Smokies Add to Pleasure of Indian Gap Hike.” 8 March 1931: B4. Covers events of an excursion along the divide from Halls Cabin to Indian Gap, and then the descent to the Indian Gap Hotel that stood just below what is now the Chimney Tops picnic grounds. Fine descriptions of Silers Bald and the sawtooth ruggedness and balsam forest denseness on the approach to Clingmans Dome. Includes a reference to the wooden surveyors’ tower that once stood at the summit of Clingmans Dome. [KW] [885] Ozmer, R. R. “Blazing the Great Smoky Trail.” Field and Stream 36, no. 4 (August 1931): 36–38, 56–57. il.

Hiker’s account of the adventures and difficulties encountered in traveling along the newly-constructed Appalachian Trail through the GSM. Includes descriptions of the terrain as well as historical anecdotes about the mountain region. [KW] [886] Palmer, E. Laurence. “The Smokies: Peers of the Eastern Range.” Nature Magazine 11, no. 6 (June 1928): 364–67. il.

Brief, general, pre-Park description of the GSM, including a hike to the summit of Mount Le Conte. Of particular interest is the reference to Mount Lumadaha (Mount Chapman) and the use of the designation Le Conte Creek, the name that replaced Mill Creek as the stream flowing over Rainbow Falls. Includes photographs by Jim Thompson. [KW] [887] Searcy deJarnette, Tennie. “Loafing and Fishing in the Great Smoky Mountains.” Atlanta Constitution, 7 December 1930: SM8. il.

Gushing feature that promotes the natural beauty and recreational opportunities to be had in the Smokies. The author and her husband, headquartered in an inn in Bryson City, fish, hike, and meet hospitable locals, including Cherokee youth and Sally Wildcat, who relates

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

Cherokee history and lore. Concludes, “Recreation, joy and health are to be abundantly found in trips to the Winding Stairs, in fishing in Big Cove and in visiting with the Indians – or in excursions to Cades Cove, the Greenbriar Country, Mt. LeConte, the Chimneys, Alum Cave. First the roads open to automobiles, then the treasures in trails and hikes.” Photograph collages show mountain scenes and Cherokee, including a “chief ” in headdress. [RC] [888] Smith, Charles Forster. “Tramping in the Mountains—The Great Smokies and Thunder Head.” Christian Advocate 71, no. 38 (September 23, 1910): 10–12.

The first installment of a three-part, first-person account of a 1910 excursion into the GSM by Smith, a professor of classics at Vanderbilt University. The traveling party intended to go “first, on the dry State line ridge of the Smokies, then in the Balsam jungles of Junaluska, later on Mr. Vanderbilt’s interminable ‘bridle path’ from Pisgah to Biltmore, and finally while climbing over Graybeard and the Pinnacle and Potato Top and Clingman’s Peak on the way to Mt. Mitchell” (p. 10). The trip covered in this essay describes the trail from Ben Davis’s “at the ‘tollgate’” to the summit of Gregory Bald, and then along the state-line divide to Thunderhead Mountain. Contains brief descriptions of herder cabins found on Gregory Bald, Russell Field, and Spence Field, along with references to GSM place names current at the turn of the twentieth century. [KW] [889] Smith, Charles Forster. “Tramping in the Mountains.” Christian Advocate 71, no. 44 (November 4, 1910): 10–11.

The second installment of a three-part account of a 1910 excursion, which apparently was inadvertently published after the third part. (The third installment, “Tramping in the Mountains. No. III,” published 14 October 1910, is not about the Smokies.) The second essay outlines the party’s descent from the state-line divide near Thunderhead into Bone Valley and then down Hazel Creek to the railroad along the Little Tennessee River. The author comments on an encounter with crews from Ritter Lumber Company grading a road near the confluence of Bone Valley and Hazel Creeks prior to the

293

company’s logging of the area. Also includes comments on the Wood Lumber Company on Eagle Creek, speculation on a proposed hotel near Thunderhead, and a few disparaging remarks about the inferior diet and sanitary conditions of the mountain folk on Hazel Creek. The balance of the essay covers the party’s travel out the Smokies to Junaluska and then to Pisgah and the Vanderbilt estate. [KW]

the surrounding mountains. Devotes two paragraphs to GSM. [KW]

[890] Story, Isabelle F. “The Park of the Smoking Mountains.” Home Geographic Monthly 2, no. 6 (August 1932): 43–48. il.

[895] Wells, O. M. “Motoring Southward: Fine Roads Abound en Route to Southland.” Motor Travel 17, no. 9 (December 1925): 5–7. il.

Overview of the history, geography, and natural wonders of the GSMNP that emphasizes its botanical variety. Describes trails, fishing, giant trees, balds, and facilities for visitors. Photographs show vistas, trees, brooks, falls, and shrubbery. [RC] [891] “Tennessee Summer Resort Country.” Hardwood Record 36, no. 5 (June 25, 1913): 44.

Brief announcement of an illustrated folder published by the Little River Railroad extolling the “beauties of the Elkmont country” [901]. The announcement mentions that “the region is fast being built up with club houses and modest hotels” and predicts it is destined “to become one of the best known resort regions of the entire United States.” [KW] [892] Thornburgh, Laura [Laura Thornborough, pseud.]. “Tramping in the Great Smokies.” American Forests and Forest Life 33, no. 404 (August 1927): 463–66, 512. il.

Though written as a first-person account of a five-day camping excursion along the state-line divide in the Silers Bald vicinity, this article is largely a brief non-technical survey of the variety of plant and wildlife found in the GSM. Includes a discussion of the plans of the thenrecent proposal to set aside the area as a national park. Also author of The Great Smoky Mountains (New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1937). [KW] [893] Topping, John D. “Asheville and the ‘Land of the Sky’.” The Tarheel Banker 7 (June 1929): 38–42.

Short general interest article about Asheville, the local Rhododendron Festival, and the scenic beauty of 294

[894] Watson, Harry M. “A New Playground—The Great Smoky Mountains Park.” Studebaker Wheel (August 1930): 6–7. il.

Guide to automobile touring in the GSMNP. Includes sixteen illustrations. [RC]

Pages 6–7 are devoted to automobile touring in the GSM, “the mountain climax of Eastern America.” Asserts, “No one has explored them, save a few hardy mountaineers. There are cliffs and gulfs in the Smokies that no man is known to have climbed. Even to the native people, the high Smokies are a land of mystery … there are not three men in Bryson to-day who have traveled the length of the Smokies divide” (p. 7). Encourages city dwellers and prairie farmers to discover them and “feel the explorer’s thrill” (p. 7). [RC] [896] “Where Will You Take Your Air?” The Independent 120, no. 4067 (May 12, 1928): 451. il.

A collection of ten photographs illustrating a sample of attractive locations across the country for taking vacations. Article contains a Jim Thompson photograph showing a panoramic view of the GSM skyline. [KW] [897] Willy, John. “Ten Days in the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Hotel Monthly 34, no. 402 (September 1926): 44–58. il., map.

Tourist account of a 1926 guided excursion along the Tenn. side of the GSM. Includes interesting observations about accommodations in this isolated mountainous region. Of note is a detailed description, including photographs and floor plan sketch, of the interior and exterior of the Huff lodge erected on Mount Le Conte the previous year. Includes photographs of GSM scenery. [KW] [898] Wood, E. Malcolm “An Englishman Looks at the Smokies: Part 1.” Potomac Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 2, no. 2 (April 1933): 28–31. “An Englishman Looks at the Smokies: Part 2.” Potomac Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

Appalachian Trail Club Bulletin 2, no. 3 (July 1933): 46–48.

Hiker’s account of an excursion down the Unaka chain from Iron Mountain to the GSM. The excursion enters the GSM at the little village of Mount Sterling, N.C., follows the state-line divide to White Rock (Mount Cammerer), and then to Mount Guyot. Describes the difficulty of traveling the unmarked ridgeline between Low Gap and Mount Guyot. [KW] [899] Woodruff, Margaret Louise. “Horseback in the Blue Ridge.” Country Life in America 23 (November 1, 1912): 14, 16, 16-b. il.

Account of travel by horse in sections of the Blue Ridge and GSM by a writer from Massachusetts. Comments on main trails, towns, inns, scenery, crafts, mountain hospitality and speech, and local customs. Emphasizes the region’s natural beauty, backward charm, and personal safety. “Yet I do not think there is a section of the United States where a woman can travel alone with greater safety, or receive more genuine consideration” (p. 16-b). Relates an encounter with a native who maintains that the world is square. Includes three small photographs of the author mounted on horseback (“Always the horse must be the first consideration, for upon his comfort and happiness depends much of yours,” advises a typical caption), a mountain cabin, and a logging operation. [RC]

Guidebooks

[900] Away Up in the Smokies! Knoxville: Knoxville Automobile Club and Knoxville Chamber of Commerce, 1927. 4 p. il., map.

Promotional booklet containing seventeen photographs of scenic views, a map, and brief descriptions of some of the many points of interest in the GSM near Knoxville. Includes a chart of hotels and camps on the Tenn. side of the Smokies and, for each, a schedule of rates and nearby attractions. Several of the photographs are by Jim Thompson. [KW] [901] The Beautiful Elkmont Country. n.p.: Little River Railroad, n.d. 8 p. il., map.

A tourist brochure that “briefly describes some of the delightful health and summer resorts in the ‘Beautiful Elkmont Country,’” which hopefully “will answer satisRecreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

factorily your question of where to go on your vacation trip” (p. 2). The Beautiful Elkmont Country is defined generally as a twenty-six mile corridor of mountain country along the Little River between Walland and Elkmont. In addition to promoting railroad travel, the brochure contains brief descriptions of several rustic hotels that serve travelers and sportsmen visiting the Smoky Mountains. The brochure is well illustrated and supplemented with a “condensed time table” of railroad service between Knoxville and the Appalachian Club at Elkmont. [KW] [902] Booklet “B.” Knoxville: Great Smoky Mountains Tourist Bureau, 1926. 96 p. il.

Describes and promotes tours of GSM available from Knoxville, Johnson City, Coal Creek, and Biltmore. For example, Sunrise Tour #3 ($21.25/person) begins in Knoxville, proceeds via motor coach to Gatlinburg to hike Mount Le Conte. After spending the night at the Le Conte summit and watching the sunrise, tour participants returned to Gatlinburg for lunch. Booklet includes short sketches of towns like Sevierville and Maryville, hotels, tourist attractions, advertisements for local businesses, and other non-GSM tours sponsored by the same tourist agency. Illustrated by several unattributed photographs. [AB] [903] Chunn, Ida F. Descriptive Illustrated Guide-Book to North Carolina Mountains. Their Principal Resorts. New York: E. J. Hale & Son, 1881. 87 p. il.

Guidebook to Western N.C. that refers to towns and scenery in the GSM region. See in particular p. 33–34; “Hickory-Nut Gap,” p. 39–47; and “Warm Springs,” p. 73–78. An early geographic description of the “Great Smoky” is found on p. 80–82. Mentions railway routes and roads, forests, natural features, animals, mountains, valleys, resorts, rivers, and fishing. Although generally straightforward, the text occasionally gushes: “O blue vail of distance, mourning vail of storms, white diaphanous drapery, and bridal wreaths of fog!” (p. 12). Includes photographs of mountains (none in GSM) and illustrated advertisements for local lodgings and merchandise. [RC] [904] Community Life in Western North Carolina: ‘The Land of the Sky.’ Washington, D.C.: Southern Railway, 1913. 39 p. il. 295

Reprint: Milwaukee: Wright and Joys, for Southern Railway, 1914. 40 p. il.

Heavily illustrated travel guide and promotional brochure of towns, resorts, hotels, scenery, religious conferences, social organizations, and recreational opportunities accessible from train routes of the Southern Railway. Notes in particular the Southern Assembly (“the great Methodist Chautauqua of the South”) in Junaluska, the Mountain Retreat Association in Montreat, religious associations in Black Mountain, and clubs and parks in Hendersonville, Tryon, and Asheville. Mentions popular GSM sites in Western N.C. Includes numerous illustrations and photographs, some by H. W. Pelton, of cottages, lodges, mountain sights, and outdoor recreational activities (golf and horseback riding). Southern Railway officers and agents are listed on the last page. [RC] [905] Gatchell, Edwin A. The Standard Guide to Asheville and Western North Carolina. Asheville: Fred L. Jacobs, 1887. 72 p. il.

Concerns locations mostly outside of the Smokies region but includes a section on Waynesville (p. 35–37) with a list of places of interest, such as Cataloochee (20 miles from Waynesville) and Johnathans (Jonathans) Creek (6–8 miles from Waynesville). Includes a composite engraving of three mountain scenes. Illustrated by Roger Davis. [AB] [906] General Information, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North Carolina—Tennessee. Washington, D.C.: National Park Service, 1932. 14 p. map. Another edition: Washington, D.C.: National Park Service. 1933, 21 p. il., maps.

Pamphlet begins with the progress to date on the formation of the GSMNP and steps necessary for Park completion. Topics in the Park overview section include natural attractions with an accompanying chart of mountain peak heights, nearby Cherokee lands, recreation such as fishing, hiking and camping, native animals, park administration, directions to the Park by automobile or railroad, and overnight accommodations with prices (a night at John Oliver’s Lodge in Cades Cove is $2). Concludes with a list of rules and regulations for the Park and a bibliography (p. 13–14). A map showing major high-

296

ways leading to the Park is included. One illustration. Bibliography, p. 13–14. The 1933 edition has additional photographs, two attributed to George Masa and three to Jim Thompson. Text is primarily the same with a few changes. Bibliography, p. 20–21 (1933 edition). [AB] [907] The Great Smokies. Asheville: North Carolina Park Commission, 1926. 24 p. il., map.

Promotional pamphlet issued by the North Carolina Park Commission to stimulate interest in the newlyproposed GSMNP. Contains a reprint of Horace Kephart’s “The Last of the Eastern Wilderness” (originally published in 1926 in The World’s Work [660]), a five-paragraph endorsement by U.S. Secretary of the Interior Hubert Work, and a short appendix offering tourist travel information with descriptive notes about the mountains for the prospective traveler. Thirty-eight photographs and one map accompany the text. [KW] [908] Great Smoky Mountains. Asheville: North Carolina Park Commission, 1925. 31 p. il, map.

Promotional pictorial booklet that glorifies the GSM’s natural beauty as part of the campaign to raise one million dollars to purchase land for the GSMNP from citizens of Tenn. and N.C. Details the region’s isolation and diversity of plant and animal life. Texts are mostly excerpts from magazines, newspapers, novels, and scientific and government reports. Among the booklet’s more over-the-top claims are that the area is virtually untouched and unknown wilderness and that its untutored inhabitants speak, dress, and sing ballads contemporary with Shakespeare’s time. Explains, “Today the Cherokee of the Great Smokies are lusty farmers, good Baptists, and frantic players of a game known as Indian ball” (p. 14). Salivates over the prospect of millions of tourists’ dollars once the park is established: “In both North Carolina and Tennessee, those multitudes will spend freely, just as similar multitudes do in Montana and California . . . it is conservative to estimate that the Smoky Mountains Park will bring 500,000 people a year into this section. They will spend, while here, an average of $100 each. That is a total of $50,000,000” (p. 16–17). Expounds on the salubrious benefits of increased tourism and population growth. Promises that lumbering will cease once the Park is established and notes with pride, “We shall

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

have saved our now menaced American Ruhr” (p. 29). Includes two photographs on every page, their location generally unidentified, with captions drawn from popular GSM authors such as Horace Kephart, Paul Fink, and Margaret Morley. The final page is a map that shows the GSMNP’s strategic central location for tourism and mileage to major U.S. cities. [RC] [909] Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association, n.d. 32 p. il., map.

Overview of the natural beauty, virgin forests, wildlife, plant life, and native people of the GSM. Quotes from various writers including Horace Kephart and academicians including Dr. Charles Eliot, President Emeritus of Harvard University, extolling the virtues of the Smokies. Mountaineers and Cherokee will be able to remain in their homes as “objects of interest to millions of tourists” (p. 13). With the coming of the national park, areas that are now inaccessible will be made accessible through the building of roads, bridle paths, and hiking trails. Tourists will come from across America, providing economic benefit for the region. Illustrated with forty-eight photographs, some from Jim Thompson, Knoxville, and George Masa, Asheville. Concludes with a map dated 1925 showing the location of the GSM in the Eastern U.S. No publication date given; internal evidence suggests late 1920s. [AB] [910] Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Knoxville: Standard News Agency, n.d.. 32 p. il.

Promotional booklet for the would-be GSM traveler. Contains a brief historical sketch of the area together with factual data about travel directions, accommodations, and trail distances. Illustrated with sixteen color-tinted photographs. [KW] [911] The Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Knoxville: J. L. Caton, 1928. 32 p. il.

Illustrated booklet that promotes Knoxville as the gateway to the GSM. Contains a one-page introduction to the national park, followed by an assortment of short articles on flowers and trees of the Smokies and of scenic tours through the mountains, and general information about Knoxville, local industry, and the University

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

of Tennessee. Articles are interspersed with photographs and promotions of hotels, colleges, and businesses within Knoxville and upper East Tenn. Also includes photograph of the non-existent “Lamadaha Cove” in the Smokies. [KW] [912] The Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Knoxville: Great Smoky Mountains Publishing Company, 1930. 30 p. il., map.

Lavishly illustrated publicity booklet promoting tourism in Knoxville and the Tenn. side of the GSM. Text consists of short informative articles on Knoxville and the GSMNP, plus thematic essays on the geography, trees, wildflowers, scenery, and tours in the Smokies. Contains over forty photographs and three maps. Of particular interest is a map drawn by H. P. Ijams depicting points in the Smokies represented by the disused names Sharp Top, Lumadaha, Grassy Patch, and Buck Fork Cascades, as well as the locations of the now defunct Le Conte Hotel, Indian Gap Hotel, John Oliver Lodge, Ekaneetlee Lodge, and Camp Margaret Townsend. [KW] [913] Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Asheville: Consolidated Realty Corporation, 1931. il., maps.

Folded broadsheet pamphlet promoting Asheville as the gateway to the newly formed GSMNP. Contains an invitation to the Park from Horace M. Albright, Director of the National Park Service, that prefaces a brief history of the establishment of the Park. The promotion outlines the convenient location, natural attractions, and economic benefits of the Park together with quotes from notables including John D. Rockefeller, Jr., and Harvey S. Firestone. Illustrated with ten photographs and two maps. [KW] [914] Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Asheville: North Carolina Park Commission—Publicity Bureau of the Asheville Chamber of Commerce, [n.d.]. 24 p. il., map.

Booklet “for the purpose of presenting to the people of America the beauty of the Great Smoky Mountains of Western North Carolina.” Compiled from previously published articles by Horace Kephart and Robert Sterling Yard, augmented by short informative pieces suitable for the tourist reader that describe the Smoky

297

Mountains and give details on automobile access to the Park. The compilation includes several photographs that illustrate “the beauty of the Great Smoky Mountains in Western North Carolina” with well-known images from the Tenn. side of the Smokies by photographer Jim Thompson.[KW]

of area hotels and the cost per week. The White Sulphur Springs hotel tops the list for Waynesville at $15–$25/ week. [AB]

[915] The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Land of the Everlasting Hills. Knoxville: J. L. Caton, 1934. 32 p. il., map.

Guide promoting the East Tenn. section of the East Tennessee, Virginia, and Georgia Railroad Company. Includes extensive information on the region, such as details of summer resorts. Brief topography of the eastern mountain region (called Unakas) on p. 4. Featured resorts that border the Smokies are White Cliff Mineral Springs on top of Chilhowee Mountain and Montvale Springs near Maryville. Rates for both resorts are $2/day or $30/month. White Cliff Mineral Springs is “in a dry, pure and very invigorating atmosphere, affording an extensive view of the surrounding country” (p. 28). Section on Montvale Springs refers to the resort as “the most attractive and pleasant summer resort in East Tennessee” (p. 30) and cites several testimonials. Illustrated with a foldout map of the rail line and engravings of the region, including both White Cliff Springs Hotel and Montvale Springs. [AB]

Heavily illustrated booklet that promotes tourism in the newly created GSMNP. Text consists of a hodgepodge of short articles about various features of the new Park and how to see the Park, either by hiking, horseback, or automobile. Contains pre-Park photographs of mountain scenery, GSM settlements, and the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. Of interest is a schedule compiled by H. M. Jennison, professor of botany at the University of Tennessee, that lists plants in the GSM and the months in which they bloom. [KW] [916] The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Tennessee and North Carolina. Knoxville: Great Smoky Mountains Pub. Co., Inc., 1928. 80 p. il.

Lavishly illustrated promotional booklet touting the magnificent beauty and uniqueness of the GSM region. The booklet’s theme, “every American should visit the Smokies,” is conveyed largely through photographs and collages of images interspersed with limited text. Many photographs are by Jim Thompson. [KW] [917] Greater Western North Carolina: ‘Land of the Sky’ ‘Sapphire Country’ and ‘Land of Waterfalls’. Asheville: Greater Western North Carolina Association., 1913. 120 p. il.

Promotional booklet on the Western N.C. region, including the area around Waynesville. “The Land of Sky” is defined as “an irregular plateau, over two thousand feet above sea level, between the Blue Ridge, the Great Smokies and Cumberland Ranges” (p. 9). Section on Waynesville (p. 45–55) is comprised of distances from various attractions, information and photographs on various hotels, amenities like banks, churches, and schools, transportation, and agriculture. Remainder of book is outside scope of this bibliography. Concludes with a list

298

[918] Guide to the Summer Resorts and Watering Places of East Tennessee. Memphis: S. C. Toff and Co., 1879. 47 p. il., map.

[919] Handbook of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club. Affiliated with the Appalachian Trail Conference. Knoxville: Smoky Mountains Hiking Club, 1926– . il., maps.

Annual publication of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club that outlines the club’s outings and programmed hikes for the upcoming year. Lists dates and destinations for each of the planned outings, with detailed writeups of the intended hike by a leader who has previously scouted the route. Earlier handbooks offer some of the finest descriptions of points in the Smokies from a time when the mountains were fairly uncharted and rarely visited. Descriptions mention locations of old, now-disused trails, former campsites, and backwoods cabins and barns as well as place names then current in GSM nomenclature. Most handbooks are illustrated with photographs and affixed with a foldout map of the Smokies. Handbooks average about fifty pages in length and are compact enough to fit into pockets and backpacks. [KW]

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

[920] Harris, Cora A. Auto Tours in Western North Carolina. Charlotte: privately published, 1934. 33 p. il., map.

Travel guide to Western N.C. “The Smoky Mountains National Park” trip is covered on p. 23 and 27. See also p. 5 for “Views of Smoky Mountain National Park,” poorly reproduced landscape photographs. Mentions “an airport, which has a fine location in a broad valley near Smokemont and for which valley the Government paid a pretty penny. Incidentally, no inhabitant of the park is disturbed” (p. 27). [RC] [921] How to Reach Our New National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: East Tennessee Automobile Club, [n.d.]. il., map.

Brochure with brief descriptions of the newly-established national park in the Smokies and illustrated with photographs by S. H. Essary and Jim Thompson. A secondary article, “How to See the Great Smokies,” is augmented with three maps and suggestions of getting into the mountains by hiking, horseback, automobile, and airplane. [KW] [922] Information to Visitors Concerning Greater Western North Carolina. Asheville: Greater Western North Carolina Association, 1913. 80 p. il.

Similar to other Greater Western N.C. Association publications, although somewhat briefer. Includes an additional section on horticulture and agriculture. Waynesville is covered on p. 45–50. [AB] [923] Knoxville’s Best View of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, As Seen from Highland Memorial Cemetery: Showing Principal Peaks, Mountain Ranges and Other Points of Interest. Knoxville: Highland Memorial Cemetery, 1930. il.

Highland Memorial Cemetery in Knoxville prepared and printed this two-sided brochure. The text provides directions to the cemetery from downtown Knoxville, including various landmarks and neighborhoods along the way, as well as a brief description of the size and scope of the National Park. The highlight is the panoramic sketch of the Park on the reverse side of the brochure that identifies twenty-seven specific peaks and gaps visible from the cemetery. In addition, locations of

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

ten towns and resorts situated between the cemetery and the mountains are noted. [MT] [924] Knoxville Traffic Regulations and Visitors Guide. Knoxville: Knoxville Automobile Club, 1928. 64 p. il.

Promotional pamphlet that explains services to Club members, traffic rules for Knoxville, and area attractions, including the Smokies. About fifty percent of advertisements are for various services, many automobile-related, such as tires, wreckers, and hotels for tourists. Smokies section (p. 19–26) presents a 100-mile driving loop from Knoxville to various scenic stops and back, side trips for motorists to places like Cades Cove, Elkmont, and Montvale Springs, a list of hiking trails that includes Rainbow Falls, Alum Cave to Mount Le Conte, Abrams Falls, and Gregory Bald, and accommodations at local hotels, camps, and lodges with overnight rates ($3/day for the Wonderland Hotel at Elkmont). Three Smokies illustrations: Jim Thompson views of Mount Le Conte and a forest scene of rhododendrons, and an aerial view of Sevierville with accompanying information on Sevierville and Sevier County. [AB] [925] Land of the Sky. Southern Appalachian Mountains in Story and Picture. Western North Carolina, Eastern Tennessee, North Georgia. Washington, D.C.: Southern Railway System, 1926. 49 p. il., map.

Promotional booklet that features natural attractions and activities accessible from the Southern Railway lines. Covers Bryson City and GSM (p. 1, 4, 8, 44). [RC] [926] “Land of the Sky” and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Asheville: Southern Railway, Great Smoky Mountains Pub. Co., 1929. 78 p. il.

Lavishly illustrated promotional brochure that touts the scenic beauty of the mountain region of Western N.C. Includes general travel information and civic endorsements of Asheville, Henderson, Tyron, Montreat, Brevard, Highlands, Sylva, Waynesville, and Andrews as attractive places for tourist visits, as well as a sixteenpage section on the wonders and attractions of the GSM, including their natural beauty, geology, flora, fauna, and craft shops. Extensively illustrated with images by noted

299

local photographers George Masa and Jim Thompson. This brochure is part of a series of similarly named promotional publications. [KW] [927] The Land of the Sky: A Guide to Resorts, Industries, Scenic Attractions and Recreational Facilities of Western North Carolina. Asheville: Western Carolina Advertising Committee, 1931. 36 p. il., map.

Promotional guide to eighteen counties in Western N.C., including those bordering the GSMNP. Contains one-page introductory essay on the virtues of the region’s climate, geography, and history. Provides a brief history of the region, population figures and other statistics, business and commercial opportunities, transportation details, mileage from major U.S. cities (for example, 685.3 miles from Chicago to Asheville), and town-bytown descriptions. Includes a camp directory (p. 33–34) and a map with different grades of roads and mileage figures marked. Other features include sections on national forests and game/fish regulations. Almost half of the brochure is taken up by local advertising. Four illustrations, including one of the GSM taken from Balsam Mountain near Waynesville. [RC/AB] [928] Lindsey, Thomas H. Lindsey’s Guide Book to Western North Carolina. Asheville: Randolph-Kerr Printing Co., 1890. 92 p. il., map.

Aims “to combine every item of information that would be of interest to the Tourist and Health-seeker, or visitor to this beautiful Land of the Sky” (Introduction). Lindsey’s Guide offers a plethora of facts, figures, recommendations, and descriptive information for the wouldbe traveler to Western N.C. Little information about the Smokies outside of a “Table of Altitudes” and a few short descriptive paragraphs on the Cherokee and mountains in Haywood County. [KW] [929] McCoy, George W., and George Masa. Guide to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Asheville: Inland Press, 1933. 142 p. il., map. 2nd ed.: Asheville: Inland Press, 1935. 161 p. il., maps.

Guidebook to the new national park that features seven recommended automobile tours and hikes to dozens of scenic points. Comprehensive in scope, including

300

sections on physical description and geology, automobile tours, trails, recreation such as camping and fishing, rules and regulations, history, plants, wildlife, Cherokee Indians and their mythology, the “Highlanders,” museums and gift shops, accommodations available in the region, a bibliography and an index. Of particular interest are the names and routes of old trails that have fallen into disuse and passed out of GSM lore. The guide is filled with advice for the first-time visitor to the Smokies. “Clothing should be stout and durable, preferably wool, to guard against snags from the undergrowth and for protection against chill . . .” (p. 60). Illustrated with about fifty photographs. Photographer is unidentified, with exception of one photograph of a mountain couple credited to Horace Kephart (p. 113). Co-author George Masa, prominent Asheville photographer, was likely responsible for some illustrations. Numbering in the lower right corner of photographs is consistent with the numbering system used by Masa. The Horace Kephart photograph (p. 79) is a well-known Masa image. A delicate tissue paper foldout map of the GSMNP is included. [AB/KW] [930] Presbrey, Frank. Land of the Sky and Beyond. New York: n.p., 1894. 32 p. il.

2nd ed.: New York: Fleming, Schiller & Carnrick Press, 1896.

Travel pamphlet of N.C., Tenn., and Ga. sights along the Southern Railway lines. Includes descriptions of the GSM region (p. 9, 11–12). Of interest is Presbrey’s fanciful description of moonshiners: The moonshiner naturally feels that he has as much right to boil his fruit or grain into spirits as the farmer has to cook hominy in his own kettles. . . . It is grewsome to see these lank, leathery, unkempt, semi-barbarous brethren brought into court, with manacles on their limbs, and summarily consigned to doleful exile in distant dungeons. . . . He prefers, or habit and poverty compel him to prefer, soggy hot biscuit, vile coffee, cadaverous, greasy bacon, assassinated in a frying pan. He drinks too much of his own fiery decoction and too little of the salubrious water that leaps, gushes and sparkles on every hand. (p. 11) [RC]

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

[931] Slaughter, Mercer, and Solomon Haas. Summer Resorts and Points of Interest of Virginia, Western North Carolina and North Georgia. New York: C. G. Crawford, 1884. 101 p. il.

Summer Resorts, a travel guide to springs, health resorts, towns, hotels, boardinghouses, lore, history, and scenery from Washington, D.C. to north Ga., is one of the earliest publications dedicated to promoting railroad tourism in the mountain South. Authors Slaughter and Haas, agents for the Richmond and Danville Railroad, present a detailed overview of each of the various commercial rail lines that serve the mountain region. Integrated into the information on railway lines and other modes of transportation are descriptions of the points of interest and scenic wonders along each line. While Slaughter and Haas do not mention the GSM by name, the region is represented in sections on “The Western North Carolina Railroad” (p. 55–95) which mentions the Ducktown line through Buncombe, Haywood, Jackson, Swain, Macon and Cherokee counties; the Unaka Mountains (p. 79– 80); the Pigeon River (p. 82); the lumber industry, trout fishing, Waynesville, and the Cherokee (p. 92). Of the Unaka Mountains they write, “quite a number of peaks that reach over six thousand feet, and some of them are covered with almost perpetual snow—hence ‘Unaka,’ white” (p. 79). Extols fishing, hunting, sightseeing, scenery, churches, Cherokee, and mentions local guides and characters. Tables in the final six pages list elevations of peaks, summer homes along the railways (including the name of hotel or boardinghouse proprietor), post-office address, distance from station, conveyance (for example, bus, buggy, and hack), number of guests that can be accommodated, and room and board rates (per day, week, month). [RC/KW] [932] Southern Assembly, Lake Junaluska, North Carolina for Conference, Training, Rest, Inspiration, Recreation; on Southern Railway. Waynesville, N.C.: Southern Assembly, 1913?. 32 p. il.

Illustrated promotional booklet that outlines plans by the Methodist Episcopal Church to establish “a permanent Methodist Assembly which will meet the anticipated needs of the Church for conferences, training, inspiration, and recreation.” The Assembly is to be located on Lake Junaluska in the GSM foothills. The main text

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

focuses on description of facilities, terms of sale, and future administration. Promotional material is buttressed by excerpts of testimonies by church bishops, officers, laymen, educators, preachers, as well as by outside visitors and newspaper editors. [KW] [933] Spend Your Vacation in East Tennessee and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Visitors Guide. Knoxville: East Tennessee Automobile Club, 193?. Copy 1: 28 p.; Copy 2: 32 p. il., map (copy 1 only).

Annotation refers to two undated copies. Organization and texts are similar, but not identical. Copy 1 appears to be the earlier version. Information on the Smokies is dispersed throughout the pamphlet in a series of short entries on scenery, touring routes, fishing (resident license: $2), hiking trails, hotels, camps, and lodges (Le Conte Lodge $1/day). Article on “Points of Interest in East Tennessee” includes Elkmont and Gatlinburg. There are short descriptions of Maryville and Alcoa, proclaimed “Gateway” to the GSMNP. Articles are interspersed with advertisements, many for local hotels. Two-page map (p. 14–15) entitled “Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park” depicts roads, hotels and camps, and hiking trails. Six Smokies photographs: three by Jim Thompson and three unattributed. Cover of copy 2 is a Jim Thompson photograph of Dome Falls. Text, similar to that of copy 1, includes information on Smokies trees, flowering shrubs and wild flowers, “Motor Trips in the Smokies” (Cades Cove, Greenbrier, and Indian Gap highway, among others), hiking trails (by Carlos Campbell), fishing, calendar of plants and flowers (by H. M. Jennison, University of Tennessee Professor of Botany), and hotels and lodges (Le Conte Lodge has increased to $2/day). Like the previous brochure, includes Elkmont and Gatlinburg on list of interesting places in East Tenn. and urges the reader to stop in Maryville and Alcoa on the way to the Smokies. Articles are interspersed with advertisements, many for local hotels. Ten Smokies photographs: seven by Jim Thompson (including cover), one by Granville Hunt, two unattributed. Located at the McClung Collection, Knox County Public Library. [AB] [934] Touring the Land of the Sky. Western North Carolina’s Scenic Wonderland Including the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Asheville: Tourist

301

Publishing Co. Irregular, 1933–37; annual, 1938– . Not published in 1934. Title varies: 1935, Touring the National Park to Park Highway; cover-title, 1939, Touring, the Travel Director’s Reference Book.

Travel magazine geared to automobile tourists with articles on GSM and Western N.C. Includes suggested routes, articles on local culture and handicrafts, endorsements by GSMNP officials and government and civic leaders, maps, advertisements, etc. Until 1938, usually two issues per year. Magazine ceased publication in the 1940s. [RC] [935] Tours in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Knoxville: Great Smoky Mountain Travel Bureau, 1933. 16 p. il.

Heavily illustrated booklet that promotes Knoxville as the gateway to the GSM region and provides a venue for local commercial establishments to advertise services to mountain-seeking tourists. Includes an introduction to the GSM, a schedule of “Lecturer-Escort-Driver” aided tours into various regions of the mountains, brief articles on Smoky Mountain ballads, fishing and camping in the mountains, and a schedule of dates when mountain wildflowers are expected to bloom. [KW] [936] Waynesville the Beautiful: Top Town of Western North Carolina. Waynesville, N.C.: Chamber of Commerce, n.d. 21 p. il., map.

Promotional brochure for Waynesville, “the highest incorporated railroad city in eastern America” (foreword). Lauds bounties of the town and the surrounding area with unbridled enthusiasm, even preposterous claims, stating, for example, that “buffalo, elk and deer roam unmolested” (p. 5) in nearby Pisgah National Forest, and that the Waynesville water supply is “America’s purest water” (p. 6). The author is particularly fond of the word “mecca” (“a mecca for vacationists,” “a mecca for motorists”). Illustrated with twenty-eight photographs. Photograph captions and many sentences end in exclamation points. [RC] [937] Waynesville, the Favorite Resort, North Carolina. Asheville: Inland Press, 1916. 15 p. il.

Heavily illustrated promotional booklet by the Waynesville Board of Trade setting forth the scenic 302

and recreational attractions of the Waynesville area, particularly those of Lake Junaluska, the mountains of Haywood County, and Pisgah National Forest. Includes general facts about the area and information on travel accommodations. [KW] [938] The Western North Carolina Section at a Glance. Washington D.C.: Southern Railway, 1912. 64 p. il.

Details the stretch of railroad from Salisbury, N.C. to Asheville that crosses the GSM towns of Bryson City, Sylva, and Waynesville. The section in the Smokies is a part of the Murphy division, originally the Western N.C. Railroad. It runs from Murphy to Asheville, a distance of 123.1 miles. “The country through which the RAILWAY passes is famous not only for its wonderful scenery, but also for the salubrity of its climate and the fertility of its soil” (p. 35). There is brief information about each town on the line. GSM trails are highlighted on p. 59– 60. Includes a few photographs. [AB] [939] The Western North Carolina Section at a Glance. Issued by the Passenger Traffic Department, Southern Railway, Premier Carrier of the South. Washington, D.C.: Southern Railway, 1913. 63 p. il.

Railway travel guide to Piedmont, Western N.C., and sections of East Tenn. “Along the French Broad” (p. 27–31). Considerable town-by-town GSM content; see in particular pages 35–47 for locales in Cherokee, Swain, Jackson, and Haywood counties. Unflaggingly glowing in its descriptions of natural features, stations, and towns. A typical passage on Forney, N.C. informs: “Over an excellent road it is only three miles to the crest of Silers Meadows, 5,700 feet high, whence a view may be obtained of all the Great Smoky Mountains that is wondrously beautiful. Extensive lumbering operations are conducted in the immediate vicinity of the station, but the great forests which cover the hills and mountains nearby seem scarcely to have been touched” (p. 40). Includes black-and-white and color photographs of steam trains and scenery along the routes. [RC] [940] Where to Go This Summer: The Land of the Sky is a Beautiful Country. Washington, D.C.: Southern Railway System, 1918. 34 p. il., map. Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

References recreational activities, health and summer resorts, and sights along the Southern Railway lines in the Southeastern U.S., including a section on Western N.C. Describes Waynesville, Lake Junaluska (p. 4, 11), and GSM trails (p. 15). “Probably the best approach to the lower half of the Great Smokies is from Bushnell, on the Murphy Division of the Southern Railway, rather than from any point on the Knoxville Division. As the explorer approaches the summits of the mountains he finds that the forest of hardwoods ceases, its place being taken by miles of thickets, impenetrable save where the bears have kept open their trails” (p. 15). [RC]

Appalachian Trail

[941] Avery, Myron H. “The Appalachian Trail.” Mountain Magazine 8, no. 2 (February 1930): 7–10. il.

Short article by the President of the Potomac Appalachian Trail Club updates readers on the construction progress of the proposed Appalachian Trail through the mountain regions from Maine to Ga. Comments on two possible routes through the mountains then under consideration. The narrative proceeds section by section along the trail and outlines the trail routes, the degree of completion of trail development, and identifies the individuals and parties directing the work. At the time of this report, the Appalachian Trail Conference was considering two alternative routes for the trail through the GSM. One suggests following the crest line of the Smokies from the Big Pigeon to Clingmans Dome and then down Forney Ridge to Bushnell on the Little Tennessee River. The second recommends that the trail continue from Clingmans Dome along the crest line to the western terminus of the GSM where the Little Tennessee River cuts through the range. The report is accompanied by a membership roster of the Appalachian Trail Conference and a partial bibliography of articles about the Appalachian Trail. [KW] [942] Avery, Myron H. “Notes on the Appalachian Trail in the South.” Appalachia 18, no. 2 (December 1930): 198–99.

With increased trail development in the South, there are now continuous marked hiking trails in the Southern Appalachians. Avery reports on a recent hike with Paul Fink and Lt. Walter S. Diehl in the eastern part Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

of the Smokies from Mount Guyot to the highway at Newfound Gap. In comparison to the western Smokies, terrain in the eastern Smokies is difficult to hike, but the hiker is rewarded with “dominating height, majesty of forest growth, and awe-inspiring outlook” (p. 199). Avery predicts that the eastern Smokies will become the “premier skyline trail of the eastern United States” (p. 199). [AB] [943] Avery, Myron H. “Progress of the Appalachian Trail.” Mountain Magazine 9, no. 2 (June 1931): 1–11. maps.

Report on major routing problems with building the Appalachian Trail, including the rationale directing the trail along the Stone, Iron, Great Smoky, and Unaka chain rather than along the main line of the Blue Ridge. Sketches the proposed route of the trail through the Smokies and comments on the trail’s progress. Appended is a supplement to the Appalachian Trail bibliography published in the February 1930 issue of Mountain Magazine [941]. [KW] [944] MacKaye, Benton. “An Appalachian Trail: A Project of Regional Planning.” Journal of the American Institute of Architects 9, no. 10 (October 1921): 325–30. map.

First proposal of a trail spanning the Appalachian Mountains. MacKaye, forester and later Tennessee Valley Authority regional planner, suggests the trail as important for recreation, health-producing therapy, and employment opportunities. The trail should have four components: 1) expand upon and link trails already in existence, 2) shelter camps, 3) permanent community camps, and 4) food and farm camps. Includes a map of proposed trail. [AB]

Hunting and Fishing

[945] Ambler, Chase P. “Trout Fishing in North Carolina.” Forest and Stream 74, no. 19 (May 7, 1910): 738.

A letter to the editor recommending places to fish for trout in the mountains of Western N.C. Includes recommendations on the Tuckasegee River and Deep, Forney, and Hazel Creeks, as well as Little River. Mentions that the pulp mill is polluting the Pigeon River below Canton 303

and that the Oconaluftee River has been ruined by the Indians “who are said to practice placing a decoction of walnut leaves in the pools to stupefy the fish.” [KW]

watersheds in the area as well as anecdotal accounts of the origin of local place names “Tar Paper Camp,” “the Low-Down,” and “New World.” [KW]

[946] Bohannan, J. S. “A Bear Hunt in the Great Smoky Mountains.” National Sportsman 35, no. 4 (October 1915): 461–65.

[950] Gillis, Donald. “Uncaught Trout.” Forest and Stream 86, no. 2 (February 1916): 804.

Narrative of mountaineers’ bear-hunting adventure around the Halls cabin section of the GSM. Incorporates observations about differences in the terrain of the N.C. and Tenn. sides of the mountain and how bears exploit these differences to elude hunters and their “dawgs.” Includes passing references to local hunting traditions and mountain customs. [KW] [947] Bowles, Joseph T. “‘Old Sharpnose’ of Bone Valley: How Beginner’s Luck Was the Downfall of the Prize Bear of the Big Smokies.” The Outing Magazine 64, no. 6 (September 1914): 723–27.

Account of a bear-hunting expedition along Chestnut Ridge in the GSM. Explains the origin of the name “Bone Valley,” gives a detailed description of the Hall Cabin (a well-known hunters’ cabin on the state-line divide), and provides anecdotes about bears’ strategies for eluding hunting dogs on the chase. Also mentions the names of several local Smoky Mountain bear hunters. [KW] [948] Bowles, Joseph L. “A Bear Hunt in the Big Smokies.” Field and Stream 19, no. 7 (November 1914): 694–98. il.

Conversational retelling of a hunt for Old Kettlefoot, a well-known GSM bear noted for his exceptional size and predatory tendencies. Of particular interest is the narrative’s inclusion of local GSM family names and references to once familiar mountain landmarks (Shot Beach Tree, Flint Rock Stand, Little Dock House, Beech Flats, and Board Camp) in the Deep Creek and Oconaluftee watersheds. Author’s name is Joseph T. Bowles. [KW] [949] Burelbach, M. J. “After Bruin in the Big Smokies.” Field and Stream 21, no. 10 (February 1917): 313–17. il.

Narrative of a bear-hunting adventure around the Thunderhead Prong and Defeat Ridge sections of the Tenn. side of the GSM. Terrain of specific ridges and 304

Short account of a fishing expedition on Raven Fork in the GSM. Much of the article extols the beauty of the Raven Fork watershed and immediate environs. The author ends by complaining that the fishing is very poor on Raven Fork because of the local Indians’ habit of poisoning the stream with walnut bark to save the trouble of angling. [KW] [951] Hopkins, Lewis. “Fishing on the Fourth.” Forest and Stream 51, no. 4 (July 23, 1898): 62–63. il.

Humorous article about a fishing trip “into the heart of a spur of the Great Smokies, to try for bass in the upper waters of the Little River” (p. 62). Contains details about scenery and the fishing efforts of the party. One photograph of a child holding a fishing rod and reading Forest and Stream by a stream. [AB] [952] Hunnicutt, Samuel J. Twenty Years of Hunting and Fishing in the Great Smoky Mountains. Knoxville: S. B. Newman & Co., 1926. 216 p. il.

Collection of forty-seven short narrative accounts of hunting and fishing trips in the GSM. Nearly all of the activities take place in the Deep Creek watershed, with the notable exception of two that occur in the Tremont watershed. The narratives are all in the first person and written in a rather formulaic style devoted to telling who attended the outing, what gear was taken, where the group camped, and how successful the hunting and fishing was. Hunnicutt is precise in his orientation of even the most obscure Smoky Mountain place names and refers to them frequently throughout his narratives. The stories are accompanied by fifteen pictures, a mix of snapshots and Jim Thompson photographs. [KW] [953] Mason, Robert Lindsay. “That Accomplishment of Alphonse’s.” Outdoor World and Recreation 48, new series, no. 2 (January 1913): 84–87. il.

Humorous account of a so-called bear hunt along the main divide of the western Smokies. Mostly a retelling of Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

the various foibles of the hunting party, but does include general descriptions of Halls Cabin, Double Springs, Silers Bald, and Clingmans Dome. Includes a curious mention of a strata of glacial ice on the northern slope of Clingmans Dome supposedly discovered a year earlier by a member of the hunting party. This discovery is remarkably similar to one related in Chable’s “Camping and Tramping in the Great Smokies” [855]. Illustrated with pen-and-ink drawings by the author. [KW] [954] Ragsdale, G. H. “Speckled Trout in Tennessee.” Forest and Stream 7, no. 6 (September 14, 1876): 85.

One-paragraph note to the editor identifying places in East Tenn. to fish for speckled trout. Mentions Cosby Creek, Big Creek, and the Pigeon River as well as Cataloochee and Jonathans Creeks, both tributaries of the Pigeon just over the N.C. line. Recommends staying with P. Hopkins in Mount Sterling. [KW] [955] S. C. C. “Brook Trout in Georgia.” Forest and Stream 28, no. 26 (July 21, 1887): 555.

Despite the title, article is about author’s trip to Murphy. Although Murphy is outside the Smokies, S. C. C. spent two days riding around the region. He describes the mountains as having heavy forests, filled with minerals, excluding coal, and wildlife including bears, panthers, and deer. Author is accompanied by Professor Beal who, when he wants a “mess” of mountain brook trout, “sends an Indian into the wilderness, who brings him back a hundred small mountain trout for a dollar.” [AB]

Recreation and Tourism in the Great Smoky Mountains

[956] Walker, G. R. “In the Great Smoky Mountains.” National Sportsman 52, no. 10 (October 1924): 16–17. il.

Traveler’s account of a 1919 excursion into the Citico Creek area in the company of a mountaineer to check bear traps. Describes the Smoky Mountain terrain and difficulties of tracking bears through the mountain’s dense undergrowth. [KW] [957] Western, E. “An Outing in the Great Smokies.” Forest and Stream 51, no. 11 (September 10, 1898): 213.

An account of a fishing expedition up the Little Pigeon as far as Fort Harry. Mostly a series of anecdotes about personal experiences and observation by the fishermen, however the author does weave into the narrative a few comments about the sterling character and other qualities of the Smoky Mountain folk. [KW] [958] Williams, W. W. “After Bruin in the Great Smokies.” National Sportsman 50, no. 3 (March 1923): 13–15. il.

Local mountaineer’s account of a bear hunt along the upper reaches of Deep Creek. Hunting party includes Mark Cathey, Granville Calhoun, and Sam Hunnicutt, legendary hunters and fishermen in Smoky Mountain lore. Outlines local traditions in bear hunting, particularly the practice of determining how to divide the butchered meat among the hunting party. [KW]

305

Bear cub, 1930s. Photograph by Jim Thompson, and courtesy of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Library.

Chapter 12 Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The rich biodiversity of the Great Smoky Mountains has been a wonder to generations of naturalists who have ventured into its wilderness. Climbing from a river bottom to one of the high peaks on the main Smoky divide, one passes successively through the same floral zones that would be encountered in traveling from the Tennessee Valley to the Canadian tundra. When botanist Asa Gray visited the mountains of Western North Carolina, he identified within a thirty-mile trip a greater number of indigenous tree species than can be found in all of Europe. Later, John Muir, viewing the Great Smoky Mountains from the Tennessee side, noted that these forests, “however slighted by man, must have been a great delight for God; for they were the best He ever planted.” Nineteenth-century scientific discovery was more often than not disseminated in the way of informal, if not breezy, discourse rather than in the rigid technical format we are accustomed to today. William Bartram, an eighteenth-century botanist who recorded his visit to the Great Smoky Mountain region in his widely read Travels through North & South Carolina, Georgia, East & West Florida, The Cherokee Country, is an antecedent, if not exemplar, of what transpired as scientific reporting for much of the nineteenth century. While plant hunting in the Carolina mountains on the southern fringe of the Smokies, Bartram made his famous discovery of the fire azalea. He later wrote: The epithet firey I annex to this most celebrated species of azales, as being expressive of the appearance of its flowers; which are in general of the color of the finest red-lead, orange, and bright gold, as well as yellow and cream-color. These various splendid colors are not only in

separate plants, but frequently all the varieties and shades are seen in separate branches on the same plant; and the clusters of the blossoms cover the shrubs in such incredible profusion on the hillsides that, suddenly opening to view from dark shades, we are alarmed with apprehension of the woods being set on fire. This is certainly the most gay and brilliant flowering shrub yet known [113]. Although Bartram’s work was received coolly by the scientific community, which felt that his objectivity was fraught with warm imagination and rapturous effusions, he nonetheless was widely accepted by the reading public. One of the earliest accounts that can in any way be loosely considered a scientific report on the flora or fauna of the Great Smoky Mountains is a free-flowing news article on snowbirds (juncos) published in 1832 in the Raleigh Register and North Carolina Gazette [959]. In addition to his observations of the snowbirds, the author includes comments on the terrain—the mountains are “so thickly covered with trees and undergrowth, as to be almost impassable”—and then concludes with a poem on the snowbird, the last line of which evokes the effusions of Bartram: Let winter come with stormy voice, Let snow wreaths crown each highest hill; He bids thee in the storm rejoice, He sees, protects and feeds thee still. The author of the article is not known, but the informal style fairly exemplifies much of what passes as nineteenthcentury scientific reporting on the flora and fauna of the Smokies.

Many of the earliest naturalists exploring the Smokies were amateurs, gentleman scientists like Samuel Botsford Buckley, Ferdinand Rugel, and Moses Ashley Curtis, who were either, like Bartram, adventuring naturalists or opportunists collecting plant species for European pharmaceutical houses. Others, like Charles Sprague Sargent and Augustin Gattinger, were professional botanists trained in universities. Like the article in the Raleigh Register, reports published by Buckley [1032– 1034], Curtis [1045], Sargent [1067, 1068], and Gattinger [1052] represent not only the earliest commentary on plant species in the Smokies but rank among the first accounts of human activity into the interior of the mountains. More importantly, however, these early explorers shared plant specimens with well-known professional botanists, particularly Asa Gray and John Torrey, a practice that would soon introduce to the scientific community the unique biodiversity of the Great Smoky Mountains. Outside of the activities of these early botanists and a few naturalists compiling checklists of birds and mammals found in the mountains, the interior of the Smokies was rarely visited during the nineteenth century for purposes of scientific investigation of plant and animal life. In a 1908 report to the Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, C. S. Brimley and Franklin Sherman Jr. could state that the mountain area in Western North Carolina was practically unknown from a zoological standpoint [964]. However, with the rising affluence of the American public, the improvement in travel conditions in the mountain South, and the advance in scholarly research by university professors, greater numbers of professionally trained naturalists began descending on the Smokies. What followed was a proliferation of scientific reports not only of the magnificent trees and large mammals, but of the more humble species—the wildflowers, ferns, mosses, liverworts, and fungi, as well as salamanders, ground beetles, land snails, birds, and insects that thrive in this unique biosphere. But even with the advances in scientific rigor, there remained traces of the profession’s gentleman heritage. James H. Ferriss, a naturalist from Illinois, could submit a technical paper on land shells in the Smokies to the scholarly journal The Nautilus, and yet include a chronology of his expedition over the mountains. At one point Ferriss traveled east along the main Smoky divide and later wrote to Horace

308

Kephart that he could not get any useful information from the local mountaineers. “They did not know the names of the peaks other than as tops of the Great Smokies—knew nothing of the character of the country except that it was rough” [641, p. 59]. The Botany Department at the University of Tennessee was foremost in sponsoring university-trained naturalists conducting research in the Great Smoky Mountains. By the 1920s, Professors Stanley Cain [1036–1040], Lexemuel Hesler [1056], Harry Jennison [1057, 1058], and Aaron Sharp [1070–1072] were scouring the mountains and identifying yet-undiscovered species of plant life. All were educated in midwestern liberal arts colleges and subsequently introduced scientific rigor to research on the flora of the Great Smoky Mountains. Following on his Ph.D. dissertation on grassy balds in the Smokies, Stanley Cain extended this line of research at the University of Tennessee. Lex Hesler became a leading mycologist, studying fungi, and Aaron Sharp excelled in the study of bryophytes, or mosses. Harry Jennison, a wildlife technician for the National Park Service at the Great Smoky Mountain National Park earlier in his career, established an excellent herbarium of flora of the Smokies that included over fifteen hundred species. Counterpart botanists on the North Carolina side of the mountains, particularly Hugo Leander Blomquist and Bertram Whittier Wells, were also educated in midwestern liberal arts colleges and went on to become leading researchers in Smoky Mountain flora. Blomquist at Trinity College (later Duke University) made major contributions in bryology while Wells at North Carolina State College (later North Carolina State University) completed pioneering work on the grassy balds of the Smokies. The research of these university scholars was largely fieldwork and their findings disseminated almost exclusively through academic journals intended for a professional audience. By the time of the opening of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in 1934, naturalists studying the flora and fauna in the Smokies were writing almost exclusively to a narrow audience of professional scientists. However, there are for the lay reader several excellent introductions to the various flora and fauna of the mountains produced by the Great Smoky Mountains Association. These include Steve Kemp and Ken Voorhis, Trees and Familiar Shrubs of the Smokies (1993); Peter White

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

and Tom Condon, Wildflowers of the Smokies (2003); A. Evans, Ferns and Fern Allies of the Smokies (2005); William H. Banks Jr. and Steve Kemp, Plants of the Cherokee (2004); Stephen G. Tilley and James E. Huheey, Reptiles and Amphibians of the Smokies (2001); and Edward Broni Pivorun, Steve Kemp, and Kent Cave, Mammals of the Smokies (2009). Also valuable are two books by former Park naturalist Arthur Stupka: Trees, Shrubs, and Woody Vines of the Great Smoky Mountains (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1964), and Birds of the Smokies (Buckhorn Press, 1972), as well as Campbell, Hutson, and Sharp’s Great Smoky Mountains Wildflowers, 5th ed. (Northbrook, IL: Windy Pines Publishing, 1995). More scholarly, but suitable for the lay reader, are C. Dodd, The Amphibians of Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2004), and Matthew Niemiller and R. Graham Reynolds, eds., The Amphibians of Tennessee (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2011). The Smokies continue to be a laboratory for biological research following the tradition started by William Bartram over two hundred years ago. In 2000 the Park Service in cooperation with Discover Life in America initiated the All Taxa Biodiversity Inventory, a project intended to identify and document every living species within the eight hundred square miles of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. During the first fifteen years, work on the project has uncovered 915 species that are new to science. It is estimated that the Park could be the home of as many as 10,000 species, the gist for many years of further scientific research. Ken Wise

Sources Fauna, Flora Fauna

[959] “The American Snow Bird.” The Friend: A Religious and Literary Journal 5, no. 49 (September 15, 1832): 388–89; Silas. “The American Snowbird.” Raleigh Register and North-Carolina Gazette, 14 September 1832: n.p.

Two articles about “snow birds” that mention the Smokies. The article in The Friend consists of a reprint of an article from the Raleigh Register, accompanied by a

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

preface from a reader who has sent in the article and offers his “snow bird” observations. The second article from the Raleigh Register is a letter in response to the original article. Internal evidence from these articles indicates that the original appeared in the 7 September 1832 Raleigh Register, although no copies of this issue can be located. The original author relates observations about the “snow bird,” including information he received from Governor Stokes who was one of the commissioners charged with surveying the boundary line between North Carolina and Tennessee. He writes that the Smokies are “so thickly covered with trees and undergrowth, as to be almost impassable; and ground whortleberries are its chief production. Bears and numerous other wild beasts resort to it as a place of refuge when pursued by the hunters; and on the whortleberry bushes, Snow birds build their nests” (The Friend, p. 389). He also observes that the “Providence of God is nowhere more conspicuous than in the protection of the innocent inhabitants of the Smoky Mountain” (The Friend, p. 389). Snakes do not live in the Smokies, thus allowing the “snow bird” to live there. He ends his article with the poem above. Silas postulates that the “snow bird” is actually the field sparrow. Although the “snow bird” has somewhat different plumage from the field sparrow, their behavior patterns are very similar. He has observed flocks of sparrows/snow birds containing birds with both plumages, leading him to believe that they were in the process of changing from a summer to a winter plumage. John James Audubon identifies the Snow Bird as Fringilla hyemalis, commonly known today as the Dark-eyed Junco (Aubudon, Ornithological Biography, vol. 1, Philadelphia: E. L. Carey and A. Hart, 1831, p. 72–75). The original Raleigh Register article is also reprinted in The Ariel 6 no. 12 (September 22, 1832): 185. [AB] [960] Baker, H. Burrington. “New Southern Appalachian Land Snails.” The Nautilus 42, no. 3 (January 1929): 86–93. il.

A report on new forms of land snails obtained in the East Tenn. mountains along the N.C. boundary. The report identifies only one species as being found specifically in the Smoky Mountains. [KW] [961] Bishop, Sherman C. “Notes on Some Amphibians and Reptiles from the Southeastern States with

309

a Description of a New Salamander from North Carolina.” Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 43, no. 3–4 (July 1928): 153–75. il.

A highly technical report on salamanders found in various locations in the mountains of Tenn. and N.C. Includes notes from a field trip up Mill Creek (Le Conte Creek) to the summit of Mount Le Conte with references to salamander species found along the way. Much of the report consists of an annotated catalogue of the various species of salamanders with notes on collecting locations. [KW] [962] Boggs, Marion A. “Rare Birds in the North Carolina Mountains.” The Auk 50, new series, no. 2 (April 1933): 233–4.

Reports on sightings in Waynesville and in Swain and Haywood counties of three species of warbler, a thrush, and a flycatcher uncommon in N.C. [FS] [963] Brewster, William. “An Ornithological Reconnaissance in Western North Carolina.” The Auk 3, no. 1 (January 1886): 94–112, 173–79.

Report of a trip in an open wagon which covered over 150 miles in twelve days. Beginning in Asheville in May, the height of bird breeding season, the author records 102 species. Comments that the botany of the area is well studied, but ornithology has been neglected; cites only one actual fieldwork study by Professor E. D. Cope [973], and criticizes it because observations were made in September when many species in the area migrate. Brewster did not collect many specimens, but concludes, “at least some of the northern birds inhabiting this elevated southern region have been more or less modified by the peculiar conditions of their environment” (p. 101). Brief overview of tree and shrub vegetation with a list of trees in the area. Reports “black growth” of spruce and fir (one fir to five or six spruce) with birch and mountain ash interspersed. [FS] [964] Brimley, C. S., and Franklin Sherman, Jr. “Notes on the Life-Zones in North Carolina.” Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 24, no. 1 (May 1908): 14–22.

Explains that extreme northwest counties in N.C. are as yet practically unknown from a zoological stand-

310

point. Studies of animal life show that most species tend to stay within one geographic section. Authors concentrate on mammals, reptiles, and batrachians (salamanders), leaving out fish, birds, and insects. Of the North American life-zones, four are represented in N.C.: Canadian, Alleghanian (Transition), Upper Austral (Carolinian), and Lower Austral (Austroriparian). The Canadian and Alleghanian zones are present in the GSM, with the Canadian including only the tops of the higher mountains, and the Alleghanian areas of N.C. mountains. For each zone, the authors list between three and eight representative animals by both common and scientific names. For instance, animals unique to the Canadian zone include the Carolina Red-Backed Mouse (Evotomys carolinensis) and the Black Salamander (Desmognathus nigra). Animals characteristic of the Alleghanian zone are the Common Flying Squirrel (Seiuropterous volans), the Cottontail Rabbit (Lepus floridanus mallurus), the Hellbender (Cryoptobranchus alleghaniensis), and the Banded Rattlesnake (Crotalis horridus). Notes that no faunal zones or lines are absolute because animals can wander into neighboring zones. [FS/AB] [965] Brimley, C. S. “Notes on the Salamanders of the North Carolina Mountains with Descriptions of Two New Forms.” Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 25 (December 4, 1912): 135–40. il.

Lists eighteen salamander species collected with scientific and common names, locations where collected, general description of habitat preferences and seasonal observations. Two plates (p. 139–40) provide drawings of anatomical features. [FS] [966] Bruner, Stephen C., and Alexander L. Field. “Notes on the Birds Observed on a Trip through the Mountains of Western North Carolina.” The Auk 29, no. 3 (July 1912): 368–77.

Account of a trip in June 1911, in the mountains of Western N.C., covering one hundred miles through the heart of the Appalachian mountains. Visited seven counties, including one in Tenn. Article presents records only from N.C., including counties of Caldwell, Avery, Mitchell, McDowell, Yancey, and Buncombe. The authors refer to the area as the “Switzerland of America,” and declare that its beauty surpasses that of New Eng-

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

land. Describes foot travel, campsites, and the nature of topography and vegetation. Recorded seventy-eight species of birds, only twenty of which were peculiar to the mountain region; the other fifty-nine were summer residents. An annotated list provides notes on twenty-three species considered the most interesting, including the ruffed grouse and bald eagle. [FS] [967] Burleigh, Thomas D. “Birds and Animals in Smoky Park Are Described in Talk.” The Asheville Times, 18 October 1930: 1–2.

Transcript of a radio address broadcast on WWNC in Asheville, by Burleigh, biologist with the Appalachian Forest Experiment Station. Claims that visitors will see birds and mammals peculiar to the region and Canada because many species present there live at their southernmost habitat. Mountain slopes above 5,000 feet are densely covered in red spruce and southern balsam, conditions more typical of northern forests. Describes one bird as being the most characteristic, the Carolina Junco, and explains why it is called the snowbird (it nests above 4,500 feet and is seen in farm valleys with the first snow, lingering in small flocks through the winter). Lists several other birds: red and white-breasted nuthatches, crossbill, black-capped chickadee, kinglet, brown creeper, and various warblers (black-throated green, black-throated blue, and blackburnian). [FS] [968] Burleigh, Thomas D. “Birds and Animals of the Great Smokies.” The Asheville Citizen-Times, 7 September – 29 November 1931: n.p.; “Carolina Junco Friendly Bird.” 7 September 1931: sec. A8; “Brown Creeper Hard to See.” 4 October 1931: sec. C6; “Winter Wren Self-Centered.” 11 October 1931: sec. D6; “Black-Capped Chickadee Asset.” 18 October 1931: sec. C5; “Mountain Vireo Is Unafraid.” 25 October 1931: sec. B3; “Shooting of Hawks Decried.” 1 November 1931: sec. C8; “Warblers Are Described.” 15 November 1931: sec. B3; “Kinglets Are Smallest.” 29 November 1931: sec. A7.

Eight installments of a thirteen-part series of articles that appeared in Sunday editions of The Asheville CitizenTimes. Burleigh was a biologist associated with the U.S. Biological Survey, Appalachian Forest Experiment Station. Sample topics are listed here with summary state-

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

ments about the articles’ contents. In “Mountain Vireo Is Unafraid” (25 October), Burleigh calls the bird tame and unsuspicious. He describes its nesting behavior, physical characteristics, feeding, and migration habits. In “Shooting of Hawks Decried” (1 November), Burleigh remarks that people find it irresistible to kill birds of prey, specifically hawks and owls. He decries this tendency and explains the beneficial role these birds play for humans in consuming diseased wildlife and rodents. “Warblers Are Described” (15 November) mentions the bird’s exquisite coloring and provides details about the appearance and song of five species (thirty species live in the GSM). “Kinglets Are Smallest” (29 November) discusses the smallest bird in the GSM and one that endures winter. “Carolina Junco Friendly Bird” (7 September) offers information about the species and behavior of this “most characteristic” bird of the Southern Appalachians. “Brown Creeper Hard to See” (4 October) describes a native bird of the northern woods that lives at the extreme southern limit of its distribution in the GSM. Its presence and survival in summer depend upon the availability of spruce forests. In “Winter Wren Self-Centered” (11 October), Burleigh calls the Winter Wren the “midget of the bird world” and describes the behavior and habitat preferences of this small, dark bird in the GSM. “BlackCapped Chickadee Asset” (18 October) reports that this bird lives only in the GSM in N.C., as it is a northern bird that thrives in spruce woods. Friendly and inquisitive, chickadees benefit humans because their diet consists mainly of insects. [FS] [969] Carpenter, F. M. “Trichoptera from the Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee.” Psyche 40, no. 1 (March 1933): 32–47. il.

A highly technical report of caddis-flies collected in the Smoky Mountains and the Black Mountains during August and September 1930. The report describes several examples found in Bryson City, Smokemont, Newfound Gap, and along Deep Creek. [KW] [970] Clapp, George H. “Vitrea (Paravitrea) Multidentata and Lamellidens.” The Nautilus 33, no. 4 (April 1920): 115–18.

Report of an analysis of land snails to discover “if lamellidens as it occurs in the north is really the same as

311

the typical form from the Great Smoky Mountains or… ‘merely accelerated individuals (of multidentata), sporadically occurring’” (p. 115). The author outlines the result of his analysis and concludes “that the figures and data given above prove that the two species are distinct and that the northern shells, though smaller, are the same as typical lamellidens from the southern mountains” (p. 117). [KW]

pes,” he comments on salamanders collected in a cave in Jefferson County, Tenn., Black Mountains in N.C., and French Broad River headwaters. [AB]

[971] Clench, W. J. “Notes.” The Nautilus 42, no. 1 (July 1928): 36.

A highly technical report on new species of ground beetles (carabidae) found in the Smoky and Black Mountains of N.C. and Tenn. The report includes descriptions of several beetles found along Deep Creek and between Newfound Gap and Clingmans Dome in the Smokies. [KW]

Notes the discovery of land shell species Io fluvialis turrita in the Little River of the GSM. “This is the first reported locality for any subspecies of this genus occurring in a small stream other than the headwaters of the main confluents of the Tennessee system.” [KW] [972] Clench, W. J., and A. F. Archer. “Two New Land Shells from the Southern Appalachians.” The Nautilus 46, no. 1 (July 1932): 85–91.

A report containing a list of all land mollusks collected on Mount Le Conte on a field trip as part of a general survey of the southeastern states. The authors of the report point out that the mountains east and north of Mount Le Conte are practically unexplored “conchologically” and little is known of the region south of Thunderhead. [KW] [973] Cope, E. D. “Observations on the Fauna of the Southern Alleghanies.” The American Naturalist 4, no. 7 (September 1870): 392–402.

Early work on the Southern Appalachians. While Cope does not mention locations in the Smokies, his work is cited by many zoologists who later conduct research in the GSM. Article is organized into three parts. In the first part, “On the So-called Alleghanian Fauna in General,” he comments that the fauna at the crest of the Alleghany Mountains are “in some respects similar to the Canadian” (p. 394) fauna. He bases his conclusion on the presence, either currently or in the past, of the red squirrel (Sciurus hudsonius), elk (Cervus canadensis), and Canadian Lynx (Lynx canadensis). In the second part, “On the Fauna of the Upper Valley of the French Broad River, North Carolina,” he observes various species including birds, reptiles, and salamanders living in that region. In the third part, “On Some Species of Speler312

[974] Darlington, P. J., Jr. “On Some Caribidae, Including New Species, From the Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee.” Psyche 38, no. 4 (December 1931): 145–64.

[975] Darlington, P. J., Jr. “The Subspecies of Sphaeroderus canadensis Chd.” Psyche 40, no. 1 (March 1933): 62–64.

A highly technical report in which the author contends that there are only two reasonably distinct subspecies of the ground beetle Sphaeroderus canadensis: (1) S. canadensis canadensis Chd., and (2) S. canadensis lengi Darl. The report includes examples of the latter subspecies found in the GSM between Newfound Gap and Clingmans Dome. [KW] [976] Dixon, Joseph S. “Falcons of the Great Smokies.” American Forests 39, no. 1 (January 1933): 256–57. il.

Short article on a pair of nesting duck hawks in the Smokies, the only known pair in the Southeast. Dixon visited the nest in the company of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club in April 1932. He includes information on the value of duck hawks and the food remains discovered in the nest. Two photographs: one of the nest, and a Jim Thompson image of the Chimneys in clouds. [AB] [977] Dunn, Emmett R. “Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee and Alabama.” Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 33 (December 30, 1920): 129–38.

Report of collections made during summer 1919 in the southern states for Harvard’s Museum of Comparative Zoology, concentrating on mountain areas. Mount Sterling is the only area within the GSMNP, but several Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

other areas are mentioned in N.C. and Va. near the Park. Sixty-three species are listed with scientific names, locations collected, and number at each site when more than one is recorded. [FS] [978] Dunn, Emmett R. The Salamanders of the Family Plethodontidae. Northampton, Mass.: Smith College, 1926. 441 p. il.

An extensive treatise on one of the six families of salamanders classified by zoologists. A comprehensive introduction is followed by an annotated catalogue of the various species and subspecies of the family Plethodontidae. The annotations contain identifying characteristics of the species, the range of habitats, and observations on specific species collected in the field. Several species of these salamanders are identified as being native to or discovered in the Smokies, particularly along the eastern end of the mountains. [KW] [979] Dunn, Emmett R. “A New Mountain Race of Desmognathus.” Copeia 164 (July-September 1927): 84–86.

A short note giving the locations and detail description of a new species of salamander found in the GSM. [KW] [980] Dury, Ralph. “Notes on a Collection of Beetles of the Tibe Cychrini from the Great Smoky Mts. of Tennessee and North Carolina.” Proceedings of the Junior Society of Natural Sciences 2, no. 1 (JanuaryMarch 1931): 17–20.

During a visit to the Smokies by Society members in May and September 1930, Dury collected specimens of Cychrus and Nomaretus primarily on the ridge running from Newfound Gap west to Indian Gap and from Newfound Gap east (west) to Mount Mingus. He provides physical descriptions of the beetles and their habitat along with observations about their activities. [AB] [981] Ferriss, James H. “The Great Smoky Mountains.” The Nautilus 14, no. 5 (September 1900): 49–59.

Chronology of a scientific expedition into the GSM in search of land shells. The expedition party starts from Cades Cove and proceeds to Thunderhead and then along the spine of the Smokies to Clingmans Dome. After for-

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

ays to Mount Collins and Andrews Bald, the party retraces its course back to Silers Bald and then down Welch Ridge to Chambers Creek, at which point the expedition crosses the Little Tennessee River, ascends the Hangover, and proceeds to Stratton Bald. After descending again to the Little Tennessee River at Talassee Ford, the party climbs over the main divide of the Smokies, returning to Cades Cove. Over the course of the expedition several species of land shells were discovered and identified in the report according to the locations in which they were found. Short descriptive notes of the discoveries are interspersed within the narrative. At the end of the report is an itemized list with various amounts of descriptive information covering over seventy species of land shells found in the Smoky Mountains environs. [KW] [982] Ganier, Albert F. “Summer Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 3 (July 1926): 30–40. il., table.

Reports on birds observed in the GSM on summer visits Ganier made to the area between 1920 and 1925. Comments that the only previous records were short notes on fifteen summer birds by Arthur Lemoyne in 1886 [994]. Ganier combined his field notes with those of fellow “students of bird life,” among them, H. P. Ijams and Andrew Gregory. Eighty species are listed; all were found at altitudes between 1,500 and 6,680 feet above sea level and within ten linear miles. Nest data are included because they establish that the birds were true summer residents. Detailed notes appear for species of “more than ordinary interest,” including ruffed grouse, wild turkey, golden eagle, and nineteen others. Thirty-seven species were seen only near small communities, attracted by clearing and tilling. Twelve species were confined to wild areas at or near summits and are known inhabitants of the Canadian zone. Larger birds, such as the raven and great horned owl, had been driven away from headwaters of the Little River by logging activities, though smaller species (warbler) had adapted to those changes in the environment. Ganier describes the nature of trees that populate forests, balds, and laurel “swamps” in the GSM, and explains that the mountains there have few escarpments, thus few bird species that prefer cliff dwellings. A table lists all eighty species and the landscape where they were observed. [FS] 313

[983] Ganier, Albert F. “Nesting of the Duck Hawk in Tennessee.” The Wilson Bulletin, A Quarterly Magazine of Orinthology 43, no. 1; 38, new series, whole no. 154 (March 1931): 3–8.

A short synopsis of an expedition to examine the nesting sites of duck hawks in the Great Smoky and Cumberland Mountains. The account is fairly detailed with descriptions of the topography of the nesting sites, the difficulty of accessing the sites, as well as observations on the nests, eggs, and the efforts of the duck hawks to defend their nests from human intruders. The site visited in the Smokies is the well-known Duck Hawk Peak on the south face of Mount Le Conte. [KW]

Knoxville News-Sentinel, 18 August 1929: sec. C1). From the newspaper article: In 1927, George P. Engelhardt, curator of natural science at the Brooklyn Museum, had visited the Smokies and met Oakley, who served as a guide, and became interested in salamanders. The curator recommended Oakley to the American Museum and supplied him with labels for shipping specimens to New York. One specimen, a rosy-cheeked salamander, prompted the museum to dispatch Hassler to collect a colony. The article lists seven types of salamander that were collected. Hassler was known in Gatlinburg as “Museum Bill” and entertained fellow guests at the Mountain View Hotel by letting them handle snakes. [FS/AB]

[984] Ganier, Albert F. “The Status of the Duck Hawk in the Southeast.” The Auk 51, no. 3 (July 1934): 371–73.

[986] Hofferbert, Louis E. “The Flowers of the Great Smokies…and the Birds.” Journeys Beautiful (Nomad) 10, no. 2 (January-February 1929): 19, 37. il.

A brief report on findings of nesting duck hawks in the southern states. Mentions nests discovered in the GSM as well as two citations of earlier articles concerning duck hawks in the Smokies. [KW] [985] Hassler, William G. “Salamanders of the Great Smokies.” Natural History 29, no. 1 (January-February 1929): 95–99. il.

Hassler, of the Department of Reptiles and Amphibians of the American Museum of Natural History, visited the GSM to collect salamanders desired for experimental work at the Museum and to make notes on habitat. Hassler describes his explorations, which were assisted by guide Wiley Oakley of Gatlinburg. They collected 570 living salamanders and snakes to ship to the museum in New York City. The article is filled with details about local guides and places in the Smokies. For example, “A terribly rough auto ride over a new road that was being constructed through the ‘sugarlands’ and over Indian Gap brought us to a number of little streams flowing into Alum Cave Creek below” (p. 98). Includes seven photographs, two by Edna L. Simms, who also served as a guide for the group. The photographs include one of Wiley Oakley, one of his two sons, Woodrow and Orville, and one of Uncle Levi Trenham, who was called “The Prophet of the Great Smokies.” An article in the Knoxville NewsSentinel provides additional details about the scientific excursion (“Smoky Salamanders Sought by Science.” The

314

Hofferbert, President of the East Tennessee Ornithological Society, accompanied by Dr. George Mayfield, Vanderbilt University, and Harry J. Ijams, Vice President of the Tennessee Ornithological Society, traveled to the Smokies to determine if bald eagles and northern ravens nested there. They approached the mountains from Knoxville, but the account is vague about their exact location once in the Smokies. Dr. Mayfield could recognize any bird by its song and identified several rare warblers. Details follow about other birds, but the group was unable to prove that either eagles or ravens nest in the mountains. Two photographs, one of an eagle being equipped with a tracing band. Hofferbert’s account of the birds is submitted as part of a joint contribution under the title, “Flowers and Birds of the Great Smokies” (see Table of Contents, p. 3). The corresponding article by H. M. Jennison discusses flora of the Smokies [1057]. [AB/KW] [987] Hyman, Libbie H. “Studies on the Morphology, Taxonomy, and Distribution of North American Triclad Turbellaria. IV. Recent European Revision of the Triclads, and Their Application to the American Forms, with a Key to the Latter and New Notes of Distribution.” Transactions of the American Microscopical Society 50, no. 4 (October 1931): 316–35. il.

Highly technical report on attempts to improve the classification of triclad turbellaria, a type of flat worm.

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

The report includes one instance of triclad turbellaria found in the GSM, with a note that a species discovered under the name Planaria morgani is identical with Planaria truncate. [KW] [988] Jeffries, W. A., and J. A. Jeffries. “Notes on Western North Carolina Birds.” The Auk 6, no. 2 (April 1889): 119–22.

Notes from a two-week trip in May 1888 to Sylva on Scott’s Creek, elevation 2,000 feet, and Plott Balsams to the northeast, and King’s Mountain due south. The authors intended to “go well into the ‘Smokies,’“ but rain and sickness forced them to leave for “pure water.” General description of vegetation in this area, which is a noted feeding ground for over thirty species of birds. Bird species noted include robins, cardinals, vireos, chickadees, warblers (seven species), and cuckoos (eight to ten species). No swallows or grosbeaks were seen, and they were assumed to be rare. None of the formerly abundant wild turkeys were spotted. A freeze had destroyed newly-set apples and killed the bean crop, a staple in the area. [FS] [989] Jones, J. Paul, and B. C. V. Ressler. “The Occurrence of Anolis Carolinensis Voigt in Eastern Tennessee.” Copeia no. 164 (July-September 1927): 87–88.

Provides the first records of specimens of Anolis carolinensis, an arboreal lizard, collected in Tenn., despite earlier mentions of them in lists of amphibians and reptiles (these provided no localities nor other details). Three were taken, one of which was four miles east of Townsend on Elkmont Pike, and another a mile west of Montvale Springs. Describes conditions under which these specimens were discovered (low, wet habitat surrounded by dry shale slopes and dry deciduous forest). [FS] [990] Kennedy, Clarence Hamilton. “The Distribution of Certain Insects of Reversed Behavior.” Biological Bulletin. 48, no. 6 (June 1925): 390–401.

Kennedy, Ohio State University entomologist, discovered a mayfly (Ephemera guttulata) in the Chilhowee Mountains and a dragonfly in California that have reversed one or more behaviors common to other species of the same genus. In the case of the mayfly, an insect with unusual clouded wings and a white body, he observed

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

them living in the mountain streams, coming out at dusk to lay eggs. The author postulates that the white color allows the mayflies to be seen much later in the evening aiding mating behavior, in contrast to other species of mayfly common to lower altitude lakes, which are more snuff-colored. The Chilowhee mayfly has adapted to live in a darker environment. [AB] [991] Komarek, E. V., and Walter L. Necker. “Great Smoky Mountains Field Trip.” Program of Activities of the Chicago Academy of Sciences 2, no. 3 (July 1931): 8.

Very brief account of a field trip made by Komarek, Necker, and three researchers from the University of Chicago, 20 March – 25 April 1931, to conduct a preliminary survey of vertebrates in the GSM of Tenn. and N.C. The report declares the region practically unknown in the zoological sense, especially the Tenn. section. Headquarters were at Greenbrier. The party worked on Mount Le Conte, Brushy Point, Horseshoe Ridge, and along the divide between Tenn. and N.C. Though bear and deer were reportedly common, none were seen. Collected three hundred small mammals and 1,100 specimens of reptiles and amphibians, including over two hundred specimens of salamanders from an area of only twenty feet along a mountain stream. Altogether, twenty species were secured. [FS] [992] Komarek, E. V. “Distribution of Microtus chrotorrhinus, with Description of a New Subspecies.” Journal of Mammalogy 13, no. 2 (May 1932): 155–58. il.

Report of the discovery and naming of a subspecies of vole, the rock vole, or Microtus chrotorrhinus, found on slopes above 3,000 feet elevation in the GSM. The article describes characteristics of the chrotorrhinus group and provides an illustration of the tooth pattern of a related subspecies. [FS] [993] Langdon, F. W. “August Birds of the Chilhowee Mountains, Tennessee.” The Auk 4, no. 2 (April 1887): 125–33.

Essentially a checklist of species and subspecies, Langdon presents sixty-three birds with notes about where they were seen on a visit to Blount County in August

315

1886. Langdon comments that these observations fill some gaps in an article by William Brewster published in The Auk in 1886 [963] and add five species and two subspecies to the list of birds recorded for Tenn. The party’s headquarters were on Defeat Mountain and they visited Miller and Tuckaleechee Coves. Includes a description of the topography of the Chilhowee range (northwest of the GSM range proper) and a brief list of trees observed. [FS] [994] Lemoyne, Arthur. “Notes on Some Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Ornithologist and Oologist 11, no. 8 (August 1886): 115–17; 11, no. 9 (September 1886): 131–32; 11, no. 10 (October 1886): 147–48; 11, no. 11 (November 1886): 163–64; 11, no. 12 (December 1886): 179–80.

Report on eight bird species (common and scientific names given) the author observed during a trip to Tenn. in 1886 to Greene, Cocke, Sevier, Blount, Roane, and Monroe counties. Describes habitat preferences, behavioral observations (including some notes about mating behaviors), nature of songs, and notes about past experiences with the birds. Although the December installment indicates that the series would be continued, a search of subsequent volumes found no further installments. [FS] [995] McClure, Gervase W. “An Ecological Study of the Distribution of Animals on Mt. LeConte and Along LeConte Creek.” M.S. thesis, University of Tennessee (Zoology), 1929. 34 p. il., graph, maps, photograph, tables.

Sections of this thesis briefly address the following characteristics of the GSM: physiography, geology, peaks, streams, coves, trees, shrubs and plants, ferns, liverworts, and mosses. The main section addresses animal life of all kinds (insects, fish, amphibians, reptiles, mammals, and birds) and lists species observed in various ecological zones along Le Conte Creek. Tables present McClure’s compass traverse of Le Conte Creek and barometric pressure measurements along the creek. Plant zones are described. Bibliography, p. 35. [FS] [996] McClure, Gervase W. “The Great Smoky Mountains with Preliminary Notes on the Salamanders of Mt. LeConte and LeConte Creek.” Zoologica 11, no. 6 (1931): 53–76. il., maps, table.

316

Explains the Smokies’ location and topography with brief lists of coves, trees, shrubs, ferns, and mosses growing in the area. Animal life is described more fully, and seven species of salamanders were collected. Four zones are described along Le Conte Creek (Chestnut, Transitional, Birch, and Balsam). A table shows which salamander species were collected in each zone. An outline on the first page clearly lays out the sections of this paper. Bibliography, p. 72, 75. [FS] [997] Merriam, C. Hart. “Remarks on the Fauna of the Great Smoky Mountains; with Description of a New Species of Red-Backed Mouse (Evotomys Carolinensis).” American Journal of Science 36, no. 216 (1888): 458–60.

Summarizes earlier reports on “higher portions of the southern Alleghanies,” by E. D. Cope in 1870 [973] and William Brewster in 1886 [963] with lists of bird species noted by those investigators. Describes a trip in 1887 that Merriam took with Henry Gannett, chief cartographer of the U.S. Geological Survey. Entering the GSM the last week of July, they could not discriminate between resident and migrating birds. Confirms one subspecies of junco that Brewster had identified. Lists mammals encountered: black bear, wolf, deer, wildcat, red and gray fox, raccoon, opossum, and gray squirrel. Chipmunk and ground hog were common halfway up the mountains. Gray rabbit, red squirrel, and a red-backed mouse were common in the higher mountains with the mouse representing the first recorded specimen south of Mass. Merriam provides details of characteristics that distinguish this mouse species. Specimens were collected at Roan Mountain and Highlands, N.C. [FS] [998] Moss, Charles. “The Raven in Tennessee.” BirdLore 29, no. 6 (November-December 1927): 421.

Short news article on the recent discovery of the northern raven on Mount Le Conte near Alum Cave. [KW] [999] Musgrave, Paul N. “Notes on Helmidae (Coleoptera) taken in the Tennessee Great Smoky Mountains, with Descriptions of a New Species.” Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington 34, no. 5 (May 1932): 78–81. il.

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

Technical report on four species of beetles collected in the GSM. One of the beetles found represents a species new to scientific knowledge. All beetles were found in the Little Pigeon River in Greenbrier. [KW] [1000] Necker, Walter L. “Contribution to the Herpetology of the Smoky Mountains of Tennessee.” Bulletin of the Chicago Academy of Sciences 5, no. 1 (January 26, 1934): 1–4.

Report of collections by five researchers from 1931– 33. Necker states that voluminous reports exist on salamanders in the GSM, and this one will concentrate instead on other reptile species. About twenty species are listed with both scientific and common names, the catalogue number assigned to each specimen by the Field Museum of Natural History (Chicago), date collected, sex, and locality where found. [FS] [1001] “Notes Here and There.” The Wilson Bulletin. 36, no. 4 (December 1924): 208–212.

Short article on p. 209 within the notes on the Nashville Meeting of the Wilson Ornithological Society reporting that the President A. F. Ganier and members, George R. Mayfield, P. L. Cobb, A. C. Webb, and Mrs. Sanford Duncan, “have interested themselves in the project to make a national or state park of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Committees from the federal government have been visiting the area. The Nashville Banner for 21 September devoted a section to photographs by Ganier and his party on their trip to the Smokies. [AB] [1002] “Notes Here and There.” The Wilson Bulletin 37, no.3 (September 1925): 182–86.

From p. 183 in its entirety:

Mr. Orpheus M. Schantz, of Chicago and Berwyn, Illinois, conducted a party of sixty tourists into the Great Smoky Mountains of eastern Tennessee during July, 1925. The party traveled in three Pullman coaches and enjoyed the reputation of being the largest party which has yet visited this famous proposed national park site. Mr. Schantz says that many of the party were interested in birds, and a list of fifty species was made on the trip. The expedition

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

was composed mainly of members of the Chicago Geographical Society. [AB] [1003] Oberholser, Harry C. Notes on the Mammals and Summer Birds of Western North Carolina. Biltmore, N.C.: Biltmore Forest School, 1905. 24 p.

Reprint: Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1964. 24 p.

Written for use by students of the Biltmore Forest School, this guide presents all known mammals recorded in Western N.C. and a catalogue of summer (May through August) birds known to be breeding species. Source material for the book came from observations in the Biltmore and Pisgah areas and from published literature. Oberholser provides specific geographic details to define Western N.C., and names for places within the Pisgah National Forest. A list of literature appears on p. 23–24 that, although not intended as a complete bibliography, indicates important published sources. [FS] [1004] Petrunkevitch, Alexander. “Collecting Hypochilus.” Journal of the New York Entomological Society. 40, no. 1 (March 1932): 19–23.

Short descriptive article by zoology professor from Yale University detailing a trip taken to the mountain regions of Va., N.C., and Tenn. to search for Hypochilus, a type of spider. Petrunkevitch traveled from the Chilhowee Mountains to Gatlinburg, finding Hypochilus webs along the roadway. He concludes that the “main geographical area inhabited by Hypochilus may be represented as a triangle with the apex at Blowing Rock, N.C., and its base extending to Maryville, Tenn., to Tallulah Falls, Ga.,” (p. 23), an area that includes the GSM. [AB] [1005] Pilsbry, Henry A. “A Classified Catalogue of American Land Shells, With Localities.” The Nautilus 11, no. 8 (December 1897): 92–96.

The fourth installment of a nine-part catalogue of land shells with the general locations at which the shells were found. The catalogue is serialized from the August 1897 through the April 1898 issues of The Nautilus. The December 1897 issue contains a half-page annotation of a shell resembling Polygyra denifera Binn. that is found in the high elevations of the GSM. [KW]

317

[1006] Pilsbry, Henry A. “Descriptions of New American Land Shells.” The Nautilus 11, no. 12 (April 1898): 133–34.

Notes in outline form of recently discovered land shells from various locations across the United States. Once species, Gastrodonta (Taxeodonta) lamellidens, is mentioned as having been discovered on Thunderhead Mountain in the Smokies. [KW] [1007] Pilsbry, Henry A. “Mollusca of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 52 (1900): 110–50. il.

Reports on material gathered by five naturalists during a trip in July and August 1888. The group traveled from Knoxville through Chilhowee Gap into the GSM, and collected mollusks in dozens of locations. Notes on sixty-five species describe locations where they were found, physical descriptions, and measurements of specimens. Discussion of the Appalachian area explains divisions between “eastern” (Roan Mountain to the GSM) and “western” (Cumberland Plateau), and outlines mollusk species found in each area. Illustrated with two drawings of mollusks. [FS] [1008] Pilsbry, Henry A. “Notes on the Anatomy and Classification of the Genera Omphalina and Mesomphix.” Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 63, no. 2 (April-August 1911): 469–86. il.

Study of the anatomy of two genera of land shells found in various locations in the United States. The study is comprised mostly of an annotated list of individual species, several of which are identified as being found in specific locations in the GSM. [KW] [1009] Pope, Clifford H. “Some Plethodontid Salamanders from North Carolina and Kentucky with the Description of a New Race of Leurognathus.” American Museum Novitates 306 (April 14, 1928): 1–19.

Presents a diary from a search for a particular salamander, Aneides aeneus. Notes about its habitat, as well as extensive details about a field trip in June 1927, that included visits to Andrews Bald in the GSM. The author analyzed the relationship between four species of salamanders in Southeastern Ky. and Western N.C. and de-

318

termined the status of another species in the GSM previously described by Emmett R. Dunn [979]. For about twelve species, Pope provides descriptive notes and tables showing the numbers of males and females found, extremes and average lengths of head and body, as well as head widths. Mentions the types of trees on which salamanders were found. Bibliography, p. 19. [FS] [1010] Powers, Edwin B. “The Relation Between pH and Aquatic Animals.” The American Naturalist 64, no. 693 (July-August 1930): 342–66.

Highly technical research report on the “interrelations of living organism at the hydrogen-ion concentration of the medium in which they live.” Of particular importance is that much of the research is based on samples of water collected from streams in the GSM. [KW] [1011] Ragsdale, George H. “Nesting of the Snowbird (Junco hyemalis) in the Eastern Tennessee.” Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club: A Quarterly Journal of Ornithology 4, no. 4 (October 1879): 238–9.

Brief note on the nesting of a snowbird on a peak of the Smoky Mountains, as reported by Rev. R. Bidwell. [AB] [1012] Rhoads, Samuel N. “Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. No. 2. Birds.” Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 47 (1895): 463–501.

Rhoads wrote a series of four articles on Tenn. fauna. “No. 2. Birds” and “No. 3. Mammals” cover the Smokies in part. “No. 2. Birds” describes bird species the author found in Tenn. during a trip in May- June 1895. This is an annotated, comprehensive list of all birds reported as inhabiting Tenn., including those Rhoads observed and others from a literature review (references appear on p. 463). His sources include Lemoyne’s “Notes on Some Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains” [994] and Langdon’s “August Birds of the Chilhowee Mountains, Tennessee” [993]. Rhoads mentions several Smokies species including the Hairy Woodpecker and the Great Horned Owl. The entire list notes 214 species. [FS] [1013] Rhoads, Samuel N. “Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. No. 3. Mammals.” Proceedings

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 48 (1896): 175–205.

Rhoads wrote a series of four articles on Tenn. fauna. “No. 2. Birds” and “No. 3. Mammals” cover the Smokies in part. “No. 3. Mammals” is presented as a comprehensive list of all mammalian species known to have been found in Tenn., including those “exterminated since the advent of the white man.” The author’s sources include his own collections during a trip in May-June 1895. Fifty-five species are presented. For the Smokies, he mentions the northern fox squirrel and the American black bear. The last species in the list is Homo sapiens americanus, or the North American Indian. Rhoads refers to these Indians as aboriginal man and says that their absence from many species lists is not justified by nature or science, ending with a wry comment, “For the history of their extinction no references are necessary.” [FS] [1014] “Science News: The Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Science 68, new series, supplement 12 (November 30, 1928): xii.

Reports that the wild turkey may be saved from extinction by the creation of the GSMNP. The turkey has been overhunted because native hunters ignore the game laws. Deer and black bears will also benefit from the new park. Deer herds are too small, also from overhunting. Black bears are still relatively plentiful but they are shy because they “receive too much attention from city hunters.” [AB] [1015] Walker, Bryant and Henry A. Pilsbry. “The Mollusca of the Mt. Mitchell Region, North Carolina.” Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 54, no. 2 (May-September 1902): 413–42. il.

Technical report on the findings of a study of mollusks in the French Broad River, the Roan Mountain region, and the GSM as defined as the area between the French Broad and the Little Tennessee Rivers. The report concludes that, as a whole, cove mollusks of the French Broad River are more closely related to those of the Roan region than to those of the Smokies. The report includes a “Comparative List” that indicates the three regions where individual species have been found. This

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

list is followed by a narrative outline with references to the various specific locations where mollusca species have been identified. [KW] [1016] Watson, J. R. “Some Thysanoptera of the Great Smoky Mountains.” The Florida Entomologist 16, no. 4 (January 1933): 61–62.

Short report on species of the order Thysanoptera of winged insects, also known as thrips, found in the GSM during August and September of 1932. The report indicates that some new species were discovered but are to be described in a later paper [1017]. [KW] [1017] Watson, J. R. “Thysanoptera of the Geenton.” The Florida Entomologist.” 18, no. 3 (November 1934): 44–46.

Geenton is defined as the material lying on the surface of the soil, including rotting leaves and wood. Usually, in the South, thysanoptera, also known as thrips, are numerous in the geenton. But “similar material from the main range of the Great Smoky Mountains in Eastern Tennessee yielded not a single thysanopteran” (p. 44). He attributes this to the recent heavy rains. Article goes on to describe thysanoptera found in other locations. [AB] [1018] Weller, W. H. “A New Salamander from the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Proceedings of the Junior Society of Natural History 1, no. 7 (July 1930): n.p.

Very brief description of a newly discovered species of salamander, Desmognathus aureatagulus, found in the GSM on the trail between Newfound Gap and Indian Gap. The article includes a detailed description of its physical attributes, including measurements of several examples collected. In a subsequently published issue of the Proceedings 2, no. 1: 7–9, Weller issued an erratum explaining that the salamander described as Desmognathus aureatagulus “is synonymous with Desnognathus fuscus imitator Dunn (of which I had seen no description or reference to when I wrote this paper)” (p. 9). [KW] [1019] Weller, W. H. “A Preliminary List of the Salamanders of the Great Smoky Mts. of North Carolina and Tennessee.” Proceedings of the Junior Society of Natural Sciences 2, no. 2 (April 1, 1931): 21–32.

319

A well-annotated checklist of salamanders found in the GSM. Annotations include detailed descriptions of each salamander species as well as notes on the habitats and the specific location in the mountains where individual salamander species were found. The checklist is prefaced with an introduction identifying previous research papers on salamanders in the Smokies. [KW] [1020] Windsor, A. S. “Salamanderin’ in the Smokies.” Turtox News 9, no. 12 (December 1931): 97–99; 10, no. 1 (January 1932): 107–8. il.

Turtox News is a publication of The General Biological Supply Service, Chicago. Engaging article on a trip to the Smokies in summer of 1931 to search for salamanders. Windsor and his unnamed companions travel to the “quaint little town” (p. 97) of Gatlinburg. There the travelers met up with two boys Misher and Newton Williams, who live nearby and offer to show them locations for finding salamanders which the boys called “spring lizards,” apparently because they inhabit the local springs. Windsor and party soon learn the proper technique for catching the slippery salamanders. On the following two days the boys escort the travelers to Indian Gap and Mount Le Conte by way of Rainbow Falls. Windsor provides details about the varieties of salamanders observed along the way. Illustrated with a photograph of the Williams boys and drawings of the salamander species located in the Smokies. [AB] [1021] Wood, Elvira. “A Critical Summary of Troost’s Unpublished Manuscript on the Crinoids of Tennessee.” Bulletin of the United States Nature Museum, no. 64. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1909. 150 p. il.

A lengthy critical annotated commentary on an unpublished research manuscript on crinoids by Gerald Troost, State Geologist of Tennessee and Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Nashville. Troost’s manuscript contains an introductory essay on the various geological formations and strata found throughout the state of Tenn. and includes a detailed outline of those formations in and around the Smoky Mountains. The manuscript makes scant references to crinoids in the mountain regions of Tenn. and none in the Smokies. [KW]

320

[1022] Wright, George M., Joseph S. Dixon, and Ben H. Thompson. “Fauna of the National Parks of the United States: A Preliminary Survey of Faunal Relations in National Parks.” Contribution of Wild Life Survey Fauna Series, no. 1. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. 157 p. il.

Discusses the GSM (p. 138–39) as part of a chain of national parks in the densely populated area east of the Mississippi River. Refers to these parks’ principal function to “preserve the fragrant restfulness of wilderness life close to the great centers of industry and commerce” (p. 138). Plant and animal wildlife are noted as key to the distinctive character of eastern parks, different from western parks’ massive grandeur. Thus, the wildlife must be protected. Hunting and trapping have damaged the fauna so that years of effort will be necessary to restore it. Recommends that preliminary investigations should be conducted to determine the extent of animal habitat before setting boundaries for the GSMNP. Animals’ winter range must be incorporated into park boundaries to ensure provision for deer and roving animals. The park lies within the natural range of opossum, black bear, raccoon, long-tailed weasel, mink, otter, skunk, red fox, wolf, wild cat, mountain lion, squirrels (fox, red, flying), chipmunk, woodchuck, rabbit, beaver, muskrat, white-tailed deer, elk, and other animals. Index. Sixty photographs; none of the Smokies. [FS]

Flora

[1023] “Acer Pensylvanicum.” Garden and Forest 8, no. 397 (October 2, 1895): 396.

Brief article describes the tree Acer pensylvanicum, Striped Maple, including locations of species populations. States that the tree grows in abundance in the “Big Smoky Mountains,” where it often reaches unprecedented heights “sometimes forty feet high.” [SL] [1024] “Acidity of Soil.” Science 73, new series, no. 1890 (March 20, 1931): supplement 12.

Part of Science News section. Short article based on the research by Stanley A. Cain, Butler University, on acidity of soils in the GSM. Cain observes that the soil becomes more acidic as the elevation increases with balds having the most acidic soil. The soil acidity correlates with the vegetation types. The acidity in the GSM is due

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

to the old rocks, the constantly moist ground, and the dense vegetation with low decay rates. See Cain’s other writings for more on this topic [1038]. [AB] [1025] Anderson, William Arthur. “The Ferns of Tennessee.” The University of Tennessee Record, Extension Series 6, no. 1 (April 1929): 1–40.

Non-technical pamphlet on Tenn. ferns, with introductory essays on “How Ferns Grow” and “Identification of Ferns,” followed by a “Key to Ferns of Tennessee” to assist in identifying fern species. The main part of the pamphlet is an “Annotated List of Tennessee Ferns” that gives brief descriptions of forty-three species, many of which are found in the Smokies. Professor Anderson was a botanist who visited the GSM region. [KW] [1026] Anderson, William Arthur. “A List of Tennessee Ferns.” American Fern Journal 20, no. 4 (OctoberDecember 1930): 143–50; 21, no. 1 (January-March 1931): 11–20; 21, no. 2: (April-June 1931): 64–71.

Reports on Anderson’s work in 1927–29 at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Fern specimens are listed with their collection sites in order from east to west, with county name unless the collection station was near a city. In 1929, the author published an Extension Series manual of Tenn. ferns for non-botanists. The author examined the Tenn. fern collection in the Gray Herbarium to add records to the state’s fern flora. He also mentions examining Gattinger’s collection at the University of Tennessee Herbarium. Anderson concentrated collection activity in East Tenn., where he encountered the greatest diversity of soil and elevation. Brief mention of Middle and West Tenn., explaining geographic boundaries for regions of the state and noting botanists who collected in those areas. Fern names are those used in Asa Gray’s New Manual of Botany (7th ed., NY: American Book Co., 1908), with synonyms when multiple names exist. The first installment of the article reports thirteen species, seven of which are in the GSMNP area. The second article reports thirty-four more fern species, sixteen of which were collected in the GSM. [FS/KW] [1027] Anderson, William Arthur. “A New Species of Glyceria from the Great Smoky Mountains.” Rhodora 35, no. 417 (September 1933): 320–22. il.

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

In 1929, the writer, along with members of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club and University of Tennessee professor of botany, H. M. Jennison, rode horses to the summit of Clingmans Dome. They followed the old Indian Gap Trail passing through “forests of enormous sugar maples, buckeyes, and yellow poplars” (p. 320). Anderson includes details of the plants they encountered on their trip, including a large grass that they identified as Glyceria grandis. Subsequently, they determine that the grass is a new species called Glyceria nubigena. He describes the two grasses and provides technical botanical information. Article is illustrated with line drawings that compare features of the grasses. Anderson is identified as being from The State University of Iowa. [AB] [1028] Anderson, William Arthur. “Notes on the Flora of Tennessee: The Genus Trillium.” Rhodora 36, no. 424 (April 1934): 119–28.

Technical article that catalogues species of trillium in Tenn. Indicates locations of some notable trilliums found in the GSM. [KW] [1029] Baur, K. and M. Fulford. “The First Bryological Foray, 1933” The Bryologist 37, no. 3 (May-June 1934): 55–56.

A scientific report on a botanical excursion into the GSM for purposes of identifying mosses and liverworts. The excursion follows the Alum Cave Trail to Alum Cave Bluff and then ascends to the summit of Mount Le Conte up a near vertical cliff by way of a wire cable. After an overnight stay at the lodge on Le Conte, the party separates into two groups, one descending by way of the Rainbow Falls Trail and the other along a manway following Roaring Fork Creek. The report lists several bryophytes identified on the excursion. [KW] [1030] Blomquist, Hugo Leander. “Botanizing in Western North Carolina.” Duke University Alumni Register 16, no. 3 (March 1930): 79–80, 82. il.

Describes many plants that occur at their southern limit in N.C. where they can live because the state includes areas that fall between temperate and subtropical regions. Blomquist explains that Western N.C. offers the greatest variety of plants per unit area and mentions a few representatives of plant groups. Cites examples of specific

321

types of slime molds, mushrooms, fungi, mosses and liverworts, fern varieties, azaleas, and trees. Comments on human devastation of forests and notes that establishing the GSMNP is a worthy attempt to preserve some of the area from destruction. [FS]

conditions and may be a key to the Smokies becoming a “great dairy region.” [KW]

[1031] Blomquist, Hugo Leander. Ferns of North Carolina. Durham: Duke University Press, 1934. 131 p. il.

A brief description of Liroidendron tulipifera, known popularly as the tulip tree. Mentions that this species grows to its greatest size in rich coves at the base of southern mountains. Buckley identifies an exceptionally large example on the Pigeon River in Haywood County and another on Little River. [KW]

Guide to ferns intended for non-specialists, including illustrations and keys for identifying species in the state of N.C. The author reviewed specimens of the ferns in his and others’ collections in order to verify details. In the preface Blomquist asserts that the list should be fairly complete. Distributional data are provided, although there is no index by geographic place name. The introduction describes ferns’ uses and definition in the plant kingdom, presents the life cycle of ferns, and provides background on the plants in N.C. A key lists nine families with identifying features, and the book is organized by family, listing several species for each. Bibliography, p. 125–27. [FS] [1032] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “Description of Some New Species of Plants.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 45, no. 1 (October 1843): 170–77.

Highly technical report on plants discovered during an extended tour through Ala., Ga., and the mountain regions of Tenn. and N.C. in 1842 by itinerant botanist S. B. Buckley, who visited the Smokies in the 1840s and 1850s. Editor’s note indicates that Buckley’s report is abstracted from a more comprehensive account of his botanizing work. Buckley later published a longer report of his 1842 field trip as a four-part series in The Cultivator [117]. See “Early Travel and Exploration in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter for more Buckley articles. [KW] [1033] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “Grasses in North Carolina—Danthonia Glumosa.” The Cultivator 7, no. 1 (January 1859): 29.

A very brief note submitted by Buckley promoting the cultivation of the dense luxurious grass, Danthonia glumosa, in the foothills and valleys of the GSM. This species, Buckley contends, thrives in high mountain

322

[1034] Buckley, Samuel Botsford. “Large Trees.” Horticulturist and Journal of Rural Art and Rural Taste 14 (January 1859): 33–34.

[1035] C. S. S. “Viburnum lantanoides.” Garden and Forest 2, no. 89 (November 6, 1889): 531–32, 535. il.

Article is signed “C. S. S.” and likely authored by Charles Sprague Sargent. Calling it the “handsomest of North American Viburnums,” the author laments that no portrait of the shrub has been published and explains that the reason is probably that it is the most difficult to cultivate. Provides a very detailed description of the plant and timing of its leaf and flower development. Notes that Viburnum lantanoides is found from New Brunswick to the high peaks of the “Big Smoky Mountains” of N.C. and Tenn. Mentions a few experiments with grafting the plant onto another Viburnum species. [FS] [1036] Cain, Stanley Adair. “Certain Floristic Affinities of the Trees and Shrubs of the Great Smoky Mountains and Vicinity.” Butler University Botanical Studies 1, no. 9 (1930): 129–56. maps.

Explains forest development in the mountains of N.C. and East Tenn. as part of a geographic center from which plant and tree species spread in the U.S., termed “post-glacial dispersal.” After seeking a natural basis for classifying vegetal zones and examining zones or regions defined by other investigators, Cain recommends two categories called “Intraneous” and “Extraneous.” Overlap in plant habitats in East Tenn. defies easy application of existing zone definitions. The proposed categories are a geographic classification which take into account geographic range, tolerance of soils, and climatic conditions. Lists species that fall into each category and summarizes with discussion of species migration or dispersal, offering proposition that northern species are “glacial relics”

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

and that the Southern Appalachians became a refuge for northern forms. Literature cited, p. 150. [FS] [1037] Cain, Stanley Adair. “An Ecological Study of the Heath Balds of the Great Smoky Mountains.” Butler University Botanical Studies 1, no. 13 (1930): 177–208. il., tables.

Cain uses the term “heath bald” for the treeless areas dominated by members of the order Ericales, primarily azaleas and rhododendrons. Though appearing deceptively smooth from a distance, balds are extremely rough and tangled areas on ridges and mountaintops. Cain describes the soil characteristics of heath balds, with moist, fibrous brown peat in a layer one to two feet deep, and mentions mosses and lichens that grow on balds. Discusses definitions and characteristics of moors, such as heather moors, and the relationship between these British designations and similar areas in the GSM. Reports primarily on studies conducted in the vicinity of Mount Le Conte, although Cain made excursions to all parts of the GSM. A section of the paper describes vegetation of the heath balds with species content and relation to surrounding forests. Bibliography, p. 207–8. Two photographs of balds. [FS] [1038] Cain, Stanley Adair. “The Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains: An Ecological Study.” Ph.D. diss., University of Chicago, 1930. 145 p. il., maps.

Study of soil conditions and plant distribution in GSMNP from soil samples and plant associations, in particular chestnut woods, beech orchard, grassy bald, and spruce-fir forest. Describes problem of high acidity in the region and presents data on high ion concentration in relation to vegetal distribution. First recognition and description of heath balds, including biology of heath plants, reports of statistical studies, factors of initiation, maintenance, and distribution. Comprehensive checklist of trees and shrubs. Bibliography, p. 140–45. [FS] [1039] Cain, Stanley Adair. “Ecological Studies of the Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee. I. Soil Reaction and Plant Distribution (Contributions from the Hull Botanical Laboratory 410).” Botanical Gazette 91, no. 1 (March 1931): 22–41. il., graph, table.

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

Cain calls the GSMNP an excellent field for investigating soil reaction in relation to plant associations because of richness of plant numbers and species and magnificent development of individual specimens. The author collected 289 soil samples (samples were taken in pairs, from the surface and subsoil six inches deep) and analyzed them for hydrogen ion concentration (pH) using an apparatus called Youden, developed in 1928. Cain verified his hypothesis that soil pH characteristics follow topographical patterns in the GSM, an idea that arose from observations of vegetative distribution. In summary, ridge tops are highly acidic, middle slopes show intermediate acidity, and coves are only moderate in hydrogen ion concentration. Tables present soil pH arranged by areas characterized by dominant vegetation types. Bibliography, p. 40–41. [FS] [1040] Cain, Stanley Adair, and J. D. O. Miller. “Leaf Structure of Rhododendron Catawbiense Michx.” The American Midland Naturalist 14, no. 2 (March 1933): 69–82. il., tables.

First report of this species of rhododendron. Cain and Miller were interested in treeless communities and they collected many materials for anatomical comparison to the Ericales species. Anatomical analysis would precede the physiological and transplant studies Cain hoped to conduct. The authors compared leaf structure of a single species that grew in spruce-fir forest to samples from exposed heath bald communities. Describes conditions (air, soil acidity and temperature, and elevation) of the two habitats. Camera Lucida drawings of leaf sections and tables of measurements are quite detailed. Observes that species growing in heath balds had smaller and thicker leaves. Bibliography, p. 82. [FS] [1041] Camp, W. H. “The Grass Balds of the Great Smoky Mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina.” Ohio Journal of Science 31, no. 3 (1931): 157–64. il.

Camp does not believe that early settlers created grassy balds by clearing land for animal pasture. If settlers burned and cleared, it was “to enlarge grassland areas already present” (p. 159). Succession and moisture in the region contribute to grassy bald development. Heath balds are typically located on northeastern areas and are

323

best developed above five thousand feet within spruce-fir forest areas. Grassy balds occur on southwestern mountain sections where spruce and fir are absent. The richest flora and most luxuriant (virgin) deciduous forest in North America can be found within the relatively small area of the GSM in Tenn. and N.C. Describes four major reasons for floristic development: moisture-laden winds, high peaks, little effect of Pleistocene glaciation, and post-Cretaceous circumpolar plant migrants trapped by the unbroken chain of the Appalachian Mountains, running northeast for a thousand miles. This article presents one version of how Bote Ridge got its name (footnote, p. 158–59). Bibliography, p. 164. [FS] [1042] Coker, William Chambers. “What Nature Gave to Carolina: Concerning Plants of Coast, Sand Hill, Piedmont and Peak.” Nature Magazine 17, no. 5 (May 1931): 294–99; 345–47. il.

From the “Carolina Number.” General article highlighting the plants native to N.C. Text is not specific to the Smokies but the two-page photographic spread on p. 298–99 contains two photographs by Jim Thompson, prominent Knoxville photographer. One is a depiction of a Smokies cabin and the other is of a “knife-like” rock formation, probably in the Roaring Fork area. [AB] [1043] Coker, William Chambers, and Henry Roland Totten. Trees of the Southeastern States: Including Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, and Northern Florida. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1934. 399 p. il.

Describes 227 native trees and twenty-one foreign species that escaped cultivation, thus becoming wild. Refers students with serious botanical interests to other systematic manuals. Discusses the impossibility of drawing a sharp distinction between trees and shrubs, although this volume excludes shrubs except to provide a list of larger shrubs (p. 5–6). A “Key to the Genera” appears on p. 7–15, and lists page numbers in the book where descriptions are located. The Index lists plant names but no geographic places. No efficient way to locate trees growing in the Smokies is proposed, although the Key to the Genera serves as a useful starting place. Two plates are included to help beginners, one of leaf characters and one of flowers. The authors use as few technical terms in tree

324

descriptions as possible and define the terms in a glossary (pp. 383–88). Bibliography, p. 380–82. Index, p 387–99. Text includes a few photographs. [FS] [1044] Coulter, Stanley. “Some Mid-Summer Plants of South-Eastern Tennessee.” Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science 1900. Indianapolis: Wm. B. Burford, Printer, 1901. p. 143–47.

Describes the area between the Chilhowee Mountain and the GSM and reports on plants in several areas of the GSM. Although the author’s trip was not primarily intended for botanical collection, he gathered specimens of sixty-four species. Scientific and common names are listed along with some notes about local names, density, and observations about preferred habitat. Acknowledges Augustin Gattinger’s work on the flora of Tenn. [1051, 1052], and comments that many areas remain botanically unknown because they are so remote. [FS] [1045] Curtis, Moses Ashley. “An Account of Some New and Rare Plants of North Carolina.” American Journal of Science and Arts 44, no. 1 (April 1843): 80–84.

Reports on eleven new and rare plants of N.C. Species are listed with scientific names, botanical description, locality, and some notes about when they bloom or when fruit matures. Although the article is not limited to an area strictly within the GSMNP, several counties listed are near the Park (Haywood, Macon, Cherokee, Henderson, Lincoln). [FS] [1046] Duncan, Wilbur H. “Ecological Comparison of Leaf Structures of Rhododendron Punctatum.” The American Midland Naturalist 14, no. 2 (March 1933): 83–96. il., tables.

Report on comparisons of specimens of leaves from a spruce-fir forest and a nearby bald. Extensive measurements of leaves are displayed in seven tables in the article and in a table comparing leaf measurements. Figures show cross sections and diagrammatic representation of measurements of leaves from the two habitats. Duncan fully examined leaf scale structure and depicts its development from the leaf epidermis. Detailed figures show bud through several developmental states to maturity. Refers to Stanley Adair Cain’s paper on Rhododendron

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

catawbiense [1040]. Duncan was a prominent University of Georgia botany professor. Bibliography, p. 96. [FS] [1047] Fink, Paul Mathes. “A Forest Enigma: One of Nature’s Mysteries of the Southern Appalachians.” American Forests 37, no. 9 (September 1931): 538, 556. il.

Delves into the mystery surrounding balds, natural clearings on summits of Southern Appalachian Mountains. Thunderhead in the GSM, cited as a major example, is described as “great highland meadows, clear of timber and carpeted with a luxuriant turf of succulent native grass” (p. 538). Balds have an abrupt line of demarcation separating them from surrounding trees, although they do not occur above timberline, nor are they confined to the highest points of mountains. Fink suggests that Indians would not have been able to create the clearings with the tools they had available, nor does he believe they would have gone to such effort without a vitally compelling purpose. Great forest fires are suggested as another possible explanation for the origin of balds, but Fink rejects this idea because all known ancient burns were quickly overtaken by Peruvian cherry and blackberry. Despite early travelers’ reports of abundant game, Fink finds it difficult to imagine that sufficiently large herds of deer and elk existed to create the balds from grazing. Soil conditions could cause balds if some characteristic of their soil made them unfit for trees. Fink declares this explanation implausible because balds form on igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rock, so no specific mineral or element can be readily identified as a cause. The Cherokee believed that balds were the dwelling place of the ulagu, a mythical monster who looked like a giant hornet and who stole children. Fink outlines the tale of Cherokee lookouts that traced the ulagu to its lair and received assistance from the Great Spirit to destroy it. Includes two photographs by the author. [FS] [1048] “The Forests of Wabash Valley.” Garden and Forest 8, no. 368 (March 13, 1895): 101–2.

Though this article focuses on the Wabash Valley of Ind. and Ill., it mentions the abundance of tree species found in the “Big Smoky Mountains,” and that “there are wonderful trees in great variety.” This reference is given in the context of a discussion of areas of the country that contain a great variety of tree species. [SL]

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[1049] Galyon, Willa Love. “Check List of the Trees and Shrubs of Eastern Tennessee.” M.A. thesis, University of Tennessee, Botany, 1928. 75 p. il., map.

Checklist that provides scientific and common names for nearly two hundred seventy species of trees and shrubs in East Tenn. Organized by phylogenetic order, then by family. Each genus species has notes about occurrence and many have synonyms listed. Bibliography, p. 55–6. Plates are photographs of plants, drawings of leaves, and foldout map of Tenn. hand annotated with the boundaries of study area, regional rivers, and location of GSM with highest peaks noted. [FS] [1050] Galyon, Willa Love. “The Smoky Mountains and the Plant Naturalist.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 3, no. 2 (April 1928): 3–13. il. Reprint: University of Tennessee Record Extension Series 5, no. 2 (1928): 1–11. il.

Text of an invited paper presented to the American Nature-Study Society in Nashville in December 1927. Describes the GSM as the largest tract of indigenous hardwoods in America. In 1901, President Theodore Roosevelt reported to Congress [215] that the area had 137 tree species and 174 shrubs, of which 150 were native trees, compared to eighty-five native species in all of Europe. Mentions that researchers at the University of Tennessee are developing checklists of flowers, trees, ferns, mosses, and fungi for East Tenn. These include 362 flowers that typically bloom before 1 July, and 203 after that date. Gaylon reviews early botanists who explored the region of the N.C. mountains. Heavy rainfall supports “superior forest development” (84 inches annual rainfall in some locations; few areas receive less than 50 inches per year). Compares some species usually found in Canada with specimens found in the GSM, believed to be their southernmost occurrence. Provides general descriptions of several types of soil and forest area in the Smokies and lists a few prominent plant species found in each. Seven photographs of Smokies tree species. [FS] [1051] Gattinger, Augustin. The Tennessee Flora with Special Reference to the Flora of Nashville: Phaenogams and Vascular Cryptogams. Nashville: Augustin Gattinger, 1887. 109 p.

325

In the preface, Gattinger states, “Desiring to promote the study of botany in the state and to awaken an interest in the exploration of the Flora of Tennessee, I tender this small volume to the friends and promoters of scientific pursuits” (p. 3). Gattinger published this book as a result of a meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS) in Nashville in 1877, where colleagues assured him that a survey of the unexplored region of Tenn. would be appreciated. At the time Gattinger knew of only one article on flora of Tenn. (J. W. Chickering’s “A Summer on Roane Mountain,” published in 1880 in the Botanical Gazette). Gattinger acknowledges his reliance on Dr. Asa Gray’s Manual of Botany and Dr. Chapman’s Flora of the Southern States (2nd ed., NY: Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor, 1883) for species descriptions. A section entitled, “General Aspect of the Flora” (p. 7–17) describes the subalpine region, which would include the GSM, mentioning the so-called “balds” with their absence of timber. More attention is given to plants of West Tenn. A list of Tenn. flora appears on p. 19–104, and those plants considered to be Nashville flora are printed in bold. A summary table lists orders indicating the number of genera, species, and varieties categorized into introduced plants, woody plants, trees, and Nashville flora. Gattinger’s later book [1052] states that this volume enumerates 1,708 species. [FS] [1052] Gattinger, Augustin. The Flora of Tennessee and a Philosophy of Botany. Nashville: Press of Gospel Advocate Publishing, 1901. 296 p.

In the preface, Gattinger chronicles his experiences immigrating from Germany to the U.S. in 1849, arriving with his wife in Chattanooga, partnering with a brotherin-law to buy a farm, later selling the land, and taking a post as resident surgeon at copper mines in Ducktown, Tenn. The author’s interest in natural science began in college in Germany, and he took advantage of his Tenn. location to explore the diversity of plants in the region. During the Civil War, Gattinger worked as a surgeon in Nashville until he contracted malaria. After recovering, he was appointed State Librarian by Andrew Johnson, military governor. Gattinger’s serious botanical investigations began in this time period. He corresponded with botanists from all over the U.S. regarding verification of species. A pioneer in collecting botanical samples in

326

Middle Tenn., Gattinger reported on his work at a meeting of the botanical division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in 1877 in Nashville. In 1883, he self-published a volume enumerating 1,708 species; the book was distributed to schools in Tenn. and to botanists. Gattinger comments that the volume brought Tenn. botanists together and provided them with useful information to add to their collecting endeavors. In his work, Gattinger utilized reports of plant species collected by John K. Small and A. A. Heller in Western N.C. (outside the Smokies region) and Southwest Va. (published in “Flora of Western North Carolina and Contiguous Territory,” Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club 3, no. 1 (February 20, 1892), p. 1–39). He collaborated with botanists from the Biltmore Botanical Institute, adding more than four hundred species to his first published volume. In 1883, Gattinger served as Assistant to the State Commissioner of Agriculture, collecting samples of timber and also mineral specimens. A section of this book is called, “Areal Botany or Regional Distribution of Plants” and lists species of trees and plants found in Tenn. valleys (p. 13), generally characterizes the mountain flora (p. 14–16), and gives a very brief overview of GSM flora (p. 18). A listing, entitled “Synopsis of Tennessee Flora,” appears on p. 27–125; a list of orders with number of genera and species, cultivated and officinal, is on p. 176–77. Gattinger notes that he donated his collection to the University of Tennessee, Knoxville in 1908. Index, p. 178–84. [FS] [1053] Graves, Henry S. “An Interesting Holly.” The Forester 6, no. 6 (June 1900): 142.

In this brief correspondence, Mr. Graves explains his discovery of a unique holly. He states that the holly “was of unusual interest in that nearly every leaf upon it was entire.” He discovered this unusual holly species during a trip in the Unaka Mountains of Tenn. [SL] [1054] Harbison, T. G. “New or Little Known Species of Trillium.” Biltmore Botanical Studies: A Journal of Botany Embracing Papers by the Director and Associates of the Biltmore Herbarium 1, no. 1 (April 8, 1901): 19–24.

Describes five trillium species, four of which were observed in N.C. near the GSM region. Three species are proposed as new, one ignored variety is raised to spe-

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

cific rank, and the range is extended for one neglected species. [FS] [1055] Harper, Roland M. “Summer Notes on the Mountain Vegetation of Haywood County, North Carolina.” Torreya 10, no. 3 (March 1910): 53–64.

In July and August 1908, Harper studied at the Biltmore Forest School. This paper is his attempt to classify the habitats of a small but typical portion of the mountain region and arrange the vegetal species in each according to structure and relative abundance. He states that this paper’s emphasis on vegetation will add to previous publications which list only trees, provide notes on selected species, or are chiefly narratives dealing with the flora or scenery. Describes the N.C. mountains as having comparatively simple topographic forms, explaining that geographers call them “normal” mountains because they developed by erosion with very few complications from faulting, unequal hardness of strata, glaciations, solution, or volcanic action. The principal habitats reported are in Haywood County and above 2,700 feet. Harper lists scientific names of trees, shrubs, and herbs, arranged in order of abundance. He lists plants observed on Cold Mountain, the highest elevation he visited at 6,000 feet. [FS] [1056] Hesler, Lexemuel Ray. “A Preliminary Report on Polypores of Eastern Tennessee.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 4, no. 1 (January 1929): 9–16. il.

Hesler notes that most people think of the flora of an area as “trees, flowers, and other conspicuous vegetation,” but that all plant life must be considered. He posits that Polypores, popularly known as brackets, are members of the fungi class and are an interesting and important component of Tenn. flora. The group includes ferns, molds, rusts, mushrooms, mosses, mildews, and smuts. Polypores may be considered degenerate scavengers as they lack green foliage and depend on other plants and debris for food, occasionally disintegrating desired grass and trees as they return organic matter to the soil. Hesler explains habitat preferences for several species of polyporus, indicating a basic distinction is the preference for deciduous or coniferous trees (living or dead). Describes general structural features and how polypore anatomy relates to its reproduction; presents notes on the variety of mark-

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

ing patterns, coloration, and texture. Comments that many polypores are edible and notes about his favorite that “properly cooked, the flavor of the yellow polypore is suggestive of young chicken.” Lists the six genera found in East Tenn. and number of species of each. Provides an abbreviated key to the genera. [FS] [1057] Jennison, Harry Milliken. “The Flowers of the Great Smokies . . . and the Birds.” Journeys Beautiful (Nomad) 10, no. 2 (January-February 1929): 18, 37. il.

Jennison, a professor of botany at the University of Tennessee, offers a brief overview of the trees, shrubs, vines, and flowers of the GSM. The Smoky Mountain environment is conducive to an astonishing variety of flora; “more than one hundred and thirty species of native trees grow here—not to mention some one hundred and seventy different kinds of shrubs and vines” (p. 37). The mountains harbor a few rare species, as well as some that are extremely interesting and decidedly peculiar to the region. Jennison’s account of the flora is submitted as part of a joint contribution under the title “Flowers and Birds of the Great Smokies” (see Table of Contents, p. 3). The corresponding article by Louis E. Hofferbert discusses certain bird species of the Smokies [986]. [KW] [1058] Jennison, Harry Milliken. “A Preliminary Check-List of the Spring Wild Flowers and the Ferns of Tennessee.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 4, no. 2 (Supplement) (April 1929): 1–32.

Compilation of notes from several years of field observations and from the scientific literature. Jennison’s goal is to stimulate interest in wild flowers among amateur botanists, natural history students, and professionals. Notes great devastation to Tenn. flora in comparison to reports in Augustin Gattinger’s The Flora of Tennessee and a Philosophy of Botany Respectfully Dedicated to the Citizens of Tennessee [1052]. Jennison briefly mentions the conservation movement associated with the origins of the national park. More than half of the plant families in the eastern U.S. are evident in the spring flora of Tenn., and native species exceed introduced ones. This paper lists 1,500 species and varieties. Their arrangement and nomenclature follow Asa Gray’s New Manual of Botany (7th ed., NY: American Book Co., 1908). [FS]

327

[1059] Kearney, Thomas H., Jr. “New or Otherwise Interesting Plants of Eastern Tennessee.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 24, no. 12 (December 30, 1897): 560–75.

the woody plants in the GSM. Roots were collected from sixteen species, imbedded, and sectioned for microscopic analysis. The author discusses the types of mycorhizas found and on what kinds of trees. Provides extensive details about mycorhizal anatomy. Examines the interrelationship between mycorhizas and trees and the impact of drought when mycorhizas are unable to provide trees with necessary nitrogen. Concludes that, in the symbiotic relationship between a fungus and a higher plant, the fungus is a parasite on the root and derives food, but the root receives no benefit and may in fact be damaged. Bibliography, p. 148. [FS]

[1060] Kearney, Thomas H., Jr. “The Pine-Barren Flora in the East Tennessee Mountains.” The Plant World: A Monthly Journal of Popular Botany 1, no. 3 (December 1897): 33–35.

[1063] “Notes.” Garden and Forest 3, no. 143 (November 19, 1890): 568.

Notes on a collection compiled by the author in August and September 1897 in Cocke County, primarily along Wolf Creek at the edge of the GSM. For each plant collected, Kearney provides the scientific name, references to any earlier scientific publications, and a description. Some specimens receive lengthier treatments, comparing his findings with others who have located similar plants. [AB]

Describes pine-barrens as “low, flat, sandy country, generally known as the coastal plain,” called so because a few species of pine are the dominant vegetation. Mentions traces of so called pine-barren flora in the mountains of East Tenn., specifically an orchid found in Blount County near Cades Cove, a few aster and golden rod species, and several boneset species. Kearney surmises that pine-barren species in the Southern Appalachians may be survivors from earlier times, when the plants were more widely dispersed, or they are the “advance guard of an invading army” (p. 35). [FS] [1061] Lamson-Scribner. “Southern Botanists,” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 20, no. 8 (Aug 10, 1893), 311–34.

Transcript of a lecture delivered at the University of Tennessee, 26 March 1889, on the professional life and work of early botanists recognized for their fieldwork in the Southern United States. Includes biographical vignettes of André Michaux, Moses Curtis, Samuel Buckley, and Augustin Gattinger, botanists who visited the Great Smoky Mountains region. [KW] [1062] McDougall, W. B. “Mycorhizas from North Carolina and Eastern Tennessee.” American Journal of Botany 15, no. 2 (February 1928): 141–48. il.

Report of fieldwork in August 1926, when McDougall studied the mycorhizal (fungus) relations of 328

Final paragraph of the “Notes” section discusses the native habitat of Magnolia fraseri. Author objects to a previous reference to the Magnolia fraseri as a “novelty,” and believes this description suggests a Japanese or Oriental origin, rather than the true native habitat of the Magnolia fraseri “in the Southern Allegheny Mountains, and especially along the streams which flow from the Blue Ridge, the Black, and the Big Smoky Mountains.” Common names of the tree are Mountain Magnolia and LongLeaved Cucumber Tree. [SL] [1064] “Notes.” Garden and Forest 5, no. 213 (March 23, 1892): 143–44.

At the end of this article is a description of a blackberry, notable for thornless canes, found on mountains in N.C., called here the “Big Smoky Mountains.” [FS] [1065] Redfield, J. H. “Notes of a Botanical Excursion into North Carolina.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 6, no. 55–56 (July-August 1879): 331–39.

Account of an excursion into Western N.C. by a party of botanists to examine plant species native to the higher mountain areas. The party does not venture into the Smoky Mountains proper, but the report acknowledges that these mountains “had been examined by the sharp optics of Buckley, Rugel, M. A. Curtis, Dr. Gray, Canby, Leroy and Ruger, the Vasey’s, elder and younger, Chickering and others” (p. 334). The report also comments on a species, Cardamine climatitis, which “was many years ago collected by Rugel in the Smoky Mountains” (p. 338). [KW] Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[1066] S. “Stuartia pentagyna, Aralia spinosa.” Garden and Forest 1, no. 35 (October 24, 1888): 415–16.

Likely author is Charles Sprague Sargent. Notes that Stuartia pentagyna is a beautiful blooming shrub found on western slopes of the “Big Smoky Mountains,” especially common along tributaries of the Big Pigeon River. Aralia spinosa, also known as Hercules Club or Angelica Tree, grows at elevations between 3,000 and 4,000 feet in rich soil near streams and along fences of mountain farms. Its blooms are similar to lilac and yield good honey. [FS] [1067] Sargent, Charles Sprague. “Dendrological Notes.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 13, no. 5 (May 1886): 78–81.

A short report on tree species found in the mountains of Tenn. and N.C. with special references to discoveries made in the Smokies by Samuel Botsford Buckley. Remarks are given on both the size of the trees as well as the great variety of species found in the Smokies. [KW] [1068] Sargent, Charles Sprague. “Notes Upon Some North American Trees, IX.” Garden and Forest 2, no. 81 (September 11, 1889): 435–36.

Sargent highlights different tree species in the United States. In connection with the “Big Smoky Mountains of Tennessee,” he mentions the tree Aralia spinosa L. States that he has seen it “growing on the western slopes… to a height of thirty or thirty five feet, with a straight, clear trunk, eight inches in diameter, and stout, widespreading branches.” [SL] [1069] Schantz, Orpheus M. “Journey to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Program of Activities of the Chicago Academy of Sciences 2, no. 3 (July 1931): 12.

Reports on a journey by botany students of George D. Fuller, University of Chicago, to the GSM in April 1927. The author lists a few of the trees and wildflowers the party observed, as well as about eight bird species. He is surprised that the area is not better known and attributes its isolation to the lack of highways. Comments that the new national park will be the first established east of the Mississippi River, one of the largest in the U.S., and located where eighty percent of the country’s population lives within a radius of 700 miles. [FS] Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[1070] Sharp, Aaron J. “A Lichen as a Substratum for Mosses.” The Bryologist 33, no. 6 (November 1930): 83.

Sharp, University of Tennessee professor of botany, reports that mosses using lichens as substratum are rare. In April 1928, his colleague Professor Lexemuel Ray Hesler collected a specimen of lichen, Gyrophora dillenii (Tuck.) Arn. (commonly known as “nigger-scalp”) on rocks on Mount Le Conte in the GSM that had three species of moss growing on its surface (lists the species). [FS] [1071] Sharp, Aaron J. “Trichomanes Petersii A. Gray in Tennessee.” American Fern Journal 21, no. 2 (AprilJune 1931): 75–76.

Short note reporting that on 11 April 1931, the author discovered a rare plant, Trichomanes petersii A. Gray, near the middle prong of the Little River above Townsend. The location of the discovery was formally listed as near Tremont, which is now within the GSMNP and became the seventh known location for the plant in the U.S. [FS] [1072] Sharp, Aaron J. “Three New Mosses from Tennessee.” The Bryologist 36, no. 1–4 (January, March, May, July 1933): 20–23. il.

Three specimens of moss are described with their Latin diagnoses, physical descriptions, reproductive details, locations of observation, and other notes. The mosses are named Tortula propagulosa, Fabronia imperfecta, and Hylocomium splendens (collected on Mount Le Conte). Sharp reports that type material for each was deposited in the University of Tennessee Herbarium. One plate provides botanical drawings of leaves of these mosses (p. 23). [FS] [1073] Shaver, Jesse M. “Flowers of the Great Smokies.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 2 (April 1926): 17–20. il.

Speaks of interest in the GSM for a preserve of mountain wildlife and access for study—a sanctuary for rare and beautiful flowers, birds, and trees. Notes common flowering plants beginning along a stream, moving to moist, shady gorges, then traveling up slope to dryer areas at a summit. Lists nearly forty species with brief descriptions. Includes brief comments on plant lore and local nicknames. Refers to balds as “mountain meadows.” 329

No bibliography but quotes Alice Lounsberry’s Southern Wild Flowers and Trees, Together with Shrubs, Vines, and Various Forms of Growth Found through the Mountains (NY: F. A. Stokes Co., 1901); William Bartram’s Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East and West Florida, the Cherokee Country [113]; and Augustin Gattinger’s The Tennessee Flora [1051]. [FS] [1074] Small, John Kunkel. “The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain System.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 20, no. 12 (December 26, 1893): 455–67.

Small applies faunal areas to flora under the system developed by Dr. J. Allen. The Smokies are in the Carolinian Flora with higher summits falling into either the Canadian or Alleghanian Floras. Remainder of the article is a list of ferns, including the collection point, elevation, and collector of each sample. Several varieties were collected in Swain County and in the GSM, some by H. C. Beardslee and C. A. Kofoid, Ohio botanists. [AB] [1075] Small, John Kunkel. “Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States –I.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 24, no. 2 (February 28, 1897): 61–64.

Reprint: “Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, I, II, III, IV.” Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden, no. 18. New York: n.p., 1901. 21 p.

Article contains brief summaries of reports in this and other journals about sightings of shrub and tree species in the southern U.S. Mentions (p. 64) reports on the collection of Vaccinium hirsutum, a type of blueberry, by Professor A. Ruth (probably Albert Ruth, Knoxville, local educator and amateur botanist—not a professor at the University of Tennessee) on mountains near Cades Cove in 1894. [FS] [1076] Small, John Kunkel. “Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—XII.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 24, no. 11 (November 30, 1897): 487–96, pl. 315.

Article contains brief reports on several species. One item mentions Gentiana quinquefolia (p. 489), collected near Waynesville. The collector notes that the plant has an extensive altitudinal range. [FS]

330

[1077] Small, John Kunkel. “Studies in Botany of the Southern United States—XIII.” Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 25, no. 3 (March 1898): 134–51.

Two of twenty-nine species discussed in this article occur in the area of the GSMNP. The first, Thalictrum caulophylloides, a plant in the buttercup family, is listed in the section of the article called, “II—New Species of Herbaceous Plants,” and was found by Professor Ruth (probably Albert Ruth, Knoxville, local educator and amateur botanist—not a professor at the University of Tennessee) on mountain slopes near Cades Cove in July 1892. The second species is Hydrangea cinerea, a small shrub, with one specimen reported from Chilhowee Gap in Blount County, Tenn. Descriptions and anatomical details are presented for each species. [FS] [1078] Thone, Frank. “Nature Ramblings: Leucothoe.” The Science News-Letter 16, no. 441 (September 21, 1929): 179. Il

Short article on shrub commonly known as “fetterbush” except in the Smokies where the shrub is known by its botanical name Leucothoe or the variant Leucotia. Leucothoe was the mythical daughter of a king of Babylon mentioned by the Latin poet Ovid. The writer speculates that the Southern mountaineers had “no well-agreed-on English name, and adopted the technical one from botanists who have long made a Mecca of their mountains.” This shrub is now commonly known as “Dog Hobble.” [AB] [1079] Underwood, Judson K. “A Study of the Cyperaceae of Tennessee.” M.S. thesis, University of Tennessee, 1931. 103 p.

Reprint: Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 7, no. 2 (April 1932): 65–119.

Report on field work to identify Cyperaceae or sedges that grow primarily in East Tenn. Comprehensive list includes identification by Underwood and other botanists including Augustin Gattinger. Several species were collected by Underwood in various Smokies locations. For example, Scripus caespitosus or tufted Clubrush, which grows along rocky open ledges in the higher peaks of the Smokies, was collected at the summit of Mount Le Conte. Bibliography, p. 102–3. One tinted photograph of Carex striatula, opposite p. 1. [AB]

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

[1080] Underwood, Judson K., and Aaron J. Sharp. “Notes on Tennessee Ferns.” American Fern Journal 23, no. 3 (July-September 1933): 98–99.

Brief note indicating that a colony of Dryopteris phegopteris (L.) C. Chr. was discovered on Roaring Fork Creek, Mount Le Conte. Fronds were deposited in the University of Tennessee Herbarium and other locations. [FS] [1081] Wells, Bertram Whittier. “Major Plant Communities of North Carolina.” North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin, no. 25. Raleigh: North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, 1924. 20 p. il., map.

Describes plant distribution and habitats in N.C., concentrating primarily on areas of the state outside the GSM, though a few species are reported from counties bordering the Park. Wells mentions the dual definition of major distinctive vegetation associated with major distinctive habitat as his guide in preparing this publication. Sections of the report describe plants’ physiogonomy, associations, and successional relationships. Wells defines the following terms to help readers interpret the text: formation, association, climax, climatic climax, physiographic climax, and subclimatic maximum. Two plant categories in the text are in the vicinity of the GSM—the Quercus-Acer-Pinus formation and the Abies-Picea formation. Bibliography, p. 20. Includes state geographical map and fourteen photographs, one of firs on Clingmans Dome. Wells was professor of botany and plant pathology at North Carolina State University. [FS] [1082] Wells, Bertram Whittier. The Remarkable Flora of the Great Smoky Mountains. Asheville: Published

Natural History of the Great Smoky Mountains

under the auspices of the North Carolina Park Commission by Great Smoky Mountains, Inc., 1925. 13 p. il.

Wells calls this engaging summary of GSM plant life “highly abbreviated” and refers to the GSM as an “outstanding vegetational center of America for its high rainfall, good drainage, and long growing season.” These features result in large individual plants as well as numbers of species. Outlines a forest itinerary with lists of trees that grow on mountain ridges and lower slopes. Provides brief descriptions of wildflowers and their blooming seasons and notes the abundance of mushrooms. Several photographs. Cover art by G. E. Colt Thornton. [FS] [1083] Wells, Bertram Whittier. The Natural Gardens of North Carolina with Keys and Descriptions of the Herbaceous Wild Flowers Found Therein. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1932. 458 p. il.

Book is “devoted to a general account of the vegetation and habitat of each of the eleven major plant communities of North Carolina” (p. ix). Part I details the plant communities. The mountain region is covered in Chapter X (p. 186–200), entitled “Christmas Tree Land: The Boreal Forest of our High Mountains.” Wells describes the “Canadian” forest that exists in the mountains of Western N.C., with particular attention given to the plants unique to this region. Of the eleven illustrations in this chapter, two mention specific Smokies locales, Indian Gap and Mount Sterling. Part II is a key to the “Herbaceous Wild Flowers of North Carolina.” Indexes to Scientific and Common Names are provided at the conclusion of the book. Two-hundred and nine photographs overall illustrate the plants and their communities. [AB]

331

Advertisement for the Appalachian Logging Congress meeting in Knoxville, The Southern Lumberman, v. 83, no. 1111, 1922.

Chapter 13 Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Introduction The “Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapter of Terra Incognita is a large grouping of articles, books, and government reports that document the study of natural resources in the Great Smoky Mountains region. Included are the original geological surveys sponsored by the states of Tennessee and North Carolina; federal documents on forests and waterways; descriptive geographical works; forestry pieces representing varying perspectives from the lumber barons, professional foresters, and conservationists; and articles that document a more scientific approach to geological research. Taken as a whole, they present a region of tremendous economic potential with an imposing geography that often stymied attempts to utilize the resources that the region offered. For much of its history the Great Smoky Mountain region of Tennessee and North Carolina remained relatively undeveloped. The Cherokee and white settlers of predominantly English, Scots, and German ancestry had, by the last decade of the nineteenth century, transformed the lower elevations into a pastoral landscape of fields and orchards, bounded by split-rail fences and dotted here and there with sturdy log homes, corn cribs, smokehouses, and barns. But the “southern highlanders,” as the denizens of the Great Smoky Mountains came to be known, lacked the transportation infrastructure, investment capital, and vocational training needed to develop the region’s abundant natural resources and foster and sustain large-scale commercial ventures. Consequently, the majority of highlanders eked out a meager subsistence living raising hogs, cattle, corn, and other vegetables for home consumption; gathering native plants and hunting wild game to supplement their diets; manufacturing their own tools and clothing; and con-

structing their homes and outbuildings from the region’s immense stands of timber. This is not to suggest that Smoky Mountain highlanders were completely isolated from the larger regional and national market economies. They earned cash by cutting select trees from their property, and by selling livestock, ginseng, chestnuts, and moonshine to their neighbors in nearby urban markets such as Knoxville and Asheville. Highland prospectors operated gold, tin, silver, copper, and zinc mines, but these operations were modest in scale and do not appear to have contributed significantly to the regional economy. There were a few iron smelting facilities, including the Abram’s Creek Forge in Cades Cove and Shields Bloomary Forge on the Little River in Tuckaleechee Cove, but they were short-lived, abandoned by the 1850s. Beginning in the 1840s, boosters on both sides of the mountains, as well as state and federal officials, undertook to end the region’s long isolation and exploit the Smokies abundant natural resources for commercial gain. As a result, this chapter of Terra Incognita contains a host of works aimed at advertising the region’s resources to attract outside investment. This campaign continued until the founding of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in 1934. Interestingly, the success of this effort provided the impetus for a second, parallel series of articles and books aimed at preserving the region’s resources for scientific study and human enjoyment. This, in turn, helped spark the region’s most recent economic development, the tourist trade. Among the more notable works arising from this early period was Tennessee state geologist Gerard Troost’s Fourth Geological Report to the Twenty-Second General Assembly of the State of Tennessee, published in 1837. Troost noted that the poorly tracked Smoky Mountain backcountry was “almost impossible” to negotiate, and that

the local geology was marked by a “confusion of . . . rocks, which seems at some places heaped up without order” [1093, p. 20]. He concluded that further work would be “extremely difficult” and “hazardous” to complete, and subsequently abandoned the project. A persistent fellow, however, Troost returned to the Smokies a few years later and resumed his work. In his 1839 Fifth Geological Report to the Twenty-Third General Assembly of Tennessee [1094], Troost provided information about the soil composition, distribution of commercially useful tree species, and waterpower potential of Cocke County on the Tennessee– North Carolina border. In 1842 he published a general account of Sevier County in The Agriculturist [1095] that included mention of the county’s alum deposits, as well as efforts to manufacture Epsom salts and saltpeter. Conditions in the Smokies had scarcely improved by 1857, when Richard O. Currey published his Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee Embracing a Description of Its Minerals and Ores, Their Variety and Quality, Modes of Assaying and Value; With a Description of Its Soils and Productiveness and Paleontology [1253]. Hindered by the same rugged terrain that had bedeviled Troost, Currey nevertheless discovered that the Tennessee–North Carolina highlands harbored supplies of roofing slate and alum, and that aluminum deposits awaited the wise investor, just as “soon as some cheaper mode is discovered for its preparation.” In a separate work published that same year by the American Railway Times, titled “Copper Region of Tennessee— A Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee” [1254], Currey noted that a commercially valuable vein of copper also ran throughout the Smokies. On the North Carolina side of the Smokies, the state geologist W. C. Kerr was equally unable to make much headway in studying the very western part of his state. In both his 1866 and 1875 reports [1085, 1086], he relies on older studies by Arnold Guyot to provide elevations of the Smoky peaks. In his 1875 report he describes the Smokies as “broadly contrasted with the Blue Ridge in its greater regularity both in direction and elevation, its greater elevation, and especially in the excessive depth of its gaps . . .” [1086, p. 3] but is unable to provide much detail beyond this basic description. As the nineteenth century progressed, boosters published works aimed at attracting outsiders with the investment capital and “know how” needed to develop

334

the region’s natural resources. Examples include J. Gray Smith’s A Brief Historical, Statistical, and Descriptive Review of East Tennessee, United States of America [1140] and James M. Safford’s A Geological Reconnaissance of the State of Tennessee [1090], both of which provided potential newcomers with information regarding the geological features, soil composition, and agricultural potential of Tennessee and the Great Smoky Mountains region with an eye to encouraging the development of both the mineral and agricultural wealth. Whether intentional or not, the publication of Safford’s survey coincided with the advent of railroads in the Great Valley of East Tennessee. Completed in 1855 and 1858, respectively, the East Tennessee & Georgia Railroad and the East Tennessee & Virginia Railroad provided farmers and manufacturers in East Tennessee, some of whom lived a mere stone’s throw from the towering peaks of the Great Smoky Mountains, with access to markets in the Northeast, Midwest, and Deep South. Highlanders on the North Carolina side of the Smokies were less fortunate. The state government had done little to improve transportation infrastructure in the piedmont and coastal regions, much less push railroads into the rugged western highlands. As of 1856 the closest railroad to the eastern slopes of the Great Smoky Mountains ran on a northeast-to-southwest axis through Salisbury, approximately 140 miles to the east of Asheville, the largest city in Western North Carolina. Unfortunately for highlanders on the Tennessee side of the Smokies, the Civil War would soon sweep away the economic advantages derived from railroad transit. Between 1861 and 1865, Confederate and Union soldiers ravaged communities on both sides of the Smokies, stripping farms of produce and livestock, burning fences, destroying railroad stock, and committing crimes against civilians. The remote, inaccessible coves and valleys of the Great Smoky Mountains proper witnessed little in the way of military occupation and large-scale combat. The war served to provoke a fierce internecine conflict that pitted the region’s Unionist majority against the secessionist minority, and to make matters worse, bandits and deserters viewed the rugged, inaccessible Smokies as a haven from which to commit depredations and evade authorities. Tennessee and North Carolina emerged from the war battered, broken, and strapped for cash. Recovery

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

would require capital, the most obvious sources of which were investors from outside the region. For the next three decades, the state governments of North Carolina and Tennessee engaged in a publication campaign aimed, at least in part, at convincing northerners to migrate south and invest in the future of the Great Smoky Mountains. Notable among the works produced during this period, Horatio Gatchell’s Western North Carolina: Its Agricultural Resources, Mineral Wealth, Climate, Salubrity and Scenery [1113], informed potential investors that the Western North Carolina highlands possessed abundant water power and agricultural land, as well as a population of “frank, hospitable, and whole-souled” mountaineers that would, presumably, welcome outsiders. J. B. Killebrew’s “Introduction to the Resources of Tennessee” [1089] provided readers with an exhaustive, county-bycounty analysis of the state’s agricultural and economic potential. Although he had much to say about the state’s mountainous easternmost counties that was favorable, citing the excellent waterpower afforded by the Little Pigeon River and the Little River as well as smaller waterways, the fertile valleys, iron ore croppings, and the abundant timber, he also mentioned that poor farming practices had worn out some of the agricultural land. The United States government joined in the effort as well. In 1868, a mere three years after the cessation of hostilities, Commissioner of Immigration Hermann Bokum published the Hand-Book, providing would-be migrants with a broad overview of Tennessee’s geology, climate, and agricultural patterns. Regarding the Smokies proper, Bokum addressed conditions in Cocke, Blount, Sevier, and Monroe Counties, noting that they possessed fertile soil, “mostly untapped” iron ore deposits, and in the case of Cocke County, a railroad connection that linked Newport, the county seat, with the world beyond the mountains [1100]. Not to be outdone, private boosters renewed their prewar publication campaign. The Knoxville Whig and Chronicle Steam Book and Job Printing Office offered its Hand-Book of Tennessee [1115], highlighting the abundant timber, pastureland, iron ore deposits, and largely untapped waterpower available in Cocke, Sevier, and Blount Counties. Former Tennessee secretary of the Bureau of Agriculture, Statistic, and Mines, J. B. Killebrew, put his extensive knowledge of Tennessee to work as an

immigration agent for the Nashville, Chattanooga, and St. Louis Railway. His 1897 work, The Forests of Tennessee: Their Extent, Character and Distribution [1220], coauthored with George B. Sudworth, served to elucidate the state’s potential as a center of commercial logging, with a special focus on the fir, spruce, maple, ash, chestnut, cherry, and birch trees that blanketed the slopes of the Great Smoky Mountains. On the North Carolina side of the mountains, George Norris’s 1884 work, Western North Carolina Lands [1127], served to publicize some 149,762 acres for sale in the highlands of Western North Carolina. In “Timber Trees and Forests of North Carolina,” published in the October 1898 edition of Forest Leaves [1211], specific reference is made to the type and distribution of commercially valuable timber to be found on the North Carolina side of the Great Smoky Mountains. And in “Our Mineral Wealth,” published in the August 1878 edition of The South-Atlantic [1269], W. C. Kerr notes that the mountains of Western North Carolina harbor marble and limestone deposits of sufficient quantity and quality for use in construction. He also makes reference to “a very wide-spread popular belief ” that the remote corners of the highlands contained silver and lead deposits that were so abundant and so easily accessed that one might easily cut pieces from the hillsides using little more than an axe. Development of the Smokies’ resources would require more than capital and know-how; it would require a source of power, as well as a reliable means to transport timber and minerals out of the rugged backcountry. Thus it was that boosters and government officials undertook the first systematic study of watercourses in the Great Smoky Mountains. In his 1897 article, “Report of Progress of Steam Measurements for the Calendar Year 1896,” published in the United States Geological Survey 18th Annual Report, Arthur Powell Davis offered information about the discharge rates for the Little Tennessee and Tuckasegee Rivers [1227]. An 1876 survey of the Little Tennessee, French Broad, and Ocmulgee Rivers concluded that mountain waterways were too shallow and rocky to support commercial navigation, even if “improved” with dredging [1238]. The Chief of Engineers of the United States submitted a report to the War Department in 1891, discussing the feasibility of improving

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

335

navigation on the Little Pigeon River [1236]. The report concluded that improvements to the Little Pigeon would be useless without accompanying improvements to the French Broad, into which the Little Pigeon empties. To the great delight of boosters (at least those on the Tennessee side of the Smokies), northern capitalists responded by migrating south and setting up timber and mining operations in the region. Among the first of many to arrive were former Union Army officers Hiram S. Chamberlain and John T. Wilder. Both had served in East Tennessee during the war and had recognized the region’s potential as a locus of iron and coal operations. The two friends founded the Roane Iron Company on the Cumberland Plateau in 1867. Chamberlain later founded the Knoxville Iron Works, while Wilder migrated further south to Chattanooga, jump-starting that city’s iron and steel industry and earning the moniker the “Friendly Carpetbagger.” Yet, save for enticing landless highlanders to abandon agriculture and resettle in burgeoning industrial centers, the efforts of Chamberlain, Wilder, and others had little direct impact on the isolated, poorly tracked backcountry of the Great Smoky Mountains. The small iron-smelting operations had disappeared before the Civil War. Unlike other Southern Appalachian mountain ranges, the Smokies do not contain coal or other easily mined valuable minerals. Development of the Smokies proper would have to wait until the first decade of the twentieth century, when commercial logging companies turned their attention from the disappearing forests of the Upper Midwest and looked south to the immense stands of timber to be found in the Smokies. In her monograph The Wild East: A Biography of the Great Smoky Mountains (Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2000), historian Margaret Lynn Brown credits—“blames” is the more appropriate word—United States Forest Service agents H. B. Ayres and William W. Ashe with paving the way for the sudden influx of logging companies into the Great Smoky Mountains that took place during the first decade of the twentieth century. According to Brown, Ayres and Ashe’s 1905 work, The Southern Appalachian Forests, provided interested parties with the most detailed information then available regarding the types and distribution of Southern Appalachian tree species. Moreover, the survey arrived at a

336

moment in time when the once-great forests of the Upper Midwest were dwindling, and the booming American economy was demanding ever-increasing amounts of timber for building projects. “The nation’s press,” Brown writes, “picked up on Ayres and Ashe’s report,” particularly their references to “the tremendous timber possibilities available at bargain-basement prices” [1175, p. 50]. Eight commercial logging firms followed closely on Ayres and Ashe’s heels and, by 1910, were cutting timber in the Smokies. For the next two decades, the so-called timber barons unleashed a systematic, environmentally devastating assault on the forests of the Great Smoky Mountains. Using the most up-to-date technology then available, including steam-powered skidders that dragged logs down the mountainsides and diminutive logging trains that sent sparks cascading into the underbrush, frequently igniting massive wildfires, commercial timber companies clear-cut approximately three hundred thousand acres of forest in the Smokies (or nearly two-thirds of the land now contained within the boundaries of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park). To make matters worse, they harvested without regard to sustainability, leaving behind a scarred, eroded wasteland. Traveling through the region in 1919, Paul Fink bemoaned the “utter devastation” of the landscape, noting that “everything of any size had been taken, for the paper mills can handle anything above sapling size” [866, p. 65]. For the highlanders whose farms and homes occupied the land coveted by the lumber companies, and who provided timber-cutting operations with a cheap labor force, commercial logging proved a mixed blessing. On the one hand, timber cutting provided steady work and ready cash. On the other hand, it was dangerous, backbreaking labor that all too frequently resulted in injuries and deaths. Terra Incognita provides plentiful material for those interested in this aspect of Great Smoky Mountain history. For example, in a 1918 article featured in Farmer’s Bulletin [1147], Jacob H. Arnold noted that Tennessee highland whites have taken full advantage of the economic opportunity provided by logging. And, of course, no discussion of Smoky Mountain life would be complete without reference to Horace Kephart’s Our Southern Highlanders [641], which provides an intimate look at life in the rough-and-tumble lumber camps of

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

the Great Smoky Mountains. Readers should consult the “Horace Kephart” and “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains” chapters for more on Horace Kephart. In the end, the great southern timber bonanza was as short-lived as it was environmentally devastating. No sooner had logging companies commenced cutting timber in the Smokies than a loose coalition of conservationists, preservationists, outdoor enthusiasts, aesthetes, government agents, and others undertook to halt the destruction of the highland forests. Like the boosters who came before them, the conservationists/preservationists relied on the printed word to spread their message. The documents produced during this period were as varied in their message as were the groups that composed the movement. For example, conservationists advocated scientific management of the region’s resources by government agents, so as to conserve them for continued commercial exploitation. Preservationists sought to preserve the wilderness for human recreation, while still others recognized the immense biodiversity of the Great Smoky Mountains and sought to set the highland forests aside as a locus of scientific endeavor. For scholars interested in conservationist literature, Terra Incognita provides a wealth of citations. For example, in Forest and Stream [1208], Fred Olds suggested that North Carolina’s Biltmore Estate, with its highly successful timber and wildlife management programs, represented a beacon of success for those wishing to bring scientific management to the forests of the Great Smoky Mountains. Additionally, in “The Trees of the Great Smokies” and “Timber Growing and Logging Practice in the Southern Appalachian Region,” R. S. Maddox and E. H. Frothingham insisted that the Smokies might easily continue to provide a colossal amount of timber, so long as steps were taken to halt destructive practices and replant the cutover slopes [1183, 1201]. For those interested in documents devoted to the preservationist and scientific endeavors, this bibliography is again a rich source of information. Examples include an exchange of letters published in the February 1900 edition of Southern Planter, in which Foster Clarke and W. F. Massey advocated the creation of a federally managed “forest park” in the Smokies, and Charles E. Ray Jr.’s The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Economic Values in

Regulation of Steam Flow, Water Supply and Hydro-Electric Power, published by the North Carolina National Park Commission in 1927, called on the federal government to replenish the highland forests and establish a national park in the Smokies [1150, 1237]. Many more articles on the need to preserve and protect the Great Smokies region can be found in the “National Forest Movement and Formation of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” chapter. The conservationist/preservationist period also witnessed profound changes in the literary treatment of the Smoky Mountain highlanders. Writers no longer treated highlanders as mere objects of curiosity, or as obstacles to development. Instead, they sought to understand the reasons that highland communities were isolated and underdeveloped, and then provided highlanders with the vocational training that they would need to improve their lives. For example, in “Physiographic Influences in the Development of Tennessee” [1114], L. C. Glenn insists that popular perceptions of Smoky Mountain highlanders as lazy and violent were mostly unfounded. Other chapters of this bibliography, including “Life in the Great Smoky Mountains,” have articles with a similar focus. In the end, national park advocates won out. Beginning in the late 1920s, agents representing the Tennessee and North Carolina state governments began arriving in the Smokies, intent on purchasing highland farms for inclusion in the proposed national park. Sadly, for the highlanders, these purchasing agents employed the same ethically questionable tactics used by timber purchasing agents, and in fact took things further by employing unprecedented powers of “eminent domain” and initiating federal condemnation lawsuits against those who refused to sell. Those who owned property inside the proposed Park boundaries were compelled, in some cases by force, to sell their lands to state purchasing agents and relocate. According to Margaret Lynn Brown, as many as 5,665 highlanders joined the exodus, leaving scores of homes, barns, fences, and outbuildings to be reclaimed by nature, or to be demolished by Park officials. Those who succeeded in retaining their lands discovered that they were no longer permitted to hunt or fish, gather wild plants, turn their livestock out to summer in the mountain forests, or even defend their livestock and property

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

337

against predators. Traditional highland subsistence culture had come to an end in the Great Smoky Mountains. Those residents who were fortunate enough to retain their lands experienced a tremendous economic windfall. Consider the residents of Gatlinburg, Tennessee. Long accustomed to entertaining the occasional party of hunters, hikers, or timber purchasing agents headed to the backcountry of the Smokies, Gatlinburg residents rightly perceived that the move to establish a national park in the Smokies stood to provide them with economic opportunities. Led by hotelier Andrew Jackson Huff, local landowners commenced building hotels, gift shops, refreshment stands, dance halls, and other businesses. By the time President Franklin D. Roosevelt traveled south to preside over the opening of the Park in September 1940, Gatlinburg was a thriving tourist town. So significant was the Gatlinburg tourist trade, in fact, that Major John A. Bechtell, writing in Carolina Motor News [1158], pleaded with the North Carolina state government to build a road from Asheville to Mount Sterling comparable to the one then connecting Gatlinburg with Knoxville, thereby providing North Carolinians with an opportunity to compete with their Tennessee neighbors for tourist dollars. In addition to Brown’s book, researchers on the economic development of the Great Smoky Mountains may want to consult newer monographs on the subject both for the Smokies and for Southern Appalachia in general. With the advent of the national park, tourism became one of biggest economic booms to the region. The aforementioned Tourism in the Mountain South by C. Brenden Martin and Creating the Land of the Sky: Tourism and Society in Western North Carolina by Richard D. Starnes (Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2005) cover the development of tourism in the Smokies and surrounding areas. Michael Ann Williams in Great Smoky Mountains Folklife (Jackson: University of Mississippi Press, 1995) covers the changes in folklife brought about by increased tourism. Although the lumber industry was relatively shortlived, the impact on the environment and the economy

338

was dramatic. Logging in the Smokies is covered in two older articles by Robert S. Lambert, “Logging the Great Smokies, 1880–1930” (Tennessee Historical Quarterly 20, no. 4 [1961]: 350–63), and “Logging on Little River, 1890–1940” (East Tennessee Historical Society Publications no. 33 [1961]: 32–42). Several popular treatments inform the reader as well. The Great Smoky Mountains Association has published a short book titled Logging in the Smokies by Daniel S. Pierce (Gatlinburg, 2003). Whistle over the Mountain: Timber, Track, and Trails in the Tennessee Smokies by Ronald G. Schmidt and William S. Hooks (Yellow Springs, Ohio: Graphicom Press, 1994), and Last Train to Elkmont: A Look Back at Life on the Little River in the Great Smoky Mountains by Vic Weals (Knoxville: Olden Press, 1993) cover lumbering and the accompanying railroads on the Tennessee side of the Smokies. Serena: A Novel (New York: Ecco, 2008) by Ron Rash is a fictionalized but riveting and well-researched account of life in the lumber camps of North Carolina. Geology of the Great Smoky Mountains continues to be the subject of extensive scientific research, although the focus is no longer on exploiting the natural resources of the region. The lay reader should consult Harry L. Moore’s book, A Roadside Guide to the Geology of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988). The map, “Geology, Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Gatlinburg: Great Smoky Mountains Association, 2000), is also useful for nonscientists. Residents of the Smokies region are still different economically from much of the rest of Southern Appalachia. The factors that traditionally created economic barriers for the Smoky Mountain highlanders—rugged geography, limited transportation, and an abundance of land not suitable for agriculture—have been replaced by a reliance on tourism related to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. What remains the same is the struggle to create economic viability within the constraints created by an extraordinary geography. Steven Davis Anne Bridges

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Sources State Reports on Agriculture and Geology: North Carolina, State Reports on Agriculture and Geology: Tennessee, Geography and Economic Development, Agriculture, Transportation, Forestry and Lumbering, Waterways, Geology: General, Geology: Meteorites, Geology: Earthquakes, Meteorology State Reports on Agriculture and Geology: North Carolina

[1084] Genth, Frederick A. “The Minerals of North Carolina.” U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 74. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1891. 119 p.

Enlarged and revised version of volume two, chapter one of the Geology of North Carolina, 1881. Author reports that “great activity in developing the mineral resources of the State” (p. 11) which has resulted in many additions over the 1881 report. First part of report is organized by mineral with information on its location. The second part of the report is organized by county, identifying the minerals common to that county and to specific places within the county. Haywood County (p. 99–100) and Swain County (p. 112) are the two principal Smokies counties listed. In the Oconaluftee River watershed can be found gold, galenite, pyrite, and chalcopyrite, for example. [AB] [1085] Kerr, W. C. Report of the Progress of the Geological Survey of North-Carolina 1866. Raleigh: Wm. E. Pell, State Printer, 1867. 56 p.

Chapter two is entitled, “Outline of the Geology of Western North Carolina.” Kerr, N.C. State Geologist, says this is a report of progress, not a completed report. Territory explored includes some 4,000 square miles in eleven counties west of the Blue Ridge Mountains, extending from Mitchell to Cherokee counties. Kerr quotes extensively from an 1861 article by Professor Arnold Guyot that describes the region [134]. Includes a general geology of the area with detailed information on rock

formations. Section on “economical geology” provides information on usable minerals such as limestone, marble, iron, gold, and copper. Brief agricultural section with overview on climate, timber, and agricultural products. [AB] [1086] Kerr, W. C. Report of the Geological Survey of North Carolina. V. 1 Physical Geography, Resumé, Economical Geology. Raleigh: Josiah Turner, State Printer and Binder, 1875. 325 p.; 120 p. of appendices. il., diagrams, maps, tables.

Classic nineteenth-century work. Chapters one and two are a lengthy overview of state geography, industries, and agriculture. Information on the Smokies is interspersed, most notably in the section on the Western Division (p. 22–29), quoting extensively from Prof. Guyot. Kerr describes the Smokies as “broadly contrasted with the Blue Ridge in its greater regularity both in direction and elevation, its greater elevation, and especially in the excessive depth of its gaps . . .” (p. 27). A table of “Altitudes in the Smoky Mountains” (p. 43–47) is also attributed to Guyot. Chapters three-four provide a general geology of the region. Chapter five, “Economic Geology,” has sections on soils, fertilizers, “metalliferous” ores, minerals, and mineral waters, very little of which mentions locations in the Smokies. Index on p. 319–25. Appendices A and B are on fossils. Appendix C is an 1871 report by F. A. Genth on minerals of N.C. Appendix D is on corundum. Final appendix (no letter designation), “Essay on the Geology of Western North Carolina” by Rev. C. D. Smith, mentions a few Haywood County locations such as Waynesville. Plates illustrate shells and fossils. [AB] [1087] North Carolina Resources and Industries. Prepared by the Commerce and Industry Division. Raleigh: North Carolina Department of Conservation and Development, 1929. 287 p. maps, tables.

Inventory of N.C. resources and industries, intended to spur commerce and economic development. Part one is an overview of raw materials, industries, communication systems, population, labor, and business statistics. Of interest is the geographic description of GSM (p. 10), analysis of mountain soils (p. 13), and forests (p. 17–18). In Part two, “Facts and Figures of Counties,” see information on

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

339

individual counties that border the Smokies: Graham (p. 162–63), Haywood (p. 174–75), and Swain (p. 260–61). Each county section has a map and a table detailing agricultural products for the county. In addition, the report contains a map showing distances from Raleigh to eastern U.S. cities, a foldout map of state railways, highways, and airways, plus other state charts and statistical tables on various industries. [RC/AB] [1088] Polk, L. L. Hand-book of North Carolina Embracing Historical and Physiographical Sketches of the State, with Statistical and Other Information Relating to its Industries, Resources and Political Condition. Raleigh: Raleigh News Steam Book and Job Print, 1879. 291 p. tables.

1883 edition: Hand-Book of the State of North Carolina Exhibiting its Resources and Industries. Raleigh: Ashe & Gatling, 1883. 154 p. tables. 1886 edition: Hand-book of North Carolina with Map of the State. Raleigh: P.M. Hale, 1886. 352 p. map, tables.

1893 edition: Hand-book of North Carolina, with Illustrations and Map. Raleigh: Presses of Edwards & Broughton, 1893. 333 p. il, tables.

1879 edition: Prepared by the Department of Agriculture. Overview of the state with brief sections on individual counties highlighting geography, agricultural products, timber, minerals, land values, and schools (Haywood County, p. 74–75; Swain County, p. 100). Information on the mountain region is provided in Part II, Physiographical Description, by W. C. Kerr, State Geologist (p. 120–42), including a general overview on geography, geology, minerals, climate, forests, and soils. Rest of handbook outlines state history, governance, taxation, climate, race relations, fisheries, native products, railroads, elevations, N.C. inventors, public and literary institutions, schools, agricultural statistics and organizations, mills, silk culture, and beekeeping. Some tables list county data; many are undated. 1883 edition: Prepared by the Board of Agriculture. General sketch of the three sections of the state, including the mountain region (p. 19–27), the “land

340

where all the elements of beauty and grandeur are everywhere combined in a way to astonish and delight the beholder” (p. 20). Details the trees, agricultural products, climate (“very healthy”), resorts, fertile soils, desirability for stock-raising, availability of medicinal herbs like ginseng, and mineral wealth. No section on individual counties except under information about various minerals, which does not include either Haywood or Swain Counties. Remainder of handbook describes mineral wealth, government and taxation, education, religion, population, farm statistics, public institutions, manufacturing facilities, fisheries, transportation, stock-raising, timber resources, state debt, and newspapers. Most tables from 1870 census.

1886 edition: Prepared by order of the Board of Agriculture. Overview repeats 1883 edition, with the addition of some climatic data. Of interest to the Smokies researcher are the descriptions of counties. Haywood County is profiled on p. 140–41; Swain County, p. 143. Profiles include brief information on geography, agriculture, timber resources, population, woodland acreage, tilled land acreage, crops, value of property, numbers of livestock, taxes, number of schools, and number of churches. Handbook contains additional statewide details on people, government/taxation, education, religion, state debt, public institutions minerals such as coal mining, and manufacturing facilities such as paper mills. Concludes with tables of data from 1880 census on population and agricultural production. Map of the state at the end of the book. 1893 edition: Textual overview, revised from previous editions, includes sections on geographical description, climate, education, agriculture, mineral springs and resorts, manufacturing, railroads, newspapers, and mining/quarrying. The mountain region in the western part of the state is described on p. 1–8, with elevations of the GSM peaks on p. 5. The mountains are divided by a series of cross chains that give “Western North Carolina its marked mountain character, its alternation of high mountain ranges with corresponding valleys and their attendant rivers . . . all arranged with an order and a symmetry as rare as it is beautiful” (p. 2).

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

The report boasts that the climate of the mountain region has been pronounced by the sanitary department of the U.S. Census Bureau to be one of the healthiest in the nation. Information specific to Smokies counties is given on p. 51–52 in a population chart for both “whites” and “colored,” and in the descriptions of the two major GSM counties, Haywood (p. 148–49) and Swain (p. 192–93). The county descriptions provide details on the geography, forests, manufacturing, agriculture, mining, as well as brief information on population and major towns. As part of the Swain County section, the Cherokee are mentioned as comprising “711 souls” who have “adopted the habits of the whites, are christianized, go to school, pay taxes and vote” (p. 193). Handbook concludes with extensive sections on agriculture, manufacturing, railroads and mining, with tables of statistics on cotton and woolen mills and railroads and a list of state newspapers on p. 290–91. Illustrated with fifty-one photographs and drawings, none of the Smokies. Index on p. 329–33. [AB]

marble, p. 253–54), transportation including rivers and railroads, agriculture, schools including tables by county of “scholastic population,” a word to immigrants, occupations, and general statistics including population from 1790–1870, value of property, number and size of farms, and general agricultural data. Report two is divided into three sections: East, Middle, and West Tenn. The sections are introduced with information on regional history, river systems, climate, health, mineral springs, agriculture, orchards, state of farming, minerals, mining, railroads, education, and churches followed by county profiles. The Smokies counties are: Blount (p. 460–64), Cocke (p. 483–87), Monroe (p. 588–90), and Sevier (p. 603–06). Tables and maps interspersed with text. Includes large foldout map entitled “Agricultural and Geological Map of Tennessee.” Index. [AB]

State Reports on Agriculture and Geology: Tennessee

Safford, State Geologist and Professor of Natural Science, Cumberland University, outlines the purposes of the report as 1) “The development and the elucidation of the mineral wealth of the State,” and 2) “The development of the agricultural resources of the State; the thorough examination and classification of its soils, with reference to their improvement and greatest production” (p. 12). He found seven natural divisions of the state, the first being The Unaka Belt of Mountains (which included the Smokies), described as “great and wild mountain ridges” (p. 21). One of the greatest natural resources of the mountain region is the water power provided by streams. Information on the Unaka region is interspersed in the remainder of the report which provides information on minerals, including their economic value, and the geological structure of the state. The most important minerals present in the Smokies region are iron, gold, and Epsom salts from Alum Cave. He describes the cave as “situated at a high point on the steep mountain slope of one among a group of the roughest, wildest ranges in the county…” (p. 119). Additional information on the mountain region is included on p. 142–44 of the section on folding,

[1089] Killebrew, J. B. “Introduction to the Resources of Tennessee.” Report of the Bureau of Agriculture for the State of Tennessee, no. 1–2. Nashville: Tavel, Eastman & Howell, 1874. 1193 p. maps, tables. Reprint: Spartanburg: The Reprint Co., 1974.

Abridged edition: Tennessee: Its Agricultural Resources and Mineral Wealth; being an abridgement of the first and second reports of the Bureau of Agriculture. Nashville: Tavel, Eastman & Howell, 1874. 168 p.

First and second reports of the State of Tennessee Bureau of Agriculture that provide an extensive overview of the agricultural, mineral, and industrial resources of the state. Report one covers Tenn. in general with sections on topography, climate, geology (Smokies region, p. 29–30), relationship of geology to farming, soils (Smokies region, p. 57), timber including the Smokies tree species, farm products, grasses, livestock, dairying, grape-growing, honey, coal, iron (Smokies region, p. 222–25, 230), copper, other minerals (Smokies region

[1090] Safford, James M. A Geological Reconnaissance of the State of Tennessee being the Author’s First Biennial Report Presented to the Thirty-First General Assembly of Tennessee, December 1855. Nashville: G. C. Torbett & Co. State Printers, 1856. 164 p. diagrams, figures, tables.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

341

dislocation, denudation, and metamorphism in East Tenn., and p. 152–53 of the section on the Cambrian System of which the Unakas are a part. Includes several small diagrams of the geological structure of the state. [AB] [1091] Safford, James M. Geology of Tennessee. Nashville: S.C. Mercer, printer to the State, 1869. 550 p. il., maps, tables.

A standard, comprehensive early work on the geology of the state, summarizing the results of twenty years of geological surveys and research. Part one, chapter one is an overview of the state in general with the mountain region discussed on p. 7–9, placing East Tenn. within the Appalachian range. In Chapter two, Safford outlines the state’s natural divisions, with the first being the Unaka Chain, which includes the Smokies. He subdivides the region into individual mountain ranges. Of the Great Smoky range Safford says, “It is the greatest bed of mountains in Tennessee, having the highest peaks, and occupying with its high ridges, a large area” (p. 28). Details on the various names for the Smokies, measurement of the peaks by Guyot, the topography of the various balds, and the magnificent views are included. Although little is known about the climate of the mountain region, Safford compares the temperature to that of Quebec City or Montreal, with fewer extremes. Parts two and three provide information on the geological structures and formations of the state. Mentions of agriculture and soils of the Unakas are on p. 180–81, 198, 203, 527–28. Climate tables are included, but not for the mountain region. Extensive index, p. 537–550. Concludes with seven plates of shells and fossils, and three maps. Two maps are of Chattanooga and one is a large foldout map, “Geological Map of Tennessee,” by Safford. The geological map includes an inset map of the “Principal Faults in East Tennessee,” including the Unakas. [AB] [1092] Safford, James M. “The Agricultural Geology of the State of Tennessee Including a Discussion of the Various Soils and Notes on the their Relation to the Leading Crops, more especially Cotton; together with a Statement of Work Done in the Counties of Henry, Carroll and Benton.” Biennial Report of A. J. McWhirter, Commissioner of Agriculture, Statistics and Mines, for the Years 1883 and 1884.

342

Nashville: Albert B. Tavel, Printer to the State, 1885. p. 39–119. tables.

Although the focus of the report is on cotton production, this publication is similar to others by Safford in its outline of the eight natural divisions of the state. “The Unaka Mountain Region” is profiled on p. 94–95. “Altogether, we have here without exception the boldest and greatest mountain mass to be found anywhere east of the Mississippi river, known as the Great Smoky” (p. 94). The description includes a brief discussion of the balds, rock formations, soils, forests, and settlement patterns. States that the area is chiefly used for cattle grazing. The remainder of the report, including tables, details cotton production. A summary of the 1880 state census of agriculture statistics is appended. [AB] [1093] Troost, Gerard. Fourth Geological Report to the Twenty-Second General Assembly of the State of Tennessee, Made October 1837. Nashville: S. Nye & Co. Printers., 1837. 38 p. il., map.

Economic survey of geological and mineral deposits in the state of Tenn. Majority of the report is gathered from firsthand observations by the author supplemented by information from earlier published material. Contains one detailed reference to the Smoky Mountain area that includes the caveat, “it is almost impossible to penetrate any distance in this wild and mountainous country; and the apparent confusion of the rocks, which seems at some places heaped up without order, and changing at small distances, make the geological survey hazardous and extremely difficult” (p. 20). [KW] [1094] Troost, Gerard. Fifth Geological Report to the Twenty-third General Assembly of Tennessee, Made November 1839. Nashville: J. Geo. Harris, Public Printer, 1840. 75 p. maps, tables.

Reprint (partial): “Cocke County.” The Agriculturist 1, no. 2 (February 1840): 31–33.

Troost, State Geologist, highlights various counties in his yearly reports. In the Fifth Report, Cocke County, on the edge of the Smokies, is the featured county. Report begins with an overview of the geology of the state. Description of Cocke County (p. 21–36) is written as Troost traveled through the area, focusing on features such as general topography, types of rocks, soil, minerals,

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

trees and their commercial uses, agricultural possibilities, and water power. He includes a chart of various woods and their chemical properties compiled by “Mr. Bull” of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia. The remainder of the report deals with non-Smokies areas of the state. Three maps, the first entitled “Section of the State of Tennessee from two of the most Eastern extremities of the State, Roane Mountain in Carter County and Smoky Mountain in Cocke County to Randolph on the Mississippi,” with elevations depicted and two foldout geological maps, one of the state and one of Cocke County, are provided. Cocke County section, except map, reprinted in The Agriculturist. [AB] [1095] Troost, Gerard. Sixth Geological Report to the Twenty-fourth General Assembly of the Tennessee, made October 1841. Nashville: Nashville Whig and Steam Press, 1841. 48 p. map. Reprint (partial): “Sevier County.” The Agriculturist 3, no. 1 (January 1842): 6–8; no. 2 (February 1842): 29–31.

Report begins with a state geological overview revised in light of new knowledge about the Silurian system, a rock formation which comprise three-quarters of the state. The highlighted county is Sevier (p. 27–32), with a foldout geological map of the county by Troost that identifies locations such as White Oak Flats (currentday Gatlinburg), geographical features such as “Alum Mountain” (Mount Le Conte), and depicts the “Great Smoky Mt.” as the N.C./Tenn. state-line divide. The description of the county includes information on rock and mineral formations, trees, roofing slate, and alum, the chief potential products of a geological nature from Sevier County. Report continues with an overview of the manufacture of alum, Epson salts, saltpeter (p. 33–39), and of iron ore (p. 40–44). Sevier County section, except map, reprinted in The Agriculturist. [AB/KW]

Geography and Economic Development

[1096] Aaron, Charles E. “The New England of the South.” The Independent 34, no. 1758 (August 10, 1882): 6.

Civil War soldiers from the Northern part of the U.S. were impressed with East Tenn. because it reminded them of New England. When ascending “the

Unakas or Smoky Mountains (the true Alleghenies) we seem to stand once more on the glorious White Mountains of New Hampshire.” Aaron goes on to describe the forests, the panoramic views, the rivers, the cry of the panther, and other wildlife. Particular mention is made of Cades Cove. “Though accessible by but few and difficult roads, this valley possesses a nearly level surface of perhaps 8,000 acres of productive soil…” Originally a Native American settlement, the cove is now an “industrious community.” He provides details about mountain life including the manufacture of cloth, the hunting of game, and the production of moonshine. “Ravines in these mountains have been the haunts of ‘moonshiners,’ whose desperate and sometimes successful resistance of the United State revenue officers is a theme of absorbing interest around many a cabin fireside.” [AB] [1097] Allred, C. E. “Economic and Social Study of Tennessee. Section 1: Tennessee Compared with Each of the Other States; and Section 2: A Comparative Study of the Counties of Tennessee.” The University of Tennessee Record Extension Series 1, no. 5 (December 1924): 1–65. tables.

Expanded version: Allred, C. E., S. W. Watkins, and G. H. Hatfield. “Economic and Social Study of Tennessee. Part 2: The Counties.” The University of Tennessee Record Extension Series 6, no. 3 (September 1929): 1–203. maps, tables. 1924 edition: Statistical information gathered as background for “State programs for economic and social improvement” (p. 3). The Smokies scholar may be interested in the unnumbered tables on p. 37–64, which compare mountain counties with rest of state. Data include teacher salaries, number of one-room schools, taxation, land values, number of automobiles, number of physicians, and characteristics of rural school libraries.

1929 edition: Expanded revision of previous report (section 2 only). Preface states that this publication is “believed to be the most complete statistical analysis of the economic and social conditions of the counties of the state . . .” (p. 3). Includes general information on the formation, settlement, naming, and historic points of each county. Extensive unnumbered tables and maps on subjects as diverse as

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

343

number of telephones, values of farms, retail outlets, road mileage, number of embalmers, moral character of lawyers, taxes, number of automobiles, value of school property, and salaries of teachers. Valuable to the Smokies scholar for details presented about the mountain counties. [AB] [1098] “An Act for the purpose of ceding to the United States of America certain western lands therein described.” The Territorial Papers of the United States. vol. 4, The Territory South of the River Ohio, 1790– 1796. ed. by Clarence Edwin Carter. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1936: 3–17.

On 22 December 1789, the state of N.C. approved “An Act for the purpose of ceding to the United States of America certain western Lands therein described,” expressing the state’s desire to cede to the federal government vacant western territory as a means “of hastening the extinguishment of the debts, as of establishing the harmony of the United States; and the Inhabitants of the said western territory being so desirous that such cession should be made, in order to obtain a more ample protection than they have heretofore received” (p. 3). Included in the bill is a provision to authorize the state to cede territory west of a boundary line that is defined in part as “thence along the highest ridge of the said Mountain to the place where it is called the great Iron or Smoaky Mountain” (p. 4). This is the earliest known written precedent to the name “Smoky Mountains.” An earlier act to cede the western territory was passed by the N.C. state legislature in the April session, 1784 and was repealed in the October session of the same year. On 25 February 1790, Samuel Johnson and Benjamin Hawkins, U.S. Senators from N.C., acted upon provisions of the 22 December act by drawing up a Deed of Cession. This Deed of Cession was forwarded to the U.S. Senate, which responded on 2 April 1790, with “An Act to accept a cession of the claims of the State of North Carolina to a certain district of Western Territory.” The Senate bill was signed by Frederick Augustus Mulenber, Speaker of the House of Representatives; John Adams, Vice President of the United States and President of the Senate; and George Washington, President of the United States. Both the Deed of Cession from N.C. and the respondent act by the U.S. Senate contain the whole of the

344

22 December act of Cession, thus further promulgating the use of the name “great Iron or Smoaky Mountain.” On 8 November 1791, Secretary of State Thomas Jefferson sent to President George Washington a letter enclosing a lengthy report on the “lands of the U.S. within the North Western and South Western territories, unclaimed either by Indians, or by citizens of these states” and setting forth the necessity “first to delineate the Indian boundaries which circumscribe those territories, and then, to present a statement of all claims of citizens within the same” (see The Papers of Thomas Jefferson, Volume 22: 6 August 1791 to 31 December 1791, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986, p. 274). In the report enclosed, Jefferson borrowed heavily from the JohnsonHawkins bill in which the Secretary of State outlined the boundary between N.C. and the proposed Southwest Territories to include a line “along the highest ridge of the said mountain to the place where it is called the Great Iron or Smoaky mountain” (p. 275). Two days later, President George Washington issued a communiqué to the Senate and House of Representatives concerning the issue “of the Quantity and situation of lands not claimed by the Indians, nor granted to, nor claimed by, any of the citizens of the United States” which enclosed Jefferson’s report in its entirety. In the report attached to Washington’s communiqué, the boundary description is altered slightly to read “Great Iron or Smoky mountain,” thus being the earliest known written reference to the mountain with its current spelling (see Washington, George, Unclaimed Lands in the Territory Ceded by North Carolina, in the North and Southwestern Territories, November 10, 1791, Public Land No. 9, 2nd Cong., 1st Sess., p. 22–25). [KW] [1099] Ashley, George H. “A Brief Summary of the Resources of Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 13. Nashville: Brandon, 1911. 40 p. il., map.

“This short bulletin is intended to present in a few words a clear, reliable statement of the State’s resources— mineral, agricultural and forest, and in addition a picture of the State’s character as a place to live and grow up in, both in the city and in the country” (p. 7). For GSM content, see “The Unakas” (p. 15), “Gold” (p. 30–31), and “Granite” (p. 31). Ashley was Tennessee State Geologist. [RC]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

[1100] Bokum, Hermann. The Tennessee Hand-Book and Immigrant’s Guide: Giving a Description of The State of Tennessee; Its Agricultural and Mineralogical Character; Its Waterpower, Timber, Soil, and Climate; Its Various Railroad Lines, Completed, In Progress, and Projected; Its Adaptation for Stockraising, Grape Culture, etc., with Special Reference to the Subject of Immigration. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott & Co., 1868. 164 p. map.

Bokum, U.S. Commissioner of Immigration, expresses in the introduction his “strong wish to direct a portion of this Immigration to the State of Tennessee.” The Unaka Mountains, an early name for the Smokies, are described as frequently covered in snow or clouds with a temperature similar to Montreal (p. 8–9). Bokum asserts that Unaka comes from the Cherokee word “unika,” which means white. The mountains are excellent for grazing and an attraction for the nature lover. Brief county summaries follow the overall description of the state. Cocke County (p. 23) has good farmland with railroad connections to Newport. Blount County (p. 31– 34) has land for grazing, iron ore, marble, and medicinal springs. Sevier County (p. 34) has tracks of fertile soil with Alum Cave as its chief attraction. Monroe County (p. 38) has mostly untapped iron ore. Remainder of the book details education, government, religion, “colored population,” state library, and services for immigrants. A summary of the 1860 census appears on p. 142–47. Illustrated with one state map. [AB] [1101] Case, Earl C. “The Valley of East Tennessee: The Adjustment of Industry to Natural Environment.” Ph.D. diss., University of Chicago (Ogden Graduate School of Science), 1925. 116 p.

Published version: State of Tennessee Department of Education Division of Geology Bulletin, no. 36. Nashville: n.p., 1925. 116 p. il., charts, graphs, maps.

One of three wide-ranging reports for each section of the state outlining environmental factors and their impact on development. The Valley of East Tenn. is defined as the part of the state between the Cumberland Plateau and the GSM. Focuses on the development of industry within the East Tenn. Valley region. Contains a detailed table of contents and a bibliography of works cited. Report includes an extensive overview of the agricultural

production, soil types, mineral resources, including coal, copper, marble and cement, and the relationship of the environment to development in the industries of textile manufacturing, lumbering, woodworking, and aluminum production. A plea for and short overview of the virtues of the GSM as a national park is on p.12. Bibliography, p. 113–16. Published version is extensively illustrated with twenty-seven photographs, including four of the GSM (Jim Thompson images of Huggins Hell and the cabin in Bear Pen Hollow, an unidentified image of Rainbow Falls, and a U.S. Forest Service photograph of reforestation on the Dry Valley Trail), eighteen maps, including one foldout map of the proposed GSMNP, and eleven charts and graphs depicting agricultural, mineral, and manufacturing production. [AB/SL] [1102] Chambers, Frank. “The Tennessee Mountains.” The Independent 49, no. 2550 (October 14, 1897): 30–31.

Brief geographic overview of the region that describes natural features and typography; names highest peaks with elevations, rivers, cliffs, and coves (“Wear’s, Cade’s, and Tuckaleechee”), and explains curiosities such as “the balds” and rock vaults. Mentions potential for commercial mining. Includes unflattering comments on local inhabitants: “The strange and queer are typical of the Tennessee mountains. . . . It was once the home of the cliff-dwellers, and the clay eaters thrive there now” (p. 1355). Two paragraphs are devoted to the depraved habits of clay-eaters, “the lowest forms of civilization. . . . They are utterly without ambition, listless, and indifferent of all conditions. . . . They place a small piece of it in the mouth and keep it there until it dissolves and slowly trickles down their throats. The appetite once fully developed for clay means that the victim is a clay-fiend for life, its insidious hold equaling the opium habit” (p. 1355). Chambers penned the piece from Medina, Tenn. [RC] [1103] Clingman, Thomas L. “Mount Pisgah, North Carolina.” Appletons’ Journal 10, no. 249 (December 27, 1873): 816–17.

Clingman, N.C. Senator and amateur scientist, describes the geography of the cross-chain mountains between the Blue Ridge and the Alleghany chains, particularly the Balsam range which extends from the Smoky

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

345

Mountains across N.C. to the border of S.C., and for nearly fifty miles is covered by balsam trees. The article briefly recapitulates Arnold Guyot’s explorations in the Smokies and his measurement and naming of the highest peak, Clingmans Dome. [KW] [1104] Clingman, Thomas L. Selections from the Speeches and Writings of Hon. Thomas L. Clingman, of North Carolina; with Additions and Explanatory Notes. Raleigh: J. Nichols, 1877. 623 p.

Collection of the speeches, writings, and other related material complied by the author. Items in the collection are concerned primarily with issues related to Clingman’s scientific investigations and his political career as a U.S. Senator from N.C. A large section, “The Mountain Region of North Carolina” (p. 113–47), contains letters, some written by Clingman, others addressed to the Senator, and some miscellaneous articles on the topography, geography, climate, and economic opportunities of the mountain regions of Western N.C. Five of these, specifically the “Letter to the North Carolina Land Company” (p. 121–24), the “Extract from a Letter to William Frazier, Esq.” (p. 124–26), “Mount Pisgah, North Carolina” (p. 133–35), “Mountain Scenery—Extract from a Letter Written in 1855, to Professor Joseph Henry, of the Smithsonian Institution” (p. 136–38), and “Guyot’s Measurement of the Mountains of Western North Carolina” (p. 138–147) include descriptions of the GSM at a time when these mountains were still relatively unexplored and largely unknown to the outside world. The Mount Pisgah [1103] and Guyot [134] articles were previously published. [KW] [1105] Cobb, Collier. “North Carolina.” The Journal of School Geography 1, no. 9 (November 1897): 257–66; no. 10 (December 1897): 300–308.

Overview of N.C. geography for teachers. Topics covered are general description, drainage, soils, climate, vegetation, animal life, mineral resources, forests, people, agriculture, horticulture, manufacturing, mining, and towns and villages. Information on the mountain region is intermixed in the subject sections. [AB] [1106] Colleton, Edward Sussex. “The Discovery of Plantation Land: A Carolina Fantasy,” Nature Magazine 17, no. 5 (May 1931): 300–303, 350. il.

346

A short superficial survey of the natural beauty and abundance discovered by European settlers as they claimed and improved the land in the state of N.C. The article makes a couple of references to the Great Smoky Mountains which the Cherokee gave the name “Chesseetoah,” meaning “place of rabbits” (p. 301). More frequently in Smoky Mountain lore, however, “Rabbit Place” is used in reference to Gregory Bald. The article also includes a rather romantic allusion to the unspoiled wilderness along the Oconaluftee River which can be reached by automobile. Eight photographs, including two well-known Smoky Mountain images by Jim Thompson, accompany the article. [KW] [1107] Duggan, W. L. Facts about Sevier County. Sevierville, Tenn.: Sevier County Republican, 1910. 8 p.

This small pamphlet was prepared by a Sevier County newspaper for distribution at the 1911 Appalachian Exposition held in Knoxville. It describes the geography of the county, including several streams and rivers, and their sources in the mountains. County resources are enumerated, including vast ranges of timber that are only awaiting the completion of new rail line, already under construction, to be exploited. Five summer resorts are identified, as are county schools and newspapers. Readers are informed that, contrary to popular perception, much of Sevier County is not mountainous and is well-suited to agriculture. [MT] [1108] Duggar, Shepherd M. The Balsam Groves of the Grandfather Mountain: A Tale of the Western North Carolina Mountains. Banner Elk, N.C.: privately published, 1892. 187 p. il.

The object is “to supply the great need of a book that would introduce to the outside world a section of country which, until recently, has been almost unknown and obscure, but nevertheless is rich in soil, replete with iron ore, and with fine forests of valuable trees, checkered with rapid flowing streams of limpid water, decked with thousands of hills, fortressed with ponderous mountains tall and rugged, and pictured with wild and varied landscapes” (p. 5). The text, written for the traveler, is frequently interspersed with examples of highland poetry. Appended is an extract from the journal of André Michaux’s travels in the mountain region. None of the

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

book pertains immediately to the GSM except for an appended “Dictionary of Altitudes in Western North Carolina,” which gives elevations of peaks in the high Smokies together with the names current at the end of the nineteenth century. [KW]

Brief entries on each Tenn. county include information on history, legal and courts, population, businesses, agriculture, and schools. Statistics are drawn from 1920 U.S. Census. See Blount County, p. 6–7; Cocke County, p. 12; Sevier County, p. 39–40. [AB]

[1109] East Tennessee, Historical and Biographical. Chattanooga: A. D. Smith & Co., 1893. 545 p. il.

[1111] Gannett, Henry. “Boundaries of the United States and of the Several States and Territories with a Historical Sketch of the Territorial Changes.” U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 13. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1885. 135 p. tables.

Reprint: Lacrosse, Wisc.: Brookhaven Press, 2001.

Compilation of seventeen essays, each by a separate author. Despite the title, “Historical and Biographical,” the interest for the Smokies researcher lies in the contemporaneous overview of topography, timber resources, and the GSM section of Monroe County. In Chapter 2 on topography, geology and minerals, written by Jo. C. Guild, Assistant State Geologist, the Smokies (called the Unaka Chain) are described as having “beautiful valleys and coves, thickly populated. The highest peaks of these mountains are bare of all timber, and covered in semiarctic plants” (p. 39–40). H. B. Wetzell, in Chapter 3 on timbers, mentions that the Smokies have soil conducive to forest growth because of decomposing rock and vegetation. The trees that he indicates are prevalent in, or, in some cases, almost exclusive to, the GSM region are ash, cherry, birch, oak, chestnut, sassafras, white pine, hemlock, and spruce. Following chapters on history, law, and medicine, several chapters are devoted to area counties and cities, including Chapter 7 by W. B. Lenoir on Monroe County, whose eastern edge borders the Smokies. The county overview provides information on topography, timber, minerals, railroads, roads, taxes, the town of Sweetwater, churches, schools, businesses, and two prominent residents. Farmland along the Little Tennessee River is described as having “great fertility and beauty . . . made lovelier by the river and the lofty peaks of Smoky and Chilhowee showing in the background . . .” (p. 409–10). Illustrated primarily by photographs of significant male East Tennesseeans. [AB] [1110] Foster, Austin P. Counties of Tennessee. Nashville: Department of Education, Division of History, State of Tennessee, 1923. 124 p. Reprint: Greenville, S.C.: Southern Historical Press, 1990; Baltimore: Clearfield Co., 1992; Johnson City, Tenn.: Overmountain Press, 1998.

2nd edition: “Boundaries of the United States and of the Several States and Territories with an Outline of the History of All Important Changes of Territory.” U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 171. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1900. 142 p. diagrams, maps, tables. 3rd edition: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 226. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1904. 145 p. diagrams, maps, tables.

Expanded edition: Douglas, Edward M. “Boundaries, Areas, Geographic Centers, and Altitudes of the United States and the Several States.” U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 689. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1923. 235 p. diagrams, maps, tables.

1885 edition: Section on N.C. (p. 92–96) includes details on the formation of the state line with Tenn., bisecting the GSM. Tenn. section (p. 108–9) refers the reader to the N.C. section for details on the eastern border of Tenn. with N.C. Quotes extensively from the original charters for N.C. as authorities on the original boundaries of the state. Kerr’s Report of the Geological Survey of North Carolina [1086] and the 1796 Constitution for Tennessee are quoted as the authorities for the creation of the state line with Tenn. According to Kerr the details are vague in the Constitution since the exact line was not surveyed until 1821. 1900 edition: Text is the same as previous edition. Report is enhanced by the addition of fifty-three maps and diagrams of state boundaries, including four on the boundary between N.C. and Tenn. (plates 33–36) as addition to N.C. section (p. 98–102). 1904 edition: N.C. section (p. 99–103) is same as 1900 edition.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

347

rivers and transportation, and the timber industry. A section entitled “Barrier effect” (p. 46–47) emphasizes the region’s isolation and neglect by state governments. Resources that may be utilized in the region include timber, minerals, and agriculture in the fertile coves. Comments on mountain life:

1923 edition: N.C. section (p. 128–36) is same as 1900 edition. [AB] [1112] Gatchell, Edwin A. Western North Carolina: Its Resources, Climate, Scenery and Salubrity. NY: A.L. Chatterton Pub. Co., 1885. 32 p.

Updated version of the 1870 publication by H. P. Gatchell, father of Edwin, with the similar title [1113]. Like the older version, the 1885 edition promotes Western N.C. as a beautiful, healthy locale. Includes information on the climate and the transportation (railroad) system to the area. Section on “salubrity” includes a testimonial from a man who achieved better health by moving to Western N.C. and from physicians who recommend the healthy climate. Includes directions to Asheville via rail from various cities and three engravings, entitled “Laurel Run,” “The Canyon of the Catalouche,” and “A Glimpse of the French Broad.” [AB] [1113] Gatchell, Horatio P. Western North Carolina: Its Agricultural Resources, Mineral Wealth, Climate, Salubrity and Scenery. Asheville: E. J. Aston, 1870. 24 p.

Promotional pamphlet extolling the virtues of Western N.C.’s “salubrious” climate, agricultural possibilities, and industrial promise. According to Gatchell, who cites recent medical studies, the high altitude and cool temperatures are especially helpful in alleviating, and even curing, consumption. The region is suited to dairy farming, stock raising, and grape growing. States that Western N.C. is “destined to become a famous wine region” (p. 18). Fast-moving rivers provide plentiful power for industries. The region’s people are described as “frank, hospitable, and whole-souled” (p. 14). The GSM are referred to as the “Alleghanies” in the general description. [AB] [1114] Glenn, Leonidas Chalmers. “Physiographic Influences in the Development of Tennessee.” The Resources of Tennessee 5, no. 2 (April 1915): 44–64. il.

Describes the physiographic “features and details as bear especially on the development of the State” (p. 44). Divides Tenn. into six regions. The section entitled “Appalachian Mountain Region” (p. 44–47) includes the Smokies (called the Unakas), providing a general description and history of the area, settlement patterns,

348

These mountains exert a very definite and positive influence upon the few settlers who are living among them. Those in the more remote coves are isolated, enjoy few opportunities for schools and churches, mingle but little with the rest of the world, and in general have a greatly narrowed horizon. Under such circumstances old social customs and forms of speech, as well as old political and religious beliefs, are preserved long after they have passed away in more progressive communities. Indeed, the entire social and economic setting of these mountaineers is peculiar, and presents certain problems that our sociological workers are now grappling with. It is by no means certain, however, that these people as a class deserve the rather sharp criticism that has sometimes been heaped upon them. They have very much in their lives and characters that is commendable, and for the most merely need certain conditions bettered rather than to have their entire plan of existence overturned. Conditions well suited to other thickly settled communities might not be at all suitable among the isolated farmers hidden away in remote mountain coves. (p. 46–47) [RC/AB] [1115] Hawkins, A. W. and Henry E. Colton. HandBook of Tennessee. Knoxville: Whig and Chronicle Steam Book and Job Printing Office, 1882. 168 p. map, tables.

1885 edition: McWhirter, A. J. Revised Hand-Book of Tennessee. Nashville: A. B. Tavel, 1885. 200 p. map, tables.

1903 edition: Paine, Thomas H. Handbook of Tennessee Containing Descriptive and Statistical Matter Relative to the Resources and Products of the State. Nashville: McQuiddy Printing Co., 1903. 292 p.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Basic manual for the state with a focus on agricultural production, natural resource utilization, and economic development. 1882 edition: Information on the Unaka or GSM is included in sections on geological features, iron ores, gold (can be found on Wolf Creek in Cocke County), and timber. Three tables of statistical data for county population, area, livestock-raising, and cereal production precede the section on East Tenn. counties. Blount County (p. 89) has abundant timber, excellent waterpower, fertile valleys, and deposits of marble and copper. Cocke County (p. 91) has valleys with excellent soil, good waterways, abundant timber, and untapped iron ore. Monroe County (p. 99–100) has productive valleys, abundant timber, and a richness of minerals. Sevier County (p. 102) has good soil, magnificent forest growth, good waterpower, excellent grasses for stock-raising, and untapped iron ore but little transportation to get ore to market. 1885 edition: Follows same format as 1882. Initial sections are expanded with more detail, a separate section on Farm Laws, and a geological map. The East Tenn. section includes similar tables. County summaries for Smokies area are Blount (p. 92–93), Cocke (p. 95–97), Monroe (p. 121–23) and Sevier (p. 129–30). Only the description for Monroe County has been expanded over previous edition.

1903 edition: Similar format but with significantly more statistical information both throughout the publication and in tables. Each county description includes population, area, manufacturing information, number of farms, value of farm implements and livestock, amount paid for both farm and manufacturing labor, and value of land, followed by tables on Agricultural Products for 1899, Poultry and Bees, Value of Animal Products for 1899, and Live Stock on Hand. Smokies counties: Blount (p. 91–92), Cocke (p. 101–02), Monroe (p. 134–35), and Sevier (p. 148–49). Data from 1900 federal census. [AB] [1116] Hayes, C. Willard. “The Southern Appalachians” in The Physiography of the United States. New York: American Book Company, 1895. p. 305–36. map.

Detailed scholarly treatise that presents a scientific definition of the geographical boundaries of the Southern Appalachians and the physiographic divisions within this region. The article first outlines the physiographic and geologic factors that determine the distinctions between these divisions and then sets forth detailed descriptions of geography and topography of each division. The GSM are treated as part of the Unaka Range which forms the northwestern flank of the Southern Appalachian Mountains. [KW] [1117] H. E. C. “Resources of the South—Notes on a Trip from New York to Western Texas.” Scientific American 23, no. 14 (October 1, 1870): 216–17.

Reconstruction-era article on economic development in the South. Author reports, “All along the western slope of the Smoky Mountains exist immense beds of iron ore. These are being developed” (p. 216). Northern capital has allowed new facilities to be built and revived existing ones. “There are now five furnaces running in East Tennessee, which have a capacity of twenty-five tons of pig iron per day” (p. 216). [AB] [1118] Hobbs, Samuel Huntington, Jr. North Carolina Economic and Social. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1930. 403 p. charts, maps, tables.

Detailed snapshot of N.C. social and economic conditions in 1929. Includes information on physical resources, population characteristics, agriculture, industry, banking, transportation, taxes, government, education, public health, and welfare, along with thirty-five maps and charts interspersed throughout the volume, and fiftyfour tables presented as appendices. Tables 53 and 54 are oversized foldouts. Data on maps are for counties including the mountain region. An overview of the geography and “economic foundations” of the Smokies region is on p. 82–87 in the chapter “Physical and Socio-Economic Areas.” Suggestions on improvements in the “highlands” include increased livestock production, crops such as apples, cabbages, and potatoes, utilization of water power for mills, and promotion of the mountain region as a resort area. [AB] [1119] James, Henry Francis. “The Geography of a Portion of the Great Appalachian Valley and Selected

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

349

Adjacent Regions.” Ph.M. thesis, University of Wisconsin, 1920. 116 p. il.

General study of “the influence of geography upon the development of the Great Appalachian Valley and several outlying units that are closely associated with it physically, historically, and economically” (preface, i). The study does not include the Smoky Mountain highlands within its parameters, but does consider small valleys and low-lying mountain recesses, in particular Jones Cove in Cocke County, Tuckaleechee, Millers, and Cades Coves in Blount County, Wears Cove in Sevier and Blount Counties, and similar valleys within the confines of the Smokies as part of the Great Appalachian Valley. The thesis is divided into three sections: (1) a general description of the geographical environment, (2) historical development, and (3) present economic conditions. References are made to the role of the mountains as high barriers hindering pioneer settlement into the Great Valley from the east and south, and again, as the field of battle for Stoneman’s raid during the Civil War. [KW] [1120] Knight, Howard Vernon. Scenic and Historic Old Virginia and Eastern National Parks. Compiled and edited by H. V. Knight and R. R. Stripling. Asheville: Southern Parks and Playgrounds, 1930. 96 p. il., maps.

Concerned chiefly with historic sites in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Full-page map of Va., N.C., and upper East Tenn. shows Shenandoah National Park and the GSMNP. Nine-page section entitled “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park” describes the topography, history, and early settlement of the Smokies and quotes Horace Kephart, calling him the “foremost authority on the history of these mountains.” Numerous photographs, some full-page, many by George Masa. Additional nine pages devoted to Western N.C. [LB] [1121] Lesley, J. P. The Iron Manufacturer’s Guide to the Furnaces, Forges and Rolling Mills of the United States, with Discussion of Iron as a Chemical Element, an American Ore, and a Manufactured Article, in Commerce and in History. New York: John Wiley, 1859. 772 p. maps.

An extensive discussion of the iron industry in the U.S. around the mid-nineteenth century. Contains a cat-

350

alogue of the furnaces, forges, and rolling mills operating or recently operating at the time. Each entry is accompanied by a brief description of the location of the business, dates when built, and some detail on the size and industrial construct of the operation. Of particular interest are the descriptions of the bloomery forges operating in and around the Tenn. side of the Great Smokies within a few years after the mountains were inhabited by European settlers. [KW] [1122] Lindsey & Brown’s Descriptive Catalogue of Photographic Views of the Land of the Sky; Or, Beauties of Western North Carolina. Asheville: n.p., [189?]. 28 p. il., table.

Catalogue of photographs by location available from Lindsey and Brown’s Photographic Parlors, an Asheville photography company. Most images are from the N.C. Blue Ridge area while a few are from Waynesville and other GSM locations. Accompanying advertisement lists prices for prints. Five-by-eight inch prints are 25 cents, and eight-by-ten inch prints are 50 cents. Includes a superlative-laden description of the region and a table of distances and railroad fares from Asheville to various cities (e.g., Knoxville: 128 miles, $4.10). [AB] [1123] Maddox, R. S. “Tennessee: 1. Physiographic Features” in Naturalist’s Guide to the Americas, ed. by Victor E. Shelford. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, 1926. p. 347–49.

Brief description of the Unaka and GSM: “the portions lying between Mt. Guyot and Clingmans Dome including both these and Le Conte are compelling in rugged grandeur” (p. 347). The region is also mentioned on p. 388 and 416. [RC] [1124] Morris, Eastin. The Tennessee Gazetteer or Topographical Dictionary: Containing a Description of the Several Counties, Towns, Villages, Post Offices, Rivers, Creeks, Mountains, Valleys & c. in the State of Tennessee, Alphabetically Arranged. To Which is Prefixed a General Description of the State, its Civil Divisions, Resources, Population, & c. and a Condensed History From the Earliest Settlements Down to the Rise of the Convention in the Year 1834. With an Appendix, Containing a List of the Practising Attorneys at Law in

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

each County; Principal Officers of the General and State Governments; Times of Holding Courts; and Other Valuable Tables. Nashville: Published by W. Hasell Hunt & Co., Banner and Whig Office, 1834. 196 p.

Reprint: McBride, Robert M. and Owen Meredith, ed. Eastin Morris’ Tennessee Gazetteer, 1834, and Matthew Rhea’s Map of the State of Tennessee, 1832. Nashville: Gazetteer Pr., 1971. 325 p. map. With an introduction by Mary U. Rothrock.

The introductory pages provide the history and Constitution of Tennessee. The history section describes the Indian wars, treaties, politics, foundations of counties, and judicial districts. The Gazetteer is a comprehensive alphabetical listing of Tenn. place names and locations. Place descriptions range from simple, i.e., “Cade’s Cove—a post office in Blount County,” to complex for heavily populated or historic places. For example, the listing for Blount County includes history, topography, size, and “staples grain, flour and salted provisions.” Many prominent modern names in the Smokies are not listed, including Gatlinburg and Townsend. The GSM are called the “Unica Mountains,” and have the following entry: “These mountains lie south of the Little Tennessee and north of Hiwassee, on the line between North Carolina and this state about 225 miles east by south from Nashville. In lat. 35° 15’ N., long. 7° W. Unica in the Cherokee signifies white” (p. 166). [KJ] [1125] Norburn, Martha Elizabeth. “The Influence of the Physiographic Features of Western North Carolina on the Settlement and Development of the Region.” Ph.D. diss., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1932. 235 p. il., maps.

Begins with an overview of the geography and settlement of Western N.C. as compared to the rest of N.C. and Northern Appalachia. Barriers to settlement included the presence of the Cherokee and the rugged mountain terrain. After the Cherokee removal, the mountain region was attractive to settlers who liked the mountain topography, botanists, and geologists. The mountain topography forced scattered settlements, with inhabitants who were self-reliant and independent. Isolation encouraged a retentive memory for songs and stories and the combination of work with social functions like quilting or sorghum boiling. Limited reading material and little

emphasis on education accompanied a high illiteracy rate. Economic base was agricultural including pasturage, fruit and tobacco growing, mining, and lumbering. Transportation, initially roads and later railroads, developed along the natural lines of the mountains and many follow original Indian trails. Industrial development occurred along waterways with early dams for hydroelectric power and, later, other kinds of processing such as paper making. A brief description of the GSMNP appears on p. 97–98. A three-page “Tables of Pioneer Settlers Compiled from Entry Books, 1784–1795,” which includes original settlers on the Pigeon River tributaries such as Jonathans Creek near Cataloochee, is on p. 38–41. Bibliography, p. 104–10. Supplement on the physiography of the region with details on geology, topography , climate, soil, and vegetation. Extensively illustrated with fourteen maps, primarily from published sources, and fortyeight photographs including two of original land grants. Photographs are of landscapes and people. Photography credits include George Masa, the U.S. Forest Service, and “Wooten-Moulton” [ Baynard Woolten and George Clarke Moulton]. [AB] [1126] Nord Carolina und was es dem Einwanderer anzubieten hat. Leipzig: Druck von Grubel & Sommerlatte, 1900. 136 p. il., map.

Pamphlet in German prepared by the N.C. Department of Agriculture that outlines the main geographic divisions of the state, together with descriptions of economic conditions and agricultural and commercial advantages of each division. On the cover is a second explanatory title, Beschreibung von Nord Carolina: die Farmen, Frucht- und Wein Garten, die Walder Gruben und Fabriken [Description of North Carolina: Farming, Orchards, and Vineyards, Management of Forests, and Manufacturing]. The pamphlet contains a long section on the mountain regions of Western N.C. including some GSM details. Most of the book consists of brief topical treatments of subjects relating to agriculture and mining in N.C. [KW] [1127] Norris, George S. Western North Carolina Lands. Baltimore: n.p., 1884. 27 p.

Pamphlet describing 149,762 acres of land for sale in Western N.C. including Swain, Jackson, Cherokee,

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

351

and Clay Counties. According to Norris, accessibility problems will be solved with the advent of rail transportation. Includes letters verifying the value of the land from various local prominent people such as Zebulon Vance. Includes extracts from the Hand-Book of the State of North Carolina [1088] describing the western section of the state, extracts from Piedmont and the Mountains published in “Coal and Iron Counties” (as seen by a New Englander), and from a report by Professor J. B. Killebrew, Commissioner of Agricultural Statistics and Mines for the State of Tennessee. [AB]

lation, crop values, individual farm wealth, tax wealth, motor cars, and debt-free homes. GSM references, scattered throughout the book, are found most frequently in discussions about the general outline of the state, flora and fauna, geology, county statistics, and in association with those ores and agricultural products found abundantly in the mountains. [KW]

[1128] “North Carolina.” The Southern Guide; an Illustrated Quarterly 1, no. 1 (January 1878): 82–92.

Boosterism pamphlet prepared by the N.C. Department of Conservation and Development extolling the virtues of N.C. industrial development. Includes a brief state history, sections on state regions, information on recent road improvements, agriculture, mining, industries such as textiles and furniture making, recreation opportunities, resorts, and education. The western or mountain region, including the GSM, is profiled on p. 19–21. The mountain region has been opened up by new roads and could provide the waterpower for Piedmont businesses. Highlighted advantages to business development are a homogeneous population and good relationships between the races. Data are presented in both text and table form on principal industries and state wealth. Extensively illustrated with photographs and drawings that depict buildings, towns, and scenery of the state. Bryson City is pictured on p. 74. A mountain view of the Smokies is on p. 77. A folding map of the state highway system is appended. [AB]

Laudatory overview of the state promoting agriculture, mining, lumbering, and manufacturing possibilities. In the section on the mountain region (p. 89–92), which includes the Smokies, the area is described as follows: Scores of mountain peaks towering above the clouds; lofty ranges whose unbroken summits go quite beyond the vision,—some dark, gloomy and awe-inspiring, others apparently as soft as velvet and tinged with purple and with blue; wild gorges and terrible precipices; rich valleys smiling with peace and plenty, cascades all foam and action, and rivers softly flowing between vine-clad banks inviting to meditation and day-dreams. (p. 90) Author continues with a discussion of the value of the timber, the fertility of the soil, and the possibilities for mining in the mountain region. [AB] [1129] North Carolina: The Land of Opportunity. Raleigh: Mitchell Print Co., 1923. 348 p. il.

Extensive fact book prepared by the N.C. Department of Agriculture that promotes the state’s agricultural and commercial opportunities. Thirty-six chapters cover specific topics on the general themes of state government, climate, geology, forestry, manufacturing, transportation, and agriculture. Also includes a compilation of statistics on each county in the state, and an addendum on how individual counties rank on such measures as popu-

352

[1130] North Carolina: The Pacemaker in Industry, Agriculture and Substantial Progress. Charlotte: Press of the Observer Printing House, 1926. 80 p. il., map, tables.

[1131] Oswald, Felix L. “Healthy Homes. I. Geographical Premises.” Lippincott’s Magazine, 7 (January 1884): 97–102.

Oswald presents his rules for the ideal homes: a drier climate in a region with “ready-made gardens” without mosquitoes (p. 98). Mountains have the added benefit of providing exercise. He goes on to describe the mountains of East Tenn. including the Iron or Big Smoky Mountains, “the grandest mountain-range of the Appalachian system” (p. 100). Other East Tenn. ranges, like the “Chilhowees,” are given equally laudatory treatment. “Thus far these highlands have been utilized chiefly for grazing purposes, though their mineral springs have evolved a

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

few watering-places—Mount Nebo and Monteval both in Blount County…” (p. 100). The article concludes with descriptions of other areas of the country, including the Cumberlands in East Tenn. [AB] [1132] Pratt, Joseph Hyde, and Frederic Q. Boyer. Western North Carolina Facts, Figures, Photographs. Asheville: Joseph Hyde Pratt and Frederic Q. Boyer, 1925. 62 p. il., graphs, maps, tables.

Snapshot of Western N.C. compiled by consulting engineers at Biltmore Forest. Contains sections on climate, social statistics, water supply, public health, wealth and taxation, religion, education, politics, newspapers, recreation, hotels, commercial/manufacturing, banking, electric power, agriculture, and forests. Each section is illustrated with tables and charts of statistics. Several maps, including a two-map topographical map, and ten unattributed photographs are included. [AB] [1133] Presbrey, Frank. The Empire of the South: An Exposition of the Present Resources and Development of the South. Washington, D.C.: Southern Railway, 1898. 181 p. il., tables.

Promotional piece on the locations served by the Southern Railway, focusing on economic growth. The GSM is highlighted in the sections on mountains (p. 29– 31) as part of the Unaka Range. Presbrey writes, “There is no dominating range, but most of the peaks reach nearly the same altitude, and appear like the waves on a choppy sea, range after range appearing less distinct, until their outlines are barely distinguishable from the blue sky at the horizon” (p. 30). As part of the N.C. section, Waynesville is described as “one of the most beautifully situated towns in the mountain section of North Carolina” (p. 71). The odor of the balsam firs “exert an extremely healing influence upon weak throats and lungs” providing relief for “persons suffering with nervous prostration, or from the effects of overwork” (p. 71). Illustrated with many photographs, mostly unidentified. Two photographs of Waynesville are on p. 73, one of the town and one of Haywood White Sulphur Springs. [AB] [1134] Radcliffe, George L. “Some Governmental Aspects of Regional Planning.” Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 74, no.1 (July 1934): 1–13.

Text of speech by Regional Advisor of Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works Region no. 10 which includes Tenn. and N.C. Uses as an example of regional planning the Blue Ridge Parkway, here called Shenandoah-Great Smoky Mountain Parkway. When finished, the parkway “will from scenic and recreational standpoints be one of the finest in this country, if not in the world” (p. 5). Author is Chairman of the Supervisory Committee planning the Parkway. Beyond the Parkway itself are the issues of economic development in surrounding areas. [AB] [1135] Rafinesque, C. S. “Alleghanies Mountains.” Atlantic Journal, and Friend of Knowledge 1, no. 5 (Spring 1833): 157–161.

General interest article describing the physical geography of the Alleghany Mountain system. The report contains a couple of references to the GSM region, mostly reflecting the rather limited knowledge of the geography of the area at that time. [KW] [1136] Richardson, T. C. “States That Are Dixie’s: Tennessee—Mother of the Southwest.” Holland’s, the Magazine of the South 50, no. 11 (November 1931): 20–22, 69. il.

Profile of the state featuring geography and history. Richardson briefly describes the mountain region, citing its timber resources and impressive peaks. Of the new national park he writes, “New highways provide close approaches to these majestic uplifts, and thousands of tourists haunt the Great Smokies National Park in the summer season” (p. 20). The balds, according to Cherokee legend, were formed by guardian spirits to allow the Cherokee to spot their enemies before they arrived. Illustrated with twelve photographs, including one of a frozen Rainbow Falls, unattributed but most likely taken by renowned Knoxville photographer Jim Thompson. [AB] [1137] “Science.” The Independent 25, no. 1293 (September 11, 1873): 1126.

Brief general interest article giving some details of the geography of the Southern Appalachians. The chief point of the article is that, according to geologist Arnold Guyot, the Smoky range contains no fewer than twelve peaks higher than Mount Washington, which at that

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

353

time was widely considered the highest point east of the Mississippi River. [KW] [1138] Sixth Report of the United States Geographic Board, 1890–1932. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. 834 p.

An alphabetical compilation of place names approved by the U.S. Geographic Board and its predecessor, the U.S. Board of Geographic Names, through 30 June 1932. Includes less than a dozen names from the GSM and none west of Clingmans Dome. Entries include a one-word description of the feature (i.e. creek, gap, peak), a brief narrative of the location, and latitude and longitude coordinates. Variant spellings and superseded names are included at the end of the entry in as a “Not” format. For example, in the case of Cataloochee, the superseded variant spellings are shown as “(Not Cataluche, Cataluchee, nor Cattaloochee)” (p. 201). Superseded names are also interspersed alphabetically and highlighted in italics with “See” references. The decisions on the Smokies nomenclature were also published as Decisions of the United States Geographic Board No. 28— June 30, 1932, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North Carolina and Tennessee. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1934. [KW] [1139] A Sketch of North Carolina. Prepared by the North Carolina Board of Agriculture. Charleston, S.C.: Lucas-Richardson Co., 1902. 160 p. il.

Extensive factbook that promotes the economic resources and commercial opportunities of N.C. at the beginning of the twentieth century. Includes information on climate, government, population, geology and mineral resources, water power, forestry, fauna and flora, agriculture and horticulture, manufacturing, commercial fisheries, roads, railroads, health and pleasure resorts, and education. The book begins with a general sketch of the geography of the state that includes a section on the mountain region. References are made to the mountain region in general, and to the GSM in particular, in each of the relevant topical entries in the book. [KW] [1140] Smith, J. Gray. A Brief Historical, Statistical, and Descriptive Review of East Tennessee, United States of America: Developing Its Immense Agricultural, Min-

354

ing, and Manufacturing Advantages, with Remarks to Emigrants. London: J. Leath, 1842. 71 p. il., map.

Reprint: Spartanburg: The Reprint Co., 1974. 71 p.

Touts the many benefits of emigrating to Tenn. and extols the qualities of East Tenn., including the mountains and prosperity from agriculture, mineral extraction, forestry, and industrial activities. Smith was a resident of Blount County. He speaks of the mountains as favorable places for tourism, relaxation, and industry, especially timber, and mentions them in descriptions of agriculture and mining. Contains early, useful firsthand information about the area. The 1974 reprint includes a new preface that details the author’s life and associated history of East Tenn. [SL] [1141] Taylor, James W. “Alleghania: The Strength of the Union and the Weakness of Slavery in the Mountain Districts of the South.” St. Paul Press, 23 November 1861: 2; 24 November 1861: 2; 27 November 1861: 2; 28 November 1861: 2; 3 December 1861: 2; 4 December 1861: 2; 5 December 1861: 2; 11 December 1861: 2; 12 December 1861: 2.

Reprint: Taylor, James W. Alleghania: A Geographical and Statistical Memoir. St. Paul, Minn.: James Davenport, 1862. 24 p. tables.

Series of articles later published as a pamphlet with additional information including preface and appendix, a poem, and two essays: “Revolutionary Battle of King’s Mountain” and “Geographical Obstacles to Disunion.” Taylor asserts that there are few slaves in the mountain areas of the South (which he calls “Alleghania”) and that those mountain areas have “very important elements and instruments for a Counter Revolution of those States” (preface of reprint, vi) against the Confederacy and can be made a base of operations for a “powerful diversion of a hostile character” (23 November or reprint, p. 2). Separate articles cover each region of Alleghania with accompanying statistical tables on county slave and free population and cotton production. East Tenn., including the Smokies region (called by author the Kittatinny Mountains), is covered in the 28 November 1861 and 4 December 1861 issues (reprint: p. 7–10). The Alleghany Section of N.C. is covered in the 4 December 1861 issue (reprint, p.10–12). In the N.C. article, author provides measurements of the highest mountains in the Smokies

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

including Mount Le Conte and Clingmans “Peak.” In conclusion, Taylor lays out his scenario for Union victory using the loyal mountain areas as a base. [AB] [1142] “Tennessee.” The Southern Guide: An Illustrated Quarterly Periodical 1, no. 1 (January 1878): 60–81. il., tables.

Laudatory overview of state’s history, population growth, climate, industries, rivers, and railroads. The Unaka Range, which includes the GSM, is described on p. 63–65. “Leaving the heavy forests on the slopes, the oaks, beeches and conifers gradually diminish in size until forests of dwarfed and storm-twisted balsams, often but a few inches high, but with broad, flat tops, are passed, and one reaches the treeless summits where is spread out a great rolling meadow” (p. 64). The meadows are adapted to grazing but crops like hay, apples, corn and tobacco can be grown in the coves and valleys. The healthy waters of Montvale Springs are “highly recommended for chronic diseases and general debility” (p. 70). Two illustrations, not of the Smokies, and one table of receipts and shipments in Memphis. [AB] [1143] “Western North Carolina.” Appletons’ Journal 5, no. 112 (May 20, 1871): 587–88. il.

Short promotional piece on the virtues of the healthy climate and rich soil of Western N.C., including the Smokies region. The author writes, “much of this land is yet in its native wilderness. It is cheap in price, inviting the sturdy settler by its fertile soil and luxuriant growth, while the elastic and invigorating climate offers extraordinary inducements to the invalid” (p. 587). Illustrated with one full-page engraving of the French Board River. [AB] [1144] Willis, Bailey. “Round about Asheville.” National Geographic Magazine 1, no. 3 (1889): 291–300.

Geographic, topographic, and geologic descriptions of the Blue Ridge, Unaka, and GSM regions of Western N.C. and East Tenn. Mentions Tuckaleechee Cove, various GSM peaks and balds, and the Pigeon River. Recounts a visit by the author to Asheville in 1880: “A May session of the court was in progress nine years ago when I rode up the muddy street from the Swannanoa Valley. Several well-known moonshiners were on trial, and the town street was crowded with their sympathizers,

lean mountaineers in blue and butternut homespun” (p. 291). [RC] [1145] Woofter, Thomas Jackson, Jr. “The Subregions of the Southeast.” Social Forces 13, no. 1–4 (October 1934–May 1935): 43–50. maps.

Defines subregions of the Southeastern U.S., based on climate, geography, natural resources, and land use. States that “Subregional analysis is therefore of fundamental importance from the view-points: (1) The practical planning of social programs; (2) research into the characteristics of the region” (p. 43). Three outline maps show “the Tobacco South,” “Per Capita Value of Manufactured Products,” and “Subregions of the Southeast.” Table I (p. 48–50) “gives the physical, demographic, agricultural, trade, and industrial indices” for five subregions. GSM falls within the “Blue Ridge Mountains” and is mentioned specifically on p. 43. [RC]

Agriculture

[1146] “Apples from Georgia.” The American Farmer, a Monthly Magazine of Agriculture and Horticulture 2, no. 6 (December 1860): 193.

Editor of journal received several varieties of apples from J. Van Buren of Ga., including Royal Pearmains and Buffs from Haywood County, and Equinatebes and Junaluskees, both of which originated with the Cherokee. [AB] [1147] Arnold, Jacob H. “Farm Practices that Increase Crop Yields in Tennessee and Kentucky.” United States Department of Agriculture, Farmer’s Bulletin, no. 981. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1918. il. p. 3–27.

Discusses farming in Ky. and Tenn., including crop rotation, common practices, agricultural products, and general descriptions of typical farms. The GSM are not specifically mentioned, although the article uses an example of a “mountain farm.” Describes the move by mountain farmers into other industries such as the timber trade and coal mining. Photographs illustrate a typical mountain farm and the difficulty of mountain farming. [SL] [1148] Ashe, William W. “The Possibilities of a Maple Sugar Industry in Western North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological Survey, Economic Papers, no. 1.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

355

Winston, N.C.: M.I. & J.C. Stewart, Public Printers and Binders, 1897. p. 5–25.

Describes the possibility of creating a maple sugar industry in Western N.C. Touches on every aspect of the maple sugar industry, including how to tap trees, types of trees to tap, how to process sap, and how to make sugar. Many drawings illustrate proper equipment of the trade. This report includes no direct mention of the GSM, but was written as a means of offering industrial ideas for the mountain region, which includes the Great Smokies. Counties that now contain parts of the Park are mentioned, as well as tree species that are common within the Park such as the sugar and red maples. [SL] [1149] Campbell, Olive Dame “Continuous Grazing on Annual Pastures.” Mountain Life and Work 8, no. 4 (January 1933): 22–26.

Most of article reprints Hugh MacRae’s address to the N.C. Dairyman’s Association about continuous grazing, a plan utilizing a succession of annual pastures to feed cattle rather than using hay or grain in the winter. Of interest to the Smokies researcher is the response to the presentation by O. J. Mattil of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in Gatlinburg. Mattil, who runs the School’s agricultural program, reports that he has tried the continuous grazing system with good results. Milk production increases when the cows can feed on pasturage, although the cold conditions in the mountains necessitated grain feeding as well. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [AB] [1150] Clarke, Foster, and W. F. Massey. “Bermuda Grass—Forest Lands.” Southern Planter 61, no. 2 (February 1900): 78.

Letter from Foster Clarke of Blount County asking if Bermuda grass would be appropriate to plant on the slopes of the “Smoky Mountains of East Tennessee at elevations of from 1,500 to 5,000 feet” after they have been denuded of timber. Massey laments the deforestation of the mountain lands because of the adverse effect on the rivers. The lands, according to Massey, should be re-forested. If grass is grown, it should be English or Virginia Blue grass, not Bermuda grass. Massey would like to see the mountain land made into a “forest park” by the federal government. [AB]

356

[1151] Mooers, Charles A. “The Soils of Tennessee.” The Resources of Tennessee 5, no. 4 (October 1915): 155–73. il., map.

Details soils and distribution patterns throughout Tenn. See, in particular, a small section entitled, “The Smoky Mountains” (p. 156–57): This is the roughest and most mountainous part of the State, and for the most part is not at all suitable to cultivation. The soils are apt to be shallow and rocky, even on the tops of the mountains, which have been used for many years for summer grazing grounds for cattle . . . occasionally a wide valley or ‘cove’ is found where the soils and the farming conditions are practically the same as in the Great Valley. Also along the foothills are some farms and orchard sites. (p. 157) Six photographs, none of the Smokies, and a short bibliography. [RC/AB] [1152] Powell, E. P. “Farm and Garden: New Points in Horticulture.” The Independent 44, no. 2267 (May 12, 1892): 30.

First point is about a new species of blackberry, Rubus millspaughi, discovered by Prof. C. F. Millspaugh in Va. The same variety has been found in the “Big Smoky Mountains of North Carolina.” [AB] [1153] Premium List: 4th Annual Fair of the Haywood County Stock Raisers and Farmer’s Association, Inc. Waynesville, N.C.: Sentelle and Dickinson, October 6–9, 1908. 72 p. il.

Typical program for a county fair. Contains twopage introduction by Association Secretary, James E. Carraway, outlining the highlights and policies of the fair. Lists awards in various categories including agricultural products, animals (“Best Stallion for Service,” First Place, $10), clothing, fine arts, woods, and minerals. Activities include a target tournament and horse races. Admission: 50 cents for adults/ 25 cents for children. [AB] [1154] “The Rightness of Things.” Atlantic Monthly 153, no. 5 (May 1934): 636–37.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Poetic prose ode to spring in the Smokies. Author built a log cabin in N.C. the previous year. He writes of planting the garden, clearing out the woods, and the return of the birds. Includes details about planting superstitions. For example, “The moon plays no small part here in the rituals of spring. The dark and the full of the moon, like the swinging of a pendulum, mark the times for planting” (p. 637). [AB] [1155] Roberts, Mary Carter. “Mountain Ariel—A Story of Gathering Wild Honey in the Southern Mountains.” American Forests 40, no. 10 (October 1934): 451–54, 496. il.

Part of an issue devoted to the Tennessee Valley, this firsthand account tells of the task of collecting “wild mountain honey.” Roberts, who spent the summer with her father in the Southern Appalachians, witnessed the harvesting of honey from a tree located on her father’s property by a local “mountain” family. Relates vicissitudes associated with honey harvesting, beginning with tracking bees and ending with felling the tree. While the exact location is not specified, this narrative provides a glimpse into the traditional art of harvesting wild honey and, more importantly, offers a simple look into Southern Appalachian ways of life typical of the Smokies. Photographs of trees containing beehives are included. [SL] [1156] Skinner, John S. “Political Department and General Intelligence: Agriculture – The Mountainous Region of the United States, Extending from Maryland to Georgia.” The Albion, A Journal of News, Politics and Literature 4, no. 3 (January 18, 1845): 33.

Early general report on the agricultural advantages of the mountainous regions of Western N.C. The report consists largely of two letters, one from Professor E. Mitchen to the Hon. Thomas L. Clingman, Senator from N.C., and the second from William Darby to publisher John S. Skinner. The letter from Mitchen contains many unspecific references to locations, but it is clear that much of the mountain described in his letter is immediately adjacent to the Tuckasegee River. The letter from Darby, intended to clarify and rectify the letter from Mitchen, offers details on river drainages in the N.C. mountain region. Of interest is Clingman’s theme that a

prosperous agriculture industry is dependent on adequate roads. [KW] [1157] “Western North Carolina Apples.” Southern Planter 58, no. 11 (November 1897): 495.

Very short article noting the arrival of thirty-five varieties of apples from Waynesville, N.C. for exhibition in the Madison Square Garden. “This is said to be one of the finest collections of apples ever sent into New York. . . .” [AB]

Transportation

[1158] Bechtel, Major John A. “...To Smoky Park: Tennessee Rapidly Going Forward with Plans for Western Entrance But N.C. Has No Major Proposals, Scenic Beauty, Short Mileage Routes Sought.” Carolina Motor News 10, no. 7 (June-July 1932): 1,6 [A1].

Argues that the state of N.C. should abandon plans to upgrade highway NC10 as an entrance to the newly formed GSMNP and build an alternative route from Asheville to Mount Sterling village by way of Max Patch and Doggetts Gap. Argument contends that an upgraded NC10 would not compete successfully with the three new entrances to the Park in Tenn. [KW] [1159] Berry, Harriet M. “Roads to Fulfillment: A Story of the North Carolina State Highway System and the People of the Southern Appalachians.” Mountain Life and Work 3, no. 4 (January 1928): 2–6, 24. il.

Harriet M. Berry, Secretary of the N.C. Good Roads Association, describes the isolation of the people in the area surrounding the GSM. Legislation to build a state highway system, passed in 1921, has brought about a better life. She discusses positive effects of the roads for education, agriculture, industry, and various public works programs. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [LB] [1160] Campbell, Carlos C. “Revealing the Beauty of the Great Smokies: Dynamite Will Aid Materially in the Three-Million Dollar Project for the Newly Established Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” The Explosives Engineer 12, no. 3 (March 1934): 77–84. il.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

357

Realizing that many motorists traveling the Newfound Gap Road in the GSM were frightened by hairpin curves and abrupt mountain drops along the edge of the road, officials decided to alleviate this fear by relocating portions of the highway, which included the addition of a loop-over and two tunnels. Article outlines particulars for implementing these improvements, plus plans for extending a sky-way (Clingmans Dome Road) from Newfound Gap to Forney Ridge and eventually to Deals Gap. Narrative incorporates interesting facts about the mountains and is lavishly illustrated with photographs. [KW] [1161] Decisions of the Interstate Commerce Commission 111 (April-September 1926): 747–48; 124 (MarchJuly 1927): 523–28; 170 (December 1930–May 1931): 716–17.

Three decisions by the ICC on requests from the Smoky Mountain Railway Company and the Tennessee and North Carolina Railway Company. Vol. 111, April-September 1926: Request by Smoky Mountain Railway Company (SMRC) to abandon the railroad in Swain County, N.C. used to transport lumber for the W. M. Ritter Lumber Company from the watershed of Hazel Creek. The railway is no longer needed because lumbering has been discontinued at this site and there are no other industries on the line. Request approved by ICC.

Vol. 124, March-July 1927: Request by SMRC to acquire rail route from Vestal (part of Knoxville) to Sevierville. Route is important to Sevierville for transportation of lumber and agricultural products. SMRC also requests permission to issue up to $75,000 in capital stock. The Tennessee and North Carolina Railway Company will lease the line. Approved by ICC. Vol. 170, December 1930–May 1931: Request by Tennessee and North Carolina Railway Company to lease an additional SMRC line in Sevierville. Approved by ICC. [AB]

[1162] Gibson, Henry H. “A Remarkable Logging Railroad.” Hardwood Record 35, no. 1 (October 25, 1912): 25–28. il.

358

A nicely illustrated article outlining some of the technical achievements in the Little River Lumber Company’s efforts to build a logging railroad into the Smoky Mountains. The difficulties faced are exemplified in one instance by an accompanying picture and the comment that “it was necessary to reverse two thirty-four degree curves on a substantial grade, without any intervening tangent (which, as railway engineering is taught, is an impossible railroad proposition)” (p. 27). The article describes several hotels and resorts, particularly those at Sunshine, Lyon (Line) Springs, and the Appalachian Club and Wonderland Hotel in Elkmont, which had been established along the Little River rail line to serve select residents of nearby Knoxville. The article alludes to tentative plans by the editor of Hardwood Record to build a comfortable lodge “just above three forks of the east prong” (p. 27). A rare photograph of the Appalachian Club station and park is included in the illustrations. [KW] [1163] “Interested in Road’s Fate.” The Southern Lumberman 122, no. 1587 (February 27, 1926): 50.

Short article expressing concern for the fate of the Knoxville and Carolina railroad. “If the railroad is abandoned, it will have a great detrimental effect on timber operations in the Great Smoky mountains . . . .” Local communities are trying to raise $100,000 to buy the line. The railroad is being abandoned because “with bus traffic between Knoxville and Sevierville, the line has not brought enough revenue to justify its operation.” [AB] [1164] “Ledge of Eastern America, Great Smoky Divide Centers Park Interest and Grandeur: North Carolina and Tennessee Have Spent Millions in Giving Americans a Gorgeous Gift and National Park Service Should Provide Adequate Parkways and Roads.” Carolina Motor News 10 (June-July 1932): 6. map.

Brief argument extolling the benefits of building a scenic highway across the spine of the Smoky divide from Mount Sterling village to Mount Guyot and then on to Newfound Gap. Contends that without this skyline drive, the beauty and wonder of this most rugged section of mountains in the east will be inaccessible to all but the hardiest of adventurers. [KW]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

[1165] “Logging Railroad Becomes Highway.” The Southern Lumberman 123, no. 1593 (April 10, 1926): 67.

Short article announcing that “through the generosity of Col. W. B. Townsend, president of the Little River Lumber Company, together with the 1,000 hours labor given by citizens, a link of the 100-mile ‘Short Scenic Route’ has been built.” Townsend donated seven miles of old railroad bed (the present Little River Road) from Townsend to Elkmont. The completed 100-mile road will provide a “circuit” through the Smokies. Funding has been provided by Blount County. [AB] [1166] Martin, George C., Jr. “The Effect of Physiography on the Trade Routes of East Tennessee.” M.A. thesis, University of Tennessee, 1932. 109 p. il.

Thesis is “an attempt to show the adjustment of trade routes to physiographic forms in East Tennessee” (preface, ii). Trade route analysis is preceded by an extensive geographic, geologic and economic development overview of the region, including the GSM in Tenn., taken primarily from published government sources. Martin analyzes trade and travel routes, from buffalo trails to Native American paths to railroads, that developed as a result of the topography. Seven illustrations of natural features and transportation. Bibliography, p. 106–09. U.S. Geological Survey Relief Map of the State of Tennessee (1927) is attached to back cover. [AB]

Skerrett begins with an overview of the geography of the Smokies, their inhabitants, and the particulars of the formation of GSMNP. He is amazed that travellers who frequent the White Mountains or the Adirondacks are “unaware that there are other mountain ranges relatively near them that are far grander in every way and richly endowed with unique charms” (p. 4518). Those “grander” mountains are the Smokies of which he writes, “The major ranges parallel one another much like a sequence of tremendous waves. Their slopes are for the most part covered with exceptionally dense stands of fine timber . . .” (p. 4519). The author repeats the myth of the noble mountaineer with the speech and manners of seventeenth and eighteenth century English. He puts a positive spin on moonshine, explaining that anyone who sees the isolation and rough environment in the which Smokies people live would “appreciate the part that spirits have played in neutralizing exposure and in making the natives forgetful, for while at least, of the harsh circumstances of their existence” (p. 4520). As one might expect from a journal article in a magazine “devoted to the many fields of endeavor in which compressed air serves useful purposes” (title page), the last third of the article details road-building activities in the Smokies. The steepness of the mountains has forced the modern highway engineer to develop a new methodology: From end to end of a road both the climb and the descent must be such as not to overtax engines or to place too heavy a duty upon brakes. Therefore he has to cut and to carve through masses of earth and rock—to remove any obstacles standing squarely in the path projected after careful surveys. Further, he must try to fit his road as unobtrusively into the landscape so as not to mar the scenic charms of the region traversed. (p. 4521)

[1167] “Road Being Built to 6,642-foot Level in Great Smoky Mountains.” The American City 49, no. 9 (September 1934): 11.

Short article reporting on the construction of a road to Clingmans Dome. “Like the prongs of a Y, two roads extend, one from North Carolina and the other from Tennessee, to the point where the two states meet at Newfound Gap. From this gap a single road, forming the stem of the Y, climbs 1,600 feet along the crest of the Great Smokies to the top of Clingman’s Dome. . . .” Existing roads are being widened and repaved. The work is being financed by the Public Works Administration. [AB] [1168] Skerrett, R. G. “Bringing the Great Smokies Closer.” Compressed Air Magazine 39, no. 9 (September 1934): 4517–22. il.

Skerrett provides further details about the kind of equipment used on the road-building operations. To accommodate the increasing number of visitors, improvements, including the addition of walls and tunnels, continue to be made. Ultimately the improvements will cost approximately $1,250,000 and add to the safety and enjoyment of the public. Illustrated with nine photographs

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

359

of mountain scenery, roads, road-building equipment, and tunnels. R.T. Jackson is credited as the photographer of two scenic views. [AB]

Forestry and Lumbering

[1169] “Appalachian Loggers Enjoy Trip to Great Smokies.” The Southern Lumberman 82, no. 1101 (October 28, 1916): 34a.

Report on the excursion to the “operations of the Little River Lumber Company in the heart of the Great Smoky Mountains” that ended the Appalachian Logging Congress. Article includes details about the rail line with “switchbacks. . . see-sawing back and forth, instead of a straightaway run.” The participants traveled to Clingmans Dome, marveled over the immense skidders used to bring out the logs, and ate lunch provided by the Clyde Iron Works. Later the party inspected the new Little River mill in Townsend. [AB] [1170] “Appalachian Logging Congress Holds Highly Successful Meeting in Asheville.” The Southern Lumberman 117, no. 1518 (November 1, 1924): 29–31. il.

Congress schedule included trips to the operations of the Suncrest Lumber Company and Champion Lumber Company (both on the N.C. side of the Smokies). F. G. Norcross reported that he was amazed that at the Suncrest location the access is via a standard-gauge rail that ascends the 5,700-foot mountain with only one switchback and no grade over 6 percent. C. L. Babcock reported on the Champion location, saying it was the “steepest, highest timber proposition he ever saw logged” (p. 29). Champion utilizes a narrow-gauge railway. The remainder of the article reports on various Congress sessions and provides a list of all the participants. The one image is of Andrew Gennett, who is identified as retiring president of the Congress. [AB] [1171] “Appalachian Logging Congress Holds Seventh Annual Meeting in Knoxville.” The Southern Lumberman 108, no. 1416 (November 11, 1922): 31–33.

Long article reporting on the meeting of the Congress. Topics for sessions included “Tractor vs. Team Skidding,” “Skidding by Steam and Team,” and “Standard and Narrow Gauge Railroads.” Several of the

360

speakers on the first topic were from Smokies lumber companies. Typical are the statements by F. W. McGuire of the Montvale Lumber Company, Fontana, who “stated that his experience had been in favor of the tractor” (p. 31), and D. G. Manges of the Babcock Lumber and Land Company, Maryville, who said that tractors “would negotiate muddy roads where a team wouldn’t go . . .” (p. 31). On the second topic, D. H. Tipton of the Little River Lumber Company, Townsend, offered that “on his operation steam skidding was the only practical way to get the logs out as the country was too rough for teams” (p. 31). C. S. Badgett of Champion Fibre Company, Canton, presented a lengthy paper on the comparative merits of standard and narrow-gauge railroads. [AB] [1172] Ashe, William W. “Notes on the Forest Resources of North Carolina.” Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 10, pt. 1 (January-June 1893): 5–25.

Ashe begins this article with a description of the three topographical divisions found in N.C.: the Eastern or Coastal Plain, the Middle District, and the Western District (mountain). Includes descriptive information about each region’s soil composition and topographical features, such as “feet above sea level.” Discusses the great variety of woods found in the state and points out that the unique topography of N.C. has “placed in juxtaposition trees normally separated [by] many degrees of latitude” (p. 7). A list of trees common to the mountain region is on p. 9–10. Following this list, another lengthy section focuses on each tree type and gives specific information, including wood type (hard, soft, elastic), population of tree by county, and type of use. Under the entry for yellow locust, Ashe mentions factories in Haywood and Swain Counties that make insulating pins for telegraph poles from this wood. Following these descriptions, the author concludes by discussing the transportation of wood in the area, the accessibility to the stands of trees, and the various industries that depend on the lumber such as wagon-making, furniture, paper production, and tanning. [SL/AB] [1173] Ashe, William W. “Chestnut in Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 10-B. Nashville: Baird-Ward Printing Co., January 1911. 35 p. il., tables.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Presents findings of a study conducted by the Tennessee State Geological Survey, in cooperation with the U.S. Forest Service, of chestnut trees that grew on large areas of land with low agricultural value. Ashe notes, “It is most abundant on the slopes of the Unaka and Smoky Ranges…” (p. 6). Describes industrial use of chestnut wood and bark, stating that 50,000 cords of chestnut wood were cut in Tenn. in 1909 to produce tannin, and 71,962,000 board feet of lumber were cut. The author estimates that the tree is worth $1,640,000 annually to the state. Details the tree’s distribution in Tenn., forest characteristics that foster growth, reproduction, and root system. Chestnut growth is presented in a table of height and age, according to three classifications of quality. A plan is outlined for forest management to maintain chestnut trees in Tenn., “based on the supposition that the destructive chestnut bark disease will not reach Tenn.” (p. 15). Several tables present the expected yields from trees of different ages, heights, and diameters. [FS] [1174] Ayres, H. B. “The Southern Appalachians from the Lumberman’s Standpoint.” The Forester 7, no. 7 (July 1901): 164–70. il.

Ayers, a U.S. Geological Survey employee, outlines the geology and forest resources of the Southern Appalachians. Includes an overview of current lumbering practices that are hampered by the lack of adequate transportation and the challenging changes in elevation. He estimates the forests to be worth $97,000,000. Various track systems, such as railroads, electric cars, and tramways, would provide the means to harvest the lumber. Not only would the lumber companies profit but the local communities would benefit economically. “If there were plenty to do, much of the ‘moonshine’ making would be abandoned, and less interest would be taken in feuds” (p. 170). Four photographs, three identified as from the Bureau of Forestry. One depicts a splash dam on the Middle Fork of the Little Pigeon River. [AB] [1175] Ayres, H. B., and William W. Ashe. “The Southern Appalachian Forests.” United States Geological Survey Professional Paper, no. 37. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1905. 58th Cong., 3rd sess., H. Doc. 409. 291 p. il., map, tables.

Extensive survey of forests and forestry practices in the mountain region that extends from Va. to Ga., including the GSM. Introductory section provides information on topography, climate, scenery, water, agriculture, and forestry. According to the authors, the resources of this region have been exploited without planning or regard to the best interests of the communities, resulting in waste and erosion. If proper forest management practices are adopted, then “the remaining forest would undoubtedly yield handsome returns” (p. 25). Better transportation is needed to properly utilize the forests, to promote the area as a health/summer resort, and to preserve the game resources. Next section details the tree species with numerous tables on rates of growth by species and a list of shrubs. Enumeration of tree and shrub species, minus the tables on growth rate, is similar to the lists compiled by the authors as an appendix to Message from the President of the United States Transmitting a Report of the Secretary of Agriculture in Relation to the Forests, Rivers, and Mountains of the Southern Appalachian Region [215]. The remainder of the report is a description of the forests organized by drainage basins. The Smokies region is included in the sections for Northwestern Slope of Smoky Mountains, Pigeon River, and Little Tennessee River basins. Each basin section begins with a brief overall description, which is identical to those provided by the authors in their appendix to the 1902 report. Unique to the 1905 report are subsections within the basins that provide information about individual river/creek basins. Details noted include boundaries, area, surface (topography), soil, humus, agricultural value, timber trees, yield, demand, accessibility, cutting, fire, reproduction, second growth, undergrowth, rate of growth, water power, and prices of land. For example, accessibility in the section “Little River Basin below Eli M’Carter’s” is judged to be “difficult. The slopes are steep and rocky, especially near the river. A wagon road has been made, at great expense, from Wear Cove to Greenbrier Cove, then, crossing the river, passes through the coves near the sources of the western tributaries” (p. 174). Report is illustrated with thirty-seven plates comprised of fifty-five photographs, including five identified as locations within the Smokies. Foldout map is entitled, “Relief Map of the Southern Appalachian Region.” [AB]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

361

[1176] Baxter, Dow V., and Lake S. Gill. “Deterioration of Chestnut in the Southern Appalachians.” United States Department of Agriculture Technical Bulletin, no. 257. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1931. 22 p. il., graphs, tables.

Studies the rate of deterioration of blight-killed timber found in remote sections of the Southern Appalachians where economic factors, logging, and manufacturing costs have greatly delayed chestnut salvaging. The fieldwork highlights both permanent and temporary plots in Va.’s Natural Bridge National Forest; felled chestnuts near Gatlinburg; and some “girdled” plots in Glenville, N.C. near Pisgah National Forest. Also mentions previous studies of decay in green timber at Waynesboro, as well as in Sevier County. Covers decay of sapwood and falling of bark in standing timber (rate and measurement of losses), decay of heartwood in standing timber (green and dead timber), decay of sapwood in slash and fallen timber, decay-causing fungi, checking in dead standing timber, and loss and salvage of timber. [SL] [1177] “The Brass Band at Fontana.” Hardwood Record 34, no. 1 (April 25, 1912): 40. il.

Short news announcement of the forming of a brass cornet band for entertaining the employees of the Montvale Lumber Company in Fontana. The band is listed along with other amenities the lumber company provides for amusement of employees. [KW] [1178] “Carolina Plant Sold.” The Southern Lumberman 118, no. 1538 (March 21, 1925): 47.

Short article announcing the purchase of the Champion Fibre plant at Waynesville and the railroad operating between Waynesville and Cataloochee by Suncrest Lumber Company. Suncrest has also decided to move the mills currently at Sunburst to Waynesville. “The railroad will reach the 60,000 or more acres of hardwood timber owned by the Suncrest Lumber Company in the Cataloochee section.” Details on financing for the sawmills are provided, with the comment that “Waynesville people are optimistic over the future outlook of the town.” [AB] [1179] “Chestnut and the Chestnut Blight in North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological and Economic

362

Survey Economic Paper, no. 56. Raleigh: n.p., 1925. 24 p. il., maps, tables.

Review: “Chestnut and the Chestnut Blight in North Carolina.” Forest Leaves 20, no. 3 (June 1925): 48.

Four short papers outlining the value of the chestnut to N.C. and the threatening chestnut blight. In the foreword, State Forester J. S. Holmes states that the “Chestnut is one of the most important commercial trees in North Carolina.” It is used for furniture, coffins, telephone poles, and railroad ties, as well as a major source of tannin. In “The Chestnut in North Carolina,” P. L. Buttrick provides an overview of the range and commercial value of the chestnut in N.C. The best timber is found on the north slopes and deep coves of the Smokies in Haywood and Swain Counties. He includes a table detailing estimates of board feet of chestnut in N.C. counties. Further estimates of the number of chestnuts in the Southern Appalachians are provided by E. H. Frothingham, Director of the Appalachian Forest Experiment Station, in “Present Stand of Chestnut in North Carolina and the Southern Appalachians.” The devastating nature of the advancing chestnut blight is the subject of the third paper, “The Chestnut Blight in North Carolina” by G. F. Gravatt, pathologist for the U.S. Office of Plant Pathology. Data from 1923 indicate that the disease has recently begun to spread into N.C. Considering its fairly rapid spread in Va., by 1930 the zone of heavy infestation is expected to cover the Southern Appalachians. Although the disease does not actually cause the wood to decay, it allows decay-causing fungi to enter the wood, frequently even before the tree is dead, thus making it difficult to harvest the wood. In “A Comprehensive Plan for the Marketing and Utilization of the Remaining Stand of Chestnut Necessitated by the Chestnut Blight Situation,” E. Murray Bruner, U.S. Forest Service, proposes that a plan for marketing the remaining timber be developed by foresters under the direction of the U.S. government in conjunction with the owners of the remaining chestnuts. Illustrated with nine photographs of chestnut stands and trees with blight, none specifically in the Smokies. Two maps show the presence of chestnut blight in the Eastern U.S. and N.C. respectively. [AB] [1180] Damtoft, W. J. “Conservation and Development of Forest Resources in Western North Carolina.” The Carolinas (June 1933): 6–7, 38. il.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Damtoft, identified as Assistant Secretary at Champion Fibre Company in Canton, N.C., boldly asserts that it was the conservation activities of Champion that made the Smokies so desirable as a national park. Even the areas in the Smokies that had been harvested for timber did not present “any evidence of devastation” (p. 7). Although the purchase of the land for the national park has “necessitated a change in the general program of the company and has caused some inconvenience” (p. 7), company officials are pleased that their efforts in conservation will be enjoyed by many in the new national park. Five photographs: four of Champion activities and one of a view of Clingmans Dome. [AB] [1181] “Era of Prosperity Expected.” The Southern Lumberman 91, no. 1215 (January 4, 1919): 40.

Short article on the economic outlook for the year 1919. On lumbering: “The completion of the extension of the Knoxville, Sevierville & Eastern railroad up into the mountains of Sevier County open the way to much stuff that has been barely touched.” Little River Railroad, from Knoxville to Cheoah, N.C., opens up “one of the very finest sections of timberland to found anywhere in the South.” The Babcock Lumber Co., located on the rail line, has been “engaged in cutting over the lands to be covered by the lakes that will be formed by the series of dams planned by the Knoxville Power Company.” The labor shortage that occurred during the war has ended and lumber companies are preparing to extend their operations. [AB] [1182] Fisher, Henry M. “The Tulip-Poplar and the Cigar Box Industry.” Forest Leaves 3, no. 7 (January 1892): 97–98.

Letter to the editor informing the readers of the use of tulip poplar as well as red cedar in the making of cigar boxes. The supply of red cedar has already been “diminished” (p. 97). In light of the fact that a lumber firm has purchased “all the ‘yellow poplar’ lumber on the slopes of the Great Smoky Mountains in Eastern Tennessee, with a view, I think, to convert it into wood pulp” (p. 97), the author suggests that the supply of tulip poplar will also be depleted and that steps should be taken to plant new trees to “replenish the forests” (p. 98). [AB]

[1183] Frothingham, E. H. “Timber Growing and Logging Practice in the Southern Appalachian Region.” United States Department of Agriculture Technical Bulletin, no. 250. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1931. 93 p. il, map.

Addresses reforestation in the Appalachian forest region, including the GSM, and offers proposals for managing current and future forest areas. Contains a useful table of contents to key topics: timber problems, composition of the forests, effects of fire, insects and blights, proposals for management, and recommendations for handling forest land. Forest damage is documented in photographs. The bulletin proposes methods by which the forest can be maintained and managed so that it will yield future and continuous timber supply. These proposals fall into two groups: those that take the least effort (such as preventing forest fires, utilizing correct logging practices, and improving poor stand conditions) and methods that will, through proper forest management, yield full timber crops. In the section on spruce forest, notes that the “largest remaining body of original forest is probably one of about 45,000 acres in the Smoky Mountain National Park” (p. 22). Appendix lists common and scientific names of plants and trees discussed and works cited. Contains photographs and a map of the region. [SL] [1184] Gibson, Henry H. “In the Heart of the Great Smokies: A Pen and Camera Sketch of the Magnificent Hardwood Forest and Lumber Operation of the Little River Lumber Co.” Hardwood Record 20, no. 8 (August 10, 1905): 27–34. il.

Long essay that begins with an extensive quote from a message to the U.S. Congress in 1902 by President Theodore Roosevelt which sets forth an argument for establishing a national park reserve within the Southern Appalachians [215]. Gibson suggests that the Great Smoky Mountains are particularly characteristic of the mountain regions the President recommends for preservation. Much of the essay focuses on the wealth, variety, and quality of timber found in the Smokies with a description of harvesting by the Little River Lumber Company. Appended to the review of the Little River Lumber Company are a few paragraphs concerning the topography of the greater Southern Appalachian mountain region centered in

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

363

Western N.C., North Ga., S.C., and Southwestern Va., which harbors several high ranges that are well-timbered and are prospects for a future national park. The essay is accompanied by photographs illustrating the large size of the various tree species in the Smokies and several images of the Little River logging operation. [KW] [1185] Gibson, Henry H. “Hardwood Lumbering Along the Appalachians: From the Coal Fields to the Cotton Country.” Hardwood Record 22, no. 12 (October 10, 1906): 30–44. il.

A long article on the R. E. Wood Lumber Company that includes specific details of the company’s various operations in W.V., Tenn., and N.C.. Of particular interest are descriptions of the company’s holding on Eagle Creek and Bone Valley in the Smokies, which were being logged by Montvale Lumber Company, a sister company of R. E. Wood. Concludes with descriptions of water power, lumbering methods, and personnel of the R. E. Wood Company. Forty photographs accompany the article, most being of the various sawmill and logging operations and examples of the variety of large tree species on the Wood holdings. Photographs include pictures of the famed moonshiner Quill Rose outside his cabin on Eagle Creek, Proctor’s cabin high up on Bone Valley, and Jack Coburn’s house on Hazel Creek. [KW] [1186] Glenn, Leonidas Chalmers. “Denudation and Erosion in the Southern Appalachian Region and the Monongahela Basin.” United States Geological Survey Professional Paper, no. 72. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1911. 61st Cong., 3rd sess., H. Doc. 1267. 137 p. il., maps, tables.

Survey results of fieldwork in the Southern Appalachian region in 1904–05, and in the Monongehela Basin (W.Va. and Penn.) in 1907, to determine the effects of deforestation and subsequent erosion of steep mountain slopes. Material specific to the Smokies is included in the sections on the Pigeon River, Little River, Little Tennessee River, Tuckasegee River, and Oconaluftee River basins (p. 60–66). Topography, along with problems due to erosion and deforestation of major creeks and rivers, is discussed. For example, in Gatlinburg, “the destruction by floods is growing, the zone of bowlders [rocks detached from their place of origin] bordering the stream

364

channel is slowly widening, and roads, fences, and small houses have to be moved back from the crumbling edge of the flood plain” (p. 63). Eighteen plates of twentyseven photographs, but none specific to the Smokies, five maps, including one general map of the region under study, and one of the drainage basins of the Southern Appalachians. Report concludes with classified tables that outline names and counties of the main streams and tributaries of surveyed regions. [AB] [1187] Glimpses of the Plant of the Champion Fibre Co., Canton, North Carolina. Canton, NC: Champion Fibre Co., May 1922. Unpaginated.

An assortment of facts and casual discussion of the pulp and paper mill in Canton. Includes a short description of the company’s timber holdings in the GSM and a picture of a sawmill in Smokemont. The book was commissioned as a “Souvenir of the visit of the Cincinnatti Commercial Club.” [KW] [1188] Gravatt, G. F., and R. P. Marshall. “Chestnut Blight in the Southern Appalachians.” United States Department of Agriculture Department Circular, no. 370. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1926. 11 p. il., maps.

Reports on the known distribution of chestnut blight, determined by a partial survey made in summer and fall 1924–25 by the Office of Forest Pathology. Authors note that the remaining American chestnut (Castanea dentate) in the Southern Appalachians face certain destruction from the fungus Endothia parasitica, which was first recognized and noted in New York City in 1904. Outlines symptoms and spread of the disease, as well as present distribution and forecasts for future spread. The authors believed that “by 1930, well over half the counties of the southern Appalachians will be 80 percent blighted and that by 1935, nine-tenths of them will have passed that stage” (p. 7). Also highlights deterioration of wood, problems of salvage and utilization of timber, and advancements toward blight-resistant chestnuts. [SL] [1189] Gravatt, G. F., and Lake S. Gill. “Chestnut Blight.” United States Department of Agriculture Farmers’ Bulletin, no. 1641. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1930. 18 p. il., graphs, map, tables.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Supercedes U.S. Department of Agriculture Department Circular no. 370 [1188] by Gravatt and Marshall. Findings indicate that the estimated percentage of infected and dead chestnuts given in the earlier work were indeed accurate, insofar as the limited survey work would allow. An updated map shows the increased percentage of chestnut blight by county in the Southern Appalachian region, including those in the GSM. No data is given for chestnut timber in states outside the Appalachian Mountains. Includes new tables on wood deterioration, limb-wood volumes, and the condition and utilization of products from dead chestnut trees, as well as an expanded discussion of blight-resistant chestnuts. [SL] [1190] Hall, R. Clifford. “Preliminary Study of Forest Conditions in Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 10-A. Nashville: McQuiddy Printing Company, December 1910. 56 p. il, maps, tables.

Outlines current practices and potential for state forest harvesting. The Unaka Range (GSM) is described in general on p. 19–22. Overview of forest problems, primarily poor practices by lumber companies leading to erosion and forest fires, with recommendations on improvements for the Unaka Range and Cumberland Plateau on p. 31–34. The region is described as “essentially timber-exporting” with mountain sides “so steep that farming is not practicable and timber is bound to be the chief crop” (p. 31). Author advocates a forest policy for the state, including state assistance for lumber-tract owners, state-sponsored protection from forest fires, and an educational campaign to promote better practices and increase woodland productivity. Advocates the creation of a State Board of Forestry directed by a state forester. Includes two maps, 1909 state sawmill statistics from state forest regions, and two tables showing lumber production by type of wood and production of cooperage stock. Eighteen photographs capture virgin forest in Sevier County, effects of fire in Monroe County, and erosion in Blount County. Appendix I lists Tenn. tree species. Appendix II, which has seven tables, is extracted from Forest Service circulars on white and chestnut oaks. [AB] [1191] “Has 25-Year Operation.” The Southern Lumberman 103, no. 1357 (September 24, 1921): 43.

Article announcing the plans of the Townsend Lumber Company to harvest timber in the vicinity of Elkmont for at least the next twenty-five years. “The company will extend its operations up Jake’s creek to the west of Elkmont and from two to four years of activities will be required to clear this acreage of virgin timber thereon. To reach this section, it will be necessary to extend the Little River Railroad up Jake’s creek a distance of several miles. The company has definitely planned to enter several thousand acres of virgin timber in the section adjacent to Wonderland Park and Line Springs. . . . The cutting in this region is to be on such an extensive scale that it will require twenty or more years to remove it . . . .” [AB] [1192] Holmes, John Simcox. “Forest Conditions in Western North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Bulletin, no. 23. Raleigh: Edwards and Broughton Printing Co., 1911. 116 p. il., map, tables. Review: “Forest Conditions in Western North Carolina.” Forest Leaves 13, no. 9 (June 1912): 141-2.

Extensive state-sponsored survey of Western N.C. forests, noting general conditions, forest distribution by species, forest and economic conditions by counties (Graham, Swain, and Haywood on p. 36–44), timber industries and products, transportation, and forest management. The region totals 230 square miles, with a width from ten to fifty miles, and includes mountains that are now part of the GSMNP. Urges proper forest conservation, long-term protection, and enforcement of existing legislation. Indiscriminate burning of woods is of particular concern. States, “This timber is now being cut at the rate of about 330,000,000 board feet per annum, exclusive of that used for domestic purposes. This is considerably faster than those forests are growing timber, so that what practically amounts to a yearly deficit must be met by an increase in growth, which can be brought about only by improved methods of management” (p. 110). Focuses on forest management, as opposed to clearcutting, and emphasizes detrimental conditions resulting from improper forest management, such as erosion and flooding. Remainder of the report describes various timber industries such as lumbering, band mill, pulp wood and tan bark operations, transportation systems,

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

365

including railroads, rivers, flumes, wagon roads, and forest management. Urges increased forest management to protect forests from fires and over-harvesting. Contains statistical tables on standing timber by county and output of various forest industries. Illustrated with thirteen unattributed photographs of forest and lumbering activities. [SL/RC/AB] [1193] Holmes, John Simcox. “Heritage of Trees.” Nature Magazine 17, no. 5 (May 1931): 325–27; 344. il.

From the “Carolina Number.” Article detailing the forests and tree species for N.C., from the coast to the mountain region. To illustrate the diversity of trees in the mountains, Holmes writes, “At a large mill operated some years ago in the Great Smoky Mountains twentyfour different varieties of trees were being cut into lumber” (p. 327). The mountain forests need to be properly managed to protect the timber resources and the headwaters of streams. Forest management in N.C. dates back to the 1890s with the development of the Vanderbilt estate. Lands from this estate were later purchased by the federal government to create national forests. [AB] [1194] “Intelligence from American Scientific Stations; Government Organizations. Geological Survey. Topographical Work in North Carolina.” Science 3, no. 60 (March 28, 1884): 391–93.

Reports on topographer Charles M. Yeates’s survey of “the area lying between the Blue Ridge and the Tennessee line in North Carolina” in 1882–83: “The state line separating North Carolina and Tennessee follows the summit of the Alleghany Range, which, in its different parts, has received various specific names; such as the ‘Unakas,’ the ‘Bald,’ and the ‘Smoky’ Mountains” (p. 391–92). Comments on the region’s timberlands – “immense unbroken forests, exceptionally fine both as to density of growth and the character of the timber” (p. 393), varieties of wood and minerals, and on its nascent lumbering industry: Some of the trees grow to an enormous size; and many men in this section, who a few years ago considered themselves poor because they possessed a wilderness of forest, are beginning to realize that they are comparatively rich, the

366

sale of a few individual trees frequently sufficing to give them an income for a considerable time. These trees are bought by speculators, who, in turn, sell them to other speculators, who may dispose of them to third parties, until finally a portable saw-mill is brought into the region, and the timber is prepared for market. A view from one of the cleared summits impresses one with the extent of the forests, which are, of course, broken here and there by many dots of cultivated land, both in the valleys and on the mountain sides. The country, however, is comparatively undeveloped. (p. 393) [RC] [1195] “In the Mountains of Western North Carolina.” American Lumberman (October 7, 1911): 43. il.

Subtitle: “Preparations for Extensive Operations in the Great Smoky Mountains in North Carolina, Where the Champion Lumber Company Is Developing the Country on the Headwaters.” Details of the purchase by Champion of a tract in Crestmont from the Pigeon River Lumber Co. The operation is being expanded with a new sawmill building, new mills, and three drying kilns. The accompanying railroad requires locomotives that are powerful but not too heavy to handle the tracks and the grades. There will be five switchbacks on some of the mountains to order to reach the spruce trees above 4,500 feet. Illustrated with four photographs: an aerial view of the Crestmont operation, an image of the office of Champion Lumber Co., and two views of sample trees. [AB] [1196] “Knoxville Concern to Rebuild.” The Southern Lumberman 95, no. 1279 (March 27, 1920): 57.

Short article announcing that Morton Butler of Chicago has sold 600 acres in Blount County to the Aluminum Company of America for “manufacturing purposes.” The article also reports that Butler “plans, as soon as the labor market returns to normal, to start cutting timber in his big tracts in the Smoky Mountains in Blount and Sevier counties.” [AB] [1197] “Knoxville Getting Ready for Appalachian Loggers.” The Southern Lumberman 82, no. 1098 (October 7, 1916): 30.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Annual meeting of the Appalachian Logging Congress will be held in Knoxville on 18–19 October. On the following the day, the members will “take a trip into the mountains . . . to the logging operations of the Little River Lumber Company.” The remainder of the article provides a program for the Congress which includes an address by J. P. Murphy, general superintendent of Little River Lumber Co., on the “The Standard Gauge Railroad for Mountain Logging,” and details about the excursion to Elkmont. [AB] [1198] Latham, W. T. “The Narrow Gauge Railroad for Mountain Logging.” (p. 358–61); Murphy, J. P. “Standard Gauge Logging Railroad in the Appalachians.” (p. 361–67); The Log Gink, “A Little Journey among the Smokies with the ALC.” (p. 379–80; 382; 384). Logging 4, no. 11 (November 1916): 358–61; 361–67; 379–80; 382; 384. il.

These three articles are part of an entire issue devoted to the meeting of the Appalachian Logging Congress held in Knoxville, 17–20 October 1916. Latham advocates for the use of the narrow-gauge railroad in the mountains citing his experience at Mount Sterling, an area now in the GSMNP, where a narrow-gauge railroad was built at less than half the cost of standard gauge. Murphy, superintendent of the Little River Lumber Company in the Smokies, presented the argument for the standard-gauge railroad. Standard gauge is preferred because standard equipment can be used throughout the operation, heavier labor-saving machinery can be utilized, and transfer of loads from narrow gauge to standard can be eliminated. The meeting concluded on the 20th with a trip to the operations of Little River Lumber Company as related in a lively, informal style by “The Log Gink.” Colonel Townsend, head of the Company and President of the Congress, was the host. The group took the train to Elkmont, stopping along the way to view the new mill in Townsend built to replace the structure that had recently burned. The Log Gink writes: “The road follows the course of the Little River, the roughest, rockiest, and rip-roaringest river in the Eastern United States. It is doubtful whether any spot in America can vie with this eighteen miles for scenic splendor with the single exception of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado” (p. 379). Upon their arrival at “Won-

derland Park” in Elkmont, Jim Thompson took a photograph of the group that is included in this issue on p. 375. After lunch, the party continued their rail ride further into the mountains with the author supplying a commentary on the logging operations. The issue is extensively illustrated with photographs of the principle members of the Congress, views of Knoxville, logging operations in Elkmont, scenes along the Little River Railroad, and the new mill in Townsend. [AB] [1199] “Le Conte Hardwood Co. Organized.” The Southern Lumberman 95, no. 1269 (January 17, 1920): 42.

Dated 14 January, Knoxville, Tenn., the article in its entirety is as follows: Having acquired a tract of practically virgin timber in the mountains of Sevier County, the LeConte Hardwood Co. has been organized at Knoxville with a capital stock of $350,000. The concern will manufacture and deal in lumber, taken principally from its tract in the Smokies. The incorporators are: J. Harry Price, Mitchell Long, Earl C. Knable, R. H. Simmonds and Fritz Staub. The company is planning to build a railroad from Gatlinburg to the location of the timber, which a distance of about five miles. [AB] [1200] Lewis, Charles D. “Government Forests and the Mountain Problem.” Mountain Life and Work 6, no. 4 (January 1931): 2–9. il.

Describes conditions of life for people in the “Southern Mountains” and the “type of mountain land” they inhabit. Discusses merits of farming broad mountain valleys as opposed to ridge areas. Text contains no specific mention of the GSM, although a photograph with the caption “In the Great Smokies” is included. Focuses on the creation of government forests as a means of solving social problems, namely, “getting stranded people out of those mountain regions which cannot provide a fairly satisfactory living condition from the soil, and which offer little if any other opportunity for making a living” (p. 4). Lewis suggests that government-managed forests in three sizes (small, medium, large) would force populations

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

367

of citizens out of marginal areas. Photographs of mountain farms and scenery are included. Journal is also called Southern Mountain Life and Work. [SL] [1201] Maddox, R. S. “The Trees of the Great Smokies.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 2 (April 1926): 21–24. il.

Maddox, Tennessee State Forester, summarizes briefly GSM geography and lists streams. Explains that undergrowth, soil, and leaf litter, in addition to trees, define forests. Comments that appropriate land management should include maintenance of tree growth. Lists hardwood types and notes similarities to those found in New England and the north central states, though growth is more rapid in the GSM. Likewise mentions “softwood” or coniferous types. Estimates the potential value of the area for timber production (by using a seventy-five year rotation basis to project that 188 million board feet could be produced annually; selling at a low average price would generate five million dollars). Emphasizes that the value of timber at the estimated rate could only be achieved with management that includes fire protection to secure forest cover. Discusses impact of fire that destroys not only timber, but also wildlife habitat and streams. Laments that the forests have suffered fire nearly annually. Recommends fire protection for cut-over areas and encourages growth of the best tree species for harvest. Suggests that some of the forest should be kept intact as an invaluable resource for historic and scenic study of flora and fauna. [FS] [1202] Mohr, Charles. “Our Remaining Hard-Wood Resources.” The Engineering Magazine 4, no. 3 (December 1892): 378–85. Abstract: “Hard-Wood Timber in the South.” Garden and Forest 6, no. 255 (January 11, 1893): 21–22.

Focuses on the hardwood timber resources of the South. Mohr, a pharmacist and botanist who worked at the Biltmore Herbarium and authored the “Economic Botany of Alabama,” reports on tree species associated with specific regions, briefly mentioning the GSM: “the table-lands between the Blue Ridge and the Smoky Mountains, and the basin of the Tennessee River, bear a heavy and diversified hardwood timber growth so far but little drawn upon” (p. 383). Reinforces the idea that as

368

northern hard-wood timber resources become depleted, southern timber will be marketable and thus at risk of the same depletion as the northern forests. Ends by mentioning the need for management and preservation of the southern hardwood forests in order to stave off the effects of logging, land clearing, and mismanagement. [SL] [1203] “Mountain Loggers Meet.” Hardwood Record 44, no. 3 (November 25, 1917): 21–25, 35–36. il.

Synopsis of the transactions, reports, and social activities of the third annual meeting of the third Appalachian Logging Congress in Knoxville in November 1917. The report includes details of an excursion to the Babcock Lumber and Land Company, which operated a large mill on the Little Tennessee River in Blount County. Several photographs of the Babcock operation accompany the report. [KW] [1204] The National Forests of the Southern Appalachians. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., August 1923. 24 p. il., map.

Heavily illustrated government document offering general facts, figures, and descriptions of the Cherokee, Monongahala, Nantahala, Natural Bridge, Pisgah, Shenandoah, and Unaka National Forests. Gives a brief history of the national forests and promotes their use for recreation and as timber resources. Also mentions the role that the national forest would play in the proposed Appalachian Trail project. [KW] [1205] “New Cableway Skidder for Logging in the Mountains.” The Southern Lumberman 69, no. 924 (June 7, 1913): 51. il.

A new skidder, built by Clyde Iron Works, Duluth, Minn., is now in use in Sunburst, in the “Little Smoky Mountains of North Carolina.” The new design eliminates some of the cabling that made the old design problematic in the high mountains. The same type of skidder has been ordered by the Little River Lumber Company in Townsend. Illustrated with two photographs of the skidder, a close-up and a mountain view of the skidder at work. [AB] [1206] “New Plant Montvale Lumber Company.” Hardwood Record 36, no. 5 (June 25, 1913): 39. il.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Brief news announcement of a new band mill being installed on Eagle Creek by the Montvale Lumber Company. The article is accompanied by four photographs showing the logging operation on Eagle Creek. [KW] [1207] “New Road Taps Rich Timber Lands.” The Southern Lumberman 82, no. 1091 (August 19, 1916): 29.

Report on the extension of the Knoxville, Sevierville & Eastern Tennessee Railroad into the mountainous regions of Pigeon Forge in Sevier County, opening up “one of the finest tracts of virgin forests in the South.” [AB] [1208] Olds, Fred A. “Biltmore and Vicinity.” Forest and Stream 71, no. 14 (October 3, 1908): 536.

Brief note recounting a visit along the Tenn./N.C. border, to the Biltmore Estate, and to the Cherokee Nation along the Oconaluftee River in the GSM. The chief point of the article is to alert readers to the preservation efforts in effect at the Biltmore estate as compared to the havoc wreaked both by the logging practices of the lumber companies and the overhunting and overfishing by native mountaineers on the slopes and streams of the mountains. [KW] [1209] “Oliver Tractor Finds Favor Among Lumbermen.” The Southern Lumberman 93, no. 1243 (July 19, 1919): 36. il.

One of the Knoxville-made Oliver tractors was successfully tested in the Chilhowee Mountains, “where the rough nature of the ground to be traversed added to the difficulties usually incident to logging operations.” Includes three photographs of the tractor, two of which show it at work in the “East Tennessee Mountains.” [AB] [1210] “Opening Hardwood Area.” The Southern Lumberman 117, no. 1522 (November 29, 1924): 40.

Article on the extension of the Little River Lumber Company railroad, allowing access to “new territory” on the Middle Prong of the Little River. “It is stated that ten years’ supply of timber for this immense mill will be available when the new road is completed, which will run twenty or thirty miles into the mountains.” The rail line from Townsend to Elkmont is scheduled to be torn up with the bed converted into a “pike.” “With the comple-

tion this roadway it will enable motor traffic to Elkmont, which is famous as a summer resort. . . .” [AB] [1211] Pinchot, Gifford and William W. Ashe. “Timber Trees and Forests of North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 6. Winston, N.C.: M.I. & J.C. Stewart, Public Printers, 1897. 224 p. il., maps.

Review: “Timber Trees and Forests of North Carolina.” Forest Leaves 6, no. 11 (October 1898): 181.

Extensive three-part report on the various types of timber trees and forest conditions indigenous to N.C. The parts are individually titled: “Key for the Determination of the Larger North Carolina Forest Trees;” “Timber Trees of North Carolina;” and “Forests of North Carolina.” Only the latter contains significant material relating to the GSM. “Forests of North Carolina” devotes a few pages to the soil and slope conditions found on the higher elevations of Western N.C., including the Smokies, with specific descriptions of the types of timber trees found on these mountains. Although there is very little textual reference to the GSM, the essay “Timber Trees of North Carolina” contains several illustrations showing the distribution of specific tree species in the GSM. An index, table of contents, and list of illustrations facilitate access. [KW/SL] [1212] “Plans for Organization.” The Southern Lumberman 80, no. 1066 (February 26, 1916): 33.

Short article reporting on tentative plans discussed at a recent meeting to create the Smoky Mountain Fire Protective Association. The attendees, which included lumberman and foresters, decided to forego the creation of a formal organization. Instead, the president of the Graham County Lumber Co. announced that he will be “establishing lookouts towers on several of the high peaks, installing watchmen, and connecting the towers by telephone with several lumber camps . . . .” [AB] [1213] Price, Overton W. “Practical Forestry in the Southern Appalachians.” Yearbook of the United States Department of Agriculture 1900. Washington, D.C., G.P.O.: 1901. p. 357–68. il.

Poor forestry practices have seriously reduced the supply of timber in the Southern Appalachians. “A

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

369

continuation of these methods will necessarily result in a serious check to the general prosperity of western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee, where the inhabitants have already to contend with the remoteness and ruggedness of the region, and with an exceedingly low percentage of arable land” (p. 357). Price goes on to describe the geography, geology, and forests of the mountain region. There are two types of lumbering in this area. The first is the “slipshod, desultory form” (p. 360) practiced by the farmers. The second method is that practiced by the largescale lumbering operations. The forests are damaged by the felling and removal of large trees and fires caused by deliberate burning of woods to create pasturage. Cutover lands need careful management of new growth while the virgin forests on the higher elevations should be cut to encourage the reproduction of the most valuable species. Illustrated with six full-page photographs, five of which were taken by H. B. Ayres, depicting mountain scenery and tree species. [AB] [1214] “Round About the Southern Hardwood Country—A Blow to Forest Conservation.” Hardwood Record 30, no. 2 (May 10, 1910): 39.

Brief news announcement of a fire on holdings of the Little River Lumber Company that burned for two weeks and destroyed fifteen thousand acres of timber. Ironically, the acreage that burned had been set aside by the lumber company as an example of what could be accomplished by forest conservation. [KW] [1215] Schantz, Orpheus Moyer. “Tulip Tree Land: Where the Tree That Is Older Than Her Hills is Mothered by the Great Smokies.” American Forests and Forest Life 35, no. 9 (September 1929): 554–56. il.

Recounts a journey into the GSM to investigate the status of the tulip tree. An early account had led the author to believe that the tree was disappearing at an alarming rate. Upon personal observation, however, he realizes that the tulip tree in the GSM flourishes. Discusses the genealogical relationship between the Great Smoky Mountain tulip tree population and the ancient fossil record of tulip trees in England, France, and Iceland. Claims that the tulip tree of the GSM is “one of the oldest forms of tree life in America” (p. 556). Mention of

370

the development of the National Park coincides with talk of need to preserve the rich flora and fauna of the region. The wood type of the tulip tree is mentioned, as well as its export value and use by local populations. Contains four photographs illustrating the tree population, stature, and region. Publishes a poem by Eleanor Allen, entitled “A Prayer.” [SL] [1216] Schenck, C. A. “Forests and Floods in the Alleghany Mountains.” Forest Leaves 8, no. 8 (April 1902): 122–23. Reprint: Dixie 18, no. 4 (April 1902): 30–31.

Schenck, the first professionally trained forester in the U.S. and chief forester at the Biltmore Estate, argues that fire is more devastating to forests than flooding due to deforestation. It is the abundant ground cover of vegetable mould that absorbs the water and keeps the streams clear and below flood levels. The enemies of the ground cover are “the mountaineer, the hunter, the herder, the camper, the moonshiner” (p. 123). The amount of money proposed to buy the land to create the forest reserve could better be used to suppress forest fires. Advance copy of the article appeared in Dixie. [AB] [1217] “Seeking Lost Lumberman.” The Southern Lumberman 119, no. 1543 (April 25, 1925): 40.

Short article concerning the disappearance of Luther A. Patty, an inspector for the Little River Lumber Company in Townsend. Patty is “42 years of age, five feet eleven inches in height, weight about two hundred pounds, light complexion, blue eyes, brown hair with top of his head bald.” [AB] [1218] “Skidding Log Nearly a Mile over a Single-Span Cableway.” Hardwood Record, 37, no. 6 (January 10, 1914): 36–37.

Brief news article announcing that “The Elkmont Contracting and Supply Company has recently installed at Elkmont, Tenn., in the Great Smoky Mountains, a new overhead cableway skidder which breaks all records for distance” (p. 36). The article describes the operation and capabilities of the skidder and notes that it presently is working from the end of a valley known as Coon Hollow. [KW]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

[1219] Skinner, G. E. H. “Lumber at Asheville.” Manufacturers’ Record: A Weekly Southern Industrial, Railroad and Financial Newspaper 59, no. 4 (February 2, 1911): 74.

A short article that predicts a rise in economic growth in the mountain region of Western N.C. due to the completion of a pulp mill in Canton, N.C. by the Champion Fibre Company. The writer projects economic development on the basis of the fact that “the Appalachian mountain range is still almost an unbroken hardwood forest, and its mountain crests contain great supplies of spruce” and that “railroad lines, now building and projected, [are] running into the mountains in every direction and passing through the operation of larger lumber companies everywhere.” [KW] [1220] Sudworth, George B., and J. B. Killebrew. The Forests of Tennessee: Their Extent, Character and Distribution. Nashville: Publishing House of the M.E. Church, South: 1897. 32 p. il.

Two separate essays by Sudworth, U.S. Department of Agriculture dendrologist, and Killebrew, former Tennessee Commissioner of Agriculture, Statistics, and Mines, and presently immigration agent for Nashville, Chattanooga, and St. Louis Railway, issued for the Railway. Sudworth’s essay, “The Forest Flora and Conditions of Middle and East Tennessee,” covers the mountain area including the Smokies. His focus is the commercial trees of East Tenn., including fir, spruce, maple, ash, chestnut, cherry and birch. He writes, “The cold, pure air of those heights is very similar to a Northern clime and, as a matter of fact, many of the Northern trees and shrubs are found here” (p. 17). Killebrew’s essay is more general in nature. One photograph of a very large poplar. [AB] [1221] “Timber Tract Brings Half Million.” The Southern Lumberman 97, no. 1305 (September 25, 1920): 47.

Article reads in part, “ One of the last great tracts of virgin timber land remaining in the whole Appalachian region was sold when John Curry, of Druid, Madison county, bought 10,000 acres of land in Cocke and Sevier counties, Tennessee, from John Carbamast, for $500,000. The tract is considered by all lumbermen who have a personal knowledge of it to be one of the finest

bodies of virgin hardwood and spruce timberland left in this part of the country.” It is estimated that it will take ten years to harvest the lumber from this tract, providing employment for a large number of loggers. [AB] [1222] Tolman, Henry L. “The Forests of the South.” Garden and Forest 6, no. 267 (April 5, 1893): 158–59.

In a letter to the editor regarding Charles Mohr’s “Hard-Wood Timber in the South” [1202], Tolman argues that estimates for the quantity and quality of timber in Ky. and Tenn. are too high. He suggests that the yellow tulip tree, Liriodendron tulipefera, only grows well in locations inconsistent with those in Tenn. or Ky., in opposition to Mohr’s statements that tulip trees of great size can be found in the GSM. Tolman argues that the quality and quantity of lumber as estimated by Mohr are erroneous, and that further research would support Tolman’s hypothesis. [SL] [1223] “Will Open Rich Hardwood Area.” The Southern Lumberman 92, no. 1238 (June 14, 1919): 30.

Article announcing the pending completion of a rail line from Ela, N.C. To “New Found Gap of the Smoky Mountains” as the “first step toward the marketing of 38,000 acres of virgin hardwood timber land” by Champion Fibre Company. Also under construction is a large double-band sawmill at Smokemont, a location now in the GSMNP. Subsequent to the “development” of the land serviced by the new railroad, the company will harvest another 125,000 acres of virgin timber in Sevier County. [AB] [1224] “Woodsmen Run for Their Lives.” The Southern Lumberman 82, no. 1106 (December 2, 1916): 25.

Report of a dangerous forest fire that totally destroyed camp no. 12 of the Champion Lumber Company near Crestmont. Several horses are lost and a family nearly perishes, surviving with burnt clothing. The fire had been burning for several days when a strong wind turned it towards the camp. “One man was cashing a check for another, counting the money out on a table. Both had to run, leaving money and check behind.” [AB] [1225] “The Yellow Poplar Forests of Tennessee.” Garden and Forest 2, no. 51 (February 13, 1889): 74.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

371

This somber editorial discusses the decline in the yellow poplar forests of the “Big Smoky Mountains” in Tenn. Ten years earlier the area was considered inaccessible and unsuitable for the lumber trade, but as the article points out, “much of the best and most accessible Yellow Poplar has been cut down already.” Editor lists the many other species of trees in the area that may become susceptible to destructive lumber practices. Trees mentioned include ash, birch, and spruce. [SL]

Waterways

[1226] Byrne, George. “Tennessee to Have Another Great Water Power.” The Resources of Tennessee 2, no. 1 (January 1912): 19–22.

Statement from the Aluminum Company of America announcing a new hydroelectric project to be built on the Little Tennessee River at the edge of the Smokies region. Describes the company’s purchases of rights and lands and its negotiations with the Southern Railway on the location of a railroad track in N.C. Also provides costs and horsepower estimates. [TB] [1227] Davis, Arthur Powell. “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements for the Calendar Year 1896.” United States Geological Survey Annual Report, no. 18, pt. 4. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1897. 418 p. il., maps, tables.

Provides discharge measurements for four days at the Bryson City station on the Tuckasegee River (p. 116–17) and two days at the Judson station on the Little Tennessee River (p. 117–18). Both stations were considered poor locations for measurements. No illustrations or maps of Smokies region. [TB] [1228] Garrison, Lindley M., Secretary of War. “Little Pigeon River, Tenn. Letter from the Secretary of War, transmitting, with a Letter from the Chief of Engineers, Report on Reexamination of Little Pigeon River, Tenn.” December 16, 1915. 64th Cong., 1st sess. H. Doc. 428. 6 p.

Follow-up report to the 1891 document [1236]. Like the earlier report, contains two brief letters, one from Garrison to the Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives, and one from Dan C. Kingman, Chief of Engineers, to Garrison transmitting the reports of W. M. Black, Colo372

nel, Corps of Engineers, and H. Burgess, Major, Corps of Engineers, on the reexamination of the Little Pigeon River for possible improvements. Details previous work undertaken to improve the river at its confluence with the larger French Broad River. Reports on the condition of the Little Pigeon and current commercial uses. Burgess recommends that no further dredging of the Little River occur, and that it be removed from the list of “streams under improvement by the United States” (p. 6). Recommendation endorsed by Black and Kingman, as well as H. Jervey, Lieut. Col., Corps of Engineers. [AB] [1229] King, Warren R. “Water Resources of Tennessee: Being a Compilation of Existing Data Pertaining to the Surface Waters of Tennessee and Their Utilization.” State of Tennessee Department of Education Division of Geology Bulletin, no. 34. Nashville: n.p., 1925. 909 p. il., maps, tables.

Data cover not only Tenn.’s water resources, but extend into neighboring states to include the entire Cumberland and Tennessee River basins. The data are primarily gauging station records dating back in some cases to 1896. Stations are located along the Little Tennessee, Tuckasegee, Cheowah, and Oconaluftee Rivers. Includes foldout schematic river profiles. Report is illustrated with nineteen photographs, including one of the Aluminum Company of America’s Cheoah Dam on the Little Tennessee River. [TB] [1230] La Gorce, John Oliver. “Pirate Rivers and Their Prizes.” National Geographic Magazine 50, no. 1 (July 1926): 86–132. il., map.

Biography of the rivers of the North American continent in which the rivers themselves are likened to pirates raiding the geography of the landscape where “the wars they wage, the campaigns they fight, the munitions they employ, the victories they win, the defeats they suffer, and the scarred battlefields they leave behind them, make their struggles against Nature and among themselves closely parallel the often warlike course of human affairs” (p. 87). In the high valley between the Blue Ridge and the GSM lies one of the great river battlefields of the world, a landscape that tells of titanic struggles over watersheds between those rivers that flow into the Atlantic and those flowing into the Tennessee River system. La

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Gorce chronicles the history of the conflict, charts the rising superiority of the Tennessee and its tributaries, and expounds how the immense natural barrier of the GSM has not been sufficient to staunch the flow of the Hiawassee, Little Tennessee, Pigeon, and French Broad Rivers. Article is illustrated with twenty-three photographs, none depicting rivers near the Great Smokies. [KW]

130–32) and the Tuckasegee River at Bryson City (1902: p. 218–20; 1903: p. 273–75; 1904: p. 133–35). Locale and equipment used are also described. Map of U.S. river stations is included. [TB]

[1231] Leighton, Marshall O., Maxcy R. Hall, and Roy H. Bolster. “The Relation of the Southern Appalachian Mountains to the Development of Water Power.” Forest Service Circular, no. 144. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1908. 54 p. tables.

Overview of climate and topography of Southern Appalachia as they pertain to water power. Surveys the hydroelectric power plants in the region, including brief descriptions and a map of the small dams and reservoirs found along the Cheoah and Little Tennessee Rivers. [TB]

Analyzes waterpower capabilities of Southern Appalachian streams, including very brief discussions of the Little Tennessee River and its major tributaries as well as the Pigeon and Little Pigeon Rivers. Includes horsepower data. [TB] [1232] Newell, F. H. “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements for the Calendar Year 1902. Part 2. Southern Atlantic, Eastern Gulf of Mexico, Eastern Mississippi River, and Great Lakes Drainage.” United States Geological Survey Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper, no. 83. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1903. 57th Cong., 2nd sess. H. Doc. 475. 304 p. maps, tables.

Hoyt, John C. “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements for the Calendar Year 1903. Part 2. Southern Atlantic, Eastern Gulf of Mexico, and Eastern Mississippi River Drainage.” United States Geological Survey Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper, no. 98. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1904. 58th Cong., 2nd sess. H. Doc. 736. 313 p. map, tables.

Hall, Maxcy R., E. Johnson, Jr., and John C. Hoyt. “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements for the Calendar Year 1904. Part 5. Eastern Mississippi River Drainage.” United States Geological Survey Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper, no. 128. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1905. 58th Cong., 3rd sess. H. Doc. 436. 176 p. map, tables.

Series of reports that provides discharge measurements, gauge heights, rating tables, and estimated monthly discharges for the Little Tennessee River at Judson, N.C. (1902: p. 216–18; 1903: p. 270–72; 1904: p.

[1233] Parkins, A. E. “The Water Power of the Southern Appalachians.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 6, no. 3 (July 1931): 97–116. il., map.

[1234] Powers, Edwin B. and J. D. Bond. “A Simple Colorimetric Method for Field Determinations of the Carbon Dioxide Tension and Free Carbon Dioxide, Bicarbonates and Carbonates in Solution in Natural Waters. II. A Critical Mathematical Analysis of Theory and Data.” Ecology 8, no. 4 (October 1927): 471–79.

A highly technical research report on a series of experiments for working out a formula “based upon the principles of mass action that would represent the behavior of solutions in all systems when being modified by changes in the carbon dioxide content, and which could be applied in determining carbon dioxide tension and the free carbon dioxide, bicarbonates and carbonates in natural waters as actually existing in the field” (p. 472). Of particular interest is the fact that five of the eleven water samples collected for the experiments were from streams in the GSM. Specific locations are given for each sample collected. [KW] [1235] Powers, Edwin B. “Fresh Water Studies. I. The Relative Temperature, Oxygen Content, Alkali Reserve, the Carbon Dioxide Tension and pH of the Waters of Certain Mountain Streams at Different Altitudes in the Smoky Mountain National Park.” Ecology 10, no. 1 (January 1929): 97–111. maps, tables.

Technical study “undertaken to determine just how mountain stream waters, that is, good speckled trout and rainbow trout waters, differ physically and chemically

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

373

from other waters” (p. 97). The streams chosen for the study were the West Fork of the Little Pigeon River and East Prong of the Little River and their tributaries. Powers concludes that certain attributes of the waters such as temperature and pH change with altitude; during heavy rains and high, water conditions at lower altitudes are more like that of higher altitudes; distribution of speckled trout and rainbow trout is a definitive but overlapping line just a little lower than the upper limit of the cut-over area; speckled trout are found at lower altitudes after swells; two species of trout are affected by organic solutions in the water and carbon dioxide tension of the water. Includes four tables of pH levels, oxygen content, and alkali reserves and two maps, one of the West Fork of the Little Pigeon and one of the East Prong of the Little River, with data observation points noted. Data from this study are used in a larger study, Charles W. Creaser’s “Relative Importance of Hydrogen-Ion Concentration, Temperature, Dissolved Oxygen, and Carbon-Dioxide Tension, on Habitat Selection by Brook-Trout.” Ecology, 11, no. 2 (April 1930): 246–62 [AB] [1236] Proctor, Redfield. “Little Pigeon River, Tennessee. Letter from the Secretary of War, Transmitting, with a Letter from the Chief of Engineers, a Report on the Examination of Little Pigeon River, Tennessee.” January 8, 1891. 51st Cong., 2nd sess. H. Doc. 159. 3 p.

Two brief letters, one from Redfield Proctor, U.S. Secretary of War, to Congress, and one from Thos. Lincoln Casey, Brig. Gen., Chief of Engineers to Proctor, transmitting the report by J. W. Barlow, Lieut. Col. of Engineers, on his examination of the Little Pigeon River from its mouth to Sevierville to determine if the river should be “improved” for navigation. Although the report is brief, it contains several details about the condition and use of the Little Pigeon for transportation. Barlow recommends no improvements unless the French Broad River is improved also since use of the Little Pigeon depends on the navigability of the French Broad. Proctor and Casey concur. [AB] [1237] Ray, Charles E., Jr. The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Economic Values in Regulation of Stream Flow, Water Supply and Hydro-Electric Power. Ashe-

374

ville: North Carolina National Park Commission, Great Smoky Mountains, Inc., [1927?]. 12 p. il., map.

Moderately technical report that examines conditions most favorable for maximizing the economic benefit of abundant rainwater in the GSM area. Argues that the proposed national park would increase the value of the streams as a water supply and power generator. Much of the report outlines the destructive ramifications of extensive deforestation of mountain slopes and thus advances the argument that the most favorable opportunities for flood control, water quality control, and the provision of waterpower to municipalities occur when impounding reservoirs can be protected by adequate forest cover on the adjacent watersheds. [KW/TB] [1238] Robeson, George M. “Survey of Little Tennessee River. Letter from the Acting Secretary of War, Transmitting, In Compliance with the River and Harbor Act of March 3, 1875, a report of Major McFarland, of the Corps of Engineers.” Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1876. 44th Cong., 1st sess. H. Doc. 141. 22 p. tables.

U.S. Congressional document that contains separate reports on the Little Tennessee River, the French Broad River, and the Ocmulgee River. As ordered by Congress, engineers studied the Little Tennessee River from the Chilhowee Mountains to the Ga. state line for the purpose of improving navigation. The report describes the river through the Smoky Mountains as “simply a mountain-torrent, with the shallows, pools, rapids, and falls which characterize such streams, and is incapable of improvement” (p. 2). The report outlines various particulars on why the river cannot be improved for navigation, while concurrently acknowledging inaccessibility to the substantive mineral and timber wealth of the region. The report concludes, “this country must eventually be opened up by rail and not by river” (p. 4). [KW] [1239] Root, Elihu. “Examination and Survey of Little Tennessee River, Tennessee. Letter from the Secretary of War, Transmitting, with a Letter from the Chief of Engineers, Reports of Examination and Survey of Little Tennessee River, Tennessee.” Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1900. 56th Cong., 2nd sess. H. Doc. 66. 28 p. maps, tables.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

U.S. Congressional document compiled from memoranda, technical reports, field reports, and surveys on the feasibility of manmade improvements to facilitate transportation on the Little Tennessee River, particularly on those sections below the mouth of Silver Creek. Economic incentives for the improvements include timber wealth on the slopes of the Smokies and adjacent mountains, and valuable slate deposits along the lower reaches of Abrams Creek. [KW] [1240] Swain, George F., J. A. Holmes, and E. W. Myers. “Papers on the Waterpower in North Carolina: A Preliminary Report.” North Carolina Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 8. Raleigh: Guy V. Barnes, 1899. 362 p. il, maps, tables.

Describes the physical characteristics and waterpower potential of N.C. rivers, including the Pigeon, Little Tennessee, Cheowah, and Tuckasegee Rivers. Provides stream measurements from Bryson City and Judson stations in 1897 and 1898. Fifteen illustrations and four maps, none specific to Smokies region. [TB] [1241] Switzer, John A. “The Water Powers of Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 17. Nashville: n.p., 1914. 137 p. il., maps.

Comprehensive analysis of the economic potential of water power in the state of Tenn. Report includes brief descriptions and estimates of power potential for several streams in the GSM region, specifically the tributaries of the Little Tennessee and the French Broad Rivers. [KW] [1242] Switzer, John A. “The Larger Undeveloped Water-Powers of Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 20. Nashville: n.p., 1918. 56 p. il., maps, tables.

Expanded version of a paper presented 30 April 1918, in Knoxville at the 33rd general meeting of the American Electrochemical Society on water power potential of larger streams in the state of Tenn. The analysis includes substantive discussion of three streams within the GSM region – the Little Tennessee River, the Pigeon River, and Abrams Creek. Of particular interest is a map illustrating a proposal to dam Abrams Creek just below its confluence with Mill Creek and thus create a reservoir in the basin of Cades Cove. The report states that

the Abrams Creek reservoir is “an exceedingly attractive power project” (p. 14). Includes a second map proposing a diversion dam to be built just below the powerhouse on the Pigeon River at Waterville to harness the energy from the flow of the adjacent Big Creek. The diversion dam would raise the level of Big Creek as far into the mountains as Gunter Fork. Includes considerable hydrographic data and charts on rainfall, flows, and storage capacities for many of Tenn.’s waterways. For GSM-related sections, see p. 12–14 (Pigeon River and Abrams Creek) and figures 26–27. [KW/RC] [1243] Weaver, W. J. “River Adjustments in North Carolina.” Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 13, part 1 (January-June 1896): 13–24.

Describes geological changes that altered the course of N.C. rivers, including the Little Tennessee, Nolichucky, Pigeon, and French Broad. [TB]

Geology: General

[1244] “Altitudes in North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Bulletin, no. 27. Raleigh: Edwards & Broughton Print. Co., 1917. 116 p. tables.

Tables of altitudes for geographic places including mountains and villages. First table is organized alphabetically by place name, second table by county. Entries for each station or geographic entity list location, description (type of place such as post office, crossroads, or mountain), county (first table only), authority (often the U.S. Geological Survey, but frequently Guyot for Smokies locations). Smokies entries include peaks such as Thunderhead (determined by Guyot to be 5,520 feet) and villages such as Cataloochee at 2,200 feet, as measured by the Southern Railway. [AB] [1245] Ashley, George H. “Outline Introduction to the Mineral Resources of Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 2, Extract A. Nashville: Folk-Keelin Print. Co., 1910. 65 p. tables.

Summary of published information on state resources by state geologist. Begins with an overview of Tenn. geography, rock formations, and geology. In the listing of minerals, their location and their uses, the GSM region is mentioned in entries for gold, granite,

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

375

iron, manganese, marble, and slate. Brief information is provided for mineral springs, including Melrose Springs in Blount County. [AB] [1246] Barrell, Joseph. “The Nature and Environment of the Lower Cambrian Sediments of the Southern Appalachians.” The American Journal of Science 9, 5th series, no. 1 (January 1925): 1–20. il.

Technical article that examines the scarcity of fossils in the Southern Appalachian region. Late nineteenthcentury geologists assumed that “All thin basal conglomerates which grade rapidly upward into strata holding marine fossils are of marine origin” (p. 2). On the other hand, thick conglomerate formations have been regarded by some geologists as of terrestrial origin, although current arguments were not convincing. Barrell supports the latter argument by examining the Ocoee and Chilhowee groups, whose outcrops constitute a large part of the Smoky Mountains divide between Tenn. and N.C. [KW]

[1249] Bryson, Herman J. “The Story of the Geologic Making of North Carolina.” North Carolina Department of Conservation and Development Education Series, no. 1. Raleigh: O. G. Dunn, 1928. 42 p. il, map.

Short overview of geologic history of N.C. written for high school students and divided by geologic time periods. According to Bryson, most rocks in the Smokies region date to the oldest time period, Archeozoic or Archean, with some Cambrian formations. One foldout map of the geologic regions of the state and eleven illustrations, none of the Smokies, including several drawings of dinosaurs and other prehistoric fauna. [AB] [1250] Cockrill, Elizabeth. “Elevations in Tennessee.” Tennessee State Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 19. Nashville: n.p., 1917. 80 p. tables.

[1247] Bayley, William Shirley. “The Kaolins of North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Bulletin, no. 29. Raleigh: Edwards & Broughton, 1925. 132 p. il., map.

Detailed scientific survey of clay deposits in N.C. that includes descriptions and locations of both operating and defunct mines and prospects in Swain, Macon, Jackson (“long a center of kaolin production”), Haywood, Madison, and Buncombe Counties, all in the vicinity of the GSM. “The kaolins of North Carolina are used in making china, semi-porcelain and porcelain, mosaic and other tile and in the manufacture of spark plugs and glass-melting pots. Their principal use is in the mix for burning into the various grades of china and other whiteware” (p. 39). Gives distributions and results of sample composition tests and refractory values. Bayley was a geology professor at the University of Illinois. The fieldwork for this report was done in the summer of 1918. [RC] [1248] Bradley, F. H. “On Unakyte, and Epidotic Rock from the Unaka Range, on the Borders of Tennessee and North Carolina.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 7, 3rd series, no. 41 (May 1874): 519–20.

376

Brief and highly technical note on a specific form of granite found largely in the GSM section of the boundary between Tenn. and N.C. States that the extent of unakyte formation in this region is yet unknown due to the extensive vegetation cover on the slopes of the mountains. [KW]

Tables only, with no accompanying text. Tables include information on place, county, elevation, point (usually a geographic description) and authority, often the U.S. Geological Survey. Smokies locations such as Gregory Bald (4,944 feet) and Clingmans Dome (6,690.9 feet) are covered. [AB] [1251] Colton, Henry E. “Notes on the Topography and Geology of Western North Carolina—The Hiawassee Valley.” Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers 16 (February 1888): 839–51. il., map.

Report by geologist H. E. Colton on the topography and mineral deposits in the mountain regions of North Ga., East Tenn., and Western N.C. Part of the report discusses the difference between the Hiawassee River and the other main streams that flow through the “great Unacoi chain of mountains into the East Tennessee valley” (p. 841), particularly the Little Tennessee, Pigeon, and French Broad Rivers. The major portion of the report is focused on identifying specific ores found in the Hia-

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

wassee basin, with reference to their value and accessibility. The report is accompanied by a foldout map depicting the positions of the “geological and water divides” within these mountain regions. [KW] [1252] Cowlam, George B. “The Extent and Value of East Tennessee’s Minerals.” The Engineering and Mining Journal 45, no. 1 (January 7, 1888): 19–21.

Mostly discusses coal and other minerals found elsewhere than in the GSM. In the section “Specular and Magnetite Bessemer Ore” (p. 20), the author mentions a large vein of magnetic ore in Swain County. The same section provides a brief account of the GSM’s relationship with other mountain ranges, explaining that the GSM range is the same as the Allegheny range in Western Penn. [KJ] [1253] Currey, Richard O. “A Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee.” The Southern Journal of the Medical and Physical Sciences 2, no. 1 (January 1854): 50–61; 2, no. 2 (March 1854): 77–86; 4, no. 4 (April 1856): 193–208; 4, no. 5 (May 1856): 257–72; 4, no. 6 (June 1856): 321–36; 4, no. 7 (July 1856): 385–400; 5, no. 1 (January 1857): 1–16; 5, no. 2 (February 1857): 77–83; 5, no. 3 (March 1857): 160–68; 5, no. 4 (April 1857): 246–62; 5, no. 5 (May 1857): 309–27. Reprint: Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee Embracing a Description of Its Minerals and Ores, Their Variety and Quality, Modes of Assaying and Value; With a Description of Its Soils and Productiveness and Palæontology. Knoxville: Kinsloe & Rice, Book and Job Printers, Gay-Street, 1857. 128 p. maps, tables.

Published as series of articles and immediately reprinted in book form. The title page of the book version describes Richard O. Currey as the “Late professor of chemistry and geology in East Tennessee University,” the precursor to the University of Tennessee in Knoxville. Currey set out to become familiar with the mineral resources of Tenn., his native state, examining the counties in Middle and East Tenn. at length. He published a series of these articles in the Nashville Banner in 1853 to convince the Tennessee Legislative Assembly to complete the geological survey of the state. The Legislative Assembly

appointed Professor James Safford as State Geologist to complete the survey. Currey originally provided his own geologic map with the articles, but published Safford’s map in the book since it was more up-to-date. Currey’s map of 1854 is the first to delineate the several formations of Tenn. In his geologic analysis, Currey focuses on economic rocks and minerals. Materials in the Smokies include roofing slate and alum. Of Alum Cave he writes, “There is in Sevier County a remarkable cave, or Rock House, formed as is the case in all other instances, of shelving strata of slate, or of limestone, in which Epsom salts, in quite a pure state, is found in abundance” (book version, p. 30). Montvale Springs, at the base of Chilhowee Mountains, is described as the “Saratoga of the South” (book version, p. 127). Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee is remarkably scientific and far-sighted for its time. Currey speculates that “the new metal, aluminum, may be yielded from the clays on the hills as soon as some cheaper mode is discovered for its preparation” (book version, p. 40). Currey’s focus on the eastern part of Tenn. gives the reader a historical glimpse of Great Smokies geology during the mid-1800s. As with all early geological works, it is evident that the Smokies were not extensively surveyed. Included in the book is a large foldout map included in the book by James M. Safford is entitled, “Geological Map of the State of Tennessee. Prepared with Reference to the Development of the Mineral & Agricultural Resources of the State.” Scale is ca. 1: 3801600 (ca. 5 in. = 60 miles). It includes insets of: Map of the Tennessee Copper Mines (includes Hancock County); geological section from the Mississippi River, through Nashville and Knoxville, to the Warm Springs in North Carolina; and Table of Geological Formations of Tennessee. [KJ/AB] [1254] Currey, Richard O. “Copper Region of Tennessee — A Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee.” American Railway Times 9, no. 13 (March 26, 1857): 1.

Brief outline of the copper deposits in East Tenn. with particular reference to a notable vein that follows a tortuous course through the Unaka Mountains, as the Smokies were then widely known. [KW] [1255] “Epsom Salts.” Weekly Columbus Enquirer (GA), 17 June 1862: 2, col. 7.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

377

Short news item received from the Augusta Chronicle on the receipt of a specimen of Epsom salts manufactured at a “cave in the Smokey Mountains between N. Carolina and Tennessee.” The item mentions that the facility is capable of processing three hundred pounds of Epsom salts and four hundred pounds of alum daily and that it will be able to supply the “whole Southern Confederacy with these necessary articles.” [KW] [1256] Fink, Paul Mathes. “A Barometric Survey to Determine the Height of Mount Le Conte.” Appalachia 15, no. 3 (December 1922): 304–13.

Account of an expedition to determine the elevation of the highest point on Mount Le Conte. Although of little value as a scientific report, it offers perhaps the best-written account of the old Bear Pen Hollow and the Tag Tree trails and affords excellent descriptions of the summits of the Chimney Tops and Mount Le Conte as they appeared before human improvements. Mentions the hunters’ cabin in Bear Pen Hollow, the camp at Cliff Top, and visits to Main Top (High Top) and Far Top (Myrtle Point). Fink follows the then-current, but erroneous, convention of referring to the mountain at the end of the Boulevard as Mount Collins and incorrectly assumes Mount Le Conte to be higher than Mount Guyot. [KW] [1257] Gannett, Henry. “A Dictionary of Altitudes in the United States.” U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 5. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1884. 325 p.

2nd ed.: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 76. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1891. 393 p.

3rd ed.: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 106. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1899. 775 p.

4th ed.: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 274. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1906. 1,072 p.

Reprint, 4th ed.: Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1967.

Lists altitudes by state for various points throughout the United States. Includes a “Description of Authorities” for the measurements. Prof. Arnold Guyot is credited with elevations in the Appalachian region. Gannett, author and chief geographer for the Geological Survey, calls Guyot’s measurements “the highest character of this class of work” (p. 10). N.C. altitudes, including Smok-

378

ies peaks such as Mount Buckley, measured by Guyot as 6,599 feet, are listed on p. 223–26. Tenn. altitudes, including Smokies peaks such as Clingmans Dome, measured by Guyot at 6,660 feet, are on p. 279–82. The second edition is greatly expanded over the first edition with the addition of railroad elevation points. The Dictionary is not organized by state but instead by a straight alphabetical arrangement by location. The third edition is expanded to include additional altitude points and returns to the state-by-state arrangement of the first edition. N.C. section, p. 532–43; Tenn. section, p. 666–79. Fourth edition is again expanded with additional altitudes. N.C. section, p. 758–75; Tenn. section, p. 926–42. [AB] [1258] Glenn, Leonidas Chalmers. “The Geology of the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park.” Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science 1, no. 2 (April 1926): 13–15. il.

“The Geology of the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park” is one of the articles in the “Great Smoky Mountains National Park Number” special issue of the Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science. It provides a brief overview to the geology of the Smokies, including types, ages, and locations of rock, erosion and weathering. The photograph preceding the article has the caption: “Cloudland - Looking Southwest from Mt. LeConte over the Property of the Little River Lumber Company” (p. 12). Glenn, professor of geology at Vanderbilt University, seems to have written the article to help promote the creation of the Park. Economic minerals are de-emphasized. The ending sentence reads: “The geology is such as to fit the country best for preservation for its scenic beauty in a great national park” (p. 15). [KJ] [1259] Gordon, C. H. “Notes on the Geology of the Cove Areas of East Tennessee.” Science 51, new series, no. 1324 (May 14, 1920): 492–93.

Brief description of three irregular open valleys that lie along the western edge of the GSM, known locally as “coves”—Tuckaleechee, Wears, and Cades Cove. Suggests that coves were formed by an earlier thrust of Ocoee slate over Knox Dolomite, and also during a later stage of folding and faulting. [KW]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

[1260] Harbaugh, Marion Dwight. “The Geology of a Proposed Tunnel in the Southern Appalachians.” M.S. thesis, University of Wisconsin, 1925. 36 p. il.

Thesis based on field work as part of a geological examination for a proposed hydroelectric tunnel in the Smoky Mountain region. The proposed tunnel, which would be about five miles long, “is part of a project for developing the power of the Cheoah River by building a dam two hundred feet high, diverting the impounded waters through the mountains and dropping them six hundred feet into the Little Tennessee River” (p. 1) just above Rymers Ferry. The purpose of the fieldwork is to determine the “nature and structure of the rocks likely to be encountered in driving the tunnel and also to locate a suitable quarry site for concrete aggregate necessary in building the dam and lining the tunnel” (p. 1). [KW] [1261] Hayes, Charles Willard, and Marius R. Campbell. “Geomorphology of the Southern Appalachians.” National Geographic Magazine 6 (May 23, 1894): 63–126. il., map.

Long, detailed, technical treatise on the physiographic development and topological features of the Southern Appalachian region. Identified within the topographic classification “Deformed Cretaceous Peneplain” is the “Smoky Mountain Type,” which “consists almost wholly of baseleveled valleys” (p. 73). Hayes and Campbell contend that uplift movements during the Tertiary Cycle occurred in the Smoky Mountains region, its axis coinciding approximately with the state line between Tenn. and N.C. The authors further suggest that the heart of the Smoky Mountains was then a prairie-like topography that was subsequently worn to a baseline condition now visible as steep-sided watersheds and mountain streams. Includes occasional references to particular geologic occurrences and physiological characteristics found in and around the GSM. [KW] [1262] Holmes, Joseph Austin. “Notes on the Kaolinand Clay-Deposits of North Carolina.” Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers 25 (1895): 929–36.

Text of a presentation at the AIME meeting in Atlanta in October 1895. Holmes, N.C. state geologist, discusses clay and kaolin deposits that occur in regions of

the state, including those “in the Unaka or Smoky mountains . . . said to have been mined by the Indians, packed across the country to the seaboard and shipped to England, as early as the seventeenth century” (p. 929–30). Includes an analysis of minerals from a kaolin mine near Webster, N.C. [RC] [1263] “Industrial Resources of Virginia.” Plough, the Loom and the Anvil, March 1, 1854: 534–35.

Article on minerals and mining in Wythe County, Va. Discusses marble veins running from Va. into East Tenn. Of this marble the author reports, “We have in our possession a beautiful specimen of white granular marble from the Unaka or Smoky Mountain, between Tennessee and North Carolina, that, for purposes of statuary, cannot be surpassed. . .” (p. 535). The credit for the article is given as “Southern Repertory,” which is most likely Southern Repertory and College Review, a publication of Emory and Henry College. [AB] [1264] Ingram, J. N. “North Carolina Minerals.” Stone: An Illustrated Magazine 6, no. 1 (December 1892): 33.

Short article on the presence of corundum, talc, mica, and marble in the N.C. mountains. Corundum is found in the Smokies region. [AB] [1265] Jarves, Royal P. “The Valley and Mountains Iron Ores of East Tennessee.” The Resources of Tennessee 2, no. 9 (September 1912): 326–60. diagrams, tables.

Overview with tables and diagrams of state geology as it relates to iron ores. Economic geology section provides information on iron ore types, production totals, and markets. The section on Blount County (p. 338–39) covers mines in Walland, Chilhowee Mountain, Miller Cove, and Mount Nebo. The section on Cocke County (p. 343–44) focuses on the area around Wolf Creek and Del Rio. The section on Sevier County (p. 354–55) centers primarily on Pigeon Forge and Dunns Creek. Concludes with a short bibliography of articles and maps, p. 348–60. [AB] [1266] Keith, Arthur. “Geology of Chilhowee Mountain, in Tennessee.” Bulletin of the Philosophical Society of Washington 12 (1892–1894): 71–88.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

379

Highly technical research article by a prominent U.S. Geological Survey geologist that examines the geologic history of the Appalachians, as recorded in the rock formations of Chilhowee Mountain in Tenn. The rocks of the Chilhowee are believed to be the oldest sediments in the Appalachians, “hence the conditions that controlled its history have affected the entire Appalachian area” (p. 72). Research focus includes not only the Chilhowee, a wall-like front that forms a northern outlier of the GSM, but also Miller Cove, a narrow limestone valley situated between the Chilhowee and the GSM ranges. The author’s research hypothesis is supported by the occurrence of limestone in Miller Cove. [KW] [1267] Keith, Arthur. “Some Stages of Appalachian Erosion.” Proceedings of the 8th Annual Meeting, Philadelphia, December 26–28, 1895. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 7 (April 21, 1896): 519–25. il., map.

Paper read at the Society’s annual meeting. Keith focuses on the Tenn. basin, which includes the Unaka (Smoky) Mountains. He concludes that there have been at least seven periods of reduction or erosion, producing a “vast series of peneplains” (p. 524), flat plains created primarily by erosion. The peneplains in the region were warped by uplift. Includes a small map of the Tenn. basin (pl. 24, before p. 519). [AB] [1268] Keith, Arthur. “Great Smoky Overthrust.” Proceedings of the 39th Annual Meeting of the Geological Society of America, Madison, Wisc., December 27–29, 1926. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 38 (March 30, 1927): 154–55.

Short abstract of a presentation at meeting. Keith had mapped the overthrust or border fault for 300 miles across Tenn. and into Va. “The plane of this overthrust dips gently and is deformed by later folds and faults of great size” (p. 154). In this abstract he describes the overthrust as it manifests itself in Cades, Tuckaleechee, and Wears Coves. [AB] [1269] Kerr, W. C. “Our Mineral Wealth.” The SouthAtlantic 2 (August 1878): 289–99, 470–74, 484–495.

Long three-part survey on mineral and ore deposits throughout the state of N.C. Although there are sev-

380

eral references to mines and deposits “both on this side of the Blue Ridge and beyond” (p. 295) and to mining operations in Haywood County, in only two instances are deposits identified as being specifically in the Smoky Mountains. In one instance, the author expands on “a very wide-spread popular belief in the existence of valuable silver mines in various regions of the State, and one hears most marvellous stories of ‘chunks of silver and lead’ cut out with axes from immense lodes which tradition locates usually in some wild and inaccessible fastness of the Smoky, or the Black, or the Unaka” (p. 471). In the second instance, Kerr comments on marble and other limestone of the quality for building material that can be found in formations along the Smoky Mountains. [KW] [1270] Kerr, W. C. “Geological Relations of the Topography of the South Appalachian Plateau.” Science 1, no. 4 (March 2, 1883): 105.

Paragraph-length abstract of Professor Kerr’s paper read at the American Institute of Mining Engineers’ 12th annual meeting held in Boston in February 1883. Kerr sketched the Blue Ridge and Smoky Mountains on a blackboard and expounded on their geology and river drainage systems. [RC] [1271] Laney, F. B. “Copper Deposits in Swain County,” in “The Mining Industry in North Carolina During 1906.” North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Economic Paper, no. 14. Raleigh: N.C. Geological and Economic Survey, 1907. p. 72–79. Short, unattributed article within the larger report that provides an overview of current knowledge about copper in Swain County that refers to Smokies locations near Brier Knob, Proctors Creek, and Silers Bald. Author guardedly recommends that some areas might be worth “prospecting.” [AB] [1272] McAdoo, W. G. and H. C. White. Elementary Geology of Tennessee for the Use of the Public Schools and Other Institutions of Learning. Nashville: Tavel, Eastman & Howell, 1875. 118 p. il. 2nd ed.: New York: D. Appleton, 1881. 118 p. il., map.

Written specifically as a textbook for public schools in Tenn. Text begins with a descriptive journey across the state, terminating in the Unaka Mountains, an older

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

term for the ranges that include the Smokies. A longer overview of the mountain region appears on p. 20–21, where they are described as “high, rugged and bold, with broad or narrow valleys between the ridges and spurs, with numerous peaks, lofty summits, roaring torrents and cascades. . . .” Subsequent chapters provide a more general overview of the rocks, the “useful” minerals, and geologic structures of the state. The Smokies region is mentioned in the sections on Epsom salts mining in Alum Cave and iron ore production. In “Historical Account of the Rocks of Tennessee,” the Unakas are said to be comprised primarily of two kinds of rock: stratified (mainly sandstone) and metamorphic (mainly crystalline rocks like gneiss, mica-slate and talcose-slate). Illustrated with thirteen small figure engravings of various geological structures. The second edition has an added small geological map in the front (the edge of the Smokies region is shown in the Valley of East Tennessee province), a letter of support for the book and the study of geology in general from Hunter Nicholson, Professor of History and Geology, University of Tennessee, dated 20 May 1881, and six pages of advertisements. [AB/KJ] [1273] McClenahan, F. M. “A National Asset in East Tennessee.” Scientific American 117, no. 13 (September 29, 1917): 236.

Short article on the vein of Clinton-Rockwood formation of fossil iron ore found in the Chilhowee Mountains at the edge of the GSM. After an overview of the properties of the ore, McClenahan proposes that, with the addition of a rail spur from Montvale Station to Montvale Springs, this ore could be mined and smelted profitably utilizing water from the Little River and local limestone to run the blast furnace. With improvements to navigability the ore could be transported via the Tennessee River. [AB] [1274] Peck, Jacob. “Geological and Mineralogical Account of the Mining Districts in the State of Georgia—Western Part of North Carolina, and of East Tennessee, with a Map.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 23, no. 1 (January 1833): 1–10. map.

Whimsical sketch of the geography and geology of the mountains of Ga., East Tenn., and Western N.C. The

author is primarily interested in recording gold deposits, although locations are not specifically pinpointed. Written in travelogue style with side comments about local history and culture. This article provides an interesting early account of the physical characteristics of the GSM, with particular reference to the “Wuaka, more frequently called Smoky mountain.” [KJ] [1275] Safford, James M. and J. B. Killebrew. The Elementary Geology of Tennessee: Being also an Introduction to Geology in General, Designed for the Schools of Tennessee. Nashville: Tavel, Eastman & Howell, 1876. 255 p. il, maps. Reprints: Nashville: Albert B. Tavel, 1885; Nashville: Hunter & Welburn, 1897.

1900 ed.: The Elements of the Geology of Tennessee. Prepared for the use of the School of Tennessee and for All Persons Seeking a Knowledge of the Resources of the State. Nashville: Ambrose Printing Co.; Foster & Webb, 1900. 264 p. il, maps.

Despite its similar title, projected audience, and close publication date, this book is quite different from the McAdoo and White text [1272]. Brief information on the Unakas, including the Smokies, is provided in Chapter two on “Special Features of the Eastern Portion of the State, and the Great Appalachian Belt,” and in Chapter four on climate where the average temperature for the Unaka Range is given as 42 degrees, compared to the Valley of East Tenn. where the average temperature is 57 degrees. Chapter five outlines the physical features of the eight natural divisions of the state including the Unakas on p. 24–28. The authors write, “The main axis . . . has many names applied to it at different points along its course, Iron Mountain, Roan, Big Bald, Great Smoky, and Frog being some of them . . .” (p. 25). The description continues with an overview of the rivers, coves, and balds which are the favorite resorts for pleasure seekers in summer and also used for grazing livestock. Remainder of text is more general in nature. Three state maps are included, a surface map with the natural divisions delineated, a mineral map, and an economic geology map. Illustrated with forty-seven engravings of geologic structures and fossils. Questions about the text are provided on p. 221–45. Index, p. 246–55. 1900 edition has revised texts, indexes, and concluding questions. Average climate

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

381

of Unakas is noted as 45 degrees, in contrast with 58 degrees for the Valley. Maps and illustrations are similar to earlier editions. [AB] [1276] Stose, George W., and Frank C. Schrader. “Manganese Deposits in East Tennessee.” U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 737. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1923. 67th Cong., 3rd sess. H. Doc. 459. 197 p. il. maps.

Lengthy congressional document prepared in cooperation with the Tennessee State Geological Survey, which compiles the fieldwork on “all the operating mines and nearly all the prospect and known occurrences of manganese ore” (p. 1) in the eastern part of Tenn. As part of the analysis, the report offers a brief description of the geography of the mountain region of East Tenn., including the GSM, and an outline of the river drainages affecting the area. The report mentions two specific occurrences of manganese deposits in the Smoky Mountain region. The first is an extensive description of the East Fork Mine, an operation that “embraces an area of rugged hill country on the north flank of the Great Smoky Mountains along the East Fork of Little Pigeon River” (p. 102). The second is a reference to the “Townsend Prospect,” an untapped deposit that lies across the Little River about one-half mile north of Townsend station in Tuckaleechee Cove. [KW] [1277] Watson, Thomas L. “Granites of North Carolina.” The Journal of Geology 12, no. 5 (July-August 1904): 373–407. il., map.

Technical report on the distribution of granites and gneisses across the state of N.C. States that granites found in the mountain regions are not unlike those found in other parts of the state, with one exception. The exception, namely unakyte, occurs in the extreme eastern end of the GSM region. Watson’s description of the lithological characteristics of unakyte is taken directly from an earlier report by F. H. Bradley [1248]. [KW] [1278] Watson, Thomas L., and Frances B. Laney. “The Building and Ornamental Stones of North Carolina.” North Carolina Geological Survey Bulletin, no. 2. Raleigh: E.M. Uzzell, Public Printer, 1906. 302 p. il., maps.

382

Long report issued “to call attention to the economic value of the building stones of North Carolina, their location and their commercial possibilities” (p. xvii). Acknowledges that the vast area on the northwest slopes of the GSM has several varieties of rock-type building materials, but quarrying has been limited to a few areas favorably located near road construction. Specific mention is made of two quarries in Swain County. The article is accompanied by thirty-two photographic plates and eleven additional illustrations. Two of the plates are maps showing the physiographic make-up of the state and the geographic distribution of granite and gneiss deposits. [KW] [1279] White, Charles H. “The Appalachian River Versus a Tertiary Trans-Appalachian River in Eastern Tennessee.” The Journal of Geology 12, no. 1 (January/February 1904): 34–39.

Written in response to a recent paper “Geomorphology of the Southern Appalachians” by Hayes and Campbell [1261] in which the authors present the theory that drainage for the Southern Appalachian valley in the Tertiary period was via a large river they call the Appalachian River, located over the Tennessee-Coosa divide, east of Lookout Mountain. White refutes this theory based in part on the structure of Cades, Wears, and Tuckaleechee Coves. He postulates that it would be more likely for the river to have been located along the course of Walden gorge near Chattanooga. [AB] [1280] Wright, Frank J. “Older Appalachians of the South.” Journal of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University 26, art. 2 (1931): 143–269. il., maps.

Wright describes the erosional history of the Appalachians with a focus on the Blue Ridge from southern Va. through North Ga. Two sections discuss areas within and adjoining the GSM. “The Little Tennessee Basin” (p. 184–90) describes the area skirting the southwest corner of the park. “The Pigeon Basin” (p. 190–93) covers the primary watershed within the Smokies. Wright describes the path and character of the rivers, as well as features such as stream piracy, entrenched meanders, and erosional plains. Descriptions in “Older Appalachians of the South” explain the geography of the areas within and near major river valleys. The sections are a snapshot of the

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

landforms and weathering products that existed in the first quarter of the twentieth century. It is unfortunate that there are no maps or drawings to illustrate the paths and features of the river valleys. Wright does, however, refer to topographic maps associated with the sections. The plates at the back of the volume contain photographs of the Southern Appalachians, including several of the Great Smokies region, depicting an area that was heavily deforested and used primarily for agriculture. “The Older Appalachians of the South” was awarded the A. Cressy Morrison Prize in Natural Science for 1931 by the New York Academy of Sciences. [KJ]

Geology: Meteorites

[1281] Bergemann, C. “Untersuchungen von Meteoreisen.” Annalen der Physik und Chemie 100, no. 2 (February 9, 1857): 245–60.

Long and highly technical report in German of chemical analyses of five well-known meteorites found in various locations throughout the world, including a mass found along Cosby Creek in Cocke County. The article is strictly an analysis report and gives no details on the circumstances of the rock’s discovery in the GSM. A chart near the end of the report lists a meteorite from Cosby Creek and another from Cocke County. [KW] [1282] Joy, C. A. “Analyse des Meteoreisens von Cosby’s Creek.” Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie 86, no. 1 (1853): 39–43.

Outlines, in German, results of chemical analyses of fragments of a meteorite found on Cosby Creek in Cocke County. The chemical tests described in the article are more detailed than those by Charles Upham Shepard, and the determination of the rock’s chemical composition differs slightly from the findings of Shepard’s study [1284]. [KW] [1283] Reichenbach, C. von. “Ueber die Zeitfolge und die Bildungsweise der näheren Bestandtheile der Meteoriten,” Annalen der Physik und Chemie. 108, no. 3 (October 22, 1859): 452–65; “Ueber das innere Gefüge der nähern Bestandtheile des Metereisens,” Annalen der Physik und Chemie. 114, no. 1, (October 4, 1861): 99–132; “Ueber die näheren Bestandtheile des Meteoreisens: das Bandeisen,”

Annalen der Physik and Chemie. 114, no. 2, (October 12, 1861): 250–63. “Ueber die näheren Bestandtheile des Meteoreisens: das Fülleisen,” Annalen der Physik and Chemie. 114, no. 2, (October 12, 1861): 264–74.

Four lengthy and highly technical German-language articles comparing the chemical properties and physical characteristics of meteorites from several locations around the world by noted German chemist, Baron Dr. Carl Ludwig von Reichenbach. Included in the comparisons is an oft-studied meteorite found along Cosby Creek in Cocke County [1286], as well as two other meteorites identified only as “Ashville” and “Sevier.” Though the article offers no background information on the history of any of the meteorites used in the study, “Ashville” may have been the meteoric mass discovered stored in a farmhouse by Thomas Clingman and “Sevier” could possibly be one of the large fragments broken off of the “Cosby” meteorite that were known to have been taken to Pigeon Forge or perhaps the second, much smaller, meteorite found at the Cosby site. See Shepard articles for more on these meteorites [1284, 1285]. [KW] [1284] Shepard, Charles Upham. “Analysis of Meteoric Iron from Cocke County, Tennessee with Some Remarks Upon Chlorine in Meteoric Iron Masses.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 43, no.2 (July-September 1842): 354–63.

Highly technical report summarizing the results of further chemical and metallurgical analyses of meteor fragments first studied by Gerard Troost two years earlier. According to a letter to Shepard from “J. Easterbrook” (Estabrook), president of East Tennessee University (later University of Tennessee), the meteor was “entirely insulated on the surface of the ground, and weighed about seven or eight hundred pounds” (p. 354). In his report [1286], Troost identified the meteoric mass as having been found along Cosby Creek in the eastern part of the Smokies. Eastabrook mentions that Troost, then geologist for the state of Tenn., had obtained possession of the mass and had it transported to Nashville. [KW] [1285] Shepard, Charles Upham. “Report on Meteorites.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 4, 2nd series, no. 10 (November 1847): 74–87. il.

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

383

Second installment of a three-part report that catalogues specific meteorites according to a class, order, section, and sub-section classification system. The first and third installments, which do not reference the GSM are found in The American Journal of Science and Arts 2, 2nd series, no. 6, (November 1846): 377–92, and 6, 2nd series, no. 18 (November 1848): 402–17. Of particular interest are two meteorites found in the GSM region that Shepard included in his report. In one instance, Shepard retells a story of how Thomas Clingman, in a chance conversation while visiting Haywood County, was able to discover the whereabouts of two meteorites found together in a farm field. One was misplaced somewhere in Haywood County and never found; the second was retrieved by Clingman from a farmhouse in Buncombe County. In the second instance, Shepard pieces together the story of the meteorite found on Cosby Creek in Cocke County from two letters by Judge Jacob Peck of Jefferson County. Peck states that in addition to the wellknown large Cosby Creek meteorite studied by Troost and Shepard, there was a smaller meteorite weighing one hundred and twelve pounds found nearby. Shepard’s account of both Smoky Mountain meteorites is detailed and is especially interesting for its retelling of the efforts of local mountaineers attempting to extract metal from the very hard rock. [KW] [1286] Troost, Gerard. “Description and Analysis of a Meteoric Mass, Found in Tennessee, Composed of Metallic Iron, Graphite, Hydroxide of Iron and Pyrites.” The American Journal of Science and Arts 38, no. 2 (January-March 1840): 250–54.

Disseminates results of chemical and metallurgical analyses of fragments of a meteor found along Cosby Creek in Cocke County, in the eastern end of the GSM. The author had not seen the actual meteor and recorded that he knew little about the circumstances of when and by whom the meteor was found. [KW]

Geology: Earthquakes

[1287] “Appalachian Quakes.” The Science News-Letter 14, no. 397 (November 17, 1928): 303.

Short article explaining that earthquakes in the Appalachian Mountains are different from earthquakes that occur on both the Pacific and Atlantic coasts and in the

384

Mississippi Valley. The Appalachian quakes are much less dangerous because they are centered deep in the ground. Author theorizes that the Appalachian Mountains are “still in the process of adjustment.” A 21 February 1916 earthquake which knocked bricks from chimneys in Sevierville is given as an example. [AB] [1288] Humphreys, W. J. “Seismological Reports for February, 1916.” Section V. Seismology. Table 1. Noninstrumental Earthquake Reports, February, 1916. Monthly Weather Review 44, no. 2 (February 1916): 87–88; “The Southern Appalachian Earthquake of February 21, 1916.” Monthly Weather Review 44, no. 3 (March 1916): 154–55. map.

Two entries on the 21 February 1916 (6:40 p.m.) earthquake in the “Appalachian Mountains of Western North Carolina” (v. 44, no. 3, p. 154). Humphreys was “Professor in Charge of Seismological Investigations.” Entry for February 1916 is a table with reports from observers, including H. O. Eckel from Sevierville. March 1916 entry is a short report on the effects of the earthquake, which included a runaway team of horses and bricks shaken loose from chimneys in Sevierville. Map of the magnitude of the quake at various places in the region is included in the March 1916 entry. [AB] [1289] Taber, Stephen. “The Earthquake in the Southern Appalachians February 21, 1916.” Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America 6, no. 4 (December 1916): 218–26. map.

Taber collected data on the 1916 earthquake reported by Humphreys in the Monthly Weather Review [1288]. From the data he was able to estimate the intensity for 198 places in the region. The intensity seems to have been the greatest in Waynesville where “many chimney-tops were thrown down, window-panes were broken in a number of houses, and people rushed into the streets badly frightened” (p. 220). The quake was felt over a wide area, according to Taber. He speculates on the geological reasons for such an occurrence, theorizing that there may have been two epicenters, one on each side of the Smokies, but that data are incomplete for the rugged mountain region. The article also includes an overview of earthquakes in the Southern Appalachian region over the previous four years. [AB]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Meteorology

[1290] Christy, David. “Fog and Rain in the Mountains,” The Southern Highlands, as Adapted to Pasturage and Grape Culture. Cincinnati: n.p., 1858. p. 20–36.

“Fog and Rain in the Mountains” is one of a collection of articles and one of the earliest essays on climate in the Smoky Mountain region. The article is thoroughly descriptive of the rain conditions peculiar to the mountains without scientific or technical explanations. The author describes the mountain peaks as “dome-shaped” and “dome-like,” alludes to the higher elevations as “celestial prairies,” and uses the word “ball” in place of “bald” when referring to the grassy or heath expanses that frequently occur in the Southern Appalachians. The article refers to the Smoky Mountains in only a single instance. However, this article is one of the few early treatments of climate and weather in the N.C. mountains and the conditions described are indicative of all the higher elevations along the state-line divide, including the Great Smokies. [KW] [1291] Cox, Henry J. “Weather Conditions and Thermal Belts in the North Carolina Mountain Region and Their Relation to Fruit Growing.” Annals of the Association of American Geographers 10 (1920): 57–68. il., maps, table.

Reports research on thermal conditions in the N.C. mountains conducted at the request of the N.C. State Board of Agriculture and the State Horticulturist. The researchers were hoping to determine and map elevations and areas where fruit tree orchards could be successful in higher elevations. The study recorded temperature and weather readings from different elevations, slopes, and areas of the mountain region. Samples were collected from sixteen locations, including areas within the GSM. Describes weather conditions in the N.C. mountains, including specific information about thermal belts, temperature inversion, and temperature reversions. Cox explains the influence of elevation on temperature and rainfall and the conditions of weather inversion. Regional maps of the N.C. mountain region, as well as a map indicating seasonal rainfall in the area, are included. [SL/AB/TB]

ment of Agriculture. Weather Bureau. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. 21 p., tables.

Introductory essay written by Edward P. Jones, Associate Meteorologist, Nashville. Summarizes topographic and climatic features of East Tenn. Provides data on monthly, annual, and average precipitation amounts, as well as average frost dates. The amount of data varies among the different reporting stations; Gatlinburg and Elkmont data begin in 1921 and 1924, respectively. [TB/ AB] [1293] Holmes, Joseph A. “Temperature and Rain-Fall at Various Stations in North Carolina.” Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 5, pt. 1 (JanuaryJune 1888): 31–41. tables.

Data from several sources of monthly, seasonal, and annual mean temperature and precipitation at N.C. stations, including Waynesville. [TB] [1294] Nunn, Roscoe. “The Climate of Tennessee.” The Resources of Tennessee 8, no. 1 (January 1918): 7–45. maps.

Includes a general geographical description of the GSM (p. 9). [RC] [1295] “Observations on Horseback: Fog and Rain in the Mountains—Water-spouts.” The American Monthly 65, no. 2 (February 1865): 163–71.

A traveler’s account of the occurrence of fog, rain, and waterspouts in the mountainous areas of Western N.C. and East Tenn. Article gives descriptions of the topographical and climatic conditions most conducive to the engendering of waterspouts, illustrating the explanation with several known instances of waterspout occurrences. The only example recorded in the Smoky Mountain region occurred near a distillery on the Little River above Tuckaleechee Cove. According to the story, on the day previous to the waterspout, which happened to be Sunday, several young men of the cove were engaged in drunken revelry at the distillery, perpetuating enormous blasphemies and mocking religion by administering the sacraments. On Monday,

[1292] “Eastern Tennessee.” Climatic Summary of the United States. Section 77. United States Depart-

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

. . . the thunder pealed forth a signal, startling the neighborhood into fixed attention: there

385

The railroads were given as the cause for three-quarters of the April fires. [AB]

they beheld, gathering upon the mountain’s brow, the ominous cloud, that soon burst out into one vast deluge of water, which, descending down the mountain side, laid desolate the very spot where the profanation of Heaven’s ordinances had occurred. The terror created by this celestial phenomenon was such as to produce a religious revival, accompanied by the conversion of many of the thoughtless fellows who had taken part in the iniquities of the preceding Sabbath. (p. 169) [KW]

[1298] Von Herrmann, Charles F. “Climate of North Carolina,” in “Climatology of the United States.” United States Department of Agriculture, Weather Bureau Bulletin Q , no. 361. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1906. p. 270–301. tables.

[1296] Riley, John A. “Ceiling and Visibility in the United States: Southeastern States.” Monthly Weather Review 58, no. 5 (May 1930): 199–201.

Author is with the “Weather Bureau Airport, Atlanta, GA.” Topography of the region combines with heat and moisture from the Gulf of Mexico to produce storms that interfere with flying. The perpetual haze present over the Smokies and Blue Ridge is “sometimes so stratified as to resemble clouds, and the upper surface at 4,000 to 6,000 feet (1,200 to 1,800 meters) often furnishes a distinct horizon from above” (p. 199). The mountains affect rainfall causing higher totals on the southern side of the mountain ranges closest to the Gulf. Remainder of article describes areas outside the Smokies region. [AB] [1297] “Severe Drought Has Caused Forest Fires.” Colman’s Rural World 67, no. 27 (July 2, 1914): 8.

Short article on the number of forest fires during May as the result of a very dry spring. Most of the fires occurred on the “Unaka and Smoky Mountain areas on the Carolina highland which are crossed by railroads.”

386

Detailed overview with information on the effect of N.C.’s geography on climate. On the subject of mountain climate, author notes “there are many inclosed valleys of considerable extent in which climatic conditions are greatly modified not only by the general elevation of the base plain, but also by peculiarities of position, whether open to the north or south, and by the general direction of the mountains near them” (p. 271). The mountain elevation reduces temperature and increases precipitation. The small valleys receive somewhat less rainfall. Accompanying the essay are tables for various weather stations, including Waynesville in Haywood County, where the annual mean temperature and precipitation are 54 degrees and 47.7 inches, respectively. [AB] [1299] “Western North Carolina.” Climatic Summary of the United States. Section 95. United States Department of Agriculture. Weather Bureau. Washington, D.C.: G.P.O., 1933. 23 p., tables.

Introductory essay written by Meteorologist Lee A. Denson. Summarizes the topographic and climatic features of Western N.C. Provides data on monthly, annual and average precipitation amounts, as well as average frost dates. Amount of data varies among different reporting stations; Waynesville and Bryson City data begin in 1894 and 1888, respectively. [TB/AB]

Natural Resources and Development in the Great Smoky Mountains

Editors and Contributors

Editors Anne Bridges is an associate professor at the University of Tennessee Libraries. She is the co-director of the Great Smoky Mountains Regional Project as well as the history and medieval studies librarian. She has a master’s in library science from the University of Rhode Island and a master’s in history from the University of Maine. Russell Clement, emeritus faculty at Northwestern University, worked in academic libraries from 1977 to 2013. His most recent position was head of the art collection. His publications have centered on late-nineteenth and early-twentieth-century French art. Ken Wise is an associate professor at the University of Tennessee Libraries and co-director of the Great Smoky Mountains Regional Project. He is a graduate of the University of Edinburgh and holds an MBA and MSLS degree from the University of Tennessee. He is the author of Hiking Trails of the Great Smoky Mountains and coauthor, with Ron Petersen, of A Natural History of Mount Le Conte.

Contributors Before her retirement, Linda Behrend was a librarian at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Her work has appeared in Now & Then: The Appalachian Magazine, Home and Always: A University Brings Food to the Table, and The Lancet, among others. Teresa Berry received a BS in chemistry from the University of Georgia and an MSLS from the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. She is an associate professor and science librarian at the University of Tennessee Libraries.

Steven Davis attended the University of Tennessee, Knoxville, and received a master’s degree in East Tennessee history in 2006. In addition to his work on Terra Incognita, he has served as Research Coordinator for the IMLS-funded grant project “From Pi Beta Phi to Arrowmont: Bringing Education and Economic Development to the Great Smoky Mountains, 1910-2004.” He is currently working on a book-length history of the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. Chris Durman is the music librarian for public services at the University of Tennessee Libraries. He has a MSLS from the University of Tennessee and has published articles in Tennessee Libraries, Music Reference Services Quarterly, and Notes. Although appreciative of almost all music, he nurtures an abiding interest in various forms of American folk and popular music and has performed semi-professionally for over thirty years as a singer/songwriter and as a member of various ensembles. Writer-naturalist George Ellison has written biocritical introductions for reissues of James Mooney’s History, Myths, and Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees and Horace Kephart’s Our Southern Highlanders, Camping and Woodcraft, and Smoky Mountain Magic. His books, with artwork by Elizabeth Ellison, include: Mountain Passages, A Blue Ridge Nature Journal, Blue Ridge Nature Notes, High Vistas: An Anthology of Nature and Descriptive Writing from Western North Carolina and the Great Smoky Mountains and Permanent Camp: Poems, Narratives, and Renderings from the Smokies. His columns appear in the Asheville Citizen-Times; Chinquapin: The Newsletter of the Southern Appalachians; and Smoky Mountain News. He is currently co-authoring with Cornell University Librarian Janet McCue a biography of Horace Kephart and

working on a collection titled Near Horizons: Poems, Narratives, and Images from the Southern Appalachians. John R. Finger is Professor Emeritus from the University of Tennessee and a former head of the Department of History. He received his PhD in history from the University of Washington. He is an expert on the Eastern Band of the Cherokee, authoring The Eastern Band of Cherokees, 1819-1900, Cherokee Americans: the Eastern Band of Cherokees in the Twentieth Century, and Tennessee Frontiers: Three Regions in Transition. George Frizzell is Head of Special Collections at the Hunter Library at Western Carolina University. He is a graduate of Western Carolina University with a BA and MA in history and holds an MLS degree from the University of North Carolina, Greensboro. He has published extensively on the history of the Eastern Band of the Cherokee and is creator of the website Horace Kephart: Revealing an Enigma. Kay G. Johnson earned a bachelor’s degree in geology from Virginia Tech University and a master’s in library science from the University of Pittsburgh. She was the geology librarian at University of Tennessee from 1995– 2006. She is currently head of collection and technical services at Radford University in Virginia. Margaret Kaus is an associate professor and metadata librarian at Hale Library, Kansas State University. Prior to her work at Kansas State University, she was the music librarian at the George F. DeVine Music Library, University of Tennessee and associate librarian at the University of North Florida Library, where she was a music cataloger. Her educational credentials include an MSLS with music specialization from Indiana University and a BA in English and music from Marymount College of Kansas.

388

Sandra Sinsel Leach earned a BA from Thiel College, an MA from the University of Pittsburgh, both in English, and a master of librarianship from Emory University. She currently serves as associate dean for collections at the University of Tennessee Libraries. Previously, she held positions as head of the University of Tennessee’s Pendergrass Agriculture and Veterinary Medicine Library and liaison librarian to the College of Agriculture. Cheryn Picquet is professor emeritus in the Law Library at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville, where she served in various capacities in leadership since 1969. She has published seven books ranging from the insanity plea to copyright law, all coauthored with Reba Best, and she continues her research into complicated matters of the law such as induced testimony and prayer in public schools. Flora G. Shrode graduated with a BS in Zoology from the University of Tennessee and an MSLS from the University of Texas at Austin. After obtaining her MSLS, she worked in the Virginia Tech library for four years as a reference, instruction, and collection development librarian in agriculture and life sciences. After working in the Virginia Tech Library, she served as science coordinator and subject librarian for biology, chemistry, and geology at the University of Tennessee Libraries. After serving as head of reference and instruction at the Merrill-Caxier Library at Utah State University for ten years, she was recently appointed government documents librarian and subject librarian for biology, chemistry, geology, and nursing. Michael Toomey received his PhD from the University of Tennessee. He is currently associate professor of history and chair of the Department of Humanities and Fine Arts at Lincoln Memorial University. His major research focuses on Tennessee history during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century.

Editors and Contributors

Index

Ellipses (. . .) indicate shortened titles. Page numbers in italic refer to illustrations. Aaron, Charles E., “The New England of the South,” 343 A. B. (author), 156 “Miscellaneous: Mountains of East Tennessee. Preachers.— Religion and Morals of the People,” 190 Abingdon, Va., 53 “Above the Clouds” (Cook), 288 Abraham Lincoln: A North Carolinian . . . (Coggins), 73 “Abram Lincoln’s Ancestry. Almost Born in North Carolina . . .” (The Charlotte Observer), 73 “Abram Lincoln’s Parents . . .” (Student of History), 73–74 Abrams Falls, 299 “The Absolute Participle in Middle and Modern English” (Ross), 257 “An Account of Some New and Rare Plants of North Carolina” (Curtis), 324 “Acer Pensylvanicum” (Garden and Forest), 320 “Acidity of Soil” (Science), 320–21 “Across the Smokies on a Mule” (Gibson), 289–290 “An Act for the purpose of ceding to the United States of America certain western lands . . .,” 124, 133, 344 Acts and Resolutions re: the GSM, 105–6 Acuff, Roy, 267 Adair, James The History of the American Indians, 5, 8, 10, 29, 133 A Map of the American Indian Nations . . ., 133 Adams, John, 344 Adams, Roy, 33 Adams, Walter S. “Enter Smokies by Old Trail to Indian Gap,” 286 “Fastness of Great Smokies Explored,” 282 “Great Smokies to Be Explored,” 282 “National Park in Smokies Soon to Attract Millions,” 287 “Times Explorers,” 286–88 “World’s Finest Natural Museum Is Being Discovered,” 288 Adams family, 266, 274 “Additional English and Scottish Ballads Found in East Tennessee” (Anderson), 268 An Address to the Whites . . . (Boudinot), 11 “Adds to Eastern Forests” (The Southern Lumberman), 88 “Adjourned Session” (Southern Mountain Workers Conference), 199

Adkins, Milton T., “The Mountains and Mountaineers of Craddock’s Fiction,” 250 Adventures in Mexico (Ruxton) (Kephart, notes), 210 “Adventures of a Ballad Collector” (Henry), 271 “Afoot and Awing in the Great Smokies: The Most Picturesque Section of the East . . .” (Kephart), 220 “After Bruin in the Big Smokies” (Burelbach), 304 “After Bruin in the Great Smokies” (Williams), 305 After the Moonshiners . . . (Atkinson), 154, 200 “The Agricultural Geology of the State of Tennessee . . .” (Safford), 342 “A Hard Road to Travel Out of Dixie” (Shelton), 69 Albright, Horace M., 297 Alcoa, Tenn., 158, 301 “Alcoa Mule” (folk song), 268 Aldrich, Thomas Bailey, 224 Alexander, Eben, “The Big Smoky Mountains,” 41 Allanstand, N.C., 268 “Alleghania: The Strength of the Union and the Weakness of Slavery . . .” (Taylor), 354–55 “Alleghanies Mountains” (Rafinesque), 353 Allen, Caffilene, Mary Noailles Murfree’s Literary Treatment, 243 Allen, Eleanor, “A Prayer,” 370 Allen, J., 330 Allen, James Lane, 255 Allen, La Delle, 177, 196–97, 199 Allen, William Cicero, Centennial of Haywood County . . ., 60 Allen H. Eaton: Dean of American Crafts (Van Dommelen), 198 Allison, T. F. P., 181 Allred, C. E., “Economic and Social Study of Tennessee,” 343–44 “All the Comforts of Home” (Lynde), 238 “Almost-Lost Arts of Mountain Folk Are Recaptured” (Smith), 199 “Along the Smoky Range” (The Forester), 88 “Altitudes in North Carolina,” (North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey Bulletin), 375 “The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain System” (Small), 330 Alum Cave (Bluff), 40, 44, 46, 49, 50, 52, 103, 227, 239, 283, 284, 286, 288, 290–91, 293, 299, 316, 321, 341, 345, 377, 381 Alvord, Clarence Walworth, The First Explorations of the TransAllegheny Region . . ., 41 Amarine, Hut, 200

Ambler, Barbara, “The Smokies Invite You,” 282 Ambler, Chase P., xxiii, 78, 81, 85, 86 “Appalachian Forest Reserve; and Why Park Is Necessary,” 88 “The Appalachians,” 88 “The Proposed Appalachian National Park,” 88 “The Proposed National Appalachian Forest Reserve,” 88 “Trout Fishing in North Carolina,” 303–4 Americae Pars Borealis, Florida, Baccalaos Canada, Corterealis . . . (map) (de Jode), 129 Americae Sive qvartae Orbis Partis Nova Et Exactissima Descriptio (map) (Gutiérrez), 35, 128 American-English Folk-Ballads from the Southern Appalachian Mountains (Sharp), 272 American Memory (map collections), 123 American Regionalism . . . (Moore & Odum), xvi “The American Snow Bird” (The Friend), 309 “American Speech as Practised in the Southern Highlands” (Chapman), 256 American State Papers, Public Lands . . ., 8 “Americans the Twentieth Century Forgot” (Thornburgh), 164 “America’s Oldest and Roughest Ball Game” (The Literary Digest), 10 Ames, Marjorie B., “Looking at the Crafts . . .,” 196–97 “Among Loyal Mountaineers” (McTeer), 67, 68 “Among the East Cherokee Indians of North Carolina,” (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections), 10 Among the Highlanders Yesterday and Today . . . (Bird, ed.), 228 “Among the Moonshiners . . .” (Rocky Mountain News), 199–200 “Among the Southern Appalachians” (Waldo), 165, 255 The Amphibians of Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Dodd), xxvii, 309 The Amphibians of Tennessee (Reynolds and Niemiller, eds.), 309 “Analyse des Meteoreisens von Cosby’s Creek” (Joy), 383 “Analysis of Meteoric Iron from Cocke County, Tennessee . . .” (Shephard), 383 “Analysis of Montvale Spring . . .” (Mitchell), 183 “Ancient Mountaineers . . .” (Purrington), 5 Anderson, E. W., 67 Anderson, Geneva, 264 “Additional English and Scottish Ballads Found in East Tennessee,” 268 “A Collection of Ballads and Songs from East Tennessee,” 267–68 Anderson, W. H. H., 206 Anderson, William Arthur “The Ferns of Tennessee,” 321 “A List of Tennessee Ferns,” 321 “A New Species of Glyceria from the Great Smoky Mountains,” 321 “Notes on the Flora of Tennessee: The Genus Trillium,” 321 Anderson, William L. (ed.), Guide to Cherokee Documents in Foreign Archives, 8 Andrews, N.C., 299 Andrews Bald, 212, 290, 313, 318 Angel (Heyward), 236 The Annals of Tennessee . . . (Ramsey), 38, 277

390

Anne of Little Smoky (film), (Playgoer’s Pictures/Wistaria Productions), 259 Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior for the Fiscal Year . . . (U.S. Department of the Interior), 84 “Annual Report of the Settlement School Committee” (The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi), 169–170 Annual Reports re: the GSM, 84 “Another National Park Project” (Christian Advocate), 88 Anthony, Mrs. (Gamble’s assistant), 269 “Apaches All Right in Alabama” (Chicago Daily Tribune), 27 “Appalachian Forest Reserve; and Why Park Is Necessary” (Ambler), 88 “The Appalachian Highlands of North Carolina” (Carter), 285 “Appalachian Loggers Enjoy Trip to Great Smokies” (The Southern Lumberman), 360 “Appalachian Logging Congress Holds Highly Successful Meeting in Asheville” (The Southern Lumberman), 360 “Appalachian Logging Congress Holds Seventh Annual Meeting in Knoxville” (The Southern Lumberman), 360 “The Appalachian National Forest” (Townsend), 101 “The Appalachian National Park” [1900 & 1901] (Forest Leaves), 89 Appalachian National Park Association [Convention Proceedings], 85 “The Appalachian Park” (Perry, Lawrence, and Ritchie, Jr.), 98 “Appalachian Quakes” (The Science News-Letter), 384 “Appalachian Reserve” (The Southern Lumberman), 89 “The Appalachian River Versus a Tertiary Trans-Appalachian River in Eastern Tennessee” (White), 382 “The Appalachian Trail” (Avery), 303 “An Appalachian Trail: A Project of Regional Planning” (MacKaye), xxiv, 303 “The Appalachian Treasure ‘Pocket’ of American Folk-Song and Dance . . .” (Current Opinion), 268 “The Appalachians” (Ambler), 88 “Apples from Georgia” (The American Farmer), 355 Aquone, N.C., 209 Archer, A. F., “Two New Land Shells from the Southern Appalachians,” 312 “Area Cut Over by Lumbermen Hardest Hiking” (Coleman), 286 Argument in Support of the Claims of the Cherokee Indians . . . (Thomas), 9 Ark of Safety: A Play in Two Acts (Mathes), 226 Armstrong, Annie W., 190 Arnold, Jacob H., 336 “Farm Practices that Increase Crop Yields in Tennessee and Kentucky,” 355 “Arnold Guyot’s Notes . . .” (Avery & Boardman, eds.), xv, 41–42, 137 “Arnold Henry Guyot” (Jones), 48–49 “Arnold Henry Guyot” (Scott), 53 The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi, 169–172, 174, 177, 178–79 Arrowsmith, Aaron, Jr., A New and Elegant General Atlas . . ., xxii, 133 Arthur, Gabriel, xxi, 35, 37–38, 41

Index

Arthur, John Preston, Western North Carolina: A History from 1730 to 1913, 60 Arthur Stupka, Trees, Shrubs, and Woody Vines of the Great Smoky Mountains, 309 “Art in Shell of the Ancient Americans” (Holmes), 5, 15–16 “Art Notes of Real Interest” (The Quarterly Illustrator), 197 “Art Possibilities in Western North Carolina” (Bancroft), 197 Asbury, Francis, 54, 60, 190, 277–78 Ashe, William W., 83, 336 “Chestnut in Tennessee,” 360–61 “Notes on the Forest Resources of North Carolina,” 360 “The Place of the Eastern National Forests in the National Economy,” 89 “The Possibilities of a Maple Sugar Industry in Western North Carolina,” 355–56 “The Southern Appalachian Forests,” 361 “Timber Trees and Forests of North Carolina,” 335, 369 Asheville, N.C. Allanstand Cottage Industries in, 197 Biltmore Industries in, 197 R. F. Campbell in, 159 Civil War action in, 67 O. T. Dargan in, 230 excursions through, 53 festivals in, 195 as outside GSM, xv and GSMNP development, 165 in guidebooks, 294, 296–97, 299–300 health conditions studied in, 181 Indian girls as domestics in, 33 R. F. Jarret born in, 16 and logging, 360 on maps, 146 G. Masa in, 30, 211–12, 282, 297, 300 meteorite, 383 music collected in, 274 Pack Library in, 212 parks associations meetings in, 82, 85, 88, 106 as park site, 78 photographic parlors in, 350 Pi Beta Phi committee traveling to, 178 publishing companies in, 281 railroads to, 302 religion in, 194 F. D. Roosevelt in, xxvi sanitariums in, 181, 185 Southern Highland Handicraft Guild, 198 as tourist destination, 281 Asheville Tourist Publishing Co., Touring the Land of the Sky . . ., 301–2 Ashley, George H. “A Brief Summary of the Resources of Tennessee,” 344 “Outline Introduction to the Mineral Resources of Tennessee,” 375–76 As She Had Planned (Russell), 228 Aston, Edward J., “The Mountains of North Carolina . . .,” 41

Index

Atchley family, 190 Atkinson, George W., After the Moonshiners . . ., 154, 200 The Atlas of the World Ancient and Modern (Cram), 145 Audubon, John James, 309 “August Birds of the Chilhowee Mountains, Tennessee” (Langdon), 315–16, 318 Auntie Lee, 269 Auto Tours in Western North Carolina (Harris), 299 Avery, Myron H. and the Appalachian Trail, 281 “The Appalachian Trail,” 303 “Arnold Guyot’s Notes . . .,” xv, 41–42, 137 “A Bibliography for the Great Smokies,” 1–2 and Johnson’s “Pre-Discovery Visits . . .,” 290–91 “Notes on the Appalachian Trail in the South,” 303 “Progress of the Appalachian Trail,” 303 Avis, Caroline, “Our National Parks—New and Old,” 283 Away Up in the Smokies! (Knoxville Automobile Club/Knoxville Chamber of Commerce), 295 Axe, John (Itagunahi), 15, 17, 29 Aymor, Robert and Dolly, 30 Ayres, H. B., 83, 336 “The Southern Appalachian Forests,” 361 “The Southern Appalachians from the Lumberman’s Standpoint,” 361 Babcock, C. L., 360 Babcock, Mabel A., “The Southern Highlander: A Selected Bibliography,” 1 “Babylon” (folk ballad), 268 Bache, Louise Franklin, “The Out-Shootin’est Boy on Snake Head,” 227 Bachman, J. Lynn, “Mountain Schools in East Tennessee,” 165 “The Back of Beyond” (expression), 205, 207, 280 “The Back of Beyond” (Kephart chapter title), 209, 214–15 Backpacking Was the Only Way . . . (Fink), 289 “The Backwoods Rifle” (Kephart), 217 “A Backwoods Riflemaker” (Kephart), 219 Backwoods Surgery and Medicine (Moody), 211 Badè, William Frederic, 51 Badgett, C. S., 360 Bailey, Loretto Carroll, “Recreation in Rural Western North Carolina,” 283 Bain, Webster, 255 Baker, H. Burrington, “New Southern Appalachian Land Snails,” 309 Bald Spot (Gregory Bald), 125, 127, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140 Bales, Pearl, 199 The Ballad Book (Niles), 272 “Ballads and Songs of the Southern Highlands” (Henry), 270 The Balsam Groves of the Grandfather Mountain . . . (Duggar), 346–47 Balsam Mountain, 42, 79, 86, 92, 125–27, 136, 137, 141, 143, 213, 300 Bancroft, Lydia A., “Art Possibilities in Western North Carolina,” 197

391

Banks, William H., Jr., Plants of the Cherokee . . ., xxvii, 309 Banner, Laura Leslie, “The North Carolina Mountaineer in Native Fiction,” 226 Barkley, Florence Howell, 218 Barlow, J. W., 374 Barnett, Bob, 208–10, 215, 218 Barnhill, William A., 160 Barnicle, Mary Elizabeth, 264–66, 274 Barnwell [Southeastern North America] (map), 124, 131 “A Barometric Survey to Determine the Height of Mount Le Conte” (Fink), 378 Barrell, Joseph, “The Nature and Environment of the Lower Cambrian Sediments of the Southern Appalachians,” 376 Barrett, Helen, 175 Barrows, Irvin, 166 Barrows, Mr. and Mrs., 191, 192 Barton, William Eleazar, 257 The Paternity of Abraham Lincoln. Was He the Son of Thomas Lincoln? . . ., 59, 72–73 Bartram, John, 12, 22, 38 Bartram, William, 15, 38, 307–9 Travels through North & South Carolina, Georgia, East & West Florida, the Cherokee Country . . ., xxi, 42–43, 223, 307, 330 The Basin (Cliff Top), 292, 378 Baskervill, William Malone, Southern Writers . . . Biographical and Critical Studies, 250–51 Bass, Quentin R., II, “Prehistoric Settlement and Subsistence Patterns in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 5 Battle, Kemp P., “Rutherfords Expedition against the Cherokees,” 10 Battle, R. H., “The National Appalachian Forest Reserve,” 89 Batts, Thomas, 41 Baur, K., “The First Bryological Foray,” 321 Baxter, Dow V., “Deterioration of Chestnut in the Southern Appalachians,” 362 Bayley, William Shirley, “The Kaolins of North Carolina,” 376 Beal, Professor, 305 “The Beard and the Britches” (Mathes), 240–41 Beardslee, H. C., 330 “Bear Hunting in the Smokies . . .” (Kephart), 214 “A Bear Hunt in the Big Smokies” (Bowles), 304 “A Bear Hunt in the Great Smoky Mountains” (Bohannan), 304 Bear Pen Hollow, 187, 235, 284, 290, 345, 378 Beaupre, B. de, Carte geographique, statistique et historique de la Caroline du Nord, 134 The Beautiful Elkmont Country (Little River Railroad), 280, 295 Beaver Lake, N.C., 198 Bechtel, John A., 148, 338 “To Smoky Park . . . Plans for Western Entrance . . .,” 357 Beck, Charlie, 218 Becker, Bob “Great Smokies Call Chicago to Play,” 283 “Secrets of the Great Smokies,” 10–11 Becker, Jane S., Selling Tradition . . ., 155 Beech Flats, 146 “Beefsteak When I’m Hungry” (Wilson), 259

392

Beeson, Dan R., 280, 291 In the Spirit of Adventure . . . (Myers, Irwin, and Maynard, eds,), 283 Behind the Great Smokies (Strong), 248 Behymer, F. A., 207 Bell, Agrippa Nelson, “The Climate and Mineral Springs of North Carolina,” 180 Bell, Christopher, 272 Bennett, Hugh Hammond, “The Majestic Smokies,” 283 Bennett, Kelly, 286 Beresford, Frank S., 259 Bergemann, C., “Untersuchungen von Meteoreisen,” 383 “Bermuda Grass—Forest Lands” (Clark and Massey), 356 Berry, Harriet M., “Roads to Fulfillment . . .,” 357 Berryman, Florence Seville, “Southern Mountain Handicrafts Touring the United States,” 197 Beschreibung von Nord Carolina . . . (Druck von Grubel & Sommerlatte), 351 “Besieged by Wolves” (Hayes), 235 Best, Henry Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina (1859), 136 Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina (187?), 139 The Best Plays of 1923–1924 (Burns), 249 “Better Health for Tennessee Mountain People” (Nesbit), 184 “Beyond the Haze in the High Smokies” (Schantz), 99 “A Bibliography for the Great Smokies” (Avery and Mason), 1–2 A Bibliography for the Great Smoky Mountains (McCoy), 2 “Bibliography of North Carolina Geology, Mineralogy and Geography . . .” (Laney and Wood), 2 Bibliography of Southern Appalachia (Appalachian Consortium Press), 226 “Bibliography of Tennessee Geology . . .” (Cockrill), 1 “A Bibliography of the Historical Literature of North Carolina” (Weeks), 3 “Bibliography of the Iroquoian Languages” (Pilling), 2 “A Bibliography of the Southern Appalachians and White Mountain Regions” (Stockbridge), 2 Biddix, Has, 266–67, 273 Bidgood, Lee, The First Explorations of the Trans-Allegheny Region . . ., 41 Big Bald (Gregory Bald), 41, 140, 143, 381–82 Big Cataloochee, 146 Big Cherry Gap, 140 Big Cove, N.C., xii, 10, 14–15, 24, 25, 143, 221, 291, 293 Big Creek Knob, 141 Big-eyed Rabbit (Bumgarner), 273–74 Big Laurel, N.C., 268 “The Big Smoky Mountains” (Alexander), 41 Biltmore, N.C., 293, 295, 317, 369 “Biltmore and Vicinity” (Olds), 336–37, 369 Biltmore Estate, 213, 294, 337, 369–370 “Biographical Memoir of Arnold Guyot” (Dana), 46 Bird, W. E., “Literature of Western North Carolina,” 1 Bird, William Ernest (ed.) Among the Highlanders Yesterday and Today . . ., 228 The Spirit of Western North Carolina (A Pageant), 227–28 “Birdeye the Bloodthirsty” (Mathes), 239

Index

“Birds and Animals in Smoky Park Are Described in Talk” (Burleigh), 311 “Birds and Animals of the Great Smokies” (Burleigh), 311 Birds of the Smokies (Stupka), 309 Birth of a National Park . . . (Campbell), xxvii, 81 Bishop, E. A., “The People of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 165 Bishop, Evelyn, 170, 171, 172–74, 175–77, 179, 197, 198, 199 “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School,” 179 Bishop, Sherman C, “Notes on Some Amphibians and Reptiles from the Southeastern States . . .,” 309–10 Black, Ellen, 154 “A Study of the Diffusion of Culture in a Relatively Isolated Mountain County,” 185 Black, W. M., 372 Black Mountains, N.C., 39, 43, 44–45, 52, 53, 83, 86, 250, 296, 311, 312 “Black Mountain Dethroned” (Asheville News), 43 Blacksburg, Va., 198 The Blacksmith Shop (engraving), 222 Blake, Gladys, “The Gale Treasure,” 228 “Blazing the Great Smoky Trail” (Ozmer), 293 “Blockaders’ Glory” (Kephart), 218 Blomquist, Hugo Leander, 308 “Botanizing in Western North Carolina,” 321–22 Ferns of North Carolina, 322 Bloom, Leonard, Cherokee Dance and Drama, 263 Blountville, Tenn., 43 Blowing Rock, N.C., 317 “Blue Ridge Area Recommended for National Park . . .” (Appalachian Journal), 90 Blue Ridge Folklife (Olson), xxviii, 157 Bly’s cabin, 150 Blythe, James, 25 Boardman, Kenneth S. (ed.), “Arnold Guyot’s Notes . . .,” xv, 41–42, 137 Boas, Franz, 154 Boger, Lorise, The Southern Mountaineer in Literature: An Annotated Bibliography, 226 Boggs, Marion A., “Rare Birds in the North Carolina Mountains,” 310 Bohanan, Roy, 271 Bohannan, J. S., “A Bear Hunt in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 304 Bohannon, Mark, 162 Bohn, Frank, 99 “A New National Park,” 90 Bokum, Hermann, The Tennessee Hand-Book and Immigrant’s Guide . . ., 335, 345 Bolster, Roy H., “The Relation of the Southern Appalachian Mountains to the Development of Water Power,” 373 “Bonaparte’s Retreat” (folk tune), 266 Bond, J. D., “A Simple Colorimetric Method for Field Determinations . . .,” 373 Bone Valley, 143, 146, 293, 304, 364 Booklet “B” (Great Smoky Mountains Tourist Bureau), 295 The Book of Camping and Woodcraft (Kephart), 208–10, 212–13 Borah, Leo A., “A Patriotic Pilgrimage to Eastern National Parks,” 283–84

Index

Borthwick, J. D., The Gold Fields . . . (Kephart, intro.), 210 “Botanizing in Western North Carolina” (Blomquist), 321–22 Bote Mountain, 139, 142, 289 Boudinot, Elias, An Address to the Whites . . ., 11 “Boundaries, Areas, Geographic Centers, and Altitudes of the United States . . .” (Douglas), 347 “Boundaries of the United States . . .” (Gannett), 347–48 Bowen, Emanuel A Map of the British American Plantations, 132 A New & Accurate Map of the Provinces of North & South Carolina, Georgia, 132 Bowles, Grace S., “A History of the Waynesville Library,” 165 Bowles, Joseph L. “A Bear Hunt in the Big Smokies,” 304 “‘Old Sharpnose’ of Bone Valley . . .,” 304 Boyer, Frederic Q., Western North Carolina Facts, Figures, Photographs, 353 “Boy Scout Is Amazed at Beauty” (Greet), 287 “Boy Scout Tells Expedition Experiences” (Williams), 287–88 Bradford, Thomas Gamaliel, Tennessee (map), 135 Bradley, F. H., 382 “On Unakyte, and Epidotic Rock from the Unaka Range . . .,” 376 Bradley, Frances Sage, 154 “Rural Children in Selected Counties of North Carolina,” 185–86 Bransom, Paul, 239 Branson, Eugene Cunningham, “Our Carolina Highlanders,” 186 “The Brass Band at Fontana” (Hardwood Record), 362 Breazeale. J. W. M, Life As It Is . . ., 60 Breitigam, Gerald B., “Lifting Up Mountains . . .,” 158 Brevard, N.C., 146, 299 Brewer, Fisk P. “New Words from ‘The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains,’” 255 “Register of New Words,” 255 Brewster, William, 316 “An Ornithological Reconnaissance in Western North Carolina,” 310 Bridgers, Ben Oshel “An Historical Analysis of the Legal Status of the North Carolina Cherokees,” 9 “A Legal Digest of the North Carolina Cherokees,” 9 A Brief Historical, Statistical, and Descriptive Review of East Tennessee . . . (Smith), 334, 354 A Brief History of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Movement . . . (McCoy), xxviii “A Brief History of the Settlement School” (Helmick, Richardson, and Langmaid), 170–71 “A Brief Summary of the Resources of Tennessee” (Ashley), 344 Brier Knob (Briar Knob), 145, 147, 289, 380 Brimley, C. S., 308 “Notes on the Life-Zones in North Carolina,” 310 “Notes on the Salamanders of the North Carolina Mountains . . .,” 310 “Bringing the Great Smokies Closer” (Skerrett), 359–360

393

Bristol, Tenn., 159, 240, 266 Britt, Albert, 215 Brogdon, Nettie E., “A Two-Year Program of Rural Supervision,” 165 “Brook Trout in Georgia” (S. C. C.) (author), 305 Broom, Leonard, Cherokee Dance and Drama, 30 Broome, Harvey B., xxiv, 81, 281 “Great Smoky Mountain Trails,” 284 Out Under the Sky of the Great Smokies, xxvii Broome, Margaret, ii Brother Oswald, (Rounder Records), 267 Brown, Edward, E., Lindsey & Brown’s Descriptive Catalogue of Photographic Views . . ., 350 Brown, H. C., Railroad Map of North Carolina . . ., 145 Brown, Karl, 39 “Hollywood in the Hills: The Making of Stark Love,” 39, 261 Brown, Margaret Lynn, 337 Historic Buildings of the Smokies, xxix The Wild East . . ., xxvii, 59, 81–82, 336, 337–38 Brown, Roy M., Public Poor Relief in North Carolina, 186 Brown, William Perry “Little Mart,” 228 “Red Hunters of the Unakas,” 11 Brownfield, George, 72 Brownlow, Kevin, 261 “Hollywood in the Hills: The Making of Stark Love,” 39 The War, The West, and the Wilderness, 260 Brownlow bill, 89 Bruce, J. Douglas, “Terms from Tennessee,” 255 Bruner, E. Murray, 362 Bruner, Stephen C., “Notes on the Birds Observed . . .,” 310–11 Brushy Mountain, 284 Bryant, Dr., 184 Bryson, Gordon, 265 Bryson, Herman J., “The Story of the Geologic Making of North Carolina,” 376 Bryson City archaeological sites in, 31 caddis-flies collected in, 311 and the Cherokee, xi, 26, 221 climatic conditions in, 386 in guidebooks, 299 health conditions in, 181 H. Kephart in, xxv, 153, 207, 209-12 industrial development in, 352 location of, xv on maps, 146 music collected in, 269 in promotional literature, 293, 299 railroads to, 302 religion in, 194 roads to, 25 short history of, 60 stream measurements in, 372 travels through, 47, 49

394

Bryson Place, 210–11, 214 “B. S. Buckley” (Asheville News), 43–44 Buck, Charles Neville, 227 Buckingham, James Silk, The Slave States of America, 43 Buckley, Samuel Botsford botanical studies in the GSM, 39, 44, 308, 328 “Communication from S. B. Buckley,” 44 “Description of Some New Species of Plants,” 322 discoveries credited to, 52, 329 editorial attacks on, 43–44 “Grasses in North Carolina—Danthonia Glumosa,” 322 and Guyot, 51–52 “Large Trees,” 322 letters to Hawks, 48 “Miscellaneous Scientific Intelligence . . .,” xxii, 44, 51–53, 97 “The Mountains of North Carolina,” 44 notes on travels, 44 Olmsted’s excerpts from, 52 peaks measured/named by, xxii, 39, 41, 43, 44–45, 45–46, 125 vs. Clingman, 44, 45, 47, 53 Buckley Peak, 51 “The Building and Ornamental Stones of North Carolina” (Watson and Laney), 382 Bull, William B., “No Punches Barred in a Cherokee Ball Game,” 11 Bullhead Mountain, 126, 138, 140, 141, 163, 239 Bumgarner, Samantha, 266–67 Cindy in the Mountains, 273-74 The Worried Blues, 273 Bureau of Indian Affairs, 8–9, 26 Burelbach, M. J., “After Bruin in the Big Smokies,” 304 Burgess, H., 372 Burke, Doris, “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 284 Burke, Fielding. See Dargan, Olive Tilford Burleigh, Thomas D. “Birds and Animals in Smoky Park Are Described in Talk,” 311 “Birds and Animals of the Great Smokies,” 311 Burnett, Frances Eliza Hodgson, 227 Burnett, J. J., Sketches of Tennessee’s Pioneer Baptist Preachers, 190 Burns, Ken, The National Parks: America’s Best Idea, 205 Burnside (Major General), 67 Burr, David H. Map of North and South Carolina . . ., 135 North and South Carolina (map), 135 Burrington, Baker, H., “New Southern Appalachian Land Snails,” 309 Burroughs, John Under the Maples, 284 “A Strenuous Holiday,” 284 Burton, Emily, 173, 174 Burton, James. D., “A Tour of the ‘Big Smokies,’” 190 Busbee, F. H., 85 Bush, Florence Cope, Dorie: Woman of the Mountains, xxvii, 158

Index

Bushnell, N.C., 144, 146, 303 “Bushwhacking Over Clingmans Dome” (Chable), 285 Butler (Captain), 142 Buttrick, P. L., 362 Byard Ray, Manco Sneed, and Mike Rogers (Field Recorders’ Collective), 274 “By-Paths in the Mountains” (Davis), 231, 279 Byrd, H. F., 120 Byrne, George, “Tennessee to Have Another Great Water Power,” 372 Cabeça de Vaca, Alvar Nunez, 35 Cabins and Castles . . . (Swaim, ed.), 277 Cable, George Washington, 255, 257 Famous Adventures and Prison Escapes of the Civil War (ed.), 69 Cades Cove . . . (Dunn), xxvii, 59, 157 Cades Cove . . . (Houk), 157 Cades Cove C. E. Aaron in, 343 F. Chambers in, 345 Civil War action in, 58, 65–66 communities formed in, xii, 157 T. S. deJarnette in, 293 J. H. Ferriss in, 313 flora of, 328 D. D. Foute in, 278 in gazetteers, 351 geological studies in, 349–350, 378, 382 and the Great Smoky overthrust, 380 J. Gregg cabin in, 47 as GSM boundary, 40 and GSMNP development, 96 in guidebooks, 296, 299, 301 Harmon family in, 271 H. C. Moore in, 291 health conditions in, 183–84, 187 hotels/lodges in, 280 on maps, 138, 140, 145 N. M. Murfree in, 46 music collected in, 264, 265, 269, 270, 271 J. Oliver in, xxii, 265, 270, 280, 292–93 postal routes through, 141 in promotional literature, 293 prosperity in, 40 religion in, 190 G. Rowan in, 66 singing group in, 262 smelting operations in, 333 C. F. Smith in, 257–58 water power in, 375 Cades Cove and Chestnut Flats (Myers), 157 The Cades Cove Story (Shields), xxviii, 157 Cadle, Tillman, 264–65, 274 Cain, Stanley Adair, xxv, 308, 320–21 “Certain Floristic Affinities . . .,” 322–23

Index

“Ecological Studies of the Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains . . .,” 323 “An Ecological Study of the Heath Balds of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 323 “Leaf Structure of Rhododendron Catawbiense Michx,” 323, 324–25 “The Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains: An Ecological Study,” 323 Cain, William, Map of North Carolina, 40, 54, 140–41 Caldwell, James and Levi, xxii Caldwell, Joshua W., “The Use and Abuse of Dialect in Fiction . . .,” 255–56 Caldwell, J. W., 85–86 Caldwell, Mitchell, 266 Caldwell, William, Union Harmony; or Family Musician (songbook), 265, 268, 273 Calhoun, Granville, 213-14, 305 Calhoun, Morgan, 25 Callahan, North, Smoky Mountain Country, xxvii Call Home the Heart (Dargan), 230 Call Me Hillbilly (Russell), 158 Camak, David English, June of the Hills. . . ., 228–29 Cameron, John D., 64 Cammerer, Arno B., 101, 120 Camp, W. H., “The Grass Balds of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 323–24 “The Campaign for a National Park in Western North Carolina” (Lankford), 81 Campbell, Carlos C. Birth of a National Park . . ., xxvii Campbell, Hutson, and Sharp’s Great Smoky Mountains Wildflowers, xxviii, 309 “The Great Smokies: A Paradise for Nature Lovers,” 284–85 “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 90 “The Great Smoky Mountains Park,” 90–91 as GSM hiker, xxiv “How a New National Park Is Made,” 90 as national park advocate, 81 “Our Smoky Mountain Park . . .,” 285 promotional information by, 301 “Revealing the Beauty of the Great Smokies . . .,” 357–58 “Tennessee Alumni Bring National Park to State,” 90 Campbell, Hutson, and Sharp’s Great Smoky Mountains Wildflowers (Huston, Sharp, and Campbell), xxviii, 309 Campbell, John C., 195, 198 The Southern Highlander and His Homeland, 1, 158, 283 Campbell, Marius R., “Geomorphology of the Southern Appalachians,” 379, 382 Campbell, Mrs. John C., 199 Campbell, Olive Dame, 264 “Continuous Grazing on Annual Pastures,” 356 English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians . . ., xxvi, 158–59, 268, 272–73 “The Southern Highlands: A Selected Bibliography,” 1 Campbell, Robert. F., “Classification of Mountain Whites,” 153, 159

395

Camp Cookery (Kephart), 210 Camping (Kephart), 211 “Camping and Tramping in the Great Smokies” (Chable), 285 Camping and Woodcraft (Kephart), 205, 208–10, 212–13, 216, 219, 221, 387 “Camping in the Great Smoky Mountains” (Carter), 285 Canby, Henry Seidel, 153, 328 “Top o’ Smoky,” 159 Cannon, H. J., 181–82 Cannon, Joe, 80 A Canoe Voyage up the Minnay Sotor. . . (Featherstonhaugh), 6, 13–14 Canton, N.C., xxiv, 120, 303, 363, 364, 371 Cantrell, Clyde H. (ed.), Southern Literary Culture; A Bibliography . . ., 243 Capps, Claudius Meade The Great Smoky Mountain National Park, 271 Indian Legends and Poems, 11 Captives among the Indians . . . (Kephart, narratives excerpted and notes by), 210 Carbamast, John, 371 Carey, Mathew North Carolina (map), 134 The State of Tennessee (map), 134 Carey, Opal, “The Red Cross Class,” 175 Carleton, Reese M., “Mary Noailles Murfree (1850–1922): An Annotated Bibliography,” 243 Carlyle, Thomas, 43 Carney, Virginia Moore, Eastern Band Cherokee Women . . ., 7 “Carolina” (Cherokee country map), 122 Carolina (map) (Moll), 131 The Carolina Mountain-Air (tourism magazine), 180 Carolina Mountain Breezes (Buckner), 232 The Carolina Mountains (Morley), xxiv, 1, 97, 292 “Carolina Plant Sold,” (The Southern Lumberman), 362 Caron, James E. (ed.), Sut Lovingood’s Nat’ral Born Yarnspinner: Essays on George Washington Harris, 223 Carpenter, Charles, “Variation in Southern Mountain Dialect,” 256 Carpenter, F. M., “Trichoptera from the Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee,” 311 Carpenter, F. O., “Great Smoky Mountains and Thunderhead Peak,” 45 Carrick, Allyn B., 261 Carrington, Henry R., “The Eastern Band of Cherokees of North Carolina,” 7, 13 Carroll, Gene, 271 “Carry Me Back to the Mountains” (song), 267 Carson, John, 266 Carte du Mexique et de la Floride . . . (Delisle), 124, 130 Carte geographique, statistique et historique de la Caroline du Nord (Beaupre), 134 Carter, G. F., “Camping in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 285 Carter, Isabel Gordon “Mountain White Folk-Lore . . .,” 195, 268 “Mountain White Riddles,” 195

396

“Reduction in Variability in an Inbred Population,” 154, 186–87 “Some Songs and Ballads from Tennessee and North Carolina,” 268–69 Carter, Laura L., “The Appalachian Highlands of North Carolina,” 285 Cary Richard, Mary N. Murfree, 242 Casada, Jim, 204, 212 Case, Earl C., “The Valley of East Tennessee . . .,” 345 Casey, Thomas Lincoln, 374 Casher’s Valley, S.C., 164 Castaways and Crusoes . . . (Kephart, narratives excerpted and notes by), 210–11 A Catalogue of Mountain Handicrafts . . . (Southern Highland Handicraft Guild), 197–98 “Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains” (Thomas), 31 Catalogue and Prospectus (Murphy Collegiate Institute), 167–68 Cataloochee appraisal of, 46 F. Asbury in, 190, 277 communities/settlers in, xii, xxii, xxviii, 157, 351 elevation of, 375 in fiction, 231, 240, 241 fishing in, 305 in guidebooks, 296 local residents of, 46 on maps, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 143–44, 146, 147 moonshiners in, 200 postal routes through, 141, 144 railroads to, 362 religion in, 190, 191 roads through, 135 soil studies in, 147, 149 spellings of, 354 travels through, 46–47, 49, 54 “Cataloochee and the Establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Givens), 81 Cataloochee: Lost Settlement of the Smokies (Powers and Hannah), xxviii, 157 Cataloochee Valley . . . (Davis), 157 Cathey, Mark, 305 Cathey, James Harrison, 59 Truth Is Stranger than Fiction . . ., 72–73 Catlin, George, 20 “Cattle Killing Bruin Is Looked on as Enemy” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 Cave, Kent The CCC in the Smokies, xxviii, 59 Mammals of the Smokies, xxviii, 309 Mountain Home . . ., xxvii The CCC in the Smokies (Jolley, Kemp, and Cave), xxviii, 59 “Ceiling and Visibility in the United States: Southeastern States” (Riley), 386 Centennial of Haywood County . . . (Allen), 60 “Certain Floristic Affinities . . .” (Cain), 322–23

Index

“Certain Mounds in Haywood County, North Carolina” (Heye), 15 Chable, A. A. “Bushwhacking Over Clingman’s Dome,” 285 “Camping and Tramping in the Great Smokies,” 285, 305 Chafee, Maryalice, 170, 177, 188, 199 Chamberlain, Hiram S., 336 Chambers, Arthur, 287 Chambers, Frank, “The Tennessee Mountains,” 345 Champrey, J. Wells, 49 “Changing Mountaineers of the South” (Kephart), 220 “The Changing Mountains” (Lewis), 161 Chapman, Alvin Wentworth, Flora of the Southern States, 326 Chapman, David Carpenter, 90, 120, 212 “Present Status of the Park Movement,” 91 Chapman, John Stanton Higham (Maristan Chapman, pseudonym), 256 Chapman, Maristan (pseudonym of Mary Chapman and John Stanton Higham Chapman), 227 “American Speech as Practised in the Southern Highlands,” 256 Chapman, Mary Hamilton Illsley (Maristan Chapman, pseudonym), 256 “Charles Egbert Craddock” (The Nassau Literary Magazine), 251 “Charles Egbert Craddock” (Pierce), 253 Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree) (Parks), 242 “Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree)” (Toulmin), 254–55 “Charles Egbert Craddock and the Southern Mountains and Mountaineers” (Trouy), 255 “Charles Egbert Craddock as an Interpreter of Mountain Life” (Harris), 252 “Charles Egbert Craddock und die amerikanische Short-story” (Reichert), 253–54 Charlies Bunion, 286 Chater, Melville, “Motor-Coaching Through North Carolina,” 285 Chattanooga, Tenn., 185, 215, 228, 240, 245, 326, 335–36, 342, 371, 382 “Check List of the Trees and Shrubs of Eastern Tennessee” (Gaylon), 325 “Cherokee” (Mooney), 22 Cherokee, N.C., xi, xii, xv, 11, 12, 56, 144, 146, 149, 159 Cherokee Americans . . . (Finger), xxvii, 7, 9 “Cherokee and Iroquois Parallels” (Mooney), 19 Cherokee Archaeology . . .” (Keel), 5 “The Cherokee Ball Play” (Mooney), 12, 19–20, 263 “Cherokee Belief and Practice with Regard to Childbirth” (Olbrechts), 24 “The Cherokee Calendar System [Letter]” (Mooney), 21 Cherokee Dance and Drama (Speck and Bloom), 30, 263 “Cherokee Indians” (Posey), 26–27 “The Cherokee Indians and Their Neighbors” (Downing), 13 “The Cherokee Indian School” (Olds), 25 “Cherokee Keep Primitive Practices of Tribal Magic” (Washington Post), 11–12

Index

Cherokee Legends and Myths (Appendix to ‘Junaluska’) (Hawkins), 15 The Cherokee Nation and the Trail of Tears (Perdue and Green), xxviii, 6 “The Cherokee Nation of Indians” (Royce), 8 “Cherokee Plant Lore” (Mooney), 19 The Cherokee Removal . . . (Perdue and Green), xxviii, 6 “Cherokee River Cult” (Mooney), 21 “The Cherokees” (Smith), 28–29 “The Cherokees” (Mooney), 22 “Cherokees in North Carolina” (Thomas), 31 “The Cherokees in North Carolina” (Shenck), 28 “The Cherokees in Pre-Columbian Times” (Thomas), 31 The Cherokees of the Smoky Mountains . . . (Kephart), 217 “Cherokee Talismans” (Mooney), 21 “Cherokee Theory and Practice of Medicine” (Mooney), 19 “The Cherokee Training School . . . ” (Friends’ Review. . .), 12 Cherokee Women: Gender and Culture Change, 1700–1835 (Perdue), 7 Chestnut, Saralyn, “The Difference Within: Southern Proletarian Writers,” 227 “Chestnut and the Chestnut Blight in North Carolina” (North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey), 362 “Chestnut Blight” (Gravatt and Gill), 364–65 “Chestnut Blight in the Southern Appalachians” (Gravatt and Marshall), 364 “Chestnut in Tennessee” (Ashe), 360–61 Chestnut Ridge, 148, 291, 304 Chew, Helen, 175 Chickering, J. W., “A Summer on Roane Mountain,” 326 Child, Francis James, English and Scottish Popular Ballads, 264 “Child Labor in the Southern Cotton Mills” (McKelway), 188–89 The Child That Toileth Not . . . (Dawley, Jr.), 187 “A Child Welfare Survey of Blount County . . .” (Groves), 188 Chilhowee: A Legend of the Great Smoky Mountains (Maxwell), 18 Chilhowee Mountain fauna of, 315–16, 317, 318 in fiction, 228, 243 flora of, 324 geology of, 379–380, 381 in government reports, 83 in guidebooks, 41, 298 Indian relics on, 13 on maps, 147 resorts on, 278 springs near/on, 180, 183, 298, 377 H. B. Wetzell on, 347 Christy, Bayard H., 280 “A Hiking Trip through the Great Smoky Mountains: Sept. 5th to Sept.17th, 1919,” 285–86 Christy, David, “Fog and Rain in the Mountains,” 385 “Chronicles of Camp Gibson” (Gibson), 289 Chunn, Ida F., Descriptive Illustrated Guide-Book to North Carolina Mountains . . ., 295 Churches of the Smokies (Maynard), xxviii, 59

397

Cindy in the Mountains (Bumgarner), 273–74 Circle Four Patrol (Dean), 231 “‘Citizens of the Smokies’ . . . ” (Stephens), 163 The Civil and Political History of the State of Tennessee (Haywood), 57, 62–63 The Civil War in the Smokies (Fisher), xxvii, 59 Clapp, George H., “Vitrea (Paravitrea) Multidentata and Lamellidens,” 311–12 Clark, Elmer T. (ed.), The Journal and Letters of Francis Asbury, 190 Clark, Walter (ed.), Histories of the Several Regiments and Battalions from North Carolina . . ., 65 Clarke, Foster, 337 “Bermuda Grass—Forest Lands,” 356 Clark’s Regiments: an Extended Index . . . (Davis), 65 “Classification of Mountain Whites” (Campbell), 159 “A Classified Catalogue of American Land Shells, With Localities” (Pilsbry), 317 Cleaveland, Dorothy K., “Bibliography on the Southern Highlands,” 174 Clench, W. J. “Notes,” 312 “Two New Land Shells from the Southern Appalachians,” 312 Cliff Top (The Basin), 292, 378 “The Climate and Mineral Springs of North Carolina” (Bell), 180 “Climate of North Carolina” (von Herrmann), 386 “The Climate of Tennessee” (Nunn), 385 “The Climatic Treatment of Disease . . .” (Marcy), 77–78, 182 Cline, W. M., 152 “Mountain Men of Tennessee,” 159 Clingman, Thomas Lanier agricultural reports by, 357 biological sketch of, 286 J. S. Coleman, Jr. on, 286 as historical source, 60 meteorites stored by, 383, 384 and Mitchell, 47 mountaineering efforts by, 287 “Mount Pisgah, North Carolina,” 345–46 peak elevations measured by, 39, 41, 43, 45 Selections from the Speeches and Writings of Hon. Thomas L. Clingman . . ., 346 on sheep herding, 64–65 trails blazed by, 41 vs. Buckley, 44, 45, 47, 53 Clingmans Dome. See also Mount Buckley W. S. Adams on, 282 E. Alexander on, 41 M. H. Avery on, 303 S. B. Buckley, measured/named by, 41, 45 A. A. Chable on, 285 J. S. Coleman on, 286 elevation of, 346, 376, 378 fauna on, 312, 321 J. H. Ferriss on, 313 in fiction, 18, 238 flora of, 321

398

geological studies around, 350 and GSMNP development, 91, 92 A. Guyot’s measurements of, 47 W. L. Hicklin on, 290 and logging, 360 on maps, 127, 138, 139, 140, 141, 143, 145, 147 R. L. Mason on, 304–5 and the Meigs-Freeman line, xxii W. D. Mooney on, 51 and Mount Le Conte, 127 J. W. Oliver on, 293 in park land purchases, 91 in photographs, 331, 363 in poems, 229 promotional information on, 291 roads to/from, 358, 359 C. F. Smith on, 163, 293 surveyors’ towers on, 288 in Thompson photos, 93 Clyde H. Cantrell (ed.), Southern Literary Culture; A Bibliography of Masters’ and Doctors’ Theses, 243 Coal Creek, Tenn., 295 Cobb, Collier, “North Carolina,” 346 Cobb, Needham Bryan “A Home in the Mountains,” 229 Poetical Geography of North Carolina, 229 Cobb, P. L., 98, 317 Coburn, Jack, 219, 364 Cochran, William Cox Bly’s cabin, photo by, 150 Dorsey’s cabin, photo by, xxx “Cocke County Ballads and Songs” (Haun), 265, 269–270 Cockrill, Elizabeth “Bibliography of Tennessee Geology . . .,” 1 “Elevations in Tennessee,” 376 Coffin, Gertrude Wilson, Magnolia’s Man: A Mountain Comedy, 229 Coggins, Allen R., Place Names of the Smokies, xviii, xxvii Coggins, James Caswell, 59 Abraham Lincoln: A North Carolinian . . ., 73 Coker, William Chambers Trees of the Southeastern States . . ., 324 “What Nature Gave to Carolina . . .,” 324 Cold Mountain (Frazier), 57–58, 266 Cold Spring Gap, 147 Coleman, A. B., 67 Coleman, Charles W., Jr., “The Recent Movement in Southern Literature,” 251 Coleman, J. S., Jr. “Area Cut Over by Lumbermen Hardest Hiking,” 286 “Cattle Killing Bruin Is Looked on as Enemy,” 287 “Even Natives Hesitate To Forecast It,” 287 “Expedition Pigeons Make Perfect Score Despite Hardships,” 287 “Gnats, Fleas Are Nuisances in Mountains,” 287 “Inexperienced Sure to Get Many Troubles,” 287 “Learn Much on Initial Hike to Clingman’s,” 286

Index

“Mt. Guyot Altitude Report Fans Flames of Old Controversy,” 287 “Natives Are Masters of Angler’s Art,” 287 “Obtain Rare Panorama of Great Smokies,” 286 “Personality of Horace Kephart Responsible for Homage Paid Him,” 213 “Pitch Base Camp in Ideal Place,” 286 “Tales of DeLozier’s Mine Still Haunts Natives in Smokies,” 287 “Times Explorers,” 286–88 “Travel Light, But Right, Is Their Motto,” 287 “Trip To High Peak Pleases Times’ Party,” 286 Coleman, William, The Evidence that Abraham Lincoln Was Not Born in Lawful Wedlock . . ., 73 Coleridge, Samuel Taylor, 38 The Collected Letters of Thomas and Jane Welsh Carlyle, 43 “Collecting Hypochilus” (Petrunkevitch), 317 “A Collection of Ballads and Songs from East Tennessee” (Anderson), 267–68 Colleton, Edward Sussex, “The Discovery of Plantation Land . . .,” 346 Collins Gap, 138, 139, 140 Colonial and State Records of North Carolina, 8 Colton, Don, 119 Colton, G. W., Colton’s North Carolina and South Carolina (map), 141 Colton, Henry E., Hand-Book of Tennessee, 348–49 Mountain Scenery . . ., 45, 136 “Notes on the Topography and Geology of Western North Carolina—The Hiawassee Valley,” 376-77 “Picturesque America: On the French Broad River,” 45 Colton’s North Carolina and South Carolina (map) (Colton and Kerr), 141 Colwell, Henry, xxii “Col. William Holland Thomas” (North Carolina University Magazine), 12 Combs, Josiah H. “Language of the Southern Highlanders,” 256 “Old, Early and Elizabethan English in the Southern Mountains,” 256 “Comment on the Appalachian Park” (The Forester), 91 “Communication from John D. Hyman” (The Weekly Raleigh Register), 45 “Communication from S. B. Buckley” (Buckley), 44 “Communications from Samuel L. Love, Bayles M. Edney, and John Le Conte” (Raleigh North Carolina Standard), 45–46 Community Life in Western North Carolina: ‘The Land of the Sky’ (Southern Railway System), 295–96 “A Comparative Study of the Teachers of Sevier County . . .” (Sarten), 168 Conard, Nancy. See Dude, Nance Condon, Tom, Wildflowers of the Smokies, xxix, 309 Confederate Colonel and Cherokee Chief . . . (Godbold and Russell), xxviii, 9 Conner, Myrtle, 199 Connor, Edward, 259

Index

“The Conquest of the Carolina Frontier . . .” (Stillwell), 63 Conser, Elsie Barbero, 177 “Conservation and Development of Forest Resources in Western North Carolina” (Damtoft), 362–63 “Continuous Grazing on Annual Pastures” (Campbell), 356 “Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee. [No. 2. Birds & No. 3 Mammals]” (Rhoads), 318–19 “Contribution to the Herpetology of the Smoky Mountains of Tennessee” (Necker), 317 Cook, Belle, “Above the Clouds,” 288 Cook, Sylvia J., 230 Cooke’s new map of the State of North Carolina (Cooke), 136 Coolidge, Calvin, xxv Coolidge, Grace (Mrs. Calvin), 175, 197 Coon Hollow, 370 Cooper, James Fenimore, 249 Cooper, John, 200 Cope, Bill, 214 Cope, E. D., “Observations on the Fauna of the Southern Alleghanies,” 310, 312, 316 “Copper Deposits in Swain County” (Laney), 380 “Copper Region of Tennessee . . .” (Currey), 334, 377 Corkran, David H., 17 “Corpus Delicti” (Mathes), 241 The Correspondence of John Bartram 1734–1777 (Berkeley and Berkeley, eds.), 38 Cosby, xv, 47, 49, 69, 139, 141, 168, 286, 383 Costner, Tenn., 145 Coulter, Stanley, “Some Mid-Summer Plants of South-Eastern Tennessee,” 324 Counties of Tennessee (Foster), 347 The Country Church in North Carolina (Ormond), 193 County Government and County Affairs in Haywood County (Edwards), 187–88 Couture, Jean, 38 Cove Creek Gap, 291 Cove Mountain, 83 Cowan, Stella, Tsali: A Tragedy of the Cherokee Indian Removal, 228 Cowee, N.C., xxi, 43 Cowee Mountain, 28 Cowee Quadrangle (map), (U.S. Geological Survey), 126, 142, 146 Cowlam, George B., “The Extent and Value of East Tennessee’s Minerals,” 377 Cox, Henry J., “Weather Conditions and Thermal Belts in the North Carolina Mountain Region . . .,” 385 Cox, John A., 202 Craddock, Charles Egbert. See Murfree, Mary Noailles “The Craft of the Mississippi” (Murfree), 246 Cram, George F. Tennessee (map), 145 The Atlas of the World Ancient and Modern, 145 Crane, Verner Winslow and the Barnwell map, 131 The Southern Frontier, 1670–1732, 124 “The Tennessee River as the Road to Carolina . . .,” 37, 60–61

399

Creaser, Charles W., “Relative Importance of Hydrogen-Ion Concentration . . .,” 374 Creating the Land of the Sky . . . (Starnes), xxviii, 278, 282, 338 Creation and Revision of National Park Boundaries (U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys), 120 Crestmont, 146, 147, 149, 366, 371 Creswell, John Olin, 155 “Secondary Education in Sevier County,” 166 Crisp, Edward, A Map of South Carolina . . ., 124, 130–31 “A Critical Summary of Troost’s Unpublished Manuscript on the Crinoids of Tennessee” (Wood), 320 Crook, George, 27 Crook, James K., The Mineral Waters of the United States and Their Therapeutic Uses, 180 Crouch, Brockway, xxiv, 281 “Hikes in the Smokies,” 288 Crow, Vernon H., Storm in the Mountains . . ., xxvii, 58 The Crowning Day (hymnal), 269 Crozier, Ethelred W., The White-Caps . . ., 71 “The Crystal Hunters” (Pollock), 247 Culin, Stewart, “Games of the North American Indians,” 7, 12 Cullowhee, N.C., 63, 165, 227, 228 Cumfer, Cynthia, Separate Peoples, One Land . . ., 6 Cumming, William P. The Southeast in Early Maps, xxvii, 123–24, 128–31 “The Curin’est Remedy” (Mathes), 240 Currey, Richard O. “Copper Region of Tennessee . . .,” 334, 377 “A Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee,” 377 Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee . . ., 334, 377 Curry, John, 371 Curtis, Blanche Carlton, 176 Curtis, Moses Ashley, 308, 328 “An Account of Some New and Rare Plants of North Carolina,” 324 Cushman, Rebecca “The Revival: A Story in Verse,” 229 Swing Your Mountain Gal, 229 “Daddy Bryson’s Last Ride” (folk song), 265 Damtoft, W. J., “Conservation and Development of Forest Resources in Western North Carolina,” 362–63 Dana, James D., “Biographical Memoir of Arnold Guyot,” 46 “The Dancin’ Party at Harrison’s Cove” (Murfree), 224, 252 “Dan Doo” (folk song), 274 Dandridge, Tenn., 35, 44, 70, 128 Darby, William, 357 Dargan, Olive Tilford (Fielding Burke, pseudonym), 225, 229–230 Call Home the Heart, 230 Highland Annals, 230 From My Highest Hill, 230 A Stone Came Rolling, 230 Darlington, P. J., Jr. “On Some Caribidae . . .,” 312 “The Subspecies of Sphaeroderus canadensis Chd.,” 312 Darnell, H. J., 255

400

Davenport, William, 60, 125 Davidson, Allen T., “Reminiscences of Western North Carolina . . .,” 61 Davidson, Samuel Fred, Soil Map, North Carolina, Haywood County Sheet, 147 Davidson, Theodore F., Reminiscences and Traditions of Western North Carolina, 61 David T. Dodd II, The Unpublished Short Fiction of Mary N. Murfree, 243 Davis, Anne, 212 Davis, Arthur Powell “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1896], 335, 372 Davis, Ben, 293 Davis, Charles C., Clark’s Regiments: an Extended Index . . ., 65 Davis, E. A., 70 Davis, E. Mac, “Rambles in the Great Smokies,” 46 Davis, Eva, 267, 273 Davis, Hattie Caldwell Cataloochee Valley . . ., xxvii, 157 Step Back in Time . . ., 157 Davis, Jefferson, 71 Davis, Lowry, “The Highest School in Tennessee,” 166 Davis, Lulu A., 33 Davis, Rebecca Harding “His Great Deed,” 231 “A Night in the Mountains,” 230–31 “By-Paths in the Mountains,” 231, 279 in Qualla, 7 “Qualla,” 12–13, 40, 278–79 “Taneo,” 230 Davis, Roger, 296 Davis, R. P. Stephen, Jr., Time before History: The Archaeology of North Carolina, 5 Davis, Tom, 72 Davis, W. A., Soil Map, North Carolina, Haywood County Sheet, 147 Davis, W. P., 99, 212 Dawley,Thomas Robertson, Jr., 154 The Child That Toileth Not . . ., 187 “Our Southern Mountaineers: Removal the Remedy for the Evils That Isolation and Poverty Have Brought . . .,” 187 Day, William, 78 Deals Gap, 41, 136, 140, 358 Dean, Graham M., Circle Four Patrol, 231 deBrahm, William, 38 de Chiaves, Geronimo, La Florida. Auctore Hieron. Chiaves (map), 128 Decisions of the Interstate Commerce Commission, 358 Decisions of the United States Geographic Board No. 28—June 30, 1932 . . ., 354 “Decorative Art and Basketry of the Cherokee” (Speck), 29 Deep Gap, 143 Delisle, Guillaume, Carte du Mexique et de la Floride . . ., 124, 130 Carte de la Louisiane et du Cours du Mississipi, 131 Delozier family, 52

Index

DeMenil, Alexander N., The Literature of the Louisiana Territory, 251 “Dendrological Notes” (Sargent), 329 Denny Mountain, 83 Denson, Lee A., 386 Denton, D. C., 174 “Denudation and Erosion in the Southern Appalachian Region . . .” (Glenn), 364 Derrick Knob, 293 “Description and Analysis of a Meteoric Mass . . .” (Troost), 384 “Description of Some New Species of Plants” (Buckley), 322 “Descriptions of New American Land Shells” (Pilsbry), 318 Descriptive Illustrated Guide-Book to North Carolina Mountains . . . (Chunn), 295 de Soto, Hernando, 30, 35, 37, 50, 63, 131 Mapa del Golfo y costa de la Nueva Espana, xiii, xxi, 123, 128 “The De Soto Expedition through Florida” (Lewis), 50 “Deterioration of Chestnut in the Southern Appalachians” (Baxter and Gill), 362 The Development of the American Short Story (Pattee), 253 Dewell, Barbara, 175 “The Diamond Shoal Lightship” (Lowell), 237 “Diary of a Geological Tour by Dr. Elisha Mitchell in 1827 and 1828 . . .” (Mitchell), 50–51 Dickens, Charles, 210, 224 “A Dictionary of Altitudes in the United States” (Gannett), 378 Dictionary of Smoky Mountain English (Montgomery and Hall), xvi, xxviii, 227 “Did a Panther Attack Tom Sparks? . . .” (Kephart), 217 Diehl, Walter S. as GSM hiker, 303 and Johnson’s “Pre-Discovery Visits . . .,” 290–91 “The Difference Within: Southern Proletarian Writers” (Chestnut), 227 Dillard, O. S., “Educational Progress in Western North Carolina,” 166 Dillsboro, N.C., xxiv, 16, 193, 194, 208, 274 “The Discovery of Plantation Land: A Carolina Fantasy . . .” (Colleton), 346 “Distinguished American Women” (McCray), 252 “The Distribution of Certain Insects of Reversed Behavior” (Kennedy), 315 “Distribution of Microtus chrotorrhinus . . .” (Komarek), 315 Ditmas, Marie, 173 Dixon, Joseph S. “Falcons of the Great Smokies,” 312 “Fauna of the National Parks of the United States,” 320 Doak, Henry Melvil (A. T. Ramp, pseudonym), The Wagonauts Abroad. . . ., 231–32 Dodd, C. Kenneth, The Amphibians of Great Smoky Mountains National Park, xxvii, 309 Doherty, W. H., 44 Donaldson, Thomas, “The Eastern Band of Cherokees,” 13 Dony, Francis A. “Narrative to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs,” 9 “Report . . . to Commissioner of General Land Office,” 9

Index

Dorie: Woman of the Mountains (Bush), xxvii, 158 Dorsey, N.C., 146 Douglas, Edward M, “Boundaries, Areas, Geographic Centers, and Altitudes. . .,” 347 Douglas, William, Recollections of a Cavalryman of the Civil War after Fifty Years, 68 Dowell, Anna W., 174 Downing, A., “The Cherokee Indians and Their Neighbors,” 13 “‘Down Yan!’: A Memory of the Southern Highlands” (The Mentor), 159 “The Draggin’est Feller” (Mathes), 239 Drake, J. Madison, 58, 69–70 Fast and Loose in Dixie, 65 Draught of the Cherokee country . . . (map) (Timberlake), 132–33 Dry Cove, 239 Dry Sluice Gap, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 286 Ducktown, Tenn., 326 Duckworth, Marshal, 202 Dude, Nance, 164 Duggan, Betty J., Studies in Cherokee Basketry, 29 Duggan, W. L. Facts about Sevier County, 346 “Sketches of Sevier and Robertson Counties,” 61 Duggar, Shepherd M., The Balsam Groves of the Grandfather Mountain . . ., 346–47 Dunaway, Wilma A., The First American Frontier . . ., 6 Duncan, Mrs. Sanford, 98, 317 Duncan, Wilbur H., “Ecological Comparison of Leaf Structures of Rhododendron Punctatum,” 324–25 Dunn, Durwood, Cades Cove . . ., xxvii, 59, 157 Dunn, Emmett R. “A New Mountain Race of Desmognathus,” 313, 318 The Salamanders of the Family Plethodontidae, 313 “Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee and Alabama,” 312–13 Dunn, Mrs. (survey respondent), 188 Dunning, E. O., “Rambles for Relics. Chilhowee,” 13 Dunraven, W. T. W.-Q., Hunting in Yellowstone . . . (Kephart, intro.), 210 Dury, Ralph, “Notes on a Collection of Beetles of the Tibe Cychrini,” 313 Dyer, G. W., “The Population of East Tennessee,” 187 Dykeman, Wilma, 157 Mountain Home . . ., xxvii Eagle Top, 140, 141 Eakin, J. Ross, xxv–xxvi, 84, 164 “Earl Brand” (folk ballad), 268 “Early American Rifles De Luxe . . .” (Kephart), 219 “Early East Tennessee Shape-Note Tunebooks” (Hatchett), 268 “Early Explorers in the Great Smokies” (Fink), 61–62 “Early Spring Flowers of the North Carolina Mountains” (Kephart), 221 Early Travels in the Tennessee Country, 1540–1800 . . . (Williams), 53–54 “The Earthquake in the Southern Appalachians February 21, 1916” (Taber), 384

401

Easterbrook [Estabrook], J., 383 Eastern Band Cherokee Women . . . (Carney), 7 “The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians Before and After the Removal” (Owl), 25–26 “The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians; From 1835 to 1893” (Robertson), 28 “The Eastern Band of Cherokees” (Donaldson), 13 The Eastern Band of Cherokees, 1819-1900 (Finger), xxvii, 6, 9 “The Eastern Band of Cherokees of North Carolina” (Carrington), 13 “Eastern Cherokee Folktales . . .” (Olbrechts, Kilpatrick, and Kilpatrick), 24–25 The Eastern Cherokees: A Report (Painter), 26 “Eastern Cherokee Social Organization” (Gilbert), 7, 14–15 “The Eastern Forest Reserves” (Woodland and Roadside), 91 “Eastern National Forests Enlarged” (Forest Leaves), 91 “Eastern Tennessee” (Climatic Summary of the United States), 385 Eastman, Elaine Goodale, Indian Legends Retold, 13 “East Tennessee” (Pumphrey), 193–94 East Tennessee, Historical and Biographical (A. D. Smith & Co.), 347 “East Tennessee Christian Association of Friends” (Friends Review), 190–91 Eaton, Allen. See also Russell Sage Foundation Handicrafts of the Southern Highlands, 155, 197, 198 “The Mountain Handicrafts . . .,” 198 Eaton, Roland P., 201–02 Ebbs, Eloise Buckner, Carolina Mountain Breezes, 232 Eckel, H. O., 384 Ecola, N.C., 146 “Ecological Comparison of Leaf Structures of Rhododendron Punctatum” (Duncan), 324–25 “Ecological Studies of the Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains . . .” (Cain), 323 “An Ecological Study of the Distribution of Animals on Mt. LeConte . . .” (McClure), 316 “An Ecological Study of the Heath Balds of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Cain), 323 The Economic and Social Beginnings of Tennessee (Holt), 63 “Economic and Social Study of Tennessee” (Allred), 343–44 Edison, Thomas, 284 Edmands, Walter S., “Great Smoky National Park,” 288 Edney, Bayles M., 45 Edson, H. A., “Tennessee Mountains,” 256–57 “An Educational, Economic, and Community Survey of Blount County, Tennessee” (Houts), 188 “Educational Conditions in Tennessee” (Bulletin of the Southern Educational Board), 166 “Educational Conditions in the Southern Appalachians” (Bulletin of the Southern Educational Board), 166 “Educational Progress in Western North Carolina” (Dillard), 166 “Edward” (folk song), 272, 273 Edwards, Charles W., County Government and County Affairs in Haywood County, 187–88 Edwards, Morgan, “Materials Towards a History of Baptists in the Province of North Carolina,” 193

402

“The Effect of Physiography on the Trade Routes of East Tennessee” (Martin), 359 “The Gale Treasure” (Blake), 228 Egan, Michael, 58 The Flying, Gray-Haired Yank . . ., 65–66 Ekaneetlee Gap, 147, 290, 291 Elder, David, 194 Elementary Geology of Tennessee . . . (McAdoo and White), 380–81 The Elementary Geology of Tennessee . . . (Safford), 381–82 “Elevations in Tennessee” (Cockrill), 376 Eliot, Charles, 297 Eliot, George, 251 Elkmont The Beautiful Elkmont Country, 280, 294, 295 clubs founded in, xxiv P. M. Fink in, 288 H. H. Gibson in, 289 J. M. Gore’s camp in, 290 in guidebooks, 299, 301 hotels/lodges in, 358 W. M. Johnson in, 290 Last Train to Elkmont . . ., xxix and logging, 365, 367, 370 Logging postcard, Elkmont, 332 music collected in, 269 railroads to, xxiv, 280, 369 as resort area, xxiv terms from, 255 trail to, 291 Elliott, W. L., 67–68 Ellis, Daniel, Thrilling Adventures of Daniel Ellis, 66 Ellison, George, 212–13 Camping and Woodcraft (intro. by), 212, 216 James Mooney’s History, Myths, and Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees . . . (ed. & intro. by), 6, 20 Our Southern Highlanders (intro. by), 213, 215 The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees (intro. by), 22 Smoky Mountain Magic (intro. by), 221 Stark Love reviewed by, 260 Emerson, Ralph Waldo, 43 “Eminent Domain . . .” (J. F. W.), 95 The Empire of the South . . . (Presbrey), 353 Encyclopedia of Appalachia (Olson), 267 Engelhardt, George P., 314 English and Scottish Popular Ballads (Child), 264 English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians . . . (Campbell and Sharp), xxvi, 158–59, 268, 272–73 “An Englishman Looks at the Smokies [Parts 1 & 2]” (Wood), 294–95 Enloe, Abraham, 59, 60, 72–74, 142 Enloe, Wesley, 41, 74 “Enter Smokies by Old Trail to Indian Gap” (Adams), 286 Eoneguski; or The Cherokee Chief . . . (Strange), 30, 224 “Epsom Salts” (Weekly Columbus Enquirer), 377–78 “Equalization of the Financial Burden of Education among Counties in North Carolina” (Morrison), 167

Index

“Era of Prosperity Expected” (The Southern Lumberman), 363 Essary, S. H., 148, 285, 299 “Essay on the Geology of Western North Carolina” (Smith), 339 Esslinger, Veitra, 199 Euchella (Cherokee notable), 50 Evans, A. Murray, Ferns & Fern Allies of the Smokies, xxvii Evans, Richard, 190 “Evelina’s Flight: An Episode in the Great Smoky Mountains” (Murfree), 245 “Evening in the Great Smokies” (Dubose), 236 “Even Natives Hesitate To Forecast It” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 “Events of the Week—The Great Smokies” (The Outlook), 91 The Evidence that Abraham Lincoln Was Not Born in Lawful Wedlock . . . (Coleman), 73 “Evolution in Cherokee Personal Names” (Mooney), 19 The Evolving Economic Impact of Tourism on the Greater Smoky Mountain Region . . . (Tooman), 282 “Examination and Survey of Little Tennessee River, Tennessee. Letter from the Secretary of War . . .” (Root), 374–75 Excursion Guide to the Virginia Springs and Health Resorts (Richmond and Danville Railroad), 184 Executive Order, No. 6542 (Roosevelt), 119 “Expedition Pigeons Make Perfect Score Despite Hardships” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 Explanation of the Fund Held in Trust . . . for the North Carolina Cherokees (Thomas), 9 “The Extent and Value of East Tennessee’s Minerals” (Cowlam), 377 Facts about Sevier County (Duggan), 346 Fairchild, Edith M., “Tennessee Mountains,” 256–57 Fairfax, Tenn., 140, 141, 144 “Falcons of the Great Smokies” (Dixon), 312 Fallam, Robert, 41 Famous Adventures and Prison Escapes of the Civil War (Cable, ed.), 69 Fanslow, Mary, “What Do They Do at the Springs? . . .,” 156 Faris, John Thomson, Roaming the Eastern Mountains, 288 “Farm and Garden: New Points in Horticulture” (Powell), 356 “Farm Practices that Increase Crop Yields in Tennessee and Kentucky” (Arnold), 355 Far Top, 378 Fast and Loose in Dixie (Drake), 65 “Fastness of Great Smokies Explored” (Adams), 282 Father Morice, 20 Faulkner, William, 223–24 “Fauna of the National Parks of the United States” (Wright, Dixon, and Thompson), 320 Featherstonhaugh, George William, A Canoe Voyage up the Minnay Sotor. . ., 6, 13–14 Feezel, Uncle Billy, 270 Felknor, George, 201–2 Felton, Ralph A., 202 “A Race of Rip Van Winkles Is Waking Up,” 159–160 Ferns & Fern Allies of the Smokies (Murray), xxvii Ferns of North Carolina (Blomquist), 322

Index

“The Ferns of Tennessee” (Anderson), 321 Ferris, George T. (ed.), Our Native Land . . ., 46 Ferriss, James H., 308 “The Great Smoky Mountains,” 313 Field, Alexander L., “Notes on the Birds Observed . . .,” 310–11 Fifth Geological Report to the . . .General Assembly of . . . Tennessee (Troost), 334, 342–43 Filson, John, A Topographical Description of the Western Territory of North America, 48 Final Report of the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission . . . June 30, 1931, 82, 84 Finger, John R. Cherokee Americans . . ., xxvii, 7, 9 The Eastern Band of Cherokees, 1819-1900, xxvii, 6, 9 Fink, Paul Mathes Backpacking Was the Only Way . . ., 289 “A Barometric Survey to Determine the Height of Mount Le Conte,” 378 Chable article commentary by, 285 “Early Explorers in the Great Smokies,” 61–62 exploration sites identified by, 291 “A Forest Enigma . . .,” 325 as GSM hiker, 280–81, 303 GSM promotional literature by, 147 and Johnson’s “Pre-Discovery Visits . . .,” 291 “The Literature of the Great Smokies,” 1–2 on logging industry impact, 336 “Mount Le Conte, Giant,” 289 photo captions drawn from, 297 photos mentioned, 148 “Present Roads to the Great Smokies,” 147–48 “Smoky Mountains History as Told in Place-Names,” 61–62 “Trails of the Great Smokies,” 289 “A Week in the Great Smoky Range,” 288–89 Fire and the Spirits . . . (Strickland), 9 Firestone, Harvey S., 284 The First American Frontier . . . (Dunaway), 6 “The First Bryological Foray” (Baur and Fulford), 321 “The First Day Sale of the Great Smoky Mountains Stamp” (Terry), 163–64 “First Efforts for a Park in Western Carolina” (Appalachian Journal), 91–92 The First Explorations of the Trans-Allegheny Region . . . (Alvord and Bidgood), 41 “First Tennessee Novel” (Mellen), 249 First through the Grand Canyon . . . (Powell) (Kephart, intro.), 210 “First Trip to the Great Smokies” (Tennessee University Student), 48 Fisher, Henry M., “The Tulip-Poplar and the Cigar Box Industry,” 363 Fisher, Noel C. The Civil War in the Smokies, xxvii, 59 War at Every Door . . ., 58 “Fishing on the Fourth” (Hopkins), 304 Fisk, Wilbur, 44

403

Fiske, Daniel Willard, 206, 212 Fiske, Horace Spencer, Provincial Types in American Fiction, 251–52 Fitius, “A Week in the Western Part of Haywood,” 46 FitzGerald, Mabel Purefoy, “Further Observations on the Changes in the Breathing and the Blood at Various High Altitudes,” 180–81 Flag Pond, N.C., 268 Fleming, Ben C., 176 The Flora of Tennessee and a Philosophy of Botany . . . (Gattinger), 326, 327 Flora of the Southern States (Chapman), 326 Floridae Americae Provinciae Recens & exactissima (map) (Le Moyne de Morgues), 128–29 Florida et Apalche (map) (Wytfliet), 129 “Flowers of the Great Smokies” (Shaver), 329–330 “The Flowers of the Great Smokies . . . and the Birds” (Hofferbert), 314 “The Flowers of the Great Smokies . . . and the Birds” (Jennison), 327 “Floyd Collins” (folk song), 265 The Flying, Gray-Haired Yank . . . (Egan), 65–66 “Fog and Rain in the Mountains” (David), 385 “Folk-Lore in Western North Carolina” (Lunsford), 195 “Folk-Lore of the Carolina Hills” (Mooney), 195–96 “Folk-Lore of the North Carolina Mountaineers” (Parker), 196 “Folk Music, Folk Art, and Folk Festivals” (Rehder), 267 Folk-Songs from the Southern Highlands (Henry), 271 Folk-Songs of America: The Robert Winslow Gordon Collection, 274 Folk-Songs of English Origin Collected in the Appalachian Mountains (Sharp), 272 Folsom, Marion, 174 Fontana Dam, xiii, xxvi, 59 Fontana/Fontana Village, xv, 289, 360, 362 “For an Appalachian National Park” (National Park Bulletin), 92 Ford, Henry, 175, 284 “Forest Conditions in Western North Carolina” (Holmes), 365–66 Forest Conditions of Western North Carolina (map) (U.S. Department of Agriculture), 146 “A Forest Enigma . . .” (Fink), 325 “Forests and Floods in the Alleghany Mountains” (Schenck), 370 The Forests of Tennessee . . . (Sudworth and Killebrew), 335, 371 “The Forests of the South” (Tolman), 371 “The Forests of Wabash Valley” (Garden and Forest), 325 “Forks of Sandy” (folk song), 274 Forney, 146, 302–03 Forney Creek, xii, 134–137, 140–41, 144, 194 Forney Ridge, 140, 148, 303, 358 Forsgren, Harwood, 241–42 Fort Harry, 290, 305 “For the High Dollar” (Mathes), 241 A Fortnight of Folly (Thompson), 248 “45,000 Acre Smoky Mountain Tract Approved for National Forest Purchase” (Appalachian Journal), 87–88 Foster, Austin P., Counties of Tennessee, 347 Foster, George Everett, Literature of the Cherokees . . ., 14

404

Foster, John G., “January 31–February 7, 1864.—Expedition from Maryville . . .,” 66 Fourth Geological Report to the . . .General Assembly of . . . Tennessee (Troost), 342 Foute, David Daniel, 278 Fox, John, 227 The Frank C. Brown Collection of North Carolina Folklore (White, ed.), 269 Franklin, N.C., xxi, xxiii, 16, 77, 136 Frazier, Charles, Cold Mountain, 57–58, 266 Frazier, Lynn Joseph, 33 Free, Mr. See Harris, George Washington Freeman, Thomas, xxii “The French Broad” (Woolson), 249–250 “Fresh Water Studies. I” (Powers), 373–74 Frizzell, George E., 8 “The Legal Status of the Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians,” 9 “The Politics of Cherokee Citizenship,” 9 Frog Mountain, 381 “From Cades Cove to Indian Gap” (Oliver), 292-93 “From Cove to Community” (Wilson), 189 Frome, Michael, Strangers in High Places . . ., xxvii From My Highest Hill; Carolina Mountain Folks (Dargan), 230 “From Our Mountain Nurses: Pages from a Diary” (Higinbotham), 182 From Sunrise to Sunset: Reminiscence (Richardson), 194 The Frontier in American History (Turner), 151 Frost, Norman, “A Statistical Study of the Public Schools of the Southern Appalachian Mountains,” 166–67 Frost, William Goodell, xxiii, 151–52, 153–54, 159 “Our Contemporary Ancestors in the Southern Mountains,” 160 Frothingham, E. H., 362 “Timber Growing and Logging Practice . . .,” 337, 363 Fulford, M., “The First Bryological Foray,” 321 Fuller, George D., 329 Fuller, Raymond, “Old-Time American Stock,” 160 “Further Observations on the Changes in the Breathing and the Blood at Various High Altitudes” (Fitzgerald), 180–81 Gabbert, Verb Amber, “Hunting for Dying Ballads,” 269 Gabelentz, Hans Conon von der, “Kurze Grammatik der tscherokesischen Sprache,” 14 Gahuni manuscript, 20 “The Galax Gatherers” (Guerrant), 191 The Galax Gatherers . . . (Guerrant) (Huddle, intro.), xxiv, 156, 191–92 Galyon, Willa Love “Check List of the Trees and Shrubs of Eastern Tennessee,” 325 “The Smoky Mountains and the Plant Naturalist,” 325 Gamble, Margaret Elisabeth, 264 “The Heritage and Folk Music of Cades Cove, Tennessee,” 265, 269 Gambs, Gustave A., “A Visit to Mt. Guyot,” 289

Index

“A Game of Indian Ball” (Wade), 33 “Games of the North American Indians” (Culin), 7, 12 Gan, Trotter, 272 Ganier, Albert F., 98, 317 “A National Park in the Southern Mountains,” 92 “Nesting of the Duck Hawk in Tennessee,” 314 “The Status of the Duck Hawk in the Southeast,” 314 “Summer Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 313 Gannett, Henry, 316 “Boundaries of the United States . . .,” 347–48 “A Dictionary of Altitudes in the United States,” 378 Gardner, O. Max, 86, 87, 286 Garner, Jeptha D., 156, 190–91, 192, 193–94, 282 Garrard, Israel, 58 “Report of Col. Israel Garrard, Seventh Ohio Cavalry . . .,” 66 Garrison, Lindley, “Little Pigeon River, Tenn. Letter from the Secretary of War . . .,” 372 Garrison, Tim, The Legal Ideology of Removal . . ., 6 Gascoyne, Joel, A New Map of the Country of Carolina. . . ., 130 Gatchell, Edwin A. The Standard Guide to Asheville and Western North Carolina, 296 Western North Carolina: Its Resources, Climate, Scenery and Salubrity, 348 Gatchell, Horatio P., Western North Carolina: Its Agricultural Resources, Mineral Wealth, Climate, Salubrity and Scenery, 335, 348 Gatigwanasti manuscript, 20 Gatlinburg Anna Porter Public Library in, 227 Civil War action in, 58, 67, 69, 95 described by Breitigam, 158 fauna of, 317, 320 and GSMNP development, 96 GSM stamp sold in, 163–64 and GSM tourism, 338 in guidebooks, 295, 301 hotels/lodges in, 259, 280 and A. J. Huff, 163, 170, 173, 338 location of, xv and logging, 362, 364 mail service in, 164 on maps, 139, 145, 343 music collected in, 264, 269, 271 Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in (See Pi Beta Phi Settlement School) postal routes through, 141 F. D. Roosevelt in, xxvi, 338 The Story of Gatlinburg, 62 “Traditions of Gatlinburg”(Greve), 62 “[Gatlinburg Whittlers].” (McCormick), 172 Gatschet, Albert S., “Water-Monsters of American Aborigines,” 14 Gattinger, Augustin, 308, 321, 324, 328, 330 The Flora of Tennessee and a Philosophy of Botany . . ., 324, 326, 327 The Tennessee Flora . . ., 324, 325–26, 330

Index

Gattinger, Augustus, 97 The Medicinal Plants of Tennessee . . ., 181 G. D. B. (author), “In the Smokies,” 46–47 “Generous Godfather to Mountain Folk Creates a Retreat” (Smith), 163 Gennett, Andrew, 360 Genth, Frederick A., “The Minerals of North Carolina,” 339 Gentry, Jane, 195 “The Geography of a Portion of the Great Appalachian Valley . . .” (James), 349–350 “Geological and Mineralogical Account of the Mining Districts in the State of Georgia . . .” (Peck), 381 “Geological and Topographical Features of Tennessee in Relation to Disease . . .” (Safford), 185 “Geological Map of the State of Tennessee . . .” (Safford), 377 A Geological Reconnaissance of the State of Tennessee . . . (Safford), 334, 341–42 “Geological Relations of the Topography of the South Appalachian Plateau” (Kerr), 380 “Geological Survey” (The Southern Lumberman), 92 “Geology, Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (map), (Great Smoky Mountains Association), 338 “The Geology of a Proposed Tunnel in the Southern Appalachians” (Harbaugh), 379 “Geology of Chilhowee Mountain, in Tennessee” (Keith), 379–380 Geology of Tennessee (Safford), xxiii, 342 “The Geology of the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Glenn), 378 “Geomorphology of the Southern Appalachians” (Hayes and Campbell), 379, 382 “George Hunter’s Map of the Cherokee Country . . .” (Hunter), 131–32 “Georgia Belles” (folk song), 274 Geronimo, 27 Geschichte der amerikanischen Indianer (German ed.), 10 Gibson, Henry H. “Across the Smokies on a Mule,” 289–290 “Chronicles of Camp Gibson,” 289 “Editor at Play,” 289 “Hardwood Lumbering Along the Appalachians . . .,” 364 “In the Heart of the Great Smokies: A Pen and Camera Sketch . . .,” 363–64 “The National Appalachian Park,” 92 “A Remarkable Logging Railroad,” 358 Gibson, Idah McGlone “‘Shorty:’ When the Cross-Cut Man Quit His Cussin,” 232 “A Modern Marriage; An Absorbing Novel,” 232–33 Gibson, Samuel, 194 Gielow, Martha S., 227 Gilbert, William Harlan, “Eastern Cherokee Social Organization,” 7, 14–15 Gill, Lake S. “Chestnut Blight,” 364–65 “Deterioration of Chestnut in the Southern Appalachians,” 362

405

Gillette, Dell, 171 Gillis, Donald, “Uncaught Trout,” 304 Gilman, Daniel Colt, “Prof. Guyot’s Measurements of the Alleghany System,” 47 Gilmer, Jeremy, Map of the Reconnaissance of the South Carolina Mountain Passes, 137 Gilmore, James R., A Mountain-White Heroine, 233 “The Girl with the Turquoise Eyes” (Kephart), 217 Gist, George. See Sequoyah Givens, Peter Shelburne, “Cataloochee and the Establishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 81 “Give Reasons for Opposing Park and Favoring Forest” (The Southern Lumberman), 93 “Gives Reason for Favoring Forest Rather than Park” (Robertson), 98 Gleitsmann, W., “Western North Carolina as a Health Resort,” 181 Glen, James, 132 Glenn, Leonidas Chalmers “Denudation and Erosion in the Southern Appalachian Region . . .,” 364 “The Geology of the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 378 “Physiographic Influences in the Development of Tennessee,” 337, 348 “A Glimpse of Life in the Tennessee Mountains” (Nesbit), 183–84 “Glimpses of the Plant of the Champion Fibre Co.” (Champion Fibre Co.), 364 “The Glory of the Great Smokies” (Moore), 292 “Glossary of Cherokee Words” (Wofford), 17 Gloyne, Lulu, 33 “Gnats, Fleas Are Nuisances in Mountains” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 Godbold, E. Stanly, Confederate Colonel and Cherokee Chief . . ., xxviii, 9 Goddard, Mrs. Hobart, 267 The Gold Fields . . . (Borthwick) (Kephart, intro.), 210 Gordon, C. H., “Notes on the Geology of the Cove Areas of East Tennessee,” 378 Gordon, Robert Winslow, 274 Gordon-Cumming, Roualeyn, The Lion Hunter . . . (Kephart, intro.), 210 “Government Forests and the Mountain Problem” (Lewis), 367–68 Graef, Robert A., 241 Graham, James, 31, 64 “Western North Carolina as a Health Resort,” 181 A Grammar of the Cherokee Language (Pickering), 26 “Granites of North Carolina” (Watson), 382 “The Grass Balds of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Camp), 323–24 “Grasses in North Carolina—Danthonia Glumosa” (Buckley), 322 Grassy Patch, 288, 297 Gravatt, G. F., 362 “Chestnut Blight,” 364–65 “Chestnut Blight in the Southern Appalachians,” 364

406

Graves, Henry, “Purchase of Land under the Weeks Law . . .,” 80, 82–83 Graves, Henry S., “An Interesting Holly,” 326 Gray, Asa, 44, 78, 97, 307, 308, 328 Manual of Botany, 326 New Manual of Botany, 321, 327 Gray, Frank A., Gray’s New Map of North Carolina and South Carolina, 140 Gray, W. C., 257 Graybeard Mountain, 293 Gray’s New Map of North Carolina and South Carolina (Gray), 140 Great Bald, 239–240 Greater Western Carolina: ‘Land of the Sky’ ‘Sapphire Country’ and ‘Land of Waterfalls,’ (Greater Western North Carolina Association), 298 “The Great Niles-Tewksbury Turkey Hunt” (McFarlane), 242 “The Great Smokies” (Work), 90, 102 The Great Smokies [1925 & 1926] (North Carolina Park Commission), 296–97 The Great Smokies and the Blue Ridge . . . (Peattie), xxviii “The Great Smokies: A Paradise for Nature Lovers” (Campbell), 284–85 “Great Smokies Call Chicago to Play” (Becker), 283 The Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park (Pierce), xxviii, 59, 81, 104, 212 “Great Smokies: Mountain Throne of the East . . .” (Yard), 103 “The ‘Great Smokies’: Site of a Proposed National Park” (James), 95 “Great Smokies To Be a National Park . . .” (New York Times Magazine), 93 “Great Smokies to Be Explored” (Adams), 282 “The Great Smoky Mountain National Park” (Science), 93 The Great Smoky Mountain National Park (Jay and Capps), 271 Great Smoky Mountain National Park I (film), 259 Great Smoky Mountains (Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association), 297 (North Carolina National Commission), 296 “The Great Smoky Mountains” (Ferriss), 313 Great Smoky Mountains (Larew), 237 The Great Smoky Mountains (Thornburgh), xxviii, 101, 152, 164, 294 “Great Smoky Mountains and Thunderhead Peak” (Carpenter), 45 “Great Smoky Mountains Field Trip” (Komarek and Necker), 315 Great Smoky Mountains Folklife (Williams), xvi, xxix, 157, 265, 267, 338 The Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Great Smoky Mountains Publishing Company), 297 (J. L. Caton), 297 Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Consolidated Realty Corporation), 297 (North Carolina National Park Commission), 297–98 (Standard News Agency), 297 “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Campbell), 90 “The Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Burke), 284 Great Smoky Mountains National Park (map) (Knoxville Automobile Club), 147–48

Index

Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Environs (Sanford), 148 The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Economic Values in Regulation . . . (Ray), 337, 374 “Great Smoky Mountains National Park Edition” (Neal, ed), 97 The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Land of the Everlasting Hills (Caton), 298 The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Tennessee and North Carolina (Great Smoky Mountains Publishing Company), 298 “Great Smoky Mountains Park” (The University of North Carolina Newsletter), 93 “The Great Smoky Mountains Park” (Campbell), 90–91 “The Great Smoky Mountains: Scenes in the New National Park . . .” (Yard), 102–3 “The Great Smoky Mountains with Preliminary Notes on the Salamanders of Mt. LeConte . . .” (McClure), 316 “Great Smoky Mountain Trails” (Broome), 284 “Great Smoky National Park” (Edmands), 288 “The Great Smoky National Park” (Nelson), 97 “Great Smoky Overthrust” (Keith), 380 “The Great South: Among the Mountains of Western North Carolina” (Scribner’s Monthly), 47 “The Great South: A Record of the Journeys . . .” (King), 49 Green, Michael D. The Cherokee Nation and the Trail of Tears, xxviii, 6 The Cherokee Removal: A Brief History with Documents, xxviii, 6 Greenbrier Cove, 145, 162, 361 Greet, Billy, 282 “Boy Scout Is Amazed at Beauty,” 287 Gregg, Jules, 47 Gregg, William C., 120 “Two New National Parks?,” 93–94 Gregory, Andrew, 313 Gregory, Uncle Cheoah, 270 Gregory Bald E. Alexander on, 41 and the Appalachian Trail, 221 as Bald Spot, 125, 127, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140 as Big Bald, 140 descriptions of, 292 elevation of, 376 excursions to, 46–47 D. D. Foute on, 278 as GSM boundary, 40 and GSMNP development, 96 in guidebooks, 299 W. L. Hicklin’s description of, 290 on maps, 125, 145, 147 and the Moore cabin, 47 J. W. Oliver on, 293 photographs of, 103 as Rabbit Place, 346 roads to/from, 278 C. F. Smith on, 293

Index

Greve, Jeanette S. The Story of Gatlinburg, 62 “Traditions of Gatlinburg,” 62 Griffith, Robert W., “Industrial Development of Western North Carolina,” 94 Groce, W. Todd, Mountain Rebels . . ., xxviii, 58–59 Grooms, George and Henry, 266 “The Grooms Tune” (folk song), 266 Grosscup, Ben, The Heart of the Alleghanies . . ., 40, 54 Groves, Benjamin P., “A Child Welfare Survey of Blount County . . .,” 188 Growing With the West (Stahl), 254 Gudger, Eugene Willis, “The Waynesville Public Library,” 167 Guerrant, Edward O., 194 “The Galax Gatherers,” 191 The Galax Gatherers . . ., xxiv, 156, 191–92 “In the Great Smoky Mountains,” 191 “The Observer. A Visit to Cataloochee . . .,” 191 “Wanted,” 191 Guess, George. See Sequoyah Guide to Cherokee Documents in Foreign Archives (Anderson and Lewis, eds.), 8 “Guide to the Collections of the Human Studies Film Archives” (Smithsonian Institution), 259 Guide to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park (McCoy & Masa), 300 Guide to the Summer Resorts and Watering Places of East Tennessee (S. C. Toff and Co)., 298 Gundlach, Adelaide, “The Study Tour,” 188 Gutiérrez, Diego, Americae Sive qvartae Orbis Partis Nova Et Exactissima Descriptio (map), 35, 128 Guyot, Arnold Henry “On the Appalachian Mountain System,” 339 biographical essays on, 45, 48–49, 53 and Buckley, 51–52 cited by Mayfield, 97 discoveries credited to, 52 and E. King, 49 German articles on, 51–52 as GSM geographer, xv, xxii, 40, 41, 42, 125–26, 140, 287 Guyot-Sandoz map, 40, 42, 137 “Guyot’s Measurement of the Mountains of Western N. C.,” 47 Mount Le Conte measured by, 125 and the naming of peaks, 125 “Notes on the Mountain District of Western North Carolina,” 40, 41–42, 125 “On the Appalachian Mountain System,” 47–48, 125 peaks measured by, 45, 47, 125–26, 136, 140, 334, 342, 346, 353–54, 375, 378 on travel difficulties in the GSM, 39 Haas, Solomon, Summer Resorts and Points of Interest of Virginia, Western North Carolina and North Georgia, 301 H. A. B. (author), “Letter 5: Fiction and Social Science,” 252 Hale, Arthur, 261

407

Hall, Joseph S., 274 Dictionary of Smoky Mountain English, xxviii Smoky Mountain Folks and Their Lore, xxviii Hall, Maxcy R. “The Relation of the Southern Appalachian Mountains to the Development of Water Power,” 373 “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1904], 373 Hall, R. Clifford, “Preliminary Study of Forest Conditions in Tennessee,” 365 Hall, William L., “To Remake the Appalachians . . .,” 94 Hamer, Philip M., Tennessee, A History, 1673-1932, 57, 62 Hamilton, William Douglas, 58 Recollections of a Cavalryman of the Civil War after Fifty Years, 1861–1865, 66–67, 68 Hammer, Dr. (Buckley’s travelling companion), 44 Hampton, W. O., 155 “A Survey of the Sylva Public Schools,” 167 Hand-book of North Carolina . . . (Polk), 340–41 Hand-Book of Tennessee (Hawkins and Colton), 348–49 Handbook of Tennessee . . . (Paine), 348–49 Handbook of the Smoky Mountains Hiking Club (Smoky Mountains Hiking Club), 281, 298 Handicrafts of the Southern Highlands (Eaton), 155, 197 Hanks, Nancy, 59, 72–74, 187 Hannah, Dude, 164 Hannah, Evan, xxii Hannah, Mark E., xxviii, 157 Happy Valley, 13, 41, 117, 147 Harbaugh, Marion Dwight, “The Geology of a Proposed Tunnel in the Southern Appalachians,” 379 Harbison, T. G., “New or Little Known Species of Trillium,” 326–27 Hardin, Martin D., 72 Hard Times Come Again No More . . . (Bumgarner), 273 Hardwood Bark (W. M. Ritter Lumber Co.), 160 “Hardwood Lumbering Along the Appalachians . . .” (Gibson), 364 “Hard-Wood Timber in the South” (Garden and Forest), 368 Hardy, Manly, “On Not Getting Lost in the Woods,” 213 Hargrave, Libby Kephart, 221 Harmon, George D. “Level Culture—Horizontalizing,” 181–82 “The North Carolina Cherokees and the New Echota Treaty of 1835,” 32 Harmon, Job and Edith, 269 Harmon Family, 264, 270, 271 Harmon, Mr. and Mrs. Samuel, 271 “Harmony’s Chapel” (Mathes), 238–39 “The Harnt’ That Walks Chilhowee” (Murfree), 243 Harper, Roland M., “Summer Notes on the Mountain Vegetation of Haywood County, North Carolina,” 327 The Harp of Columbia (Swan and Swan), 265, 273 Harrington, M. R., “The Last of the Iroquois Potters,” 15 Harris, Cora A., Auto Tours in Western North Carolina, 299 Harris, Dedrick, 266, 274 Harris, George Washington (Mr. Free, pseudonym), 223–24 “The Knob Dance —A Tennessee Frolic,” 234

408

“Quarter Racing in Tennessee,” 233–34 “Sporting Epistle[s] from East Tennessee,” 233 Sut Lovingood’s Yarns, 223 Harris, Isabella Deas “Charles Egbert Craddock as an Interpreter of Mountain Life,” 252 “The Southern Mountaineer in American Fiction, 1824– 1910,” 226 Harris, Joel Chandler, 255, 257 Harrison, Benjamin, 27 Harrison, T. W., 120 Harsell, Blaize L., 219 Harte, Bret, 224, 242 “Has 25-Year Operation” (The Southern Lumberman), 365 Hassler, William G., xxv “Salamanders of the Great Smokies,” 314 Hatchett, Marion J., “Early East Tennessee Shape-Note Tunebooks,” 268, 271, 273 Haun, Mildred, 264 “Cocke County Ballads and Songs,” 265, 269–270 Hawkins, A. W., Hand-Book of Tennessee, 348–49 Hawkins, Benjamin, xxi, 344 Hawkins, Caroline A., Cherokee Legends and Myths (Appendix to ‘Junaluska’), 15 Haw Knob, 285 Hawks, Francis L., “Mountains of North Carolina,” 48 Hawthorne, Nathaniel, 251 Hayes (Appalachian National Park Association President), 85 Hayes, Charles Willard “Geomorphology of the Southern Appalachians,” 379, 382 “The Southern Appalachians,” 349 Hayes, Hubert “Besieged by Wolves,” 235 Tight Britches: A Drama of the Great Smoky Mountains, 234–35 Haywood, John, The Civil and Political History of the State of Tennessee . . ., 57, 62 Hazel Creek communities formed in, xii copper mines in, 149 fishing in, 303 H. Kephart in/on, 160, 208–11, 280, 293–94 lumber/logging operations in, xxiv, 160, 209–10, 216, 358, 364 on maps, 136, 141, 149 plays set in, 228 C. F. Smith in, 293–94 Hazel Creek from Then til Now (Oliver), xxviii “Healthy Homes. I. . . .” (Oswald), 352–53 Hearings on the creation of the GSMNP, 119–121 The Heart of Confederate Appalachia . . . (Inscoe and McKinney), 59 The Heart of the Alleghanies . . . (Ziegler and Grosscup), 40, 54 H. E. C. (author), “Resources of the South . . .,” 349 Heirlooms and Artifacts of the Smokies . . . (Trout and Myers), xxix, 155 “Held Up by Moonshiners . . .” (Washington Post), 200 Heller, A. A., 326

Index

Helmick, Elizabeth “A Brief History of the Settlement School,” 170–71 “An Important Letter from Mrs. Helmick,” 170 “Our Settlement School,” 170 and the Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, 169–173 “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School,” 170 Helper, Hinton A., “Western North Carolina, Nature’s TrundleBed of Recuperation . . .,” 156, 182 Helton, Osey and Ernest, 266 Hembree, James Willis, Smoky Mountain Songs, 235 Henderson, John S., 78 Hendersonville, N.C., 86, 159, 296, 299 Henry, Alfred J., 83–84 Henry, Florence, 264, 269, 271 Henry, J. L., 58 Henry, Mellinger E., xxv, 264, 269 “Adventures of a Ballad Collector,” 271 “Ballads and Songs of the Southern Highlands,” 270 Folk-Songs from the Southern Highlands, 271 “‘King Henry Fifth’s Conquest of France’ . . .,” 270–71 “Life in the Great Smoky National Park,” 270 “An Old English Ballad Rare in America—‘Lamkin’ . . .,” 270 Songs Sung in the Southern Appalachians . . ., 271 “The Southern Highlands,” 290 “Teachers as Collectors of Folk-Songs,” 270 Henry, Pleas, 41 Hensley, Bill, 266 “The Heritage and Folk Music of Cades Cove, Tennessee” (Gamble), 265, 269 “Heritage of Trees” (Holmes), 366 Hesler, Lexemuel Ray, 308, 329 “A Preliminary Report on Polypores of Eastern Tennessee,” 327 Heye, George G., “Certain Mounds in Haywood County, North Carolina,” 15 Heyward, Dubose Angel, 236 “Evening in the Great Smokies,” 236 Skylines and Horizons, 235–36 Hicklin, W. L., 280 “Much of Great Smokies’ Beauty Destroyed Since Trio’s 1903 Trek,” 290 Hickory-Nut Gap, 50, 295 Hicks, Charles (Cherokee Chief), 27 “The Highest School in Tennessee” (Davis), 166 “High-High Up in the Hills: Real Life and Rich Melodrama Are Captured in ‘Stark Love’” (Oyen), 260 Highland Annals (Dargan), 230 Highlands, N.C., 181, 299, 316 High Mountains Rising . . . (Malone), 267 High Times and Hard Times . . . (Inge, ed.), 234 High Top (Main Top), 292, 378 Highways and Byways of the South (Johnson), 161 Higinbotham, Phyllis, 156, 174, 184 “1923 Nursing in the Mountains,” 171 “From Our Mountain Nurses: Pages from a Diary,” 182

Index

“Public Health Nursing in the Mountains of Tennessee,” 182 “Hikes in the Smokies” (Crouch), 288 Hiking Trails of the Great Smoky Mountains: A Comprehensive Guide (Wise), xxix “A Hiking Trip through the Great Smoky Mountains: Sept. 5th to Sept.17th, 1919” (Christy), 285–86 Hill, Dr. (Buckley’s traveling companion), 44 Hill, Frankie C., 177 Hill, Martha, 169, 170, 179 Hill, Sarah H., Weaving New Worlds: Southeastern Cherokee Women and Their Basketry, 7 Hillbillyland . . . (Williamson), 261 “Hill Dwellers of the Smokies Are Rare Types” (Schantz), 162–63 “His ‘Day in Court” (Murfree), 245 “His Great Deed” (Davis), 231 “An Historical Analysis of the Legal Status of the North Carolina Cherokees” (Bridgers), 9 Historical Sketches of North Carolina from 1584 to 1851 (Wheeler), 57, 64 Historic Buildings of the Smokies (Trout and Brown), xxix Histories of the Several Regiments and Battalions from North Carolina . . . (Clark, ed.), 64–65 History, Frontier, and Section . . . (Turner), 151 A History of American Literature since 1870 (Pattee), 253 A History of Buncombe County North Carolina (Sondley), 277 History of North Carolina Baptists (Paschal), 193 A History of Southern Literature (Holliday), 252 History of Tennessee from the Earliest Time to the Present (Goodspeed), 57, 63 History of Tennessee River Baptist Association, North Carolina (Smiley), 194 The History of the American Indians (Adair), 5, 8, 10, 29, 133 History of the Fifteenth Pennsylvania Volunteer Cavalry . . . (Kirk. ed.), 67 “A History of the Waynesville Library” (Bowles), 165 Hobart-Hampton, Augustus C., Hobart Pasha . . . (Kephart, intro.), 210 Hobart Pasha . . . (Hobart-Hampton) (Kephart, intro.), 210 Hobbs, Samuel Huntington, Jr., North Carolina Economic and Social, 349 Hofferbert, Louis E., “The Flowers of the Great Smokies . . . and the Birds,” 314 Holliday, Carl, A History of Southern Literature, 252 “Hollywood in the Hills: The Making of Stark Love” (Brown), 261 Holmes, John Simcox, 362 “Forest Conditions in Western North Carolina,” 365–66 “Heritage of Trees,” 366 Holmes, Joseph Austin, 79, 85–86 “Notes on the Kaolin- and Clay-Deposits of North Carolina,” 379 “Papers on the Waterpower in North Carolina . . .,” 375 “The Proposed Appalachian Park,” 94 “Temperature and Rain-Fall at Various Stations in North Carolina,” 385

409

Holmes, William H. “Art in Shell of the Ancient Americans,” 5, 15–16 “Illustrated Catalogue of a Portion of the Collections Made by the Bureau of Ethnology during the Field Season of 1881,” 5, 16 Holt, Albert C., The Economic and Social Beginnings of Tennessee, 63 “A Home for Geronimo” (The Washington Post), 27 “A Home in the Mountains” (Cobb), 229 “Home-Made and Hand-Made Fireside Occupations in a Machine Age” (McGarvey), 198 “Home Missions Revisited: Edward O. Guerrant and the ‘Discovery’ of Appalachia” (Huddle), 156 Hondius, Jodocus, 37 Hooker, Elizabeth R., Religion in the Highlands . . ., 157, 192 Hooks, William S., Whistle over the Mountain . . ., xxviii, 338 Hooper Bald, 285 Hooper family, 71 Hoover, Mrs. Herbert, 197 Hopkins, Lewis, “Fishing on the Fourth,” 304 Hopkins, P., 305 “Horace Chase” (Woolson), 250 “Horace Kephart by Himself ” (Kephart), 205, 219 “Horned Rattle Snake” (Scientific American), 16 Horry Knob, 141 “Horseback in the Blue Ridge” (Woodruff), 295 Horseshoe Ridge, 315 Horton, Henry, 286 Hoskin, Stephen, 44 Hot Springs, N.C.(See also Warm Springs), 195, 247, 268, 277–78 Houk, Rose, Cades Cove . . ., 157 Houts, Paul G., “An Educational, Economic, and Community Survey of Blount County, Tennessee,” 188 “How a New National Park Is Made” (Campbell), 90 Howard, John, 41 Howells, William Dean, 225, 248 “How the Old Guns Would Shoot in the Hands of Men Who Knew Them” (Kephart), 217, 219 How to Reach Our New National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains (East Tennessee Automobile Club), 299 Hoyt, John C., “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1903 & 1904], 373 Hubbard, Florence, “Work Among the Southern Mountaineers,” 179–80 Huckleberry Ridge, 285 Huddle, Mark, 156 Hudnut, Andy, 161 Huff, Andrew Jackson, 147, 163, 170, 173, 176, 294, 338 Huff, Mattie, 176 Huff, Mrs. Andy, 170, 172, 176 Huggins Hell, 187, 239, 284, 285, 345 Hughes (Widow Hughes), 142 Hughes, Hatcher, 227 Hughes Ridge, 143, 286 Huheey, James E., Reptiles and Amphibians of the Smokies, xxviii, 309 Hulbert, Archer, 215

410

Humphreys, W. J., “Seismological Reports for February, 1916,” 384 Hunnicutt, Samuel J., Twenty Years of Hunting and Fishing in the Great Smoky Mountains, 304 Hunt, Granville, 301 Hunter, C. L., Sketches of Western North Carolina . . ., 16 Hunter, George, “George Hunter’s Map of the Cherokee Country . . .,” 131–32 “Hunting for Dying Ballads” (Gabbert), 269 Hunting in Yellowstone . . . (Dunraven) (Kephart, intro.), 210 Hurt, R. B., 255 Huskey, Charles, 199 Husky, Tom, 163 Hussey, Minnie Middleton, “North American Folklore: A Bibliography,” 2 Hutson, Robert W., Campbell, Hutson, and Sharp’s Great Smoky Mountains Wildflowers, xxviii, 309 Hyman, John D., 45 Hyman, Libbie H., “Studies on the Morphology, Taxonomy, and Distribution of North American Triclad Turbellaria. IV,” 314–15 Ickes, Harold L., 199 Ijams, H. P., 297, 313, 314 “Illicit Distillation of Liquors” (Harper’s Weekly), 200 “I Married Me a Wife” (folk song), 274 Imlay, Gilbert, A Topographical Description of the Western Territory of North America . . ., 48 “An Important Letter from Mrs. Helmick” (Hemlick), 170 “Improved Cherokee Alphabets” (Mooney), 20–21 Inadu Knob, 127, 143 In Buncombe County (Pool), xiv Indian Affairs: Laws and Treaties (Kappler, ed.), 8 “Indiana Yearly Meeting” (Society of Friends), 192 “Indian Doctors” (Mooney), 21 Indian Gap W. S. Adams in, 282, 286 S. B. Buckley in, 44 C. Campbell in, 285 J. S. Coleman Jr. in, 285–86 B. Cook in, 288 B. Crouch in, 288 excursions through, 41, 53, 282, 286, 288, 290, 293 fauna of, 313 flora of, 331 folksongs from, 271 in guidebooks, 301 W. G. Hassler in, 314 hotels/lodges in, 147, 280, 285, 297 W. M. Johnson in, 290 on maps, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140–41, 147 music collected in, 271 J. W. Oliver in, 292–93 species discovered in, 319, 320, 321 in Thompson photos, 93 Indian Legends and Poems (Capps), 11 Indian Legends Retold (Eastman), 13 “Indian Trails of the Southeast” (Myer), 23

Index

Indian Villages (map) (Moll), 131 “Industrial Development of Western North Carolina” (Griffith), 94 “Industrial Resources of Virginia” (Plough, the Loom and the Anvil), 379 “Inexperienced Sure to Get Many Troubles” (Coleman, Jr,), 287 “The Influence of the Physiographic Features of Western North Carolina . . .” (Norburn), 351 Information to Visitors Concerning Greater Western North Carolina (Greater Western North Carolina Association), 299 Inge, M. Thomas (ed.) High Times and Hard Times . . ., 223 Sut Lovingood’s Nat’ral Born Yarnspinner: Essays on George Washington Harris, 223 Ingram, J. N., “North Carolina Minerals,” 379 Inscoe, John C., The Heart of Confederate Appalachia . . ., xxviii, 58–59 “Intelligence from American Scientific Stations; Government Organizations. Geological Survey. Topographical Work in North Carolina” (Science), 366 “Interested in Road’s Fate” (The Southern Lumberman), 358 “An Interesting Holly” (Graves), 326 Interment of the White Caps (Mangrum), 71–72 An International Study of American Roads (film) (U.S. Department of Agriculture), 260 In the Clouds (Murfree), 225, 244, 251, 253, 254, 255 “In the Great Smokies” (Keiser), 291 “In the Great Smoky Mountains” (Maclean), 238 “In the Great Smoky Mountains” (Guerrant), 191 “In the Great Smoky Mountains” (Walker), 305 “In the Heart of the Alleghanies.—The Climate and Sanitary Qualities of Western North Carolina” (Marcy), 182–83 “In the Heart of the Great Smokies: A Pen and Camera Sketch . . .” (Gibson), 363–64 “In the Lonely Glens of Yarrow” (folk song), 272 “In the Mountains of Western North Carolina” (American Lumberman), 366 In the Old West (Ruxton) (Kephart, notes), 210 In the Shadow of the White Rock . . . (Smith), 157 “In the Smokies” (G. D. B.), 46–47 “In the Southern Alleghanies . . .” (The Forester), 94 In the Spirit of Adventure . . . (Beeson) (Myers, Irwin, and Maynard, eds,), 283 In the ‘Stranger People’s’ Country (Murfree), 245 In the Tennessee Mountains (Murfree), 178, 224–25, 242–43, 251–52, 254 “Introduction to the Resources of Tennessee” (Killebrew), 183, 335, 341 The Iron Manufacturer’s Guide . . (Lesley), 350 Iron Mountain, 138, 232, 250, 295, 381 Irwin, Ned, In the Spirit of Adventure . . . (ed.), 283 Ise, John, The United States Forest Policy, 94 “Is Man-Hunting ‘The Greatest Sport in the World?’” (Kephart), 218 Itagunahi (John Axe), 15, 17, 29 It’s Just the Same Today: The Barnicle-Cadle Field Recordings . . . (Tennessee Folklore Society), 274

Index

Ivey, Mejel, “The Lure of the Great Smokies—Part 1,” 95 Iwi Katalsta (Cherokee potter), 15 Jackson, John B., The Knoxville Harmony of Music Made Easy . . . ., 265, 271, 273 Jackson, Marjorie, 173 Jackson, Pearl Cashell (ed.), Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, 171 “Jack Tale” (folk song), 268 James, Forest, 261 James, Harlean, “The ‘Great Smokies’: Site of a Proposed National Park . . .,” 95 James, Henry Francis, “The Geography of a Portion of the Great Appalachian Valley . . .,” 349–350 James Adair’s History of the American Indians (Williams, ed.), 8 James Mooney’s History, Myths, and Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees (Ellison, ed. & intro), 6, 20 Jarrett, Robert Frank, Occoneechee, 15, 16–17 Jarves, Royal P., “The Valley and Mountains Iron Ores of East Tennessee,” 379 Jay, Harry, The Great Smoky Mountain National Park, 271 Jefferson, Thomas, The Papers of Thomas Jefferson . . ., 344 Jeffries, W. A. and J. A., “Notes on Western North Carolina Birds,” 315 Jenkins, Charles, 265 Jennison, Harry Milliken, 298, 301, 308, 314, 321 “The Flowers of the Great Smokies . . . and the Birds,” 327 “A Preliminary Check-List of the Spring Wild Flowers and the Ferns of Tennessee,” 327 Jerry Bald (mountain), 148 Jervey, H., 372 Jewett, Sarah Orne, 224, 242 J. F. W. (author), “Eminent Domain . . .,” 95 J. M. P. O. (author), 153 “A Peculiar People: The ‘Poor White Trash’ . . .,” 160–61 Jode, Cornelis de, Americae Pars Borealis, Florida, Baccalaos Canada, Corterealis . . .(map), 129 “John Henry” (folk song), 272 “John M. Gore Successfully Establishes and Operates Great Camp ‘Le Conte’ for Boys. . .” (Appalachian Journal), 290 “Johnny Troy” (folk song), 274 “John Oliver Tells of Hike from Cove to Indian Gap” (Oliver), 292–93 Johnson, Andrew, 326 Johnson, Andrew. J., Johnson’s North Carolina and South Carolina (map), 139 Johnson, Clifton, 102 Highways and Byways of the South, 161 Johnson, E., Jr., “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1904], 373 Johnson, Jack, 274 Johnson, Samuel, 344 Johnson, William M., 280 “‘Pre-Discovery’ Visits to the Great Smoky Mountains: 1912–1920,” 290–91 Johnson City, Tenn., 295 Johnson’s North and South Carolina (map) (Johnson and Browning), 136–37, 138

411

Johnson’s North Carolina and South Carolina (map) (Johnson), 139 Jolley, Harley E. The CCC in the Smokies, xxviii, 59 Jonathans Creek, travels through, 31, 41, 47, 49, 61, 141, 159, 296, 305, 351 Jones, “Doc,” 214 Jones, J. Paul, “The Occurrence of Anolis Carolinensis Voigt in Eastern Tennessee,” 315 Jones, Leonard Chaster, 42 “Arnold Henry Guyot,” 48–49 Jones Cove, Tenn., 83, 139, 350 A Journey in the Back Country (Olmsted), 52 “Journey to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Schantz), 329 Joy, C. A., “Analyse des Meteoreisens von Cosby’s Creek,” 383 “The Joys of Barbarism” (Kephart), 212 Junaluska (Cherokee Chief), 17, 26, 30, 32 Junaluska, N.C., 228, 293–94, 296 June of the Hills . . . (Camak), 228–29 Jurney, R. C., Soil Map, North Carolina, Haywood County Sheet, 147 Just the High Spots of Knoxville and East Tennessee (Knoxville Chamber of Commerce), 95 Kain, John, 184 Kalosteh (Little Dog) (Cherokee Indian), 30 Kandel, M. J., 261 Kane, Elisha Kent, Adrift in the Arctic Ice Pack . . . (Kephart, intro.), 210 “The Kaolins of North Carolina” (Bayley), 376 Kappler, Charles J. (ed.), Indian Affairs: Laws and Treaties, 8 Karpeles, Maud, xxvi, 264, 268, 272–73 Kearney, Thomas H., Jr. “New or Otherwise Interesting Plants of Eastern Tennessee,” 328 “The Pine-Barren Flora in the East Tennessee Mountains,” 328 Keel, Bennie C., Cherokee Archaeology: A Study of the Appalachian Summit, 5 Keener, Izora, 199 Keiser, Albert, “In the Great Smokies,” 291 Keith, Arthur, 83, 144, 146 “Geology of Chilhowee Mountain, in Tennessee,” 379–380 “Great Smoky Overthrust,” 380 “Some Stages of Appalachian Erosion,” 380 Keller, May Lansfield, 173–74, 177–78 “A Trip of Investigation to Gatlinburg,” 171 Kelsey, H. P., 120 Kemp, Steve The CCC in the Smokies, xxviii, 59 Mammals of the Smokies, xxviii, 309 Mountain Home . . ., xxvii Plants of the Cherokee . . ., xxvii, 309 Trees and Familiar Shrubs of the Smokies, xxviii, 308 Kennedy, Clarence Hamilton, “The Distribution of Certain Insects of Reversed Behavior,” 315 Kephart, George, 212

412

Kephart, Horace S., 204–21 alcoholism of, 206–7, 211 audience of, 151 and Bob Barnett, 208 in Bryson City, 211 in Bryson Place, 210–11, 214 J. S. Coleman’s encounters with, 286 in Dayton, Ohio, 206–7, 209 death of, xxv, 211, 213 in Dillsboro, N.C., xxiv early years/education of, 205–6 and the Establishment Creek event, 206–7 family of, xxiv, 206, 211, 215–16, 219 and J. H. Ferriss, 308 as film consultant, 261 on GSM exploration, 282 and the GSMNP founding, 205, 211–12 and GSM promotional literature, 297 on GSM travel conditions, 39–40 as librarian, 153, 206–7, 210, 212, 216 and G. Masa, 211–12 and the Mt. Guyot Sheet, 126–27 nervous breakdowns of, 206–7 photo captions drawn from, 297 photo of, 204 prominence of, xxiv, 205, 350 publishers of, 206, 208, 210, 211, 221 in St. Louis, 206–7 searching for a “Back of Beyond” in the GSM, 207–8 source material on, 212, 213–221 on the Western N. C. mountains, 164 works edited, with introductions, or notes by, 210–11 and written accounts of the GSM, xi, 38–39 Kephart, Horace S. (works by) “Afoot and Awing in the Great Smokies: The Most Picturesque Section of the East . . .,” 220 “The Back of Beyond,” 214–15 “The Backwoods Rifle,” 217 “A Backwoods Riflemaker,” 219 “Bear Hunting in the Smokies . . .,” 214 “Blockaders’ Glory,” 218 The Book of Camping and Woodcraft, 208–10 Camp Cookery, 210 Camping, 210-11 Camping and Woodcraft, 205, 208–9, 212, 216, 219, 221, 387 “Changing Mountaineers of the South,” 220 The Cherokees of the Smoky Mountains . . ., 217 “Did a Panther Attack Tom Sparks? . . .,” 217 “Early American Rifles De Luxe . . .,” 219 “Early Spring Flowers of the North Carolina Mountains,” 221 “The Girl with the Turquoise Eyes,” 217 “Horace Kephart by Himself,” 205, 219 “How the Old Guns Would Shoot in the Hands of Men Who Knew Them,” 217, 219 “Is Man-Hunting ‘The Greatest Sport in the World?,’” 218 “The Joys of Barbarism,” 212

Index

“The Killing of Hol Rose,” 218 “The Land of Do Without,” 214–15 “The Last of the Eastern Wilderness . . .,” 220, 296 “Marvels, Old and New: Some Fiction in the Guise of Fact,” 214 “Memories and Comment on Old and the New – The Snake-Stick Man is Back with a Bullet Hole in His Hat,” 218 “The Mountain Moonshiner,” 213–14, 280 “A Mystery of the Mountains,” 219 A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains, 212, 219–20 “A New-Found Land of Promise,” 213 “On Getting Lost,” 213 Our Southern Highlanders (see as main heading) “The Outlander and the Native,” 214–15 “The People of the Hills,” 214–15 “Primitive Mills in Southern Mountains . . .,” 218, 219 “A Raid Into the Sugarlands,” 218 “Route Sketching,” 214 “Roving with Kephart” (magazine column), 208–9, 218 “The School of the Wilderness,” 214–15 Smoky Mountain Magic: A Novel, 205, 209–10, 221, 387 “The Smoky Mountain National Park,” 86, 220 “Some Dope on the Quick ‘Draw’ and the Disappearance of a Suitcase,” 218–19 “Something Hidden; Go and Find It,” 214–15, 280 “Songs of Barbarism,” 206 “The Southern Highlander,” 214, 280 “A South Sea Crusoe,” 210–11 Sporting Firearms, 210 “The Sport of Still Hunting (Moonshine Stills),” 218 “The Strange Story of the Eastern Cherokees,” 217 “Then and Now,” 220–21 Trips in the Smokies: 1929, 220 Trips in the Smokies: 1930, 220 “Where You May Find Some Adventures in North Carolina,” 218 Woodcraft, 208, 210-11 “A Word-List from the Mountains of Western North Carolina,” 217 Kephart, Isaiah, 205–8 “Pioneer Life in the Alleghenies,” 205 Kephart, Laura Mack, 206–7, 209 Kephart, Leonard, 212 Kephart, Mary Elizabeth, 206–7 Kerlee, Nancy. See Dude, Nance Kerr, W. C. Colton’s North Carolina and South Carolina (map), 141 “Geological Relations of the Topography of the South Appalachian Plateau,” 380 Map of North Carolina, 40, 54, 126, 140–41 “Our Mineral Wealth,” 335, 380 Report of the Geological Survey of North Carolina . . ., xxiii, 339, 347 Report of the Progress of the Geological Survey of North Carolina [1867 & 1875] (Kerr), 339 as state geologist, 334, 340

Index

Kessler-Harris, Alice, 230 Killebrew, J. B., 184, 352 The Elementary Geology of Tennessee . . ., 381 The Forests of Tennessee . . ., 335, 371 “Introduction to the Resources of Tennessee,” 183, 335, 341 “The Killing of Hol Rose” (Kephart), 218 Kilpatrick, J. F. and A. G., “Eastern Cherokee Folktales . . .,” 24–25 King, Daniel, 174 King, Edward, “Great South: A Record of the Journeys . . .,” 48 King, Elisha Sterling, The Wild Rose of Cherokee; or, Nancy Ward, ‘The Pocahontas of the West . . .,’ 17 King, Mary E., 270, 271 King, R. F., 191 King, Sabria, 177 King, Warren R., “Water Resources of Tennessee . . .,” 372 King, William, 177 “‘King Henry Fifth’s Conquest of France’ . . .” (Henry), 270–71 Kingman, Dan C., 372 King of the Moonshiners: Lewis R. Redmond in Fact and Fiction (Stewart, intro.), 154 Kingston, Tenn., xxi Kirby, Pete (“Bashful Brother Oswald”), 267 Kirk, Charles H. (ed.), History of the Fifteenth Pennsylvania Volunteer Cavalry . . ., 67 Kirkland, Edwin and Mary, 264, 274 The Kirkland Recordings . . . (Tennessee Folklore Society), 274 Knable, Earl C., 367 Kneipp, L. F., “National Forests of the Eastern United States,” 95 Knight, Howard Vernon, Scenic and Historic Old Virginia and Eastern National Parks, 350 “The Knob Dance —A Tennessee Frolic” (Harris), 234 Knoedler, Carl, “The Magnificent Smokies,” 95–96 Knoxville, Tenn. Appalachian Exposition in, 346 H. Broome in, 81 J. S. Buckingham in, 43 R. F. Campbell in, 159 Civil War action in, 70 Conference of Southern Mountain Workers in, 198 M. Egan in, 65 and Elkmont, xxiv and the GSM, xv W. D. Hamilton in, 66–67 hiking clubs in, xxiv J. G. Foster in, 66 and land purchased for the GSMNP, 109–10, 111, 116 and logging, 360, 363, 366–67, 368 on maps, 377 musical recordings made in, 266 Pi Beta Phi committee traveling to, 178 railroads to, 363 F. D. Roosevelt in, xxvi Southern Mountain Workers Conference in, 198, 199 (Thornburgh), 164 “Knoxville Concern to Rebuild” (The Southern Lumberman), 366 Knoxville Folio (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 144

413

“Knoxville Getting Ready for Appalachian Loggers” (The Southern Lumberman), 366–67 The Knoxville Harmony of Music Made Easy . . . (Jackson), 265, 271 Knoxville Quadrangle (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 126, 142, 143, 144, 146 Knoxville’s Best View of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, As Seen from Highland Memorial Cemetery . . . (Highland Memorial Cemetery), 299 Knoxville Sheet (Tennessee-North Carolina) (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 144 Knoxville Traffic Regulations and Visitors Guide (Knoxville Automobile Club), 299 Koch, Fred, Jr., Smoky Mountain Road: A Comedy of the Carolina Mountains, 236 Kofoid, C. A., 330 Komarek, E. V. “Distribution of Microtus chrotorrhinus . . .,” 315 “Great Smoky Mountains Field Trip,” 315 Koopman, Harry Lyman, 212 “Die Kosmogonie der Cherokee” (Mooney), 20 Krieg, Shirley Kreasan, 177 Krueger, John R., “Two Early Grammars of Cherokee,” 14 Kurtz, Benjamin, 258 “Kurze Grammatik der tscherokesischen Sprache” (Gabelentz), 14 La Florida. Auctore Hieron. Chiaves (Ortelius and de Chiaves), 128 La Gorce, John Oliver, “Pirate Rivers and Their Prizes,” 372–73 Lambert, Robert S. “Logging on Little River, 1890–1940,” 338 “Logging the Great Smokies, 1880–1930,” 338 Lamborn, Charles B., 67 Lamson-Scribner, Frank, “Southern Botanists,” 328 “The Land of Do Without” (Kephart), 214–15 Land of the Sky (map) (Southern Railway System), 146 ‘The Land of the Sky’: A Guide to Resorts, Industries, Scenic Attractions and Recreational Facilities . . ., (Western Carolina Advertising Committee), 300 Land of the Sky and Beyond (Presbrey), 300 “Land of the Sky” and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Southern Railway System), 299–300 “‘The Land of the Sky’ or, Adventures in Mountain By-Ways” (Tiernan), 248, 279 Land of the Sky. Southern Appalachian Mountains in Story and Picture. . . . (Southern Railway System), 299 Lane, Franklin, 80 Laney, Francis Baker, “Bibliography of North Carolina Geology, Mineralogy and Geography . . .,” 2 “The Building and Ornamental Stones of North Carolina,” 382 “Copper Deposits in Swain County,” 380 Langdon, F. W., “August Birds of the Chilhowee Mountains, Tennessee,” 315–16 Langmaid, Abbie B., 174 “A Brief History of the Settlement School,” 170–71 “Our Settlement School,” 171–72

414

“Language of the Southern Highlanders” (Combs), 256 Lanier, Clifford, “Mose Martin’s Temptation,” 236–37 Lanier, Sidney, 163 Tiger-Lilies, xxii, 224, 237, 278 Lanier, Sterling, 237, 249, 266, 278 Lankford, Jesse R., “The Campaign for a National Park in Western North Carolina,” 81 Lanman, Charles Letters from the Alleghany Mountains, xxii, 9, 39, 49–50 “Novelties of Southern Scenery, III,” 50 Larew, Ada Campbell, Great Smoky Mountains, 237 “The Larger Undeveloped Water-Powers of Tennessee” (Switzer), 375 “Large Trees” (Buckley), 322 “The Last of the Eastern Wilderness . . .” (Kephart), 220, 296 “The Last of the Iroquois Potters” (Harrington), 15 Last Train to Elkmont . . . (Weals), xxix, 157, 338 Latham, W. T., “The Narrow Gauge Railroad for Mountain Logging,” 367 Laudonnière, Rene de, 35–36, 124 Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial, xxv, 91, 93, 119, 120 Laurel Top, 138, 140–41, 147, 287, 293 Lauter, Paul, 230 Lawrence, Roswell B., “The Appalachian Park,” 98 Lawson, Bobby G. and Helen D., Nathan Sparks and Jane Potter Sparks of Cades Cove . . ., 157 Lawson, Jim, 176 Lawson, Laura Burnett, Leonora: A Tale of the Great Smokies, 237 Lawson, Uncle Joe, 270 Lea, Philip, A New Map of Carolina, 130 “Leaf Structure of Rhododendron Catawbiense Michx” (Cain and Miller), 323, 324–25 “Learn Much on Initial Hike to Clingman’s” (Coleman, Jr.), 286 Le Conte, John, 43, 44–46, 52, 97 Le Conte, Joseph, 52 “Le Conte Hardwood Co. Organized” (The Southern Lumberman), 367 Lederer, John, 41 Map of the Whole Territory Traversed by Iohn Lederer in His Three Marches, 36, 129–130 “Ledge of Eastern America . . .” (Carolina Motor News), 358 Lee, William Daniel, Soil Map, North Carolina, Haywood County Sheet, 147 “A Legal Digest of the North Carolina Cherokees” (Bridgers), 9 The Legal Ideology of Removal . . . (Garrison), 6 “The Legal Status of the Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians” (Frizzell), 9 The Legend of Nance Dude (Stanley), 164 Leghorn, C. B., 69 Legislation (state) re: the GSM/GSMNP, 103–20 Alabama, 106 Georgia, 105–6 North Carolina, 104–5, 108, 111, 113–14, 117–19 South Carolina, 106 Tennessee, 106–18 Virginia, 105–6

Index

Leighton, Marshall O., “The Relation of the Southern Appalachian Mountains to the Development of Water Power,” 373 Lemoyne, Arthur, “Notes on Some Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 316 Le Moyne de Morgues, Jacques, 35–36 Floridae Americae Provinciae Recens & exactissima (map), 124, 128–29, 130 Lenoir, Thomas J., 44 Leonora: A Tale of the Great Smokies (Lawson), 237 Leopold, Aldo, 81 LeQuire, Gene, Looking Back . . ., 157 Lesley, J. P., The Iron Manufacturer’s Guide . . ., 350 “Letter 5: Fiction and Social Science” (H. A. B.), 252 “Letter from a Missionary in Tennessee” (Charleston Gospel Messenger and Protestant Episcopal Register), 192 Letters from the Alleghany Mountains (Lanman), xxii, 9, 39, 49–50 A Letter to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs . . . (Thomas), 9 “Level Culture—Horizontalizing” (Harmon), 181–82 Lewis, Charles D. “The Changing Mountains,” 161 “Government Forests and the Mountain Problem,” 367–68 Lewis, James A. (ed.), Guide to Cherokee Documents in Foreign Archives, 8 Lewis, Samuel A New and Elegant General Atlas . . ., xxii, 133 North Carolina (map), 125, 133 North Carolina from the Latest Surveys, 133–34 Lewis, Theodore H., “The De Soto Expedition through Florida,” 50 “A Lichen as a Substratum for Mosses” (Sharp), 329 Lieberman, S., 96 Lieut. Henry Timberlake’s Memoirs, 1756– 1765 (Williams, notations), 8, 32 Life As It Is . . . (Breazeale), 60 “Life in North Carolina” (San Francisco Daily Evening Bulletin), 161 “Life in the Great Smoky National Park” (Henry), 270 “Lifting Up Mountains . . .” (Breitigam), 158 Lincoln, Abraham, 59, 60, 72–74, 187 Lincoln, Thomas, 59, 72–73 “Lincoln’s Ancestry, and Lincoln” (The Charlotte Observer), 73 Lindenkohl, H., [North Carolina Drawn by A. Lindenkohl] (map), 126, 138 Lindsey, Thomas H. Lindsey & Brown’s Descriptive Catalogue of Photographic Views of the Land of the Sky, 350 Lindsey’s Guide Book to Western North Carolina, 279–80, 300 Line Spring, 145, 180, 358 “The Linkster” (Mathes), 239 The Lion Hunter . . . (Gordon-Cumming) (Kephart, intro.), 210 List of References on the Mountain Whites (Library of Congress), 2 “A List of Tennessee Ferns” (Anderson), 321 “Lists and Analyses of the Mineral Springs of the United States . . . (Peale), 184 Literature of the Cherokees . . . (Foster), 14

Index

“The Literature of the Great Smokies” (Fink), 1–2 The Literature of the Louisiana Territory (DeMenil), 251 “Literature of Western North Carolina” (Bird), 1 Little Bald, 101, 140, 147, 148, 292 Little Cataloochee, 46, 138, 143–44, 146, 157, 164, 266 “Little Mart” (Brown), 228 “Little Mary Phagan” (folk song), 268, 269 “Little Pigeon River, Tennessee. Letter from the Secretary of War” (Proctor), 374 “Little Pigeon River, Tenn. Letter from the Secretary of War . . .” (Garrison), 372 “Live Folks” (Ream), 162 “A Lively Corpse. A Negro Convict Takes the Place of a Dead Man and Escapes during the Funeral” (The National Police Gazette), 17 “Loafing and Fishing in the Great Smoky Mountains” (Searcy deJarnette), 293 Logging in the Smokies (Pierce), xxviii, 59, 338 “Logging on Little River, 1890–1940” (Lambert), 338 Logging postcard, Elkmont, 332 “Logging Railroad Becomes Highway” (The Southern Lumberman), 359 “Logging the Great Smokies” (Lambert), 338 “Long, Long Ago” (harp song), 274 Long, Mitchell, 367 Long, Will West, 25, 30, 263–64 Longe, Alexander, “A Small Postscript of the Ways and Maners of the Indians Called Charikees,” 5, 17–18 “Looking at the Crafts . . .” (Ames), 196–97 “Looking Back” . . . (LeQuire), 157 “Lord Randal” (folk song), 273 “The Lost Starlet” [Parts I & II] (Neely), 261 Lounsberry, Alice, Southern Wild Flowers and Trees . . ., 330 Love, Samuel L., 45 Lowell, Amy, “The Diamond Shoal Lightship,” 237 Low Gap, 143, 148, 185, 295 Luftee Gap, 239 Luftee Knob, xv, 42, 126–27, 138, 141, 143 “Lumber at Asheville” (Skinner), 371 “Lumbermen Favor the Appalachian Forest Reserve Project and the Forestry Idea” (American Lumberman), 96 Lumpkin, Grace, 225 To Make My Bread, 237–38 Lunsford, Bascom Lamar, “Folk-Lore in Western North Carolina,” 195 The Lure of the Great Smokies (Mason), xxv, 152, 161–62 “The Lure of the Great Smokies—Part 1” (Ivey), 95 Lutz, Caroline, 174 Lynde, Francis “All the Comforts of Home,” 238 “The Moonshiner of Fact,” 200–201 “Moonshiners: The Old-Timers and their Successors, the Employees of Bootleg,” 201 “Mabel’s Normalcy . . .” (Torrance), 181 MacCurdy, George Grant, “Shell Gorgets from Missouri,” 16 MacDonald, T. H., 260

415

MacKaye, Benton, 80–81 and the Appalachian Trail, 280–81, 303 “An Appalachian Trail: A Project of Regional Planning,” xxiv, 303 letter to Margaret Broome, ii photo of, ii Mack family, 212 Maclean, Anne Fitzhugh, “In the Great Smoky Mountains,” 238 MacNair, Henry, “Motoring through the Great Smokies,” 291 MacRae, Hugh, 356 MacRae, John, A New Map of the State of North Carolina, 135 Maddox, R. S. “Tennessee: 1. Physiographic Features,” 350 “The Trees of the Great Smokies,” 337, 368 Madisonville, Tenn., 51 Maggie (Maggot) Spring Gap, 148 Maggie Valley, 41, 135, 157, 159, 286 “The Magnificent Smokies” (Knoedler), 95–96 “Magni fumosi conservandi sunt” (Mayfield), 96–97 Magnolia’s Man: A Mountain Comedy (Coffin), 229 Mai, Jim, 292 “The Maid Freed from the Gallows” (folk song), 270 Main Top (High Top), 292, 378 “The Majestic Smokies” (Bennett), 283 “Major Plant Communities of North Carolina” (Wells), 331 Malone, Bill C., High Mountains Rising . . ., 267 Mammals of the Smokies (Pivorun, Kemp, and Cave), xxviii, 309 Mammoth Cave, 84, 101, 109, 119, 120, 283 “Manganese Deposits in East Tennessee” (Stose and Schrader), 382 Manges, D. G., 360 Mangrum, Marion R., Interment of the White Caps, 71–72 Mantle, Burns, The Best Plays of 1923–1924, 249 “A Man Twice Condemned” (Parker), 72 Manual of Botany (Gray), 326 Mapa del Golfo y costa de la Nueva Espana (de Soto), xiii, 123, 128 Maples, I. L., 164 Maples, S. L., 147 Map of North & South Carolina (Tanner), 134 Map of North and South Carolina . . . (Burr), 135 Map of North Carolina (Kerr and Cain), 40, 54, 126, 140–41 Map of Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park (National Park Association), 147 A Map of South Carolina . . . (Crisp), 124, 130–31 A Map of the American Indian Nations . . . (Adair), 133 A Map of the British American Plantations . . . (Bowen), 132 Map of the Former Territorial Limits of the Cherokee “Nation of ” Indians (Royce), xxiii, 141–42 Map of the Qualla Indian Reserve (Boundary) N.C. (U.S. Census Office), 142–43 Map of the Reconnaissance of the South Carolina Mountain Passes (Gilmer, Niernsee, and McRae), 137 Map of the State of Tennessee . . . (Rhea), 134–35 A Map of the Tennessee Government . . . (Reid), 133 Map of the Whole Territory Traversed by Iohn Lederer in His Three Marches (Lederer), 129–130

416

Map of Western North Carolina Showing Location of Kaolin Deposits . . . (U.S. Geological Survey), 146–47 Map Showing the Chief Locations and Lands of the Eastern Band of Cherokees (U.S. Census Office), 142 “The March of Events. At Last the Appalachian Park” (The World’s Work), 96 Marcy, Henry O., xxiii, 155–56, 180, 184 “The Climatic Treatment of Disease . . .,” 77–78, 182 “In the Heart of the Alleghanies.—The Climate and Sanitary Qualities of Western North Carolina,” 182–83 Mark Twain, 53 Marshall, John, 72 Marshall, R. P., “Chestnut Blight in the Southern Appalachians,” 364 Martin, C. Brenden, Tourism in the Mountain South: A DoubleEdged Sword, xxviii, 277, 280, 282, 338 Martin, George C., Jr., “The Effect of Physiography on the Trade Routes of East Tennessee,” 359 “Marvels, Old and New: Some Fiction in the Guise of Fact” (Kephart), 214 Marvin, Theodore, “A National Park in Eastern America’s Highlands Contingent upon Its Purchase . . .,” 96, 176 Mary N. Murfree (Cary), 242 “Mary Noailles Murfree (1850– 1922): An Annotated Bibliography” (Carleton), 243 Mary Noailles Murfree’s Literary Treatment (Allen), 243 Mary Noailles Murfree: Southern Woman Writer (Taylor), 243 Maryville, Tenn. F. O. Carpenter in, 45 excursions through, 45, 46, 66 fauna of, 317 J. G. Foster in, 66 geological studies in, 317 W. D. Hamilton in, 68 Indian Trails near, 23 lumber companies/mills in, 360 on maps, 140 Maryville College in, 153–54, 192, 195, 226, 239 music collected in, 271 in promotional literature, 295, 298, 301 proposed as GSM headquarters, 84 Masa, George Coleman’s encounters with, 286 Guide to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, 300 and Kephart, 211–12 passing of, 162 photo of Kephart, 204 photos in A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains, 212 photos mentioned, 30, 97, 103, 221, 282, 296, 297, 300, 350, 351 Masa Knob, 211 Mason, Robert Lindsay “A Bibliography for the Great Smokies,” 1–2 The Lure of the Great Smokies, xxv, 151–52, 161–62 and moonshining, 154, 201 on mountain life, 152–53, 154, 161–62

Index

“Old Smoky,” 63 “Raiding Moonshiners in Tennessee,” 201 “That Accomplishment of Alphonse’s,” 304–5 Massey, W. F., 337 “Bermuda Grass—Forest Lands,” 356 “Materials Towards a History of Baptists in the Province of North Carolina” (Edwards), 193 Matheny, F. E., “Round Table in Fireside Industries,” 198 Mather, Stephen T., 80, 94 “Sixty-eighth Congress and the National Parks,” 96 Mathes, Charles Hodge, 280 “The Beard and the Britches,” 240–41 and Beeson, 283 biographical sketches of, 226 “Birdeye the Bloodthirsty,” 239 “Corpus Delicti,” 241 “The Curin’est Remedy,” 240 “The Draggin’est Feller,” 239 “For the High Dollar,” 241 “Harmony’s Chapel,” 238–39 “The Linkster,” 239 “Shake Rag Shows ‘em,” 241 “Simple Ike’s Daughter,” 241–42 The Southern Planter, 240 Tall Tales from Old Smoky, 226, 238–42 “Three Profs and a Mule,” 283, 291 “Vengeance is Mine!,” 239–40 “A Week Among the Bears and Owls,” 291 “What Is To Be Will Be,” 240 “White Mule,” 240 Mathes, Wynema Souder, 226 Mattil, O. J., 175, 356 Maxwell, Henry V. Chilhowee: A Legend of the Great Smoky Mountains, 18 “Strong Plea for the Appalachian Forest Reserves,” 96 Maxwell, Nancy, 269 Mayfield, George R., 91, 98, 314, 317 “Magni fumosi conservandi sunt,” 96–97 Maynard, Charles W. Churches of the Smokies, xxviii, 59 Civil War in the Smokies, 59 “In the Spirit of Adventure . . .” (ed.), 283 Mays, John W., “Suse,” 242 McAdoo, W. G., Elementary Geology of Tennessee, 380–81 McCarter, Edna, 175 McCarter, Harrison, 177 McCarter, Mack, 199 McCarter, Mrs. W. H., 199 McClenahan, F. M., “A National Asset in East Tennessee,” 381 McClure, Gervase W. “An Ecological Study of the Distribution of Animals on Mt. LeConte . . .,” 316 “The Great Smoky Mountains with Preliminary Notes on the Salamanders of Mt. LeConte . . .,” 316 McCook, E. M., 67–68 McCormick, Elsie, 172

Index

McCoy, George Wilson A Bibliography for the Great Smoky Mountains, 2 A Brief History of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Movement . . ., xxviii Guide to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, 300 McCray, Flowers Thayer, “Distinguished American Women,” 252 McCue, Janet, 212 McDougall, W. B, “Mycorhizas from North Carolina and Eastern Tennessee,” 328 McFarlane, Arthur E., “The Great Niles-Tewksbury Turkey Hunt,” 242 McGarvey, G. A., “Home-Made and Hand-Made Fireside Occupations in a Machine Age,” 198 McGuire, F. W., 360 McKelway, A. J., “Child Labor in the Southern Cotton Mills,” 188–89 McKenzie, Andrew Comstock, “A Mountain Christmas,” 162 McKinley, William, 79–80 McKinney, Gordon B., The Heart of Confederate Appalachia . . ., xxviii, 58–59 McKnight-Hughes, Caroline, 153, 173 McLeod, John Angus, “The Southern Highlands in Prose Fiction,” 226, 252–53 McMurray, J. H., 189 McRae, John, Map of the Reconnaissance of the South Carolina Mountain Passes, 137 McTeer, William A., “Among Loyal Mountaineers,” 58, 67, 68 Meacham, Ruth Chase, 173 The Medicinal Plants of Tennessee . . . (Gattinger), 181 Medlin, 54, 144, 146, 149, 208, 216 Meigs, Return Jonathan, xxii, 60 Meigs-Freeman line, 142 Mellen, George F., “First Tennessee Novel,” 249, 252 The Memoirs of Lieut. Henry Timberlake (Timberlake), 32 Memorial of the Cherokee Indians Residing in North Carolina . . . (Thomas), 25, 31–32 Memorial to the Congress of the United States from the Appalachian National Park Association (1900), 86 “Memories and Comment on Old and the New­—The SnakeStick Man is Back with a Bullet Hole in His Hat” (Kephart), 218 Mercator, Gerard, Nova Et Aucta Orbis Terrae Descripto . . . (map), 123–24, 128 Mercer (author), Summer Resorts and Points of Interest of Virginia, Western North Carolina and North Georgia, 301 “The Merger of Apaches with Eastern Cherokees: Qualla in 1893” (Williams), 27 Merriam, C. Hart, “Remarks on the Fauna of the Great Smoky Mountains . . .,” 316 Merrill, J. O., 160 “Message from the President of the United States . . .[regarding] Apache Indians” (Harrison), 27 Message from the President of the United States . . .[regarding] the Southern Appalachian Region (Wilson), xxiii–xxiv, 83–84, 89, 215, 325, 361, 363–64

417

Michaux, André, 328, 346–47 Miles, Emma, The Spirit of the Mountains, 215 Miller, J. D. O., “Leaf Structure of Rhododendron Catawbiense Michx,” 323 Miller, Kate, 172 Miller, Mrs. Joe, 268 Miller Cove, 51, 190, 316, 350, 379, 380 Milton, Menell, 260 “The Minerals of North Carolina” (Genth), 339 Mineral Springs of North America . . . (Moorman), 183 “The Mineral Springs of Tennessee” (Tennessee State Board of Health), 183 “Mineral Waters” (Pratt), 184–85 The Mineral Waters of the United States and Their Therapeutic Uses (Crook), 180 Mingus, C. B., 194 Mingus, John Jacob, xxi Miry Ridge, 238, 290 “Miscellaneous: Mountains of East Tennessee. Preachers.—Religion and Morals of the People” (A. B.), 190 “Miscellaneous Scientific Intelligence . . .” (Buckley), xxii, 44, 51–53, 97 “Miss Evelyn of Gatlinburg” (Spring), 179 Mitchell, Elisha cited by Mayfield, 97 and Clingman, 39, 47 “Diary of a Geological Tour by Dr. Elisha Mitchell . . .,” 50–51 honors for, proposed, 53 as mountaineer, 96, 287 “Notice of the Height of Mountains in North Carolina,” 51 peak elevations measured by, 38, 45, 51 scientific society named for, 98, 308, 310 Mitchell, J. B., 155–56 “Analysis of Montvale Spring—Efficacy and Properties of Mineral Waters,” 183 Montvale Springs . . . An Analysis of the Springs, 183 Mitchen, E., 357 “A Modern Marriage; An Absorbing Novel” (Gibson), 232–33 Mohr, Charles, “Our Remaining Hard-Wood Resources,” 368 “Mole in the Ground” (folk song), 269 Moll, Herman, 37 Carolina (map), 122, 131 Indian Villages (map), 131 “Mollusca of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Pilsbry), 318 “The Mollusca of the Mt. Mitchell Region, North Carolina” (Bryant and Pilsbry), 319 Montgomery, Michael B., Dictionary of Smoky Mountain English, xvi, xxviii, 227 Montreat, N.C., 296, 299 Montvale Springs Civil War action in, 68 R. O. Currey on, 377 E. Alexander in, 41 in fiction, xxii, 237, 243, 249 folk expressions from, 255 in guidebooks, 299

418

health conditions in, 180, 183, 184, 298, 355 hotels in, 156, 298 M. N. Murfree in, 224 novels set in, 249 religion in, 192 as a resort, 268 roads to/from, 278 wildlife in, 315 Montvale Springs . . . An Analysis of the Springs (Mitchell), 183 “Montvale Springs Under the Proprietorship of Sterling Lanier, 1857-1863” (Wright), 249, 266, 278 Moody, Charles, Backwoods Surgery and Medicine, 211 Moody, Fred, 269 Mooers, Charles A., “The Soils of Tennessee,” 356 Mooney, James D., 14, 154 “Cherokee,” 22 “Cherokee and Iroquois Parallels,” 19 “The Cherokee Ball Play,” 12, 19–20, 263 “The Cherokee Calendar System [Letter],” 21 and Cherokee Dance and Drama, 30, 263 “Cherokee Plant Lore,” 19 “Cherokee River Cult,” 21 “The Cherokees,” 22 Cherokees studied by, xxiii, xxvi, 6–7, 11–12, 15, 18 “Cherokee Talismans,” 21 “Cherokee Theory and Practice of Medicine,” 19 “Evolution in Cherokee Personal Names,” 19 fieldwork described, 10 “Folk-Lore of the Carolina Hills,” 154, 195–96 and Harlan, 15 “Improved Cherokee Alphabets,” 20–21 “Indian Doctors,” 21 “Die Kosmogonie der Cherokee,” 20 “Myths of the Cherokee,” xxiii, 6, 9, 17, 21–22, 29 “Myths of the Cherokees,” 6, 18 and Olds, 25 profile, 18 “The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokee,” 6, 9, 20 “The Swimmer Manuscript . . .,” xxvi, 7, 20, 22–23, 24, 263 and Thomas, 12 works on, 6, 20 Mooney, W. D., “A Tramp through the Mountains,” 51 “A Moonshine District: In the Mountains of North Carolina” (The Milwaukee Sentinel), 201 “The Moonshiner of Fact” (Lynde), 200–201 “The Moonshiners at Hoho-Hebee Falls” (Murfree), 247 “Moonshiners: The Old-Timers and their Successors, the Employees of Bootleg” (Lynde), 201 Moore, Ashley, 274 Moore, Frances, 176, 177 Moore, Harry Estill, American Regionalism . . ., xvi Moore, Harry L., A Roadside Guide to the Geology of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, xxviii, 338 Moore, Hight C. “The Glory of the Great Smokies,” 292 “Skirting the Great Smoky Mountains,” 291 “A Summer Night on Mount Le Conte,” 291–92

Index

Moore, Mollie, 177 Moore, R. Walton, 120 Moore, Virginia, 177 Moore, William, 10 Moore family, 274 Moorman, J. J., Mineral Springs of North America . . ., 183 Morden, Robert, A New Map of Carolina, 130 Morgan, F. B., “Rediscovering the Great ‘Smoky Mountains,’” 292 Morgan, Lucy, 198, 199 Morgan, Thomas, 277 Morice (Father Morice), 20 Morley, Margaret W., 297 The Carolina Mountains, xxiv, 1, 97, 292 Morris, Eastin, The Tennessee Gazetteer . . ., 350–51 Morrison, Fred Wilson, 167 “Mose Martin’s Temptation” (Lanier), 236–37 Moss, Charles, “The Raven in Tennessee,” 316 Moth Mountain, 143 “Motor-Coaching Through North Carolina” (Chater), 285 “Motoring Southward . . .” (Wells), 294 “Motoring through the Great Smokies” (MacNair), 291 Moulton, Gary E. (ed.), The Papers of Chief John Ross, 8 “Mountain Ariel . . .” (Roberts), 357 “Mountain Baskets” (The American Magazine of Art), 198 Mountain Blues: Blues, Ballads and String Bands (Bumgarner), 273 “A Mountain Christmas” (McKinzie), 162 “The Mountain Dialect” (The Independent), 257 “The Mountain Handicrafts . . .” (Eaton), 198 Mountain Home: . . . (Dykeman, Stokely, Kemp, and Cave), xxvii, 157 “Mountain Loggers Meet” (Hardwood Record), 368 “Mountain Men of Tennessee” (Cline), 159 “The Mountain Moonshiner” (Kephart), 213–14, 280 Mountain Rebels . . . (Groce), xxviii, 58–59 Mountain Region of North Carolina and Tennessee (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 141 Mountain Region of North Carolina and Tennessee (map) (Nickolson), 126, 137–38, 141 “The Mountains and Mountaineers of Craddock’s Fiction” (Adkins), 250 Mountain Scenery . . . (Colton), 45, 136 “Mountain Schools in East Tennessee” (Bachman), 165 “The Mountains of North Carolina . . .” (Aston), 41 “The Mountains of North Carolina” (Buckley), 44 “Mountains of North Carolina” (Hawks), 48 “Mountain Treasure Seekers” (Murfree), 246–47 “Mountain White Folk-Lore . . .” (Carter), 195, 268 A Mountain-White Heroine (Gilmore), 233 “Mountain White Riddles” (Carter), 195 “A Mountain Woman” (Spring), 178–79 Mount Alexander. See Mount Kephart Mount Buckley, 45, 140–41, 378 Mount Cammerer (White Rock) (Sharp Top), 125, 126, 137, 143, 157, 295 Mount Chapman, 90, 126, 140, 293

Index

Mount Collins S. B. Buckley, measured by, 41 expeditions to, 282, 313, 378 J. H. Ferriss on, 313 H. Kephart’s description of, 218 on maps, 127, 140, 143, 145, 147 and the Meigs-Freeman line, xxii topography of, 95, 218 Mount Guyot M. H. Avery on, 303 S. B. Buckley, measured/named by, 41, 45, 126 B. H. Christy on, 286 elevation of, 378 P. M. Fink on, 291 G. A. Gambs on, 289 geological studies around, 350 and GSMNP development, 92 A. Guyot’s discoveries regarding, 42, 125–26 W. M. Johnson on, 290 H. Kephart’s description of, 218 location of, 42 on maps, 42, 126–27, 137, 138, 140, 141, 143–44, 145, 147 Mt. Guyot Sheet (map), 126–27, 143–44 Mt. Guyot Quadrangle (map), 127, 143–44 photos of, mentioned, 287 in poems, 229 surveyors’ towers on, 287 topography of, 95 E. M. Wood on, 295 “Mount Guyot Altitude Report Fans Flames of Old Controversy” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 Mt. Guyot Sheet (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 126–27, 143–44 Mt. Guyot Quadrangle (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 127, 143 Mount Henry, 42, 126, 137, 140, 141 Mount Kephart (Mount Alexander), 126, 127, 140, 141, 211, 284, 286, 290 Mount Le Conte W. S. Adams on, 282 in F. Bohn’s report, 90 L. A. Borah on, 284 H. Broome on, 284 S. B. Buckley, measured/named by, 41, 45 and Clingmans Dome, 127 J. S. Coleman, Jr. on, 286 B. Crouch on, 288 described by Yard, 102–3 elevation of, 100, 378 fauna of, 309–10, 312, 314, 315, 316, 320 in fiction, 238 flora of, 323 geology of, 350 and the GSM Hiking Club, xxiv and GSMNP development, 92, 96 in GSM stamp, 164 A. Guyot’s discoveries regarding, 126 lodges on, 280, 286, 294 W. M. Johnson on, 290

419

Mount Le Conte (cont.) on maps, 138, 141, 145, 343 C. H. Morgan on, 292 A Natural History of Mount Le Conte, xxix E. L. Palmer on, 293 in promotional literature, 293 surveyors’ towers on, 288 as triple peak, 126 “Mount Le Conte, Giant“ (Fink), 289 Mount Lumadaha. See Mount Chapman Mount Mingus, 127, 138, 143, 147, 313 Mount Mitchell, 49, 51, 53, 229, 231, 293, 319 Mount Nebo, 51, 150, 353, 379 “Mount Pisgah, North Carolina” (Clingman), 345–46 Mount Safford, 53, 140 Mount Sterling, 46, 47, 140, 312, 331 Mount Sterling, N.C. J. D. Burton on, 190 geology of, 147 location of, 148 logging in, 367 on maps, 146, 147 C. H. Mathes in, 291 postal routes through, 144 post office in, 148, 291 G. H. Ragsdale on, 305 railroads to, 146 roads to/from, 140–41, 338, 357–58 E. M. Wood in, 295 Mount Sterling Gap, 135, 137, 139, 291 Mount Sterling Ridge, 42, 46, 126–27, 136, 148 Mount Washington, 353–54 Movement of Population from the Smoky Mountains Area (Whittle), 189 “Mr. Buckley and ‘Unaka’ Peak” (Asheville News), 51 “Much of Great Smokies’ Beauty Destroyed Since Trio’s 1903 Trek” (Hicklin), 290 Muir, John, 307 A Thousand-Mile Walk to the Gulf, 40, 51 Mulenber, Frederick Augustus, 344 Mundy, Helen, 261 Murdoch, Harvey S., “A Visit to the Great Smoky Mountains,” 192 Murfree, Fanny, 224, 243, 254 Murfree, Mary Noailles (Charles Egbert Craddock, pseudonym), 67, 153, 163 biographical sketches of, 224–25, 242–43 cabin visited by, 46 cited by L. L. Carter, 285 engraving for “The Riddle of the Rocks,” 222 in A Fortnight of Folly, 248 GSM introduced to national audience by, 224 in “Life in the Great Smoky National Park,” 270 in linguistic studies, 255–57 in literary criticism, 250–55 in Montvale Springs, 278

420

Murfree, Mary Noailles (Charles Egbert Craddock, pseudonym) (works by) “The Craft of the Mississippi,” 246 “The Dancin’ Party at Harrison’s Cove,” 224, 252 “Evelina’s Flight: An Episode in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 245 “The Harnt’ That Walks Chilhowee,” 243 “His Day in Court,” 245 In the Clouds, 225, 244, 251, 253, 254, 255 In the ‘Stranger People’s’ Country, 245 In the Tennessee Mountains, 178, 224–25, 242–43, 251–52, 254 “The Moonshiners at Hoho-Hebee Falls,” 247 “Mountain Treasure Seekers,” 246–47 “The Ordeal,” 246 “The Panther of Jolton’s Ridge,” 243–44 The Phantoms of the Foot-Bridge, and Other Stories (Murfree), 222, 244, 245 “Processioning Pardee’s Land,” 244 The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains, xxiii, 67, 225, 242, 243, 244, 251–52, 253, 254, 255, 257 “The Riddle of the Rocks,” 222, 244 A Spectre of Power, 225, 245–46 The Story of Keedon Bluffs, 244–45 “Way Down in Lonesome Cove,” 244 Where the Battle Was Fought, 251 The Windfall, 225, 246 Murphy, N.C., 14, 68, 146, 196, 302, 305 Murphy Collegiate Institute, Catalogue and Prospectus, 167–68 Musgrave, Paul N., “Notes on Helmidae (Coleoptera) . . .,” 316–17 “Mycorhizas from North Carolina and Eastern Tennessee” (McDougall), 328 Myer, William Edward, “Indian Trails of the Southeast,” 23 Myers, Edward L., Cades Cove and Chestnut Flats, 157 Myers, E. W., 83 “Papers on the Waterpower in North Carolina . . .,” 375 Myers, Norma, In the Spirit of Adventure . . . (ed.), 283 Myers, Tony, Heirlooms and Artifacts of the Smokies . . ., xxix, 155 Myrtle Point, 284, 288, 292, 378 “A Mystery of the Mountains” (Kephart), 219 “Myths of the Cherokee” (Mooney), 6, 9, 17, 21–22, 29 “Myths of the Cherokees” (Mooney), xxiii, 6, 18 Nantahala Folio, North Carolina-Tennessee (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 145–46 Nantahala Quadrangle (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 142 Nantahalah Sheet (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 126, 142, 143, 146 Nan’yehi (Ward), 17 “Narrative” to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs (Dony), 9 “The Narrow Gauge Railroad for Mountain Logging” (Latham), 367 Narvaez, Panfilo de, 35 Nashville, Tenn., 61, 96, 98, 185, 240, 242, 317, 320, 325–26, 335, 377, 383. See also Public Acts (Tennessee) re: GSM

Index

Nathan Sparks and Jane Potter Sparks of Cades Cove . . . (Lawson and Lawson), 157 “The National Appalachian Forest Reserve” (Forest Leaves), 97 “The National Appalachian Forest Reserve” (Battle), 89 “The National Appalachian Park” (Gibson), 92 “A National Asset in East Tennessee” (McClenahan), 381 “National Forests of the Eastern United States” (Kneipp), 95 The National Forests of the Southern Appalachians (Government Printing Office), 368 “A National Park in Eastern America’s Highlands Contingent upon Its Purchase . . .” (Marvin), 96 “National Park in Smokies Soon to Attract Millions” (Adams), 287 “A National Park in the East” (Scientific American), 97 A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains (North Carolina Park Commission), 86 A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains (Kephart), 212, 219–220 “A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains” (Yard), 102–3 “A National Park in the Southern Mountains” (Ganier), 92 The National Parks: America’s Best Idea (Burns), 205 The National Parks and Emergency Conservation (Story), 100–101 National Parks in Southern Appalachian Mountains (U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys), 119 “A National Playground in the South” (Vandervort), 101–2 “Native Craftsmanship Will Come Into its Own in The Southern Appalachians” (Whiting), 199 “Natives Are Masters of Angler’s Art” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 The Natural Gardens of North Carolina . . . (Wells), 331 A Natural History of Mount Le Conte (Wise and Petersen), xxix “The Nature and Environment of the Lower Cambrian Sediments of the Southern Appalachians” (Barrell), 376 “Nature Ramblings: Leucothoe” (Frank), 330 Neal, William H. (ed.), “Great Smoky Mountains National Park Edition,” 97 Necker, Walter L. “Contribution to the Herpetology of the Smoky Mountains of Tennessee,” 317 “Great Smoky Mountains Field Trip,” 315 Needham, James, xxi, 35, 37, 41 “The Needs of Tennessee” (Pastor), 168 Neely, Jack, “The Lost Starlet [Parts I & II],” 261 Nellie, N.C., 147 Nelson, Wilbur A., “The Great Smoky National Park,” 97 Nelson, William, 277 Nesbit, Malvina G. “Better Health for Tennessee Mountain People,” 184 “A Glimpse of Life in the Tennessee Mountains,” 183–84 “Nesting of the Duck Hawk in Tennessee” (Ganier), 314 “Nesting of the Snowbird ( Junco hyemalis) in the Eastern Tennessee” (Ragsdale), 318 “Neue Forschungen und Messungen im Gebirgssystem der Alleghanies” (Mittheilungenaus Justus. . .), 51–52 A New & Accurate Map of the Provinces of North & South Carolina, Georgia (Bowen), 132 A New and Elegant General Atlas . . . (Arrowsmith and Lewis), xxii, 133

Index

“New Cableway Skidder for Logging in the Mountains” (The Southern Lumberman), 368 Newell, F. H., “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1902], 373 “The New England of the South” (Aaron), 343 Newfound Gap M. H. Avery on, 303 fauna of, 311, 312, 313, 319 in fiction, 239 P. M. Fink in, 288 GSMNP dedicated in, xxvi, 76, 82 W. M. Johnson in, 290 on maps, 140, 143 and the Meigs-Freeman line, xxii and national park road building, 95 in poems, 229 railroads to, 371 roads to/from, 358, 359 “A New-Found Land of Promise” (Kephart), 213 The New Harp of Columbia (Lafayette) (shape-note songbook), 265, 273 New Life (hymnal), 269 Newman, Vance, 41 New Manual of Botany (Gray), 321, 327 A New Map of Carolina (Thornton, Morden, and Lea), 130 A New Map of Tennessee (Thomas, Cowperthewait and Company), 136 A New Map of the Country of Carolina. . . . (Gascoyne), 130 A New Map of the State of North Carolina (MacRae and Tanner), 135 “The New Market Wreck” (folk song), 265 “A New Mountain Race of Desmognathus” (Dunn), 313, 318 “The New National Forest Reserves . . .” (Will), 102 “A New National Park” (Bohn), 90 “A New National Park in the East . . .” (Thornburgh), 101 “New National Parks” (The Outlook), 97 “New or Little Known Species of Trillium” (Harbison), 326–27 “New or Otherwise Interesting Plants of Eastern Tennessee” (Kearney), 328 “New Plant Montvale Lumber Company” (Hardwood Record), 368–69 “A New Playground—The Great Smoky Mountains Park” (Watson), 294 “New Road Taps Rich Timber Lands” (The Southern Lumberman), 369 “A New Salamander from the Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Weller), 319 “News from Little Pigeon” (The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi), 172–77 “New Southern Appalachian Land Snails” (Baker), 309 The New South’s New Frontier . . . (Taylor), xxviii, 59, 82 “A New Species of Glyceria from the Great Smoky Mountains” (Anderson), 321 Newton Bald, 140 “New Words from the Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Smith), 258–59 “New Words from ‘The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains’” (Brewer), 255

421

Nichols, J. A., 85 Nicholson, Hunter, 381 Nicholson, W. L. Mountain Region of North Carolina and Tennessee (map), 126, 137–38, 141 Postal Route Map of the State of Tennessee, 139–40 Preliminary Post Route Map . . ., 141 Nickerson, Mrs. R. A., 175 Nicol, Jennie, 173, 174, 179 Niemiller, Matthew (ed.), The Amphibians of Tennessee, 309 Niernsee, John R., Map of the Reconnaissance of the South Carolina Mountain Passes, 137 “A Night in the Mountains” (Davis), 230–31 Niles, John Jacob, 264 The Ballad Book, 272 More Songs of the Hill-Folk . . ., 272 Ten Christmas Carols from the Southern Appalachian Mountains, 271–72 “1923 Nursing in the Mountains” (Higinbotham), 171 Noland, N.C., 146 Noland, William, xxii “No Punches Barred in a Cherokee Ball Game” (Bull), 11 Norburn, Martha Elizabeth, “The Influence of the Physiographic Features of Western North Carolina . . .,” 351 Norcross, F. G., 360 Nord Carolina und was es dem Einwanderer anzubieten hat (Druck von Grubel & Sommerlatte), 351 Norris, George S., Western North Carolina Lands, 335, 351–52 “North American Folklore: A Bibliography” (Middleton), 2 North and South Carolina (map) (Burr), 135 “North Carolina” (Christian Observer), 192–93 (The Southern Guide), 352 “North Carolina” (Cobb), 346 North Carolina (map) (Lewis and Tanner), 133 North Carolina (map) (Carey), 134 The North Carolina Chautauqua: A Grand Gathering of Teachers (pamphlet), 168 “North Carolina Cherokee Indians” (Stringfield), 30 “The North Carolina Cherokees and the New Echota Treaty of 1835” (Harmon), 32 North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources, The Prehistory of North Carolina: An Archaeological Symposium, 5 [North Carolina Drawn by A. Lindenkohl] (map), 126, 138 North Carolina Economic and Social (Huntington, Jr.), 349 North Carolina from the Latest Surveys (Lewis), 133–34 North Carolina Maps (American Memory), 123 “North Carolina Minerals” (Ingram), 379 “The North Carolina Mountaineer in Native Fiction” (Banner), 226 “The North Carolina Mountains: A Selected Bibliography” (Thornton), 3 North Carolina Park Commission, 87, 93, 114, 296, 331 The Great Smokies, 296 Great Smoky Mountains National Park, 297 A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains, 86

422

Report of the North Carolina Park Commission [1931 & 1933], 86–87 Smoky Mountain Park, John A. Bechtel Tract . . ., 148 The North-Carolina Reader . . . (Wiley), 64–65 North Carolina Resources and Industries (North Carolina Department of Conservation and Development), 339–340 North Carolina: The Land of Opportunity, 352 North Carolina: The Pacemaker in Industry, Agriculture and Substantial Progress, 352 “A North Carolina Whiffet” (Rossiter), 247 “Notable Characters of the Day—No. 6” (The Phrenological Journal of Science Health), 253 “Notes” (Clench), 312 “Notes” [3 & 5] (Garden and Forest), 328 “Notes Here and There” (The Wilson Bulletin), 98, 317 “Notes of a Botanical Excursion into North Carolina” (Redfield), 328 “Notes of a Botanical Tour” [No. I, II, III, IV] (Buckley), 44 “Notes of a Traveler— No. I” (Buckley), 44 “Notes on a Collection of Beetles of the Tibe Cychrini” (Dury), 313 “Notes on Helmidae (Coleoptera) . . .” (Musgrave), 316–17 “Notes on Some Amphibians and Reptiles from the Southeastern States . . .” (Bishop), 309–10 “Notes on Some Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Lemoyne), 316 “Notes on Tennessee Ferns” (Underwood and Sharp), 331 “Notes on the Anatomy and Classification of the Genera Omphalina and Mesomphix” (Pilsbry), 318 “Notes on the Appalachian Trail in the South” (Avery), 303 “Notes on the Birds Observed . . .” (Bruner and Field), 310–11 “Notes on the Flora of Tennessee: The Genus Trillium” (Anderson), 321 “Notes on the Folk-Lore of the Mountain Whites of the Alleghanies” (Porter), 196 “Notes on the Forest Resources of North Carolina” (Ashe), 360 “Notes on the Geology of the Cove Areas of East Tennessee” (Gordon), 378 Notes on the History of Western North Carolina, Part I . . . (Stillwell), 63 “Notes on the Kaolin- and Clay-Deposits of North Carolina” (Holmes), 379 “Notes on the Life-Zones in North Carolina” (Brimley and Sherman, Jr.), 310 Notes on the Mammals and Summer Birds of Western North Carolina (Oberholser), 317 “Notes on the Mountain District of Western North Carolina” (Guyot), 40, 41–42, 125 “Notes on the Salamanders of the North Carolina Mountains . . .” (Brimley), 310 “Notes on the Topography and Geology of Western North Carolina—The Hiawassee Valley” (Colton), 376–77 “Notes on Western North Carolina Birds” (Jeffries and Jeffries), 315 “Notes Upon Some North American Trees, IX” (Sargent), 329 “Notice of the Height of Mountains in North Carolina” (Mitchell), 51

Index

Le Nouveau Mexique, et La Floride . . . (map) (Sanson), 129 Nova Et Aucta Orbis Terrae Descripto . . . (map) (Mercator), 128 “Novelties of Southern Scenery, III” (Lanman), 50 Nunn, Roscoe, “The Climate of Tennessee,” 385 Oak and Laurel . . . (Withoft), 168, 195 Oakley, Harvey, 163 Oakley, Lucinda, See Ogle, Lucinda Oakley Oakley, Wiley, 158, 163, 175, 177, 314 Oberholser, Harry C., Notes on the Mammals and Summer Birds of Western North Carolina, 317 “Observations on Horseback: Fog and Rain in the Mountains— Water-spouts” (The American Monthly), 385–86 “Observations on Horseback: Mountain Scenery— Silver Mines—Silver Mine Hunters” (The American Monthly Knickerbocker), 52 “Observations on the Fauna of the Southern Alleghanies” (Cope), 310, 312, 316 “The Observer. A Visit to Cataloochee . . .” (Guerrant), 191 “Obtain Rare Panorama of Great Smokies” (Coleman, Jr.), 286 Occoneechee (Jarrett), 15, 16–17 “The Occurrence of Anolis Carolinensis Voigt in Eastern Tennessee” (Jones and Ressler), 315 Ocona Lufty (Oconaluftee), xii, 23, 26, 28, 41, 49, 50, 59, 60, 73, 136, 137, 139, 140, 141, 144, 145, 158, 159, 187, 218, 231 Odum, Howard W., American Regionalism . . ., xvi Ogle, Carl, 177 Ogle, E. E., 172 Ogle, E. W., 190 Ogle, J. W., 186–87 Ogle, Lucinda Oakley, “Life in the Girls’ Dormitory,”175 Queen of the Smokies . . ., 158 Ogle, Lula McCarter, 172, 176 Ogle, Sam, 174 Ogle, William, 190 Ola, 146, 147 Olbrechts, Frans M. “Cherokee Belief and Practice with Regard to Childbirth,” 24 Cherokees studied by, 11–12 “Eastern Cherokee Folktales . . .,” 24–25 and Harlan, 15 photo of, 4 “Prophylaxis in Cherokee Medicine,” 24 “Some Cherokee Methods of Divination,” 23–24 “Some Notes on Cherokee Treatment of Disease,” 24 “The Swimmer Manuscript . . .,” xxvi, 7, 20, 22–23, 24, 25, 263 “Two Cherokee Texts,” 24 “Old, Early and Elizabethan English in the Southern Mountains” (Combs), 256 “An Old Art Modernized” (Redding), 198–99 Old Black Mountain, 42, 126–27, 137, 140–41, 143 “An Old English Ballad Rare in America—‘Lamkin’ . . .” (Henry), 270 “Older Appalachians of the South” (Wright), 382–83

Index

“Old Eve She Did the Apple Pull” (folk song), 274 Oldham, Bethenia McLemore, Tennessee and Tennesseans, 63 Old Harp Singing: By the Old Harp Singers of Eastern Tennessee (Smithsonian Folkways Recordings), 266 Olds, Fred A., 7 “Biltmore and Vicinity,” 337, 369 “The Cherokee Indian School,” 7, 25 “‘Old Sharpnose’ of Bone Valley . . .” (Bowles), 304 “Old Smoky” (Mason), 63 “Old-Time American Stock” (Fuller), 160 Oliphant, John, Peace and War on the Anglo-Cherokee Frontier, 1756–63, 6 Oliver, Duane Hazel Creek from Then til Now, xxviii Remembered Lives . . ., 157–58 Oliver, John W. in Cades Cove, xxii, 265, 269, 270 “From Cades Cove to Indian Gap,” 292–93 on Clingmans Dome, 293 in Indian Gap, 292–93 “John Oliver Tells of Hike from Cove to Indian Gap,” 292–93 lodge of, 280, 296, 297 as musical heritage study source, 264, 265, 270 on Silers Bald, 293 in Spence Field, 292 on Thunderhead Mountain, 292–93 Oliver, Lucretia, xxii “Oliver Tractor Finds Favor Among Lumbermen” (The Southern Lumberman), 369 Olmsted, Frederick Law, 40 A Journey in the Back Country, 52 Olmsted, Stanley, 227 Olson, Ted, 267 Blue Ridge Folklife, xxviii, 157 Onas (author), “Quallatown Indians,” 25 “On Foot Across the Mountains” (Ziegler), 54 “On Getting Lost” (Kephart), 213 On Horseback . . . (Warner), 53 “On Not Getting Lost in the Woods” (Hardy), 213 “On Some Caribidae . . .” (Darlington, Jr.), 312 “On Southernisms” (Smith), 257 “On the Appalachian Health Resorts of Tennessee” (Tennessee State Board of Health), 184 “On the Appalachian Mountain System” (Guyot), xxii, 47, 125, 140, 339 “On Unakyte, and Epidotic Rock from the Unaka Range . . .” (Bradley), 376 “Opening Hardwood Area” (The Southern Lumberman), 369 “The Ordeal” (Murfree), 246 Ormond, Jesse Marvin, 157 The Country Church in North Carolina, 193 “An Ornithological Reconnaissance in Western North Carolina” (Brewster), 310 Ortelius, Abraham., La Florida. Auctore Hieron. Chiaves (map), 128

423

Oswald, Felix L., “Healthy Homes. I. . . .,” 352–53 “Our Carolina Highlanders” (Branson), 186 “Our Contemporary Ancestors in the Southern Mountains” (Frost), 160 “Our Eastern Cherokee Indians” (Story), 30 “Our Goodman” (folk ballad), 268 “Our Mineral Wealth” (Kerr), 335, 380 “Our Mountains” (Scientific American), 52 The Journal and Letters of Francis Asbury (Clark, ed.), 190 “Our National Parks—New and Old” (Avis), 283 Our Native Land . . . (Ferris), 46 “Our Remaining Hard-Wood Resources” (Mohr), 368 “Our Romantic Southern Highlands” (Winter), 165 “Our Settlement School” (Helmick), 170 “Our Settlement School” (Langmaid), 171–72 “Our Smoky Mountain Park . . .” (Campbell), 285 Our Southern Highlanders (Kephart) articles included in, 209, 214–15, 218–19, 280 “Bear Hunting in the Smokies . . .,” 214 biographical essay in, 213 editions of, 210, 215–16 and Kephart’s reputation, 212 lumber camps portrayed in, 336–37 moonshine distilling described in, 154 quotes from, xi, 256, 280 as research source, 283 reviews of, 215 significance of, xxiv, 1, 153, 205, 212, 215–16 stereotypes in, 160 “Our Southern Highlanders” (Parke), 162 “Our Southern Mountaineers: Removal the Remedy for the Evils That Isolation and Poverty Have Brought . . .” (Dawley, Jr.), 187 The Southeast in Early Maps (Cumming), xxvii, 123–24, 128–31 The Southern Frontier, 1670–1732 (Crane), 124 “An Outing in the Great Smokies” (Western), 305 “The Outlander and the Native” (Kephart), 214–15 An Outline Geological Map of Tennessee . . . (Saylor), 138 “Outline Introduction to the Mineral Resources of Tennessee” (Ashley), 375–76 “The Out-Shootin’est Boy on Snake Head” (Bache), 227 Out Under the Sky of the Great Smokies (Broome), xxvii Owl, Ceate, 12 Owl, Henry M. as Cherokee historian, 33 “The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians Before and After the Removal,” 25–26 Owl, Sampson, 30 Ownby, Annalee, 175 Oyen, Sara, “High-High Up in the Hills: Real Life and Rich Melodrama Are Captured in ‘Stark Love,’” 260 Ozmer, R. R., “Blazing the Great Smoky Trail,” 293 “Paddy on the Turnpike” (folk song), 274 Page, Lewis W., 33 Page, Thomas Nelson, 255

424

Paine, Thomas H., Handbook of Tennessee . . ., 348–49 Painted Rock, 14, 44, 45 Painter, C. C., The Eastern Cherokees: A Report, 26 Palmer, E. Laurence, 16 “The Smokies: Peers of the Eastern Range,” 293 Palmer, John B., “Report of Col. John B. Palmer . . .,” 68–69 Palmer, William J., “Reports of Col. William J. Palmer . . .,” 58, 68–69 Palmer, William M., 67 “The Panther of Jolton’s Ridge” (Murfree), 243–44 The Papers of Chief John Ross (Moulton, ed.), 8 The Papers of Thomas Jefferson . . . (Princeton University Press), 344 “Papers on the Waterpower in North Carolina . . .” (Swain, Holmes, and Myers), 375 Pap Jim (moonshiner), 200 “Parallel and Combined Expeditions Against the Cherokee Indians . . .” (Rockwell), 28 Pardo, Juan, xxi, 35, 63 “The Parents of Lincoln” (Tarbell), 74 Parke, Robert, “Our Southern Highlanders,” 162 Parker, Haywood, “Folk-Lore of the North Carolina Mountaineers,” 196 Parker, Junius, “A Man Twice Condemned,” 72 Parkins, A. E., “The Water Power of the Southern Appalachians,” 373 “The Park of the Smoking Mountains” (Story), 294 Parks, Edd Winfield, Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree), 242 Parson Bald, 140, 147, 221, 291 Parton, Ben, 285 Parton, Dolly, 263 Parton, Maggie, 177 Parton, Myrtle, “Our Cooking Class,” 175 Parton, Veatress, 199 Paschal, George Washington, History of North Carolina Baptists, 193 “The Passing of George Masa” (Bulletin of the Potomac Appalachian Club), 162 Pastor (author), “The Needs of Tennessee,” 168 The Paternity of Abraham Lincoln . . . (Barton), 59, 72–73 Patrick, Walton R. (ed.), Southern Literary Culture; A Bibliography of Masters’ and Doctors’ Theses, 243 “Patrick Spenser” (folk song), 272 “A Patriotic Pilgrimage to Eastern National Parks” (Borah), 283–84 Pattee, Fred Lewis The Development of the American Short Story, 253 A History of American Literature since 1870, 253 Patty, Luther A., 370 Pauls (Polls) Gap, 148 Peace and War on the Anglo-Cherokee Frontier, 1756–63 (Oliphant), 6 Peale, Albert C., “Lists and Analyses of the Mineral Springs of the United States . . .,” 184 Pearce, Samuel, 136, 138–39 Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina (1859) (Pearce and Best), 136

Index

Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina (1871) (Pearce), 138–39 Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina (1872) (Pearce), 139 Pearce’s New Map—The State of North Carolina (187?) (Pearce and Best), 139 Peattie, Roderick, The Great Smokies and the Blue Ridge . . ., xxviii Peck, Jacob, 384 “Geological and Mineralogical Account of the Mining Districts in the State of Georgia . . .,” 381 Pecks Corner, 140, 143 “A Peculiar People: The ‘Poor White Trash’ . . .” (J. M. P. O.), 160–61 Pelton, H. W., 296 Penland, N.C., 196, 198, 199 “The People of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Bishop), 165 “The People of the Hills” (Kephart), 214–15 Pepoon, Herman S., 101 Pepyless, Samuella (pseudonym for Dewell, Taylor, White, and Barrett), 175 Perdue, Theda Cherokee Editor: The Writings of Elias Boudinot (ed.), 11 The Cherokee Nation and the Trail of Tears, xxviii, 6 The Cherokee Removal: A Brief History with Documents, xxviii, 6 Cherokee Women: Gender and Culture Change, 1700–1835, 7 Perennial Songs (hymnal), 269 Perry, Albion A., “The Appalachian Park,” 98 “Personality of Horace Kephart Responsible for Homage Paid Him” (Coleman, Jr.), 213 Petermann, A., 51–52 Petersen, Ronald, A Natural History of Mount Le Conte, xxix, 387 Petit, Anna F. T., “A Trip of Investigation Made by the Settlement School Committee,” 177 Petrarch, Francis, 206 Petrunkevitch, Alexander, “Collecting Hypochilus,” 317 The Phantoms of the Foot-Bridge, and Other Stories (Murfree), 222, 244, 245 Philadelphia, Tenn., 51 Phillips, Lucie Dayton, “A Question of Love,” 247 “Physiographic Influences in the Development of Tennessee” (Glenn), 337, 348 Pi Beta Phi Settlement School. See also Gatlinburg agricultural program of, 356 as crafts center, 155, 163, 197–99 in fiction, 227 founders of, 153–54 in Gatlinburg, 356 Higinbotham’s work at, 182, 184 in music studies, 62 opening of, xxiv overview of, 168–180 “A Pictorial Visit to Our Settlement School,” 178 prominence of, 155 in promotional literature, 284, 298 religion in, 192 roads to/from, 39

Index

Pi Beta Phi Settlement School (Cashell, ed.), 171 The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School (Turner), 179 “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School” (Stone), 179 “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School” (Helmick), 170 Pi Beta Phi Settlement School in the Southern Appalachians (Pi Beta Phi), 178 Pickens, S. V., 85 Pickering, John, A Grammar of the Cherokee Language, 26 “A Pictorial Visit to Our Settlement School” (The Arrow of Pi Beta Phi), 178 Picture News of Recreational America (National Park Association), 98 “Picturesque America: On the French Broad River” (Colton), 45 Pierce, Daniel S. The Great Smokies: From Natural Habitat to National Park, xxviii, 59, 81, 104, 212 Logging in the Smokies, xxviii, 59, 338 Pierce, James O., “Charles Egbert Craddock,” 253 Pigeon Forge, xv, 137, 145, 164, 272, 369, 379, 383 Pilling, James Constantine, “Bibliography of the Iroquoian Languages,” 2 Pilsbry, Henry A. “A Classified Catalogue of American Land Shells, With Localities,” 317 “Descriptions of New American Land Shells,” 318 “Mollusca of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 318 “The Mollusca of the Mt. Mitchell Region, North Carolina,” 319 “Notes on the Anatomy and Classification of the Genera Omphalina and Mesomphix,” 318 Pinchot, Gifford, 91, 100 “Timber Trees and Forests of North Carolina,” 335, 369 “The Pine-Barren Flora in the East Tennessee Mountains” (Kearney, Jr.), 328 The Pinnacle (peak), 293 Pinnacle Lead, 286 “Pioneer Life in the Alleghenies” (Kephart), 205 “Pirate Rivers and Their Prizes” (La Gorce), 372–73 Pisgah, N.C., 293–94, 317, 368 “Pitch Base Camp in Ideal Place” (Coleman, Jr.), 286 Pittman Center, xv, 272 Pivorun, Edward Broni, Mammals of the Smokies, xxviii, 309 Place Names of the Smokies (Coggins), xviii, xxvii “The Place of the Eastern National Forests in the National Economy” (Ashe), 89 “The Plain Prose of Life in the Smoky Mountains” (Smith), 258–59 Plank, Elva, “Report Concerning Gatlinburg Boys in Service,” 178 “Plans for Organization” (The Southern Lumberman), 369 Plants of the Cherokee . . . (Banks, Jr. and Kemp), xxvii, 309 “The Playground of Eastern America” (Watson), 102 “Pocketed Americans, pts. I and II” (Ross), 189 Poe, Edgar Allen, 280 “A Tale of the Ragged Mountains,” 216 Poetical Geography of North Carolina . . . (Cobb), 229

425

“Policy Governing the Establishment of National Park” (Work), 148 “Political Department and General Intelligence: Agriculture – The Mountainous Region of the United States . . .” (Skinner), 357 “The Politics of Cherokee Citizenship, 1898–1930” (Frizzell), 9 Polk, L. L., Hand-book of North Carolina . . ., 340–41 Pollard, Mary O., 153–54, 172–73, 176 “Terms from the Tennessee Mountains,” 257 Pollock, Frank Lillie, “The Crystal Hunters,” 247 Pomeroy, Sarah Gertrude, “The Service of the Women’s Fraternities,” 178 Pomeroy, Sarah J., 173 Pool, Maria Louise, 227 In Buncombe County, xiv Pope, Clifford H., “Some Plethodontid Salamanders from North Carolina and Kentucky . . .,” 318 “The Population of East Tennessee” (Dyer), 187 Porter, J. Hampden, “Notes on the Folk-Lore of the Mountain Whites of the Alleghanies,” 196 Porters Gap, 125, 136, 137, 139, 147, 287 Posey, Rev. Mr., “Cherokee Indians,” 26–27 “The Possibilities of a Maple Sugar Industry in Western North Carolina” (Ashe), 355–56 Possum Hollow, 238 Postal Route Map of the State of Tennessee (Nicholson), 139–140 Post Route Map of the State of North Carolina and South Carolina (Wilson and Von Haake), 144 Potato Top, 293 Potter, Davis, 41 Potter, E. E., 70 Powell, E. P., “Farm and Garden: New Points in Horticulture,” 356 Powell, George (moonshiner), 58, 67 Powell, George S., xxiii, 86 Powell, John Wesley, 18 First through the Grand Canyon . . . (Kephart, intro.), 210 Powers, Edwin B., “Fresh Water Studies. I,” 373–74 “The Relation Between pH and Aquatic Animals,” 318 “A Simple Colorimetric Method for Field Determinations . . .,” 373 Powers, Elizabeth D., Cataloochee: Lost Settlement of the Smokies, xxviii, 157 “Practical Forestry in the Southern Appalachians” (Overton), 369–370 Pratt, Joseph Hyde “Mineral Waters,” 184–85 “The Southern Appalachian Forest Reserve,” 98 Western North Carolina Facts, Figures, Photographs, 353 “A Prayer” (Eleanor Allen), 370 “‘Pre-Discovery’ Visits to the Great Smoky Mountains: 1912– 1920” (Johnson), 290–91 “Prehistoric Settlement and Subsistence Patterns in the Great Smoky Mountains” (Bass), 5 The Prehistory of North Carolina: An Archaeological Symposium (North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources), 5

426

A Preliminary Agriculture Map of Tennessee . . . (Tennessee Agriculture Experiment Station), 144–45 Preliminary Base Map, Great Smoky Mountains National Park (U.S. Geological Survey), 149 “A Preliminary Check-List of the Spring Wild Flowers and the Ferns of Tennessee” (Jennison), 327 “A Preliminary List of the Salamanders of the Great Smoky Mts.” (Weller), 319–320 Preliminary Post Route Map . . . (Nicholson), 141 “A Preliminary Report on Polypores of Eastern Tennessee” (Hesler), 327 Preliminary Sketch of a Map of the Mountains of Western Nth Carolina from the Observation of Prof. A. Guyot (Sandoz), 40, 42, 52, 54, 125–26, 137, 140 “Preliminary Study of Forest Conditions in Tennessee” (Hall), 365 Premium List: 4th Annual Fair of the Haywood County Stock Raisers and Farmer’s Association (Sentelle and Dickinson), 356 Presbrey, Frank The Empire of the South . . ., 353 Land of the Sky and Beyond, 300 “Present Roads to the Great Smokies” (Fink), 148 “Present Status of the Park Movement” (Chapman), 91 Pressey, H. A., 83 Price, J. Harry, 367 Price, Jonathan, xxii To David Stone and Peter Brown, Esq.: This First Actual Survey of the State of North Carolina . . ., 133 Strother-Price map, xxii, 51, 124–26, 134 Price, Overton W., 83 “Practical Forestry in the Southern Appalachians,” 369–70 Prickett, Estella, 173 Prickett, Norman, 174 Primitive America (Educational Productions), 260 “Primitive Mills in Southern Mountains . . .” (Kephart), 218, 219 Pritchard, Jeter, 78–81, 89 “Processioning Pardee’s Land” (Murfree), 244 Proctor, 144, 146, 158, 160 Proctor, Redfield, “Little Pigeon River, Tennessee. Letter from the Secretary of War,” 374 “Prof. Guyot’s Measurements of the Alleghany System” (Gilman), 47 “Progress of the Appalachian Trail” (Avery), 303 “Progress of the Kingdom: Our Own Work— Work for Mountain Whites” (Congregationalist), 193 The Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains (Murfree), xxiii, 67, 225, 242, 243, 244, 251–52, 253, 254, 255, 257 “Prophylaxis in Cherokee Medicine” (Olbrechts), 24 “The Proposed Appalachian National Park” (Forest Leaves), 98 “The Proposed Appalachian National Park” (Ambler), 88 “The Proposed Appalachian Park” (Holmes), 94 “The Proposed Appalachian Park” (Shaler), 99 Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park (U.S. Geological Survey), 148 Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North CarolinaTennessee (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 147 “The Proposed National Appalachian Forest Reserve” (Ambler), 88

Index

“Proposed Removal of the Apaches” (Friends Review), 27 Provincial Types in American Fiction (Spence), 251–52 Pruett, Jack, 152, 202 Public Acts (Tennessee) re: the GSM, 106–18 Public Acts and Laws. See Legislation (state) re: the GSM/ GSMNP “Public Health Nursing in the Mountains of Tennessee” (Higinbotham), 182 Public Laws and Resolutions of the State of North Carolina . . . (North Carolina General Assembly), 104–5 Public Poor Relief in North Carolina (Brown), 186 Pumphrey, Stanley, 156 “East Tennessee,” 193–94 “Purchase of Land under the Weeks Law . . .” (Graves), 80, 82–83 Purrington, Burton L., “Ancient Mountaineers: An Overview of Prehistoric Archaeology of North Carolina’s Western Mountain Region,” 5 Putnam, Roberta, 164 Quad, M., “What an Awful Liar—A Southern Sketch,” 247 “Qualla” (Davis), 12–13, 40, 278–79 Qualla Boundary, xii, 5–7, 13, 26, 28, 30, 142, 246 Qualla school, 165 Qualla Town (Quallatown) acquired for the Cherokee, 12 Cherokee Indians remaining in, 28 Cherokee life in, 49, 50, 64 Civil War action in, 58, 69, 70, 71 and de Soto, 50 Junaluska’s wife residing in, 32 letter from, 64 on maps, 138, 140 W. H. Thomas in, 12, 16, 64 as tour route, 53 “Quallatown Indians” (Onas), 25 “Quarter Racing in Tennessee” (Harris), 233–34 Queen of the Smokies . . . (Ogle), 158 “A Question of Love” (Phillips), 247 Quick, Mr. (Kephart acquaintance), 218 Quint, Ellery, 172 Rabbit Place, 346 “A Race of Rip Van Winkles Is Waking Up” (Felton), 159–60 Radcliffe, George L., “Some Governmental Aspects of Regional Planning,” 353 Rafinesque, C. S., “Alleghanies Mountains,” 353 Ragsdale, George H. “Nesting of the Snowbird ( Junco hyemalis) in the Eastern Tennessee,” 318 “Speckled Trout in Tennessee,” 305 “Raiding Moonshiners in Tennessee” (Mason), 201 “A Raid Into the Sugarlands” (Kephart), 218 “A Raid on Moonshiners” (The Literary Digest), 201–2 Railroad map of North Carolina, 140–41 Railroad Map of North Carolina (Rand McNally and Company), 146

Index

Railroad Map of North Carolina . . . (Brown), 145 Rainbow Falls, 95, 235, 237, 284, 292, 293, 299, 320, 321, 345, 353 Rall, E. E., 255 “Rambles for Relics. Chilhowee” (Dunning), 13 “Rambles in the Great Smokies” (Davis), 46 Ramp, A. T. See Doak, Henry Melvil Ramsey, J. G. M., 286 The Annals of Tennessee, to the End of the Eighteenth Century, 38, 277 Rand McNally and Company, Railroad Map of North Carolina, 146 “Rare Birds in the North Carolina Mountains” (Boggs), 310 Rash, Ron, Serena: A Novel, 338 “The Raven in Tennessee” (Moss), 316 Ravensford, 146 Raven Town, 10 Ray, Charles E., Jr., The Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Economic Values in Regulation . . ., 337, 374 Read, Opie Percival, 227 Reagan, Bruce, 286 Reagan, Chastine, 218 Reagan, Lizzie, 176–77, 179, 199 “Real or Make-Believe?” (Yard), 103 Ream, G. Franklin, “Live Folks,” 162 “Recent American Fiction” (Scudder), 254 “The Recent Movement in Southern Literature” (Coleman Jr.), 251 “Recent Novels by Women” (Scudder), 254 Recollections of a Cavalryman of the Civil War after Fifty Years, 1861–1865 (Hamilton), 66–67, 68 “Recreation in Rural Western North Carolina” (Bailey), 283 Redding, Winogene, 155, 175–77, 196–97 “An Old Art Modernized,” 198–99 “The Weaving Meetings in Gatlinburg,” 199 Redfield, J. H., “Notes of a Botanical Excursion into North Carolina,” 328 “Red Hunters of the Unakas” (Brown), 11 “Rediscovering the ‘Great Smoky Mountains’” (Morgan), 292 Redmond, Lewis Richard Ranson, 154, 200, 202 “Redmond, the Outlaw Moonshiner” (The National Police Gazette), 202 “Reduction in Variability in an Inbred Population” (Carter), 154, 186–87 “Redwing” (folk tune), 265 “Reflections on the Institutions of the Cherokee Indians . . .” (The Analectic Magazine), 27–28 “Register of New Words” (Brewer), 255 Rehder, John B., “Folk Music, Folk Art, and Folk Festivals,” 267 Reichenbach, Carl Ludwig von, “Ueber die Zeitfolge und die Bildungsweise der n.heren Bestandtheile der Meteoriten,” 383 Reichert, Alfred, “Charles Egbert Craddock und die amerikanische Short-story,” 253–54 Reid, Christian. See Tiernan, Frances Christine Fisher Reid, John, A Map of the Tennessee Government . . ., 133 “The Relation Between pH and Aquatic Animals” (Powers), 318 “The Relation of the Southern Appalachian Mountains to the Development of Water Power” (Leighton, Bolster, and Hall), 373

427

“Relative Importance of Hydrogen-Ion Concentration . . .” (Creaser), 374 Religion in the Highlands . . . (Hooker), 157, 192 The Remarkable Flora of the Great Smoky Mountains (Wells), 331 “A Remarkable Logging Railroad” (Gibson), 358 “Remarks of Mr. Thomas, of Jackson” (Thomas), 32 “Remarks on the Fauna of the Great Smoky Mountains . . .” (Merriam), 316 Remembered Lives . . . (Oliver), 157–58 Reminiscences and Sketches (Smith), 163 Reminiscences and Traditions of Western North Carolina (Davidson), 61 “Reminiscences of Western North Carolina . . .” (Davidson), 61 “The Remnant of Indians in North Carolina” (Boston Recorder), 28 Reniers, Perceval, “The Shadow Stage: Camera Kultur,” 260 “Report Concerning Gatlinburg Boys in Service” (Plank), 178 “Report of Col. Israel Garrard, Seventh Ohio Cavalry . . .” (Garrard), 66 “Report of Col. John B. Palmer . . .” (Palmer), 68 “Report of Col. William J. Palmer . . .” (Palmer), 68–69 “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1896] (Davis), 372 “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1902] (Newell), 373 “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1903] (Hoyt), 373 “Report of Progress of Stream Measurements . . .” [1904] (Hall & Hoyt), 373 Report of the Geological Survey of North Carolina . . . [1875] (Kerr), xxiii, 334, 339, 347 Report of the North Carolina Park Commission [1931 & 1933] (North Carolina Park Commission), 86–87 Report of the Progress of the Geological Survey of North Carolina [1875] (Kerr), 334, 339 Report of the Secretary of Agriculture on the Southern Appalachian and White Mountain Watersheds [1908] (Wilson), 84–85 “Report on Meteorites” (Shephard), 383–84 “Report on the Mound Explorations of the Bureau of Ethnology” (Thomas), 31 “Report . . . to Commissioner of General Land Office” (Dony), 9 Reptiles and Amphibians of the Smokies (Tilley and Huheey), xxviii, 309 “Resources of the South . . .” (H. E. C.), 349 Ressler, B. C. V., “The Occurrence of Anolis Carolinensis Voigt in Eastern Tennessee,” 315 The Return of Buck Gavin . . . (Wolfe), 249 Reunion of Cherokee Confederates, 69th Regiment (photo), 56 “Revealing the Beauty of the Great Smokies . . .” (Campbell), 357–58 Revising Boundaries [of various National Parks, GSM and Mammoth Cave included] (U.S. Senate. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys), 119–120 “The Revival: A Story in Verse” (Cushman), 229 Reynolds, Henry, 277 Reynolds, R. Graham (ed.), The Amphibians of Tennessee, 309

428

Rhea, Matthew, Map of the State of Tennessee . . .,” 134–35 Rhoads, Samuel N., “Contributions to the Zoology of Tennessee [No. 2. Birds & No. 3 Mammals],” 318–19 Richards, John, 41 Richardson, Frank, From Sunrise to Sunset: Reminiscence, 194 Richardson, T. C., “States That Are Dixie’s,” 353 Richardson, Wanita B., 173 “A Brief History of the Settlement School,” 170–71 Richardson Cove, 83 Rich Mountain, 96, 145, 291 Rich Mountain Gap, 46, 141 “The Riddle of the Rocks” (Murfree), 222, 244 Ridgway, Florence H., “Mountain Life Portraiture,” 215 Riggs, Brett H., Studies in Cherokee Basketry, 29 “The Rightness of Things” (Atlantic Monthly), 356–57 Riley, John A., “Ceiling and Visibility in the United States: Southeastern States,” 386 Ritchie, John, Jr., “The Appalachian Park,” 98 Ritter, 146 Ritter, William M., xxiv “River Adjustments in North Carolina” (Weaver), 375 “Road Being Built to 6,642-foot Level in Great Smoky Mountains” (The American City), 359 Road Gap, 41, 140 A Roadside Guide to the Geology of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Moore), xxviii, 338 “Roads to Fulfillment . . .” (Berry), 357 Roaming the Eastern Mountains (Faris), 288 Roan(e) Mountain, 51, 77, 98, 256, 316, 318–19, 326, 343, 381 Robbinsville, N.C., 140 Roberts, Eli, 190 Roberts, Elizabeth Maddox, 227 Roberts, John, 37 Roberts, Mary Carter, “Mountain Ariel . . .,” 357 Robertson, H. G., “The Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians; From 1835 to 1893,” 28 Robertson, Reuben B., 81–82 “Gives Reason for Favoring Forest Rather than Park,” 98 Robeson, George M., “Survey of Little Tennessee River. Letter from the Acting Secretary of War . . .,” 374 Rockefeller, John D., Jr., xxv, 297 Rockwell, Elijah Frink, “Parallel and Combined Expeditions Against the Cherokee Indians . . .,” 28 Rocky Top, 293 Rodman the Keeper: Southern Sketches (Woolson), 250 R. of Tennessee (author), “A Week in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 52–53 Rogers, Lois, 175 Roosevelt, Eleanor, 177, 197 Roosevelt, Franklin D., xii, xxvi, 76, 82, 118–19, 197, 338 Roosevelt, Theodore, xxiv, 83, 89, 92, 325, 363 Root, Elihu, “Examination and Survey of Little Tennessee River, Tennessee. Letter from the Secretary of War . . .,” 374–75 Rose, Quill, 154, 202, 215, 289, 290, 364 Rose, Theo, 270 Rose, Vicey, 290

Index

Ross, Charles Hunter, “The Absolute Participle in Middle and Modern English,” 257 Ross, Edward Alsworth, “Pocketed Americans, pts. I and II,” 189 Rossiter, W. S., “A North Carolina Whiffet,” 247 Roth, Albert Gordon “Dutch,” xxiv, 276, 285 “Round about Asheville” (Willis), 355 “Round About the Southern Hardwood Country— A Blow to Forest Conservation” (Hardwood Record), 370 “Round Table in Fireside Industries” (Matheny), 198 Roundtop Mountain, 145 “Route Sketching” (Kephart), 214 “Roving Boy” (folk song), 274 “Roving with Kephart” (All Outdoors), 208–9 Rowan, George, 66 Royce, C. C., Map of the Former Territorial Limits of the Cherokee “Nation of ” Indians, xxiii, 141–42 Royce, Charles, “The Cherokee Nation of Indians,” 8 Rugel, Ferdinand, 44, 308, 328 “Rural Children in Selected Counties of North Carolina” (Bradley and Williamson), 185–86 Russell, Gladys Trentham, Call Me Hillbilly, 158 Russell, Mary Louise, As She Had Planned, 228 Russell, Mattie U., Confederate Colonel and Cherokee Chief . . ., xxviii, 9 Russell Field, 292, 293 Russell Sage Foundation, 155, 158, 197–98, 199 Ruth, A., 330 Rutherford, Griffith, 6, 10, 23, 28 “Rutherford’s Expedition against the Cherokees” (Kemp), 10 Ruxton, George F. A. Adventures in Mexico (Kephart, notes), 210 In the Old West (Kephart, notes), 210 Wild Life in the Rocky Mountains (Kephart, notes), 210 “The Sacred Formulas of the Cherokee” (Mooney), 6, 9, 20 Safford, James M., 97 “The Agricultural Geology of the State of Tennessee . . .,” 342 The Elementary Geology of Tennessee. . ., 381–82 “Geological and Topographical Features of Tennessee in Relation to Disease . . .,” 185 “Geological Map of the State of Tennessee . . .,” 377 A Geological Reconnaissance of the State of Tennessee . . ., 334, 341–42 Geology of Tennessee, xxiii, 342 Soil and Geological Map of Tennessee, 145 “Salamanderin’ in the Smokies” (Windsor), 320 The Salamanders of the Family Plethodontidae (Dunn), 313 “Salamanders of the Great Smokies” (Hassler), 314 Salisbury, N.C., 248, 302, 334 Salola (Cherokee Indian), 16 Sandoz, Ernest, Preliminary Sketch of a Map of the Mountains of Western Nth Carolina from the Observation of Prof. A. Guyot, 40, 42, 52, 54, 125–26, 137, 140 Sanford, Hugh W., Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Environs, 148

Index

Sannock, J. A., 33 Sannook, Will, 33 Sanson, Nicolas, Le Nouveau Mexique, et La Floride (map), 129 Sargent, Charles Sprague, 77, 308 “Dendrological Notes,” 329 “Notes Upon Some North American Trees, IX,” 329 “Stuartia pentagyna, Aralia spinosa,” 329 “A Suggestion,” 98–99 “Viburnum lantanoides,” 322 Sarten, L. E., 164 Sarten, Okla R., “A Comparative Study of the Teachers of Sevier County . . .,” 168 Save Our Mountains (Great Smoky Mountains, Inc./Great Smoky Mountains Conservation Association), 99 Saylor, Nelson, An Outline Geological Map of Tennessee, 138 S. C. C. (author), “Brook Trout in Georgia,” 305 Scenic and Historic Old Virginia and Eastern National Parks (Knight), 350 Schantz, Orpheus Moyer, 317 “Beyond the Haze in the High Smokies,” 99 “Hill Dwellers of the Smokies Are Rare Types,” 162–63 “Journey to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 329 “Tulip Tree Land . . .,” 370 Schenck, C. A., “Forests and Floods in the Alleghany Mountains,” 370 Schmidt, Ronald G., Whistle over the Mountain . . ., xxviii, 338 Schoolhouse Gap, 143 “The School of the Wilderness” (Kephart), 214–15 Schrader, Frank C., “Manganese Deposits in East Tennessee,” 382 Schuyler, Remington, 160 Schwartzenbach, Robert J., “Smoky Mountain Park: Interest in Project for a New National Reservation,” 99 “Science” (The Independent), 353–54 “Science News—The Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Science), 99, 319 “Scientific Notes and News” (Science), 99 Scott (Major General), 28–29 Scott, W. B., “Arnold Henry Guyot,” 53 Scott, Winfield, 219 S. C. Toff and Co., Guide to the Summer Resorts and Watering Places of East Tennessee, 298 Scudder, Horace E. “Recent American Fiction,” 254 “Recent Novels by Women,” 254 Searcy deJarnette, Tennie, “Loafing and Fishing in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 293 Searle, George J., 180 “Secondary Education in Sevier County” (Creswell), 166 “The Secretary of the Interior, Washington” (Work), 102 “Secrets of the Great Smokies” (Becker), 10–11 “Seeking Lost Lumberman” (The Southern Lumberman), 370 “Seismological Reports for February, 1916” (Humphreys), 384 Selections from the Speeches and Writings of Hon. Thomas L. Clingman . . . (Clingman), 346

429

Selling Tradition . . . (Becker), 155 “Senator Shields Proposes Smoky Mountains National Park” (Appalachian Journal), 99 Separate Peoples, One Land . . . (Cumfer), 6 Sequoyah (George Guess/Gist) (Cherokee syllabary creator), xxii, 14, 20–21, 22, 23, 24, 30 Serena: A Novel (Rash), 338 The Serpent Slips into a Modern Eden . . . (Turpin), 164 “The Service of the Women’s Fraternities” (Pomeroy), 178 Settlement School. See Pi Beta Phi Settlement School “Severe Drought Has Caused Forest Fires” (Colman’s Rural World), 386 “Sevier County” (Troost), 343 Sevierville Civil War action in, 58, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 as Dolly Parton’s home town, 263 Harrison-Chilhowee Institute in, 168 H. C. Moore in, 291 E. A. Helmick’s work in, 170 W. H. Holmes’s fieldwork in, 5 location of, xv mail service in, 164 McMahon Mound in, 5, 16 Murphy College in, 165, 167–68, 192 musical heritage studies in, 264 music collected in, 271, 272 Pi Beta Phi committee traveling to, 178 travel difficulties around, 39 trip begun from, 52–53 Sewell, C. S., 259 “The Shadow Stage: Camera Kultur” (Reniers), 260 “Shake Rag Shows ‘em” (Mathes), 241 Shaler, N. S., “The Proposed Appalachian Park,” 99 Shannon, Anna W., 230 Sharp, Aaron J., xxv, 308 Campbell, Hutson, and Sharp’s Great Smoky Mountains Wildflowers, xxviii “A Lichen as a Substratum for Mosses,” 329 “Notes on Tennessee Ferns,” 331 “Three New Mosses from Tennessee,” 329 “Trichomanes Petersii A.,” 329 Sharp, Cecil James, 171, 174, 264 American-English Folk-Ballads from the Southern Appalachian Mountains, 272 English Folk Songs from the Southern Appalachians . . ., xxvi, 158, 268, 272–73 Folk-Songs of English Origin Collected in the Appalachian Mountains, 272–73 Sharp Top. See Mount Crammerer Shaver, Jesse M., “Flowers of the Great Smokies,” 329–330 Shaw (Lieutenant), 67 “Shell Gorgets from Missouri” (MacCurdy), 16 Shelton, W. H., “A Hard Road to Travel Out of Dixie,” 58, 69 Shenandoah, Great Smoky Mountains, and Mammoth Cave National Parks (U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys), 120 Shenck, David, “The Cherokee in North Carolina,” 28

430

Shepard, Charles Upham “Analysis of Meteoric Iron from Cocke County, Tennessee . . .,” 383 “Report on Meteorites,” 383–84 Sherman, Franklin, Jr., 308 “Notes on the Life-Zones in North Carolina,” 310 Shields, Arthur Randolph, The Cades Cove Story, xxviii, 157 Shields, J. K., 99 “‘Shorty:’ When the Cross-Cut Man Quit His Cussin” (Gibson), 232 “Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States –I.” (Small), 330 Shurtleff, Arthur A., “A Visit to the Proposed National Park Areas in the Southern Appalachians,” 100 Silers Bald E. Alexander on, 41 C. H. Mathes on, 291 copper on, 380 J. H. Ferriss on, 313 H. H. Gibson, 289–290 W. L. Hicklin on, 290 on maps, 140, 141, 143, 145, 147 R. L. Mason on, 304–5 J. W. Oliver’s description of, 293 in park land purchases, 91 L. Thornburgh on, 294 Simmonds, R. H., 367 Simms, Edna L., 314 “A Simple Colorimetric Method for Field Determinations . . .” (Powers and Bond), 373 “Simple Ike’s Daughter” (Mathes), 241–42 “Single Girl” (folk song), 274 “Sir Hugh” (folk ballad), 268 Sixth Geological Report to the . . .General Assembly of . . . Tennessee (Troost), 343 Sixth Report of the United States Geographic Board, 354 “Sixty-eighth Congress and the National Parks” (Mather), 96 Skerrett, R. G., 359–360 “Sketches of Sevier and Robertson Counties” (Duggan), 61 Sketches of Tennessee’s Pioneer Baptist Preachers (Burnett), 190 Sketches of Western North Carolina . . . (Hunter), 16 A Sketch of North Carolina (North Carolina Board of Agriculture), 354 “A Sketch of the Cherokee People on the Indian Reservation of the North Carolina” (Young), 33 “A Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee” (Currey), 334, 377 Sketch of the Geology of Tennessee . . . (Currey), 334, 377 “Skidding Log Nearly a Mile over a Single-Span Cableway” (Hardwood Record), 370 Skinner, G. E. H, “Lumber at Asheville,” 371 Skinner, John S., “Political Department and General Intelligence: Agriculture – The Mountainous Region of the United States . . .,” 357 “Skirting the Great Smoky Mountains” (Moore), 291 Skylines and Horizons (Dubose), 235–36 Slaughter, Mercer, Summer Resorts and Points of Interest of Virginia, Western North Carolina and North Georgia, 301 The Slave States of America (Buckingham), 43

Index

Small, John Kunkel, 326 “The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain System,” 330 “Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States –I.,” 330 “Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States— XII.,” 330 “A Small Postscript of the Ways and Maners of the Indians Called Charikees” (Longe), 5, 17–18 Smallwood, Dorothy, 175 Smathers, George H., 92 Smiley, Jesse Madison, 194 Smiley, John S., History of Tennessee River Baptist Association, North Carolina . . . , 194 Smith, A. J., “The Cherokees,” 28–29 Smith, Benjamin E., Tennessee (map), 145 Smith, C. Alphonso, 270, 271 Smith, Canario Drayton, xxiii, 77, 92 “ Essay on the Geology of Western North Carolina,” 339 Smith, Charles Forster, 280 “New Words from the Prophet of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 258 “The Plain Prose of Life in the Smoky Mountains,” 258–59 Reminiscences and Sketches, 163 “Southern Dialect in Life and Literature,” 257–58 “On Southernisms,” 257 “Tramping in the Mountains,” 293–94 “Tramping in the Mountains—The Great Smokies and Thunder Head,” 293 Smith, Don, 176 Smith, Edward B. “Generous Godfather to Mountain Folk Creates a Retreat,” 163 “Almost-Lost Arts of Mountain Folk Are Recaptured,” 199 Smith, Glenn S., 101, 119 Smith, J. Gray, A Brief Historical, Statistical, and Descriptive Review of East Tennessee . . ., 334, 354 Smith, John, A True Relation, 252 Smith, Mary Bell, In the Shadow of the White Rock . . ., 157 Smith, Nimrod J., 13 Smith, R. P., 194 Smith, Warren L., Jr., 218 Smith, W. R. L., The Story of the Cherokees, 29 “Smith’s Geography” (Asheville Highland Messenger), 53 Smokemont, 146, 149, 282, 284, 287, 299, 311, 364, 371 “The Smokies Invite You” (Ambler), 282 “The Smokies: Peers of the Eastern Range” (Palmer), 293 Smoky Dome, 39 “Smoky Mountain and the Spectator, Again” (Asheville News), 53 Smoky Mountain Country (Callahan), xxvii Smoky Mountain Folks and Their Lore (Hall), xxviii “Smoky Mountain Higher from Base than Giant Rockies” (Appalachian Journal), 100 “A Smoky Mountain Home” (New York Observer and Chronicle), 163 Smoky Mountain Magic: A Novel (Kephart), 205, 209–10, 213, 221 “The Smoky Mountain National Park” (Kephart), 86, 220 “Smoky Mountain National Park Project Arouses Entire Appalachian Region” (Appalachian Journal), 100

Index

Smoky Mountain Park, John A. Bechtel Tract . . . (North Carolina Park Commission), 148 “Smoky Mountain Park: Interest in Project for a New National Reservation” (Schwartzenbach), 99 Smoky Mountain Road: A Comedy of the Carolina Mountains (Koch, Jr.), 236 “The Smoky Mountains and the Plant Naturalist” (Gaylon), 325 Smoky Mountains Hiking Club, xxiv, 81, 177, 276, 281, 284-85, 298, 312, 321 “Smoky Mountains History as Told in Place-Names” (Fink), 62 Smoky Mountain Songs . . . (Hembree), 235 Smyth, Clifford, “With the Indians in North Carolina Mountains,” 29 Snaky Mountain, 141 Sneed, Manco, 266, 267, 274 Snider, Peter, xxi “Snow Bird” (folk song), 274 Social Survey of Blount County, 1930 (Maryville College Political and Social Science Dept.), 189 “The Society of Soul Winners” (Christian Observer), 194 Soco Gap, 41, 135, 159, 221, 229, 286 Soil and Geological Map of Tennessee (Safford), 145 Soil Map, North Carolina, Haywood County Sheet (Jurney, Lee, Davidson, Davis), 147 “The Soils of Tennessee” (Mooers), 356 “Some Cherokee Methods of Divination” (Olbrechts), 23–24 “Some Dope on the Quick ‘Draw’ and the Disappearance of a Suitcase” (Kephart), 218–19 “Some Eastern Cherokee Texts” (Speck), 29–30 “Some Governmental Aspects of Regional Planning” (Radcliffe), 353 “Some Mid-Summer Plants of South- Eastern Tennessee” (Coulter), 324 “Some Notes on Cherokee Treatment of Disease” (Olbrechts), 24 “Some Notes on Southern Literature” (Thompson), 254 “Some Plethodontid Salamanders from North Carolina and Kentucky . . .” (Pope), 318 “Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee and Alabama” (Dunn), 312–13 “Some Songs and Ballads from Tennessee and North Carolina” (Carter), 268–69 “Some Stages of Appalachian Erosion” (Keith), 380 “Something Hidden; Go and Find It” (Kephart), 214–15, 280 “Some Thysanoptera of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Watson), 319 Sondley, F. A., A History of Buncombe County North Carolina, 277 Songcatcher (film), 264 “Songs of Barbarism” (Kephart), 206 Songs Sung in the Southern Appalachians . . . (Henry), 271 Sousa, John Philip, 20 “South Atlantic States: North Carolina” (Christian Observer), 194–95 “Southern Appalachia and the South: A Region Within a Region” ( Journal of Appalachian Studies Association), xv–xvi “The Southern Appalachian Forest Reserve” (Pratt), 98 “The Southern Appalachian Forests” (Ayres and Ashe), 361 “The Southern Appalachians” (Hayes), 349

431

“The Southern Appalachians from the Lumberman’s Standpoint” (Ayres), 361 Southern Assembly, Lake Junaluska, North Carolina for Conference, Training, Rest, Inspiration, Recreation; on Southern Railway (Southern Assembly), 301 “Southern Botanists” (Lamson-Scribner), 328 “Southern Dialect in Life and Literature” (Smith), 257–58 “The Southern Highlander” (Kephart), 214, 280 The Southern Highlander and His Homeland (Campbell), 1, 158, 283 “The Southern Highlander: A Selected Bibliography” (Babcock), 1 “The Southern Highlander: A Selected Bibliography” (Campbell), 1 “The Southern Highlanders Wake Up, But Still Make Corn ‘Likker,’” (The Literary Digest), 202 “The Southern Highlands” (Henry ), 290 “The Southern Highlands in Prose Fiction” (Mcleod), 226, 252–53 Southern Literary Culture; A Bibliography of Masters’ and Doctors’ Theses (Cantrell and Patrick, eds.), 243 “The Southern Mountaineer in American Fiction, 1824–1910” (Harris), 226 The Southern Mountaineer in Literature: An Annotated Bibliography (Boger), 226 The Southern Mountaineers (Wilson), 195 Southern Mountaineers in Silent Films . . . (Williamson), 258, 260–61 “Southern Mountain Handicrafts Touring the United States” (Berryman), 197 Southern Wild Flowers and Trees . . . (Lounsberry), 330 Southern Writers . . . Biographical and Critical Studies (Baskervill), 250–51 “A South Sea Crusoe” (Kephart), 210–11 Spanish Explorers in the Southern United States 1528–1543 (Hodge and Lewis), 35 Sparks, Tom, 217 Spears (Major General), 67 “Special Announcement” (Stauffer), 100 Speck, Frank G. as anthropologist, 7 Cherokee Dance and Drama, 30, 263 “Decorative Art and Basketry of the Cherokee,” 29 “Some Eastern Cherokee Texts,” 29–30 “Speckled Trout in Tennessee” (Ragsdale), 305 A Spectre of Power (Murfree), 225, 245–46 Spence Field and bear hunts, 214 cabins in, 48, 143, 217, 290, 291 W. L. Hicklin’s description of, 290 H. Kephart’s descriptions of, 217 lightening-struck cabin in, 291 livestock in, 45 on maps, 142 W. D. Mooney hiking in, 51 J. W. Oliver in, 292 roads to/from, 139 Searcy deJarnette’s descriptions of, 293 C. F. Smith hiking in, 293

432

Spend Your Vacation in East Tennessee and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park Visitors Guide (East Tennessee Automobile Club), 301 The Spirit of Song in Western North Carolina (cantata), 228 The Spirit of the Mountains (Miles), 215 The Spirit of Western North Carolina (A Pageant) (Bird, ed.), 227–28 “Sporting Epistle from East Tennessee” (Harris), 233–34 Sporting Firearms (Kephart), 210 “The Sport of Still Hunting (Moonshine Stills)” (Kephart), 218 Spray, H. W., 29 Spring, Agnes Wright “Miss Evelyn of Gatlinburg,” 179 “A Mountain Woman,” 178–79 Squires, Mark, 120, 212 Stahl, John M., Growing With the West, 254 The Standard Guide to Asheville and Western North Carolina (Gatchell), 296 Stanley, Maurice, The Legend of Nance Dude, 164 Stark, Nita Hill, 175, 177 Stark Love (film) (Paramount Famous Lasky Corp.), xxv, 227, 260–61 Starnes, Richard D., Creating the Land of the Sky . . ., xxviii, 278, 282, 338 State Acts and Laws. See Legislation (state) re: the GSM/ GSMNP The State of Tennessee (map) (Carey), 134 “States That Are Dixie’s . . .” (Richardson), 353 “A Statistical Study of the Public Schools of the Southern Appalachian Mountains” (Frost), 166–67 “Status of Proposed Appalachian Forest” (The Southern Lumberman), 100 “The Status of the Duck Hawk in the Southeast” (Ganier), 314 The Statutes at Large of the United States of America . . . , 105–11, 115, 117, 119 Statutes of the United States Passed at the First Session of the Seventieth Congress . . . , 112–13 Staub, Fritz, 367 Stauffer, John Keim, “Special Announcement,” 100 Stearns, I. K., 212 Stebbins, Marie Winsor, 177 Steel, Jean, 175 Step Back in Time . . . (Davis), 157 Stephens, George M., “‘Citizens of the Smokies’ . . .,” 163 Stephenson, Jean, 42 Stewart, Bruce E., 154 Stillwell, Edgar Herman “The Conquest of the Carolina Frontier . . .,” 63 Notes on the History of Western North Carolina, Part I . . ., 63 Stockbridge, Helen Elvira, “A Bibliography of the Southern Appalachians and White Mountain Regions,” 2–3 Stockin, Eleanor, 198 Stokely, James, Mountain Home . . ., xxvii, 157 Stokes, Montfort, 51, 309 Stone, Edna, 177 “The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School,” 179 Storm in the Mountains . . . (Crow), xxvii, 58

Index

Story, Isabelle F. The National Parks and Emergency Conservation, 100–101 “Our Eastern Cherokee Indians,” 30 “The Park of the Smoking Mountains,” 294 The Story of American Heroism . . . (Jones), 69–70 The Story of Gatlinburg (Greve), 62 The Story of Keedon Bluffs (Murfree), 244–45 The Story of the Cherokees (Smith), 29 “The Story of the Geologic Making of North Carolina” (Bryson), 376 Stose, George W., “Manganese Deposits in East Tennessee,” 382 Strange, Robert, Eoneguski; or The Cherokee Chief . . ., 30, 224 Strangers in High Places . . . (Frome), xxvii “The Strange Story of the Eastern Cherokees” (Kephart), 217 Stratton Bald, 313 “A Strenuous Holiday” (Burroughs), 284 Strickland, Rennard, Fire and the Spirits . . ., 9 Stringfield, William W., 77 “North Carolina Cherokee Indians,” 30 Strong, B. R., 85 Strong, Paschal N., Behind the Great Smokies, 248 “Strong Plea for the Appalachian Forest Reserves” (Maxwell), 96 Strother, John, 60, 124 To David Stone and Peter Brown, Esq.: This First Actual Survey of the State of North Carolina . . ., xxii, 51, 124–26,133–34 “Stuartia pentagyna, Aralia spinosa” [Sprague?], 329 Student of History (author), “Abram Lincoln’s Parents. . . .,” 73–74 Studies in Cherokee Basketry (Duggan and Riggs), 29 “Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States” [XII & XIII] (Small), 330 “Studies on the Morphology, Taxonomy, and Distribution of North American Triclad Turbellaria. IV” (Hyman), 314–15 “A Study of the Cyperaceae of Tennessee” (Underwood), 330 “A Study of the Diffusion of Culture in a Relatively Isolated Mountain County” (Black), 185 “The Study Tour” (Gundlach), 188 Stumar, John, 259 Stupka, Arthur, Birds of the Smokies, 309 Sturgis, Samuel D., 58, 66 “Reports of Brig. Gen. Samuel D. Sturgis, U.S. Army, Commanding Cavalry . . .,” 70–71 “The Subregions of the Southeast” (Woofter), 355 “The Subspecies of Sphaeroderus canadensis Chd. (Darlington, Jr.), 312 Sudworth, George B., The Forests of Tennessee, 371 Sugarfork, 146 Sugarland Mountain P. M. Fink hiking on, 288 W. M. Johnson, 290 “A Suggestion” (Sargent), 98–99 “Summary: The Cherokee Indians in the States” (New York Evangelist), 30 “Summer Birds of the Great Smoky Mountains” (Ganier), 313 “A Summer Night on Mount Le Conte” (Moore), 291–92 “Summer Notes on the Mountain Vegetation of Haywood County, North Carolina” (Harper), 327

Index

“A Summer on Roane Mountain” (Chickering), 326 Summer Resorts and Points of Interest of Virginia, Western North Carolina and North Georgia (Slaughter, Mercer, and Haas), 301 Summers, Dudley Gloyne, 228 Sunshine Springs, 358 Sun-Up: A Play in Three Acts (Vollmer), 249 Survey of Conditions of the Indians in the United State (U.S. Senate Committee on Indian Affairs), 32–33 “Survey of Little Tennessee River. Letter from the Acting Secretary of War . . .” (Robeson), 374 “A Survey of the Sylva Public Schools” (Hampton), 167 “Suse” (Mays), 242 Sut Lovingood’s Nat’ral Born Yarnspinner: Essays on George Washington Harris (Caron and Inge, eds.), 223 Sut Lovingood’s Yarns (Harris), 223 Sutton, Julius, 274 Swaim, Douglas (ed.), Cabins and Castles . . ., 277 Swain, George F., “Papers on the Waterpower in North Carolina . . .,” 375 Swan, Marcus Lafayette The Harp of Columbia (shape-note songbook), 265, 273 The New Harp of Columbia (shape-note songbook), 265, 273 Swan, William H., The Harp of Columbia . . . (shape-note songbook), 265, 273 Swannanoa Gap, 28 Swanson, Claude A., 120 Swimmer Ayunini (Cherokee medicine man), 7, 17, 20, 23 “The Swimmer Manuscript . . .” (Mooney and Olbrechts), xxvi, 20, 22–23, 24, 25, 263 Swing Your Mountain Gal (Cushman), 229 Swink, Lottie, The Literary Reputation of Charles Egbert Craddock . . ., 243 Switzer, John A. “The Larger Undeveloped Water-Powers of Tennessee,” 375 “The Water Powers of Tennessee,” 375 Sylva, xv, 146, 165, 167, 228–29, 272, 299, 302, 315 Taber, Stephen., “The Earthquake in the Southern Appalachians February 21, 1916,” 384 Tahquette, John A. (Cherokee Chief), 33 Talbot, William, 36 “A Tale of the Ragged Mountains” (Poe), 216 “Tales of DeLozier’s Mine Still Haunts Natives in Smokies” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 “Tales of the Trade—A Citizen of North Carolina” (Hardwood Record), 202 “Talk of Moving the Apaches” (The Atlanta Constitution), 27 Tall Tales from Old Smoky (Mathes), 226, 238–242 Tallulah Falls, Ga., 317 Tampa, Tenn., 166, 192 “Taneo” (Davis), 230 Tanner, Benjamin, North Carolina (map), 125, 133 Tanner, Henry S. Map of North & South Carolina, 134 A New Map of the State of North Carolina, 135 Tarbell, Ida M., “The Parents of Lincoln,” 74 Tarleton, Fiswoode, 211, 213

433

Taylor, Alice, Mary Noailles Murfree: Southern Woman Writer, 243 Taylor, Coleridge, Samuel, 38, 43 Taylor, Harmo, 175 Taylor, James W., “Alleghania: The Strength of the Union and the Weakness of Slavery . . .,” 354–55 Taylor, Stephen Wallace, The New South’s New Frontier . . ., xxviii, 59, 82 Taylor, Zachary, 12 “Teachers as Collectors of Folk-Songs” (Henry), 270 “Temperature and Rain-Fall at Various Stations in North Carolina” (Holmes), 385 Temple, Henry W., 119, 120 Temple, Kenton, viii, 227 Temple, M. S., 13 Temple, O. P., 86 Ten Christmas Carols from the Southern Appalachian Mountains (Niles), 271–72 “Ten Days in the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park” (Willy), 294 “Tennessee,” (The Southern Guide), 355 Tennessee (map), (Smith), 145 Tennessee (map) (Cram), 145 Tennessee (map) (Bradford), 135 Tennessee, A History, 1673– 1932 (Hamer), 57, 62 “Tennessee: 1. Physiographic Features” (Maddox), 350 Tennessee Agriculture Experiment Station, A Preliminary Agriculture Map of Tennessee Based on the Distribution of Geological Formations, 144–45 “Tennessee Alumni Bring National Park to State” (Campbell), 90 Tennessee and Tennesseans (Oldham), 63 The Tennessee Flora . . . (Gattinger), 325–26 The Tennessee Gazetteer . . . (Eastin), 350–51 Tennessee General Assembly, 106–18 The Tennessee Hand-Book and Immigrant’s Guide . . . (Bokum), 335, 345 “Tennessee Mountains” (Edison and Fairchild), 256–57 “The Tennessee Mountains” (Chambers), 345 Tennessee-North Carolina (Knoxville Sheet) (map), (U.S. Geological Survey), 143 “The Tennessee River as the Road to Carolina . . .” (Crane), 60–61 “The Tennessee Smokies: Mountain Climbing in the New National Park” (Thornburgh), 101 Tennessee State Board of Health “On the Appalachian Health Resorts of Tennessee,” 184 “The Mineral Springs of Tennessee,” 183 “Tennessee Summer Resort Country,” (Hardwood Record), 294 “Tennessee to Have Another Great Water Power” (Byrne), 372 “Terms from Tennessee” (Bruce), 255 “Terms from the Tennessee Mountains” (Pollard), 257 Terry, Bernice Kirkham, “The First Day Sale of the Great Smoky Mountains Stamp,” 163–64 “That Accomplishment of Alphonse’ s” (Mason), 304–5 “Then and Now” (Kephart), 220–21 Thomas, Cyrus “Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains,” 31

434

“The Cherokees in Pre-Columbian Times,” 31 “Report on the Mound Explorations of the Bureau of Ethnology,” 31 Thomas, John William Elmer, 33 Thomas, Mary Helen, 175 Thomas, William Holland Argument in Support of the Claims of the Cherokee Indians . . ., 9 articles/books about, xxvii, 9, 12, 26, 31, 64 as Cherokee leader, 9, 10, 26, 40, 58, 217 “Cherokees in North Carolina,” 31 in the Civil War, 12, 30, 56, 58, 64–65, 66, 68–69, 70–71 Explanation of the Fund Held in Trust . . . for the North Carolina Cherokees, 9 as guide, 45 H. Kephart’s narrative on, 217–18 land for Cherokees purchased by, xii, 12, 26, 30, 32 A Letter to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs . . ., 9 Memorial of the Cherokee Indians Residing in North Carolina . . ., 31–32 and J. D. Mooney, 12 “Remarks of Mr. Thomas, of Jackson,” 32 reports by, 9, 10, 12, 16 “Thomas and Ellen” (folk song), 272 Thompson, A. W., 200 Thompson, Ben H., “Fauna of the National Parks of the United States,” 320 Thompson, Jim, xxiv F. D. Roosevelt dedicating the GSMNP (photo), 76 as national park advocate, 81, 82, 86 photo by, 306 photos mentioned, 90, 93, 95, 99, 100–101, 103, 148, 163, 187, 188, 220, 282–83, 285, 293–301, 304, 324, 345, 353, 367 Roaring Fork (photo), xx Thompson, Maurice A Fortnight of Folly, 248 “Some Notes on Southern Literature,” 254 Thompson brothers, 76, 283, 288 Roaring Fork, xx Thone, Frank, “Nature Ramblings: Leucothoe,” 330 Thoreau, Henry David, xi Walden, 90 Thornburgh, Laura (Laura Thornborough, pseudonym), 151–52 “Americans the Twentieth Century Forgot,” 164 The Great Smoky Mountains, xxviii, 152, 164 “A New National Park in the East: The Great Smokies, a Ten-Million-Dollar Gift . . .,” 101 “The Tennessee Smokies: Mountain Climbing in the New National Park,” 101 “Tramping in the Great Smokies,” 294 Thornton, John, A New Map of Carolina, 130 Thornton, Mary Lindsay, “The North Carolina Mountains: A Selected Bibliography,” 3 A Thousand-Mile Walk to the Gulf (Muir), 51 “Thousands of Tourists Are Visiting Mammoth Cave . . .” (Appalachian Journal), 101

Index

Three Forks, 146, 287 “Three New Mosses from Tennessee” (Sharp), 329 “Three Profs and a Mule” (Mathes), 283, 291 Thrilling Adventures of Daniel Ellis (Ellis), 66 Thunderhead Mountain E. Alexander on, 41 F. O. Carpenter on, 45 elevation of, 375 J. H. Ferriss on, 313 in fiction, 238, 239 P. M. Fink on, 61, 325 H. H. Gibson on, 289 and GSMNP development, 91, 96 and GSM western end, 40 W. L. Hicklin on, 290 land shells on, 318 on maps, 140, 141, 145, 147 H. V. Maxwell on, 18 J. W. Oliver on, 292–93 C. F. Smith on, 293, 294 Thunderhead Prong, 304 Thunder Knob, 140, 141 “Thysanoptera of the Geenton” (Watson), 319 Tiernan, Frances Christine Fisher (Christian Reid, pseudonym) “‘The Land of the Sky’ or, Adventures in Mountain ByWays,” 248, 279 “The Mountain-Region of North Carolina,” 164 Valerie Aylmer, 248 Tiger-Lilies (Lanier), xxii, 224, 237, 278 Tight Britches: A Drama of the Great Smoky Mountains (Hayes), 234–35 Tilley, Stephen G., Reptiles and Amphibians of the Smokies, xxviii, 309 “Timber Growing and Logging Practice . . .” (Frothingham), 337, 363 Timberlake, Henry, 12 and the Cherokees, 5 Draught of the Cherokee Country . . . (map), 34, 132–33 The Memoirs of Lieut. Henry Timberlake, 8, 32, 252 “Timber Tract Brings Half Million” (The Southern Lumberman), 371 “Timber Trees and Forests of North Carolina” (Pinchot and Ashe), 335, 369 Time before History: The Archaeology of North Carolina (Ward and Davis), 5 “A Timely Idea at an Ideal Time . . .” (Whaley), 81 “Times Explorers” (Adams and Coleman), 286–88 Tipton, Catlett, 72 Tipton, D. H., 360 The Atlas of the World Ancient and Modern (Cram), 145 To David Stone and Peter Brown, Esq.: This First Actual Survey of the State of North Carolina . . . (Price and Strother), 133–34 Todd, Charles W., Woodville . . ., xxii, 249 “To Explore the Everglades from Air” (The Science News-Letter), 101 Tolman, Henry L., “The Forests of the South,” 371 To Make My Bread (Lumpkin), 237–38

Index

Tooman, L. Alex, “The Evolving Economic Impact of Tourism on the Greater Smoky Mountain Region . . .,” 282 A Topographical Description of the Western Territory of North America (Imlay and Filson), 48 Topographical Map Great Smoky Mountains National Park . . . (map) (U.S. Geological Survey), 148 “Top o’ Smoky” (Canby), 159 Topping, John D, “Asheville and the ‘Land of the Sky,’” 294 “To Remake the Appalachians . . .” (Hall), 94 Torrance, R. W., “Mabel’s Normalcy . . .,” 181 Torrey, John, 308 “To Smoky Park . . . Plans for Western Entrance . . .” (Bechtell), 357 Totten, Henry Roland, Trees of the Southeastern States . . ., 324 Toulmin, Harry Aubrey, Jr, “Charles Egbert Craddock (Mary Noailles Murfree),” 254–55 Touring the Land of the Sky. . . . (Asheville Tourist Publishing Co.), 301–2 Tourism in the Mountain South: A Double-Edged Sword (Martin), xxviii, 277, 280, 282, 338 “A Tour of the ‘Big Smokies’” (Burton), 190 Tours in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, (Great Smoky Mountain Travel Bureau), 302 Townsend flora of, 315 location of, xv lumber companies/mills in, xxiii, 96, 101, 360, 365, 367, 368, 370 mining in, 382 music collected in, 195, 267–68, 274 railroads to, xxiii, 359, 369 wildlife species found near, 315, 329 Townsend, W. B., 96, 359, 367 “The Appalachian National Forest,” 101 “Traditions of Gatlinburg” (Greve), 62 The Trail of the Lonesome Pine (film), (Ideal Pictures Corp.), 261 “Trails of the Great Smokies” (Fink), 289 “Tramping in the Great Smokies” (Thornburgh), 294 “Tramping in the Mountains” (Smith), 293–94 “Tramping in the Mountains—The Great Smokies and Thunder Head” (Smith), 293 “A Tramp through the Mountains” (Mooney), 51 “Travel Light, But Right, Is Their Motto” (Coleman, Jr.), 287 Travels through North & South Carolina, Georgia, East & West Florida, the Cherokee Country . . . (Bartram), xxi, 42–43, 223, 307, 330 Trees, Shrubs, and Woody Vines of the Great Smoky Mountains (Stupka), 309 Trees and Familiar Shrubs of the Smokies (Kemp and Voorhis), xxviii, 308 “The Trees of the Great Smokies” (Maddox), 337, 368 Trees of the Southeastern States . . . (Coker and Totten), 324 Trenham, Uncle Levi, 290, 314 Trentham, Zimmry, 174 Trentville, Tenn., 145 “Trichomanes Petersii A. Gray in Tennessee” (Sharp), 329

435

“Trichoptera from the Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee” (Carpenter), 311 Tricorner Knob, 42, 126–27, 143 “A Trip of Investigation Made by the Settlement School Committee” (Petit), 177 “A Trip of Investigation to Gatlinburg” (Keller), 171 Trips in the Smokies: 1929 (Kephart), 220 Trips in the Smokies: 1930 (Kephart), 220 “Trip To High Peak Pleases Times’ Party” (Coleman, Jr.), 286 Troost, Gerard “Description and Analysis of a Meteoric Mass . . .,” 384 Fifth Geological Report to the . . .General Assembly of . . . Tennessee, 334, 342–43 Fourth Geological Report to the . . .General Assembly of . . . Tennessee, 333, 342 meteorites studied by, 383–84 “Sevier County,” 343 Sixth Geological Report to the . . .General Assembly of . . . Tennessee, 343 unpublished manuscript of, 320 Trout, Ed Heirlooms and Artifacts of the Smokies . . ., xxix, 155 Historic Buildings of the Smokies, xxix “Trout Fishing in Cataluchee” (Ziegler), 54 “Trout Fishing in North Carolina” (Ambler), 303–4 Trouy, Lucien C., “Charles Egbert Craddock and the Southern Mountains and Mountaineers,” 255 A True Relation (Smith), 252 Truth Is Stranger than Fiction . . . (Cathey), 72–73 Tryon, N.C., 196, 198, 296, 299 Tsali (Old Charley) (Cherokee), 26, 30, 50, 217, 219 Tsali: A Tragedy of the Cherokee Indian Removal (Cowan), 228 Tuckaleechee Cove F. Chambers in, 345 F. O. Carpenter in, 45 Civil War action in, 66, 68, 70 excursions through, 46, 51, 280 flora and fauna of, 316 geological studies in, 350, 378, 382 and the Great Smoky overthrust, 380 in G. W. Harris’s sketches, 223 Indian trails through, 23 lumber companies in, 280, 338 on maps, 139 M. Egan in, 66 mentions of, 18 and national park land purchase, 83 P. M. Fink in, 288 postal routes through, 141 railway service through, 288 religion in, 190 P. Snider settles in, xxi students’ trip to, 46, 48 “The Tulip-Poplar and the Cigar Box Industry” (Fisher), 363 “Tulip Tree Land . . .” (Schantz), 370 Turner, Agnes Miller, 175 Turner, Clara, 272

436

Turner, Emma Harper, 168, 174 The Pi Beta Phi Settlement School, 179 Turner, Frederick Jackson The Frontier in American History, 151 History, Frontier, and Section . . ., 151 Turner, John, 176 Turpin, James A., The Serpent Slips into a Modern Eden . . ., 164 Twain, Mark, 53 Twenty Years of Hunting and Fishing in the Great Smoky Mountains (Hunnicutt), 304 “The Two Brothers” (folk song), 273 “Two Cherokee Texts” (Olbrechts), 24 “Two Early Grammars of Cherokee” (Krueger, tr.), 14, 26 “Two New Land Shells from the Southern Appalachians” (Clench and Archer), 312 “Two New National Parks?” (Gregg), 93–94 “A Two-Year Program of Rural Supervision” (Brogdon), 165 Ulmann, Doris, 155, 160, 197, 271–72 “Uncaught Trout” (Gillis), 304 Unclaimed Lands in the Territory Ceded by North Carolina . . . (Washington), 344 Under the Maples (Burroughs), 284 Underwood, Judson K. “Notes on Tennessee Ferns,” 331 “A Study of the Cyperaceae of Tennessee,” 330 Union Harmony: or Family Musician. . . . (songbook) (Caldwell), 265, 268 The United States Forest Policy (Ise), 94–95 United States Geological Survey 18th Annual Report (Davis), 335–36 The Unpublished Short Fiction of Mary N. Murfree (Dodd II), 243 “Untersuchungen von Meteoreisen” (Bergemann), 383 “Up in the Blue Ridge” (Woolson), 250 Upper Sassafras Gap, 148 U.S. Census Office, Map of the Qualla Indian Reserve (Boundary) N.C., 142–43 U.S. Department of Agriculture, 105, 106, 365, 371 and the Beschreibung von Nord Carolina . . ., 351 Forest Conditions of Western North Carolina (map), 146 An International Study of American Roads (film), 260 and North Carolina: The Land of Opportunity, 352 U.S. Department of the Interior. See also Bureau of Indian Affairs; U.S. Geological Survey; U.S. National Park Service Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior, 84 and the Bureau of Indian Affairs, 8–9 Final Report of the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission to the Secretary of the Interior, 84 as GSMNP administrator, 115 GSMNP boundaries proposed by, xxv and the GSMNP park land title, 99 jurisdiction of, in the GSMNP, 108 and the Southern Appalachian National Park Commission, xxiv–xxv Southern Appalachian National Park Commission established by, 82 “The Use and Abuse of Dialect in Fiction . . .” (Caldwell), 255–56

Index

U.S. Geological Survey and A. Guyot’s GSM observations, 42 maps by, xxv, 126–27, 141–49 and the Pritchard Bill, 62 and the Weeks Law, 92 U.S. House. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys, 119, 120 U.S. National Park Service Annual Report of the Director of the National Park Service, 84 The Cherokee Indians of North Carolina (film), 259 “General Information, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North Carolina—Tennessee,” 296 Great Smoky Mountain National Park [I-IV], 259–260 Laws Relating to the National Park Service, the National Parks and Monuments . . ., 120–21 Nomenclature Map: Great Smoky Mountains National Park, 127, 149 Our Southern Mountaineers (film), 260 U.S. Senate. Committee on Indian Affairs, Survey of Conditions of the Indians in the United States, 32–33 U.S. Senate. Committee on Public Lands and Surveys, 119–120 U.S. Soil Conservation Service Reconnaissance Erosion Survey of the State of North Carolina (map), 149 Reconnaissance Erosion Survey of the State of Tennessee (map), 149 U.S. Statutes at Large, 8 Utsala (Cherokee chief), 217 Valerie Aylmer (Tiernan), 248 “The Valley and Mountains Iron Ores of East Tennessee” (Jarves), 379 “The Valley of East Tennessee . . .” (Case), 345 Vance, R. B., 58, 67, 68 Vance, Zebulon, 27, 58, 352 Vanderbilt estate (Biltmore), 213, 294, 337, 366, 369–370 Vandervort, Leon, “A National Playground in the South,” 101–102 Van Dommelen, David B., Allen H. Eaton: Dean of American Crafts, 198 Varian, George, 13 “Variation in Southern Mountain Dialect” (Carpenter), 256 Vaughn, H. P., 179–180 “The Vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains: An Ecological Study” (Cain), 323 “Vengeance is Mine!” (Mathes), 239–240 “Viburnum lantanoides,” C. S. S. [Sargent, Charles Sprague?], 322 Virginia Calendar of State Papers, 8 “A Visit to Mt. Guyot” (Gambs), 289 “A Visit to the Great Smoky Mountains” (Murdoch), 192 “A Visit to the Proposed National Park Areas in the Southern Appalachians” (Shurtleff), 100 Vita Nuova (Dante), 206 “Vitrea (Paravitrea) Multidentata and Lamellidens” (Clapp), 311–12 Vollmer, Lula, Sun-Up: A Play in Three Acts, 249 Von Haake, A., Post Route Map of the State of North Carolina and South Carolina, 144

Index

Von Herrmann, Charles F., “Climate of North Carolina,” 386 Voorheis, Louis E., 163 Voorhis, Ken, Trees and Familiar Shrubs of the Smokies, xxviii, 308 Wade, J. J., “A Game of Indian Ball,” 33 The Wagonauts Abroad. . . . (Doak), 231–32 Walden (Thoreau), 90 Waldo, Frank, “Among the Southern Appalachians,” 165, 255 Walker, Black Bill, 45, 217, 219, 258 Walker, Bryant, “The Mollusca of the Mt. Mitchell Region, North Carolina,” 319 Walker, Cas, The White Caps of Sevier County . . ., 71–72 Walker, Devil Sam, 258 Walker, Felix, xxi Walker, G. R., “In the Great Smoky Mountains,” 305 Walker, John, 267 Walker, Marie, 274 Walkers Valley, 274 Walland, xv, xxiii, 68, 268, 295, 379 Walnut Bottom, 147 “Wanted” (Guerrant), 191 The War, The West, and the Wilderness (Brownlow), 260 War at Every Door . . . (Fisher), 58 Ward, H. Trawick, Time before History: The Archaeology of North Carolina, 5 Ward, Nancy (Nan’yehi), 17 Warm Springs (Hot Springs), N.C., 44, 53, 134, 136, 277, 295, 377 Warner, Charles Dudley, On Horseback . . ., 53 The War of the Rebellion . . .,” 58, 66, 67–71 Washington, George, Unclaimed Lands in the Territory Ceded by North Carolina . . ., 344 Water-Monsters of American Aborigines” (Gatschet), 14 “The Water Power of the Southern Appalachians” (Parkins), 373 “The Water Powers of Tennessee” (Switzer), 375 “Water Resources of Tennessee . . .” (King), 372 Watson, Asa, 278 Watson, Harry M. “A New Playground—The Great Smoky Mountains Park,” 294 “The Playground of Eastern America,” 102 Watson, Henry S., 242 Watson, J. R. “Some Thysanoptera of the Great Smoky Mountains,” 319 “Thysanoptera of the Geenton,” 319 Watson, Thomas L. “The Building and Ornamental Stones of North Carolina,” 382 “Granites of North Carolina,” 382 Watson family, 71 Wayah Bald, 38, 43 “Way Down in Lonesome Cove” (Murfree), 244 Waynesville E. Alexander in, 41 R. F. Campbell in, 159 chautauqua symposium in, 168 Civil War action in, 30, 71

437

Waynesville (cont.) climatic conditions in, 386 described, 49 earthquakes in, 384 in fiction, 231 flora of, 330 and GSMNP development, 92 in guidebooks, 296, 298–302 as Haywood County seat, 60 Haywood White Sulphur Springs in, 180, 182, 184–85 health conditions in, 181, 182–83, 184–85 hotels in, 156 library of, 165, 167 and logging, 362 on maps, 135, 146 mountain peak measurements in, 46 railroads to, 302 W. W. Stringfield in, 77 Waynesville, the Favorite Resort, North Carolina (Inland Press), 302 “The Waynesville Public Library” (Gudger), 167 Waynesville the Beautiful . . . (Waynesville, N.C. Chamber of Commerce), 302 Wayside, 140, 141, 144 Weals, Vic, Last Train to Elkmont . . ., xxix, 157, 338 Wears Valley (Cove), xv, 147, 171, 180, 183, 266, 274, 378 Civil War action in, 66, 70 geographical studies of, 350 geological studies in, 350, 382 and the Great Smoky overthrust, 380 and GSM boundaries, 83 on maps, 134, 137-39, 145 postal routes through, 139 roads to/from, 69, 138, 361 as sanitarium site, 185 “Weather Conditions and Thermal Belts in the North Carolina Mountain Region . . .” (Cox), 385 Weaver, W. J., “River Adjustments in North Carolina,” 375 Weaver, Zebulon, 119, 120 “The Weaving Meetings in Gatlinburg” (Redding), 199 Weaving New Worlds: Southeastern Cherokee Women and Their Basketry (Hill), 7 Webb, A. C., 98, 317 Webb, Charles, 212 Webb Mountain, 147 “A Week Among the Bears and Owls” (Mathes), 291 “A Week in the Great Smoky Mountains” (R. of Tennessee), 52–53 “A Week in the Great Smoky Range” (Fink), 288–89 “A Week in the Western Part of Haywood” (Fitius), 46 Weeks, John W., 80 Weeks, Stephen Beauregard, “A Bibliography of the Historical Literature of North Carolina,” 3 Weeks Law, xxiv, 80, 82–83, 92, 94–95, 101, 107 Welch, W. A., 119, 120 Welch Bald, 140

438

Welch family, 58, 65 Welch Ridge, 313 Weller, W. H. “A New Salamander from the Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 319 “A Preliminary List of the Salamanders of the Great Smoky Mts.,” 319–320 Wells, Bertram Whittier, 308 “Major Plant Communities of North Carolina,” 331 The Natural Gardens of North Carolina . . ., 331 The Remarkable Flora of the Great Smoky Mountains, 331 Wells, O. M., “Motoring Southward . . .,” 294 Western, E., “An Outing in the Great Smokies,” 305 “Western North Carolina” (U.S. Department of Agriculture), 386 “Western North Carolina, Nature’s Trundle-Bed of Recuperation . . .” (Helper), 156, 182 [Western North Carolina] (map), 136 Western North Carolina: A History from 1730 to 1913 (Arthur), 60 “Western North Carolina Apples” (Southern Planter), 357 “Western North Carolina as a Health Resort” (Graham), 181 “Western North Carolina as a Health Resort” (Gleitsmann), 181 Western North Carolina Facts, Figures, Photographs (Pratt and Boyer), 353 Western North Carolina Historical and Biographical (A. D. Smith & Co.), 63–64 Western North Carolina: Its Agricultural Resources, Mineral Wealth, Climate, Salubrity and Scenery (Gatchell), 335, 348 Western North Carolina: Its Resources, Climate, Scenery and Salubrity (Gatchell), 348 Western North Carolina Lands (Norris), 335, 351–52 The Western North Carolina Section at a Glance [1912 & 1913] (Southern Railway System), 302 “Western Yearly Meeting” (Society of Friends), 195 Wests Mill, xxi, 43 Wetzell, H. B., 347 Whaley, Aunt Lydia, 176, 179 Whaley, Bruce, 175 Whaley, John Thomas, “A Timely Idea at an Ideal Time . . .,” 81 Whaley, Laura and William, 59, 72 “What an Awful Liar—A Southern Sketch” (Quad), 247 “What Do They Do at the Springs? . . .” (Fanslow), 156 “What Is To Be Will Be” (Mathes), 240 Whatley, E. T., 85 “What Nature Gave to Carolina . . .” (Coker), 324 Wheeler, John H., Historical Sketches of North Carolina from 1584 to 1851, 57, 64 Where the Battle Was Fought (Murfree), 251 Where to Go This Summer . . . (Southern Railway System), 302–3 “Where Will You Take Your Air?” (The Independent), 294 “Where You May Find Some Adventures in North Carolina” (Kephart), 218 “Which Is the Highest Mountain?” (Newbern Daily Progress), 53 Whistle over the Mountain . . . (Schmidt and Hooks), xxviii, 338 White, A. Walker, 194

Index

White, Charles H., “The Appalachian River Versus a Tertiary Trans-Appalachian River in Eastern Tennessee,” 382 White, H. C., Elementary Geology of Tennessee, 380–81 White, Maggie, 175 White, Newman Ivey (ed.), The Frank C. Brown Collection of North Carolina Folklore, 269 White, Peter, Wildflowers of the Smokies, xxix, 308–09 The White-Caps . . . (Crozier), 71–72 “White Mule” (Mathes), 240 White Rock. See Mount Cammerer Whiting, Frederic Allen, “Native Craftsmanship Will Come Into its Own in The Southern Appalachians,” 199 Whittle, W. O., Movement of Population from the Smoky Mountains Area, 189 “Whoa Larry Whoa” (folk song), 274 “The Wife Wrapt in Wether’s Skin” (folk ballad), 268 Wildcat, Sally, 293 The Wild East . . . (Brown), xxvii, 59, 81–82, 336, 337–38 Wilder, John T., 86, 336 Wildflowers of the Smokies (White and Condon), xxix, 308–09 “Wild Gardens of the Southern Appalachians” (photo album), 284 Wild Life in the Rocky Mountains (Ruxton) (Kephart, notes), 210 “Wild Plant Industry of the Southern Appalachians” (Yoakley), 185 The Wild Rose of Cherokee; or, Nancy Ward, ‘The Pocahontas of the West . . .’ (King), 17 Wiley, Clavin Henderson, The North-Carolina Reader . . ., 64–65 Wilkenson, Susie, 195 Will, Thomas Elmer, “The New National Forest Reserves . . .,” 102 William M. Ritter Lumber Company (W. M. Ritter Lumber Co.), xxiv, 160, 213, 293, 358 Williams, Melvin, “Boy Scout Tells Expedition Experiences,” 287–88 Williams, Michael Ann, Great Smoky Mountains Folklife, xvi, xxix, 157, 265, 267, 338 Williams, Misher, 320 Williams, Newton, 320 Williams, Samuel Cole Early Travels in the Tennessee Country, 1540–1800 . . ., 53–54 James Adair’s History of the American Indians (ed.), 8 Lieut. Henry Timberlake’s Memoirs, 1756–1765 (ed.), 8, 32 on the Needham-Arthur expedition, 37 Williams, Walter L., “The Merger of Apaches with Eastern Cherokees: Qualla in 1893,” 27 Williams, Wesley, 194 Williams, W. W., “After Bruin in the Great Smokies,” 305 Williamson, Jerry Wayne Hillbillyland. . ., 261 Southern Mountaineers in Silent Films . . ., 259, 260 Williamson, Margaretta A., 154 “Rural Children in Selected Counties of North Carolina,” 185–86 Willis, Bailey, “Round about Asheville,” 355 “Will Open Rich Hardwood Area” (The Southern Lumberman), 371

Index

Willy, John, “Ten Days in the Proposed Great Smoky Mountains National Park,” 294 Wilson, Charles Morrow, “Beefsteak When I’m Hungry,” 259 Wilson, James and GSMNP development, 79 Message from the President of the United States [. . . regarding] the Southern Appalachian Region (1902), xxiii–xxiv, 83–84, 361, 363–64 Report of the Secretary of Agriculture on the Southern Appalachian and White Mountain Watersheds (1908), 84–85 report to Theodore Roosevelt, 89 Wilson, James W., 10 Wilson, Samuel Tyndale, The Southern Mountaineers, 195 Wilson, Warren H., “From Cove to Community,” 189 Wilson, William Lyne, Post Route Map of the State of North Carolina and South Carolina, 144 Wilson, Woodrow, xxiv The Windfall (Murfree), 225, 246 Windsor, A. S., “Salamanderin’ in the Smokies,” 320 Winter, Nevin O., “Our Romantic Southern Highlands,” 151, 165 Wise, Kenneth Hiking Trails of the Great Smoky Mountains: A Comprehensive Guide, xxix A Natural History of Mount Le Conte, xxix Wisherd, Edwin L., 284 Wiskors Gap, 141 “With Gun and Caisson: Scraps from the Notebook of an Artilleryman” (New York Times), 71 Withoft, Mabel Swartz, Oak and Laurel . . ., 168, 195 “With the Indians in North Carolina Mountains” (Smyth), 29 Wofford, John D., “Glossary of Cherokee Words,” 17 Wolfe, Thomas Clayton, The Return of Buck Gavin, 249 Wolford, (Col.), 70 Wood, Abraham, xxi, 35, 37, 41 Wood, Elvira, “A Critical Summary of Troost’s Unpublished Manuscript on the Crinoids of Tennessee,” 320 Wood, E. Malcolm, “An Englishman Looks at the Smokies” [Parts 1 & 2], 294–95 Wood, Katherine Hill, “Bibliography of North Carolina Geology, Mineralogy and Geography . . .,” 2 Wood, R. E., 202, 289, 363, 364 Woodcraft (Kephart), 210, 211 Woodman, Sophie, 176 Woodmansee, Marc, 219 Woodruff, Margaret Louise, “Horseback in the Blue Ridge,” 295 “Woodsmen Run for Their Lives” (The Southern Lumberman), 371 Woodville . . . (Todd), xxii, 249 Woofter, Thomas Jackson, Jr., “The Subregions of the Southeast,” 355 Woolson, Constance Fenimore “The French Broad,” 249–250 “Horace Chase,” 250 Rodman the Keeper: Southern Sketches, 250 “Up in the Blue Ridge,” 250 “A Word-List from the Mountains of Western North Carolina” (Kephart), 217

439

Wordsworth, William, 38, 43 Work, Hubert “The Great Smokies,” 90, 102 as Interior Secretary, 92, 102, 283 “Policy Governing the Establishment of National Park,” 148 reports on GSM, 119, 120, 220 “The Secretary of the Interior, Washington,” 102 “Work Among the Southern Mountaineers” (Hubbard), 179–180 Work and Worship (hymnal), 269 The Work of Jacques Le Moyne De Morgues (British Museum Publications), 36 “World’s Finest Natural Museum Is Being Discovered” (Adams), 288 The Worried Blues (Bumgarner), 273 “The Wreck of No. 3” (folk ballad), 267 Wright, Frank J., “Older Appalachians of the South,” 382–83 Wright, George M., “Fauna of the National Parks of the United States,” 320 Wright, James B., Great Smoky Mountains National Park . . ., 87 Wright, Nathalia, “Montvale Springs Under the Proprietorship of Sterling Lanier, 1857-1863,” 237, 249, 266, 278 Wynne, Pleas, 72 Wytfliet, Corneille, Florida et Apalche (map), 129

440

Yard, Robert Sterling “Great Smokies: Mountain Throne of the East . . .,” 103 “The Great Smoky Mountains: Scenes in the New National Park . . .,” 103 and GSMNP development, 80–81, 100 GSM promotional literature by, 98, 297–98 as National Park Association executive secretary, 98, 283 “A National Park in the Great Smoky Mountains,” 102–3 “Real or Make-Believe?,” 103 Yeates, Charles M., 366 “The Yellow Poplar Forests of Tennessee” (Garden and Forest), 371–72 Yellow Sulphur, 145 Yoakley, Ina C., “Wild Plant Industry of the Southern Appalachians,” 185 Yonaguska (Cherokee Chief), 12, 16, 26, 30, 50 Young, Virginia Durant, “A Sketch of the Cherokee People on the Indian Reservation of the North Carolina,” 33 “Young Beichan” (folk song), 273 Zeigler, Wilbur G. “On Foot Across the Mountains,” 54 The Heart of the Alleghanies . . ., 40, 54 “Trout Fishing in Cataluchee,” 54

Index